msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: util-linux-man 2.41-rc2\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: util-linux@vger.kernel.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-03-06 10:38+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-09-11 10:55+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-08-22 13:02+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Antonio Ceballos Roa <aceballos@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish <es@tp.org.es>\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/bugreports.adoc:3
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "For bug reports, use the issue tracker at https://github.com/karelzak/util-linux/issues."
-msgid "For bug reports, use the https://github.com/util-linux/util-linux/issues[issue tracker]."
-msgstr "Para informar de cualquier error, utilice el sistema de seguimiento de fallos https://github.com/karelzak/util-linux/issues."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "For bug reports, use the issue tracker at https://github.com/karelzak/"
+#| "util-linux/issues."
+msgid ""
+"For bug reports, use the https://github.com/util-linux/util-linux/"
+"issues[issue tracker]."
+msgstr ""
+"Para informar de cualquier error, utilice el sistema de seguimiento de "
+"fallos https://github.com/karelzak/util-linux/issues."
#. type: Title ==
#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:1
#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:5
-msgid "The output colorization is implemented by *terminal-colors.d*(5) functionality. Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file"
+msgid ""
+"The output colorization is implemented by *terminal-colors.d*(5) "
+"functionality. Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:14 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:47
-msgid "The user-specific _$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_ or _$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_ overrides the global setting."
+#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:14
+msgid ""
+"Since version 2.41, the $NO_COLOR environment variable is also supported to "
+"disable output colorization unless explicitly enabled by a command-line "
+"option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:17
-msgid "Note that the output colorization may be enabled by default, and in this case _terminal-colors.d_ directories do not have to exist yet."
+#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:17 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:46
+msgid ""
+"The user-specific _$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_ or _$HOME/.config/"
+"terminal-colors.d_ overrides the global setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:20
+msgid ""
+"Note that the output colorization may be enabled by default, and in this "
+"case _terminal-colors.d_ directories do not have to exist yet."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/footer-config.adoc:4
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*{configfile}* is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive].\n"
-msgid "*{configfile}* is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]."
-msgstr "*{configfile}* forma parte del paquete util-linux, el cual puede descargarse de: https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive].\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*{configfile}* is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded "
+#| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel "
+#| "Archive].\n"
+msgid ""
+"*{configfile}* is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded "
+"from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel "
+"Archive]."
+msgstr ""
+"*{configfile}* forma parte del paquete util-linux, el cual puede descargarse "
+"de: https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel "
+"Archive].\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep *{lib}* and {firstversion} untranslated, will be replaced with the library name and the version of util-linux where the library appeared for the first time.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/footer-lib.adoc:4
-msgid "The *{lib}* library is part of the util-linux package since version {firstversion}. It can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]."
-msgstr "La biblioteca *{lib}* forma parte del paquete util-linux desde la versión {firstversion}. Puede descargarse de https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]."
+msgid ""
+"The *{lib}* library is part of the util-linux package since version "
+"{firstversion}. It can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/"
+"utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]."
+msgstr ""
+"La biblioteca *{lib}* forma parte del paquete util-linux desde la versión "
+"{firstversion}. Puede descargarse de https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/"
+"util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]."
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep *{command}* untranslated, it will be replaced with the command name.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/footer.adoc:4
-msgid "The *{command}* command is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]."
-msgstr "La orden *{command}* forma parte del paquete util-linux, el cual puede descargarse de https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]."
+msgid ""
+"The *{command}* command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
+"downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux "
+"Kernel Archive]."
+msgstr ""
+"La orden *{command}* forma parte del paquete util-linux, el cual puede "
+"descargarse de https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux "
+"Kernel Archive]."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../man-common/help-version.adoc:1 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:232
msgstr "Mostrar texto de ayuda y finalizar."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../man-common/help-version.adoc:4 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:100
-#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:52 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:43
-#: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:34
-#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:83
+#: ../man-common/help-version.adoc:4 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:52
+#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:43
+#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:34 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-V*, *--version*"
msgstr "*-V*, *--version*"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/in-bytes.adoc:7
-msgid "By default, the unit, sizes are expressed in, is byte, and unit prefixes are in power of 2^10 (1024). Abbreviations of symbols are exhibited truncated in order to reach a better readability, by exhibiting alone the first letter of them; examples: \"1 KiB\" and \"1 MiB\" are respectively exhibited as \"1 K\" and \"1 M\", then omitting on purpose the mention \"iB\", which is part of these abbreviations."
+msgid ""
+"By default, the unit, sizes are expressed in, is byte, and unit prefixes are "
+"in power of 2^10 (1024). Abbreviations of symbols are exhibited truncated in "
+"order to reach a better readability, by exhibiting alone the first letter of "
+"them; examples: \"1 KiB\" and \"1 MiB\" are respectively exhibited as \"1 "
+"K\" and \"1 M\", then omitting on purpose the mention \"iB\", which is part "
+"of these abbreviations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/translation.adoc:6
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "For the authors of this translation, see the header of the corresponding *.po file at GNU TP: http://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-man.html"
-msgid "For the authors of this translation, see the header of the corresponding *.po file at GNU TP: https://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-man.html"
-msgstr "Autores de esta traducción miren la cabecera del fichero *.po correspondiente en GNU TP: http://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-man.html"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "For the authors of this translation, see the header of the corresponding "
+#| "*.po file at GNU TP: http://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-man."
+#| "html"
+msgid ""
+"For the authors of this translation, see the header of the corresponding *."
+"po file at GNU TP: https://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-man.html"
+msgstr ""
+"Autores de esta traducción miren la cabecera del fichero *.po "
+"correspondiente en GNU TP: http://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-"
+"man.html"
#. TRANSLATORS: Please replace %1 with the address of the mailing list of your
#. translation team.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:26
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*addpart* tells the Linux kernel about the existence of the specified partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"add partition\" ioctl.\n"
-msgid "*addpart* tells the Linux kernel about the existence of the specified partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"add partition\" ioctl."
-msgstr "*addpart* informa al núcleo de Linux de la existencia de la partición especificada. La orden es un simple recubrimiento del ioctl \"add partition\".\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*addpart* tells the Linux kernel about the existence of the specified "
+#| "partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"add partition\" "
+#| "ioctl.\n"
+msgid ""
+"*addpart* tells the Linux kernel about the existence of the specified "
+"partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"add partition\" "
+"ioctl."
+msgstr ""
+"*addpart* informa al núcleo de Linux de la existencia de la partición "
+"especificada. La orden es un simple recubrimiento del ioctl \"add "
+"partition\".\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:28 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:28
#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:45 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:148
#: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:33 ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:74
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:222 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:164
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:219 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:164
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:51 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:98
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:53 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:57
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:82 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:86
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:56 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:67
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:266 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:151
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:131 ../misc-utils/lastlog2.8.adoc:89
-#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:252 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:101
+#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:252 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:103
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:242 ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:104
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:127 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:54
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:75 ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:99
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:110 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:88
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:75 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:68
-#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:57 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:103
+#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:57 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:106
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:148 ../schedutils/coresched.1.adoc:119
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:91 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:145
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:130 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:54
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:77 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:88
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:118 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:114
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:120 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:72
-#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:108 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1741
+#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:108 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1743
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:161
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:136
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:102 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:78
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:22
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*blockdev* [*-q*] [*-v*] _command_ [_command_...] _device_ [_device_...]\n"
-msgid "*blockdev* [*-q*] [*-v*] _command_ [_command_...] _device_ [_device_...]"
-msgstr "*blockdev* [*-q*] [*-v*] _orden_ [_orden_...] _dispositivo_ [_dispositivo_...]\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*blockdev* [*-q*] [*-v*] _command_ [_command_...] _device_ [_device_...]\n"
+msgid ""
+"*blockdev* [*-q*] [*-v*] _command_ [_command_...] _device_ [_device_...]"
+msgstr ""
+"*blockdev* [*-q*] [*-v*] _orden_ [_orden_...] _dispositivo_ "
+"[_dispositivo_...]\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:24
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:30
-msgid "The utility *blockdev* allows one to call block device ioctls from the command line."
+msgid ""
+"The utility *blockdev* allows one to call block device ioctls from the "
+"command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:41
-msgid "Print a report for the specified device. It is possible to give multiple devices. If none is given, all devices which appear in _/proc/partitions_ are shown. Note that the partition StartSec is in 512-byte sectors."
+msgid ""
+"Print a report for the specified device. It is possible to give multiple "
+"devices. If none is given, all devices which appear in _/proc/partitions_ "
+"are shown. Note that the partition StartSec is in 512-byte sectors."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:56
-msgid "Print the blocksize in bytes. This size does not describe device topology. It's the size used internally by the kernel and it may be modified (for example) by filesystem driver on mount."
+msgid ""
+"Print the blocksize in bytes. This size does not describe device topology. "
+"It's the size used internally by the kernel and it may be modified (for "
+"example) by filesystem driver on mount."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:92
-msgid "Print device size (32-bit!) in sectors. Deprecated in favor of the *--getsz* option."
+msgid ""
+"Print device size (32-bit!) in sectors. Deprecated in favor of the *--getsz* "
+"option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:104
-msgid "Set blocksize. Note that the block size is specific to the current file descriptor opening the block device, so the change of block size only persists for as long as *blockdev* has the device open, and is lost once *blockdev* exits."
+msgid ""
+"Set blocksize. Note that the block size is specific to the current file "
+"descriptor opening the block device, so the change of block size only "
+"persists for as long as *blockdev* has the device open, and is lost once "
+"*blockdev* exits."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:113
-msgid "Set read-only. The currently active access to the device may not be affected by the change. For example, a filesystem already mounted in read-write mode will not be affected. The change applies after remount."
+msgid ""
+"Set read-only. The currently active access to the device may not be affected "
+"by the change. For example, a filesystem already mounted in read-write mode "
+"will not be affected. The change applies after remount."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:117 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:142
-#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:70 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:215
+#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:70 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:212
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:159 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:94
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:45 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:128
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:57 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:459
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:123 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:69
#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:95 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:71
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:64 ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:53
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:99 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:143
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:102 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:143
#: ../schedutils/coresched.1.adoc:111 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:86
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:136 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:126
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:103
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:114 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:157
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:108 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:115
#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:68
-#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:104 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1737
+#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:104 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1739
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:156
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:132 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:72
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:122 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:89
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:120
-msgid "*blockdev* was written by Andries E. Brouwer and rewritten by Karel Zak."
+msgid ""
+"*blockdev* was written by Andries E. Brouwer and rewritten by Karel Zak."
msgstr ""
#
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:34
-msgid "*cfdisk* is a curses-based program for partitioning any block device. The default device is _/dev/sda_."
+msgid ""
+"*cfdisk* is a curses-based program for partitioning any block device. The "
+"default device is _/dev/sda_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:36
-msgid "Note that *cfdisk* provides basic partitioning functionality with a user-friendly interface. If you need advanced features, use *fdisk*(8) instead."
+msgid ""
+"Note that *cfdisk* provides basic partitioning functionality with a user-"
+"friendly interface. If you need advanced features, use *fdisk*(8) instead."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:38
-msgid "All disk label changes will remain in memory only, and the disk will be unmodified until you decide to write your changes. Be careful before using the write command."
+msgid ""
+"All disk label changes will remain in memory only, and the disk will be "
+"unmodified until you decide to write your changes. Be careful before using "
+"the write command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:40
-msgid "Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
+msgid ""
+"Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk "
+"labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-"
+"Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this "
+"addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:42
-msgid "Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* also does not provide a 'print' command any more. This functionality is provided by the utilities *partx*(8) and *lsblk*(8) in a very comfortable and rich way."
+msgid ""
+"Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* also does not provide a 'print' command any "
+"more. This functionality is provided by the utilities *partx*(8) and "
+"*lsblk*(8) in a very comfortable and rich way."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:44
-msgid "If you want to remove an old partition table from a device, use *wipefs*(8)."
+msgid ""
+"If you want to remove an old partition table from a device, use *wipefs*(8)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:49
+#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:47
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<-f>, B<--force>"
msgid "*-L*, *--color*[**=**__when__]"
msgstr "B<-f>, B<--force>"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:51
-msgid "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The colors can be disabled, for the current built-in default see *--help* output. See also the *COLORS* section."
+#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:49
+msgid ""
+"Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or "
+"*always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The "
+"colors can be disabled, for the current built-in default see *--help* "
+"output. See also the *COLORS* section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:52 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:64
+#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:50 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:62
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:38 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:49
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:60 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:165
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:52
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:55
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*--lock*[=_mode_]"
msgid "*--lock*[**=**_mode_]"
msgstr "*--lock*[=_modo_]"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:54 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:66
+#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:52 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:64
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:51
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:62 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:167
-msgid "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument _mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *yes*. This option overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with *systemd-udevd*(8) or other tools."
+msgid ""
+"Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument "
+"_mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument "
+"is omitted, it defaults to *yes*. This option overwrites environment "
+"variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, "
+"but it's recommended to avoid collisions with *systemd-udevd*(8) or other "
+"tools."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:55 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:92
+#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:92
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:406 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:105
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r*, *--read-only*"
msgstr "*-r*, *--read-only*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:57
+#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:55
msgid "Forced open in read-only mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:58 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:42
+#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:56 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:42
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<-r>, B<--reverse>"
msgid "*-b*, *--sector-size* _sectorsize_"
msgstr "B<-r>, B<--reverse>"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:60 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:44
+#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:58 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:44
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:213
-msgid "Specify the sector size of the disk. Valid values are 512, 1024, 2048, and 4096. The kernel is aware of the sector size for regular block devices. Use this option only on very old kernels, when working with disk images, or to override the kernel's default sector size. Since util-linux-2.17, *fdisk* distinguishes between logical and physical sector size. This option changes both sector sizes to the specified _sectorsize_."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the sector size of the disk. Valid values are 512, 1024, 2048, and "
+"4096. The kernel is aware of the sector size for regular block devices. Use "
+"this option only on very old kernels, when working with disk images, or to "
+"override the kernel's default sector size. Since util-linux-2.17, *fdisk* "
+"distinguishes between logical and physical sector size. This option changes "
+"both sector sizes to the specified _sectorsize_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:61 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:82
+#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:59 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-z*, *--zero*"
msgstr "*-z*, *--zero*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:63
-msgid "Start with an in-memory zeroed partition table. This option does not zero the partition table on the disk; rather, it simply starts the program without reading the existing partition table. This option allows you to create a new partition table from scratch or from an *sfdisk*(8)-compatible script."
+#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:61
+msgid ""
+"Start with an in-memory zeroed partition table. This option does not zero "
+"the partition table on the disk; rather, it simply starts the program "
+"without reading the existing partition table. This option allows you to "
+"create a new partition table from scratch or from an *sfdisk*(8)-compatible "
+"script."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:67
-msgid "The commands for *cfdisk* can be entered by pressing the corresponding key (pressing _Enter_ after the command is not necessary). Here is a list of the available commands:"
+msgid ""
+"The commands for *cfdisk* can be entered by pressing the corresponding key "
+"(pressing _Enter_ after the command is not necessary). Here is a list of the "
+"available commands:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:70
-msgid "Toggle the bootable flag of the current partition. This allows you to select which primary partition is bootable on the drive. This command may not be available for all partition label types."
+msgid ""
+"Toggle the bootable flag of the current partition. This allows you to select "
+"which primary partition is bootable on the drive. This command may not be "
+"available for all partition label types."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:73
-msgid "Delete the current partition. This will convert the current partition into free space and merge it with any free space immediately surrounding the current partition. A partition already marked as free space or marked as unusable cannot be deleted."
+msgid ""
+"Delete the current partition. This will convert the current partition into "
+"free space and merge it with any free space immediately surrounding the "
+"current partition. A partition already marked as free space or marked as "
+"unusable cannot be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:79
-msgid "Create a new partition from free space. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the size of the partition you want to create. The default size is equal to the entire available free space at the current position."
+msgid ""
+"Create a new partition from free space. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the "
+"size of the partition you want to create. The default size is equal to the "
+"entire available free space at the current position."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:81
-msgid "The size may be followed by a multiplicative suffix: KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")."
+msgid ""
+"The size may be followed by a multiplicative suffix: KiB (=1024), MiB "
+"(=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is "
+"optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:84
-msgid "Quit the program. This will exit the program without writing any data to the disk."
+msgid ""
+"Quit the program. This will exit the program without writing any data to the "
+"disk."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:87
-msgid "Reduce or enlarge the current partition. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the new size of the partition. The default size is the current size. A partition marked as free space or marked as unusable cannot be resized."
+msgid ""
+"Reduce or enlarge the current partition. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the "
+"new size of the partition. The default size is the current size. A partition "
+"marked as free space or marked as unusable cannot be resized."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:89
-msgid "*Note that reducing the size of a partition might destroy data on that partition.*"
+msgid ""
+"*Note that reducing the size of a partition might destroy data on that "
+"partition.*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:92
-msgid "Sort the partitions in ascending start-sector order. When deleting and adding partitions, it is likely that the numbering of the partitions will no longer match their order on the disk. This command restores that match."
+msgid ""
+"Sort the partitions in ascending start-sector order. When deleting and "
+"adding partitions, it is likely that the numbering of the partitions will no "
+"longer match their order on the disk. This command restores that match."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:95
-msgid "Change the partition type. By default, new partitions are created as _Linux_ partitions."
+msgid ""
+"Change the partition type. By default, new partitions are created as _Linux_ "
+"partitions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:98
-msgid "Dump the current in-memory partition table to an **sfdisk**(8)-compatible script file."
+msgid ""
+"Dump the current in-memory partition table to an **sfdisk**(8)-compatible "
+"script file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:100
-msgid "The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*, *fdisk*(8) *sfdisk*(8) and other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)."
+msgid ""
+"The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*, *fdisk*(8) *sfdisk*(8) and "
+"other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:102
-msgid "It is also possible to load an sfdisk-script into *cfdisk* if there is no partition table on the device or when you start *cfdisk* with the *--zero* command-line option."
+msgid ""
+"It is also possible to load an sfdisk-script into *cfdisk* if there is no "
+"partition table on the device or when you start *cfdisk* with the *--zero* "
+"command-line option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:105
-msgid "Write the partition table to disk (you must enter an uppercase W). Since this might destroy data on the disk, you must either confirm or deny the write by entering `yes' or `no'. If you enter `yes', *cfdisk* will write the partition table to disk and then tell the kernel to re-read the partition table from the disk."
+msgid ""
+"Write the partition table to disk (you must enter an uppercase W). Since "
+"this might destroy data on the disk, you must either confirm or deny the "
+"write by entering `yes' or `no'. If you enter `yes', *cfdisk* will write the "
+"partition table to disk and then tell the kernel to re-read the partition "
+"table from the disk."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:107
-msgid "The re-reading of the partition table does not always work. In such a case you need to inform the kernel about any new partitions by using *partprobe*(8) or *partx*(8), or by rebooting the system."
+msgid ""
+"The re-reading of the partition table does not always work. In such a case "
+"you need to inform the kernel about any new partitions by using "
+"*partprobe*(8) or *partx*(8), or by rebooting the system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:113
-msgid "Move the cursor to the previous or next partition. If there are more partitions than can be displayed on a screen, you can display the next (previous) set of partitions by moving down (up) at the last (first) partition displayed on the screen."
+msgid ""
+"Move the cursor to the previous or next partition. If there are more "
+"partitions than can be displayed on a screen, you can display the next "
+"(previous) set of partitions by moving down (up) at the last (first) "
+"partition displayed on the screen."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:116
-msgid "Select the preceding or the next menu item. Hitting _Enter_ will execute the currently selected item."
+msgid ""
+"Select the preceding or the next menu item. Hitting _Enter_ will execute the "
+"currently selected item."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:118
-msgid "All commands can be entered with either uppercase or lowercase letters (except for **W**rite). When in a submenu or at a prompt, you can hit the _Esc_ key to return to the main menu."
+msgid ""
+"All commands can be entered with either uppercase or lowercase letters "
+"(except for **W**rite). When in a submenu or at a prompt, you can hit the "
+"_Esc_ key to return to the main menu."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:122 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:195
+#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:122 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:192
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:128 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:70
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:95 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:101
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:417 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:39
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:129 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:66
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:128 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:66
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:61 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:173
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:58 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:219
-#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:133 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:77
-#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:214 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:112
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:80 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:357
-#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:131 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:99
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1680 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:52
-#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:123 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:187
-#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:127 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:180
-#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:164 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:117
-#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:65
+#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:133 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:153
+#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:79 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:214
+#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:112 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:83
+#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:357 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:131
+#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:99 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1682
+#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:52 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:123
+#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:187 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:127
+#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:180 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:164
+#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:117 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
msgstr "ENTORNO"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:127 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:200
+#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:127 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:197
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:421
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LIBFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
msgstr "*LIBFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:129 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:202
+#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:129 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:199
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:423
msgid "enables libfdisk debug output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:130 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:203
+#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:130 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:200
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:423 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:219
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1691 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:128
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1693 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:128
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG*=all"
msgstr "*LIBBLKID_DEBUG*=all"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:132 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:205
+#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:132 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:202
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:146 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:99
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:105 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:425
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:62
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:133 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:206
+#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:133 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:203
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:425 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:230
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:225
#, no-wrap
msgstr "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*=all"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:135 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:208
+#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:135 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:205
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:427
msgid "enables libsmartcols debug output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:136 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:209
+#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:136 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:206
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:233 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:228
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING*=on"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:139 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:212
+#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:139 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:209
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:427
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*=<mode>"
msgstr "*LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*=<modo>"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:141 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:214
+#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:141 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:211
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:74 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:102
-#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:429 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:87
-msgid "use exclusive BSD lock. The mode is \"1\" or \"0\". See *--lock* for more details."
+#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:429 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:90
+msgid ""
+"use exclusive BSD lock. The mode is \"1\" or \"0\". See *--lock* for more "
+"details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:145 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:462
#: ../libsmartcols/scols-filter.5.adoc:115 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:66
-#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:265 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:102
+#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:265 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:105
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:50 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:195
-#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:107 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1740
+#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:107 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1742
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:64 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:79
msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:147
-msgid "The current *cfdisk* implementation is based on the original *cfdisk* from mailto:martin@cs.unc.edu[Kevin E. Martin]."
+msgid ""
+"The current *cfdisk* implementation is based on the original *cfdisk* from "
+"mailto:martin@cs.unc.edu[Kevin E. Martin]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:26
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*addpart* tells the Linux kernel about the existence of the specified partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"add partition\" ioctl.\n"
-msgid "*delpart* asks the Linux kernel to forget about the specified _partition_ (a number) on the specified _device_. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"del partition\" ioctl."
-msgstr "*addpart* informa al núcleo de Linux de la existencia de la partición especificada. La orden es un simple recubrimiento del ioctl \"add partition\".\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*addpart* tells the Linux kernel about the existence of the specified "
+#| "partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"add partition\" "
+#| "ioctl.\n"
+msgid ""
+"*delpart* asks the Linux kernel to forget about the specified _partition_ (a "
+"number) on the specified _device_. The command is a simple wrapper around "
+"the \"del partition\" ioctl."
+msgstr ""
+"*addpart* informa al núcleo de Linux de la existencia de la partición "
+"especificada. La orden es un simple recubrimiento del ioctl \"add "
+"partition\".\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:40
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:24
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*fdformat* does a low-level format on a floppy disk. _device_ is usually one of the following (for floppy devices the major = 2, and the minor is shown for informational purposes only):\n"
-msgid "*fdformat* does a low-level format on a floppy disk. _device_ is usually one of the following (for floppy devices the major = 2, and the minor is shown for informational purposes only):"
-msgstr "*fdformat* da formato a bajo nivel a un disco flexible. _dispositivo_ suele ser alguno de los siguientes (para discos flexibles el mayor = 2, y el menor solo se muestra con propósito informativo):\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*fdformat* does a low-level format on a floppy disk. _device_ is usually "
+#| "one of the following (for floppy devices the major = 2, and the minor is "
+#| "shown for informational purposes only):\n"
+msgid ""
+"*fdformat* does a low-level format on a floppy disk. _device_ is usually one "
+"of the following (for floppy devices the major = 2, and the minor is shown "
+"for informational purposes only):"
+msgstr ""
+"*fdformat* da formato a bajo nivel a un disco flexible. _dispositivo_ suele "
+"ser alguno de los siguientes (para discos flexibles el mayor = 2, y el menor "
+"solo se muestra con propósito informativo):\n"
#. type: delimited block .
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:35
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:49
-msgid "The generic floppy devices, _/dev/fd0_ and _/dev/fd1_, will fail to work with *fdformat* when a non-standard format is being used, or if the format has not been autodetected earlier. In this case, use *setfdprm*(8) to load the disk parameters."
-msgstr "Los dispositivos flexibles genéricos, _/dev/fd0_ y _/dev/fd1_, no funcionan con *fdformat* cuando se utiliza un formato no estándar o si el formato no se ha detectado antes. En este caso, utilice *setfdprm*(8) para cargar los parámetros del disco."
+msgid ""
+"The generic floppy devices, _/dev/fd0_ and _/dev/fd1_, will fail to work "
+"with *fdformat* when a non-standard format is being used, or if the format "
+"has not been autodetected earlier. In this case, use *setfdprm*(8) to load "
+"the disk parameters."
+msgstr ""
+"Los dispositivos flexibles genéricos, _/dev/fd0_ y _/dev/fd1_, no funcionan "
+"con *fdformat* cuando se utiliza un formato no estándar o si el formato no "
+"se ha detectado antes. En este caso, utilice *setfdprm*(8) para cargar los "
+"parámetros del disco."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:52
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:60
msgid "Try to repair tracks failed during the verification (max _N_ retries)."
-msgstr "Intenta reparar las pistas cuya verificación ha fallado (max _N_ reintentos)."
+msgstr ""
+"Intenta reparar las pistas cuya verificación ha fallado (max _N_ reintentos)."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:61
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:69
-msgid "This utility does not handle USB floppy disk drives. Use *ufiformat*(8) instead."
-msgstr "Esta utilidad no maneja unidades de disco flexible USB. Utilice *ufiformat*(8)."
+msgid ""
+"This utility does not handle USB floppy disk drives. Use *ufiformat*(8) "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta utilidad no maneja unidades de disco flexible USB. Utilice "
+"*ufiformat*(8)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:73
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:30
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "B<fdisk> (in the first form of invocation) is a menu driven program for creation and manipulation of partition tables. It understands DOS type partition tables and BSD or SUN type disklabels."
-msgid "*fdisk* is a dialog-driven program for creation and manipulation of partition tables. It understands GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI and BSD partition tables."
-msgstr "B<fdisk> (en la primera forma de llamarse) es un programa guiado por menús para la creación y manipulación de tablas de partición. Entiende las tablas de partición tipo DOS y las etiquetas de disco de tipo BSD o Sun."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "B<fdisk> (in the first form of invocation) is a menu driven program for "
+#| "creation and manipulation of partition tables. It understands DOS type "
+#| "partition tables and BSD or SUN type disklabels."
+msgid ""
+"*fdisk* is a dialog-driven program for creation and manipulation of "
+"partition tables. It understands GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI and BSD partition tables."
+msgstr ""
+"B<fdisk> (en la primera forma de llamarse) es un programa guiado por menús "
+"para la creación y manipulación de tablas de partición. Entiende las tablas "
+"de partición tipo DOS y las etiquetas de disco de tipo BSD o Sun."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:32
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Hard disks can be divided into one or more logical disks called I<partitions>. This division is described in the I<partition table> found in sector 0 of the disk."
-msgid "Block devices can be divided into one or more logical disks called _partitions_. This division is recorded in the _partition table_, usually found in sector 0 of the disk. (In the BSD world one talks about `disk slices' and a `disklabel'.)"
-msgstr "Los discos duros pueden dividirse en uno o más discos lógicos llamados las I<particiones>. Esta división se describe en la I<tabla de particiones> y se encuentra en el sector número 0 del disco."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Hard disks can be divided into one or more logical disks called "
+#| "I<partitions>. This division is described in the I<partition table> "
+#| "found in sector 0 of the disk."
+msgid ""
+"Block devices can be divided into one or more logical disks called "
+"_partitions_. This division is recorded in the _partition table_, usually "
+"found in sector 0 of the disk. (In the BSD world one talks about `disk "
+"slices' and a `disklabel'.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Los discos duros pueden dividirse en uno o más discos lógicos llamados las "
+"I<particiones>. Esta división se describe en la I<tabla de particiones> y "
+"se encuentra en el sector número 0 del disco."
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:35
-msgid "All partitioning is driven by device I/O limits (the topology) by default. *fdisk* is able to optimize the disk layout for a 4K-sector size and use an alignment offset on modern devices for MBR and GPT. It is always a good idea to follow *fdisk*'s defaults as the default values (e.g., first and last partition sectors) and partition sizes specified by the {plus}/-<size>{M,G,...} notation are always aligned according to the device properties."
+msgid ""
+"All partitioning is driven by device I/O limits (the topology) by default. "
+"*fdisk* is able to optimize the disk layout for a 4K-sector size and use an "
+"alignment offset on modern devices for MBR and GPT. It is always a good idea "
+"to follow *fdisk*'s defaults as the default values (e.g., first and last "
+"partition sectors) and partition sizes specified by the {plus}/-<size>{M,"
+"G,...} notation are always aligned according to the device properties."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:37
-msgid "CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing is deprecated and not used by default. Please, do not follow old articles and recommendations with *fdisk -S <n> -H <n>* advice for SSD or 4K-sector devices."
+msgid ""
+"CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing is deprecated and not used by default. "
+"Please, do not follow old articles and recommendations with *fdisk -S <n> -H "
+"<n>* advice for SSD or 4K-sector devices."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:39
-msgid "Note that *partx*(8) provides a rich interface for scripts to print disk layouts, *fdisk* is mostly designed for humans. Backward compatibility in the output of *fdisk* is not guaranteed. The input (the commands) should always be backward compatible."
+msgid ""
+"Note that *partx*(8) provides a rich interface for scripts to print disk "
+"layouts, *fdisk* is mostly designed for humans. Backward compatibility in "
+"the output of *fdisk* is not guaranteed. The input (the commands) should "
+"always be backward compatible."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:47
-msgid "Don't erase the beginning of the first disk sector when creating a new disk label. This feature is supported for GPT and MBR."
+msgid ""
+"Don't erase the beginning of the first disk sector when creating a new disk "
+"label. This feature is supported for GPT and MBR."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:50
-msgid "Specify the compatibility mode, 'dos' or 'nondos'. The default is non-DOS mode. For backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option without the _mode_ argument -- then the default is used. Note that the optional _mode_ argument cannot be separated from the *-c* option by a space, the correct form is for example *-c*=_dos_."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the compatibility mode, 'dos' or 'nondos'. The default is non-DOS "
+"mode. For backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option without "
+"the _mode_ argument -- then the default is used. Note that the optional "
+"_mode_ argument cannot be separated from the *-c* option by a space, the "
+"correct form is for example *-c*=_dos_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:81
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:81
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:85
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<-f>, B<--force>"
msgstr "B<-f>, B<--force>"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:55 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:158
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:53 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:158
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:124
-msgid "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* output. See also the *COLORS* section."
+msgid ""
+"Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or "
+"*always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The "
+"colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* "
+"output. See also the *COLORS* section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:56 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:47
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:54 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:47
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:54 ../misc-utils/enosys.1.adoc:35
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:96 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:76
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:101 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:67
msgstr "*-l*, *--list*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:58
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:56
msgid "List the partition tables for the specified devices and then exit."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:60
-msgid "If no devices are given, the devices mentioned in _/proc/partitions_ (if this file exists) are used. Devices are always listed in the order in which they are specified on the command-line, or by the kernel listed in _/proc/partitions_."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:58
+msgid ""
+"If no devices are given, the devices mentioned in _/proc/partitions_ (if "
+"this file exists) are used. Devices are always listed in the order in which "
+"they are specified on the command-line, or by the kernel listed in _/proc/"
+"partitions_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:61
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x*, *--list-details*"
msgstr "*-x*, *--list-details*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:63
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:61
msgid "Like *--list*, but provides more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:67
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--noauto-pt*"
msgstr "*-n*, *--noauto-pt*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:69
-msgid "Don't automatically create a default partition table on empty device. The partition table has to be explicitly created by user (by command like 'o', 'g', etc.)."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:67
+msgid ""
+"Don't automatically create a default partition table on empty device. The "
+"partition table has to be explicitly created by user (by command like 'o', "
+"'g', etc.)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:70 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:69
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:68 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:69
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:202 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:69
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:50 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:37
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:115 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:94
msgstr "*-o*, *--output* _lista_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:72 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:204
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:70 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:204
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:58
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:81
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:81
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:48
-msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns."
+msgid ""
+"Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
+"supported columns."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:74
-msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o {plus}UUID*)."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:72
+msgid ""
+"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
+"format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o {plus}UUID*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:76
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--getsz*"
msgstr "*-s*, *--getsz*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:78
-msgid "Print the size in 512-byte sectors of each given block device. This option is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:76
+msgid ""
+"Print the size in 512-byte sectors of each given block device. This option "
+"is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:79 ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:29
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:77 ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:29
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:39
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:74
#, no-wrap
msgstr "*-t*, *--type* _tipo_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:81
-msgid "Enable support only for disklabels of the specified _type_, and disable support for all other types."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:79
+msgid ""
+"Enable support only for disklabels of the specified _type_, and disable "
+"support for all other types."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:82
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:80
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
msgid "*-u*, *--units*[**=**_unit_]"
msgstr "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:84
-msgid "When listing partition tables, show sizes in 'sectors' or in 'cylinders'. The default is to show sizes in sectors. For backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option without the _unit_ argument -- then the default is used. Note that the optional _unit_ argument cannot be separated from the *-u* option by a space, the correct form is for example '**-u=**__cylinders__'."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:82
+msgid ""
+"When listing partition tables, show sizes in 'sectors' or in 'cylinders'. "
+"The default is to show sizes in sectors. For backward compatibility, it is "
+"possible to use the option without the _unit_ argument -- then the default "
+"is used. Note that the optional _unit_ argument cannot be separated from the "
+"*-u* option by a space, the correct form is for example '**-"
+"u=**__cylinders__'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:85
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-C*, *--cylinders* _number_"
msgstr "*-C*, *--cylinders* _número_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:87
-msgid "Specify the _number_ of cylinders of the disk. I have no idea why anybody would want to do so."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:85
+msgid ""
+"Specify the _number_ of cylinders of the disk. I have no idea why anybody "
+"would want to do so."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:88
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-H*, *--heads* _number_"
msgstr "*-H*, *--heads* _número_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:90
-msgid "Specify the number of heads of the disk. (Not the physical number, of course, but the number used for partition tables.) Reasonable values are 255 and 16."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:88
+msgid ""
+"Specify the number of heads of the disk. (Not the physical number, of "
+"course, but the number used for partition tables.) Reasonable values are 255 "
+"and 16."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:91
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-S*, *--sectors* _number_"
msgstr "*-S*, *--sectors* _número_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:93
-msgid "Specify the number of sectors per track of the disk. (Not the physical number, of course, but the number used for partition tables.) A reasonable value is 63."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:91
+msgid ""
+"Specify the number of sectors per track of the disk. (Not the physical "
+"number, of course, but the number used for partition tables.) A reasonable "
+"value is 63."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:94 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:223
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:92 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:223
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<-h>, B<--help>"
msgid "*-w*, *--wipe* _when_"
msgstr "B<-h>, B<--help>"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:96
-msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition table is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:94
+msgid ""
+"Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in "
+"order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, "
+"*never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, "
+"in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode. In all "
+"cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new "
+"partition table is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:97 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:226
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:95 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:226
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-W*, *--wipe-partitions* _when_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:99
-msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:97
+msgid ""
+"Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created "
+"partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can "
+"be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default "
+"is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode "
+"and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are "
+"reported by warning messages before a new partition is created. See also "
+"*wipefs*(8) command."
msgstr ""
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:102 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:117
-#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:231 ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:45
-#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:36
-msgid "Display version information and exit."
-msgstr "Mostrar información de versión y finalizar."
-
#. type: Title ==
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:103
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:100
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEVICES"
msgstr "DISPOSITIVOS"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:106
-msgid "The _device_ is usually _/dev/sda_, _/dev/sdb_ or so. A device name refers to the entire disk. Old systems without libata (a library used inside the Linux kernel to support ATA host controllers and devices) make a difference between IDE and SCSI disks. In such cases the device name will be _/dev/hd*_ (IDE) or _/dev/sd*_ (SCSI)."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:103
+msgid ""
+"The _device_ is usually _/dev/sda_, _/dev/sdb_ or so. A device name refers "
+"to the entire disk. Old systems without libata (a library used inside the "
+"Linux kernel to support ATA host controllers and devices) make a difference "
+"between IDE and SCSI disks. In such cases the device name will be _/dev/hd*_ "
+"(IDE) or _/dev/sd*_ (SCSI)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:108
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:105
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The I<partition> is a I<device> name followed by a partition number. For example, B</dev/hda1> is the first partition on the first IDE hard disk in the system. IDE disks can have up to 63 partitions, SCSI disks up to 15. See also I</usr/src/linux/Documentation/devices.txt>."
-msgid "The _partition_ is a device name followed by a partition number. For example, _/dev/sda1_ is the first partition on the first hard disk in the system. See also Linux kernel documentation (the _Documentation/admin-guide/devices.txt_ file)."
-msgstr "La I<partición> es un nombre de I<dispositivo> seguido por un número de partición. Por ejemplo, B</dev/hda1> es la primera partición del primer disco duro IDE en el sistema. Los discos IDE pueden tener hasta 63 particiones, los SCSI hasta 15. Vea también I</usr/src/linux/Documentation/devices.txt>."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The I<partition> is a I<device> name followed by a partition number. For "
+#| "example, B</dev/hda1> is the first partition on the first IDE hard disk "
+#| "in the system. IDE disks can have up to 63 partitions, SCSI disks up to "
+#| "15. See also I</usr/src/linux/Documentation/devices.txt>."
+msgid ""
+"The _partition_ is a device name followed by a partition number. For "
+"example, _/dev/sda1_ is the first partition on the first hard disk in the "
+"system. See also Linux kernel documentation (the _Documentation/admin-guide/"
+"devices.txt_ file)."
+msgstr ""
+"La I<partición> es un nombre de I<dispositivo> seguido por un número de "
+"partición. Por ejemplo, B</dev/hda1> es la primera partición del primer "
+"disco duro IDE en el sistema. Los discos IDE pueden tener hasta 63 "
+"particiones, los SCSI hasta 15. Vea también I</usr/src/linux/Documentation/"
+"devices.txt>."
#. type: Title ==
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:109
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:106
#, no-wrap
msgid "SIZES"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:114
-msgid "The \"last sector\" dialog accepts partition size specified by number of sectors or by {plus}/-<size>{K,B,M,G,...} notation."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:111
+msgid ""
+"The \"last sector\" dialog accepts partition size specified by number of "
+"sectors or by {plus}/-<size>{K,B,M,G,...} notation."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:118
-msgid "If the size is prefixed by '{plus}' then it is interpreted as relative to the partition first sector. If the size is prefixed by '-' then it is interpreted as relative to the high limit (last available sector for the partition)."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:115
+msgid ""
+"If the size is prefixed by '{plus}' then it is interpreted as relative to "
+"the partition first sector. If the size is prefixed by '-' then it is "
+"interpreted as relative to the high limit (last available sector for the "
+"partition)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:120
-msgid "In the case the size is specified in bytes, then the number may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (1024 bytes), MiB (1024*1024 bytes), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:117
+msgid ""
+"In the case the size is specified in bytes, then the number may be followed "
+"by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (1024 bytes), MiB (1024*1024 bytes), and "
+"so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., "
+"\"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:124
-msgid "The relative sizes if specified with multiplicative suffixes (e.g. +100MiB) are always aligned according to device I/O limits. The {plus}/-<size>{K,B,M,G,...} notation is recommended."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:121
+msgid ""
+"The relative sizes if specified with multiplicative suffixes (e.g. +100MiB) "
+"are always aligned according to device I/O limits. The {plus}/-<size>{K,B,M,"
+"G,...} notation is recommended."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:126
-msgid "The last sector of the partition is strictly calculated as <start> + <size> (without -1) if the size is specified by the +<sectors> notation. In this case, the size is not aligned to the device I/O limits."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:123
+msgid ""
+"The last sector of the partition is strictly calculated as <start> + <size> "
+"(without -1) if the size is specified by the +<sectors> notation. In this "
+"case, the size is not aligned to the device I/O limits."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:128
-msgid "For backward compatibility *fdisk* also accepts the suffixes KB (1000 bytes), MB (1000*1000 bytes), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. These 10^N suffixes are deprecated."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:125
+msgid ""
+"For backward compatibility *fdisk* also accepts the suffixes KB (1000 "
+"bytes), MB (1000*1000 bytes), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. These "
+"10^N suffixes are deprecated."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:129
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:126
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgid "SCRIPT FILES"
msgstr "DESCRIPCIÓN"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:132
-msgid "*fdisk* allows reading (by 'I' command) *sfdisk*(8) compatible script files. The script is applied to in-memory partition table, and then it is possible to modify the partition table before you write it to the device."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:129
+msgid ""
+"*fdisk* allows reading (by 'I' command) *sfdisk*(8) compatible script files. "
+"The script is applied to in-memory partition table, and then it is possible "
+"to modify the partition table before you write it to the device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:134
-msgid "And vice-versa it is possible to write the current in-memory disk layout to the script file by command 'O'."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:131
+msgid ""
+"And vice-versa it is possible to write the current in-memory disk layout to "
+"the script file by command 'O'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:136
-msgid "The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8), *fdisk* and other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:133
+msgid ""
+"The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8), *fdisk* "
+"and other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:137
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:134
#, no-wrap
msgid "DISK LABELS"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:139
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:136
#, no-wrap
msgid "*GPT (GUID Partition Table)*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:141
-msgid "GPT is modern standard for the layout of the partition table. GPT uses 64-bit logical block addresses, checksums, UUIDs and names for partitions and an unlimited number of partitions (although the number of partitions is usually restricted to 128 in many partitioning tools)."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:138
+msgid ""
+"GPT is modern standard for the layout of the partition table. GPT uses 64-"
+"bit logical block addresses, checksums, UUIDs and names for partitions and "
+"an unlimited number of partitions (although the number of partitions is "
+"usually restricted to 128 in many partitioning tools)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:143
-msgid "Note that the first sector is still reserved for a *protective MBR* in the GPT specification. It prevents MBR-only partitioning tools from mis-recognizing and overwriting GPT disks."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:140
+msgid ""
+"Note that the first sector is still reserved for a *protective MBR* in the "
+"GPT specification. It prevents MBR-only partitioning tools from mis-"
+"recognizing and overwriting GPT disks."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:145
-msgid "GPT is always a better choice than MBR, especially on modern hardware with a UEFI boot loader."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:142
+msgid ""
+"GPT is always a better choice than MBR, especially on modern hardware with a "
+"UEFI boot loader."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:146
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:143
#, no-wrap
msgid "*DOS-type (MBR)*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:148
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:145
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "A DOS type partition table can describe an unlimited number of partitions. In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 partitions (called `primary'). One of these may be an extended partition; this is a box holding logical partitions, with descriptors found in a linked list of sectors, each preceding the corresponding logical partitions. The four primary partitions, present or not, get numbers 1-4. Logical partitions start numbering from 5."
-msgid "A DOS-type partition table can describe an unlimited number of partitions. In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 partitions (called `primary'). One of these may be an extended partition; this is a box holding logical partitions, with descriptors found in a linked list of sectors, each preceding the corresponding logical partitions. The four primary partitions, present or not, get numbers 1-4. Logical partitions are numbered starting from 5."
-msgstr "Una tabla de partición tipo DOS puede describir un número ilimitado de particiones. En el sector 0 hay sitio para la descripción de 4 particiones (llamadas `primarias'). Una de éstas puede ser una partición extendida; ésta es como una caja que aloja particiones lógicas, con descriptores que se encuentran en una lista enlazada de sectores, cada uno de los cuales precede a las particiones lógicas correspondientes. Las cuatro particiones primarias, presentes o no, cogen los números del 1 al 4. Las particiones lógicas empiezan con el número 5."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "A DOS type partition table can describe an unlimited number of "
+#| "partitions. In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 partitions "
+#| "(called `primary'). One of these may be an extended partition; this is a "
+#| "box holding logical partitions, with descriptors found in a linked list "
+#| "of sectors, each preceding the corresponding logical partitions. The "
+#| "four primary partitions, present or not, get numbers 1-4. Logical "
+#| "partitions start numbering from 5."
+msgid ""
+"A DOS-type partition table can describe an unlimited number of partitions. "
+"In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 partitions (called "
+"`primary'). One of these may be an extended partition; this is a box holding "
+"logical partitions, with descriptors found in a linked list of sectors, each "
+"preceding the corresponding logical partitions. The four primary partitions, "
+"present or not, get numbers 1-4. Logical partitions are numbered starting "
+"from 5."
+msgstr ""
+"Una tabla de partición tipo DOS puede describir un número ilimitado de "
+"particiones. En el sector 0 hay sitio para la descripción de 4 particiones "
+"(llamadas `primarias'). Una de éstas puede ser una partición extendida; ésta "
+"es como una caja que aloja particiones lógicas, con descriptores que se "
+"encuentran en una lista enlazada de sectores, cada uno de los cuales precede "
+"a las particiones lógicas correspondientes. Las cuatro particiones "
+"primarias, presentes o no, cogen los números del 1 al 4. Las particiones "
+"lógicas empiezan con el número 5."
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:150
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:147
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "In a DOS type partition table the starting offset and the size of each partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given in 32 bits) and as a Cylinders/Heads/Sectors triple (given in 10+8+6 bits). The former is OK - with 512-byte sectors this will work up to 2 TB. The latter has two different problems. First of all, these C/H/S fields can be filled only when the number of heads and the number of sectors per track are known. Secondly, even if we know what these numbers should be, the 24 bits that are available do not suffice. DOS uses C/H/S only, Windows uses both, Linux never uses C/H/S."
-msgid "In a DOS-type partition table the starting offset and the size of each partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given in 32 bits), and as a *Cylinders/Heads/Sectors* triple (given in 10{plus}8{plus}6 bits). The former is OK -- with 512-byte sectors this will work up to 2 TB. The latter has two problems. First, these C/H/S fields can be filled only when the number of heads and the number of sectors per track are known. And second, even if we know what these numbers should be, the 24 bits that are available do not suffice. DOS uses C/H/S only, Windows uses both, Linux never uses C/H/S. The *C/H/S addressing is deprecated* and may be unsupported in some later *fdisk* version."
-msgstr "En una tabla de particiones de tipo DOS el sitio de comienzo y el tamaño de cada partición se guarda de dos formas: como un número absoluto de sectores (dados en 32 bits) y como una tripleta Cilindros/Cabezas/Sectores (C/H/S) (dados en 10+8+6 bits). La primera forma está bien: con sectores de 512 bytes, esto funcionará hasta 2 TB. La última forma tiene dos problemas diferentes. Lo primero, estos campos C/H/S pueden llenarse sólo cuando el número de cabezas y el de sectores por pista se conocen. En segundo lugar, incluso si conocemos cuáles deberían ser estos números, los 24 bits disponibles no bastan. DOS emplea solamente la forma C/H/S, Windows usa ambas, Linux nunca utiliza C/H/S."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In a DOS type partition table the starting offset and the size of each "
+#| "partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given "
+#| "in 32 bits) and as a Cylinders/Heads/Sectors triple (given in 10+8+6 "
+#| "bits). The former is OK - with 512-byte sectors this will work up to 2 "
+#| "TB. The latter has two different problems. First of all, these C/H/S "
+#| "fields can be filled only when the number of heads and the number of "
+#| "sectors per track are known. Secondly, even if we know what these numbers "
+#| "should be, the 24 bits that are available do not suffice. DOS uses C/H/S "
+#| "only, Windows uses both, Linux never uses C/H/S."
+msgid ""
+"In a DOS-type partition table the starting offset and the size of each "
+"partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given in "
+"32 bits), and as a *Cylinders/Heads/Sectors* triple (given in 10{plus}8{plus}"
+"6 bits). The former is OK -- with 512-byte sectors this will work up to 2 "
+"TB. The latter has two problems. First, these C/H/S fields can be filled "
+"only when the number of heads and the number of sectors per track are known. "
+"And second, even if we know what these numbers should be, the 24 bits that "
+"are available do not suffice. DOS uses C/H/S only, Windows uses both, Linux "
+"never uses C/H/S. The *C/H/S addressing is deprecated* and may be "
+"unsupported in some later *fdisk* version."
+msgstr ""
+"En una tabla de particiones de tipo DOS el sitio de comienzo y el tamaño de "
+"cada partición se guarda de dos formas: como un número absoluto de sectores "
+"(dados en 32 bits) y como una tripleta Cilindros/Cabezas/Sectores (C/H/S) "
+"(dados en 10+8+6 bits). La primera forma está bien: con sectores de 512 "
+"bytes, esto funcionará hasta 2 TB. La última forma tiene dos problemas "
+"diferentes. Lo primero, estos campos C/H/S pueden llenarse sólo cuando el "
+"número de cabezas y el de sectores por pista se conocen. En segundo lugar, "
+"incluso si conocemos cuáles deberían ser estos números, los 24 bits "
+"disponibles no bastan. DOS emplea solamente la forma C/H/S, Windows usa "
+"ambas, Linux nunca utiliza C/H/S."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:153
-msgid "*Please, read the DOS-mode section if you want DOS-compatible partitions.* *fdisk* does not care about cylinder boundaries by default."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:150
+msgid ""
+"*Please, read the DOS-mode section if you want DOS-compatible partitions.* "
+"*fdisk* does not care about cylinder boundaries by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:154
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:151
#, no-wrap
msgid "*BSD/Sun-type*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:156
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:153
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "A BSD/SUN type disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should be a `whole disk' partition. Do not start a partition that actually uses its first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that will destroy the disklabel."
-msgid "A BSD/Sun disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should be a `whole disk' partition. Do not start a partition that actually uses its first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that will destroy the disklabel. Note that a *BSD label* is usually nested within a DOS partition."
-msgstr "Una etiqueta de disco BSD/Sun puede describir 8 particiones, la tercera de las cuales debería ser una partición del `disco entero'. No haga comenzar una partición que realmente use su primer sector (como una partición de trasiego) en el cilindro 0, pues eso destruiría la etiqueta de disco."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "A BSD/SUN type disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which "
+#| "should be a `whole disk' partition. Do not start a partition that "
+#| "actually uses its first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, "
+#| "since that will destroy the disklabel."
+msgid ""
+"A BSD/Sun disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should be "
+"a `whole disk' partition. Do not start a partition that actually uses its "
+"first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that will destroy "
+"the disklabel. Note that a *BSD label* is usually nested within a DOS "
+"partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Una etiqueta de disco BSD/Sun puede describir 8 particiones, la tercera de "
+"las cuales debería ser una partición del `disco entero'. No haga comenzar "
+"una partición que realmente use su primer sector (como una partición de "
+"trasiego) en el cilindro 0, pues eso destruiría la etiqueta de disco."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:157
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:154
#, no-wrap
msgid "*IRIX/SGI-type*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:159
-msgid "An IRIX/SGI disklabel can describe 16 partitions, the eleventh of which should be an entire `volume' partition, while the ninth should be labeled `volume header'. The volume header will also cover the partition table, i.e., it starts at block zero and extends by default over five cylinders. The remaining space in the volume header may be used by header directory entries. No partitions may overlap with the volume header. Also do not change its type or make some filesystem on it, since you will lose the partition table. Use this type of label only when working with Linux on IRIX/SGI machines or IRIX/SGI disks under Linux."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:156
+msgid ""
+"An IRIX/SGI disklabel can describe 16 partitions, the eleventh of which "
+"should be an entire `volume' partition, while the ninth should be labeled "
+"`volume header'. The volume header will also cover the partition table, i."
+"e., it starts at block zero and extends by default over five cylinders. The "
+"remaining space in the volume header may be used by header directory "
+"entries. No partitions may overlap with the volume header. Also do not "
+"change its type or make some filesystem on it, since you will lose the "
+"partition table. Use this type of label only when working with Linux on IRIX/"
+"SGI machines or IRIX/SGI disks under Linux."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:161
-msgid "A *sync*(2) and an ioctl(BLKRRPART) (rereading the partition table from disk) are performed before exiting when the partition table has been updated."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:158
+msgid ""
+"A *sync*(2) and an ioctl(BLKRRPART) (rereading the partition table from "
+"disk) are performed before exiting when the partition table has been updated."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:162
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:159
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "DOS 6.x WARNING"
msgid "DOS mode and DOS 6.x WARNING"
msgstr "AVISO EN DOS 6.x"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:165
-msgid "*Note that all this is deprecated. You don't have to care about things like* *geometry and cylinders on modern operating systems. If you really want* *DOS-compatible partitioning then you have to enable DOS mode and cylinder* *units by using the '-c=dos -u=cylinders' fdisk command-line options.*"
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:162
+msgid ""
+"*Note that all this is deprecated. You don't have to care about things like* "
+"*geometry and cylinders on modern operating systems. If you really want* "
+"*DOS-compatible partitioning then you have to enable DOS mode and cylinder* "
+"*units by using the '-c=dos -u=cylinders' fdisk command-line options.*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:167
-msgid "The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first sector of the data area of the partition, and treats this information as more reliable than the information in the partition table. DOS FORMAT expects DOS FDISK to clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a partition whenever a size change occurs. DOS FORMAT will look at this extra information even if the /U flag is given -- we consider this a bug in DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK."
-msgstr "La orden FORMAT de DOS 6.x busca cierta información en el primer sector del área de datos de la partición, y trata esta información como más fiable que la de la tabla de particiones. El FORMAT de DOS espera que su FDISK borre los primeros 512 bytes del área de datos de una partición cada vez que tenga lugar un cambio de tamaño. El FORMAT de DOS mirará esta información extra incluso si se da la opción /U; nosotros consideramos esto como un fallo del FORMAT y del FDISK de DOS."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:164
+msgid ""
+"The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first sector of "
+"the data area of the partition, and treats this information as more reliable "
+"than the information in the partition table. DOS FORMAT expects DOS FDISK to "
+"clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a partition whenever a size "
+"change occurs. DOS FORMAT will look at this extra information even if the /U "
+"flag is given -- we consider this a bug in DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK."
+msgstr ""
+"La orden FORMAT de DOS 6.x busca cierta información en el primer sector del "
+"área de datos de la partición, y trata esta información como más fiable que "
+"la de la tabla de particiones. El FORMAT de DOS espera que su FDISK borre "
+"los primeros 512 bytes del área de datos de una partición cada vez que tenga "
+"lugar un cambio de tamaño. El FORMAT de DOS mirará esta información extra "
+"incluso si se da la opción /U; nosotros consideramos esto como un fallo del "
+"FORMAT y del FDISK de DOS."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:169
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:166
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The bottom line is that if you use cfdisk or fdisk to change the size of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use B<dd> to zero the first 512 bytes of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to format the partition. For example, if you were using cfdisk to make a DOS partition table entry for /dev/hda1, then (after exiting fdisk or cfdisk and rebooting Linux so that the partition table information is valid) you would use the command \"dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hda1 bs=512 count=1\" to zero the first 512 bytes of the partition."
-msgid "The bottom line is that if you use *fdisk* or *cfdisk*(8) to change the size of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use *dd*(1) to *zero the first 512 bytes* of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to format the partition. For example, if you were using *fdisk* to make a DOS partition table entry for _/dev/sda1_, then (after exiting *fdisk* and rebooting Linux so that the partition table information is valid) you would use the command *dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1* to zero the first 512 bytes of the partition."
-msgstr "La moraleja de esto es que si Ud. emplea cfdisk o fdisk para cambiar el tamaño de una entrada de la tabla de particiones de DOS, entonces también debería utilizar B<dd> para poner a cero los primeros 512 bytes de esa partición antes de emplear el FORMAT de DOS para formatear la partición. Por ejemplo, si Ud. ha estado usando cfdisk para crear una entrada en la tabla de particiones de DOS para /dev/hda1, entonces (tras salir de cfdisk o fdisk y rearrancar Linux para que la información de la tabla de particiones sea válida) Ud. debería emplear la orden \"dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hda1 bs=512 count=1\" para poner a cero los primeros 512 bytes de la partición."
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:171
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The bottom line is that if you use cfdisk or fdisk to change the size of "
+#| "a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use B<dd> to zero the "
+#| "first 512 bytes of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to format the "
+#| "partition. For example, if you were using cfdisk to make a DOS partition "
+#| "table entry for /dev/hda1, then (after exiting fdisk or cfdisk and "
+#| "rebooting Linux so that the partition table information is valid) you "
+#| "would use the command \"dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hda1 bs=512 count=1\" to "
+#| "zero the first 512 bytes of the partition."
+msgid ""
+"The bottom line is that if you use *fdisk* or *cfdisk*(8) to change the size "
+"of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use *dd*(1) to *zero the "
+"first 512 bytes* of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to format the "
+"partition. For example, if you were using *fdisk* to make a DOS partition "
+"table entry for _/dev/sda1_, then (after exiting *fdisk* and rebooting Linux "
+"so that the partition table information is valid) you would use the command "
+"*dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1* to zero the first 512 bytes of "
+"the partition."
+msgstr ""
+"La moraleja de esto es que si Ud. emplea cfdisk o fdisk para cambiar el "
+"tamaño de una entrada de la tabla de particiones de DOS, entonces también "
+"debería utilizar B<dd> para poner a cero los primeros 512 bytes de esa "
+"partición antes de emplear el FORMAT de DOS para formatear la partición. Por "
+"ejemplo, si Ud. ha estado usando cfdisk para crear una entrada en la tabla "
+"de particiones de DOS para /dev/hda1, entonces (tras salir de cfdisk o fdisk "
+"y rearrancar Linux para que la información de la tabla de particiones sea "
+"válida) Ud. debería emplear la orden \"dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hda1 bs=512 "
+"count=1\" para poner a cero los primeros 512 bytes de la partición."
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:168
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "If possible, B<fdisk> will obtain the disk geometry automatically. This is not necessarily the physical disk geometry (indeed, modern disks do not really have anything like a physical geometry, certainly not something that can be described in simplistic Cylinders/Heads/Sectors form), but is the disk geometry that MS-DOS uses for the partition table."
-msgid "*fdisk* usually obtains the disk geometry automatically. This is not necessarily the physical disk geometry (indeed, modern disks do not really have anything like a physical geometry, certainly not something that can be described in the simplistic Cylinders/Heads/Sectors form), but it is the disk geometry that MS-DOS uses for the partition table."
-msgstr "Si es posible, B<fdisk> obtendrá la geometría del disco automáticamente. Ésta no es necesariamente la geometría física del disco (de hecho, los discos modernos no tienen realmente nada como una geometría física, ciertamente no algo que pueda describirse de forma tan simplista como la forma Cilindros/Cabezas/Sectores), pero es la geometría del disco que MS-DOS emplea para la tabla de particiones."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If possible, B<fdisk> will obtain the disk geometry automatically. This "
+#| "is not necessarily the physical disk geometry (indeed, modern disks do "
+#| "not really have anything like a physical geometry, certainly not "
+#| "something that can be described in simplistic Cylinders/Heads/Sectors "
+#| "form), but is the disk geometry that MS-DOS uses for the partition table."
+msgid ""
+"*fdisk* usually obtains the disk geometry automatically. This is not "
+"necessarily the physical disk geometry (indeed, modern disks do not really "
+"have anything like a physical geometry, certainly not something that can be "
+"described in the simplistic Cylinders/Heads/Sectors form), but it is the "
+"disk geometry that MS-DOS uses for the partition table."
+msgstr ""
+"Si es posible, B<fdisk> obtendrá la geometría del disco automáticamente. "
+"Ésta no es necesariamente la geometría física del disco (de hecho, los "
+"discos modernos no tienen realmente nada como una geometría física, "
+"ciertamente no algo que pueda describirse de forma tan simplista como la "
+"forma Cilindros/Cabezas/Sectores), pero es la geometría del disco que MS-DOS "
+"emplea para la tabla de particiones."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:173
-msgid "Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is the only system on the disk. However, if the disk has to be shared with other operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an *fdisk* from another operating system make at least one partition. When Linux boots it looks at the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) geometry is required for good cooperation with other systems."
-msgstr "Usualmente todo marcha bien sin hacer nada más, y no hay problemas si Linux es el único sistema en el disco. Sin embargo, si el disco tiene que compartirse con otros sistemas operativos, a menudo es una buena idea dejar que un *fdisk* de otro sistema operativo haga al menos una partición. Cuando Linux arranca mira la tabla de particiones, e intenta deducir qué (falsa) geometría se requiere para la buena cooperación con otros sistemas."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:170
+msgid ""
+"Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is the "
+"only system on the disk. However, if the disk has to be shared with other "
+"operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an *fdisk* from another "
+"operating system make at least one partition. When Linux boots it looks at "
+"the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) geometry is required "
+"for good cooperation with other systems."
+msgstr ""
+"Usualmente todo marcha bien sin hacer nada más, y no hay problemas si Linux "
+"es el único sistema en el disco. Sin embargo, si el disco tiene que "
+"compartirse con otros sistemas operativos, a menudo es una buena idea dejar "
+"que un *fdisk* de otro sistema operativo haga al menos una partición. Cuando "
+"Linux arranca mira la tabla de particiones, e intenta deducir qué (falsa) "
+"geometría se requiere para la buena cooperación con otros sistemas."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:175
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:172
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Whenever a partition table is printed out, a consistency check is performed on the partition table entries. This check verifies that the physical and logical start and end points are identical, and that the partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for the first partition)."
-msgid "Whenever a partition table is printed out in DOS mode, a consistency check is performed on the partition table entries. This check verifies that the physical and logical start and end points are identical, and that each partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for the first partition)."
-msgstr "Cada vez que una tabla de particiones se muestra en la salida, se realiza una comprobación de consistencia en las entradas de la tabla de particiones. Esta comprobación verifica que los puntos de inicio y final físicos y lógicos son idénticos, y que la partición empieza y acaba en un límite de cilindro (excepto para la primera partición)."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Whenever a partition table is printed out, a consistency check is "
+#| "performed on the partition table entries. This check verifies that the "
+#| "physical and logical start and end points are identical, and that the "
+#| "partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for the first "
+#| "partition)."
+msgid ""
+"Whenever a partition table is printed out in DOS mode, a consistency check "
+"is performed on the partition table entries. This check verifies that the "
+"physical and logical start and end points are identical, and that each "
+"partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for the first "
+"partition)."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada vez que una tabla de particiones se muestra en la salida, se realiza "
+"una comprobación de consistencia en las entradas de la tabla de particiones. "
+"Esta comprobación verifica que los puntos de inicio y final físicos y "
+"lógicos son idénticos, y que la partición empieza y acaba en un límite de "
+"cilindro (excepto para la primera partición)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:177
-msgid "Some versions of MS-DOS create a first partition which does not begin on a cylinder boundary, but on sector 2 of the first cylinder. Partitions beginning in cylinder 1 cannot begin on a cylinder boundary, but this is unlikely to cause difficulty unless you have OS/2 on your machine."
-msgstr "Algunas versiones de MS-DOS crean una primera partición que no empieza en un límite de cilindro, sino en el sector 2 del primer cilindro. Las particiones que comienzan en el cilindro 1 no pueden comenzar en un límite de cilindro, pero esto es muy poco probable que cause la menor dificultad a menos que tenga OS72 en su máquina."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:174
+msgid ""
+"Some versions of MS-DOS create a first partition which does not begin on a "
+"cylinder boundary, but on sector 2 of the first cylinder. Partitions "
+"beginning in cylinder 1 cannot begin on a cylinder boundary, but this is "
+"unlikely to cause difficulty unless you have OS/2 on your machine."
+msgstr ""
+"Algunas versiones de MS-DOS crean una primera partición que no empieza en un "
+"límite de cilindro, sino en el sector 2 del primer cilindro. Las "
+"particiones que comienzan en el cilindro 1 no pueden comenzar en un límite "
+"de cilindro, pero esto es muy poco probable que cause la menor dificultad a "
+"menos que tenga OS72 en su máquina."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:179
-msgid "For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table program. For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK program and Linux partitions with the Linux *fdisk* or Linux *cfdisk*(8) programs."
-msgstr "Para los mejores resultados, Ud. siempre debería emplear un programa de tabla de particiones específico del S.O. Por ejemplo, debería crear particiones DOS con el programa FDISK de DOS y particiones de Linux con uno de los programas de Linux *fdisk* o *cfdisk*(8)."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:176
+msgid ""
+"For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table "
+"program. For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK "
+"program and Linux partitions with the Linux *fdisk* or Linux *cfdisk*(8) "
+"programs."
+msgstr ""
+"Para los mejores resultados, Ud. siempre debería emplear un programa de "
+"tabla de particiones específico del S.O. Por ejemplo, debería crear "
+"particiones DOS con el programa FDISK de DOS y particiones de Linux con uno "
+"de los programas de Linux *fdisk* o *cfdisk*(8)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:182
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:179
msgid "The logical color names supported by *fdisk* are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:183 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:410
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:180 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:410
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:167
#, no-wrap
msgid "*header*"
msgstr "*header*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:185 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:412
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:182 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:412
msgid "The header of the output tables."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:186
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:183
#, no-wrap
msgid "*help-title*"
msgstr "*help-title*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:188
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:185
msgid "The help section titles."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:189 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:412
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:186 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:412
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:182
#, no-wrap
msgid "*warn*"
msgstr "*warn*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:191 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:414
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:188 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:414
msgid "The warning messages."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:192 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:414
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:189 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:414
#, no-wrap
msgid "*welcome*"
msgstr "*welcome*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:194 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:416
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:191 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:416
msgid "The welcome message."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:197
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:194
#, no-wrap
msgid "*FDISK_DEBUG*=all"
msgstr "*FDISK_DEBUG*=all"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:199
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:196
msgid "enables fdisk debug output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:211 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:235
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:208 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:235
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:230
msgid "use visible padding characters."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:219
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:216
msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"
-msgstr "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"
+msgstr ""
+"mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:221
-msgid "The original version was written by Andries E. Brouwer, A. V. Le Blanc and others."
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:218
+msgid ""
+"The original version was written by Andries E. Brouwer, A. V. Le Blanc and "
+"others."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:228
+#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:225
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "*cfdisk*(8),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:20
-msgid "*fsck* [*-lsAVRTMNP*] [*-r* [_fd_]] [*-C* [_fd_]] [*-t* _fstype_] [_filesystem_...] [*--*] [_fs-specific-options_]"
+msgid ""
+"*fsck* [*-lsAVRTMNP*] [*-r* [_fd_]] [*-C* [_fd_]] [*-t* _fstype_] "
+"[_filesystem_...] [*--*] [_fs-specific-options_]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:24
-msgid "*fsck* is used to check and optionally repair one or more Linux filesystems. _filesystem_ can be a device name (e.g., _/dev/hdc1_, _/dev/sdb2_), a mount point (e.g., _/_, _/usr_, _/home_), or a filesystem label or UUID specifier (e.g., UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd or LABEL=root). Normally, the *fsck* program will try to handle filesystems on different physical disk drives in parallel to reduce the total amount of time needed to check all of them."
+msgid ""
+"*fsck* is used to check and optionally repair one or more Linux filesystems. "
+"_filesystem_ can be a device name (e.g., _/dev/hdc1_, _/dev/sdb2_), a mount "
+"point (e.g., _/_, _/usr_, _/home_), or a filesystem label or UUID specifier "
+"(e.g., UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd or LABEL=root). Normally, "
+"the *fsck* program will try to handle filesystems on different physical disk "
+"drives in parallel to reduce the total amount of time needed to check all of "
+"them."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:26
-msgid "If no filesystems are specified on the command line, and the *-A* option is not specified, *fsck* will default to checking filesystems in _/etc/fstab_ serially. This is equivalent to the *-As* options."
+msgid ""
+"If no filesystems are specified on the command line, and the *-A* option is "
+"not specified, *fsck* will default to checking filesystems in _/etc/fstab_ "
+"serially. This is equivalent to the *-As* options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:28
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The exit status returned by B<fsck.minix> is the sum of the following:"
-msgid "The exit status returned by *fsck* is the sum of the following conditions:"
-msgstr "El código de salida devuelto por B<fsck.minix> es la suma de los siguientes:"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The exit status returned by B<fsck.minix> is the sum of the following:"
+msgid ""
+"The exit status returned by *fsck* is the sum of the following conditions:"
+msgstr ""
+"El código de salida devuelto por B<fsck.minix> es la suma de los siguientes:"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:29 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:42
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:72 ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:44
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:63
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:58 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:92
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1639 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:43
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1641 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:43
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:98 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:136
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:97
#, no-wrap
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:113 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:75
#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:66
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:66 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:61
-#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:94 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1642
+#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:94 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1644
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:139
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:99
#, no-wrap
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:33 ../misc-utils/enosys.1.adoc:76
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:55 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:78
#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:48 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:69
-#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:96 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:941
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1645 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:101
+#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:96 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:943
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1647 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:101
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:142
#, no-wrap
msgid "*2*"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:35 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:44
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:84 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:81
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1648 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:104
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1650 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:104
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:145
#, no-wrap
msgid "*4*"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:37 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:46
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:88 ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:79
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1651 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:107
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1653 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:107
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:148
#, no-wrap
msgid "*8*"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:39 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:48
-#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:90 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1654
+#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:90 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1656
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:151
#, no-wrap
msgid "*16*"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:39
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1657 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:49
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1659 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:49
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:113 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:154
#, no-wrap
msgid "*32*"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:47
-msgid "The exit status returned when multiple filesystems are checked is the bit-wise OR of the exit statuses for each filesystem that is checked."
+msgid ""
+"The exit status returned when multiple filesystems are checked is the bit-"
+"wise OR of the exit statuses for each filesystem that is checked."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:49
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "In actuality, B<mkfs> is simply a front-end for the various filesystem builders (B<mkfs.>I<fstype>) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific builder is searched for via your B<PATH> environment setting only. Please see the filesystem-specific builder manual pages for further details."
-msgid "In actuality, *fsck* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem checkers (*fsck*._fstype_) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific checker is searched for in the *PATH* environment variable. If the *PATH* is undefined then fallback to _/sbin_."
-msgstr "B<mkfs> es simplemente un frontend para los diversos constructores de sistemas de ficheros (B<mkfs>.I<tipo-sf>) disponibles en Linux. El constructor específico del sistema de ficheros sólo se buscará en los directorios definidos en el PATH. Consulte la correspondiente página de manual para cada constructor en concreto."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In actuality, B<mkfs> is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
+#| "builders (B<mkfs.>I<fstype>) available under Linux. The filesystem-"
+#| "specific builder is searched for via your B<PATH> environment setting "
+#| "only. Please see the filesystem-specific builder manual pages for further "
+#| "details."
+msgid ""
+"In actuality, *fsck* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
+"checkers (*fsck*._fstype_) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific "
+"checker is searched for in the *PATH* environment variable. If the *PATH* is "
+"undefined then fallback to _/sbin_."
+msgstr ""
+"B<mkfs> es simplemente un frontend para los diversos constructores de "
+"sistemas de ficheros (B<mkfs>.I<tipo-sf>) disponibles en Linux. El "
+"constructor específico del sistema de ficheros sólo se buscará en los "
+"directorios definidos en el PATH. Consulte la correspondiente página de "
+"manual para cada constructor en concreto."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:51
-msgid "Please see the filesystem-specific checker manual pages for further details."
+msgid ""
+"Please see the filesystem-specific checker manual pages for further details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:56
-msgid "Create an exclusive *flock*(2) lock file (_/run/fsck/<diskname>.lock_) for whole-disk device. This option can be used with one device only (this means that *-A* and *-l* are mutually exclusive). This option is recommended when more *fsck* instances are executed in the same time. The option is ignored when used for multiple devices or for non-rotating disks. *fsck* does not lock underlying devices when executed to check stacked devices (e.g. MD or DM) - this feature is not implemented yet."
+msgid ""
+"Create an exclusive *flock*(2) lock file (_/run/fsck/<diskname>.lock_) for "
+"whole-disk device. This option can be used with one device only (this means "
+"that *-A* and *-l* are mutually exclusive). This option is recommended when "
+"more *fsck* instances are executed in the same time. The option is ignored "
+"when used for multiple devices or for non-rotating disks. *fsck* does not "
+"lock underlying devices when executed to check stacked devices (e.g. MD or "
+"DM) - this feature is not implemented yet."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:59
-msgid "Report certain statistics for each fsck when it completes. These statistics include the exit status, the maximum run set size (in kilobytes), the elapsed all-clock time and the user and system CPU time used by the fsck run. For example:"
+msgid ""
+"Report certain statistics for each fsck when it completes. These statistics "
+"include the exit status, the maximum run set size (in kilobytes), the "
+"elapsed all-clock time and the user and system CPU time used by the fsck "
+"run. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:61
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186*\n"
-msgid "*/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186*"
-msgstr "*/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186*\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys "
+#| "0.86186*\n"
+msgid ""
+"*/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186*"
+msgstr ""
+"*/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186*\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:63
-msgid "GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor in a machine parsable format. For example:"
+msgid ""
+"GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the "
+"progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor in a machine "
+"parsable format. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:68
-msgid "Serialize *fsck* operations. This is a good idea if you are checking multiple filesystems and the checkers are in an interactive mode. (Note: *e2fsck*(8) runs in an interactive mode by default. To make *e2fsck*(8) run in a non-interactive mode, you must either specify the *-p* or *-a* option, if you wish for errors to be corrected automatically, or the *-n* option if you do not.)"
+msgid ""
+"Serialize *fsck* operations. This is a good idea if you are checking "
+"multiple filesystems and the checkers are in an interactive mode. (Note: "
+"*e2fsck*(8) runs in an interactive mode by default. To make *e2fsck*(8) run "
+"in a non-interactive mode, you must either specify the *-p* or *-a* option, "
+"if you wish for errors to be corrected automatically, or the *-n* option if "
+"you do not.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:71
-msgid "Specifies the type(s) of filesystem to be checked. When the *-A* flag is specified, only filesystems that match _fslist_ are checked. The _fslist_ parameter is a comma-separated list of filesystems and options specifiers. All of the filesystems in this comma-separated list may be prefixed by a negation operator '*no*' or '*!*', which requests that only those filesystems not listed in _fslist_ will be checked. If none of the filesystems in _fslist_ is prefixed by a negation operator, then only those listed filesystems will be checked."
+msgid ""
+"Specifies the type(s) of filesystem to be checked. When the *-A* flag is "
+"specified, only filesystems that match _fslist_ are checked. The _fslist_ "
+"parameter is a comma-separated list of filesystems and options specifiers. "
+"All of the filesystems in this comma-separated list may be prefixed by a "
+"negation operator '*no*' or '*!*', which requests that only those "
+"filesystems not listed in _fslist_ will be checked. If none of the "
+"filesystems in _fslist_ is prefixed by a negation operator, then only those "
+"listed filesystems will be checked."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:73
-msgid "Options specifiers may be included in the comma-separated _fslist_. They must have the format **opts=**__fs-option__. If an options specifier is present, then only filesystems which contain _fs-option_ in their mount options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be checked. If the options specifier is prefixed by a negation operator, then only those filesystems that do not have _fs-option_ in their mount options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be checked."
+msgid ""
+"Options specifiers may be included in the comma-separated _fslist_. They "
+"must have the format **opts=**__fs-option__. If an options specifier is "
+"present, then only filesystems which contain _fs-option_ in their mount "
+"options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be checked. If the options specifier is "
+"prefixed by a negation operator, then only those filesystems that do not "
+"have _fs-option_ in their mount options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be "
+"checked."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:75
-msgid "For example, if *opts=ro* appears in _fslist_, then only filesystems listed in _/etc/fstab_ with the *ro* option will be checked."
+msgid ""
+"For example, if *opts=ro* appears in _fslist_, then only filesystems listed "
+"in _/etc/fstab_ with the *ro* option will be checked."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:77
-msgid "For compatibility with Mandrake distributions whose boot scripts depend upon an unauthorized UI change to the *fsck* program, if a filesystem type of *loop* is found in _fslist_, it is treated as if *opts=loop* were specified as an argument to the *-t* option."
+msgid ""
+"For compatibility with Mandrake distributions whose boot scripts depend upon "
+"an unauthorized UI change to the *fsck* program, if a filesystem type of "
+"*loop* is found in _fslist_, it is treated as if *opts=loop* were specified "
+"as an argument to the *-t* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:79
-msgid "Normally, the filesystem type is deduced by searching for _filesys_ in the _/etc/fstab_ file and using the corresponding entry. If the type cannot be deduced, and there is only a single filesystem given as an argument to the *-t* option, *fsck* will use the specified filesystem type. If this type is not available, then the default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
+msgid ""
+"Normally, the filesystem type is deduced by searching for _filesys_ in the _/"
+"etc/fstab_ file and using the corresponding entry. If the type cannot be "
+"deduced, and there is only a single filesystem given as an argument to the *-"
+"t* option, *fsck* will use the specified filesystem type. If this type is "
+"not available, then the default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:82
-msgid "Walk through the _/etc/fstab_ file and try to check all filesystems in one run. This option is typically used from the _/etc/rc_ system initialization file, instead of multiple commands for checking a single filesystem."
+msgid ""
+"Walk through the _/etc/fstab_ file and try to check all filesystems in one "
+"run. This option is typically used from the _/etc/rc_ system initialization "
+"file, instead of multiple commands for checking a single filesystem."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:84
-msgid "The root filesystem will be checked first unless the *-P* option is specified (see below). After that, filesystems will be checked in the order specified by the _fs_passno_ (the sixth) field in the _/etc/fstab_ file. Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of 0 are skipped and are not checked at all. Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of greater than zero will be checked in order, with filesystems with the lowest _fs_passno_ number being checked first. If there are multiple filesystems with the same pass number, *fsck* will attempt to check them in parallel, although it will avoid running multiple filesystem checks on the same physical disk."
+msgid ""
+"The root filesystem will be checked first unless the *-P* option is "
+"specified (see below). After that, filesystems will be checked in the order "
+"specified by the _fs_passno_ (the sixth) field in the _/etc/fstab_ file. "
+"Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of 0 are skipped and are not checked at "
+"all. Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of greater than zero will be "
+"checked in order, with filesystems with the lowest _fs_passno_ number being "
+"checked first. If there are multiple filesystems with the same pass number, "
+"*fsck* will attempt to check them in parallel, although it will avoid "
+"running multiple filesystem checks on the same physical disk."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:86
-msgid "*fsck* does not check stacked devices (RAIDs, dm-crypt, ...) in parallel with any other device. See below for *FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL* setting. The _/sys_ filesystem is used to determine dependencies between devices."
+msgid ""
+"*fsck* does not check stacked devices (RAIDs, dm-crypt, ...) in parallel "
+"with any other device. See below for *FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL* setting. The "
+"_/sys_ filesystem is used to determine dependencies between devices."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:88
-msgid "Hence, a very common configuration in _/etc/fstab_ files is to set the root filesystem to have a _fs_passno_ value of 1 and to set all other filesystems to have a _fs_passno_ value of 2. This will allow *fsck* to automatically run filesystem checkers in parallel if it is advantageous to do so. System administrators might choose not to use this configuration if they need to avoid multiple filesystem checks running in parallel for some reason - for example, if the machine in question is short on memory so that excessive paging is a concern."
+msgid ""
+"Hence, a very common configuration in _/etc/fstab_ files is to set the root "
+"filesystem to have a _fs_passno_ value of 1 and to set all other filesystems "
+"to have a _fs_passno_ value of 2. This will allow *fsck* to automatically "
+"run filesystem checkers in parallel if it is advantageous to do so. System "
+"administrators might choose not to use this configuration if they need to "
+"avoid multiple filesystem checks running in parallel for some reason - for "
+"example, if the machine in question is short on memory so that excessive "
+"paging is a concern."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:90
-msgid "*fsck* normally does not check whether the device actually exists before calling a filesystem specific checker. Therefore non-existing devices may cause the system to enter filesystem repair mode during boot if the filesystem specific checker returns a fatal error. The _/etc/fstab_ mount option *nofail* may be used to have *fsck* skip non-existing devices. *fsck* also skips non-existing devices that have the special filesystem type *auto*."
+msgid ""
+"*fsck* normally does not check whether the device actually exists before "
+"calling a filesystem specific checker. Therefore non-existing devices may "
+"cause the system to enter filesystem repair mode during boot if the "
+"filesystem specific checker returns a fatal error. The _/etc/fstab_ mount "
+"option *nofail* may be used to have *fsck* skip non-existing devices. *fsck* "
+"also skips non-existing devices that have the special filesystem type *auto*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:93
-msgid "Display completion/progress bars for those filesystem checkers (currently only for ext[234]) which support them. *fsck* will manage the filesystem checkers so that only one of them will display a progress bar at a time. GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor."
+msgid ""
+"Display completion/progress bars for those filesystem checkers (currently "
+"only for ext[234]) which support them. *fsck* will manage the filesystem "
+"checkers so that only one of them will display a progress bar at a time. GUI "
+"front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the progress "
+"bar information will be sent to that file descriptor."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:96
-msgid "Do not check mounted filesystems and return an exit status of 0 for mounted filesystems."
+msgid ""
+"Do not check mounted filesystems and return an exit status of 0 for mounted "
+"filesystems."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:102
-msgid "When the *-A* flag is set, check the root filesystem in parallel with the other filesystems. This is not the safest thing in the world to do, since if the root filesystem is in doubt things like the *e2fsck*(8) executable might be corrupted! This option is mainly provided for those sysadmins who don't want to repartition the root filesystem to be small and compact (which is really the right solution)."
+msgid ""
+"When the *-A* flag is set, check the root filesystem in parallel with the "
+"other filesystems. This is not the safest thing in the world to do, since if "
+"the root filesystem is in doubt things like the *e2fsck*(8) executable might "
+"be corrupted! This option is mainly provided for those sysadmins who don't "
+"want to repartition the root filesystem to be small and compact (which is "
+"really the right solution)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:105
-msgid "When checking all filesystems with the *-A* flag, skip the root filesystem. (This is useful in case the root filesystem has already been mounted read-write.)"
+msgid ""
+"When checking all filesystems with the *-A* flag, skip the root filesystem. "
+"(This is useful in case the root filesystem has already been mounted read-"
+"write.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:111
-msgid "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are executed."
+msgid ""
+"Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are "
+"executed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
msgid "*--version*"
msgstr "*--version*"
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:117 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:231
+#: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:36
+msgid "Display version information and exit."
+msgstr "Mostrar información de versión y finalizar."
+
#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:118
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:121
-msgid "*Options which are not understood by fsck are passed to the filesystem-specific checker!*"
+msgid ""
+"*Options which are not understood by fsck are passed to the filesystem-"
+"specific checker!*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:123
-msgid "These options *must* not take arguments, as there is no way for *fsck* to be able to properly guess which options take arguments and which don't."
+msgid ""
+"These options *must* not take arguments, as there is no way for *fsck* to be "
+"able to properly guess which options take arguments and which don't."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:125
-msgid "Options and arguments which follow the *--* are treated as filesystem-specific options to be passed to the filesystem-specific checker."
+msgid ""
+"Options and arguments which follow the *--* are treated as filesystem-"
+"specific options to be passed to the filesystem-specific checker."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:127
-msgid "Please note that *fsck* is not designed to pass arbitrarily complicated options to filesystem-specific checkers. If you're doing something complicated, please just execute the filesystem-specific checker directly. If you pass *fsck* some horribly complicated options and arguments, and it doesn't do what you expect, *don't bother reporting it as a bug.* You're almost certainly doing something that you shouldn't be doing with *fsck*. Options to different filesystem-specific fsck's are not standardized."
+msgid ""
+"Please note that *fsck* is not designed to pass arbitrarily complicated "
+"options to filesystem-specific checkers. If you're doing something "
+"complicated, please just execute the filesystem-specific checker directly. "
+"If you pass *fsck* some horribly complicated options and arguments, and it "
+"doesn't do what you expect, *don't bother reporting it as a bug.* You're "
+"almost certainly doing something that you shouldn't be doing with *fsck*. "
+"Options to different filesystem-specific fsck's are not standardized."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:131
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "E<.Nm More> utilizes the following environment variables, if they exist:"
-msgid "The *fsck* program's behavior is affected by the following environment variables:"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "E<.Nm More> utilizes the following environment variables, if they exist:"
+msgid ""
+"The *fsck* program's behavior is affected by the following environment "
+"variables:"
msgstr "Si existen, E<.Nm More> usa las siguientes variables de entorno:"
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:134
-msgid "If this environment variable is set, *fsck* will attempt to check all of the specified filesystems in parallel, regardless of whether the filesystems appear to be on the same device. (This is useful for RAID systems or high-end storage systems such as those sold by companies such as IBM or EMC.) Note that the _fs_passno_ value is still used."
+msgid ""
+"If this environment variable is set, *fsck* will attempt to check all of the "
+"specified filesystems in parallel, regardless of whether the filesystems "
+"appear to be on the same device. (This is useful for RAID systems or high-"
+"end storage systems such as those sold by companies such as IBM or EMC.) "
+"Note that the _fs_passno_ value is still used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:137
-msgid "This environment variable will limit the maximum number of filesystem checkers that can be running at one time. This allows configurations which have a large number of disks to avoid *fsck* starting too many filesystem checkers at once, which might overload CPU and memory resources available on the system. If this value is zero, then an unlimited number of processes can be spawned. This is currently the default, but future versions of *fsck* may attempt to automatically determine how many filesystem checks can be run based on gathering accounting data from the operating system."
+msgid ""
+"This environment variable will limit the maximum number of filesystem "
+"checkers that can be running at one time. This allows configurations which "
+"have a large number of disks to avoid *fsck* starting too many filesystem "
+"checkers at once, which might overload CPU and memory resources available on "
+"the system. If this value is zero, then an unlimited number of processes can "
+"be spawned. This is currently the default, but future versions of *fsck* may "
+"attempt to automatically determine how many filesystem checks can be run "
+"based on gathering accounting data from the operating system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:143
-msgid "This environment variable allows the system administrator to override the standard location of the _/etc/fstab_ file. It is also useful for developers who are testing *fsck*."
+msgid ""
+"This environment variable allows the system administrator to override the "
+"standard location of the _/etc/fstab_ file. It is also useful for developers "
+"who are testing *fsck*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:150 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:134
+#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:150 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:138
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:112 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:141
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:40 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:118
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:130 ../misc-utils/lastlog2.8.adoc:79
-#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:82 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:44
+#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:84 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:44
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:50 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:39
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:126 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:365
-#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:136 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1697
+#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:136 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1699
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:79
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:114 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:131
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:59 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:195
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:153 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:50
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1701 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:136
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1703 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:136
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:200
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/fstab_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:158
-msgid "During boot, *systemd* does not invoke *fsck -A*. Instead, it schedules the activation of mounts individually, taking into account dependencies on backing devices, networking, and other factors. Consequently, *fsck* is called individually for each device."
+msgid ""
+"During boot, *systemd* does not invoke *fsck -A*. Instead, it schedules the "
+"activation of mounts individually, taking into account dependencies on "
+"backing devices, networking, and other factors. Consequently, *fsck* is "
+"called individually for each device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:163
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgid "mailto:tytso@mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgstr "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgstr ""
+"mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:177
#| "*fsck.vfat*(8),\n"
#| "*fsck.xfs*(8),\n"
#| "*reiserfsck*(8)\n"
-msgid "*fstab*(5), *mkfs*(8), *fsck.ext2*(8) or *fsck.ext3*(8) or *e2fsck*(8), *fsck.cramfs*(8), *fsck.jfs*(8), *fsck.nfs*(8), *fsck.minix*(8), *fsck.msdos*(8), *fsck.vfat*(8), *fsck.xfs*(8), *reiserfsck*(8)"
+msgid ""
+"*fstab*(5), *mkfs*(8), *fsck.ext2*(8) or *fsck.ext3*(8) or *e2fsck*(8), "
+"*fsck.cramfs*(8), *fsck.jfs*(8), *fsck.nfs*(8), *fsck.minix*(8), *fsck."
+"msdos*(8), *fsck.vfat*(8), *fsck.xfs*(8), *reiserfsck*(8)"
msgstr ""
"*fstab*(5),\n"
"*mkfs*(8),\n"
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "fsck.minix - a file system consistency checker for Linux"
msgid "fsck.cramfs - fsck compressed ROM file system"
-msgstr "fsck.minix - un comprobador de consistencia de sistemas de ficheros Minix para Linux"
+msgstr ""
+"fsck.minix - un comprobador de consistencia de sistemas de ficheros Minix "
+"para Linux"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:16
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:56
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:96
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:112 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:39
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:110 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:39
#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:64 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:32
#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:26 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:101
#: ../schedutils/coresched.1.adoc:67 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:87
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:98
-#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:84
+#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:82
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:64 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:173
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:98 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:455
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:105
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:28
-msgid "Use this blocksize, defaults to page size. Must be equal to what was set at creation time. Only used for *--extract*."
+msgid ""
+"Use this blocksize, defaults to page size. Must be equal to what was set at "
+"creation time. Only used for *--extract*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:31
-msgid "Test to uncompress the whole file system. Optionally extract contents of the _file_ to _directory_."
+msgid ""
+"Test to uncompress the whole file system. Optionally extract contents of the "
+"_file_ to _directory_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/enosys.1.adoc:68 ../misc-utils/exch.1.adoc:28
#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:44 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:49
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:213 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:107
-#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:192 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:200
-#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:70 ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:40
-#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:59 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:59
-#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:188
-#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:93 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:93
-#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:347
-#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:123 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:100
-#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:88 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1635
-#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:94
-#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:29 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:132
-#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:79 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:93
-#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:224
+#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:192 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:75
+#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:200 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:70
+#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:40 ../schedutils/coresched.1.adoc:101
+#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:108 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:59
+#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:59 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:54
+#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:188 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:93
+#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:93 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:74
+#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:347 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:123
+#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:100 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:88
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1637 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:39
+#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:94 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:29
+#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:132 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:79
+#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:93 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:224
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXIT STATUS"
msgstr "ESTADO DE SALIDA"
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:113 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:204
#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:65
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:60
-#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:78 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1641
+#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:78 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1643
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:100 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:138
msgid "success"
msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "fsck.minix - a file system consistency checker for Linux"
msgid "fsck.minix - check consistency of Minix filesystem"
-msgstr "fsck.minix - un comprobador de consistencia de sistemas de ficheros Minix para Linux"
+msgstr ""
+"fsck.minix - un comprobador de consistencia de sistemas de ficheros Minix "
+"para Linux"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:20
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:24
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*fsck.minix* performs a consistency check for the Linux MINIX filesystem.\n"
-msgid "*fsck.minix* performs a consistency check for the Linux MINIX filesystem."
-msgstr "*fsck.minix* realiza una comprobación de consistencia para el sistema de ficheros MINIX de Linux.\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*fsck.minix* performs a consistency check for the Linux MINIX "
+#| "filesystem.\n"
+msgid ""
+"*fsck.minix* performs a consistency check for the Linux MINIX filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+"*fsck.minix* realiza una comprobación de consistencia para el sistema de "
+"ficheros MINIX de Linux.\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:26
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The program assumes the file system is quiescent. B<fsck.minix> should not be used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing to it (and remember that the kernel can write to it when it searches for files)."
-msgid "The program assumes the filesystem is quiescent. *fsck.minix* should not be used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing to it. Remember that the kernel can write to device when it searches for files."
-msgstr "El programa supone que el sistema de ficheros está inactivo. B<fsck.minix> no debería emplearse en un dispositivo montado a menos que Ud. esté seguro de que nadie está escribiendo en él (y recuerde que el núcleo puede escribir en él cuando busca ficheros)."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The program assumes the file system is quiescent. B<fsck.minix> should "
+#| "not be used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing "
+#| "to it (and remember that the kernel can write to it when it searches for "
+#| "files)."
+msgid ""
+"The program assumes the filesystem is quiescent. *fsck.minix* should not be "
+"used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing to it. "
+"Remember that the kernel can write to device when it searches for files."
+msgstr ""
+"El programa supone que el sistema de ficheros está inactivo. B<fsck.minix> "
+"no debería emplearse en un dispositivo montado a menos que Ud. esté seguro "
+"de que nadie está escribiendo en él (y recuerde que el núcleo puede escribir "
+"en él cuando busca ficheros)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:28
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:40
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "If the file system was changed (i.e., repaired), then B<fsck.minix> will print \"FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED\" and will B<sync>(2) three times before exiting. Since Linux does not currently have raw devices, there is I<no> need to reboot at this time (versus a system which I<does> have raw devices)."
-msgid "If the filesystem was changed, i.e., repaired, then *fsck.minix* will print \"FILE SYSTEM HAS BEEN CHANGED\" and will *sync*(2) three times before exiting. There is _no_ need to reboot after check."
-msgstr "Si el sistema de ficheros sufrió algún cambio (esto es, fue reparado), entonces B<fsck.minix> mostrará la frase \"FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED\" (\"el sistema de ficheros ha cambiado\") y hará un B<sync>(2) tres veces antes de salir. Puesto que Linux actualmente no tiene dispositivos \"crudos\", I<no> hay necesidad de rearrancar en este momento (lo contrario de un sistema que I<sí> tenga dispositivos \"crudos\")."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If the file system was changed (i.e., repaired), then B<fsck.minix> will "
+#| "print \"FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED\" and will B<sync>(2) three times before "
+#| "exiting. Since Linux does not currently have raw devices, there is I<no> "
+#| "need to reboot at this time (versus a system which I<does> have raw "
+#| "devices)."
+msgid ""
+"If the filesystem was changed, i.e., repaired, then *fsck.minix* will print "
+"\"FILE SYSTEM HAS BEEN CHANGED\" and will *sync*(2) three times before "
+"exiting. There is _no_ need to reboot after check."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el sistema de ficheros sufrió algún cambio (esto es, fue reparado), "
+"entonces B<fsck.minix> mostrará la frase \"FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED\" (\"el "
+"sistema de ficheros ha cambiado\") y hará un B<sync>(2) tres veces antes de "
+"salir. Puesto que Linux actualmente no tiene dispositivos \"crudos\", I<no> "
+"hay necesidad de rearrancar en este momento (lo contrario de un sistema que "
+"I<sí> tenga dispositivos \"crudos\")."
#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:33
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:44
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "B<fsck.minix> should B<not> be used on a mounted filesystem. Using B<fsck.minix> on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the possibility that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously damage a perfectly good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run B<fsck.minix> on a mounted filesystem (i.e., the root filesystem), make sure nothing is writing to the disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" waiting for deletion."
-msgid "*fsck.minix* should *not* be used on a mounted filesystem. Using *fsck.minix* on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the possibility that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously damage a perfectly good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run *fsck.minix* on a mounted filesystem, such as the root filesystem, make sure nothing is writing to the disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" waiting for deletion."
-msgstr "B<fsck.minix> B<no> debería emplearse en un sistema de ficheros montado. Usar B<fsck.minix> en un sistema de ficheros montado es muy peligroso, debido a la posibilidad de que ficheros borrados estén todavía en uso, ¡y se puede dañar seriamente un sistema de ficheros en perfecto estado! Si Ud. tiene la absoluta necesidad de ejecutar B<fsck.minix> en un sistema de ficheros montado (i.e., el sistema de ficheros raíz), asegúrese de que nada está escribiendo en el disco, y que no hay ficheros \"zombis\" esperando su borrado."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "B<fsck.minix> should B<not> be used on a mounted filesystem. Using "
+#| "B<fsck.minix> on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the "
+#| "possibility that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously damage "
+#| "a perfectly good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run B<fsck.minix> "
+#| "on a mounted filesystem (i.e., the root filesystem), make sure nothing is "
+#| "writing to the disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" waiting for "
+#| "deletion."
+msgid ""
+"*fsck.minix* should *not* be used on a mounted filesystem. Using *fsck."
+"minix* on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the possibility "
+"that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously damage a perfectly "
+"good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run *fsck.minix* on a mounted "
+"filesystem, such as the root filesystem, make sure nothing is writing to the "
+"disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" waiting for deletion."
+msgstr ""
+"B<fsck.minix> B<no> debería emplearse en un sistema de ficheros montado. "
+"Usar B<fsck.minix> en un sistema de ficheros montado es muy peligroso, "
+"debido a la posibilidad de que ficheros borrados estén todavía en uso, ¡y se "
+"puede dañar seriamente un sistema de ficheros en perfecto estado! Si Ud. "
+"tiene la absoluta necesidad de ejecutar B<fsck.minix> en un sistema de "
+"ficheros montado (i.e., el sistema de ficheros raíz), asegúrese de que nada "
+"está escribiendo en el disco, y que no hay ficheros \"zombis\" esperando su "
+"borrado."
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:49
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:55
-msgid "Perform automatic repairs. This option implies *--repair* and serves to answer all of the questions asked with the default. Note that this can be extremely dangerous in the case of extensive filesystem damage."
-msgstr "Efectúa reparaciones automáticas. Esta opción implica *--repair* y sirve para contestar todas las preguntas con la respuesta predeterminada. Observe que esto puede ser extremadamente peligroso en el caso de daños extensos en el sistema de ficheros."
+msgid ""
+"Perform automatic repairs. This option implies *--repair* and serves to "
+"answer all of the questions asked with the default. Note that this can be "
+"extremely dangerous in the case of extensive filesystem damage."
+msgstr ""
+"Efectúa reparaciones automáticas. Esta opción implica *--repair* y sirve "
+"para contestar todas las preguntas con la respuesta predeterminada. Observe "
+"que esto puede ser extremadamente peligroso en el caso de daños extensos en "
+"el sistema de ficheros."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:59
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:65 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:49
-#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:159 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:46
+#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:159 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:49
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:33 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:95
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:67
-msgid "Force a filesystem check even if the filesystem was marked as valid. Marking is done by the kernel when the filesystem is unmounted."
-msgstr "Fuerza la comprobación del sistema de ficheros incluso si el sistema de ficheros fue marcado como válido. Esta marca la hace el núcleo cuando el sistema de ficheros se desmonta."
+msgid ""
+"Force a filesystem check even if the filesystem was marked as valid. Marking "
+"is done by the kernel when the filesystem is unmounted."
+msgstr ""
+"Fuerza la comprobación del sistema de ficheros incluso si el sistema de "
+"ficheros fue marcado como válido. Esta marca la hace el núcleo cuando el "
+"sistema de ficheros se desmonta."
#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:70 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:340
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:73
-msgid "There are numerous diagnostic messages. The ones mentioned here are the most commonly seen in normal usage."
-msgstr "Hay numerosos mensajes de diagnóstico. Los mencionados aquí son los más comúnmente vistos en el uso normal."
+msgid ""
+"There are numerous diagnostic messages. The ones mentioned here are the most "
+"commonly seen in normal usage."
+msgstr ""
+"Hay numerosos mensajes de diagnóstico. Los mencionados aquí son los más "
+"comúnmente vistos en el uso normal."
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:75
-msgid "If the device does not exist, *fsck.minix* will print \"unable to read super block\". If the device exists, but is not a MINIX filesystem, *fsck.minix* will print \"bad magic number in super-block\"."
-msgstr "Si el dispositivo no existe, *fsck.minix* mostrará \"unable to read super block\" (\"incapaz de leer el súper-bloque\"). Si el dispositivo existe pero no es un sistema de ficheros MINIX, *fsck.minix* imprimirá \"bad magic number in super-block\" (\"mal número mágico en el súper-bloque\")."
+msgid ""
+"If the device does not exist, *fsck.minix* will print \"unable to read super "
+"block\". If the device exists, but is not a MINIX filesystem, *fsck.minix* "
+"will print \"bad magic number in super-block\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el dispositivo no existe, *fsck.minix* mostrará \"unable to read super "
+"block\" (\"incapaz de leer el súper-bloque\"). Si el dispositivo existe "
+"pero no es un sistema de ficheros MINIX, *fsck.minix* imprimirá \"bad magic "
+"number in super-block\" (\"mal número mágico en el súper-bloque\")."
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:79
msgid "The exit status returned by *fsck.minix* is the sum of the following:"
-msgstr "El código de salida devuelto por *fsck.minix* es la suma de los siguientes:"
+msgstr ""
+"El código de salida devuelto por *fsck.minix* es la suma de los siguientes:"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:82 ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:50
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:84
-msgid "Filesystem errors corrected, system should be rebooted if filesystem was mounted"
-msgstr "Errores del sistema de ficheros corregidos, el sistema debería reiniciarse si el sistema de ficheros estaba montado"
+msgid ""
+"Filesystem errors corrected, system should be rebooted if filesystem was "
+"mounted"
+msgstr ""
+"Errores del sistema de ficheros corregidos, el sistema debería reiniciarse "
+"si el sistema de ficheros estaba montado"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:86
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:97
-msgid "mailto:torvalds@cs.helsinki.fi[Linus Torvalds]. Exit status values by mailto:faith@cs.unc.edu[Rik Faith] Added support for filesystem valid flag: mailto:greg%wind.uucp@plains.nodak.edu[Dr. Wettstein]. Check to prevent fsck of mounted filesystem added by mailto:quinlan@yggdrasil.com[Daniel Quinlan]. Minix v2 fs support by mailto:schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de[Andreas Schwab], updated by mailto:janl@math.uio.no[Nicolai Langfeldt]. Portability patch by mailto:rmk@ecs.soton.ac.uk[Russell King]."
+msgid ""
+"mailto:torvalds@cs.helsinki.fi[Linus Torvalds]. Exit status values by mailto:"
+"faith@cs.unc.edu[Rik Faith] Added support for filesystem valid flag: mailto:"
+"greg%wind.uucp@plains.nodak.edu[Dr. Wettstein]. Check to prevent fsck of "
+"mounted filesystem added by mailto:quinlan@yggdrasil.com[Daniel Quinlan]. "
+"Minix v2 fs support by mailto:schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund."
+"de[Andreas Schwab], updated by mailto:janl@math.uio.no[Nicolai Langfeldt]. "
+"Portability patch by mailto:rmk@ecs.soton.ac.uk[Russell King]."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#| "*mkfs.ext2*(8),\n"
#| "*mkfs.minix*(8),\n"
#| "*reboot*(8)\n"
-msgid "*fsck*(8), *fsck.ext2*(8), *mkfs*(8), *mkfs.ext2*(8), *mkfs.minix*(8), *reboot*(8)"
+msgid ""
+"*fsck*(8), *fsck.ext2*(8), *mkfs*(8), *mkfs.ext2*(8), *mkfs.minix*(8), "
+"*reboot*(8)"
msgstr ""
"*fsck*(8),\n"
"*fsck.ext2*(8),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:20
-msgid "This command outputs the length of an iso9660 filesystem that is contained in the specified file. This file may be a normal file or a block device (e.g. _/dev/hdd_ or _/dev/sr0_). In the absence of any options (and errors), it will output the size of the iso9660 filesystem in bytes. This can now be a large number (>> 4 GB)."
+msgid ""
+"This command outputs the length of an iso9660 filesystem that is contained "
+"in the specified file. This file may be a normal file or a block device (e."
+"g. _/dev/hdd_ or _/dev/sr0_). In the absence of any options (and errors), it "
+"will output the size of the iso9660 filesystem in bytes. This can now be a "
+"large number (>> 4 GB)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:25
-msgid "Show the block count and block size in human-readable form. The output uses the term \"sectors\" for \"blocks\"."
+msgid ""
+"Show the block count and block size in human-readable form. The output uses "
+"the term \"sectors\" for \"blocks\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:28
-msgid "Only has an effect when *-x* is not given. The value shown (if no errors) is the iso9660 file size in bytes divided by _number_. So if _number_ is the block size then the shown value will be the block count."
+msgid ""
+"Only has an effect when *-x* is not given. The value shown (if no errors) is "
+"the iso9660 file size in bytes divided by _number_. So if _number_ is the "
+"block size then the shown value will be the block count."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:30
-msgid "The size of the file (or block device) holding an iso9660 filesystem can be marginally larger than the actual size of the iso9660 filesystem. One reason for this is that cd writers are allowed to add \"run out\" sectors at the end of an iso9660 image."
+msgid ""
+"The size of the file (or block device) holding an iso9660 filesystem can be "
+"marginally larger than the actual size of the iso9660 filesystem. One reason "
+"for this is that cd writers are allowed to add \"run out\" sectors at the "
+"end of an iso9660 image."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:41 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:115
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:69
-#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:64 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1660
+#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:64 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1662
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:116 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:157
#, no-wrap
msgid "*64*"
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "*mkfs* [options] [*-t* _type_] [_fs-options_] _device_ [_size_]\n"
msgid "*mkfs* [options] [*-t* _type_] [_fs-options_] _device_ [_size_]"
-msgstr "*mkfs* [opciones] [*-t* _tipo_] [_opciones-sf_] _dispositivo_ [_tamaño_]\n"
+msgstr ""
+"*mkfs* [opciones] [*-t* _tipo_] [_opciones-sf_] _dispositivo_ [_tamaño_]\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:20
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*This mkfs frontend is deprecated in favour of filesystem specific mkfs.<type> utils.*\n"
-msgid "*This mkfs frontend is deprecated in favour of filesystem specific mkfs.<type> utils.*"
-msgstr "*Este frontend de mkfs está obsoleto. Se recomiendo usar la aplicación concreta para cada sistema de ficheros mkfs.<tipo>.*\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*This mkfs frontend is deprecated in favour of filesystem specific mkfs."
+#| "<type> utils.*\n"
+msgid ""
+"*This mkfs frontend is deprecated in favour of filesystem specific mkfs."
+"<type> utils.*"
+msgstr ""
+"*Este frontend de mkfs está obsoleto. Se recomiendo usar la aplicación "
+"concreta para cada sistema de ficheros mkfs.<tipo>.*\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:22
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*mkfs* is used to build a Linux filesystem on a device, usually a hard disk partition. The _device_ argument is either the device name (e.g., _/dev/hda1_, _/dev/sdb2_), or a regular file that shall contain the filesystem. The _size_ argument is the number of blocks to be used for the filesystem.\n"
-msgid "*mkfs* is used to build a Linux filesystem on a device, usually a hard disk partition. The _device_ argument is either the device name (e.g., _/dev/hda1_, _/dev/sdb2_), or a regular file that shall contain the filesystem. The _size_ argument is the number of blocks to be used for the filesystem."
-msgstr "*mkfs* se emplea para crear un sistema de ficheros de Linux en un dispositivo, generalmente una partición de un disco duro. _dispositivo_ es el nombre del dispositivo (como por ejemplo _/dev/hda1_ o _/dev/sdb2_) o un fichero que contenga un sistema de ficheros. _I<tamaño>_ es el cantidad de bloques que el sistema de ficheros empleará.\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*mkfs* is used to build a Linux filesystem on a device, usually a hard "
+#| "disk partition. The _device_ argument is either the device name (e.g., _/"
+#| "dev/hda1_, _/dev/sdb2_), or a regular file that shall contain the "
+#| "filesystem. The _size_ argument is the number of blocks to be used for "
+#| "the filesystem.\n"
+msgid ""
+"*mkfs* is used to build a Linux filesystem on a device, usually a hard disk "
+"partition. The _device_ argument is either the device name (e.g., _/dev/"
+"hda1_, _/dev/sdb2_), or a regular file that shall contain the filesystem. "
+"The _size_ argument is the number of blocks to be used for the filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+"*mkfs* se emplea para crear un sistema de ficheros de Linux en un "
+"dispositivo, generalmente una partición de un disco duro. _dispositivo_ es "
+"el nombre del dispositivo (como por ejemplo _/dev/hda1_ o _/dev/sdb2_) o un "
+"fichero que contenga un sistema de ficheros. _I<tamaño>_ es el cantidad de "
+"bloques que el sistema de ficheros empleará.\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:24
msgid "The exit status returned by *mkfs* is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
-msgstr "El código de salida devuelto por *mkfs* es 0 si acaba con éxito y 1 si acaba en fallo."
+msgstr ""
+"El código de salida devuelto por *mkfs* es 0 si acaba con éxito y 1 si acaba "
+"en fallo."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:26
-msgid "In actuality, *mkfs* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem builders (**mkfs.**__fstype__) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific builder is searched for via your *PATH* environment setting only. Please see the filesystem-specific builder manual pages for further details."
-msgstr "*mkfs* es simplemente un frontend para los diversos constructores de sistemas de ficheros (**mkfs.**__tipo-sf__) disponibles en Linux. El constructor específico del sistema de ficheros sólo se buscará en los directorios definidos en el *PATH*. Consulte la correspondiente página de manual para cada constructor en concreto."
+msgid ""
+"In actuality, *mkfs* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
+"builders (**mkfs.**__fstype__) available under Linux. The filesystem-"
+"specific builder is searched for via your *PATH* environment setting only. "
+"Please see the filesystem-specific builder manual pages for further details."
+msgstr ""
+"*mkfs* es simplemente un frontend para los diversos constructores de "
+"sistemas de ficheros (**mkfs.**__tipo-sf__) disponibles en Linux. El "
+"constructor específico del sistema de ficheros sólo se buscará en los "
+"directorios definidos en el *PATH*. Consulte la correspondiente página de "
+"manual para cada constructor en concreto."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:31
-msgid "Specify the _type_ of filesystem to be built. If not specified, the default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
-msgstr "Especifica el _tipo_ de sistema de ficheros a construir. Si no se define ninguno en concreto, se utilizará ext2 por defecto."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the _type_ of filesystem to be built. If not specified, the default "
+"filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
+msgstr ""
+"Especifica el _tipo_ de sistema de ficheros a construir. Si no se define "
+"ninguno en concreto, se utilizará ext2 por defecto."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:32
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:34
-msgid "Filesystem-specific options to be passed to the real filesystem builder."
-msgstr "Opciones del sistema de ficheros específico, que se pasarán al constructor real del sistema de ficheros."
+msgid ""
+"Filesystem-specific options to be passed to the real filesystem builder."
+msgstr ""
+"Opciones del sistema de ficheros específico, que se pasarán al constructor "
+"real del sistema de ficheros."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:35
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:37
-msgid "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are executed. Specifying this option more than once inhibits execution of any filesystem-specific commands. This is really only useful for testing."
-msgstr "Produce una salida más prolija, incluyendo todas las órdenes ejecutadas específicas del sistema de ficheros. Especificar esta opción más de una vez inhibe la ejecución de cualquier orden de un sistema de ficheros específico. Esto es útil en el caso de la realización de pruebas."
+msgid ""
+"Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are "
+"executed. Specifying this option more than once inhibits execution of any "
+"filesystem-specific commands. This is really only useful for testing."
+msgstr ""
+"Produce una salida más prolija, incluyendo todas las órdenes ejecutadas "
+"específicas del sistema de ficheros. Especificar esta opción más de una vez "
+"inhibe la ejecución de cualquier orden de un sistema de ficheros "
+"específico. Esto es útil en el caso de la realización de pruebas."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:40
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Display version information and exit. (Option *-V* will display version information only when it is the only parameter, otherwise it will work as *--verbose*.)"
-msgid "(Option *-V* will display version information only when it is the only parameter, otherwise it will work as *--verbose*.)"
-msgstr "Muestra información acerca de la versión y termina. La opción *-V* mostrará información sólo si es el único parámetro que definimos, sino hará lo mismo que *--verbose*."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Display version information and exit. (Option *-V* will display version "
+#| "information only when it is the only parameter, otherwise it will work as "
+#| "*--verbose*.)"
+msgid ""
+"(Option *-V* will display version information only when it is the only "
+"parameter, otherwise it will work as *--verbose*.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Muestra información acerca de la versión y termina. La opción *-V* mostrará "
+"información sólo si es el único parámetro que definimos, sino hará lo mismo "
+"que *--verbose*."
#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:51
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:163 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:67
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:185 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:141
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:154 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:50
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:158 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:50
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:65 ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:91
-#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:98 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1723
+#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:98 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1725
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:67 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:332
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:155 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:173
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:70 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:188
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:44
-msgid "All generic options must precede and not be combined with filesystem-specific options. Some filesystem-specific programs do not automatically detect the device size and require the _size_ parameter to be specified."
-msgstr "Todas las opciones genéricas deben ir antes y no combinadas con las específicas del sistema de ficheros. Algunos programas específicos de un sistema de ficheros no detectan automáticamente el tamaño del dispositivo y requieren el parámetro _tamaño_."
+msgid ""
+"All generic options must precede and not be combined with filesystem-"
+"specific options. Some filesystem-specific programs do not automatically "
+"detect the device size and require the _size_ parameter to be specified."
+msgstr ""
+"Todas las opciones genéricas deben ir antes y no combinadas con las "
+"específicas del sistema de ficheros. Algunos programas específicos de un "
+"sistema de ficheros no detectan automáticamente el tamaño del dispositivo y "
+"requieren el parámetro _tamaño_."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:50
-msgid "mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]."
-msgstr "mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]."
+msgid ""
+"mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. "
+"van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]."
+msgstr ""
+"mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. "
+"van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:52
-msgid "The manual page was shamelessly adapted from Remy Card's version for the ext2 filesystem."
-msgstr "La página del Manual fue adaptada sin ningún rubor de la versión de Remy Card para el sistema de ficheros ext2."
+msgid ""
+"The manual page was shamelessly adapted from Remy Card's version for the "
+"ext2 filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+"La página del Manual fue adaptada sin ningún rubor de la versión de Remy "
+"Card para el sistema de ficheros ext2."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:68
#| "*mkfs.msdos*(8),\n"
#| "*mkfs.vfat*(8),\n"
#| "*mkfs.xfs*(8)\n"
-msgid "*fs*(5), *badblocks*(8), *fsck*(8), *mkdosfs*(8), *mke2fs*(8), *mkfs.bfs*(8), *mkfs.ext2*(8), *mkfs.ext3*(8), *mkfs.ext4*(8), *mkfs.minix*(8), *mkfs.msdos*(8), *mkfs.vfat*(8), *mkfs.xfs*(8)"
+msgid ""
+"*fs*(5), *badblocks*(8), *fsck*(8), *mkdosfs*(8), *mke2fs*(8), *mkfs."
+"bfs*(8), *mkfs.ext2*(8), *mkfs.ext3*(8), *mkfs.ext4*(8), *mkfs.minix*(8), "
+"*mkfs.msdos*(8), *mkfs.vfat*(8), *mkfs.xfs*(8)"
msgstr ""
"*fs*(5),\n"
"*badblocks*(8),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:24
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "B<mkfs.minix> creates a Linux MINIX filesystem on a device (usually a disk partition)."
-msgid "*mkfs.bfs* creates an SCO bfs filesystem on a block device (usually a disk partition or a file accessed via the loop device)."
-msgstr "B<mkfs.minix> crea un sistema de ficheros MINIX en Linux sobre un dispositivo (usualmente una partición de disco)."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "B<mkfs.minix> creates a Linux MINIX filesystem on a device (usually a "
+#| "disk partition)."
+msgid ""
+"*mkfs.bfs* creates an SCO bfs filesystem on a block device (usually a disk "
+"partition or a file accessed via the loop device)."
+msgstr ""
+"B<mkfs.minix> crea un sistema de ficheros MINIX en Linux sobre un "
+"dispositivo (usualmente una partición de disco)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:26
-msgid "The _block-count_ parameter is the desired size of the filesystem, in blocks. If nothing is specified, the entire partition will be used."
+msgid ""
+"The _block-count_ parameter is the desired size of the filesystem, in "
+"blocks. If nothing is specified, the entire partition will be used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:31
-msgid "Specify the desired _number_ of inodes (at most 512). If nothing is specified, some default number in the range 48-512 is picked depending on the size of the partition."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the desired _number_ of inodes (at most 512). If nothing is "
+"specified, some default number in the range 48-512 is picked depending on "
+"the size of the partition."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:52
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Display version information and exit. (Option B<-V> will display version information only when it is the only parameter, otherwise it will work as B<--verbose>.)"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Display version information and exit. (Option B<-V> will display version "
+#| "information only when it is the only parameter, otherwise it will work as "
+#| "B<--verbose>.)"
msgid "Option *-V* only works as *--version* when it is the only option."
-msgstr "Muestra información acerca de la versión y termina. La opción B<-V> mostrará información sólo si es el único parámetro que definimos, sino hará lo mismo que B<--verbose>."
+msgstr ""
+"Muestra información acerca de la versión y termina. La opción B<-V> mostrará "
+"información sólo si es el único parámetro que definimos, sino hará lo mismo "
+"que B<--verbose>."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:56
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The exit status returned by B<mkfs> is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
-msgid "The exit status returned by *mkfs.bfs* is 0 when all went well, and 1 when something went wrong."
-msgstr "El código de salida devuelto por B<mkfs> es 0 si acaba con éxito y 1 si acaba en fallo."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The exit status returned by B<mkfs> is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
+msgid ""
+"The exit status returned by *mkfs.bfs* is 0 when all went well, and 1 when "
+"something went wrong."
+msgstr ""
+"El código de salida devuelto por B<mkfs> es 0 si acaba con éxito y 1 si "
+"acaba en fallo."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:60
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:20
-msgid "Files on cramfs file systems are zlib-compressed one page at a time to allow random read access. The metadata is not compressed, but is expressed in a terse representation that is more space-efficient than conventional file systems."
+msgid ""
+"Files on cramfs file systems are zlib-compressed one page at a time to allow "
+"random read access. The metadata is not compressed, but is expressed in a "
+"terse representation that is more space-efficient than conventional file "
+"systems."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:22
-msgid "The file system is intentionally read-only to simplify its design; random write access for compressed files is difficult to implement. cramfs ships with a utility (*mkcramfs*(8)) to pack files into new cramfs images."
+msgid ""
+"The file system is intentionally read-only to simplify its design; random "
+"write access for compressed files is difficult to implement. cramfs ships "
+"with a utility (*mkcramfs*(8)) to pack files into new cramfs images."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:26
-msgid "Maximum file system size is a little under 272 MB. (The last file on the file system must begin before the 256 MB block, but can extend past it.)"
+msgid ""
+"Maximum file system size is a little under 272 MB. (The last file on the "
+"file system must begin before the 256 MB block, but can extend past it.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:27 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:150
+#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:27 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:149
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:36 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:35
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:75
#, no-wrap
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:30
-msgid "The _directory_ is simply the root of the directory tree that we want to generate a compressed filesystem out of."
+msgid ""
+"The _directory_ is simply the root of the directory tree that we want to "
+"generate a compressed filesystem out of."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:32
-msgid "The _file_ will contain the cram file system, which later can be mounted."
+msgid ""
+"The _file_ will contain the cram file system, which later can be mounted."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:40
-msgid "Treat all warnings as errors, which are reflected as command exit status."
+msgid ""
+"Treat all warnings as errors, which are reflected as command exit status."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:61
-msgid "This option is ignored. Originally the *-s* turned on directory entry sorting."
+msgid ""
+"This option is ignored. Originally the *-s* turned on directory entry "
+"sorting."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:72
-msgid "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument _mode_ can be _yes_, _no_ (or 1 and 0) or _nonblock_. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to _\"yes\"_. This option overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with udevd or other tools."
+msgid ""
+"Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional "
+"argument _mode_ can be _yes_, _no_ (or 1 and 0) or _nonblock_. If the "
+"_mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to _\"yes\"_. This option "
+"overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to "
+"use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with udevd or "
+"other tools."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:27
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*mkfs.minix* creates a Linux MINIX filesystem on a device (usually a disk partition).\n"
-msgid "*mkfs.minix* creates a Linux MINIX filesystem on a device (usually a disk partition)."
-msgstr "*mkfs.minix* crea un sistema de ficheros MINIX en Linux sobre un dispositivo (usualmente una partición de disco).\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*mkfs.minix* creates a Linux MINIX filesystem on a device (usually a disk "
+#| "partition).\n"
+msgid ""
+"*mkfs.minix* creates a Linux MINIX filesystem on a device (usually a disk "
+"partition)."
+msgstr ""
+"*mkfs.minix* crea un sistema de ficheros MINIX en Linux sobre un dispositivo "
+"(usualmente una partición de disco).\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:29
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:38
-msgid "The device may be a block device or an image file of one, but this is not enforced. Expect not much fun on a character device :-)."
+msgid ""
+"The device may be a block device or an image file of one, but this is not "
+"enforced. Expect not much fun on a character device :-)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:40
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The I<size-in-blocks> parameter is the desired size of the file system, in blocks. This information can be determined from the B<fdisk>(8) or B<cfdisk>(8) program. If omitted it will be determined automaticaly. Only block counts strictly greater than 10 and strictly less than 65536 are allowed."
-msgid "The _size-in-blocks_ parameter is the desired size of the file system, in blocks. It is present only for backwards compatibility. If omitted the size will be determined automatically. Only block counts strictly greater than 10 and strictly less than 65536 are allowed."
-msgstr "El parámetro I<tamañoenbloques> es el tamaño deseado del sistema de ficheros, en bloques. Esta información puede determinarse con el programa B<fdisk>(8) o B<cfdisk>(8). Si se omite, se determinará automáticamente. Sólo se permiten números de bloques estrictamente mayores de 10 y estrictamente menores de 65536."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The I<size-in-blocks> parameter is the desired size of the file system, "
+#| "in blocks. This information can be determined from the B<fdisk>(8) or "
+#| "B<cfdisk>(8) program. If omitted it will be determined automaticaly. "
+#| "Only block counts strictly greater than 10 and strictly less than 65536 "
+#| "are allowed."
+msgid ""
+"The _size-in-blocks_ parameter is the desired size of the file system, in "
+"blocks. It is present only for backwards compatibility. If omitted the size "
+"will be determined automatically. Only block counts strictly greater than 10 "
+"and strictly less than 65536 are allowed."
+msgstr ""
+"El parámetro I<tamañoenbloques> es el tamaño deseado del sistema de "
+"ficheros, en bloques. Esta información puede determinarse con el programa "
+"B<fdisk>(8) o B<cfdisk>(8). Si se omite, se determinará automáticamente. "
+"Sólo se permiten números de bloques estrictamente mayores de 10 y "
+"estrictamente menores de 65536."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:43 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:43
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:45
-msgid "Check the device for bad blocks before creating the filesystem. If any are found, the count is printed."
-msgstr "Antes de crear el sistema de ficheros se miran los bloques malos del dispositivo. Si se encuentran algunos, se muestran cuántos."
+msgid ""
+"Check the device for bad blocks before creating the filesystem. If any are "
+"found, the count is printed."
+msgstr ""
+"Antes de crear el sistema de ficheros se miran los bloques malos del "
+"dispositivo. Si se encuentran algunos, se muestran cuántos."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:46
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:48
-msgid "Specify the maximum length of filenames. Currently, the only allowable values are 14 and 30 for file system versions 1 and 2. Version 3 allows only value 60. The default is 30."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the maximum length of filenames. Currently, the only allowable "
+"values are 14 and 30 for file system versions 1 and 2. Version 3 allows only "
+"value 60. The default is 30."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:57
-msgid "Read the list of bad blocks from _filename_. The file has one bad-block number per line. The count of bad blocks read is printed."
-msgstr "Lee la lista de bloques malos de _nombrefichero_. El fichero tendrá un número de bloque malo en cada renglón. Se muestra el número de bloques malos."
+msgid ""
+"Read the list of bad blocks from _filename_. The file has one bad-block "
+"number per line. The count of bad blocks read is printed."
+msgstr ""
+"Lee la lista de bloques malos de _nombrefichero_. El fichero tendrá un "
+"número de bloque malo en cada renglón. Se muestra el número de bloques malos."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:58 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:46
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:72 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:100
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:85
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE=<mode>"
msgstr "LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE=<modo>"
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The exit code returned by B<mkfs.minix> is one of the following:"
msgid "The exit status returned by *mkfs.minix* is one of the following:"
-msgstr "El código de salida devuelto por B<mkfs.minix> es uno de los siguientes:"
+msgstr ""
+"El código de salida devuelto por B<mkfs.minix> es uno de los siguientes:"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:79 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "*mkswap* sets up a Linux swap area on a device or in a file.\n"
msgid "*mkswap* sets up a Linux swap area on a device or in a file."
-msgstr "*mkswap* establece un área de trasiego para Linux sobre un dispositivo o en un fichero.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"*mkswap* establece un área de trasiego para Linux sobre un dispositivo o en "
+"un fichero.\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:28
-msgid "The _device_ argument will usually be a disk partition (something like _/dev/sdb7_) but can also be a file. The Linux kernel does not look at partition IDs, but many installation scripts will assume that partitions of hex type 82 (LINUX_SWAP) are meant to be swap partitions. (*Warning: Solaris also uses this type. Be careful not to kill your Solaris partitions.*)"
+msgid ""
+"The _device_ argument will usually be a disk partition (something like _/dev/"
+"sdb7_) but can also be a file. The Linux kernel does not look at partition "
+"IDs, but many installation scripts will assume that partitions of hex type "
+"82 (LINUX_SWAP) are meant to be swap partitions. (*Warning: Solaris also "
+"uses this type. Be careful not to kill your Solaris partitions.*)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:30
-msgid "The _blocks_ parameter is superfluous but retained for backwards compatibility. (It specifies the desired size of the swap area in 1024-byte blocks. *mkswap* will use the entire partition or file if it is omitted. Specifying it is unwise - a typo may destroy your disk.)"
+msgid ""
+"The _blocks_ parameter is superfluous but retained for backwards "
+"compatibility. (It specifies the desired size of the swap area in 1024-byte "
+"blocks. *mkswap* will use the entire partition or file if it is omitted. "
+"Specifying it is unwise - a typo may destroy your disk.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:32
-msgid "After creating the swap area, you need the *swapon*(8) command to start using it. Usually swap areas are listed in _/etc/fstab_ so that they can be taken into use at boot time by a *swapon -a* command in some boot script."
+msgid ""
+"After creating the swap area, you need the *swapon*(8) command to start "
+"using it. Usually swap areas are listed in _/etc/fstab_ so that they can be "
+"taken into use at boot time by a *swapon -a* command in some boot script."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:36
-msgid "The swap header does not touch the first block. A boot loader or disk label can be there, but it is not a recommended setup. The recommended setup is to use a separate partition for a Linux swap area."
+msgid ""
+"The swap header does not touch the first block. A boot loader or disk label "
+"can be there, but it is not a recommended setup. The recommended setup is to "
+"use a separate partition for a Linux swap area."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:38
-msgid "*mkswap*, like many others mkfs-like utils, *erases the first partition block to make any previous filesystem invisible.*"
+msgid ""
+"*mkswap*, like many others mkfs-like utils, *erases the first partition "
+"block to make any previous filesystem invisible.*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:40
-msgid "However, *mkswap* refuses to erase the first block on a device with a disk label (SUN, BSD, ...)."
+msgid ""
+"However, *mkswap* refuses to erase the first block on a device with a disk "
+"label (SUN, BSD, ...)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:45
-msgid "Check the device (if it is a block device) for bad blocks before creating the swap area. If any bad blocks are found, the count is printed."
+msgid ""
+"Check the device (if it is a block device) for bad blocks before creating "
+"the swap area. If any bad blocks are found, the count is printed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:48
-msgid "Create a swap file with the appropriate file permissions and populated blocks on disk."
+msgid ""
+"Create a swap file with the appropriate file permissions and populated "
+"blocks on disk."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:51
-msgid "Go ahead even if the command is stupid. This allows the creation of a swap area larger than the file or partition it resides on."
+msgid ""
+"Go ahead even if the command is stupid. This allows the creation of a swap "
+"area larger than the file or partition it resides on."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:53
-msgid "Also, without this option, *mkswap* will refuse to erase the first block on a device with a partition table."
+msgid ""
+"Also, without this option, *mkswap* will refuse to erase the first block on "
+"a device with a partition table."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:54 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:208
-#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:94
+#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:92
#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:61 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:53
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:45
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:75 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:45
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:99
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:115
#, no-wrap
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:57 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:33
+#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:57 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:31
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:339
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-L*, *--label* _label_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:65
-msgid "Specify the page _size_ (in bytes) to use. This option is usually unnecessary; *mkswap* reads the size from the kernel."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the page _size_ (in bytes) to use. This option is usually "
+"unnecessary; *mkswap* reads the size from the kernel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:66 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:36
+#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:66 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-U*, *--uuid* _UUID_"
msgstr "*-U*, *--uuid* _UUID_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:70
-msgid "Specify the _UUID_ to use. The default is to generate a UUID. The format of the UUID is a series of hex digits separated by hyphens, like this: \"c1b9d5a2-f162-11cf-9ece-0020afc76f16\". The UUID parameter may also be one of the following:"
+msgid ""
+"Specify the _UUID_ to use. The default is to generate a UUID. The format of "
+"the UUID is a series of hex digits separated by hyphens, like this: "
+"\"c1b9d5a2-f162-11cf-9ece-0020afc76f16\". The UUID parameter may also be one "
+"of the following:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:80
-msgid "Specify the _ENDIANNESS_ to use, valid arguments are *native*, *little* or *big*. The default is *native*."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the _ENDIANNESS_ to use, valid arguments are *native*, *little* or "
+"*big*. The default is *native*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:81 ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:34
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:64 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:36
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:67 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:36
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:56 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:74
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--offset* _offset_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:86
-msgid "Specify the size of the created swap file in bytes and may be followed by a multiplicative suffix: KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"). If the file exists and is larger than _size_, it will be truncated to this size. This option only makes sense when used with *--file*."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the size of the created swap file in bytes and may be followed by a "
+"multiplicative suffix: KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
+"TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
+"meaning as \"KiB\"). If the file exists and is larger than _size_, it will "
+"be truncated to this size. This option only makes sense when used with *--"
+"file*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:89
-msgid "Specify the swap-space version. (This option is currently pointless, as the old *-v 0* option has become obsolete and now only *-v 1* is supported. The kernel has not supported v0 swap-space format since 2.5.22 (June 2002). The new version v1 is supported since 2.1.117 (August 1998).)"
+msgid ""
+"Specify the swap-space version. (This option is currently pointless, as the "
+"old *-v 0* option has become obsolete and now only *-v 1* is supported. The "
+"kernel has not supported v0 swap-space format since 2.5.22 (June 2002). The "
+"new version v1 is supported since 2.1.117 (August 1998).)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:92
-msgid "Verbose execution. With this option *mkswap* will output more details about detected problems during swap area set up."
+msgid ""
+"Verbose execution. With this option *mkswap* will output more details about "
+"detected problems during swap area set up."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:97 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:103
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:41 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:60
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:82
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all"
msgstr "LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:106
-msgid "The maximum useful size of a swap area depends on the architecture and the kernel version."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum useful size of a swap area depends on the architecture and the "
+"kernel version."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:108
-msgid "The maximum number of the pages that is possible to address by swap area header is 4294967295 (32-bit unsigned int). The remaining space on the swap device is ignored."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of the pages that is possible to address by swap area "
+"header is 4294967295 (32-bit unsigned int). The remaining space on the swap "
+"device is ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:110
-msgid "Presently, Linux allows 32 swap areas. The areas in use can be seen in the file _/proc/swaps_."
+msgid ""
+"Presently, Linux allows 32 swap areas. The areas in use can be seen in the "
+"file _/proc/swaps_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:114
-msgid "If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you can look it up with *getconf PAGESIZE*."
+msgid ""
+"If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you can look it up "
+"with *getconf PAGESIZE*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:116
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "To setup a swap file, it is necessary to create that file before running B<mkswap .> A sequence of commands similar to the following is reasonable for this purpose:"
-msgid "Aside from *mkswap --file*, it is also possible to create the swapfile manually before initializing it with *mkswap*, e.g. using a command like"
-msgstr "Para establecer un fichero para el trasiego, es necesario crear dicho fichero antes de ejecutar B<mkswap>. Para este propósito, sería razonable una secuencia de órdenes similar a la siguiente:"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To setup a swap file, it is necessary to create that file before running "
+#| "B<mkswap .> A sequence of commands similar to the following is reasonable "
+#| "for this purpose:"
+msgid ""
+"Aside from *mkswap --file*, it is also possible to create the swapfile "
+"manually before initializing it with *mkswap*, e.g. using a command like"
+msgstr ""
+"Para establecer un fichero para el trasiego, es necesario crear dicho "
+"fichero antes de ejecutar B<mkswap>. Para este propósito, sería razonable "
+"una secuencia de órdenes similar a la siguiente:"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:118
-msgid "Since version 2.41, *mkswap --file* sets the nocow attribute for newly created files to support swapfiles on Btrfs."
+msgid ""
+"Since version 2.41, *mkswap --file* sets the nocow attribute for newly "
+"created files to support swapfiles on Btrfs."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:126
-msgid "In such a case, please read notes from *swapon*(8) about *the swap file use restrictions* (holes, preallocation and copy-on-write issues)."
+msgid ""
+"In such a case, please read notes from *swapon*(8) about *the swap file use "
+"restrictions* (holes, preallocation and copy-on-write issues)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:19
-msgid "partx - tell the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk partitions"
+msgid ""
+"partx - tell the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk "
+"partitions"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:23
-msgid "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] [*-n* _M_:_N_] [-] _disk_"
+msgid ""
+"*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] [*-n* _M_:_N_] [-] "
+"_disk_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:25
-msgid "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] _partition_ [_disk_]"
+msgid ""
+"*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] _partition_ [_disk_]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:29
-msgid "Given a device or disk-image, *partx* tries to parse the partition table and list its contents. It can also tell the kernel to add or remove partitions from its bookkeeping."
+msgid ""
+"Given a device or disk-image, *partx* tries to parse the partition table and "
+"list its contents. It can also tell the kernel to add or remove partitions "
+"from its bookkeeping."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:31
-msgid "The _disk_ argument is optional when a _partition_ argument is provided. To force scanning a partition as if it were a whole disk (for example to list nested subpartitions), use the argument \"-\" (hyphen-minus). For example:"
+msgid ""
+"The _disk_ argument is optional when a _partition_ argument is provided. To "
+"force scanning a partition as if it were a whole disk (for example to list "
+"nested subpartitions), use the argument \"-\" (hyphen-minus). For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:39
-msgid "*partx is not an fdisk program* - adding and removing partitions does not change the disk, it just tells the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk partitions."
+msgid ""
+"*partx is not an fdisk program* - adding and removing partitions does not "
+"change the disk, it just tells the kernel about the presence and numbering "
+"of on-disk partitions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:50
-msgid "Delete the specified partitions or all partitions. It is not error to remove non-existing partitions, so this option is possible to use together with large *--nr* ranges without care about the current partitions set on the device."
+msgid ""
+"Delete the specified partitions or all partitions. It is not error to remove "
+"non-existing partitions, so this option is possible to use together with "
+"large *--nr* ranges without care about the current partitions set on the "
+"device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:56
-msgid "List the partitions. Note that all numbers are in 512-byte sectors. This output format is DEPRECATED in favour of *--show*. Do not use it in newly written scripts."
+msgid ""
+"List the partitions. Note that all numbers are in 512-byte sectors. This "
+"output format is DEPRECATED in favour of *--show*. Do not use it in newly "
+"written scripts."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:59
-msgid "Specify the range of partitions. For backward compatibility also the format __M__**-**_N_ is supported. The range may contain negative numbers, for example *--nr -1:-1* means the last partition, and *--nr -2:-1* means the last two partitions. Supported range specifications are:"
+msgid ""
+"Specify the range of partitions. For backward compatibility also the format "
+"__M__**-**_N_ is supported. The range may contain negative numbers, for "
+"example *--nr -1:-1* means the last partition, and *--nr -2:-1* means the "
+"last two partitions. Supported range specifications are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:71
-msgid "Define the output columns to use for *--show*, *--pairs* and *--raw* output. If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get _list_ of all supported columns. This option cannot be combined with the *--add*, *--delete*, *--update* or *--list* options."
+msgid ""
+"Define the output columns to use for *--show*, *--pairs* and *--raw* output. "
+"If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--"
+"help* to get _list_ of all supported columns. This option cannot be combined "
+"with the *--add*, *--delete*, *--update* or *--list* options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:83
-msgid "List the partitions. The output columns can be selected and rearranged with the *--output* option. All numbers (except SIZE) are in 512-byte sectors."
+msgid ""
+"List the partitions. The output columns can be selected and rearranged with "
+"the *--output* option. All numbers (except SIZE) are in 512-byte sectors."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
msgstr "Modo prolijo."
#. type: Title ==
-#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:106 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:142
+#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:106 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:146
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:67
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:144 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:37
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:77 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:64
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:115
-msgid "Lists all subpartitions on _/dev/sdb3_ (the device is used as whole-disk)."
+msgid ""
+"Lists all subpartitions on _/dev/sdb3_ (the device is used as whole-disk)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:121
-msgid "Lists the length in sectors and human-readable size of partition 5 on _/dev/sda_."
+msgid ""
+"Lists the length in sectors and human-readable size of partition 5 on _/dev/"
+"sda_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:132
msgid "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgstr "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgstr ""
+"mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:134
-msgid "The original version was written by mailto:aeb@cwi.nl[Andries E. Brouwer]"
+msgid ""
+"The original version was written by mailto:aeb@cwi.nl[Andries E. Brouwer]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:26
-msgid "*raw* is used to bind a Linux raw character device to a block device. Any block device may be used: at the time of binding, the device driver does not even have to be accessible (it may be loaded on demand as a kernel module later)."
+msgid ""
+"*raw* is used to bind a Linux raw character device to a block device. Any "
+"block device may be used: at the time of binding, the device driver does not "
+"even have to be accessible (it may be loaded on demand as a kernel module "
+"later)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:28
-msgid "*raw* is used in two modes: it either sets raw device bindings, or it queries existing bindings. When setting a raw device, _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ is the device name of an existing raw device node in the filesystem. The block device to which it is to be bound can be specified either in terms of its _major_ and _minor_ device numbers, or as a path name _/dev/<blockdev>_ to an existing block device file."
+msgid ""
+"*raw* is used in two modes: it either sets raw device bindings, or it "
+"queries existing bindings. When setting a raw device, _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ is "
+"the device name of an existing raw device node in the filesystem. The block "
+"device to which it is to be bound can be specified either in terms of its "
+"_major_ and _minor_ device numbers, or as a path name _/dev/<blockdev>_ to "
+"an existing block device file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:30
-msgid "The bindings already in existence can be queried with the *-q* option, which is used either with a raw device filename to query that one device, or with the *-a* option to query all bound raw devices."
+msgid ""
+"The bindings already in existence can be queried with the *-q* option, which "
+"is used either with a raw device filename to query that one device, or with "
+"the *-a* option to query all bound raw devices."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:34
-msgid "Once bound to a block device, a raw device can be opened, read and written, just like the block device it is bound to. However, the raw device does not behave exactly like the block device. In particular, access to the raw device bypasses the kernel's block buffer cache entirely: all I/O is done directly to and from the address space of the process performing the I/O. If the underlying block device driver can support DMA, then no data copying at all is required to complete the I/O."
+msgid ""
+"Once bound to a block device, a raw device can be opened, read and written, "
+"just like the block device it is bound to. However, the raw device does not "
+"behave exactly like the block device. In particular, access to the raw "
+"device bypasses the kernel's block buffer cache entirely: all I/O is done "
+"directly to and from the address space of the process performing the I/O. If "
+"the underlying block device driver can support DMA, then no data copying at "
+"all is required to complete the I/O."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:36
-msgid "Because raw I/O involves direct hardware access to a process's memory, a few extra restrictions must be observed. All I/Os must be correctly aligned in memory and on disk: they must start at a sector offset on disk, they must be an exact number of sectors long, and the data buffer in virtual memory must also be aligned to a multiple of the sector size. The sector size is 512 bytes for most devices."
+msgid ""
+"Because raw I/O involves direct hardware access to a process's memory, a few "
+"extra restrictions must be observed. All I/Os must be correctly aligned in "
+"memory and on disk: they must start at a sector offset on disk, they must be "
+"an exact number of sectors long, and the data buffer in virtual memory must "
+"also be aligned to a multiple of the sector size. The sector size is 512 "
+"bytes for most devices."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:41
-msgid "Set query mode. *raw* will query an existing binding instead of setting a new one."
+msgid ""
+"Set query mode. *raw* will query an existing binding instead of setting a "
+"new one."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:50
-msgid "Rather than using raw devices applications should prefer *open*(2) devices, such as _/dev/sda1_, with the *O_DIRECT* flag."
+msgid ""
+"Rather than using raw devices applications should prefer *open*(2) devices, "
+"such as _/dev/sda1_, with the *O_DIRECT* flag."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:54
-msgid "The Linux *dd*(1) command should be used without the *bs=* option, or the blocksize needs to be a multiple of the sector size of the device (512 bytes usually), otherwise it will fail with \"Invalid Argument\" messages (*EINVAL*)."
+msgid ""
+"The Linux *dd*(1) command should be used without the *bs=* option, or the "
+"blocksize needs to be a multiple of the sector size of the device (512 bytes "
+"usually), otherwise it will fail with \"Invalid Argument\" messages "
+"(*EINVAL*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:56
-msgid "Raw I/O devices do not maintain cache coherency with the Linux block device buffer cache. If you use raw I/O to overwrite data already in the buffer cache, the buffer cache will no longer correspond to the contents of the actual storage device underneath. This is deliberate, but is regarded as either a bug or a feature, depending on who you ask!"
+msgid ""
+"Raw I/O devices do not maintain cache coherency with the Linux block device "
+"buffer cache. If you use raw I/O to overwrite data already in the buffer "
+"cache, the buffer cache will no longer correspond to the contents of the "
+"actual storage device underneath. This is deliberate, but is regarded as "
+"either a bug or a feature, depending on who you ask!"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:26
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*addpart* tells the Linux kernel about the existence of the specified partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"add partition\" ioctl.\n"
-msgid "*resizepart* tells the Linux kernel about the new size of the specified partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"resize partition\" ioctl."
-msgstr "*addpart* informa al núcleo de Linux de la existencia de la partición especificada. La orden es un simple recubrimiento del ioctl \"add partition\".\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*addpart* tells the Linux kernel about the existence of the specified "
+#| "partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"add partition\" "
+#| "ioctl.\n"
+msgid ""
+"*resizepart* tells the Linux kernel about the new size of the specified "
+"partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"resize partition\" "
+"ioctl."
+msgstr ""
+"*addpart* informa al núcleo de Linux de la existencia de la partición "
+"especificada. La orden es un simple recubrimiento del ioctl \"add "
+"partition\".\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:39
#| "*parted*(8),\n"
#| "*partprobe*(8),\n"
#| "*partx*(8)\n"
-msgid "*addpart*(8), *delpart*(8), *fdisk*(8), *parted*(8), *partprobe*(8), *partx*(8)"
+msgid ""
+"*addpart*(8), *delpart*(8), *fdisk*(8), *parted*(8), *partprobe*(8), "
+"*partx*(8)"
msgstr ""
"*addpart*(8),\n"
"*delpart*(8),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:37
-msgid "*sfdisk* is a script-oriented tool for partitioning any block device. It runs in interactive mode if executed on a terminal (stdin refers to a terminal)."
+msgid ""
+"*sfdisk* is a script-oriented tool for partitioning any block device. It "
+"runs in interactive mode if executed on a terminal (stdin refers to a "
+"terminal)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:39
-msgid "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
+msgid ""
+"Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk "
+"labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-"
+"Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this "
+"addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:41
-msgid "*sfdisk* protects the first disk sector when create a new disk label. The option *--wipe always* disables this protection. Note that *fdisk*(8) and *cfdisk*(8) completely erase this area by default."
+msgid ""
+"*sfdisk* protects the first disk sector when create a new disk label. The "
+"option *--wipe always* disables this protection. Note that *fdisk*(8) and "
+"*cfdisk*(8) completely erase this area by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:43
-msgid "*sfdisk* (since version 2.26) *aligns the start and end of partitions* to block-device I/O limits when relative sizes are specified, when the default values are used or when multiplicative suffixes (e.g., MiB) are used for sizes. It is possible that partition size will be optimized (reduced or enlarged) due to alignment if the start offset is specified exactly in sectors and partition size relative or by multiplicative suffixes."
+msgid ""
+"*sfdisk* (since version 2.26) *aligns the start and end of partitions* to "
+"block-device I/O limits when relative sizes are specified, when the default "
+"values are used or when multiplicative suffixes (e.g., MiB) are used for "
+"sizes. It is possible that partition size will be optimized (reduced or "
+"enlarged) due to alignment if the start offset is specified exactly in "
+"sectors and partition size relative or by multiplicative suffixes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:45
-msgid "The recommended way is not to specify start offsets at all and specify partition size in MiB, GiB (or so). In this case *sfdisk* aligns all partitions to block-device I/O limits (or when I/O limits are too small then to megabyte boundary to keep disk layout portable). If this default behaviour is unwanted (usually for very small partitions) then specify offsets and sizes in sectors. In this case *sfdisk* entirely follows specified numbers without any optimization."
+msgid ""
+"The recommended way is not to specify start offsets at all and specify "
+"partition size in MiB, GiB (or so). In this case *sfdisk* aligns all "
+"partitions to block-device I/O limits (or when I/O limits are too small then "
+"to megabyte boundary to keep disk layout portable). If this default "
+"behaviour is unwanted (usually for very small partitions) then specify "
+"offsets and sizes in sectors. In this case *sfdisk* entirely follows "
+"specified numbers without any optimization."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:47
-msgid "*sfdisk* does not create the standard system partitions for SGI and SUN disk labels like *fdisk*(8) does. It is necessary to explicitly create all partitions including whole-disk system partitions."
+msgid ""
+"*sfdisk* does not create the standard system partitions for SGI and SUN disk "
+"labels like *fdisk*(8) does. It is necessary to explicitly create all "
+"partitions including whole-disk system partitions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:49
-msgid "*sfdisk* uses *BLKRRPART* (reread partition table) ioctl to make sure that the device is not used by system or other tools (see also *--no-reread*). It's possible that this feature or another *sfdisk* activity races with *systemd-udevd*(8). The recommended way how to avoid possible collisions is to use *--lock* option. The exclusive lock will cause *systemd-udevd* to skip the event handling on the device."
+msgid ""
+"*sfdisk* uses *BLKRRPART* (reread partition table) ioctl to make sure that "
+"the device is not used by system or other tools (see also *--no-reread*). "
+"It's possible that this feature or another *sfdisk* activity races with "
+"*systemd-udevd*(8). The recommended way how to avoid possible collisions is "
+"to use *--lock* option. The exclusive lock will cause *systemd-udevd* to "
+"skip the event handling on the device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:51
-msgid "The *sfdisk* prompt is only a hint for users and a displayed partition number does not mean that the same partition table entry will be created (if *-N* not specified), especially for tables with gaps."
+msgid ""
+"The *sfdisk* prompt is only a hint for users and a displayed partition "
+"number does not mean that the same partition table entry will be created (if "
+"*-N* not specified), especially for tables with gaps."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:58
-msgid "The default *sfdisk* command is to read the specification for the desired partitioning of _device_ from standard input, and then create a partition table according to the specification. See below for the description of the input format. If standard input is a terminal, then *sfdisk* starts an interactive session."
+msgid ""
+"The default *sfdisk* command is to read the specification for the desired "
+"partitioning of _device_ from standard input, and then create a partition "
+"table according to the specification. See below for the description of the "
+"input format. If standard input is a terminal, then *sfdisk* starts an "
+"interactive session."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:60
-msgid "If the option *-N* is specified, then the changes are applied to the partition addressed by _partition-number_. The unspecified fields of the partition are not modified."
+msgid ""
+"If the option *-N* is specified, then the changes are applied to the "
+"partition addressed by _partition-number_. The unspecified fields of the "
+"partition are not modified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:62
-msgid "Note that it's possible to address an unused partition with *-N*. For example, an MBR always contains 4 partitions, but the number of used partitions may be smaller. In this case *sfdisk* follows the default values from the partition table and does not use built-in defaults for the unused partition given with *-N*. See also *--append*."
+msgid ""
+"Note that it's possible to address an unused partition with *-N*. For "
+"example, an MBR always contains 4 partitions, but the number of used "
+"partitions may be smaller. In this case *sfdisk* follows the default values "
+"from the partition table and does not use built-in defaults for the unused "
+"partition given with *-N*. See also *--append*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:65
-msgid "Switch on the bootable flag for the specified partitions and switch off the bootable flag on all unspecified partitions. The special placeholder '-' may be used instead of the partition numbers to switch off the bootable flag on all partitions."
+msgid ""
+"Switch on the bootable flag for the specified partitions and switch off the "
+"bootable flag on all unspecified partitions. The special placeholder '-' may "
+"be used instead of the partition numbers to switch off the bootable flag on "
+"all partitions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:67
-msgid "The activation command is supported for MBR and PMBR only. If a GPT label is detected, then *sfdisk* prints warning and automatically enters PMBR."
+msgid ""
+"The activation command is supported for MBR and PMBR only. If a GPT label is "
+"detected, then *sfdisk* prints warning and automatically enters PMBR."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:69
-msgid "If no _partition-number_ is specified, then list the partitions with an enabled flag."
+msgid ""
+"If no _partition-number_ is specified, then list the partitions with an "
+"enabled flag."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:72
-msgid "Back up the current partition table sectors in binary format and exit. See the *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* section."
+msgid ""
+"Back up the current partition table sectors in binary format and exit. See "
+"the *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:78
-msgid "Dump the partitions of a device in a format that is usable as input to *sfdisk*. See the *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* section."
+msgid ""
+"Dump the partitions of a device in a format that is usable as input to "
+"*sfdisk*. See the *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:81
-msgid "List the geometry of all or the specified devices. For backward compatibility the deprecated option *--show-pt-geometry* have the same meaning as this one."
+msgid ""
+"List the geometry of all or the specified devices. For backward "
+"compatibility the deprecated option *--show-pt-geometry* have the same "
+"meaning as this one."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:84
-msgid "Dump the partitions of a device in JSON format. Note that *sfdisk* is not able to use JSON as input format."
+msgid ""
+"Dump the partitions of a device in JSON format. Note that *sfdisk* is not "
+"able to use JSON as input format."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:87
-msgid "List the partitions of all or the specified devices. This command can be used together with *--verify*."
+msgid ""
+"List the partitions of all or the specified devices. This command can be "
+"used together with *--verify*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:93
-msgid "Change the GPT partition attribute bits. If _attributes_ is not specified, then print the current partition settings. The _attributes_ argument is a comma- or space-delimited list of bits numbers or bit names. For example, the string \"RequiredPartition,50,51\" sets three bits. The currently supported attribute bits are:"
+msgid ""
+"Change the GPT partition attribute bits. If _attributes_ is not specified, "
+"then print the current partition settings. The _attributes_ argument is a "
+"comma- or space-delimited list of bits numbers or bit names. For example, "
+"the string \"RequiredPartition,50,51\" sets three bits. The currently "
+"supported attribute bits are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:96
-msgid "If this bit is set, the partition is required for the platform to function. The creator of the partition indicates that deletion or modification of the contents can result in loss of platform features or failure for the platform to boot or operate. The system cannot function normally if this partition is removed, and it should be considered part of the hardware of the system."
+msgid ""
+"If this bit is set, the partition is required for the platform to function. "
+"The creator of the partition indicates that deletion or modification of the "
+"contents can result in loss of platform features or failure for the platform "
+"to boot or operate. The system cannot function normally if this partition is "
+"removed, and it should be considered part of the hardware of the system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:98
-msgid "EFI firmware should ignore the content of the partition and not try to read from it."
+msgid ""
+"EFI firmware should ignore the content of the partition and not try to read "
+"from it."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:102
-msgid "Undefined and must be zero. Reserved for expansion by future versions of the UEFI specification."
+msgid ""
+"Undefined and must be zero. Reserved for expansion by future versions of the "
+"UEFI specification."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:104
-msgid "Reserved for GUID specific use. The use of these bits will vary depending on the partition type. For example Microsoft uses bit 60 to indicate read-only, 61 for shadow copy of another partition, 62 for hidden partitions and 63 to disable automount."
+msgid ""
+"Reserved for GUID specific use. The use of these bits will vary depending on "
+"the partition type. For example Microsoft uses bit 60 to indicate read-only, "
+"61 for shadow copy of another partition, 62 for hidden partitions and 63 to "
+"disable automount."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:107
-msgid "Change the GPT partition name (label). If _label_ is not specified, then print the current partition label."
+msgid ""
+"Change the GPT partition name (label). If _label_ is not specified, then "
+"print the current partition label."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:110
-msgid "Change the partition type. If _type_ is not specified, then print the current partition type."
+msgid ""
+"Change the partition type. If _type_ is not specified, then print the "
+"current partition type."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:112
-msgid "The _type_ argument is hexadecimal for MBR, GUID for GPT, type alias (e.g. \"linux\") or type shortcut (e.g. 'L'). For backward compatibility the options *-c* and *--id* have the same meaning as this one."
+msgid ""
+"The _type_ argument is hexadecimal for MBR, GUID for GPT, type alias (e.g. "
+"\"linux\") or type shortcut (e.g. 'L'). For backward compatibility the "
+"options *-c* and *--id* have the same meaning as this one."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:115
-msgid "Change the GPT partition UUID. If _uuid_ is not specified, then print the current partition UUID."
+msgid ""
+"Change the GPT partition UUID. If _uuid_ is not specified, then print the "
+"current partition UUID."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:118
-msgid "Change the disk identifier. If _id_ is not specified, then print the current identifier. The identifier is UUID for GPT or unsigned integer for MBR."
+msgid ""
+"Change the disk identifier. If _id_ is not specified, then print the current "
+"identifier. The identifier is UUID for GPT or unsigned integer for MBR."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:121
-msgid "Discard any unused (unpartitioned) sectors on the device. Use the *--list-free* option to get a list of the free regions. See also *blkdiscard*(8)."
+msgid ""
+"Discard any unused (unpartitioned) sectors on the device. Use the *--list-"
+"free* option to get a list of the free regions. See also *blkdiscard*(8)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:123
-msgid "All data in the discarded regions on the device will be lost! Do not use this option if you are unsure."
+msgid ""
+"All data in the discarded regions on the device will be lost! Do not use "
+"this option if you are unsure."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:125
-msgid "Note that the 'T' command in *fdisk* provides a dialog to specify which unused area should be discarded. However, *sfdisk* always discards all unpartitioned regions (except for the areas where it is not possible to create partitions, such as the beginning of the device)."
+msgid ""
+"Note that the 'T' command in *fdisk* provides a dialog to specify which "
+"unused area should be discarded. However, *sfdisk* always discards all "
+"unpartitioned regions (except for the areas where it is not possible to "
+"create partitions, such as the beginning of the device)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:131
-msgid "List the sizes of all or the specified devices in units of 1024 byte size. This command is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)."
+msgid ""
+"List the sizes of all or the specified devices in units of 1024 byte size. "
+"This command is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:134
-msgid "Print all supported types for the current disk label or the label specified by *--label*."
+msgid ""
+"Print all supported types for the current disk label or the label specified "
+"by *--label*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:140
-msgid "Relocate partition table header. This command is currently supported for GPT header only. The argument _oper_ can be:"
+msgid ""
+"Relocate partition table header. This command is currently supported for GPT "
+"header only. The argument _oper_ can be:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:143
-msgid "Move GPT backup header to the standard location at the end of the device."
+msgid ""
+"Move GPT backup header to the standard location at the end of the device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:145
-msgid "Move GPT backup header behind the last partition. Note that UEFI standard requires the backup header at the end of the device and partitioning tools can automatically relocate the header to follow the standard."
+msgid ""
+"Move GPT backup header behind the last partition. Note that UEFI standard "
+"requires the backup header at the end of the device and partitioning tools "
+"can automatically relocate the header to follow the standard."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:150
-msgid "Don't create a new partition table, but only append the specified partitions."
+msgid ""
+"Don't create a new partition table, but only append the specified partitions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:152
-msgid "Note that unused partition maybe be re-used in this case although it is not the last partition in the partition table. See also *-N* to specify entry in the partition table."
+msgid ""
+"Note that unused partition maybe be re-used in this case although it is not "
+"the last partition in the partition table. See also *-N* to specify entry in "
+"the partition table."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:155
-msgid "Back up the current partition table sectors before starting the partitioning. The default backup file name is _~/sfdisk-<device>-<offset>.bak_; to use another name see option *-O*, *--backup-file*. See section *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* for more details."
+msgid ""
+"Back up the current partition table sectors before starting the "
+"partitioning. The default backup file name is _~/sfdisk-<device>-<offset>."
+"bak_; to use another name see option *-O*, *--backup-file*. See section "
+"*BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:164
-msgid "Deprecated and ignored option. Partitioning that is compatible with Linux (and other modern operating systems) is the default."
+msgid ""
+"Deprecated and ignored option. Partitioning that is compatible with Linux "
+"(and other modern operating systems) is the default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:168 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:35
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:61
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--no-act*"
msgstr "*-n*, *--no-act*"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:173
-msgid "Do not check through the re-read-partition-table ioctl whether the device is in use."
+msgid ""
+"Do not check through the re-read-partition-table ioctl whether the device is "
+"in use."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:176
-msgid "Don't tell the kernel about partition changes. This option is recommended together with *--no-reread* to modify a partition on used disk. The modified partition should not be used (e.g., mounted)."
+msgid ""
+"Don't tell the kernel about partition changes. This option is recommended "
+"together with *--no-reread* to modify a partition on used disk. The modified "
+"partition should not be used (e.g., mounted)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:179
-msgid "Override the default backup file name. Note that the device name and offset are always appended to the file name."
+msgid ""
+"Override the default backup file name. Note that the device name and offset "
+"are always appended to the file name."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:182
-msgid "Move data after partition relocation, for example when moving the beginning of a partition to another place on the disk. The size of the partition has to remain the same, the new and old location may overlap. This option requires option *-N* in order to be processed on one specific partition only."
+msgid ""
+"Move data after partition relocation, for example when moving the beginning "
+"of a partition to another place on the disk. The size of the partition has "
+"to remain the same, the new and old location may overlap. This option "
+"requires option *-N* in order to be processed on one specific partition only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:184
-msgid "The optional _path_ specifies log file name. The log file contains information about all read/write operations on the partition data. The word \"@default\" as a _path_ forces *sfdisk* to use _~/sfdisk-<devname>.move_ for the log. The log is optional since v2.35."
+msgid ""
+"The optional _path_ specifies log file name. The log file contains "
+"information about all read/write operations on the partition data. The word "
+"\"@default\" as a _path_ forces *sfdisk* to use _~/sfdisk-<devname>.move_ "
+"for the log. The log is optional since v2.35."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:186
-msgid "Note that this operation is risky and not atomic. *Don't forget to backup your data!*"
+msgid ""
+"Note that this operation is risky and not atomic. *Don't forget to backup "
+"your data!*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:190
-msgid "In the example below, the first command creates a 100MiB free area before the first partition and moves the data it contains (e.g., a filesystem), the next command creates a new partition from the free space (at offset 2048), and the last command reorders partitions to match disk order (the original sdc1 will become sdc2)."
+msgid ""
+"In the example below, the first command creates a 100MiB free area before "
+"the first partition and moves the data it contains (e.g., a filesystem), the "
+"next command creates a new partition from the free space (at offset 2048), "
+"and the last command reorders partitions to match disk order (the original "
+"sdc1 will become sdc2)."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:201
-msgid "Use the *fsync*(2) system call after each write when moving data to a new location by *--move-data*."
+msgid ""
+"Use the *fsync*(2) system call after each write when moving data to a new "
+"location by *--move-data*."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:206
-msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o +UUID*)."
+msgid ""
+"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
+"format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o +UUID*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:216
-msgid "Deprecated option. Only the sector unit is supported. This option is not supported when using the *--show-size* command."
+msgid ""
+"Deprecated option. Only the sector unit is supported. This option is not "
+"supported when using the *--show-size* command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:219
-msgid "Specify the disk label type (e.g., *dos*, *gpt*, ...). If this option is not given, then *sfdisk* defaults to the existing label, but if there is no label on the device yet, then the type defaults to *dos*. The default or the current label may be overwritten by the \"label: <name>\" script header line. The option *--label* does not force *sfdisk* to create empty disk label (see the *EMPTY DISK LABEL* section below)."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the disk label type (e.g., *dos*, *gpt*, ...). If this option is not "
+"given, then *sfdisk* defaults to the existing label, but if there is no "
+"label on the device yet, then the type defaults to *dos*. The default or the "
+"current label may be overwritten by the \"label: <name>\" script header "
+"line. The option *--label* does not force *sfdisk* to create empty disk "
+"label (see the *EMPTY DISK LABEL* section below)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:222
-msgid "Force editing of a nested disk label. The primary disk label has to exist already. This option allows editing for example a hybrid/protective MBR on devices with GPT."
+msgid ""
+"Force editing of a nested disk label. The primary disk label has to exist "
+"already. This option allows editing for example a hybrid/protective MBR on "
+"devices with GPT."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:225
-msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode; except the old partition-table signatures which are always wiped before create a new partition-table if the argument _when_ is not *never*. The *auto* mode also does not wipe the first sector (boot sector), it is necessary to use the *always* mode to wipe this area. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition table is created. See also the *wipefs*(8) command."
+msgid ""
+"Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in "
+"order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, "
+"*never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, "
+"in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode; except the "
+"old partition-table signatures which are always wiped before create a new "
+"partition-table if the argument _when_ is not *never*. The *auto* mode also "
+"does not wipe the first sector (boot sector), it is necessary to use the "
+"*always* mode to wipe this area. In all cases detected signatures are "
+"reported by warning messages before a new partition table is created. See "
+"also the *wipefs*(8) command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:228
-msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created partition, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages after a new partition is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command."
+msgid ""
+"Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created "
+"partition, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be "
+"*auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is "
+"*auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode and "
+"after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are reported by "
+"warning messages after a new partition is created. See also *wipefs*(8) "
+"command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:242
-msgid "The optional header lines specify generic information that apply to the partition table. The header-line format is:"
+msgid ""
+"The optional header lines specify generic information that apply to the "
+"partition table. The header-line format is:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:253
-msgid "Specify the partition table identifier. It should be a hexadecimal number (with a 0x prefix) for MBR and a UUID for GPT."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the partition table identifier. It should be a hexadecimal number "
+"(with a 0x prefix) for MBR and a UUID for GPT."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:255
-msgid "Specify the first usable sector for GPT partitions. This header is ignored if the script and device sector size differ. In this case *sfdisk* uses label specific default."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the first usable sector for GPT partitions. This header is ignored "
+"if the script and device sector size differ. In this case *sfdisk* uses "
+"label specific default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:257
-msgid "Specify the last usable sector for GPT partitions. This header is ignored if the script and device sector size differ. In this case *sfdisk* uses label specific default. The last-lba header is ignored if *--force* is specified, making the script usable on disks with different sizes."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the last usable sector for GPT partitions. This header is ignored if "
+"the script and device sector size differ. In this case *sfdisk* uses label "
+"specific default. The last-lba header is ignored if *--force* is specified, "
+"making the script usable on disks with different sizes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:261
-msgid "Specify minimal size in bytes used to calculate partitions alignment. The default is 1MiB and it's strongly recommended to use the default. Do not modify this variable if you're not sure."
+msgid ""
+"Specify minimal size in bytes used to calculate partitions alignment. The "
+"default is 1MiB and it's strongly recommended to use the default. Do not "
+"modify this variable if you're not sure."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:263
-msgid "Specifies the sector size used in the input. *sfdisk* always internally uses the device sector size provided by the kernel for the block device, or as specified by the user on the command line (see *--sector-size*). Starting with version 2.39, *sfdisk* recalculates sizes from the input if the *sector-size* header and device sector size are different."
+msgid ""
+"Specifies the sector size used in the input. *sfdisk* always internally uses "
+"the device sector size provided by the kernel for the block device, or as "
+"specified by the user on the command line (see *--sector-size*). Starting "
+"with version 2.39, *sfdisk* recalculates sizes from the input if the *sector-"
+"size* header and device sector size are different."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:265
-msgid "Note that it is only possible to use header lines before the first partition is specified in the input."
+msgid ""
+"Note that it is only possible to use header lines before the first partition "
+"is specified in the input."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:275
-msgid "Fields are separated by whitespace, comma (recommended) or semicolon possibly followed by whitespace; initial and trailing whitespace is ignored. Numbers can be octal, decimal or hexadecimal; decimal is the default. When a field is absent, empty or specified as '-' a default value is used. But when the *-N* option (change a single partition) is given, the default for each field is its previous value."
+msgid ""
+"Fields are separated by whitespace, comma (recommended) or semicolon "
+"possibly followed by whitespace; initial and trailing whitespace is ignored. "
+"Numbers can be octal, decimal or hexadecimal; decimal is the default. When a "
+"field is absent, empty or specified as '-' a default value is used. But when "
+"the *-N* option (change a single partition) is given, the default for each "
+"field is its previous value."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:277
-msgid "The default value of _start_ is the first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits. The default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes. Since v2.38 when the *-N* option (change a single partition) is given, a '{plus}' can be used to enlarge partition by move start of the partition if there is a free space before the partition."
+msgid ""
+"The default value of _start_ is the first non-assigned sector aligned "
+"according to device I/O limits. The default start offset for the first "
+"partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is followed by the multiplicative suffixes "
+"(KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then the number is interpreted "
+"as offset in bytes. Since v2.38 when the *-N* option (change a single "
+"partition) is given, a '{plus}' can be used to enlarge partition by move "
+"start of the partition if there is a free space before the partition."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:280
-msgid "The default value of _size_ indicates \"as much as possible\"; i.e., until the next partition or end-of-device. A numerical argument is by default interpreted as a number of sectors, however if the size is followed by one of the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) then the number is interpreted as the size of the partition in bytes and it is then aligned according to the device I/O limits. A '{plus}' can be used instead of a number to enlarge the partition as much as possible. Note '{plus}' is equivalent to the default behaviour for a new partition; existing partitions will be resized as required."
+msgid ""
+"The default value of _size_ indicates \"as much as possible\"; i.e., until "
+"the next partition or end-of-device. A numerical argument is by default "
+"interpreted as a number of sectors, however if the size is followed by one "
+"of the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) "
+"then the number is interpreted as the size of the partition in bytes and it "
+"is then aligned according to the device I/O limits. A '{plus}' can be used "
+"instead of a number to enlarge the partition as much as possible. Note "
+"'{plus}' is equivalent to the default behaviour for a new partition; "
+"existing partitions will be resized as required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:282
-msgid "The partition _type_ is given in hex for MBR (DOS) where 0x prefix is optional; a GUID string for GPT; a shortcut or an alias. It's recommended to use two letters for MBR hex codes to avoid collision between deprecated shortcut 'E' and '0E' MBR hex code. For backward compatibility *sfdisk* tries to interpret _type_ as a shortcut as a first possibility in partitioning scripts although on other places (e.g. *--part-type* command) it tries shortcuts as the last possibility."
+msgid ""
+"The partition _type_ is given in hex for MBR (DOS) where 0x prefix is "
+"optional; a GUID string for GPT; a shortcut or an alias. It's recommended to "
+"use two letters for MBR hex codes to avoid collision between deprecated "
+"shortcut 'E' and '0E' MBR hex code. For backward compatibility *sfdisk* "
+"tries to interpret _type_ as a shortcut as a first possibility in "
+"partitioning scripts although on other places (e.g. *--part-type* command) "
+"it tries shortcuts as the last possibility."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:284
-msgid "Since v2.36 libfdisk supports partition type aliases as extension to shortcuts. The alias is a simple human readable word (e.g. \"linux\")."
+msgid ""
+"Since v2.36 libfdisk supports partition type aliases as extension to "
+"shortcuts. The alias is a simple human readable word (e.g. \"linux\")."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:286
-msgid "Since v2.37 libfdisk supports partition type names on input, ignoring the case of the characters and all non-alphanumeric and non-digit characters in the name (e.g. \"Linux /usr x86\" is the same as \"linux usr-x86\")."
+msgid ""
+"Since v2.37 libfdisk supports partition type names on input, ignoring the "
+"case of the characters and all non-alphanumeric and non-digit characters in "
+"the name (e.g. \"Linux /usr x86\" is the same as \"linux usr-x86\")."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:291
-msgid "Linux; means 83 for MBR and 0FC63DAF-8483-4772-8E79-3D69D8477DE4 for GPT."
+msgid ""
+"Linux; means 83 for MBR and 0FC63DAF-8483-4772-8E79-3D69D8477DE4 for GPT."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:294
-msgid "swap area; means 82 for MBR and 0657FD6D-A4AB-43C4-84E5-0933C84B4F4F for GPT"
+msgid ""
+"swap area; means 82 for MBR and 0657FD6D-A4AB-43C4-84E5-0933C84B4F4F for GPT"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:297
-msgid "MBR extended partition; means 05 for MBR. The original shortcut 'E' is deprecated due to collision with 0x0E MBR partition type."
+msgid ""
+"MBR extended partition; means 05 for MBR. The original shortcut 'E' is "
+"deprecated due to collision with 0x0E MBR partition type."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:303
-msgid "EFI System partition, means EF for MBR and C12A7328-F81F-11D2-BA4B-00A0C93EC93B for GPT"
+msgid ""
+"EFI System partition, means EF for MBR and C12A7328-F81F-11D2-"
+"BA4B-00A0C93EC93B for GPT"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:306
-msgid "Linux RAID; means FD for MBR and A19D880F-05FC-4D3B-A006-743F0F84911E for GPT"
+msgid ""
+"Linux RAID; means FD for MBR and A19D880F-05FC-4D3B-A006-743F0F84911E for GPT"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:313
-msgid "The shortcut 'X' for Linux extended partition (85) is deprecated in favour of 'Ex'."
+msgid ""
+"The shortcut 'X' for Linux extended partition (85) is deprecated in favour "
+"of 'Ex'."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:316
-msgid "_bootable_ is specified as [*{asterisk}*|*-*], with as default not-bootable. The value of this field is irrelevant for Linux - when Linux runs it has been booted already - but it might play a role for certain boot loaders and for other operating systems."
+msgid ""
+"_bootable_ is specified as [*{asterisk}*|*-*], with as default not-bootable. "
+"The value of this field is irrelevant for Linux - when Linux runs it has "
+"been booted already - but it might play a role for certain boot loaders and "
+"for other operating systems."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:320
-msgid "This format is more readable, robust, extensible and allows specifying additional information (e.g., a UUID). It is recommended to use this format to keep your scripts more readable."
+msgid ""
+"This format is more readable, robust, extensible and allows specifying "
+"additional information (e.g., a UUID). It is recommended to use this format "
+"to keep your scripts more readable."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:326
-msgid "The _device_ field is optional. *sfdisk* extracts the partition number from the device name. It allows specifying the partitions in random order. This functionality is mostly used by *--dump*. Don't use it if you are not sure."
+msgid ""
+"The _device_ field is optional. *sfdisk* extracts the partition number from "
+"the device name. It allows specifying the partitions in random order. This "
+"functionality is mostly used by *--dump*. Don't use it if you are not sure."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:328
-msgid "The _value_ can be between quotation marks (e.g., name=\"This is partition name\"). The fields *start=* and *size=* support '{plus}' and '-' in the same way as *Unnamed-fields format*."
+msgid ""
+"The _value_ can be between quotation marks (e.g., name=\"This is partition "
+"name\"). The fields *start=* and *size=* support '{plus}' and '-' in the "
+"same way as *Unnamed-fields format*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:333
-msgid "The first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits. The default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes."
+msgid ""
+"The first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits. The "
+"default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is "
+"followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB "
+"and YiB), then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:336
-msgid "Specify the partition size in sectors. The number may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then it's interpreted as size in bytes and the size is aligned according to device I/O limits."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the partition size in sectors. The number may be followed by the "
+"multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then "
+"it's interpreted as size in bytes and the size is aligned according to "
+"device I/O limits."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:342
-msgid "Partition attributes, usually GPT partition attribute bits. See *--part-attrs* for more details about the GPT-bits string format."
+msgid ""
+"Partition attributes, usually GPT partition attribute bits. See *--part-"
+"attrs* for more details about the GPT-bits string format."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:351
-msgid "A hexadecimal number (without 0x) for an MBR partition, a GUID for a GPT partition, a shortcut as for unnamed-fields format or a type name (e.g. type=\"Linux /usr (x86)\"). See above the section about the unnamed-fields format for more details. For backward compatibility the *Id=* field has the same meaning."
+msgid ""
+"A hexadecimal number (without 0x) for an MBR partition, a GUID for a GPT "
+"partition, a shortcut as for unnamed-fields format or a type name (e.g. "
+"type=\"Linux /usr (x86)\"). See above the section about the unnamed-fields "
+"format for more details. For backward compatibility the *Id=* field has the "
+"same meaning."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:355
-msgid "*sfdisk* does not create partition table without partitions by default. The lines with partitions are expected in the script by default. The empty partition table has to be explicitly requested by \"label: <name>\" script header line without any partitions lines. For example:"
+msgid ""
+"*sfdisk* does not create partition table without partitions by default. The "
+"lines with partitions are expected in the script by default. The empty "
+"partition table has to be explicitly requested by \"label: <name>\" script "
+"header line without any partitions lines. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:361
-msgid "creates empty GPT partition table. Note that the *--append* disables this feature."
+msgid ""
+"creates empty GPT partition table. Note that the *--append* disables this "
+"feature."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:365
-msgid "It is recommended to save the layout of your devices. *sfdisk* supports two ways."
+msgid ""
+"It is recommended to save the layout of your devices. *sfdisk* supports two "
+"ways."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:370
-msgid "Use the *--dump* command to save a description of the device layout to a text file. The dump format is suitable for later *sfdisk* input. For example:"
+msgid ""
+"Use the *--dump* command to save a description of the device layout to a "
+"text file. The dump format is suitable for later *sfdisk* input. For "
+"example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:380
-msgid "Note that *sfdisk* completely restores partition types and partition UUIDs. This could potentially become problematic if you duplicate the same layout to different disks, as it may result in duplicate UUIDs within your system."
+msgid ""
+"Note that *sfdisk* completely restores partition types and partition UUIDs. "
+"This could potentially become problematic if you duplicate the same layout "
+"to different disks, as it may result in duplicate UUIDs within your system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:384
-msgid "If you want to do a full binary backup of all sectors where the partition table is stored, then use the *--backup-pt-sectors* command. It writes the sectors to _~/sfdisk-<device>-<offset>.bak_ files. The default name of the backup file can be changed with the *--backup-file* option. The backup files contain only raw data from the _device_. For example:"
+msgid ""
+"If you want to do a full binary backup of all sectors where the partition "
+"table is stored, then use the *--backup-pt-sectors* command. It writes the "
+"sectors to _~/sfdisk-<device>-<offset>.bak_ files. The default name of the "
+"backup file can be changed with the *--backup-file* option. The backup files "
+"contain only raw data from the _device_. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#| msgid ""
#| "dd if=~/sfdisk-sda-0x00000200.bak of=/dev/sda \\\n"
#| " seek=$((0x00000200)) bs=1 conv=notrunc\n"
-msgid "*dd if=~/sfdisk-sda-0x00000200.bak of=/dev/sda seek=$\\((0x00000200)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*"
+msgid ""
+"*dd if=~/sfdisk-sda-0x00000200.bak of=/dev/sda seek=$\\((0x00000200)) bs=1 "
+"conv=notrunc*"
msgstr ""
"dd if=~/sfdisk-sda-0x00000200.bak of=/dev/sda \\\n"
" seek=$((0x00000200)) bs=1 conv=notrunc\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:397
-msgid "It's also possible to use the *--backup* option to create the same backup immediately after startup for other *sfdisk* commands. For example, backup partition table before deleting all partitions from partition table:"
+msgid ""
+"It's also possible to use the *--backup* option to create the same backup "
+"immediately after startup for other *sfdisk* commands. For example, backup "
+"partition table before deleting all partitions from partition table:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:405
-msgid "Note that *sfdisk* since version 2.26 no longer provides the *-I* option to restore sectors. *dd*(1) provides all necessary functionality."
+msgid ""
+"Note that *sfdisk* since version 2.26 no longer provides the *-I* option to "
+"restore sectors. *dd*(1) provides all necessary functionality."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:433
-msgid "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* no longer provides the *-R* or *--re-read* option to force the kernel to reread the partition table. Use *blockdev --rereadpt* instead."
+msgid ""
+"Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* no longer provides the *-R* or *--re-read* "
+"option to force the kernel to reread the partition table. Use *blockdev --"
+"rereadpt* instead."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:435
-msgid "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* does not provide the *--DOS*, *--IBM*, *--DOS-extended*, *--unhide*, *--show-extended*, *--cylinders*, *--heads*, *--sectors*, *--inside-outer*, *--not-inside-outer* options."
+msgid ""
+"Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* does not provide the *--DOS*, *--IBM*, *--DOS-"
+"extended*, *--unhide*, *--show-extended*, *--cylinders*, *--heads*, *--"
+"sectors*, *--inside-outer*, *--not-inside-outer* options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:436 ../misc-utils/enosys.1.adoc:48
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:236 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:128
-#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:239 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:94
+#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:239 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:96
#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:69 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:87
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:67 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:117
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:88 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:106
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:91 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:106
#: ../schedutils/coresched.1.adoc:72 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:72
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:105 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:115
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:96 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:135
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:443
-msgid "Create three Linux partitions, with the default start, the size of the first two partitions is 10MiB, and the last partition fills all available space on the device."
+msgid ""
+"Create three Linux partitions, with the default start, the size of the first "
+"two partitions is 10MiB, and the last partition fills all available space on "
+"the device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:458
-msgid "Enlarge 3rd partition in both directions, move start to use free space before the partition and enlarge the size to use all free space after to the partition, and move partition data too."
+msgid ""
+"Enlarge 3rd partition in both directions, move start to use free space "
+"before the partition and enlarge the size to use all free space after to the "
+"partition, and move partition data too."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:464
-msgid "The current *sfdisk* implementation is based on the original *sfdisk* from Andries E. Brouwer."
+msgid ""
+"The current *sfdisk* implementation is based on the original *sfdisk* from "
+"Andries E. Brouwer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:24
-msgid "*swaplabel* will display or change the label or UUID of a swap partition located on _device_ (or regular file)."
+msgid ""
+"*swaplabel* will display or change the label or UUID of a swap partition "
+"located on _device_ (or regular file)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:26
-msgid "If the optional arguments *-L* and *-U* are not given, *swaplabel* will simply display the current swap-area label and UUID of _device_."
+msgid ""
+"If the optional arguments *-L* and *-U* are not given, *swaplabel* will "
+"simply display the current swap-area label and UUID of _device_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:28
-msgid "If an optional argument is present, then *swaplabel* will change the appropriate value on _device_. These values can also be set during swap creation using *mkswap*(8). The *swaplabel* utility allows changing the label or UUID on an actively used swap device."
+msgid ""
+"If an optional argument is present, then *swaplabel* will change the "
+"appropriate value on _device_. These values can also be set during swap "
+"creation using *mkswap*(8). The *swaplabel* utility allows changing the "
+"label or UUID on an actively used swap device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:35
-msgid "Specify a new _label_ for the device. Swap partition labels can be at most 16 characters long. If _label_ is longer than 16 characters, *swaplabel* will truncate it and print a warning message."
+#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:33
+msgid ""
+"Specify a new _label_ for the device. Swap partition labels can be at most "
+"16 characters long. If _label_ is longer than 16 characters, *swaplabel* "
+"will truncate it and print a warning message."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:38
-msgid "Specify a new _UUID_ for the device. The _UUID_ must be in the standard 8-4-4-4-12 character format, such as is output by *uuidgen*(1)."
+#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:36
+msgid ""
+"Specify a new _UUID_ for the device. The _UUID_ must be in the standard "
+"8-4-4-4-12 character format, such as is output by *uuidgen*(1)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:47
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The program was rewritten by Karel Zak mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."
-msgid "*swaplabel* was written by mailto:jborden@bluehost.com[Jason Borden] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."
-msgstr "El programa fue reescrito por Karel Zak mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The program was rewritten by Karel Zak mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."
+msgid ""
+"*swaplabel* was written by mailto:jborden@bluehost.com[Jason Borden] and "
+"mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."
+msgstr ""
+"El programa fue reescrito por Karel Zak mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:53
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:28
-msgid "Files in this directory determine the default behavior for utilities when coloring output."
+msgid ""
+"Files in this directory determine the default behavior for utilities when "
+"coloring output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:30
-msgid "The _name_ is a utility name. The name is optional and when none is specified then the file is used for all unspecified utilities."
+msgid ""
+"The _name_ is a utility name. The name is optional and when none is "
+"specified then the file is used for all unspecified utilities."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:32
-msgid "The _term_ is a terminal identifier (the *TERM* environment variable). The terminal identifier is optional and when none is specified then the file is used for all unspecified terminals."
+msgid ""
+"The _term_ is a terminal identifier (the *TERM* environment variable). The "
+"terminal identifier is optional and when none is specified then the file is "
+"used for all unspecified terminals."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:37
-msgid "Turns off output colorization for all compatible utilities."
+msgid ""
+"Turns off output colorization for all compatible utilities. See also the "
+"NO_COLOR environment variable below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:38
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "*enable*"
msgstr "*enable*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:40
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:39
msgid "Turns on output colorization; any matching *disable* files are ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:41
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*scheme*"
msgstr "*scheme*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:43
-msgid "Specifies colors used for output. The file format may be specific to the utility, the default format is described below."
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:42
+msgid ""
+"Specifies colors used for output. The file format may be specific to the "
+"utility, the default format is described below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:45
-msgid "If there are more files that match for a utility, then the file with the more specific filename wins. For example, the filename \"@xterm.scheme\" has less priority than \"dmesg@xterm.scheme\". The lowest priority are those files without a utility name and terminal identifier (e.g., \"disable\")."
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:44
+msgid ""
+"If there are more files that match for a utility, then the file with the "
+"more specific filename wins. For example, the filename \"@xterm.scheme\" has "
+"less priority than \"dmesg@xterm.scheme\". The lowest priority are those "
+"files without a utility name and terminal identifier (e.g., \"disable\")."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:48
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEFAULT SCHEME FILES FORMAT"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:51
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:50
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The following environment variable is used:"
msgid "The following statement is recognized:"
msgstr "Se emplea la siguiente variable de entorno:"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:54
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:53
msgid "*name color-sequence*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:57
-msgid "The *name* is a logical name of color sequence (for example \"error\"). The names are specific to the utilities. For more details always see the *COLORS* section in the man page for the utility."
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:56
+msgid ""
+"The *name* is a logical name of color sequence (for example \"error\"). The "
+"names are specific to the utilities. For more details always see the "
+"*COLORS* section in the man page for the utility."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:59
-msgid "The *color-sequence* is a color name, ASCII color sequences or escape sequences."
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:58
+msgid ""
+"The *color-sequence* is a color name, ASCII color sequences or escape "
+"sequences."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:60
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "Color names"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:63
-msgid "black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, magenta, red, reset, reverse, and yellow."
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:62
+msgid ""
+"black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, "
+"lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, "
+"magenta, red, reset, reverse, and yellow."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:64
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:63
#, no-wrap
msgid "ANSI color sequences"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:67
-msgid "The color sequences are composed of sequences of numbers separated by semicolons. The most common codes are:"
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:66
+msgid ""
+"The color sequences are composed of sequences of numbers separated by "
+"semicolons. The most common codes are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Table
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:91
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|0 |to restore default color\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:94
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "Escape sequences"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:97
-msgid "To specify control or blank characters in the color sequences, C-style \\-escaped notation can be used:"
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:96
+msgid ""
+"To specify control or blank characters in the color sequences, C-style \\-"
+"escaped notation can be used:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Table
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:114
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:113
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|*\\a* |Bell (ASCII 7)\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:118
-msgid "Please note that escapes are necessary to enter a space, backslash, caret, or any control character anywhere in the string, as well as a hash mark as the first character."
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:117
+msgid ""
+"Please note that escapes are necessary to enter a space, backslash, caret, "
+"or any control character anywhere in the string, as well as a hash mark as "
+"the first character."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:120
-msgid "For example, to use a red background for alert messages in the output of *dmesg*(1), use:"
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:119
+msgid ""
+"For example, to use a red background for alert messages in the output of "
+"*dmesg*(1), use:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:123
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:122
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.enable*\n"
msgid "*echo 'alert 37;41' >> /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.scheme*"
msgstr "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.enable*\n"
#. type: Title ===
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:125
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:124
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<comment>"
msgid "Comments"
msgstr "B<comment>"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:128
-msgid "Lines where the first non-blank character is a # (hash) are ignored. Any other use of the hash character is not interpreted as introducing a comment."
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:127
+msgid ""
+"Lines where the first non-blank character is a # (hash) are ignored. Any "
+"other use of the hash character is not interpreted as introducing a comment."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:131
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:130
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "TERMINAL_COLORS_DEBUG=all"
msgid "*TERMINAL_COLORS_DEBUG*=all"
msgstr "TERMINAL_COLORS_DEBUG=all"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:133 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:116
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:132 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:116
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:135
msgid "enables debug output."
msgstr ""
+#. type: Labeled list
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:133
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "*NO_COLOR*"
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:137
+msgid ""
+"if defined, this disables output colorization unless explicitly enabled by a "
+"command-line option. See https://no-color.org/ for more details. Supported "
+"since util-linux version 2.41."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: delimited block _
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:141
msgid "_$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_"
msgstr "_$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:139
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:143
msgid "_$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_"
msgstr "_$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:141
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:145
msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d_"
msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d_"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:145
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:149
msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utilities:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:148 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:160
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:152 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:164
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/disable*\n"
msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/disable*"
msgstr "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/disable*\n"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:151
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:155
msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utils on a vt100 terminal:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:154
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:158
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/@vt100.disable*\n"
msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/@vt100.disable*"
msgstr "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/@vt100.disable*\n"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:157
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:161
msgid "Disable colors for all compatible utils except *dmesg*(1):"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:162
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:166
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.enable*\n"
msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.enable*"
msgstr "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.enable*\n"
#. type: Title ==
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:164 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:112
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:168 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:112
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:169
#, no-wrap
msgid "COMPATIBILITY"
msgstr "COMPATIBILIDADES"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:167
-msgid "The *terminal-colors.d* functionality is currently supported by all util-linux utilities which provides colorized output. For more details always see the *COLORS* section in the man page for the utility."
+#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:171
+msgid ""
+"The *terminal-colors.d* functionality is currently supported by all util-"
+"linux utilities which provides colorized output. For more details always see "
+"the *COLORS* section in the man page for the utility."
msgstr ""
#. Copyright 2001 Andreas Dilger (adilger@turbolinux.com)
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:29
-msgid "The *libblkid* library is used to identify block devices (disks) as to their content (e.g., filesystem type) as well as extracting additional information such as filesystem labels/volume names, unique identifiers/serial numbers. A common use is to allow use of *LABEL=* and *UUID=* tags instead of hard-coding specific block device names into configuration files. See list of all available tags in *TAGS* section."
+msgid ""
+"The *libblkid* library is used to identify block devices (disks) as to their "
+"content (e.g., filesystem type) as well as extracting additional information "
+"such as filesystem labels/volume names, unique identifiers/serial numbers. A "
+"common use is to allow use of *LABEL=* and *UUID=* tags instead of hard-"
+"coding specific block device names into configuration files. See list of all "
+"available tags in *TAGS* section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:31
-msgid "The low-level part of the library also allows the extraction of information about partitions and block device topology."
+msgid ""
+"The low-level part of the library also allows the extraction of information "
+"about partitions and block device topology."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:33
-msgid "The high-level part of the library keeps information about block devices in a cache file and is verified to still be valid before being returned to the user (if the user has read permission on the raw block device, otherwise not). The cache file also allows unprivileged users (normally anyone other than root, or those not in the \"disk\" group) to locate devices by label/id. The standard location of the cache file can be overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_FILE*."
+msgid ""
+"The high-level part of the library keeps information about block devices in "
+"a cache file and is verified to still be valid before being returned to the "
+"user (if the user has read permission on the raw block device, otherwise "
+"not). The cache file also allows unprivileged users (normally anyone other "
+"than root, or those not in the \"disk\" group) to locate devices by label/"
+"id. The standard location of the cache file can be overridden by the "
+"environment variable *BLKID_FILE*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:35
-msgid "In situations where one is getting information about a single known device, it does not impact performance whether the cache is used or not (unless you are not able to read the block device directly)."
+msgid ""
+"In situations where one is getting information about a single known device, "
+"it does not impact performance whether the cache is used or not (unless you "
+"are not able to read the block device directly)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:37
-msgid "The high-level part of the library supports two methods to determine *LABEL/UUID*. It reads information directly from a block device or reads information from /dev/disk/by-* udev symlinks. The udev is preferred method by default."
+msgid ""
+"The high-level part of the library supports two methods to determine *LABEL/"
+"UUID*. It reads information directly from a block device or reads "
+"information from /dev/disk/by-* udev symlinks. The udev is preferred method "
+"by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:39
-msgid "If you are dealing with multiple devices, use of the cache is highly recommended (even if empty) as devices will be scanned at most one time and the on-disk cache will be updated if possible."
+msgid ""
+"If you are dealing with multiple devices, use of the cache is highly "
+"recommended (even if empty) as devices will be scanned at most one time and "
+"the on-disk cache will be updated if possible."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:41
-msgid "In some cases (modular kernels), block devices are not even visible until after they are accessed the first time, so it is critical that there is some way to locate these devices without enumerating only visible devices, so the use of the cache file is *required* in this situation."
+msgid ""
+"In some cases (modular kernels), block devices are not even visible until "
+"after they are accessed the first time, so it is critical that there is some "
+"way to locate these devices without enumerating only visible devices, so the "
+"use of the cache file is *required* in this situation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:45
-msgid "The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. For more details about the config file see *blkid*(8) man page."
+msgid ""
+"The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden "
+"by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. For more details about the config "
+"file see *blkid*(8) man page."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:49
-msgid "All available tags are listed below. Not all tags are supported for all file systems. To enable a tag, set one of the following flags with *blkid_probe_set_superblocks_flags*():"
+msgid ""
+"All available tags are listed below. Not all tags are supported for all file "
+"systems. To enable a tag, set one of the following flags with "
+"*blkid_probe_set_superblocks_flags*():"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:71
-msgid "UUID_SUB - subvolume uuid (e.g. btrfs)"
+msgid ""
+"UUID_SUB - pool member UUID or device item UUID, etc. (e.g., zfs, btrfs, ...)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:98
-msgid "FSSIZE - size of filesystem. Note that for XFS this will return the same value as lsblk (without XFS's metadata), but for ext4 it will return the size with metadata and for BTRFS will not count overhead of RAID configuration (redundant data)."
+msgid ""
+"FSSIZE - size of filesystem. Note that for XFS this will return the same "
+"value as lsblk (without XFS's metadata), but for ext4 it will return the "
+"size with metadata and for BTRFS will not count overhead of RAID "
+"configuration (redundant data)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:126
-msgid "*libblkid* was written by Andreas Dilger for the ext2 filesystem utilities, with input from Ted Ts'o. The library was subsequently heavily modified by Ted Ts'o."
+msgid ""
+"*libblkid* was written by Andreas Dilger for the ext2 filesystem utilities, "
+"with input from Ted Ts'o. The library was subsequently heavily modified by "
+"Ted Ts'o."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:132
-msgid "*libblkid* is available under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License (LGPL), version 2 (or at your discretion any later version)."
+msgid ""
+"*libblkid* is available under the terms of the GNU Library General Public "
+"License (LGPL), version 2 (or at your discretion any later version)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:137 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:107
+#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:137 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:110
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "*blkid*(8), \n"
msgid "SYNTAX"
msgstr ""
-#. Simplified https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wirth_syntax_notation
-#. TRANSLATORS: don't translate the expressions syntax, please.
#. type: delimited block -
#: ../libsmartcols/scols-filter.5.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libsmartcols/scols-filter.5.adoc:64
-msgid "The filter expression can be used by application linked with libsmartcols to filter output data. The application can use the filter before it gathers all data for the output to reduce resources and improve performance. This makes scols filter more effective than grep(1) on the complete output. For example"
+msgid ""
+"The filter expression can be used by application linked with libsmartcols to "
+"filter output data. The application can use the filter before it gathers all "
+"data for the output to reduce resources and improve performance. This makes "
+"scols filter more effective than grep(1) on the complete output. For example"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libsmartcols/scols-filter.5.adoc:69
-msgid "helps lsblk(1) to not read LABELs for all block device from udevd or libblkid, but read it only for device sda1."
+msgid ""
+"helps lsblk(1) to not read LABELs for all block device from udevd or "
+"libblkid, but read it only for device sda1."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libsmartcols/scols-filter.5.adoc:71
-msgid "The filter can be also used for columns which are not used in the output."
+msgid ""
+"The filter can be also used for columns which are not used in the output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libsmartcols/scols-filter.5.adoc:80
-msgid "The currently supported `holder` type is column name only. The name has to be used without quotes. Before evaluation, application map column names in the given expression to the output table columns and assign column data type to the holder. The default type is \"string\"."
+msgid ""
+"The currently supported `holder` type is column name only. The name has to "
+"be used without quotes. Before evaluation, application map column names in "
+"the given expression to the output table columns and assign column data type "
+"to the holder. The default type is \"string\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libsmartcols/scols-filter.5.adoc:83
-msgid "The `param` is for representing a value directly. The currently supported data types are integer, float, string and boolean."
+msgid ""
+"The `param` is for representing a value directly. The currently supported "
+"data types are integer, float, string and boolean."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libsmartcols/scols-filter.5.adoc:89
-msgid "An operator works with one or two operand(s). An operator has an expectation about the data type(s) of its operands. Giving an unexpected data type to an operator causes a syntax error. The library can cast between data types, the prefferred is always the type as specified by `param` and in case of expression with number and float the preferred is the float."
+msgid ""
+"An operator works with one or two operand(s). An operator has an expectation "
+"about the data type(s) of its operands. Giving an unexpected data type to an "
+"operator causes a syntax error. The library can cast between data types, the "
+"prefferred is always the type as specified by `param` and in case of "
+"expression with number and float the preferred is the float."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libsmartcols/scols-filter.5.adoc:93
-msgid "Operators taking two operands are `and`, `or`, `eq`, `ne`, `le`, `lt`, `ge`, `gt`, `=~`, `!~`. Alphabetically named operators have C-language flavored aliases: `&&`, `||`, `==`, `!=`, `<`, `<=`, `>=`, and `>`."
+msgid ""
+"Operators taking two operands are `and`, `or`, `eq`, `ne`, `le`, `lt`, `ge`, "
+"`gt`, `=~`, `!~`. Alphabetically named operators have C-language flavored "
+"aliases: `&&`, `||`, `==`, `!=`, `<`, `<=`, `>=`, and `>`."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libsmartcols/scols-filter.5.adoc:97
-msgid "`!` is the only operator that takes one operand. If no operator is specified then expression is true if param or holder are not empty. For example `--filter NAME` will return lines where column NAME is not empty."
+msgid ""
+"`!` is the only operator that takes one operand. If no operator is specified "
+"then expression is true if param or holder are not empty. For example `--"
+"filter NAME` will return lines where column NAME is not empty."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libsmartcols/scols-filter.5.adoc:101
-msgid "`=~` and `!~` is for regular expression matching; if a string at the right side matches (or not matches for `!~` a regular expression at the left side, the result is true. The right side operand must be a string literal."
+msgid ""
+"`=~` and `!~` is for regular expression matching; if a string at the right "
+"side matches (or not matches for `!~` a regular expression at the left side, "
+"the result is true. The right side operand must be a string literal."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libsmartcols/scols-filter.5.adoc:103
-msgid "The precedences within operators is `or`, `and`, and `eq`, `ne`, `le`, `gt`, `ge`, `=~`, `!~`, `not`."
+msgid ""
+"The precedences within operators is `or`, `and`, and `eq`, `ne`, `le`, `gt`, "
+"`ge`, `=~`, `!~`, `not`."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libsmartcols/scols-filter.5.adoc:111
-msgid "About `float` and `integer` typed values, the filter engine supports only non-negative numbers. The `integer` is unsigned 64-bit number, and `float` is long double. The `integer` may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")."
+msgid ""
+"About `float` and `integer` typed values, the filter engine supports only "
+"non-negative numbers. The `integer` is unsigned 64-bit number, and `float` "
+"is long double. The `integer` may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes "
+"KiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" "
+"has the same meaning as \"KiB\")."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libsmartcols/scols-filter.5.adoc:117
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO]"
-msgid "Based on original implementation from mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO]."
+msgid ""
+"Based on original implementation from mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake "
+"YAMATO]."
msgstr "mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO]"
#
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:52
-msgid "The UUID library is used to generate unique identifiers for objects that may be accessible beyond the local system. This library generates UUIDs compatible with those created by the Open Software Foundation (OSF) Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) utility *uuidgen*(1)."
-msgstr "La biblioteca UUID se utiliza para generar identificadores únicos para objetos susceptibles de ser accedidos desde fuera del sistema local. Esta biblioteca genera UUIDs compatibles con los creados por la utilidad *uuidgen*(1) del Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) de la Open Software Foundation (OSF)."
+msgid ""
+"The UUID library is used to generate unique identifiers for objects that may "
+"be accessible beyond the local system. This library generates UUIDs "
+"compatible with those created by the Open Software Foundation (OSF) "
+"Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) utility *uuidgen*(1)."
+msgstr ""
+"La biblioteca UUID se utiliza para generar identificadores únicos para "
+"objetos susceptibles de ser accedidos desde fuera del sistema local. Esta "
+"biblioteca genera UUIDs compatibles con los creados por la utilidad "
+"*uuidgen*(1) del Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) de la Open Software "
+"Foundation (OSF)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:54
-msgid "The UUIDs generated by this library can be reasonably expected to be unique within a system, and unique across all systems. They could be used, for instance, to generate unique HTTP cookies across multiple web servers without communication between the servers, and without fear of a name clash."
-msgstr "Cabe esperar razonablemente que los UUIDs que genera esta biblioteca sean únicos dentro de un sistema y entre todos los sistemas. Podrían utilizarse, por ejemplo, para generar cookies HTTP únicas para un conjunto de servidores web que no se comuniquen entre sí, sin miedo a colisión de nombres."
+msgid ""
+"The UUIDs generated by this library can be reasonably expected to be unique "
+"within a system, and unique across all systems. They could be used, for "
+"instance, to generate unique HTTP cookies across multiple web servers "
+"without communication between the servers, and without fear of a name clash."
+msgstr ""
+"Cabe esperar razonablemente que los UUIDs que genera esta biblioteca sean "
+"únicos dentro de un sistema y entre todos los sistemas. Podrían utilizarse, "
+"por ejemplo, para generar cookies HTTP únicas para un conjunto de servidores "
+"web que no se comuniquen entre sí, sin miedo a colisión de nombres."
#. type: Title ==
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:55 ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:76
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:58 ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:79
-msgid "This library generates UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
-msgstr "Esta biblioteca genera UUIDs compatibles con OSF DCE 1.1 y UUIDs V3 y V5 basados en «hash» compatibles con link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
+msgid ""
+"This library generates UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based "
+"UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/"
+"rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta biblioteca genera UUIDs compatibles con OSF DCE 1.1 y UUIDs V3 y V5 "
+"basados en «hash» compatibles con link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/"
+"rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:58
#| "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
#| "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
#| "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
-msgid "*uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), *uuid_generate*(3), *uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_time*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)"
+msgid ""
+"*uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), *uuid_generate*(3), "
+"*uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_time*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)"
msgstr ""
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
"*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:54
-msgid "The *uuid_clear*() function sets the value of the supplied uuid variable _uu_ to the NULL value."
-msgstr "La función *uuid_clear*() establece el valor de la variable uuid dada _uu_ al valor NULL."
+msgid ""
+"The *uuid_clear*() function sets the value of the supplied uuid variable "
+"_uu_ to the NULL value."
+msgstr ""
+"La función *uuid_clear*() establece el valor de la variable uuid dada _uu_ "
+"al valor NULL."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:68
#| "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
#| "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
#| "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
-msgid "*uuid*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), *uuid_generate*(3), *uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)"
+msgid ""
+"*uuid*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), *uuid_generate*(3), "
+"*uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)"
msgstr ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_compare*(3),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:54
-msgid "The *uuid_compare*() function compares the two supplied uuid variables _uu1_ and _uu2_ to each other."
-msgstr "La función *uuid_compare*() compara si dos variables uuid dadas _uu1_ y _uu2_ son iguales entre sí."
+msgid ""
+"The *uuid_compare*() function compares the two supplied uuid variables _uu1_ "
+"and _uu2_ to each other."
+msgstr ""
+"La función *uuid_compare*() compara si dos variables uuid dadas _uu1_ y "
+"_uu2_ son iguales entre sí."
#. type: Title ==
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:55 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:55
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:72 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:58
-#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:55 ../schedutils/coresched.1.adoc:101
-#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:108
+#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:55
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_import_lastlog.3.adoc:36
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_read_all.3.adoc:43
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_read_entry.3.adoc:39
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:58
-msgid "Returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if _uu1_ is found, respectively, to be lexicographically less than, equal, or greater than _uu2_."
-msgstr "Devuelve un entero menor, igual o mayor que cero si _uu1_ resulta ser, respectivamente, menor, igual o mayor que _uu2_ lexicográficamente."
+msgid ""
+"Returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if _uu1_ is "
+"found, respectively, to be lexicographically less than, equal, or greater "
+"than _uu2_."
+msgstr ""
+"Devuelve un entero menor, igual o mayor que cero si _uu1_ resulta ser, "
+"respectivamente, menor, igual o mayor que _uu2_ lexicográficamente."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:72
#| "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
#| "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
#| "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
-msgid "*uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), *uuid_generate*(3), *uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)"
+msgid ""
+"*uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), *uuid_generate*(3), "
+"*uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)"
msgstr ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
#| "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
#| "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
#| "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
-msgid "*uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_generate*(3), *uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)"
+msgid ""
+"*uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_generate*(3), "
+"*uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)"
msgstr ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:46
-msgid "uuid_generate, uuid_generate_random, uuid_generate_time, uuid_generate_time_safe - create a new unique UUID value"
-msgstr "uuid_generate, uuid_generate_random, uuid_generate_time, uuid_generate_time_safe - crean un nuevo valor UUID único"
+msgid ""
+"uuid_generate, uuid_generate_random, uuid_generate_time, "
+"uuid_generate_time_safe - create a new unique UUID value"
+msgstr ""
+"uuid_generate, uuid_generate_random, uuid_generate_time, "
+"uuid_generate_time_safe - crean un nuevo valor UUID único"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:57
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:61
-msgid "The *uuid_generate*() function creates a new universally unique identifier (UUID). The uuid will be generated based on high-quality randomness from *getrandom*(2), _/dev/urandom_, or _/dev/random_ if available. If it is not available, then *uuid_generate*() will use an alternative algorithm which uses the current time, the local ethernet MAC address (if available), and random data generated using a pseudo-random generator."
+msgid ""
+"The *uuid_generate*() function creates a new universally unique identifier "
+"(UUID). The uuid will be generated based on high-quality randomness from "
+"*getrandom*(2), _/dev/urandom_, or _/dev/random_ if available. If it is not "
+"available, then *uuid_generate*() will use an alternative algorithm which "
+"uses the current time, the local ethernet MAC address (if available), and "
+"random data generated using a pseudo-random generator."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:63
-msgid "The *uuid_generate_random*() function forces the use of the all-random UUID format, even if a high-quality random number generator is not available, in which case a pseudo-random generator will be substituted. Note that the use of a pseudo-random generator may compromise the uniqueness of UUIDs generated in this fashion."
+msgid ""
+"The *uuid_generate_random*() function forces the use of the all-random UUID "
+"format, even if a high-quality random number generator is not available, in "
+"which case a pseudo-random generator will be substituted. Note that the use "
+"of a pseudo-random generator may compromise the uniqueness of UUIDs "
+"generated in this fashion."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:65
-msgid "The *uuid_generate_time*() function forces the use of the alternative algorithm which uses the current time and the local ethernet MAC address (if available). This algorithm used to be the default one used to generate UUIDs, but because of the use of the ethernet MAC address, it can leak information about when and where the UUID was generated. This can cause privacy problems in some applications, so the *uuid_generate*() function only uses this algorithm if a high-quality source of randomness is not available. To guarantee uniqueness of UUIDs generated by concurrently running processes, the uuid library uses a global clock state counter (if the process has permissions to gain exclusive access to this file) and/or the *uuidd*(8) daemon, if it is running already or can be spawned by the process (if installed and the process has enough permissions to run it). If neither of these two synchronization mechanisms can be used, it is theoretically possible that two concurrently running processes obtain the same UUID(s). To tell whether the UUID has been generated in a safe manner, use *uuid_generate_time_safe*."
+msgid ""
+"The *uuid_generate_time*() function forces the use of the alternative "
+"algorithm which uses the current time and the local ethernet MAC address (if "
+"available). This algorithm used to be the default one used to generate "
+"UUIDs, but because of the use of the ethernet MAC address, it can leak "
+"information about when and where the UUID was generated. This can cause "
+"privacy problems in some applications, so the *uuid_generate*() function "
+"only uses this algorithm if a high-quality source of randomness is not "
+"available. To guarantee uniqueness of UUIDs generated by concurrently "
+"running processes, the uuid library uses a global clock state counter (if "
+"the process has permissions to gain exclusive access to this file) and/or "
+"the *uuidd*(8) daemon, if it is running already or can be spawned by the "
+"process (if installed and the process has enough permissions to run it). If "
+"neither of these two synchronization mechanisms can be used, it is "
+"theoretically possible that two concurrently running processes obtain the "
+"same UUID(s). To tell whether the UUID has been generated in a safe manner, "
+"use *uuid_generate_time_safe*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:67
-msgid "The *uuid_generate_time_safe*() function is similar to *uuid_generate_time*(), except that it returns a value which denotes whether any of the synchronization mechanisms (see above) has been used."
+msgid ""
+"The *uuid_generate_time_safe*() function is similar to "
+"*uuid_generate_time*(), except that it returns a value which denotes whether "
+"any of the synchronization mechanisms (see above) has been used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:69
-msgid "The UUID is 16 bytes (128 bits) long, which gives approximately 3.4x10^38 unique values (there are approximately 10^80 elementary particles in the universe according to Carl Sagan's _Cosmos_). The new UUID can reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future."
+msgid ""
+"The UUID is 16 bytes (128 bits) long, which gives approximately 3.4x10^38 "
+"unique values (there are approximately 10^80 elementary particles in the "
+"universe according to Carl Sagan's _Cosmos_). The new UUID can reasonably be "
+"considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, and among "
+"UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:71
-msgid "The *uuid_generate_md5*() and *uuid_generate_sha1*() functions generate an MD5 and SHA1 hashed (predictable) UUID based on a well-known UUID providing the namespace and an arbitrary binary string. The UUIDs conform to V3 and V5 UUIDs per link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
+msgid ""
+"The *uuid_generate_md5*() and *uuid_generate_sha1*() functions generate an "
+"MD5 and SHA1 hashed (predictable) UUID based on a well-known UUID providing "
+"the namespace and an arbitrary binary string. The UUIDs conform to V3 and V5 "
+"UUIDs per link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:75
-msgid "The newly created UUID is returned in the memory location pointed to by _out_. *uuid_generate_time_safe*() returns zero if the UUID has been generated in a safe manner, -1 otherwise."
+msgid ""
+"The newly created UUID is returned in the memory location pointed to by "
+"_out_. *uuid_generate_time_safe*() returns zero if the UUID has been "
+"generated in a safe manner, -1 otherwise."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#| "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
#| "*uuid_unparse*(3),\n"
#| "*uuidd*(8)\n"
-msgid "*uuidgen*(1), *uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), *uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_time*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3), *uuidd*(8)"
+msgid ""
+"*uuidgen*(1), *uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), "
+"*uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_time*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3), "
+"*uuidd*(8)"
msgstr ""
"*uuidgen*(1),\n"
"*uuid*(3),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:54
-msgid "The *uuid_is_null*() function compares the value of the supplied UUID variable _uu_ to the NULL value. If the value is equal to the NULL UUID, 1 is returned, otherwise 0 is returned."
+msgid ""
+"The *uuid_is_null*() function compares the value of the supplied UUID "
+"variable _uu_ to the NULL value. If the value is equal to the NULL UUID, 1 "
+"is returned, otherwise 0 is returned."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#| "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
#| "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
#| "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
-msgid "*uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), *uuid_generate*(3), *uuid_time*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)"
+msgid ""
+"*uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), "
+"*uuid_generate*(3), *uuid_time*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)"
msgstr ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:44
msgid "uuid_parse - convert an input UUID string into binary representation"
-msgstr "uuid_parse - convierte una cadena UUID de entrada en su representación binaria"
+msgstr ""
+"uuid_parse - convierte una cadena UUID de entrada en su representación "
+"binaria"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:51
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:55
-msgid "The *uuid_parse*() function converts the UUID string given by _in_ into the binary representation. The input UUID is a string of the form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (in *printf*(3) format \"%08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\", 36 bytes plus the trailing '\\0')."
-msgstr "La función *uuid_parse*() convierte la cadena UUID dada en _in_ en su representación binaria. LA entrada UUID es una cadena de la forma 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (en formato *printf*(3) \"%08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\", 36 bytes más el '\\0' final)."
+msgid ""
+"The *uuid_parse*() function converts the UUID string given by _in_ into the "
+"binary representation. The input UUID is a string of the form "
+"1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (in *printf*(3) format \"%08x-%04x-%04x-"
+"%04x-%012x\", 36 bytes plus the trailing '\\0')."
+msgstr ""
+"La función *uuid_parse*() convierte la cadena UUID dada en _in_ en su "
+"representación binaria. LA entrada UUID es una cadena de la forma "
+"1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (en formato *printf*(3) \"%08x-%04x-"
+"%04x-%04x-%012x\", 36 bytes más el '\\0' final)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:57
-msgid "The *uuid_parse_range*() function works like *uuid_parse*() but parses only range in string specified by _in_start_ and _in_end_ pointers."
-msgstr "La función *uuid_parse_range*() funciona como *uuid_parse*() pero solo analiza la parte de la cadena comprendida entre los punteros _in_start_ y _in_end_."
+msgid ""
+"The *uuid_parse_range*() function works like *uuid_parse*() but parses only "
+"range in string specified by _in_start_ and _in_end_ pointers."
+msgstr ""
+"La función *uuid_parse_range*() funciona como *uuid_parse*() pero solo "
+"analiza la parte de la cadena comprendida entre los punteros _in_start_ y "
+"_in_end_."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:61
-msgid "Upon successfully parsing the input string, 0 is returned, and the UUID is stored in the location pointed to by _uu_, otherwise -1 is returned."
-msgstr "Si el análisis de la cadena de entrada termina bien, devuelve 0 y el UUID se guarda en la ubicación a la que apunta _uu_; en caso contrario, devuelve -1."
+msgid ""
+"Upon successfully parsing the input string, 0 is returned, and the UUID is "
+"stored in the location pointed to by _uu_, otherwise -1 is returned."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el análisis de la cadena de entrada termina bien, devuelve 0 y el UUID se "
+"guarda en la ubicación a la que apunta _uu_; en caso contrario, devuelve -1."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:65
-msgid "This library parses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
-msgstr "Esta biblioteca analiza UUIDs compatibles con OSF DCE 1.1 y UUIDs V3 y V5 basados en «hash» compatibles con link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
+msgid ""
+"This library parses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based UUIDs "
+"V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta biblioteca analiza UUIDs compatibles con OSF DCE 1.1 y UUIDs V3 y V5 "
+"basados en «hash» compatibles con link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/"
+"rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:80
#| "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
#| "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
#| "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
-msgid "*uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), *uuid_generate*(3), *uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_time*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)"
+msgid ""
+"*uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), "
+"*uuid_generate*(3), *uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_time*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)"
msgstr ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:54
-msgid "The *uuid_time*() function extracts the time at which the supplied time-based UUID _uu_ was created. Note that the UUID creation time is only encoded within certain types of UUIDs. This function can only reasonably expect to extract the creation time for UUIDs created with the *uuid_generate_time*(3) and *uuid_generate_time_safe*(3) functions. It may or may not work with UUIDs created by other mechanisms."
+msgid ""
+"The *uuid_time*() function extracts the time at which the supplied time-"
+"based UUID _uu_ was created. Note that the UUID creation time is only "
+"encoded within certain types of UUIDs. This function can only reasonably "
+"expect to extract the creation time for UUIDs created with the "
+"*uuid_generate_time*(3) and *uuid_generate_time_safe*(3) functions. It may "
+"or may not work with UUIDs created by other mechanisms."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:58
-msgid "The time at which the UUID was created, in seconds since January 1, 1970 GMT (the epoch), is returned (see *time*(2)). The time at which the UUID was created, in seconds and microseconds since the epoch, is also stored in the location pointed to by _ret_tv_ (see *gettimeofday*(2))."
+msgid ""
+"The time at which the UUID was created, in seconds since January 1, 1970 GMT "
+"(the epoch), is returned (see *time*(2)). The time at which the UUID was "
+"created, in seconds and microseconds since the epoch, is also stored in the "
+"location pointed to by _ret_tv_ (see *gettimeofday*(2))."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#| "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
#| "*uuid_parse*(3),\n"
#| "*uuid_unparse*(3)\n"
-msgid "*uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), *uuid_generate*(3), *uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)"
+msgid ""
+"*uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), "
+"*uuid_generate*(3), *uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)"
msgstr ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:44
msgid "uuid_unparse - convert a UUID from binary representation to a string"
-msgstr "uuid_unparse - convierte un UUID de representación binaria en cadena de texto"
+msgstr ""
+"uuid_unparse - convierte un UUID de representación binaria en cadena de texto"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:52
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:56
-msgid "The *uuid_unparse*() function converts the supplied UUID _uu_ from the binary representation into a 36-byte string (plus trailing '\\0') of the form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 and stores this value in the character string pointed to by _out_. The case of the hex digits returned by *uuid_unparse*() may be upper or lower case, and is dependent on the system-dependent local default."
-msgstr "La función *uuid_unparse*() convierte la UUID dada _uu_ de su representación binaria en una cadena de 36 bytes (más el '\\0' final) de la forma 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 y guarda este valor en la cadena de caracteres a la que apunta _out_. Los dígitos hexadecimales que devuelve *uuid_unparse*() pueden estar en mayúsculas o en minúsculas, lo cual depende de la localización predefinida dependiente del sistema."
+msgid ""
+"The *uuid_unparse*() function converts the supplied UUID _uu_ from the "
+"binary representation into a 36-byte string (plus trailing '\\0') of the "
+"form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 and stores this value in the "
+"character string pointed to by _out_. The case of the hex digits returned by "
+"*uuid_unparse*() may be upper or lower case, and is dependent on the system-"
+"dependent local default."
+msgstr ""
+"La función *uuid_unparse*() convierte la UUID dada _uu_ de su representación "
+"binaria en una cadena de 36 bytes (más el '\\0' final) de la forma "
+"1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 y guarda este valor en la cadena de "
+"caracteres a la que apunta _out_. Los dígitos hexadecimales que devuelve "
+"*uuid_unparse*() pueden estar en mayúsculas o en minúsculas, lo cual depende "
+"de la localización predefinida dependiente del sistema."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:58
-msgid "If the case of the hex digits is important then the functions *uuid_unparse_upper*() and *uuid_unparse_lower*() may be used."
-msgstr "Si las mayúsculas/minúsculas de los dígitos hexadecimales son importantes, pueden utilizarse las funciones *uuid_unparse_upper*() y *uuid_unparse_lower*()."
+msgid ""
+"If the case of the hex digits is important then the functions "
+"*uuid_unparse_upper*() and *uuid_unparse_lower*() may be used."
+msgstr ""
+"Si las mayúsculas/minúsculas de los dígitos hexadecimales son importantes, "
+"pueden utilizarse las funciones *uuid_unparse_upper*() y "
+"*uuid_unparse_lower*()."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:62
#| "*uuid_time*(3),\n"
#| "*uuid_is_null*(3),\n"
#| "*uuid_parse*(3)\n"
-msgid "*uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), *uuid_generate*(3), *uuid_time*(3), *uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3)"
+msgid ""
+"*uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), "
+"*uuid_generate*(3), *uuid_time*(3), *uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3)"
msgstr ""
"*uuid*(3),\n"
"*uuid_clear*(3),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:24
-msgid "*chfn* [*-f* _full-name_] [*-o* _office_] [*-p* _office-phone_] [*-h* _home-phone_] [*-u*] [*-V*] [_username_]"
+msgid ""
+"*chfn* [*-f* _full-name_] [*-o* _office_] [*-p* _office-phone_] [*-h* _home-"
+"phone_] [*-u*] [*-V*] [_username_]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:28
-msgid "*chfn* is used to change your finger information. This information is stored in the _/etc/passwd_ file, and is displayed by the *finger* program. The Linux *finger* command will display four pieces of information that can be changed by *chfn*: your real name, your work room and phone, and your home phone."
+msgid ""
+"*chfn* is used to change your finger information. This information is stored "
+"in the _/etc/passwd_ file, and is displayed by the *finger* program. The "
+"Linux *finger* command will display four pieces of information that can be "
+"changed by *chfn*: your real name, your work room and phone, and your home "
+"phone."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:30
-msgid "Any of the four pieces of information can be specified on the command line. If no information is given on the command line, *chfn* enters interactive mode."
+msgid ""
+"Any of the four pieces of information can be specified on the command line. "
+"If no information is given on the command line, *chfn* enters interactive "
+"mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:32
-msgid "In interactive mode, *chfn* will prompt for each field. At a prompt, you can enter the new information, or just press return to leave the field unchanged. Enter the keyword \"none\" to make the field blank."
+msgid ""
+"In interactive mode, *chfn* will prompt for each field. At a prompt, you can "
+"enter the new information, or just press return to leave the field "
+"unchanged. Enter the keyword \"none\" to make the field blank."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:34
-msgid "*chfn* supports non-local entries (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) if linked with libuser, otherwise use *ypchfn*(1), *lchfn*(1) or any other implementation for non-local entries."
+msgid ""
+"*chfn* supports non-local entries (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) if linked with "
+"libuser, otherwise use *ypchfn*(1), *lchfn*(1) or any other implementation "
+"for non-local entries."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:55 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:46
-msgid "Display version and exit. (Short option *-V* is used since version 2.39; older versions used the now-deprecated *-v*)."
+msgid ""
+"Display version and exit. (Short option *-V* is used since version 2.39; "
+"older versions used the now-deprecated *-v*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:61
-msgid "*chfn* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see *login.defs*(5)). Note that the configuration file could be distributed with another package (e.g., shadow-utils). The following configuration items are relevant for *chfn*:"
+msgid ""
+"*chfn* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see *login.defs*(5)). "
+"Note that the configuration file could be distributed with another package "
+"(e.g., shadow-utils). The following configuration items are relevant for "
+"*chfn*:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:67
-msgid "The boolean setting *\"yes\"* means that only the Office, Office Phone and Home Phone fields are changeable, and boolean setting *\"no\"* means that also the Full Name is changeable."
+msgid ""
+"The boolean setting *\"yes\"* means that only the Office, Office Phone and "
+"Home Phone fields are changeable, and boolean setting *\"no\"* means that "
+"also the Full Name is changeable."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:69
-msgid "Another way to specify changeable fields is by abbreviations: f = Full Name, r = Office (room), w = Office (work) Phone, h = Home Phone. For example, *CHFN_RESTRICT \"wh\"* allows changing work and home phone numbers."
+msgid ""
+"Another way to specify changeable fields is by abbreviations: f = Full Name, "
+"r = Office (room), w = Office (work) Phone, h = Home Phone. For example, "
+"*CHFN_RESTRICT \"wh\"* allows changing work and home phone numbers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:71
-msgid "If *CHFN_RESTRICT* is undefined, then all finger information is read-only. This is the default."
+msgid ""
+"If *CHFN_RESTRICT* is undefined, then all finger information is read-only. "
+"This is the default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:75 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:58
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:96
-msgid "Returns 0 if operation was successful, 1 if operation failed or command syntax was not valid."
+msgid ""
+"Returns 0 if operation was successful, 1 if operation failed or command "
+"syntax was not valid."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:28
-msgid "*chsh* is used to change your login shell. If a shell is not given on the command line, *chsh* prompts for one."
+msgid ""
+"*chsh* is used to change your login shell. If a shell is not given on the "
+"command line, *chsh* prompts for one."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:30
-msgid "*chsh* supports non-local entries (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) if linked with libuser, otherwise use *ypchsh*(1), *lchsh*(1) or any other implementation for non-local entries."
+msgid ""
+"*chsh* supports non-local entries (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) if linked with "
+"libuser, otherwise use *ypchsh*(1), *lchsh*(1) or any other implementation "
+"for non-local entries."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:42
-msgid "Display help text and exit. (Short option *-h* is used since version 2.30; older versions used the now-deprecated *-u*)."
+msgid ""
+"Display help text and exit. (Short option *-h* is used since version 2.30; "
+"older versions used the now-deprecated *-u*)."
msgstr ""
#. Do not include::man-common/help-version.adoc[] as both -h and -V are already given explicitly above in more detail.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:52
-msgid "*chsh* will accept the full pathname of any executable file on the system."
+msgid ""
+"*chsh* will accept the full pathname of any executable file on the system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:54
-msgid "The default behavior for non-root users is to accept only shells listed in the _/etc/shells_ file, and issue a warning for root user. It can also be configured at compile-time to only issue a warning for all users."
+msgid ""
+"The default behavior for non-root users is to accept only shells listed in "
+"the _/etc/shells_ file, and issue a warning for root user. It can also be "
+"configured at compile-time to only issue a warning for all users."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:39
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*last* searches back through the _/var/log/wtmp_ file (or the file designated by the *-f* option) and displays a list of all users logged in (and out) since that file was created. One or more _usernames_ and/or _ttys_ can be given, in which case *last* will show only the entries matching those arguments. Names of _ttys_ can be abbreviated, thus *last 0* is the same as *last tty0*.\n"
-msgid "*last* searches back through the _/var/log/wtmp_ file (or the file designated by the *-f* option) and displays a list of all users logged in (and out) since that file was created. One or more _usernames_ and/or _ttys_ can be given, in which case *last* will show only the entries matching those arguments. Names of _ttys_ can be abbreviated, thus *last 0* is the same as *last tty0*."
-msgstr "*last* analiza el contenido del fichero _/var/log/wtmp_ (o el que se haya indicada mediante la opción *-f*) y muestra un listado con los usuarios conectados (y desconectados) desde la creación de dicho fichero. Es posible indicar uno o más _nombres_de_usuario_ y/o _ttys_, en cuyo caso sólo se mostrarán las entradas que coincidan con éstos patrones. También cabe la posibilidad de abreviar los nombres de los _ttys_, por ejemplo *last0* es lo mismo que *last tty0*.\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*last* searches back through the _/var/log/wtmp_ file (or the file "
+#| "designated by the *-f* option) and displays a list of all users logged in "
+#| "(and out) since that file was created. One or more _usernames_ and/or "
+#| "_ttys_ can be given, in which case *last* will show only the entries "
+#| "matching those arguments. Names of _ttys_ can be abbreviated, thus *last "
+#| "0* is the same as *last tty0*.\n"
+msgid ""
+"*last* searches back through the _/var/log/wtmp_ file (or the file "
+"designated by the *-f* option) and displays a list of all users logged in "
+"(and out) since that file was created. One or more _usernames_ and/or _ttys_ "
+"can be given, in which case *last* will show only the entries matching those "
+"arguments. Names of _ttys_ can be abbreviated, thus *last 0* is the same as "
+"*last tty0*."
+msgstr ""
+"*last* analiza el contenido del fichero _/var/log/wtmp_ (o el que se haya "
+"indicada mediante la opción *-f*) y muestra un listado con los usuarios "
+"conectados (y desconectados) desde la creación de dicho fichero. Es posible "
+"indicar uno o más _nombres_de_usuario_ y/o _ttys_, en cuyo caso sólo se "
+"mostrarán las entradas que coincidan con éstos patrones. También cabe la "
+"posibilidad de abreviar los nombres de los _ttys_, por ejemplo *last0* es lo "
+"mismo que *last tty0*.\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:41
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "When catching a *SIGINT* signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually control-C) or a SIGQUIT signal, *last* will show how far it has searched through the file; in the case of the *SIGINT* signal *last* will then terminate."
-msgid "When catching a *SIGINT* signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually control-C) or a *SIGQUIT* signal, *last* will show how far it has searched through the file; in the case of the *SIGINT* signal *last* will then terminate."
-msgstr "Si *last* recibe una señal *SIGINT* (creada por una solicitud de interrupción, generalmente con Control-C) o *SIGQUIT*; se mostrará en qué punto estaba el análisis. En el caso de haber recibido la señal *SIGINT*, el proceso finalizará."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "When catching a *SIGINT* signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually "
+#| "control-C) or a SIGQUIT signal, *last* will show how far it has searched "
+#| "through the file; in the case of the *SIGINT* signal *last* will then "
+#| "terminate."
+msgid ""
+"When catching a *SIGINT* signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually "
+"control-C) or a *SIGQUIT* signal, *last* will show how far it has searched "
+"through the file; in the case of the *SIGINT* signal *last* will then "
+"terminate."
+msgstr ""
+"Si *last* recibe una señal *SIGINT* (creada por una solicitud de "
+"interrupción, generalmente con Control-C) o *SIGQUIT*; se mostrará en qué "
+"punto estaba el análisis. En el caso de haber recibido la señal *SIGINT*, el "
+"proceso finalizará."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:43
-msgid "The pseudo user *reboot* logs in each time the system is rebooted. Thus *last reboot* will show a log of all the reboots since the log file was created."
-msgstr "El pseudo-usuario *reboot* accede al sistema cada vez que se reinicia el equipo, por lo tanto *last reboot* mostrará una lista de todos los reinicios desde la creación del fichero."
+msgid ""
+"The pseudo user *reboot* logs in each time the system is rebooted. Thus "
+"*last reboot* will show a log of all the reboots since the log file was "
+"created."
+msgstr ""
+"El pseudo-usuario *reboot* accede al sistema cada vez que se reinicia el "
+"equipo, por lo tanto *last reboot* mostrará una lista de todos los reinicios "
+"desde la creación del fichero."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:45
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*lastb* is the same as *last*, except that by default it shows a log of the _/var/log/btmp_ file, which contains all the bad login attempts.\n"
-msgid "*lastb* is the same as *last*, except that by default it shows a log of the _/var/log/btmp_ file, which contains all the bad login attempts."
-msgstr "*lastb* es idéntico a *last* salvo que analiza por defecto el fichero _/var/log/btmp_ que muestra los intentos de acceso fallidos.\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*lastb* is the same as *last*, except that by default it shows a log of "
+#| "the _/var/log/btmp_ file, which contains all the bad login attempts.\n"
+msgid ""
+"*lastb* is the same as *last*, except that by default it shows a log of the "
+"_/var/log/btmp_ file, which contains all the bad login attempts."
+msgstr ""
+"*lastb* es idéntico a *last* salvo que analiza por defecto el fichero _/var/"
+"log/btmp_ que muestra los intentos de acceso fallidos.\n"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:48
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:50
-msgid "Display the hostname in the last column. Useful in combination with the *--dns* option."
-msgstr "Muestra el nombre del equipo en la última columna. Suele usarse en conjunción con la opción *--dns*."
+msgid ""
+"Display the hostname in the last column. Useful in combination with the *--"
+"dns* option."
+msgstr ""
+"Muestra el nombre del equipo en la última columna. Suele usarse en "
+"conjunción con la opción *--dns*."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:51
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:53
-msgid "For non-local logins, Linux stores not only the host name of the remote host, but its IP number as well. This option translates the IP number back into a hostname."
-msgstr "Para el caso de accesos desde otros equipos, Linux no sólo guarda el nombre del equipo remoto sino también su dirección IP. Esta opción convierte esa dirección IP en un nombre de equipo."
+msgid ""
+"For non-local logins, Linux stores not only the host name of the remote "
+"host, but its IP number as well. This option translates the IP number back "
+"into a hostname."
+msgstr ""
+"Para el caso de accesos desde otros equipos, Linux no sólo guarda el nombre "
+"del equipo remoto sino también su dirección IP. Esta opción convierte esa "
+"dirección IP en un nombre de equipo."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:54 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:67
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:56
-msgid "Tell *last* to use a specific _file_ instead of _/var/log/wtmp_. The *--file* option can be given multiple times, and all of the specified files will be processed."
-msgstr "Indica a *last* que debe usar el _fichero_ indicado en lugar de _/var/log/wtmp_. Es posible indicar varios ficheros usando varias veces la opción *--file*, procesándose así todos los ficheros indicados."
+msgid ""
+"Tell *last* to use a specific _file_ instead of _/var/log/wtmp_. The *--"
+"file* option can be given multiple times, and all of the specified files "
+"will be processed."
+msgstr ""
+"Indica a *last* que debe usar el _fichero_ indicado en lugar de _/var/log/"
+"wtmp_. Es posible indicar varios ficheros usando varias veces la opción *--"
+"file*, procesándose así todos los ficheros indicados."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:57
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:62
msgid "Like *--dns ,* but displays the host's IP number instead of the name."
-msgstr "Igual que *--dns*, pero muestra la dirección IP del equipo en lugar de su nombre."
+msgstr ""
+"Igual que *--dns*, pero muestra la dirección IP del equipo en lugar de su "
+"nombre."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:63
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:68
-msgid "Display the users who were present at the specified time. This is like using the options *--since* and *--until* together with the same _time_."
-msgstr "Muestra los usuario conectados en la fecha y hora indicados. Coincide con el uso de *--since* y *--until* indicando en ambos la misma _fecha_y_hora_."
+msgid ""
+"Display the users who were present at the specified time. This is like using "
+"the options *--since* and *--until* together with the same _time_."
+msgstr ""
+"Muestra los usuario conectados en la fecha y hora indicados. Coincide con el "
+"uso de *--since* y *--until* indicando en ambos la misma _fecha_y_hora_."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:69
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:74
-msgid "Display the state of logins since the specified _time_. This is useful, e.g., to easily determine who was logged in at a particular time. The option is often combined with *--until*."
-msgstr "Muestra la situación de los accesos a partir del la _fecha_y_hora_ indicados. Esto suele ser útil para ver quien accedió al sistema en un instante determinado. Esta opción suele combinarse con *--until*."
+msgid ""
+"Display the state of logins since the specified _time_. This is useful, e."
+"g., to easily determine who was logged in at a particular time. The option "
+"is often combined with *--until*."
+msgstr ""
+"Muestra la situación de los accesos a partir del la _fecha_y_hora_ "
+"indicados. Esto suele ser útil para ver quien accedió al sistema en un "
+"instante determinado. Esta opción suele combinarse con *--until*."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:75
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:80
-msgid "Use ASCII *tab* characters to separate the columns in the output instead of spaces."
+msgid ""
+"Use ASCII *tab* characters to separate the columns in the output instead of "
+"spaces."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:83
-msgid "Define the output timestamp _format_ to be one of _notime_, _short_, _full_, or _iso_. The _notime_ variant will not print any timestamps at all, _short_ is the default, and _full_ is the same as the *--fulltimes* option. The _iso_ variant will display the timestamp in ISO-8601 format. The ISO format contains timezone information, making it preferable when printouts are investigated outside of the system."
-msgstr "Define el _formato_ de fecha y hora que se mostrará. Puede ser _notime_, _short_, _full_ o _iso_. La opción _notime_ no mostrará ninguna información de este tipo, _short_ es la opción por defecto y _full_ es lo mismo que *--fulltimes*. La opción _iso_ mostrará la fecha y hora en formato ISO-8601 que contiene información sobre la zona horaria resultando especialmente útil cuando se investigan accesos desde otros equipos."
+msgid ""
+"Define the output timestamp _format_ to be one of _notime_, _short_, _full_, "
+"or _iso_. The _notime_ variant will not print any timestamps at all, _short_ "
+"is the default, and _full_ is the same as the *--fulltimes* option. The "
+"_iso_ variant will display the timestamp in ISO-8601 format. The ISO format "
+"contains timezone information, making it preferable when printouts are "
+"investigated outside of the system."
+msgstr ""
+"Define el _formato_ de fecha y hora que se mostrará. Puede ser _notime_, "
+"_short_, _full_ o _iso_. La opción _notime_ no mostrará ninguna información "
+"de este tipo, _short_ es la opción por defecto y _full_ es lo mismo que *--"
+"fulltimes*. La opción _iso_ mostrará la fecha y hora en formato ISO-8601 que "
+"contiene información sobre la zona horaria resultando especialmente útil "
+"cuando se investigan accesos desde otros equipos."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:84
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:86
-msgid "Display full user names and domain names / IP addresses in the output. Domain names and IP addresses are truncated to 16 characters, and user names are truncated to 8 characters when this flag is not specified. An asterisk is set as the last character of truncated fields."
+msgid ""
+"Display full user names and domain names / IP addresses in the output. "
+"Domain names and IP addresses are truncated to 16 characters, and user names "
+"are truncated to 8 characters when this flag is not specified. An asterisk "
+"is set as the last character of truncated fields."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:89
msgid "Display the system shutdown entries and run level changes."
-msgstr "Muestra las veces que se apagó un equipo y los cambios en los niveles de ejecución."
+msgstr ""
+"Muestra las veces que se apagó un equipo y los cambios en los niveles de "
+"ejecución."
#. type: Title ==
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:92
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:95
-msgid "The options that take the _time_ argument understand the following formats:"
-msgstr "El argumento _fecha_y_hora_ puede expresarse en los siguientes formatos:"
+msgid ""
+"The options that take the _time_ argument understand the following formats:"
+msgstr ""
+"El argumento _fecha_y_hora_ puede expresarse en los siguientes formatos:"
#. type: Table
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:110
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:120
-msgid "The files _wtmp_ and _btmp_ might not be found. The system only logs information in these files if they are present. This is a local configuration issue. If you want the files to be used, they can be created with a simple *touch*(1) command (for example, *touch /var/log/wtmp*)."
-msgstr "Es posible que los ficheros _wtmp_ y _btmp_ no se encuentren en el equipo. Observe que el mismo sólo registrará información en estos ficheros si existen, esto sería un error en la configuración que se subsanaría simplemente creándolos con la orden *touch*(1), es decir ejecutando *touch /var/log/wtmp*."
+msgid ""
+"The files _wtmp_ and _btmp_ might not be found. The system only logs "
+"information in these files if they are present. This is a local "
+"configuration issue. If you want the files to be used, they can be created "
+"with a simple *touch*(1) command (for example, *touch /var/log/wtmp*)."
+msgstr ""
+"Es posible que los ficheros _wtmp_ y _btmp_ no se encuentren en el equipo. "
+"Observe que el mismo sólo registrará información en estos ficheros si "
+"existen, esto sería un error en la configuración que se subsanaría "
+"simplemente creándolos con la orden *touch*(1), es decir ejecutando *touch /"
+"var/log/wtmp*."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:122
-msgid "An empty entry is a valid type of wtmp entry. It means that an empty file or file with zeros is not interpreted as an error."
+msgid ""
+"An empty entry is a valid type of wtmp entry. It means that an empty file or "
+"file with zeros is not interpreted as an error."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:124
-msgid "The utmp file format uses fixed sizes of strings, which means that very long strings are impossible to store in the file and impossible to display by *last*. The usual limits are 32 bytes for a user and line name and 256 bytes for a hostname."
+msgid ""
+"The utmp file format uses fixed sizes of strings, which means that very long "
+"strings are impossible to store in the file and impossible to display by "
+"*last*. The usual limits are 32 bytes for a user and line name and 256 bytes "
+"for a hostname."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "*login* [*-p*] [*-h* _host_] [*-H*] [*-f* _username_|_username_]\n"
msgid "*login* [*-p*] [*-h* _host_] [*-H*] [*-f* _username_|_username_]"
-msgstr "*login* [*-p*] [*-h* _host_] [*-H*] [*-f* _nombre_de_usuario_|_nombre_de_usuario_]\n"
+msgstr ""
+"*login* [*-p*] [*-h* _host_] [*-H*] [*-f* _nombre_de_usuario_|"
+"_nombre_de_usuario_]\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:24
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "If an argument is not given, B<login> prompts for the username."
-msgid "*login* is used when signing onto a system. If no argument is given, *login* prompts for the username."
-msgstr "Si no se da ningún argumento, B<login> pregunta por el nombre de usuario."
+msgid ""
+"*login* is used when signing onto a system. If no argument is given, *login* "
+"prompts for the username."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no se da ningún argumento, B<login> pregunta por el nombre de usuario."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:26
-msgid "The user is then prompted for a password, where appropriate. Echoing is disabled to prevent revealing the password. Only a number of password failures are permitted before *login* exits and the communications link is severed. See *LOGIN_RETRIES* in the *CONFIG FILE ITEMS* section."
+msgid ""
+"The user is then prompted for a password, where appropriate. Echoing is "
+"disabled to prevent revealing the password. Only a number of password "
+"failures are permitted before *login* exits and the communications link is "
+"severed. See *LOGIN_RETRIES* in the *CONFIG FILE ITEMS* section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:28
-msgid "If password aging has been enabled for the account, the user may be prompted for a new password before proceeding. In such case old password must be provided and the new password entered before continuing. Please refer to *passwd*(1) for more information."
+msgid ""
+"If password aging has been enabled for the account, the user may be prompted "
+"for a new password before proceeding. In such case old password must be "
+"provided and the new password entered before continuing. Please refer to "
+"*passwd*(1) for more information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:30
-msgid "The user and group ID will be set according to their values in the _/etc/passwd_ file. There is one exception if the user ID is zero. In this case, only the primary group ID of the account is set. This should allow the system administrator to login even in case of network problems. The environment variable values for *$HOME*, *$USER*, *$SHELL*, *$PATH*, *$LOGNAME*, and *$MAIL* are set according to the appropriate fields in the password entry. *$PATH* defaults to _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ for normal users, and to _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_ for root, if not otherwise configured."
+msgid ""
+"The user and group ID will be set according to their values in the _/etc/"
+"passwd_ file. There is one exception if the user ID is zero. In this case, "
+"only the primary group ID of the account is set. This should allow the "
+"system administrator to login even in case of network problems. The "
+"environment variable values for *$HOME*, *$USER*, *$SHELL*, *$PATH*, "
+"*$LOGNAME*, and *$MAIL* are set according to the appropriate fields in the "
+"password entry. *$PATH* defaults to _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ for "
+"normal users, and to _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/"
+"usr/bin_ for root, if not otherwise configured."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:32
-msgid "The environment variable *$TERM* will be preserved, if it exists, else it will be initialized to the terminal type on your tty. Other environment variables are preserved if the *-p* option is given."
+msgid ""
+"The environment variable *$TERM* will be preserved, if it exists, else it "
+"will be initialized to the terminal type on your tty. Other environment "
+"variables are preserved if the *-p* option is given."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:36
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The user's shell is then started. If no shell is specified for the user in B</etc/passwd>, then B</bin/sh> is used. If there is no directory specified in I</etc/passwd>, then I</> is used (the home directory is checked for the I<.hushlogin> file described above)."
-msgid "Then the user's shell is started. If no shell is specified for the user in _/etc/passwd_, then _/bin/sh_ is used. If the specified shell contains a space, it is treated as a shell script. If there is no home directory specified in _/etc/passwd_, then _/_ is used, followed by _.hushlogin_ check as described below."
-msgstr "A continuación, se inicia el shell del usuario. Si no se especifica ninguno para el usuario en B</etc/passwd>, entonces se usará B</bin/sh>. Si no hay un directorio especificado en I</etc/passwd>, entonces se usará I</> (el directorio del usuario se analizará en busca del fichero I<.hushlogin> descrito más abajo)."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The user's shell is then started. If no shell is specified for the user "
+#| "in B</etc/passwd>, then B</bin/sh> is used. If there is no directory "
+#| "specified in I</etc/passwd>, then I</> is used (the home directory is "
+#| "checked for the I<.hushlogin> file described above)."
+msgid ""
+"Then the user's shell is started. If no shell is specified for the user in _/"
+"etc/passwd_, then _/bin/sh_ is used. If the specified shell contains a "
+"space, it is treated as a shell script. If there is no home directory "
+"specified in _/etc/passwd_, then _/_ is used, followed by _.hushlogin_ check "
+"as described below."
+msgstr ""
+"A continuación, se inicia el shell del usuario. Si no se especifica ninguno "
+"para el usuario en B</etc/passwd>, entonces se usará B</bin/sh>. Si no hay "
+"un directorio especificado en I</etc/passwd>, entonces se usará I</> (el "
+"directorio del usuario se analizará en busca del fichero I<.hushlogin> "
+"descrito más abajo)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:38
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "If the file I<.hushlogin> exists, then a \"quiet\" login is performed (this disables the checking of the checking of mail and the printing of the last login time and message of the day). Otherwise, if I</var/log/lastlog> exists, the last login time is printed (and the current login is recorded)."
-msgid "If the file _.hushlogin_ exists, then a \"quiet\" login is performed. This disables the checking of mail and the printing of the last login time and message of the day. Otherwise, if _/var/log/lastlog_ exists, the last login time is printed, and the current login is recorded."
-msgstr "Si el fichero I<.hushlogin> existe, entonces se realiza un ingreso \"reservado\" (esto deshabilita la comprobación del correo y la escritura de la hora del último ingreso así como el mensaje del día). Por otro lado, si existe I</var/log/lastlog>, la hora del último ingreso se imprime (y el ingreso actual es registrado)."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If the file I<.hushlogin> exists, then a \"quiet\" login is performed "
+#| "(this disables the checking of the checking of mail and the printing of "
+#| "the last login time and message of the day). Otherwise, if I</var/log/"
+#| "lastlog> exists, the last login time is printed (and the current login is "
+#| "recorded)."
+msgid ""
+"If the file _.hushlogin_ exists, then a \"quiet\" login is performed. This "
+"disables the checking of mail and the printing of the last login time and "
+"message of the day. Otherwise, if _/var/log/lastlog_ exists, the last login "
+"time is printed, and the current login is recorded."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el fichero I<.hushlogin> existe, entonces se realiza un ingreso "
+"\"reservado\" (esto deshabilita la comprobación del correo y la escritura de "
+"la hora del último ingreso así como el mensaje del día). Por otro lado, si "
+"existe I</var/log/lastlog>, la hora del último ingreso se imprime (y el "
+"ingreso actual es registrado)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:43
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Used by B<getty>(8) to tell B<login> not to destroy the environment."
-msgid "Used by *getty*(8) to tell *login* to preserve the environment. See also *LOGIN_ENV_SAFELIST* config file item."
-msgstr "Usado por B<getty>(8) para indicar a B<login> que no destruya el entorno."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Used by B<getty>(8) to tell B<login> not to destroy the environment."
+msgid ""
+"Used by *getty*(8) to tell *login* to preserve the environment. See also "
+"*LOGIN_ENV_SAFELIST* config file item."
+msgstr ""
+"Usado por B<getty>(8) para indicar a B<login> que no destruya el entorno."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:44 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:94
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:46
-msgid "Used to skip a login authentication. This option is usually used by the *getty*(8) autologin feature."
+msgid ""
+"Used to skip a login authentication. This option is usually used by the "
+"*getty*(8) autologin feature."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:49
-msgid "Used by other servers (such as *telnetd*(8) to pass the name of the remote host to *login* so that it can be placed in utmp and wtmp. Only the superuser is allowed use this option."
-msgstr "Usado por otros servidores (por ejemplo, *telnetd*(8)) para pasar el nombre del host remoto a *login* de tal manera que pueda ser puesto en utmp y wtmp. Solo el superusuario podrá usar esta opción."
+msgid ""
+"Used by other servers (such as *telnetd*(8) to pass the name of the remote "
+"host to *login* so that it can be placed in utmp and wtmp. Only the "
+"superuser is allowed use this option."
+msgstr ""
+"Usado por otros servidores (por ejemplo, *telnetd*(8)) para pasar el nombre "
+"del host remoto a *login* de tal manera que pueda ser puesto en utmp y wtmp. "
+"Solo el superusuario podrá usar esta opción."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:51
-msgid "Note that the *-h* option has an impact on the *PAM service* *name*. The standard service name is _login_, but with the *-h* option, the name is _remote_. It is necessary to create proper PAM config files (for example, _/etc/pam.d/login_ and _/etc/pam.d/remote_)."
+msgid ""
+"Note that the *-h* option has an impact on the *PAM service* *name*. The "
+"standard service name is _login_, but with the *-h* option, the name is "
+"_remote_. It is necessary to create proper PAM config files (for example, _/"
+"etc/pam.d/login_ and _/etc/pam.d/remote_)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:54
-msgid "Used by other servers (for example, *telnetd*(8)) to tell *login* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: prompt. See also *LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT* below."
+msgid ""
+"Used by other servers (for example, *telnetd*(8)) to tell *login* that "
+"printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: prompt. See also "
+"*LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT* below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:60
-msgid "*login* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see *login.defs*(5)). Note that the configuration file could be distributed with another package (usually shadow-utils). The following configuration items are relevant for *login*:"
+msgid ""
+"*login* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see *login."
+"defs*(5)). Note that the configuration file could be distributed with "
+"another package (usually shadow-utils). The following configuration items "
+"are relevant for *login*:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:63
-msgid "Specifies a \":\" delimited list of \"message of the day\" files and directories to be displayed upon login. If the specified path is a directory then displays all files with .motd file extension in version-sort order from the directory."
+msgid ""
+"Specifies a \":\" delimited list of \"message of the day\" files and "
+"directories to be displayed upon login. If the specified path is a directory "
+"then displays all files with .motd file extension in version-sort order from "
+"the directory."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:65
-msgid "The default value is _/usr/share/misc/motd:/run/motd:/etc/motd_. If the *MOTD_FILE* item is empty or a quiet login is enabled, then the message of the day is not displayed. Note that the same functionality is also provided by the *pam_motd*(8) PAM module."
+msgid ""
+"The default value is _/usr/share/misc/motd:/run/motd:/etc/motd_. If the "
+"*MOTD_FILE* item is empty or a quiet login is enabled, then the message of "
+"the day is not displayed. Note that the same functionality is also provided "
+"by the *pam_motd*(8) PAM module."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:69
-msgid "Note that *login* does not implement any filenames overriding behavior like pam_motd (see also *MOTD_FIRSTONLY*), but all content from all files is displayed. It is recommended to keep extra logic in content generators and use _/run/motd.d_ rather than rely on overriding behavior hardcoded in system tools."
+msgid ""
+"Note that *login* does not implement any filenames overriding behavior like "
+"pam_motd (see also *MOTD_FIRSTONLY*), but all content from all files is "
+"displayed. It is recommended to keep extra logic in content generators and "
+"use _/run/motd.d_ rather than rely on overriding behavior hardcoded in "
+"system tools."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:73
-msgid "Forces *login* to stop display content specified by *MOTD_FILE* after the first accessible item in the list. Note that a directory is one item in this case. This option allows *login* semantics to be configured to be more compatible with pam_motd. The default value is _no_."
+msgid ""
+"Forces *login* to stop display content specified by *MOTD_FILE* after the "
+"first accessible item in the list. Note that a directory is one item in this "
+"case. This option allows *login* semantics to be configured to be more "
+"compatible with pam_motd. The default value is _no_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:77
-msgid "Forces *login* to protect the specified environment variables if *-p* is not used. The string value is a comma-separated list of variable names. For example: \"LANG,LC_MESSAGES,LC_COLLATE\". The safelist is ignored for the environment variables HOME, SHELL and USER."
+msgid ""
+"Forces *login* to protect the specified environment variables if *-p* is not "
+"used. The string value is a comma-separated list of variable names. For "
+"example: \"LANG,LC_MESSAGES,LC_COLLATE\". The safelist is ignored for the "
+"environment variables HOME, SHELL and USER."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:81
-msgid "Tell *login* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: prompt. This is an alternative to the *-H* command line option. The default value is _no_."
+msgid ""
+"Tell *login* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: "
+"prompt. This is an alternative to the *-H* command line option. The default "
+"value is _no_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:89
-msgid "Maximum number of login retries in case of a bad password. The default value is _3_."
+msgid ""
+"Maximum number of login retries in case of a bad password. The default value "
+"is _3_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:93
-msgid "Tell *login* to only re-prompt for the password if authentication failed, but the username is valid. The default value is _no_."
+msgid ""
+"Tell *login* to only re-prompt for the password if authentication failed, "
+"but the username is valid. The default value is _no_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:97
-msgid "Delay in seconds before being allowed another three tries after a login failure. The default value is _5_."
-msgstr "Espera en segundos antes de permitir otros tres intentos después de fallar el proceso de autenticación. El valor predeterminado es _5_."
+msgid ""
+"Delay in seconds before being allowed another three tries after a login "
+"failure. The default value is _5_."
+msgstr ""
+"Espera en segundos antes de permitir otros tres intentos después de fallar "
+"el proceso de autenticación. El valor predeterminado es _5_."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:98
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:101
-msgid "The terminal permissions. The default value is _0600_ or _0620_ if tty group is used. See also *mesg*(1)."
+msgid ""
+"The terminal permissions. The default value is _0600_ or _0620_ if tty group "
+"is used. See also *mesg*(1)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:105
-msgid "The login tty will be owned by the *TTYGROUP*. The default value is _tty_. If the *TTYGROUP* does not exist, then the ownership of the terminal is set to the user's primary group."
+msgid ""
+"The login tty will be owned by the *TTYGROUP*. The default value is _tty_. "
+"If the *TTYGROUP* does not exist, then the ownership of the terminal is set "
+"to the user's primary group."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:107
-msgid "The *TTYGROUP* can be either the name of a group or a numeric group identifier. See also *mesg*(1)."
+msgid ""
+"The *TTYGROUP* can be either the name of a group or a numeric group "
+"identifier. See also *mesg*(1)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:111
-msgid "If defined, this file can inhibit all the usual chatter during the login sequence. If a full pathname (for example, _/etc/hushlogins_) is specified, then hushed mode will be enabled if the user's name or shell are found in the file. If this global hush login file is empty then the hushed mode will be enabled for all users."
+msgid ""
+"If defined, this file can inhibit all the usual chatter during the login "
+"sequence. If a full pathname (for example, _/etc/hushlogins_) is specified, "
+"then hushed mode will be enabled if the user's name or shell are found in "
+"the file. If this global hush login file is empty then the hushed mode will "
+"be enabled for all users."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:113
-msgid "If a full pathname is not specified, then hushed mode will be enabled if the file exists in the user's home directory."
+msgid ""
+"If a full pathname is not specified, then hushed mode will be enabled if the "
+"file exists in the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:115
-msgid "The default is to check _/etc/hushlogins_ and if it does not exist then _~/.hushlogin_."
+msgid ""
+"The default is to check _/etc/hushlogins_ and if it does not exist then _~/."
+"hushlogin_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:117
-msgid "If the *HUSHLOGIN_FILE* item is empty, then all the checks are disabled."
+msgid ""
+"If the *HUSHLOGIN_FILE* item is empty, then all the checks are disabled."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:121
-msgid "Indicate if login is allowed if we cannot change directory to the home directory. If set to _yes_, the user will login in the root (/) directory if it is not possible to change directory to their home. The default value is _yes_."
+msgid ""
+"Indicate if login is allowed if we cannot change directory to the home "
+"directory. If set to _yes_, the user will login in the root (/) directory if "
+"it is not possible to change directory to their home. The default value is "
+"_yes_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:125
-msgid "Highest user ID number for which the _lastlog_ entries should be updated. As higher user IDs are usually tracked by remote user identity and authentication services there is no need to create a huge sparse _lastlog_ file for them. No LASTLOG_UID_MAX option present in the configuration means that there is no user ID limit for writing _lastlog_ entries. The default value is _ULONG_MAX_."
+msgid ""
+"Highest user ID number for which the _lastlog_ entries should be updated. As "
+"higher user IDs are usually tracked by remote user identity and "
+"authentication services there is no need to create a huge sparse _lastlog_ "
+"file for them. No LASTLOG_UID_MAX option present in the configuration means "
+"that there is no user ID limit for writing _lastlog_ entries. The default "
+"value is _ULONG_MAX_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:129
-msgid "Enable display of unknown usernames when login failures are recorded. The default value is _no_."
+msgid ""
+"Enable display of unknown usernames when login failures are recorded. The "
+"default value is _no_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:131
-msgid "Note that logging unknown usernames may be a security issue if a user enters their password instead of their login name."
+msgid ""
+"Note that logging unknown usernames may be a security issue if a user enters "
+"their password instead of their login name."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:135
-msgid "If set, it will be used to define the *PATH* environment variable when a regular user logs in. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
+msgid ""
+"If set, it will be used to define the *PATH* environment variable when a "
+"regular user logs in. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:140
-msgid "If set, it will be used to define the PATH environment variable when the superuser logs in. *ENV_ROOTPATH* takes precedence. The default value is _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_."
+msgid ""
+"If set, it will be used to define the PATH environment variable when the "
+"superuser logs in. *ENV_ROOTPATH* takes precedence. The default value is _/"
+"usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:154
-msgid "_/var/run/utmp_, _/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/lastlog_, _/var/spool/mail/*_, _/etc/motd_, _/etc/passwd_, _/etc/nologin_, _/etc/pam.d/login_, _/etc/pam.d/remote_, _/etc/hushlogins_, _$HOME/.hushlogin_"
-msgstr "_/var/run/utmp_, _/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/lastlog_, _/var/spool/mail/*_, _/etc/motd_, _/etc/passwd_, _/etc/nologin_, _/etc/pam.d/login_, _/etc/pam.d/remote_, _/etc/hushlogins_, _$HOME/.hushlogin_"
+msgid ""
+"_/var/run/utmp_, _/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/lastlog_, _/var/spool/mail/*_, _/"
+"etc/motd_, _/etc/passwd_, _/etc/nologin_, _/etc/pam.d/login_, _/etc/pam.d/"
+"remote_, _/etc/hushlogins_, _$HOME/.hushlogin_"
+msgstr ""
+"_/var/run/utmp_, _/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/lastlog_, _/var/spool/mail/*_, _/"
+"etc/motd_, _/etc/passwd_, _/etc/nologin_, _/etc/pam.d/login_, _/etc/pam.d/"
+"remote_, _/etc/hushlogins_, _$HOME/.hushlogin_"
#. type: Title ==
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:155 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:324
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:158
-msgid "*login* supports configuration via systemd credentials (see https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS/). *login* reads the following systemd credentials:"
+msgid ""
+"*login* supports configuration via systemd credentials (see https://systemd."
+"io/CREDENTIALS/). *login* reads the following systemd credentials:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:162
-msgid "If set, configures *login* to skip login authentication, similarly to the *-f* option."
+msgid ""
+"If set, configures *login* to skip login authentication, similarly to the *-"
+"f* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:166
-msgid "The undocumented BSD *-r* option is not supported. This may be required by some *rlogind*(8) programs."
-msgstr "La opción no documentada *-r* de BSD no está soportada. Esta podría ser requerida por algún programa *rlogind*(8)"
+msgid ""
+"The undocumented BSD *-r* option is not supported. This may be required by "
+"some *rlogind*(8) programs."
+msgstr ""
+"La opción no documentada *-r* de BSD no está soportada. Esta podría ser "
+"requerida por algún programa *rlogind*(8)"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:168
-msgid "A recursive login, as used to be possible in the good old days, no longer works; for most purposes *su*(1) is a satisfactory substitute. Indeed, for security reasons, *login* does a *vhangup*(2) system call to remove any possible listening processes on the tty. This is to avoid password sniffing. If one uses the command *login*, then the surrounding shell gets killed by *vhangup*(2) because it's no longer the true owner of the tty. This can be avoided by using *exec login* in a top-level shell or xterm."
+msgid ""
+"A recursive login, as used to be possible in the good old days, no longer "
+"works; for most purposes *su*(1) is a satisfactory substitute. Indeed, for "
+"security reasons, *login* does a *vhangup*(2) system call to remove any "
+"possible listening processes on the tty. This is to avoid password sniffing. "
+"If one uses the command *login*, then the surrounding shell gets killed by "
+"*vhangup*(2) because it's no longer the true owner of the tty. This can be "
+"avoided by using *exec login* in a top-level shell or xterm."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:172
-msgid "Derived from BSD login 5.40 (5/9/89) by mailto:glad@daimi.dk[Michael Glad] for HP-UX. Ported to Linux 0.12: mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]. Rewritten to a PAM-only version by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid ""
+"Derived from BSD login 5.40 (5/9/89) by mailto:glad@daimi.dk[Michael Glad] "
+"for HP-UX. Ported to Linux 0.12: mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]. "
+"Rewritten to a PAM-only version by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#| "*init*(8),\n"
#| "*lastlog*(8),\n"
#| "*shutdown*(8)\n"
-msgid "*mail*(1), *passwd*(1), *passwd*(5), *utmp*(5), *environ*(7), *getty*(8), *init*(8), *lastlog*(8), *shutdown*(8)"
+msgid ""
+"*mail*(1), *passwd*(1), *passwd*(5), *utmp*(5), *environ*(7), *getty*(8), "
+"*init*(8), *lastlog*(8), *shutdown*(8)"
msgstr ""
"*mail*(1),\n"
"*passwd*(1),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:18
-msgid "*lslogins* [options] [*-s*|*-u*[**=**_UID_]] [*-g* _groups_] [*-l* _logins_] [_username_]"
+msgid ""
+"*lslogins* [options] [*-s*|*-u*[**=**_UID_]] [*-g* _groups_] [*-l* _logins_] "
+"[_username_]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:22
-msgid "Examine the wtmp and btmp logs, _/etc/shadow_ (if necessary) and _/passwd_ and output the desired data."
+msgid ""
+"Examine the wtmp and btmp logs, _/etc/shadow_ (if necessary) and _/passwd_ "
+"and output the desired data."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:24
-msgid "The optional argument _username_ forces *lslogins* to print all available details about the specified user only. In this case the output format is different than in case of *-l* or *-g* and unknown is _username_ reported as an error."
+msgid ""
+"The optional argument _username_ forces *lslogins* to print all available "
+"details about the specified user only. In this case the output format is "
+"different than in case of *-l* or *-g* and unknown is _username_ reported as "
+"an error."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:30
-msgid "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too."
+msgid ""
+"Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:33
-msgid "Display data about the date of last password change and the account expiration date (see *shadow*(5) for more info). (Requires root privileges.)"
+msgid ""
+"Display data about the date of last password change and the account "
+"expiration date (see *shadow*(5) for more info). (Requires root privileges.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:51
-msgid "Only show data of users belonging to _groups_. More than one group may be specified; the list has to be comma-separated. Unknown group names are ignored."
+msgid ""
+"Only show data of users belonging to _groups_. More than one group may be "
+"specified; the list has to be comma-separated. Unknown group names are "
+"ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:53
-msgid "Note that the relation between user and group may be invisible for the primary group if the user is not explicitly specified as group member (e.g., in _/etc/group_). If the command *lslogins* scans for groups then it uses the groups database only, and the user database with primary GID is not used at all."
+msgid ""
+"Note that the relation between user and group may be invisible for the "
+"primary group if the user is not explicitly specified as group member (e.g., "
+"in _/etc/group_). If the command *lslogins* scans for groups then it uses "
+"the groups database only, and the user database with primary GID is not used "
+"at all."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:56
-msgid "Display data containing information about the users' last login sessions."
+msgid ""
+"Display data containing information about the users' last login sessions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:59
-msgid "Only show data of users with a login specified in _logins_ (user names or user IDs). More than one login may be specified; the list has to be comma-separated. Unknown login names are ignored."
+msgid ""
+"Only show data of users with a login specified in _logins_ (user names or "
+"user IDs). More than one login may be specified; the list has to be comma-"
+"separated. Unknown login names are ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:65 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:110
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:93 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:48
-#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:55 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:57
+#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:55 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:60
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:75 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:44
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:45
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:32
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:71
-msgid "Specify which output columns to print. The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _+list_."
+msgid ""
+"Specify which output columns to print. The default list of columns may be "
+"extended if _list_ is specified in the format _+list_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:74
-msgid "Output all available columns. *--help* to get a list of all supported columns."
+msgid ""
+"Output all available columns. *--help* to get a list of all supported "
+"columns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:83
-msgid "Show system accounts. These are by default all accounts with a UID between 101 and 999 (inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody (UID 65534). This hardcoded default may be overwritten by parameters *SYS_UID_MIN* and *SYS_UID_MAX* in the file _/etc/login.defs_."
+msgid ""
+"Show system accounts. These are by default all accounts with a UID between "
+"101 and 999 (inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody "
+"(UID 65534). This hardcoded default may be overwritten by parameters "
+"*SYS_UID_MIN* and *SYS_UID_MAX* in the file _/etc/login.defs_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:93
-msgid "Display dates in short, full or iso format. The default is short, this time format is designed to be space efficient and human readable."
+msgid ""
+"Display dates in short, full or iso format. The default is short, this time "
+"format is designed to be space efficient and human readable."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:89
-msgid "Show user accounts. These are by default all accounts with UID above 1000 (inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody (UID 65534). This hardcoded default maybe overwritten by parameters UID_MIN and UID_MAX in the file _/etc/login.defs_."
+msgid ""
+"Show user accounts. These are by default all accounts with UID above 1000 "
+"(inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody (UID 65534). "
+"This hardcoded default maybe overwritten by parameters UID_MIN and UID_MAX "
+"in the file _/etc/login.defs_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:98 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:208
-#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:177 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:97
+#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:175 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:97
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
msgid "*-y*, *--shell*"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:100 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:99
-msgid "The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for shell variable identifiers. This is usable, for example, with *--export*. Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--export* in version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request this behavior by *--shell*."
+msgid ""
+"The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for "
+"shell variable identifiers. This is usable, for example, with *--export*. "
+"Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--export* in "
+"version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request "
+"this behavior by *--shell*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:128
-msgid "The password is prefixed by '!!', and the user cannot login although the password is set or empty. This is common for new accounts without a set password."
+msgid ""
+"The password is prefixed by '!!', and the user cannot login although the "
+"password is set or empty. This is common for new accounts without a set "
+"password."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:131
-msgid "The password is not set (hash is missing); this is common for locked system accounts. Not requiring a password does not mean the user can log-in without a password. It depends on the password \"lock\" status."
+msgid ""
+"The password is not set (hash is missing); this is common for locked system "
+"accounts. Not requiring a password does not mean the user can log-in without "
+"a password. It depends on the password \"lock\" status."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:134
-msgid "'yes' means that there is no valid password. The password hash is missing, or the hash method is unknown or contains invalid chars."
+msgid ""
+"'yes' means that there is no valid password. The password hash is missing, "
+"or the hash method is unknown or contains invalid chars."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:135 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:59
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:132 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:152
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:68 ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:733
-#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:181 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:90
+#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:181 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:92
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:139 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:111
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1719 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:92
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1721 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:92
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:118 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:165
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:206 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:108
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:151 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:77
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:138
-msgid "The *lslogins* utility is inspired by the *logins* utility, which first appeared in FreeBSD 4.10."
+msgid ""
+"The *lslogins* utility is inspired by the *logins* utility, which first "
+"appeared in FreeBSD 4.10."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:143 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:119
-msgid "mailto:ooprala@redhat.com[Ondrej Oprala], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgstr "mailto:ooprala@redhat.com[Ondrej Oprala], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid ""
+"mailto:ooprala@redhat.com[Ondrej Oprala], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgstr ""
+"mailto:ooprala@redhat.com[Ondrej Oprala], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:150
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:28
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*newgrp* changes the group identification of its caller, analogously to *login*(1). The same person remains logged in, and the current directory is unchanged, but calculations of access permissions to files are performed with respect to the new group ID.\n"
-msgid "*newgrp* changes the group identification of its caller, analogously to *login*(1). The same person remains logged in, and the current directory is unchanged, but calculations of access permissions to files are performed with respect to the new group ID."
-msgstr "*newgrp* cambia la identificación de grupo de su invocador, análogamente a *login*(1). La misma persona queda ingresada, y el directorio actual no es modificado, pero los cálculos de los permisos de acceso a los ficheros se realizan con respecto al nuevo ID de grupo.\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*newgrp* changes the group identification of its caller, analogously to "
+#| "*login*(1). The same person remains logged in, and the current directory "
+#| "is unchanged, but calculations of access permissions to files are "
+#| "performed with respect to the new group ID.\n"
+msgid ""
+"*newgrp* changes the group identification of its caller, analogously to "
+"*login*(1). The same person remains logged in, and the current directory is "
+"unchanged, but calculations of access permissions to files are performed "
+"with respect to the new group ID."
+msgstr ""
+"*newgrp* cambia la identificación de grupo de su invocador, análogamente a "
+"*login*(1). La misma persona queda ingresada, y el directorio actual no es "
+"modificado, pero los cálculos de los permisos de acceso a los ficheros se "
+"realizan con respecto al nuevo ID de grupo.\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:30
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:32
-msgid "An optional command can be specified, which is invoked after group change instead of the user's shell."
+msgid ""
+"An optional command can be specified, which is invoked after group change "
+"instead of the user's shell."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:48
-msgid "Originally by Michael Haardt. Currently maintained by mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]."
-msgstr "Originalmente por Michael Haardt. Actualmente mantenido por mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]."
+msgid ""
+"Originally by Michael Haardt. Currently maintained by mailto:poe@daimi.aau."
+"dk[Peter Orbaek]."
+msgstr ""
+"Originalmente por Michael Haardt. Actualmente mantenido por mailto:poe@daimi."
+"aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:53
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:20
-msgid "*nologin* displays a message that an account is not available and exits non-zero. It is intended as a replacement shell field to deny login access to an account."
+msgid ""
+"*nologin* displays a message that an account is not available and exits non-"
+"zero. It is intended as a replacement shell field to deny login access to an "
+"account."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:22
-msgid "If the file _/etc/nologin.txt_ exists, *nologin* displays its contents to the user instead of the default message."
+msgid ""
+"If the file _/etc/nologin.txt_ exists, *nologin* displays its contents to "
+"the user instead of the default message."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:24
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The exit status returned by B<mkfs> is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The exit status returned by B<mkfs> is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
msgid "The exit status returned by *nologin* is always 1."
-msgstr "El código de salida devuelto por B<mkfs> es 0 si acaba con éxito y 1 si acaba en fallo."
+msgstr ""
+"El código de salida devuelto por B<mkfs> es 0 si acaba con éxito y 1 si "
+"acaba en fallo."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:26
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:56
-msgid "*nologin* is a per-account way to disable login (usually used for system accounts like http or ftp). *nologin* uses _/etc/nologin.txt_ as an optional source for a non-default message, the login access is always refused independently of the file."
+msgid ""
+"*nologin* is a per-account way to disable login (usually used for system "
+"accounts like http or ftp). *nologin* uses _/etc/nologin.txt_ as an optional "
+"source for a non-default message, the login access is always refused "
+"independently of the file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:58
-msgid "*pam_nologin*(8) PAM module usually prevents all non-root users from logging into the system. *pam_nologin*(8) functionality is controlled by _/var/run/nologin_ or the _/etc/nologin_ file."
+msgid ""
+"*pam_nologin*(8) PAM module usually prevents all non-root users from logging "
+"into the system. *pam_nologin*(8) functionality is controlled by _/var/run/"
+"nologin_ or the _/etc/nologin_ file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "su - run a shell with substitute user and group IDs"
msgid "runuser - run a command with substitute user and group ID"
-msgstr "su - ejecuta una shell con identificadores de grupo y de usuario distintos"
+msgstr ""
+"su - ejecuta una shell con identificadores de grupo y de usuario distintos"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:16
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:22
-msgid "*runuser* can be used to run commands with a substitute user and group ID. If the option *-u* is not given, *runuser* falls back to *su*-compatible semantics and a shell is executed. The difference between the commands *runuser* and *su* is that *runuser* does not ask for a password (because it may be executed by the root user only) and it uses a different PAM configuration. The command *runuser* does not have to be installed with set-user-ID permissions."
+msgid ""
+"*runuser* can be used to run commands with a substitute user and group ID. "
+"If the option *-u* is not given, *runuser* falls back to *su*-compatible "
+"semantics and a shell is executed. The difference between the commands "
+"*runuser* and *su* is that *runuser* does not ask for a password (because it "
+"may be executed by the root user only) and it uses a different PAM "
+"configuration. The command *runuser* does not have to be installed with set-"
+"user-ID permissions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:24
-msgid "If the PAM session is not required, then the recommended solution is to use the *setpriv*(1) command."
+msgid ""
+"If the PAM session is not required, then the recommended solution is to use "
+"the *setpriv*(1) command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:26
-msgid "When called without arguments, *runuser* defaults to running an interactive shell as _root_."
+msgid ""
+"When called without arguments, *runuser* defaults to running an interactive "
+"shell as _root_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:28
-msgid "For backward compatibility, *runuser* defaults to not changing the current directory and to setting only the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* (plus *USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). This version of *runuser* uses PAM for session management."
+msgid ""
+"For backward compatibility, *runuser* defaults to not changing the current "
+"directory and to setting only the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* "
+"(plus *USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). This version "
+"of *runuser* uses PAM for session management."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:30
-msgid "Note that *runuser* in all cases use PAM (pam_getenvlist()) to do the final environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM."
+msgid ""
+"Note that *runuser* in all cases use PAM (pam_getenvlist()) to do the final "
+"environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--"
+"preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:32
-msgid "Since version 2.38 *runuser* resets process resource limits RLIMIT_NICE, RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS and RLIMIT_NOFILE."
+msgid ""
+"Since version 2.38 *runuser* resets process resource limits RLIMIT_NICE, "
+"RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS and RLIMIT_NOFILE."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:40 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:41
-msgid "Pass *-f* to the shell, which may or may not be useful, depending on the shell."
-msgstr "Envía *-f* a la interfaz de órdenes, que puede o no ser útil, dependiendo de la interfaz de órdenes."
+msgid ""
+"Pass *-f* to the shell, which may or may not be useful, depending on the "
+"shell."
+msgstr ""
+"Envía *-f* a la interfaz de órdenes, que puede o no ser útil, dependiendo de "
+"la interfaz de órdenes."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:41
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:43
-msgid "The primary group to be used. This option is allowed for the root user only."
+msgid ""
+"The primary group to be used. This option is allowed for the root user only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:46 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:47
-msgid "Specify a supplementary group. This option is available to the root user only. The first specified supplementary group is also used as a primary group if the option *--group* is not specified."
-msgstr "Especifica un grupo suplementario. Esta opción está disponible solo para el usuario root. Si no se especifica la opción *--group*, el primer grupo suplementario especificado también se usa como grupo primario."
+msgid ""
+"Specify a supplementary group. This option is available to the root user "
+"only. The first specified supplementary group is also used as a primary "
+"group if the option *--group* is not specified."
+msgstr ""
+"Especifica un grupo suplementario. Esta opción está disponible solo para el "
+"usuario root. Si no se especifica la opción *--group*, el primer grupo "
+"suplementario especificado también se usa como grupo primario."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:47 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:48
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:49
-msgid "Start the shell as a login shell with an environment similar to a real login:"
-msgstr "Inicia la interfaz de órdenes con sesión (n. del t. login shell) con un entorno parecido a una sesión real:"
+msgid ""
+"Start the shell as a login shell with an environment similar to a real login:"
+msgstr ""
+"Inicia la interfaz de órdenes con sesión (n. del t. login shell) con un "
+"entorno parecido a una sesión real:"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:51
-msgid "clears all the environment variables except for *TERM* and variables specified by *--whitelist-environment*"
-msgstr "limpia todas las variables de entorno excepto *TERM* y las variables especificadas por *--whitelist-environment*"
+msgid ""
+"clears all the environment variables except for *TERM* and variables "
+"specified by *--whitelist-environment*"
+msgstr ""
+"limpia todas las variables de entorno excepto *TERM* y las variables "
+"especificadas por *--whitelist-environment*"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:52 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:60
-msgid "initializes the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, and *PATH*"
-msgstr "inicializa las variables de entorno *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME* y *PATH*"
+msgid ""
+"initializes the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, "
+"and *PATH*"
+msgstr ""
+"inicializa las variables de entorno *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME* y "
+"*PATH*"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:53 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:61
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:54 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:62
-msgid "sets argv[0] of the shell to '*-*' in order to make the shell a login shell"
-msgstr "establece argv[0] de la interfaz de órdenes a *-* para hacerla una interfaz de órdenes con sesión"
+msgid ""
+"sets argv[0] of the shell to '*-*' in order to make the shell a login shell"
+msgstr ""
+"establece argv[0] de la interfaz de órdenes a *-* para hacerla una interfaz "
+"de órdenes con sesión"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:55 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:63
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:57
-msgid "Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or *LOGNAME*. The option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified."
+msgid ""
+"Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or "
+"*LOGNAME*. The option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:60
-msgid "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original session. This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal injection and other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session can also be moved to the background (e.g., *runuser --pty* *-u* _user_ *--* _command_ *&*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *runuser* works as a proxy between the sessions (sync stdin and stdout)."
+msgid ""
+"Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides "
+"better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original "
+"session. This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal injection and "
+"other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session "
+"can also be moved to the background (e.g., *runuser --pty* *-u* _user_ *--* "
+"_command_ *&*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *runuser* works as a "
+"proxy between the sessions (sync stdin and stdout)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:62
-msgid "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | runuser --pty -u* _user_), then the *ECHO* flag for the pseudo-terminal is disabled to avoid messy output."
+msgid ""
+"This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard "
+"input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | "
+"runuser --pty -u* _user_), then the *ECHO* flag for the pseudo-terminal is "
+"disabled to avoid messy output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:65
-msgid "Run the specified _shell_ instead of the default. The shell to run is selected according to the following rules, in order:"
+msgid ""
+"Run the specified _shell_ instead of the default. The shell to run is "
+"selected according to the following rules, in order:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:68
-msgid "the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL* if the *--preserve-environment* option is used"
+msgid ""
+"the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL* if the *--preserve-"
+"environment* option is used"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:69 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:79
msgid "the shell listed in the passwd entry of the target user"
-msgstr "la interfaz de órdenes de la cuenta del usuario objetivo como aparece en passwd"
+msgstr ""
+"la interfaz de órdenes de la cuenta del usuario objetivo como aparece en "
+"passwd"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:70 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:80
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:72
-msgid "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/shells_), then the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables are ignored unless the calling user is root."
+msgid ""
+"If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/"
+"shells_), then the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables "
+"are ignored unless the calling user is root."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:76 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:84
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "*-T*, *--no-pty**"
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "*-T*, *--no-pty**"
+msgid "*-T*, *--no-pty*"
msgstr "*-T*, *--no-pty**"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:79 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:87
-msgid "Do not create a pseudo-terminal, opposite of *--pty* and *-P*. Note that running without a pseudo-terminal opens the security risk of privilege escalation through TIOCSTI/TIOCLINUX ioctl command injection."
-msgstr "No crea una pseudo-terminal, opuesto a *--pty* y a *-P*. Tenga en cuenta que invocar sin una pseudo-terminal abre un riesgo de seguridad de escalamiento de privilegios mediante inyección de la orden ioctl TIOCSTI/TIOCLINUX."
+msgid ""
+"Do not create a pseudo-terminal, opposite of *--pty* and *-P*. Note that "
+"running without a pseudo-terminal opens the security risk of privilege "
+"escalation through TIOCSTI/TIOCLINUX ioctl command injection."
+msgstr ""
+"No crea una pseudo-terminal, opuesto a *--pty* y a *-P*. Tenga en cuenta que "
+"invocar sin una pseudo-terminal abre un riesgo de seguridad de escalamiento "
+"de privilegios mediante inyección de la orden ioctl TIOCSTI/TIOCLINUX."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:80
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:82
-msgid "Run _command_ with the effective user ID and group ID of the user name _user_."
+msgid ""
+"Run _command_ with the effective user ID and group ID of the user name "
+"_user_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:85 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:90
-msgid "Don't reset the environment variables specified in the comma-separated _list_ when clearing the environment for *--login*. The whitelist is ignored for the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, and *PATH*."
-msgstr "No reinicia las variables de entorno especificadas en la _lista_ separada por comas cuando se limpia el entorno para *--login*. Se ignora la lista de aprobados para las variables de entorno *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME* y *PATH*."
+msgid ""
+"Don't reset the environment variables specified in the comma-separated "
+"_list_ when clearing the environment for *--login*. The whitelist is ignored "
+"for the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, and *PATH*."
+msgstr ""
+"No reinicia las variables de entorno especificadas en la _lista_ separada "
+"por comas cuando se limpia el entorno para *--login*. Se ignora la lista de "
+"aprobados para las variables de entorno *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME* y "
+"*PATH*."
#. type: Title ==
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:88 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:97
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:91
-msgid "*runuser* reads the _/etc/default/runuser_ and _/etc/login.defs_ configuration files. The following configuration items are relevant for *runuser*:"
+msgid ""
+"*runuser* reads the _/etc/default/runuser_ and _/etc/login.defs_ "
+"configuration files. The following configuration items are relevant for "
+"*runuser*:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:94
-msgid "Defines the PATH environment variable for a regular user. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
+msgid ""
+"Defines the PATH environment variable for a regular user. The default value "
+"is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:98 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:111
-msgid "Defines the *PATH* environment variable for root. *ENV_SUPATH* takes precedence. The default value is _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_."
-msgstr "Define la variable de entorno *PATH* para root. *ENV_SUPATH* toma precedencia. El valor predeterminado es _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_."
+msgid ""
+"Defines the *PATH* environment variable for root. *ENV_SUPATH* takes "
+"precedence. The default value is _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/"
+"usr/sbin:/usr/bin_."
+msgstr ""
+"Define la variable de entorno *PATH* para root. *ENV_SUPATH* toma "
+"precedencia. El valor predeterminado es _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/"
+"sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:99 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:112
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:101
-msgid "If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not specified *runuser* initializes *PATH*."
-msgstr "Si se establece a _yes_ y *--login* y *--preserve-environment* no se especifican, entonces *runuser* inicializa *PATH*."
+msgid ""
+"If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not "
+"specified *runuser* initializes *PATH*."
+msgstr ""
+"Si se establece a _yes_ y *--login* y *--preserve-environment* no se "
+"especifican, entonces *runuser* inicializa *PATH*."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:103 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:116
-msgid "The environment variable *PATH* may be different on systems where _/bin_ and _/sbin_ are merged into _/usr_; this variable is also affected by the *--login* command-line option and the PAM system setting (e.g., *pam_env*(8))."
-msgstr "La variable de entorno *PATH* puede ser diferente en sistemas donde _/bin_ y _/sbin_ se fusionan en _/usr_; esta variable también se ve afectada por la opción de línea de órdenes *--login* y la configuración del sistema PAM (por ejemplo, *pam_env*(8))."
+msgid ""
+"The environment variable *PATH* may be different on systems where _/bin_ and "
+"_/sbin_ are merged into _/usr_; this variable is also affected by the *--"
+"login* command-line option and the PAM system setting (e.g., *pam_env*(8))."
+msgstr ""
+"La variable de entorno *PATH* puede ser diferente en sistemas donde _/bin_ y "
+"_/sbin_ se fusionan en _/usr_; esta variable también se ve afectada por la "
+"opción de línea de órdenes *--login* y la configuración del sistema PAM (por "
+"ejemplo, *pam_env*(8))."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:107
-msgid "*runuser* normally returns the exit status of the command it executed. If the command was killed by a signal, *runuser* returns the number of the signal plus 128."
+msgid ""
+"*runuser* normally returns the exit status of the command it executed. If "
+"the command was killed by a signal, *runuser* returns the number of the "
+"signal plus 128."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:135
-msgid "This *runuser* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on an implementation by David MacKenzie, and the Fedora *runuser* command by Dan Walsh."
+msgid ""
+"This *runuser* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on "
+"an implementation by David MacKenzie, and the Fedora *runuser* command by "
+"Dan Walsh."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:13
msgid "su - run a command with substitute user and group ID"
-msgstr "su - ejecuta una orden con identificadores de grupo y de usuario alternativos"
+msgstr ""
+"su - ejecuta una orden con identificadores de grupo y de usuario alternativos"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:17
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:21
msgid "*su* allows commands to be run with a substitute user and group ID."
-msgstr "*su* permite invocar órdenes con identificadores de usuario y grupo distintos."
+msgstr ""
+"*su* permite invocar órdenes con identificadores de usuario y grupo "
+"distintos."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:23
-msgid "When called with no _user_ specified, *su* defaults to running an interactive shell as _root_. When _user_ is specified, additional __argument__s can be supplied, in which case they are passed to the shell."
-msgstr "Cuando se invoca sin especificar _usuario_, *su* lanza una interfaz de órdenes interactiva como _root_. Cuando se especifica el _usuario_, se pueden pasar __argumento__s adicionales, en cuyo caso se pasan a la interfaz de órdenes."
+msgid ""
+"When called with no _user_ specified, *su* defaults to running an "
+"interactive shell as _root_. When _user_ is specified, additional "
+"__argument__s can be supplied, in which case they are passed to the shell."
+msgstr ""
+"Cuando se invoca sin especificar _usuario_, *su* lanza una interfaz de "
+"órdenes interactiva como _root_. Cuando se especifica el _usuario_, se "
+"pueden pasar __argumento__s adicionales, en cuyo caso se pasan a la interfaz "
+"de órdenes."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:25
-msgid "For backward compatibility, *su* defaults to not change the current directory and to only set the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* (plus *USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). It is recommended to always use the *--login* option (instead of its shortcut *-*) to avoid side effects caused by mixing environments."
-msgstr "Buscando compatibilidad con versiones anteriores, *su* establece no cambiar el directorio actual y definir solo las variables de entorno *HOME* y *SHELL* (además de *USER* y *LOGNAME* si el _usuario_ objetivo no es root). Se recomienda usar siempre la opción *--login* (en lugar de su atajo *-*) para evitar efectos secundarios causados al mezclar entornos."
+msgid ""
+"For backward compatibility, *su* defaults to not change the current "
+"directory and to only set the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* (plus "
+"*USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). It is recommended to "
+"always use the *--login* option (instead of its shortcut *-*) to avoid side "
+"effects caused by mixing environments."
+msgstr ""
+"Buscando compatibilidad con versiones anteriores, *su* establece no cambiar "
+"el directorio actual y definir solo las variables de entorno *HOME* y "
+"*SHELL* (además de *USER* y *LOGNAME* si el _usuario_ objetivo no es root). "
+"Se recomienda usar siempre la opción *--login* (en lugar de su atajo *-*) "
+"para evitar efectos secundarios causados al mezclar entornos."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:27
-msgid "This version of *su* uses PAM for authentication, account and session management. Some configuration options found in other *su* implementations, such as support for a wheel group, have to be configured via PAM."
-msgstr "Esta versión de *su* usa PAM para autenticación, gestión de cuentas y sesiones. Algunas opciones de configuración presentes en otras implementaciones de *su*, como el soporte para el grupo wheel, se configuran a través de PAM."
+msgid ""
+"This version of *su* uses PAM for authentication, account and session "
+"management. Some configuration options found in other *su* implementations, "
+"such as support for a wheel group, have to be configured via PAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta versión de *su* usa PAM para autenticación, gestión de cuentas y "
+"sesiones. Algunas opciones de configuración presentes en otras "
+"implementaciones de *su*, como el soporte para el grupo wheel, se configuran "
+"a través de PAM."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:29
-msgid "*su* is mostly designed for unprivileged users, the recommended solution for privileged users (e.g., scripts executed by root) is to use non-set-user-ID command *runuser*(1) that does not require authentication and provides separate PAM configuration. If the PAM session is not required at all then the recommended solution is to use command *setpriv*(1)."
-msgstr "*su* se diseñó principalmente para usuarios sin privilegios, la solución recomendada para usuarios con privilegios (por ejemplo, scripts ejecutados como root) es usar la orden *runuser*(1) que no requiere autenticación y proporciona una configuración PAM separada. Si no se requiere la sesión PAM, entonces se recomienda usar la orden *setpriv*(1)."
+msgid ""
+"*su* is mostly designed for unprivileged users, the recommended solution for "
+"privileged users (e.g., scripts executed by root) is to use non-set-user-ID "
+"command *runuser*(1) that does not require authentication and provides "
+"separate PAM configuration. If the PAM session is not required at all then "
+"the recommended solution is to use command *setpriv*(1)."
+msgstr ""
+"*su* se diseñó principalmente para usuarios sin privilegios, la solución "
+"recomendada para usuarios con privilegios (por ejemplo, scripts ejecutados "
+"como root) es usar la orden *runuser*(1) que no requiere autenticación y "
+"proporciona una configuración PAM separada. Si no se requiere la sesión PAM, "
+"entonces se recomienda usar la orden *setpriv*(1)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:31
-msgid "Note that *su* in all cases uses PAM (*pam_getenvlist*(3)) to do the final environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM."
-msgstr "Tenga en cuenta que *su* en todos los casos usa PAM (*pam_getenvlist*(3)) para realizar la modificación final del entorno. Las opciones de línea de órdenes como *--login* y *--preserve-environment* afectan al entorno antes de que sea modificado por PAM."
+msgid ""
+"Note that *su* in all cases uses PAM (*pam_getenvlist*(3)) to do the final "
+"environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--"
+"preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM."
+msgstr ""
+"Tenga en cuenta que *su* en todos los casos usa PAM (*pam_getenvlist*(3)) "
+"para realizar la modificación final del entorno. Las opciones de línea de "
+"órdenes como *--login* y *--preserve-environment* afectan al entorno antes "
+"de que sea modificado por PAM."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:33
-msgid "Since version 2.38 *su* resets process resource limits RLIMIT_NICE, RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS and RLIMIT_NOFILE."
-msgstr "Desde la versión 2.38 *su* reinicia los límites de recursos de proceso RLIMIT_NICE, RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS y RLIMIT_NOFILE."
+msgid ""
+"Since version 2.38 *su* resets process resource limits RLIMIT_NICE, "
+"RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS and RLIMIT_NOFILE."
+msgstr ""
+"Desde la versión 2.38 *su* reinicia los límites de recursos de proceso "
+"RLIMIT_NICE, RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS y RLIMIT_NOFILE."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:36
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:44
-msgid "Specify the primary group. This option is available to the root user only."
-msgstr "Especifica el grupo primario. Esta opción está disponible solo para el usuario root."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the primary group. This option is available to the root user only."
+msgstr ""
+"Especifica el grupo primario. Esta opción está disponible solo para el "
+"usuario root."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:45
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:50
-msgid "Start the shell as a login shell with an environment similar to a real login."
-msgstr "Inicia la interfaz de órdenes con sesión (n. del t. login shell) con un entorno parecido a una sesión real."
+msgid ""
+"Start the shell as a login shell with an environment similar to a real login."
+msgstr ""
+"Inicia la interfaz de órdenes con sesión (n. del t. login shell) con un "
+"entorno parecido a una sesión real."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:55
-msgid "Note that on systemd-based systems, a new session may be defined as a real entry point to the system. However, *su* does not create a real session (by PAM) from this point of view. You need to use tools like *systemd-run* or *machinectl* to initiate a complete, real session."
-msgstr "Tenga en cuenta que en entornos basados en systemd se puede definir una nueva sesión como punto de entrada real al sistema. Sin embargo, *su* no crea una sesión real (por PAM) desde este punto de vista. Es necesario que use herramientas como *systemd-run* o *machinectl* para iniciar una sesión completa y real."
+msgid ""
+"Note that on systemd-based systems, a new session may be defined as a real "
+"entry point to the system. However, *su* does not create a real session (by "
+"PAM) from this point of view. You need to use tools like *systemd-run* or "
+"*machinectl* to initiate a complete, real session."
+msgstr ""
+"Tenga en cuenta que en entornos basados en systemd se puede definir una "
+"nueva sesión como punto de entrada real al sistema. Sin embargo, *su* no "
+"crea una sesión real (por PAM) desde este punto de vista. Es necesario que "
+"use herramientas como *systemd-run* o *machinectl* para iniciar una sesión "
+"completa y real."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:57
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:59
-msgid "clears all the environment variables except *TERM* and variables specified by *--whitelist-environment*"
-msgstr "limpia todas las variables de entorno excepto *TERM* y las variables especificadas por *--whitelist-environment*"
+msgid ""
+"clears all the environment variables except *TERM* and variables specified "
+"by *--whitelist-environment*"
+msgstr ""
+"limpia todas las variables de entorno excepto *TERM* y las variables "
+"especificadas por *--whitelist-environment*"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:65
-msgid "Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or *LOGNAME*. This option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified."
-msgstr "Preserva el entorno completo, es decir, no establece *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* o *LOGNAME*. Esta opción se ignora si se especifica la opción *--login*."
+msgid ""
+"Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or "
+"*LOGNAME*. This option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified."
+msgstr ""
+"Preserva el entorno completo, es decir, no establece *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* "
+"o *LOGNAME*. Esta opción se ignora si se especifica la opción *--login*."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:68
-msgid "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original session. This can be used to avoid *TIOCSTI* ioctl terminal injection and other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session can also be moved to the background (e.g., *su --pty* **-** __user__ *-c* _application_ *&*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *su* works as a proxy between the sessions (sync stdin and stdout)."
-msgstr "Crea una pseudo-terminal para la sesión. La terminal independiente ofrece mejor seguridad dado que el usuario no comparte una terminal con la sesión original. Esto puede usarse para evitar la inyección ioctl en terminales *TIOCSTI* y otros ataques de seguridad contra descriptores de ficheros. La sesión completa también puede moverse a segundo plano (por ejemplo, *su --pty* **-** __usuario__ *-c* _aplicación_ *&*). Si la pseudo-terminal está habilitada, entonces *su* funciona como un proxy entre las sesiones (sincronizando stdin y stdout)."
+msgid ""
+"Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides "
+"better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original "
+"session. This can be used to avoid *TIOCSTI* ioctl terminal injection and "
+"other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session "
+"can also be moved to the background (e.g., *su --pty* **-** __user__ *-c* "
+"_application_ *&*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *su* works as a "
+"proxy between the sessions (sync stdin and stdout)."
+msgstr ""
+"Crea una pseudo-terminal para la sesión. La terminal independiente ofrece "
+"mejor seguridad dado que el usuario no comparte una terminal con la sesión "
+"original. Esto puede usarse para evitar la inyección ioctl en terminales "
+"*TIOCSTI* y otros ataques de seguridad contra descriptores de ficheros. La "
+"sesión completa también puede moverse a segundo plano (por ejemplo, *su --"
+"pty* **-** __usuario__ *-c* _aplicación_ *&*). Si la pseudo-terminal está "
+"habilitada, entonces *su* funciona como un proxy entre las sesiones "
+"(sincronizando stdin y stdout)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:70
-msgid "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | su --pty*), then the *ECHO* flag for the pseudo-terminal is disabled to avoid messy output."
-msgstr "Esta característica está diseñada principalmente para sesiones interactivas. Si la entrada estándar no es una terminal, como por ejemplo un pipe (p. e., *echo \"date\" | su --pty*), entonces la bandera *ECHO* para la pseudo-terminal se deshabilita para evitar mostrar mensajes desordenados."
+msgid ""
+"This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard "
+"input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | su --"
+"pty*), then the *ECHO* flag for the pseudo-terminal is disabled to avoid "
+"messy output."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta característica está diseñada principalmente para sesiones interactivas. "
+"Si la entrada estándar no es una terminal, como por ejemplo un pipe (p. e., "
+"*echo \"date\" | su --pty*), entonces la bandera *ECHO* para la pseudo-"
+"terminal se deshabilita para evitar mostrar mensajes desordenados."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:71
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:73
-msgid "Run the specified _shell_ instead of the default. If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/shells_), the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables are ignored unless the calling user is root."
-msgstr "Invoca la _shell_ especificada en lugar de la predeterminada. Si el usuario objetivo tiene una interfaz de órdenes restringida (es decir, no está en la lista de _/etc/shells_), la opción *--shell* y las variables de entorno *SHELL* se ignoran a menos que el usuario que llama a *su* sea root."
+msgid ""
+"Run the specified _shell_ instead of the default. If the target user has a "
+"restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/shells_), the *--shell* option "
+"and the *SHELL* environment variables are ignored unless the calling user is "
+"root."
+msgstr ""
+"Invoca la _shell_ especificada en lugar de la predeterminada. Si el usuario "
+"objetivo tiene una interfaz de órdenes restringida (es decir, no está en la "
+"lista de _/etc/shells_), la opción *--shell* y las variables de entorno "
+"*SHELL* se ignoran a menos que el usuario que llama a *su* sea root."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:75
-msgid "The shell to run is selected according to the following rules, in order:"
-msgstr "La interfaz de órdenes se selecciona de acuerdo con las siguientes reglas, en este orden:"
+msgid ""
+"The shell to run is selected according to the following rules, in order:"
+msgstr ""
+"La interfaz de órdenes se selecciona de acuerdo con las siguientes reglas, "
+"en este orden:"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:78
-msgid "the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL*, if the *--preserve-environment* option is used"
-msgstr "la interfaz de órdenes especificada en la variable de entorno *SHELL*, en caso de usar la opción *--preserve-environment*"
+msgid ""
+"the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL*, if the *--preserve-"
+"environment* option is used"
+msgstr ""
+"la interfaz de órdenes especificada en la variable de entorno *SHELL*, en "
+"caso de usar la opción *--preserve-environment*"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:88
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:96
-msgid "Upon receiving either *SIGINT*, *SIGQUIT* or *SIGTERM*, *su* terminates its child and afterwards terminates itself with the received signal. The child is terminated by *SIGTERM*, after unsuccessful attempt and 2 seconds of delay the child is killed by *SIGKILL*."
-msgstr "Al recibir *SIGINT*, *SIGQUIT* o *SIGTERM*, *su* termina a su hijo y después se termina a sí misma con la señal recibida. El hijo se termina con *SIGTERM*, después de un intento fallido y 2 segundos de retardo el hijo se mata con *SIGKILL*."
+msgid ""
+"Upon receiving either *SIGINT*, *SIGQUIT* or *SIGTERM*, *su* terminates its "
+"child and afterwards terminates itself with the received signal. The child "
+"is terminated by *SIGTERM*, after unsuccessful attempt and 2 seconds of "
+"delay the child is killed by *SIGKILL*."
+msgstr ""
+"Al recibir *SIGINT*, *SIGQUIT* o *SIGTERM*, *su* termina a su hijo y después "
+"se termina a sí misma con la señal recibida. El hijo se termina con "
+"*SIGTERM*, después de un intento fallido y 2 segundos de retardo el hijo se "
+"mata con *SIGKILL*."
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:101
-msgid "*su* reads the _/etc/default/su_ and _/etc/login.defs_ configuration files. The following configuration items are relevant for *su*{colon}"
-msgstr "*su* lee los archivos de configuración _/etc/default/su_ y _/etc/login.defs_. Los siguientes elementos de configuración son relevantes para *su*{colon}"
+msgid ""
+"*su* reads the _/etc/default/su_ and _/etc/login.defs_ configuration files. "
+"The following configuration items are relevant for *su*{colon}"
+msgstr ""
+"*su* lee los archivos de configuración _/etc/default/su_ y _/etc/login."
+"defs_. Los siguientes elementos de configuración son relevantes para "
+"*su*{colon}"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:104
-msgid "Delay in seconds in case of an authentication failure. The number must be a non-negative integer."
-msgstr "Espera en segundos en caso de un fallo de autenticación. El número debe ser un entero no negativo."
+msgid ""
+"Delay in seconds in case of an authentication failure. The number must be a "
+"non-negative integer."
+msgstr ""
+"Espera en segundos en caso de un fallo de autenticación. El número debe ser "
+"un entero no negativo."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:107
-msgid "Defines the *PATH* environment variable for a regular user. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
-msgstr "Define la variable de entorno *PATH* para un usuario normal. El valor predeterminado es _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
+msgid ""
+"Defines the *PATH* environment variable for a regular user. The default "
+"value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
+msgstr ""
+"Define la variable de entorno *PATH* para un usuario normal. El valor "
+"predeterminado es _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:114
-msgid "If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not specified *su* initializes *PATH*."
-msgstr "Si se establece a _yes_ y no se especificaron *--login* y *--preserve-environment*, entonces *su* inicializa *PATH*."
+msgid ""
+"If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not "
+"specified *su* initializes *PATH*."
+msgstr ""
+"Si se establece a _yes_ y no se especificaron *--login* y *--preserve-"
+"environment*, entonces *su* inicializa *PATH*."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:120
-msgid "*su* normally returns the exit status of the command it executed. If the command was killed by a signal, *su* returns the number of the signal plus 128."
-msgstr "*su* normalmente devuelve el estado de salida de la orden que lanzó. Si la orden fue terminada por una señal, *su* devuelve el número de la señal más 128."
+msgid ""
+"*su* normally returns the exit status of the command it executed. If the "
+"command was killed by a signal, *su* returns the number of the signal plus "
+"128."
+msgstr ""
+"*su* normalmente devuelve el estado de salida de la orden que lanzó. Si la "
+"orden fue terminada por una señal, *su* devuelve el número de la señal más "
+"128."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:122
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:147
-msgid "For security reasons, *su* always logs failed log-in attempts to the _btmp_ file, but it does not write to the _lastlog_ file at all. This solution can be used to control *su* behavior by PAM configuration. If you want to use the *pam_lastlog*(8) module to print warning message about failed log-in attempts then *pam_lastlog*(8) has to be configured to update the _lastlog_ file as well. For example by:"
-msgstr "Por razones de seguridad, *su* siempre registra los intentos fallidos de inicio de sesión en el fichero _btmp_, pero no escribe en el fichero _lastlog_. Esto puede usarse para controlar el comportamiento de *su* por la configuración de PAM. Si quiere usar el módulo *pam_lastlog*(8) para imprimir un mensaje de advertencia acerca de los intentos fallidos de inicio de sesión, tiene que configurar *pam_lastlog*(8) para actualizar el fichero _lastlog_ también. Por ejemplo mediante:"
+msgid ""
+"For security reasons, *su* always logs failed log-in attempts to the _btmp_ "
+"file, but it does not write to the _lastlog_ file at all. This solution can "
+"be used to control *su* behavior by PAM configuration. If you want to use "
+"the *pam_lastlog*(8) module to print warning message about failed log-in "
+"attempts then *pam_lastlog*(8) has to be configured to update the _lastlog_ "
+"file as well. For example by:"
+msgstr ""
+"Por razones de seguridad, *su* siempre registra los intentos fallidos de "
+"inicio de sesión en el fichero _btmp_, pero no escribe en el fichero "
+"_lastlog_. Esto puede usarse para controlar el comportamiento de *su* por la "
+"configuración de PAM. Si quiere usar el módulo *pam_lastlog*(8) para "
+"imprimir un mensaje de advertencia acerca de los intentos fallidos de inicio "
+"de sesión, tiene que configurar *pam_lastlog*(8) para actualizar el fichero "
+"_lastlog_ también. Por ejemplo mediante:"
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:150
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:155
-msgid "This *su* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on an implementation by David MacKenzie. The util-linux version has been refactored by Karel Zak."
-msgstr "Esta versión de la orden *su* se deriva de la orden *su* de coreutils, la cual se basa en una implementación de David MacKenzie. La versión de util-linux ha sido refactorizada por Karel Zak."
+msgid ""
+"This *su* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on an "
+"implementation by David MacKenzie. The util-linux version has been "
+"refactored by Karel Zak."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta versión de la orden *su* se deriva de la orden *su* de coreutils, la "
+"cual se basa en una implementación de David MacKenzie. La versión de util-"
+"linux ha sido refactorizada por Karel Zak."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:163
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:39
-msgid "*sulogin* is invoked by *init* when the system goes into single-user mode."
+msgid ""
+"*sulogin* is invoked by *init* when the system goes into single-user mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:43
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Give root password for system maintenance"
-msgid "Give root password for system maintenance (or type Control-D for normal startup):"
+msgid ""
+"Give root password for system maintenance (or type Control-D for normal "
+"startup):"
msgstr "Introduciendo la clave de root para su mantenimiento"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:45
-msgid "If the root account is locked and *--force* is specified, no password is required."
+msgid ""
+"If the root account is locked and *--force* is specified, no password is "
+"required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:47
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*sulogin* will be connected to the current terminal, or to the optional _tty_ device that can be specified on the command line (typically _/dev/console_).\n"
-msgid "*sulogin* will be connected to the current terminal, or to the optional _tty_ device that can be specified on the command line (typically _/dev/console_)."
-msgstr "*sulogin* conectará en el terminal actual, o para conexiones opcionales se puede especificar en la línea de órdenes (generalmente _/dev/console_).\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*sulogin* will be connected to the current terminal, or to the optional "
+#| "_tty_ device that can be specified on the command line (typically _/dev/"
+#| "console_).\n"
+msgid ""
+"*sulogin* will be connected to the current terminal, or to the optional "
+"_tty_ device that can be specified on the command line (typically _/dev/"
+"console_)."
+msgstr ""
+"*sulogin* conectará en el terminal actual, o para conexiones opcionales se "
+"puede especificar en la línea de órdenes (generalmente _/dev/console_).\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:49
-msgid "When the user exits from the single-user shell, or presses control-D at the prompt, the system will continue to boot."
+msgid ""
+"When the user exits from the single-user shell, or presses control-D at the "
+"prompt, the system will continue to boot."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:54
-msgid "If the default method of obtaining the root password from the system via *getpwnam*(3) fails, then examine _/etc/passwd_ and _/etc/shadow_ to get the password. If these files are damaged or nonexistent, or when root account is locked by '!' or '{asterisk}' at the begin of the password then *sulogin* will *start a root shell without asking for a password*."
+msgid ""
+"If the default method of obtaining the root password from the system via "
+"*getpwnam*(3) fails, then examine _/etc/passwd_ and _/etc/shadow_ to get the "
+"password. If these files are damaged or nonexistent, or when root account is "
+"locked by '!' or '{asterisk}' at the begin of the password then *sulogin* "
+"will *start a root shell without asking for a password*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:57
-msgid "Only use the *-e* option if you are sure the console is physically protected against unauthorized access."
+msgid ""
+"Only use the *-e* option if you are sure the console is physically protected "
+"against unauthorized access."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:60
-msgid "Specifying this option causes *sulogin* to start the shell process as a login shell."
+msgid ""
+"Specifying this option causes *sulogin* to start the shell process as a "
+"login shell."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:63
-msgid "Specify the maximum amount of time to wait for user input. By default, *sulogin* will wait forever."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the maximum amount of time to wait for user input. By default, "
+"*sulogin* will wait forever."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:69
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*sulogin* looks for the environment variable *SUSHELL* or *sushell* to determine what shell to start. If the environment variable is not set, it will try to execute root's shell from _/etc/passwd_. If that fails, it will fall back to _/bin/sh_.\n"
-msgid "*sulogin* looks for the environment variable *SUSHELL* or *sushell* to determine what shell to start. If the environment variable is not set, it will try to execute root's shell from _/etc/passwd_. If that fails, it will fall back to _/bin/sh_."
-msgstr "*sulogin* busca la variable de entorno *SUSHELL* o *sushell* para saber que entorno debe comenzar. Si la variable de entorno no está puesta, probará a ejecutar el entorno del root desde _/etc/passwd_. Si falla retrocederá a _/bin/sh_.\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*sulogin* looks for the environment variable *SUSHELL* or *sushell* to "
+#| "determine what shell to start. If the environment variable is not set, it "
+#| "will try to execute root's shell from _/etc/passwd_. If that fails, it "
+#| "will fall back to _/bin/sh_.\n"
+msgid ""
+"*sulogin* looks for the environment variable *SUSHELL* or *sushell* to "
+"determine what shell to start. If the environment variable is not set, it "
+"will try to execute root's shell from _/etc/passwd_. If that fails, it will "
+"fall back to _/bin/sh_."
+msgstr ""
+"*sulogin* busca la variable de entorno *SUSHELL* o *sushell* para saber que "
+"entorno debe comenzar. Si la variable de entorno no está puesta, probará a "
+"ejecutar el entorno del root desde _/etc/passwd_. Si falla retrocederá a _/"
+"bin/sh_.\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:73
-msgid "*sulogin* was written by Miquel van Smoorenburg for sysvinit and later ported to util-linux by Dave Reisner and Karel Zak."
+msgid ""
+"*sulogin* was written by Miquel van Smoorenburg for sysvinit and later "
+"ported to util-linux by Dave Reisner and Karel Zak."
msgstr ""
#
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:37
-msgid "*utmpdump* is a simple program to dump UTMP and WTMP files in raw format, so they can be examined. *utmpdump* reads from stdin unless a _filename_ is passed."
+msgid ""
+"*utmpdump* is a simple program to dump UTMP and WTMP files in raw format, so "
+"they can be examined. *utmpdump* reads from stdin unless a _filename_ is "
+"passed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:48
-msgid "Undump, write back edited login information into the utmp or wtmp files."
+msgid ""
+"Undump, write back edited login information into the utmp or wtmp files."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:54
-msgid "*utmpdump* can be useful in cases of corrupted utmp or wtmp entries. It can dump out utmp/wtmp to an ASCII file, which can then be edited to remove bogus entries, and reintegrated using:"
+msgid ""
+"*utmpdump* can be useful in cases of corrupted utmp or wtmp entries. It can "
+"dump out utmp/wtmp to an ASCII file, which can then be edited to remove "
+"bogus entries, and reintegrated using:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:64
-msgid "Only the binary version of the *utmp*(5) is standardised. Textual dumps may become incompatible in future."
+msgid ""
+"Only the binary version of the *utmp*(5) is standardised. Textual dumps may "
+"become incompatible in future."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:66
-msgid "The version 2.28 was the last one that printed text output using *ctime*(3) timestamp format. Newer dumps use millisecond precision ISO-8601 timestamp format in UTC-0 timezone. Conversion from former timestamp format can be made to binary, although attempt to do so can lead the timestamps to drift amount of timezone offset."
+msgid ""
+"The version 2.28 was the last one that printed text output using *ctime*(3) "
+"timestamp format. Newer dumps use millisecond precision ISO-8601 timestamp "
+"format in UTC-0 timezone. Conversion from former timestamp format can be "
+"made to binary, although attempt to do so can lead the timestamps to drift "
+"amount of timezone offset."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:70
-msgid "You may *not* use the *-r* option, as the format for the utmp/wtmp files strongly depends on the input format. This tool was *not* written for normal use, but for debugging only."
+msgid ""
+"You may *not* use the *-r* option, as the format for the utmp/wtmp files "
+"strongly depends on the input format. This tool was *not* written for normal "
+"use, but for debugging only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:56
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "E<.Nm Vipw> edits the password file after setting the appropriate locks, and does any necessary processing after the password file is unlocked. If the password file is already locked for editing by another user, E<.Nm vipw> will ask you to try again later. The default editor for E<.Nm vipw> is E<.Xr vi 1>."
-msgid "*vipw* edits the password file after setting the appropriate locks, and does any necessary processing after the password file is unlocked. If the password file is already locked for editing by another user, *vipw* will ask you to try again later. The default editor for *vipw* and *vigr* is *vi*(1). *vigr* edits the group file in the same manner as *vipw* does the passwd file."
-msgstr "E<.Nm Vipw> edita el fichero de cuentas tras establecer los bloqueos apropiados, y hace cualquier procesado que sea necesario después de que el fichero de cuentas se desbloquee. Si el fichero de cuentas ya está bloqueado para la edición por parte de otro usuario, E<.Nm vipw> le pedirá que lo intente de nuevo más tarde. El editor predeterminado para E<.Nm vipw> suele ser, como indica su nombre, E<.Xr vi 1>."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "E<.Nm Vipw> edits the password file after setting the appropriate locks, "
+#| "and does any necessary processing after the password file is unlocked. "
+#| "If the password file is already locked for editing by another user, E<.Nm "
+#| "vipw> will ask you to try again later. The default editor for E<.Nm vipw> "
+#| "is E<.Xr vi 1>."
+msgid ""
+"*vipw* edits the password file after setting the appropriate locks, and does "
+"any necessary processing after the password file is unlocked. If the "
+"password file is already locked for editing by another user, *vipw* will ask "
+"you to try again later. The default editor for *vipw* and *vigr* is *vi*(1). "
+"*vigr* edits the group file in the same manner as *vipw* does the passwd "
+"file."
+msgstr ""
+"E<.Nm Vipw> edita el fichero de cuentas tras establecer los bloqueos "
+"apropiados, y hace cualquier procesado que sea necesario después de que el "
+"fichero de cuentas se desbloquee. Si el fichero de cuentas ya está "
+"bloqueado para la edición por parte de otro usuario, E<.Nm vipw> le pedirá "
+"que lo intente de nuevo más tarde. El editor predeterminado para E<.Nm vipw> "
+"suele ser, como indica su nombre, E<.Xr vi 1>."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:64
-msgid "If the following environment variable exists, it will be utilized by *vipw* and *vigr*:"
-msgstr "Si la siguiente variable de entorno existe, será utilizada por *vipw* y *vigr*:"
+msgid ""
+"If the following environment variable exists, it will be utilized by *vipw* "
+"and *vigr*:"
+msgstr ""
+"Si la siguiente variable de entorno existe, será utilizada por *vipw* y "
+"*vigr*:"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:65 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:180
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:67
-msgid "The editor specified by the string *EDITOR* will be invoked instead of the default editor *vi*(1)."
-msgstr "El editor especificado por la cadena *EDITOR* será llamado en vez del predeterminado *vi*(1)."
+msgid ""
+"The editor specified by the string *EDITOR* will be invoked instead of the "
+"default editor *vi*(1)."
+msgstr ""
+"El editor especificado por la cadena *EDITOR* será llamado en vez del "
+"predeterminado *vi*(1)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:71
-msgid "The *vipw* command appeared in 4.0BSD. The *vigr* command appeared in Util-Linux 2.6."
-msgstr "La orden *vipw* apareció en 4.0BSD. La orden *vigr* apareció en Util-Linux 2.6."
+msgid ""
+"The *vipw* command appeared in 4.0BSD. The *vigr* command appeared in Util-"
+"Linux 2.6."
+msgstr ""
+"La orden *vipw* apareció en 4.0BSD. La orden *vigr* apareció en Util-Linux "
+"2.6."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:78
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:81
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The last command is part of the util-linux package and is available from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
-msgid "The *vigr* and *vipw* commands are part of the util-linux package and are available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]"
-msgstr "La orden last es parte del paquete util-linux, está disponible en: E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The last command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
+#| "E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> "
+#| "Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
+msgid ""
+"The *vigr* and *vipw* commands are part of the util-linux package and are "
+"available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux "
+"Kernel Archive]"
+msgstr ""
+"La orden last es parte del paquete util-linux, está disponible en: E<.UR "
+"https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> Linux "
+"Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
#. Copyright 2021 Red Hat, Inc.
#. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:30
-msgid "*lsfd* is intended to be a modern replacement for *lsof*(8) on Linux systems. Unlike *lsof*, *lsfd* is specialized to Linux kernel; it supports Linux specific features like namespaces with simpler code. *lsfd* is not a drop-in replacement for *lsof*; they are different in the command line interface and output formats."
+msgid ""
+"*lsfd* is intended to be a modern replacement for *lsof*(8) on Linux "
+"systems. Unlike *lsof*, *lsfd* is specialized to Linux kernel; it supports "
+"Linux specific features like namespaces with simpler code. *lsfd* is not a "
+"drop-in replacement for *lsof*; they are different in the command line "
+"interface and output formats."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:34 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:28
-msgid "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ in environments where a stable output is required."
+msgid ""
+"The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
+"avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
+"expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ in environments where a "
+"stable output is required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:38
-msgid "*lsfd* uses Libsmartcols for output formatting and filtering. See the description of *--output* option for customizing the output format, and *--filter* option for filtering. Use *lsfd --list-columns* to get a list of all available columns."
+msgid ""
+"*lsfd* uses Libsmartcols for output formatting and filtering. See the "
+"description of *--output* option for customizing the output format, and *--"
+"filter* option for filtering. Use *lsfd --list-columns* to get a list of all "
+"available columns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:44 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:47
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:84 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:73
#: ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:26 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:43
-#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:50 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:49
+#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:50 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:52
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:116
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:66 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:64
#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:39
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:46 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:49
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:86 ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:28
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:45 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:52
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:36
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:36
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:39
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:29
msgid "Use JSON output format."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:53 ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:35
-msgid "Specify which output columns to print. See the *OUTPUT COLUMNS* section for details of available columns."
+msgid ""
+"Specify which output columns to print. See the *OUTPUT COLUMNS* section for "
+"details of available columns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:56
-msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format +_list_ (e.g., *lsfd -o +DELETED*)."
+msgid ""
+"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
+"format +_list_ (e.g., *lsfd -o +DELETED*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:67
-msgid "Collect information only for specified processes. _pids_ is a list of pids. A comma or whitespaces can be used as separators. You can use this option with *pidof*(1). See *FILTER EXAMPLES*."
+msgid ""
+"Collect information only for specified processes. _pids_ is a list of pids. "
+"A comma or whitespaces can be used as separators. You can use this option "
+"with *pidof*(1). See *FILTER EXAMPLES*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:72
-msgid "Both *-Q* option with an expression including PID, e.g. -Q (PID == 1), and *-p* option, e.g. -p 1, may print the same output but using *-p* option is much more efficient because *-p* option works at a much earlier stage of processing than the *-Q* option."
+msgid ""
+"Both *-Q* option with an expression including PID, e.g. -Q (PID == 1), and *-"
+"p* option, e.g. -p 1, may print the same output but using *-p* option is "
+"much more efficient because *-p* option works at a much earlier stage of "
+"processing than the *-Q* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:79
-msgid "Print only the files matching the condition represented by the _expr_. See also *scols-filter*(5) and *FILTER EXAMPLES*."
+msgid ""
+"Print only the files matching the condition represented by the _expr_. See "
+"also *scols-filter*(5) and *FILTER EXAMPLES*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:86
-msgid "Define a custom counter used in *--summary* output. *lsfd* makes a counter named _label_. During collect information, *lsfd* counts files matching _filter_expr_, and stores the counted number to the counter named _label_. *lsfd* applies filters defined with *--filter* options before counting; files excluded by the filters are not counted."
+msgid ""
+"Define a custom counter used in *--summary* output. *lsfd* makes a counter "
+"named _label_. During collect information, *lsfd* counts files matching "
+"_filter_expr_, and stores the counted number to the counter named _label_. "
+"*lsfd* applies filters defined with *--filter* options before counting; "
+"files excluded by the filters are not counted."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:90
-msgid "See *scols-filter*(5) about _filter_expr_. _label_ should not include `{` nor `:`. You can define multiple counters by specifying this option multiple times."
+msgid ""
+"See *scols-filter*(5) about _filter_expr_. _label_ should not include `{` "
+"nor `:`. You can define multiple counters by specifying this option multiple "
+"times."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:97
-msgid "This option controls summary lines output. The optional argument _when_ can be *only*, *append* or *never*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *only*."
+msgid ""
+"This option controls summary lines output. The optional argument _when_ can "
+"be *only*, *append* or *never*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it "
+"defaults to *only*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:102
-msgid "The summary reports counters. A counter consists of a label and an integer value. *--counter* is the option for defining a counter. If a user defines no counter, *lsfd* uses the definitions of pre-defined built-in counters (default counters) to make the summary output."
+msgid ""
+"The summary reports counters. A counter consists of a label and an integer "
+"value. *--counter* is the option for defining a counter. If a user defines "
+"no counter, *lsfd* uses the definitions of pre-defined built-in counters "
+"(default counters) to make the summary output."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:104
-msgid "CAUTION{colon} Using *--summary* and *--json* may make the output broken. Only combining *--summary*=*only* and *--json* is valid."
+msgid ""
+"CAUTION{colon} Using *--summary* and *--json* may make the output broken. "
+"Only combining *--summary*=*only* and *--json* is valid."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:109
-msgid "Dump the internal data structure for the filter and exit. This is useful only for *lsfd* developers."
+msgid ""
+"Dump the internal data structure for the filter and exit. This is useful "
+"only for *lsfd* developers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:115
-msgid "Print paths as terminal hyperlinks. The _mode_ can be set to \"always\", \"never\", or \"auto\". The optional argument _when_ can be set to \"auto\", \"never\", or \"always\". If the _when_ argument is omitted, it will default to \"auto\". The \"auto\" setting means that hyperlinks will only be used if the output is on a terminal."
+msgid ""
+"Print paths as terminal hyperlinks. The _mode_ can be set to \"always\", "
+"\"never\", or \"auto\". The optional argument _when_ can be set to \"auto\", "
+"\"never\", or \"always\". If the _when_ argument is omitted, it will default "
+"to \"auto\". The \"auto\" setting means that hyperlinks will only be used if "
+"the output is on a terminal."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:128
-msgid "CAUTION{colon} The names and types of columns are not stable yet. They may be changed in the future releases."
+msgid ""
+"CAUTION{colon} The names and types of columns are not stable yet. They may "
+"be changed in the future releases."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:177
-#, no-wrap
-msgid "ENDPOINT <``string``>"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)"
+msgid "ENDPOINTS <``string``>"
+msgstr "*TTYPERM* (cadena)"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:179
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:183
-msgid "*lsfd* collects endpoints within the processes that *lsfd* scans; *lsfd* may miss some endpoints if you limits the processes with *-p* option."
+msgid ""
+"*lsfd* collects endpoints within the processes that *lsfd* scans; *lsfd* may "
+"miss some endpoints if you limits the processes with *-p* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:194
-msgid "The last characters ([-r][-w]) represents the read and/or write mode of the endpoint."
+msgid ""
+"The last characters ([-r][-w]) represent the read and/or write mode of the "
+"endpoint."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:203
-msgid "About the last characters ([-r?][-w?]), see the description of _SOCK.SHUTDOWN_."
+msgid ""
+"About the last characters ([-r?][-w?]), see the description of _SOCK."
+"SHUTDOWN_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:238
-msgid "Cooked version of INOTIFY.INODES.RAW. The format of the element is _inode-number_,_source-of-inode_."
+msgid ""
+"Cooked version of INOTIFY.INODES.RAW. The format of the element is _inode-"
+"number_,_source-of-inode_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:242
-msgid "List of monitoring inodes. The format of the element is _inode-number_``,``_device-major_``:``_device-minor_."
+msgid ""
+"List of monitoring inodes. The format of the element is _inode-number_``,"
+"``_device-major_``:``_device-minor_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. Not only u but also p is decorated with underline.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:254
-msgid "Raw file name extracted from from ``/proc/``_pid_``/fd/``_fd_ or ``/proc/``_pid_``/map_files/``_region_."
+msgid ""
+"Raw file name extracted from from ``/proc/``_pid_``/fd/``_fd_ or ``/proc/"
+"``_pid_``/map_files/``_region_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:280
-msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_ type=_SOCK.TYPE_ laddr=_VSOCK.LADDR_[ raddr=_VSOCK.RADDR_]"
+msgid ""
+"state=_SOCK.STATE_ type=_SOCK.TYPE_ laddr=_VSOCK.LADDR_[ raddr=_VSOCK.RADDR_]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:288
-msgid "id=_BPF-PROG.ID_ type=_BPF-PROG.TYPE_ tag= _BPF-PROG.TAG_ [ name=_BPF.NAME_]"
+msgid ""
+"id=_BPF-PROG.ID_ type=_BPF-PROG.TYPE_ tag= _BPF-PROG.TAG_ [ name=_BPF.NAME_]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:303
-msgid "protocol=_NETLINK.PROTOCOL_[ lport=_NETLINK.LPORT_[ group=_NETLINK.GROUPS_]]"
+msgid ""
+"protocol=_NETLINK.PROTOCOL_[ lport=_NETLINK.LPORT_[ group=_NETLINK.GROUPS_]]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:312
-msgid "*lsfd* extracts _TARGET-PID_ and _TARGET-NSPIDS_ from ``/proc/``_pid_``/fdinfo/``_fd_."
+msgid ""
+"*lsfd* extracts _TARGET-PID_ and _TARGET-NSPIDS_ from ``/proc/``_pid_``/"
+"fdinfo/``_fd_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:315
-msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ id=_PING.ID_][ laddr=_INET.LADDR_ [ raddr=_INET.RADDR_]]"
+msgid ""
+"state=_SOCK.STATE_[ id=_PING.ID_][ laddr=_INET.LADDR_ [ raddr=_INET.RADDR_]]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:318
-msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ id=_PING.ID_][ laddr=_INET6.LADDR_ [ raddr=_INET6.RADDR_]]"
+msgid ""
+"state=_SOCK.STATE_[ id=_PING.ID_][ laddr=_INET6.LADDR_ [ raddr=_INET6."
+"RADDR_]]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:327
-msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ protocol=_RAW.PROTOCOL_ [ laddr=_INET.LADDR_ [ raddr=_INET.RADDR_]]]"
+msgid ""
+"state=_SOCK.STATE_[ protocol=_RAW.PROTOCOL_ [ laddr=_INET.LADDR_ "
+"[ raddr=_INET.RADDR_]]]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:330
-msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ protocol=_RAW.PROTOCOL_ [ laddr=_INET6.LADDR_ [ raddr=_INET6.RADDR_]]]"
+msgid ""
+"state=_SOCK.STATE_[ protocol=_RAW.PROTOCOL_ [ laddr=_INET6.LADDR_ "
+"[ raddr=_INET6.RADDR_]]]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:340
-msgid "clockid=_TIMERFD.CLOCKID_[ remaining=_TIMERFD.REMAINING_ [ interval=_TIMERFD.INTERVAL_]]"
+msgid ""
+"clockid=_TIMERFD.CLOCKID_[ remaining=_TIMERFD.REMAINING_ [ interval=_TIMERFD."
+"INTERVAL_]]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:346
-msgid "*lsfd* hides ``raddr=`` if _UDP.RADDR_ is ``0.0.0.0`` and _UDP.RPORT_ is 0."
+msgid ""
+"*lsfd* hides ``raddr=`` if _UDP.RADDR_ is ``0.0.0.0`` and _UDP.RPORT_ is 0."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:360
-msgid "Note that `(deleted)` markers are removed from this column. Refer to _KNAME_, _DELETED_, or _XMODE_ to know the readability of the file from the file system."
+msgid ""
+"Note that `(deleted)` markers are removed from this column. Refer to "
+"_KNAME_, _DELETED_, or _XMODE_ to know the readability of the file from the "
+"file system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:381
-msgid "Type of the namespace specified with the file. The type is `mnt`, `cgroup`, `uts`, `ipc`, `user`, `pid`, `net`, `time`, or `unknown`."
+msgid ""
+"Type of the namespace specified with the file. The type is `mnt`, `cgroup`, "
+"`uts`, `ipc`, `user`, `pid`, `net`, `time`, or `unknown`."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:390
-msgid "L3 protocol associated with the packet socket."
+msgid "L2 protocol associated with the packet socket."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:410
-msgid "If pid namespaces are supported then this function will also print the pid of a given pidfd refers to for all descendant pid namespaces starting from the current pid namespace of the instance, i.e. the Pid field and the first entry in the NSpid field will be identical."
+msgid ""
+"If pid namespaces are supported then this function will also print the pid "
+"of a given pidfd refers to for all descendant pid namespaces starting from "
+"the current pid namespace of the instance, i.e. the Pid field and the first "
+"entry in the NSpid field will be identical."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:414
-msgid "Note that this differs from the Pid and NSpid fields in /proc/<pid>/status where Pid and NSpid are always shown relative to the pid namespace of the procfs instance."
+msgid ""
+"Note that this differs from the Pid and NSpid fields in /proc/<pid>/status "
+"where Pid and NSpid are always shown relative to the pid namespace of the "
+"procfs instance."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:453
-msgid "If the first character is _r_, the receptions are allowed. If it is _-_, the receptions are disallowed. If it is _?_, the state is unknown."
+msgid ""
+"If the first character is _r_, the receptions are allowed. If it is _-_, "
+"the receptions are disallowed. If it is _?_, the state is unknown."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:458
-msgid "If the second character is _w_, the transmissions are allowed. If it is _-_, the transmissions are disallowed. If it is _?_, the state is unknown."
+msgid ""
+"If the second character is _w_, the transmissions are allowed. If it is _-"
+"_, the transmissions are disallowed. If it is _?_, the state is unknown."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:465
-msgid "Type of socket. Here type means the second parameter of socket system call:"
+msgid ""
+"Type of socket. Here type means the second parameter of socket system call:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:478
-msgid "File system, partition, or device containing the file. For the association having ERROR as the value for _TYPE_ column, *lsfd* fills this column with _syscall_:_errno_."
+msgid ""
+"File system, partition, or device containing the file. For the association "
+"having ERROR as the value for _TYPE_ column, *lsfd* fills this column with "
+"_syscall_:_errno_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:481
-msgid "Raw file types returned from *stat*(2): BLK, CHR, DIR, FIFO, LINK, REG, SOCK, or UNKN."
+msgid ""
+"Raw file types returned from *stat*(2): BLK, CHR, DIR, FIFO, LINK, REG, "
+"SOCK, or UNKN."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:516
-msgid "Cooked version of _STTYPE_. It is same as _STTYPE_ with exceptions. For _SOCK_, print the value for _SOCK.PROTONAME_. For _UNKN_, print the value for _AINODECLASS_ if _SOURCE_ is `anon_inodefs`."
+msgid ""
+"Cooked version of _STTYPE_. It is same as _STTYPE_ with exceptions. For "
+"_SOCK_, print the value for _SOCK.PROTONAME_. For _UNKN_, print the value "
+"for _AINODECLASS_ if _SOURCE_ is `anon_inodefs`."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:519
-msgid "If *lsfd* gets an error when calling a syscall to know about a target file descriptor, *lsfd* fills this column for it with ERROR."
+msgid ""
+"If *lsfd* gets an error when calling a syscall to know about a target file "
+"descriptor, *lsfd* fills this column for it with ERROR."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:557
-msgid "Local VSOCK address. The format of the element is _VSOCK.LCID_``:``_VSOCK.LPORT_."
+msgid ""
+"Local VSOCK address. The format of the element is _VSOCK.LCID_``:``_VSOCK."
+"LPORT_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:560
-msgid "Well-known CIDs will be decoded: \"`{asterisk}`\", \"`hypervisor`\", \"`local`\", or \"`host`\". Well-known ports will be decoded: \"`{asterisk}`\"."
+msgid ""
+"Well-known CIDs will be decoded: \"`{asterisk}`\", \"`hypervisor`\", "
+"\"`local`\", or \"`host`\". Well-known ports will be decoded: \"`{asterisk}"
+"`\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:573
-msgid "Extended version of _MODE_. This column may grow; new letters may be appended to _XMODE_ when *lsfd* supports a new state of file descriptors and/or memory mappings."
+msgid ""
+"Extended version of _MODE_. This column may grow; new letters may be "
+"appended to _XMODE_ when *lsfd* supports a new state of file descriptors and/"
+"or memory mappings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:591
-msgid "locked or leased. _l_ represents a read, a shared lock or a read lease. _L_ represents a write or an exclusive lock or a write lease. If both read/shared and write/exclusive locks or leases are taken by a file descriptor, _L_ is used as the flag."
+msgid ""
+"locked or leased. _l_ represents a read, a shared lock or a read lease. _L_ "
+"represents a write or an exclusive lock or a write lease. If both read/"
+"shared and write/exclusive locks or leases are taken by a file descriptor, "
+"_L_ is used as the flag."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:599
-msgid "Multiplexed. If the file descriptor is targeted by a eventpoll file or classical system calls for multiplexing (select, pselect, poll, and ppoll), this bit flag is set. Note that if an invocation of the classical system calls is interrupted, *lsfd* may fail to mark _m_ on the file descriptors monitored by the invocation. See *restart_syscall*(2)."
+msgid ""
+"Multiplexed. If the file descriptor is targeted by a eventpoll file or "
+"classical system calls for multiplexing (select, pselect, poll, and ppoll), "
+"this bit flag is set. Note that if an invocation of the classical system "
+"calls is interrupted, *lsfd* may fail to mark _m_ on the file descriptors "
+"monitored by the invocation. See *restart_syscall*(2)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:605
-msgid "*lsfd* has few options for filtering. In most of cases, what you should know is *-Q* (or *--filter*) option. Combined with *-o* (or *--output*) option, you can customize the output as you want."
+msgid ""
+"*lsfd* has few options for filtering. In most of cases, what you should know "
+"is *-Q* (or *--filter*) option. Combined with *-o* (or *--output*) option, "
+"you can customize the output as you want."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: In the following messages, don't forget to add whitespace at the end!
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:736
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The B<last> command is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded from"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The B<last> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
+#| "downloaded from"
msgid "The *lsfd* command is part of the util-linux package since v2.38."
-msgstr "La orden B<last> forma parte del paquete util-linux que puede ser descargado"
+msgstr ""
+"La orden B<last> forma parte del paquete util-linux que puede ser descargado"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:741
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "mailto:mbroz@redhat.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgid "mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "mailto:mbroz@redhat.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid ""
+"mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr "mailto:mbroz@redhat.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lsfd-cmd/lsfd.1.adoc:754
-msgid "*bpftool*(8), *bps*(8), *lslocks*(8), *lsof*(8), *pidof*(1), *proc*(5), *scols-filter*(5), *socket*(2), *ss*(8), *stat*(2), *vsock*(7)"
+msgid ""
+"*bpftool*(8), *bps*(8), *lslocks*(8), *lsof*(8), *pidof*(1), *proc*(5), "
+"*scols-filter*(5), *socket*(2), *ss*(8), *stat*(2), *vsock*(7)"
msgstr ""
#. Copyright 2000 Andreas Dilger (adilger@turbolinux.com)
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:21
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*blkid* [*--no-encoding* *--garbage-collect* *--list-one* *--cache-file* _file_] [*--output* _format_][*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-token* _NAME=value_] [_device_...]\n"
-msgid "*blkid* [*--no-encoding* *--garbage-collect* *--list-one* *--cache-file* _file_] [*--output* _format_] [*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-token* _NAME=value_] [_device_...]"
-msgstr "*blkid* [*--no-encoding* *--garbage-collect* *--list-one* *--cache-file* _fichero_] [*--output* _formato_][*--match-tag* _etiqueta_] [*--match-token* _NOMBRE=valor_] [_device_...]\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*blkid* [*--no-encoding* *--garbage-collect* *--list-one* *--cache-file* "
+#| "_file_] [*--output* _format_][*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-token* "
+#| "_NAME=value_] [_device_...]\n"
+msgid ""
+"*blkid* [*--no-encoding* *--garbage-collect* *--list-one* *--cache-file* "
+"_file_] [*--output* _format_] [*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-token* "
+"_NAME=value_] [_device_...]"
+msgstr ""
+"*blkid* [*--no-encoding* *--garbage-collect* *--list-one* *--cache-file* "
+"_fichero_] [*--output* _formato_][*--match-tag* _etiqueta_] [*--match-token* "
+"_NOMBRE=valor_] [_device_...]\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:23
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*blkid* [*--no-encoding* *--garbage-collect* *--list-one* *--cache-file* _file_] [*--output* _format_][*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-token* _NAME=value_] [_device_...]\n"
-msgid "*blkid* *--probe* [*--offset* _offset_] [*--output* _format_] [*--size* _size_] [*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-types* _list_] [*--usages* _list_] [*--no-part-details*] _device_..."
-msgstr "*blkid* [*--no-encoding* *--garbage-collect* *--list-one* *--cache-file* _fichero_] [*--output* _formato_][*--match-tag* _etiqueta_] [*--match-token* _NOMBRE=valor_] [_device_...]\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*blkid* [*--no-encoding* *--garbage-collect* *--list-one* *--cache-file* "
+#| "_file_] [*--output* _format_][*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-token* "
+#| "_NAME=value_] [_device_...]\n"
+msgid ""
+"*blkid* *--probe* [*--offset* _offset_] [*--output* _format_] [*--size* "
+"_size_] [*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-types* _list_] [*--usages* _list_] "
+"[*--no-part-details*] _device_..."
+msgstr ""
+"*blkid* [*--no-encoding* *--garbage-collect* *--list-one* *--cache-file* "
+"_fichero_] [*--output* _formato_][*--match-tag* _etiqueta_] [*--match-token* "
+"_NOMBRE=valor_] [_device_...]\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:25
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:29
-msgid "The *blkid* program is the command-line interface to working with the *libblkid*(3) library. It can determine the type of content (e.g., filesystem or swap) that a block device holds, and also the attributes (tokens, NAME=value pairs) from the content metadata (e.g., LABEL or UUID fields)."
+msgid ""
+"The *blkid* program is the command-line interface to working with the "
+"*libblkid*(3) library. It can determine the type of content (e.g., "
+"filesystem or swap) that a block device holds, and also the attributes "
+"(tokens, NAME=value pairs) from the content metadata (e.g., LABEL or UUID "
+"fields)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:31
-msgid "*It is recommended to use* *lsblk*(8) *command to get information about block devices, or lsblk --fs to get an overview of filesystems, or* *findmnt*(8) *to search in already mounted filesystems.*"
+msgid ""
+"*It is recommended to use* *lsblk*(8) *command to get information about "
+"block devices, or lsblk --fs to get an overview of filesystems, or* "
+"*findmnt*(8) *to search in already mounted filesystems.*"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:34
-msgid "*lsblk*(8) provides more information, better control on output formatting, easy to use in scripts and it does not require root permissions to get actual information. *blkid* reads information directly from devices and for non-root users it returns cached unverified information. *blkid* is mostly designed for system services and to test *libblkid*(3) functionality."
+msgid ""
+"*lsblk*(8) provides more information, better control on output formatting, "
+"easy to use in scripts and it does not require root permissions to get "
+"actual information. *blkid* reads information directly from devices and for "
+"non-root users it returns cached unverified information. *blkid* is mostly "
+"designed for system services and to test *libblkid*(3) functionality."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:37
-msgid "When _device_ is specified, tokens from only this device are displayed. It is possible to specify multiple _device_ arguments on the command line. If none is given, all partitions or unpartitioned devices which appear in _/proc/partitions_ are shown, if they are recognized."
+msgid ""
+"When _device_ is specified, tokens from only this device are displayed. It "
+"is possible to specify multiple _device_ arguments on the command line. If "
+"none is given, all partitions or unpartitioned devices which appear in _/"
+"proc/partitions_ are shown, if they are recognized."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:39
-msgid "*blkid* has two main forms of operation: either searching for a device with a specific NAME=value pair, or displaying NAME=value pairs for one or more specified devices."
+msgid ""
+"*blkid* has two main forms of operation: either searching for a device with "
+"a specific NAME=value pair, or displaying NAME=value pairs for one or more "
+"specified devices."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:41
-msgid "For security reasons *blkid* silently ignores all devices where the probing result is ambivalent (multiple colliding filesystems are detected). The low-level probing mode (*-p*) provides more information and extra exit status in this case. It's recommended to use *wipefs*(8) to get a detailed overview and to erase obsolete stuff (magic strings) from the device."
+msgid ""
+"For security reasons *blkid* silently ignores all devices where the probing "
+"result is ambivalent (multiple colliding filesystems are detected). The low-"
+"level probing mode (*-p*) provides more information and extra exit status in "
+"this case. It's recommended to use *wipefs*(8) to get a detailed overview "
+"and to erase obsolete stuff (magic strings) from the device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:45
-msgid "The _size_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes like KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
+msgid ""
+"The _size_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
+"suffixes like KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, "
+"EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning "
+"as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, "
+"TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:48
-msgid "Read from _cachefile_ instead of reading from the default cache file (see the *CONFIGURATION FILE* section for more details). If you want to start with a clean cache (i.e., don't report devices previously scanned but not necessarily available at this time), specify _/dev/null_."
+msgid ""
+"Read from _cachefile_ instead of reading from the default cache file (see "
+"the *CONFIGURATION FILE* section for more details). If you want to start "
+"with a clean cache (i.e., don't report devices previously scanned but not "
+"necessarily available at this time), specify _/dev/null_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:51
-msgid "Don't encode non-printing characters. The non-printing characters are encoded by ^ and M- notation by default. Note that the *--output udev* output format uses a different encoding which cannot be disabled."
+msgid ""
+"Don't encode non-printing characters. The non-printing characters are "
+"encoded by ^ and M- notation by default. Note that the *--output udev* "
+"output format uses a different encoding which cannot be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:54
-msgid "Don't print information (PART_ENTRY_* tags) from partition table in low-level probing mode."
+msgid ""
+"Don't print information (PART_ENTRY_* tags) from partition table in low-"
+"level probing mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:57
-msgid "Perform a garbage collection pass on the blkid cache to remove devices which no longer exist."
+msgid ""
+"Perform a garbage collection pass on the blkid cache to remove devices which "
+"no longer exist."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:62
-msgid "Set probing hint. The hints are an optional way to force probing functions to check, for example, another location. The currently supported is \"session_offset=_number_\" to set session offset on multi-session UDF."
+msgid ""
+"Set probing hint. The hints are an optional way to force probing functions "
+"to check, for example, another location. The currently supported is "
+"\"session_offset=_number_\" to set session offset on multi-session UDF."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:65
-msgid "Display information about I/O Limits (aka I/O topology). The 'export' output format is automatically enabled. This option can be used together with the *--probe* option."
+msgid ""
+"Display information about I/O Limits (aka I/O topology). The 'export' output "
+"format is automatically enabled. This option can be used together with the "
+"*--probe* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:71
-msgid "Look up only one device that matches the search parameter specified with the *--match-token* option. If there are multiple devices that match the specified search parameter, then the device with the highest priority is returned, and/or the first device found at a given priority (but see below note about udev). Device types in order of decreasing priority are: Device Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, and finally regular block devices. If this option is not specified, *blkid* will print all of the devices that match the search parameter."
+msgid ""
+"Look up only one device that matches the search parameter specified with the "
+"*--match-token* option. If there are multiple devices that match the "
+"specified search parameter, then the device with the highest priority is "
+"returned, and/or the first device found at a given priority (but see below "
+"note about udev). Device types in order of decreasing priority are: Device "
+"Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, and finally regular block devices. If this option is "
+"not specified, *blkid* will print all of the devices that match the search "
+"parameter."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:73
-msgid "This option forces *blkid* to use udev when used for LABEL or UUID tokens in *--match-token*. The goal is to provide output consistent with other utils (like *mount*(8), etc.) on systems where the same tag is used for multiple devices."
+msgid ""
+"This option forces *blkid* to use udev when used for LABEL or UUID tokens in "
+"*--match-token*. The goal is to provide output consistent with other utils "
+"(like *mount*(8), etc.) on systems where the same tag is used for multiple "
+"devices."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:76
-msgid "Look up the device that uses this filesystem _label_; this is equal to **--list-one --output device --match-token LABEL=**__label__. This lookup method is able to reliably use /dev/disk/by-label udev symlinks (dependent on a setting in _/etc/blkid.conf_). Avoid using the symlinks directly; it is not reliable to use the symlinks without verification. The *--label* option works on systems with and without udev."
+msgid ""
+"Look up the device that uses this filesystem _label_; this is equal to **--"
+"list-one --output device --match-token LABEL=**__label__. This lookup method "
+"is able to reliably use /dev/disk/by-label udev symlinks (dependent on a "
+"setting in _/etc/blkid.conf_). Avoid using the symlinks directly; it is not "
+"reliable to use the symlinks without verification. The *--label* option "
+"works on systems with and without udev."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:78
-msgid "Unfortunately, the original *blkid*(8) from e2fsprogs uses the *-L* option as a synonym for *-o list*. For better portability, use **-l -o device -t LABEL=**__label__ and *-o list* in your scripts rather than the *-L* option."
+msgid ""
+"Unfortunately, the original *blkid*(8) from e2fsprogs uses the *-L* option "
+"as a synonym for *-o list*. For better portability, use **-l -o device -t "
+"LABEL=**__label__ and *-o list* in your scripts rather than the *-L* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:81
-msgid "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of superblock types (names). The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to specify the types which should be ignored. For example:"
+msgid ""
+"Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of "
+"superblock types (names). The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to "
+"specify the types which should be ignored. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:89
-msgid "probes for all supported formats except minix filesystems. This option is only useful together with *--probe*."
+msgid ""
+"probes for all supported formats except minix filesystems. This option is "
+"only useful together with *--probe*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:92
-msgid "Use the specified output format. Note that the order of variables and devices is not fixed. See also option *-s*. The _format_ parameter may be:"
+msgid ""
+"Use the specified output format. Note that the order of variables and "
+"devices is not fixed. See also option *-s*. The _format_ parameter may be:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:99
-msgid "print the devices in a user-friendly format; this output format is unsupported for low-level probing (*--probe* or *--info*)."
+msgid ""
+"print the devices in a user-friendly format; this output format is "
+"unsupported for low-level probing (*--probe* or *--info*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:103
-msgid "print the device name only; this output format is always enabled for the *--label* and *--uuid* options"
+msgid ""
+"print the device name only; this output format is always enabled for the *--"
+"label* and *--uuid* options"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:103 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:191
+#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:103 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:189
#, no-wrap
msgid "*udev*"
msgstr "*udev*"
#. TRANSLATORS: Please keep {underscore} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:106
-msgid "print key=\"value\" pairs for easy import into the udev environment; the keys are prefixed by ID_FS_ or ID_PART_ prefixes. The value may be modified to be safe for udev environment; allowed is plain ASCII, hex-escaping and valid UTF-8, everything else (including whitespaces) is replaced with '{underscore}'. The keys with __ENC_ postfix use hex-escaping for unsafe chars."
+msgid ""
+"print key=\"value\" pairs for easy import into the udev environment; the "
+"keys are prefixed by ID_FS_ or ID_PART_ prefixes. The value may be modified "
+"to be safe for udev environment; allowed is plain ASCII, hex-escaping and "
+"valid UTF-8, everything else (including whitespaces) is replaced with "
+"'{underscore}'. The keys with __ENC_ postfix use hex-escaping for unsafe "
+"chars."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:108
-msgid "The udev output returns the ID_FS_AMBIVALENT tag if more superblocks are detected, and ID_PART_ENTRY_* tags are always returned for all partitions including empty partitions."
+msgid ""
+"The udev output returns the ID_FS_AMBIVALENT tag if more superblocks are "
+"detected, and ID_PART_ENTRY_* tags are always returned for all partitions "
+"including empty partitions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:112
-msgid "print key=value pairs for easy import into the environment; this output format is automatically enabled when I/O Limits (*--info* option) are requested."
+msgid ""
+"print key=value pairs for easy import into the environment; this output "
+"format is automatically enabled when I/O Limits (*--info* option) are "
+"requested."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:114
-msgid "The non-printing characters are encoded by ^ and M- notation and all potentially unsafe characters are escaped."
+msgid ""
+"The non-printing characters are encoded by ^ and M- notation and all "
+"potentially unsafe characters are escaped."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:119
-msgid "Probe at the given _offset_ (only useful with *--probe*). This option can be used together with the *--info* option."
+msgid ""
+"Probe at the given _offset_ (only useful with *--probe*). This option can be "
+"used together with the *--info* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:124
-msgid "Note that low-level probing also returns information about partition table type (PTTYPE tag) and partitions (PART_ENTRY_* tags). The tag names produced by low-level probing are based on names used internally by libblkid and it may be different than when executed without *--probe* (for example PART_ENTRY_UUID= vs PARTUUID=). See also *--no-part-details*."
+msgid ""
+"Note that low-level probing also returns information about partition table "
+"type (PTTYPE tag) and partitions (PART_ENTRY_* tags). The tag names produced "
+"by low-level probing are based on names used internally by libblkid and it "
+"may be different than when executed without *--probe* (for example "
+"PART_ENTRY_UUID= vs PARTUUID=). See also *--no-part-details*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:127
-msgid "For each (specified) device, show only the tags that match _tag_. It is possible to specify multiple *--match-tag* options. If no tag is specified, then all tokens are shown for all (specified) devices. In order to just refresh the cache without showing any tokens, use *--match-tag none* with no other options."
+msgid ""
+"For each (specified) device, show only the tags that match _tag_. It is "
+"possible to specify multiple *--match-tag* options. If no tag is specified, "
+"then all tokens are shown for all (specified) devices. In order to just "
+"refresh the cache without showing any tokens, use *--match-tag none* with no "
+"other options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:133
-msgid "Search for block devices with tokens named _NAME_ that have the value _value_, and display any devices which are found. Common values for _NAME_ include *TYPE*, *LABEL*, and *UUID*. If there are no devices specified on the command line, all block devices will be searched; otherwise only the specified devices are searched."
+msgid ""
+"Search for block devices with tokens named _NAME_ that have the value "
+"_value_, and display any devices which are found. Common values for _NAME_ "
+"include *TYPE*, *LABEL*, and *UUID*. If there are no devices specified on "
+"the command line, all block devices will be searched; otherwise only the "
+"specified devices are searched."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:136
-msgid "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of \"usage\" types. Supported usage types are: filesystem, raid, crypto and other. The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to specify the usage types which should be ignored. For example:"
+msgid ""
+"Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of "
+"\"usage\" types. Supported usage types are: filesystem, raid, crypto and "
+"other. The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to specify the usage types "
+"which should be ignored. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:144
-msgid "probes for all supported formats except RAIDs. This option is only useful together with *--probe*."
+msgid ""
+"probes for all supported formats except RAIDs. This option is only useful "
+"together with *--probe*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:147
-msgid "Look up the device that uses this filesystem _uuid_. For more details see the *--label* option."
+msgid ""
+"Look up the device that uses this filesystem _uuid_. For more details see "
+"the *--label* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:153
-msgid "If the specified device or device addressed by specified token (option *--match-token*) was found and it's possible to gather any information about the device, an exit status 0 is returned. Note the option *--match-tag* filters output tags, but it does not affect exit status."
+msgid ""
+"If the specified device or device addressed by specified token (option *--"
+"match-token*) was found and it's possible to gather any information about "
+"the device, an exit status 0 is returned. Note the option *--match-tag* "
+"filters output tags, but it does not affect exit status."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:155
-msgid "If the specified token was not found, or no (specified) devices could be identified, or it is impossible to gather any information about the device identifiers or device content an exit status of 2 is returned."
+msgid ""
+"If the specified token was not found, or no (specified) devices could be "
+"identified, or it is impossible to gather any information about the device "
+"identifiers or device content an exit status of 2 is returned."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:159
-msgid "If an ambivalent probing result was detected by low-level probing mode (*-p*), an exit status of 8 is returned."
+msgid ""
+"If an ambivalent probing result was detected by low-level probing mode (*-"
+"p*), an exit status of 8 is returned."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:163
-msgid "The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. The following options control the libblkid library:"
+msgid ""
+"The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden "
+"by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. The following options control the "
+"libblkid library:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:166
-msgid "Sends uevent when _/dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,partuuid,partlabel}/_ symlink does not match with LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL on the device. Default is \"yes\"."
+msgid ""
+"Sends uevent when _/dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,partuuid,partlabel}/_ symlink "
+"does not match with LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL on the device. "
+"Default is \"yes\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:169
-msgid "Overrides the standard location of the cache file. This setting can be overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_FILE*. Default is _/run/blkid/blkid.tab_, or _/etc/blkid.tab_ on systems without a _/run_ directory."
+msgid ""
+"Overrides the standard location of the cache file. This setting can be "
+"overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_FILE*. Default is _/run/blkid/"
+"blkid.tab_, or _/etc/blkid.tab_ on systems without a _/run_ directory."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:172
-msgid "Defines LABEL and UUID evaluation method(s). Currently, the libblkid library supports the \"udev\" and \"scan\" methods. More than one method may be specified in a comma-separated list. Default is \"udev,scan\". The \"udev\" method uses udev _/dev/disk/by-*_ symlinks and the \"scan\" method scans all block devices from the _/proc/partitions_ file."
+msgid ""
+"Defines LABEL and UUID evaluation method(s). Currently, the libblkid library "
+"supports the \"udev\" and \"scan\" methods. More than one method may be "
+"specified in a comma-separated list. Default is \"udev,scan\". The \"udev\" "
+"method uses udev _/dev/disk/by-*_ symlinks and the \"scan\" method scans all "
+"block devices from the _/proc/partitions_ file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:180
-msgid "*blkid* was written by Andreas Dilger for libblkid and improved by Theodore Ts'o and Karel Zak."
+msgid ""
+"*blkid* was written by Andreas Dilger for libblkid and improved by Theodore "
+"Ts'o and Karel Zak."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:60
-msgid "*cal* displays a simple calendar. If no arguments are specified, the current month is displayed."
+msgid ""
+"*cal* displays a simple calendar. If no arguments are specified, the current "
+"month is displayed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:62
-msgid "The _month_ may be specified as a number (1-12), as a month name or as an abbreviated month name according to the current locales."
+msgid ""
+"The _month_ may be specified as a number (1-12), as a month name or as an "
+"abbreviated month name according to the current locales."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:64
-msgid "Two different calendar systems are used, Gregorian and Julian. These are nearly identical systems with Gregorian making a small adjustment to the frequency of leap years; this facilitates improved synchronization with solar events like the equinoxes. The Gregorian calendar reform was introduced in 1582, but its adoption continued up to 1923. By default *cal* uses the adoption date of 3 Sept 1752. From that date forward the Gregorian calendar is displayed; previous dates use the Julian calendar system. 11 days were removed at the time of adoption to bring the calendar in sync with solar events. So Sept 1752 has a mix of Julian and Gregorian dates by which the 2nd is followed by the 14th (the 3rd through the 13th are absent)."
+msgid ""
+"Two different calendar systems are used, Gregorian and Julian. These are "
+"nearly identical systems with Gregorian making a small adjustment to the "
+"frequency of leap years; this facilitates improved synchronization with "
+"solar events like the equinoxes. The Gregorian calendar reform was "
+"introduced in 1582, but its adoption continued up to 1923. By default *cal* "
+"uses the adoption date of 3 Sept 1752. From that date forward the Gregorian "
+"calendar is displayed; previous dates use the Julian calendar system. 11 "
+"days were removed at the time of adoption to bring the calendar in sync with "
+"solar events. So Sept 1752 has a mix of Julian and Gregorian dates by which "
+"the 2nd is followed by the 14th (the 3rd through the 13th are absent)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:66
-msgid "Optionally, either the proleptic Gregorian calendar or the Julian calendar may be used exclusively. See *--reform* below."
+msgid ""
+"Optionally, either the proleptic Gregorian calendar or the Julian calendar "
+"may be used exclusively. See *--reform* below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:77
-msgid "Display _number_ of months, starting from the month containing the date."
+msgid ""
+"Display _number_ of months, starting from the month containing the date."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:92
-msgid "Display the proleptic Gregorian calendar exclusively. This option does not affect week numbers and the first day of the week. See *--reform* below."
+msgid ""
+"Display the proleptic Gregorian calendar exclusively. This option does not "
+"affect week numbers and the first day of the week. See *--reform* below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:95
-msgid "Use day-of-year numbering for all calendars. These are also called ordinal days. Ordinal days range from 1 to 366. This option does not switch from the Gregorian to the Julian calendar system, that is controlled by the *--reform* option."
+msgid ""
+"Use day-of-year numbering for all calendars. These are also called ordinal "
+"days. Ordinal days range from 1 to 366. This option does not switch from the "
+"Gregorian to the Julian calendar system, that is controlled by the *--"
+"reform* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:97
-msgid "Sometimes Gregorian calendars using ordinal dates are referred to as Julian calendars. This can be confusing due to the many date related conventions that use Julian in their name: (ordinal) julian date, julian (calendar) date, (astronomical) julian date, (modified) julian date, and more. This option is named julian, because ordinal days are identified as julian by the POSIX standard. However, be aware that *cal* also uses the Julian calendar system. See *DESCRIPTION* above."
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes Gregorian calendars using ordinal dates are referred to as Julian "
+"calendars. This can be confusing due to the many date related conventions "
+"that use Julian in their name: (ordinal) julian date, julian (calendar) "
+"date, (astronomical) julian date, (modified) julian date, and more. This "
+"option is named julian, because ordinal days are identified as julian by the "
+"POSIX standard. However, be aware that *cal* also uses the Julian calendar "
+"system. See *DESCRIPTION* above."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:100
-msgid "This option sets the adoption date of the Gregorian calendar reform. Calendar dates previous to reform use the Julian calendar system. Calendar dates after reform use the Gregorian calendar system. The argument _val_ can be:"
+msgid ""
+"This option sets the adoption date of the Gregorian calendar reform. "
+"Calendar dates previous to reform use the Julian calendar system. Calendar "
+"dates after reform use the Gregorian calendar system. The argument _val_ can "
+"be:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:102
-msgid "_1752_ - sets 3 September 1752 as the reform date (default). This is when the Gregorian calendar reform was adopted by the British Empire."
+msgid ""
+"_1752_ - sets 3 September 1752 as the reform date (default). This is when "
+"the Gregorian calendar reform was adopted by the British Empire."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:103
-msgid "_gregorian_ - display Gregorian calendars exclusively. This special placeholder sets the reform date below the smallest year that *cal* can use; meaning all calendar output uses the Gregorian calendar system. This is called the proleptic Gregorian calendar, because dates prior to the calendar system's creation use extrapolated values."
+msgid ""
+"_gregorian_ - display Gregorian calendars exclusively. This special "
+"placeholder sets the reform date below the smallest year that *cal* can use; "
+"meaning all calendar output uses the Gregorian calendar system. This is "
+"called the proleptic Gregorian calendar, because dates prior to the calendar "
+"system's creation use extrapolated values."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:104
-msgid "_iso_ - alias of _gregorian_. The ISO 8601 standard for the representation of dates and times in information interchange requires using the proleptic Gregorian calendar."
+msgid ""
+"_iso_ - alias of _gregorian_. The ISO 8601 standard for the representation "
+"of dates and times in information interchange requires using the proleptic "
+"Gregorian calendar."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:105
-msgid "_julian_ - display Julian calendars exclusively. This special placeholder sets the reform date above the largest year that *cal* can use; meaning all calendar output uses the Julian calendar system."
+msgid ""
+"_julian_ - display Julian calendars exclusively. This special placeholder "
+"sets the reform date above the largest year that *cal* can use; meaning all "
+"calendar output uses the Julian calendar system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:119
-msgid "Display week numbers in the calendar according to the US or ISO-8601 format. If a _number_ is specified, the requested week will be printed in the desired or current year. The _number_ may be overwritten if _day_ and _month_ are also specified."
+msgid ""
+"Display week numbers in the calendar according to the US or ISO-8601 format. "
+"If a _number_ is specified, the requested week will be printed in the "
+"desired or current year. The _number_ may be overwritten if _day_ and "
+"_month_ are also specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:134
-msgid "Specifies the _year_ to be displayed; note the year must be fully specified: *cal 89* will not display a calendar for 1989."
+msgid ""
+"Specifies the _year_ to be displayed; note the year must be fully specified: "
+"*cal 89* will not display a calendar for 1989."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:137
-msgid "Specifies _timestamp_ or a _month name_ (or abbreviated name) according to the current locales."
+msgid ""
+"Specifies _timestamp_ or a _month name_ (or abbreviated name) according to "
+"the current locales."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:139
-msgid "The special placeholders are accepted when parsing timestamp, \"now\" may be used to refer to the current time, \"today\", \"yesterday\", \"tomorrow\" refer to of the current day, the day before or the next day, respectively."
+msgid ""
+"The special placeholders are accepted when parsing timestamp, \"now\" may be "
+"used to refer to the current time, \"today\", \"yesterday\", \"tomorrow\" "
+"refer to of the current day, the day before or the next day, respectively."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Please keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:141
-msgid "The relative date specifications are also accepted, in this case \"{plus}\" is evaluated to the current time plus the specified time span. Correspondingly, a time span that is prefixed with \"-\" is evaluated to the current time minus the specified time span, for example '{plus}2days'. Instead of prefixing the time span with \"{plus}\" or \"-\", it may also be suffixed with a space and the word \"left\" or \"ago\" (for example '1 week ago')."
+msgid ""
+"The relative date specifications are also accepted, in this case \"{plus}\" "
+"is evaluated to the current time plus the specified time span. "
+"Correspondingly, a time span that is prefixed with \"-\" is evaluated to the "
+"current time minus the specified time span, for example '{plus}2days'. "
+"Instead of prefixing the time span with \"{plus}\" or \"-\", it may also be "
+"suffixed with a space and the word \"left\" or \"ago\" (for example '1 week "
+"ago')."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:148
-msgid "Denote the _day_ (1-31), _month and year_, and the day will be highlighted if the calendar is displayed on a terminal. If no parameters are specified, the current month's calendar is displayed."
+msgid ""
+"Denote the _day_ (1-31), _month and year_, and the day will be highlighted "
+"if the calendar is displayed on a terminal. If no parameters are specified, "
+"the current month's calendar is displayed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:152
-msgid "A year starts on January 1. The first day of the week is determined by the locale or the *--sunday* and *--monday* options."
+msgid ""
+"A year starts on January 1. The first day of the week is determined by the "
+"locale or the *--sunday* and *--monday* options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:154
-msgid "The week numbering depends on the choice of the first day of the week. If it is Sunday then the customary North American numbering is used, where 1 January is in week number 1. If it is Monday (*-m*) then the ISO 8601 standard week numbering is used, where the first Thursday is in week number 1."
+msgid ""
+"The week numbering depends on the choice of the first day of the week. If it "
+"is Sunday then the customary North American numbering is used, where 1 "
+"January is in week number 1. If it is Monday (*-m*) then the ISO 8601 "
+"standard week numbering is used, where the first Thursday is in week number "
+"1."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:179
-msgid "echo -e 'weekend 35\\ntoday 1;41\\nheader yellow' > $HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d/cal.scheme"
+msgid ""
+"echo -e 'weekend 35\\ntoday 1;41\\nheader yellow' > $HOME/.config/terminal-"
+"colors.d/cal.scheme"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:188
-msgid "The default *cal* output uses 3 September 1752 as the Gregorian calendar reform date. The historical reform dates for the other locales, including its introduction in October 1582, are not implemented."
+msgid ""
+"The default *cal* output uses 3 September 1752 as the Gregorian calendar "
+"reform date. The historical reform dates for the other locales, including "
+"its introduction in October 1582, are not implemented."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:190
-msgid "Alternative calendars, such as the Umm al-Qura, the Solar Hijri, the Ge'ez, or the lunisolar Hindu, are not supported."
+msgid ""
+"Alternative calendars, such as the Umm al-Qura, the Solar Hijri, the Ge'ez, "
+"or the lunisolar Hindu, are not supported."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/enosys.1.adoc:21
-msgid "*enosys* is a simple command to execute a child process for which certain syscalls fail with errno ENOSYS."
+msgid ""
+"*enosys* is a simple command to execute a child process for which certain "
+"syscalls fail with errno ENOSYS."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/enosys.1.adoc:24
-msgid "It can be used to test the behavior of applications in the face of missing syscalls as would happen when running on old kernels."
+msgid ""
+"It can be used to test the behavior of applications in the face of missing "
+"syscalls as would happen when running on old kernels."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/enosys.1.adoc:30
-msgid "Syscall to block with *ENOSYS*. Can be specified multiple times. An alternative error number or name can be specified with a colon."
+msgid ""
+"Syscall to block with *ENOSYS*. Can be specified multiple times. An "
+"alternative error number or name can be specified with a colon."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/enosys.1.adoc:34
-msgid "Ioctl to block with *ENOTTY*. Can be specified multiple times. An alternative error number or name can be specified with a colon."
+msgid ""
+"Ioctl to block with *ENOTTY*. Can be specified multiple times. An "
+"alternative error number or name can be specified with a colon."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/enosys.1.adoc:72
-msgid "*enosys* exits with the status code of the executed process. The following values have special meanings:"
+msgid ""
+"*enosys* exits with the status code of the executed process. The following "
+"values have special meanings:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/exch.1.adoc:22
-msgid "*exch* atomically exchanges oldpath and newpath. *exch* is a simple command wrapping *RENAME_EXCHANGE* of *renameat2* system call."
+msgid ""
+"*exch* atomically exchanges oldpath and newpath. *exch* is a simple command "
+"wrapping *RENAME_EXCHANGE* of *renameat2* system call."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _filename_\n"
msgid "*fadvise* [*-a* _advice_] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _filename_"
-msgstr "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _desplazamiento_] [*-l* _longitud_] _nombre-de-fichero_\n"
+msgstr ""
+"*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _desplazamiento_] [*-l* _longitud_] _nombre-de-"
+"fichero_\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:18
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _filename_\n"
-msgid "*fadvise* [*-a* _advice_] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] -d _file-descriptor_"
-msgstr "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _desplazamiento_] [*-l* _longitud_] _nombre-de-fichero_\n"
+msgid ""
+"*fadvise* [*-a* _advice_] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] -d _file-"
+"descriptor_"
+msgstr ""
+"*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _desplazamiento_] [*-l* _longitud_] _nombre-de-"
+"fichero_\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:23
-msgid "*fadvise* is a simple command wrapping *posix_fadvise*(2) system call that is for predeclaring an access pattern for file data."
+msgid ""
+"*fadvise* is a simple command wrapping *posix_fadvise*(2) system call that "
+"is for predeclaring an access pattern for file data."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:29
-msgid "Apply the advice to the file specified with the file descriptor instead of open a file specified with a file name."
+msgid ""
+"Apply the advice to the file specified with the file descriptor instead of "
+"open a file specified with a file name."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:33
-msgid "See the command output with *--help* option for available values for advice. If this option is omitted, \"dontneed\" is used as default advice."
+msgid ""
+"See the command output with *--help* option for available values for advice. "
+"If this option is omitted, \"dontneed\" is used as default advice."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:37
-msgid "Specifies the beginning offset of the range, in bytes. If this option is omitted, 0 is used as default advice."
+msgid ""
+"Specifies the beginning offset of the range, in bytes. If this option is "
+"omitted, 0 is used as default advice."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:41
-msgid "Specifies the length of the range, in bytes. If this option is omitted, 0 is used as default advice."
+msgid ""
+"Specifies the length of the range, in bytes. If this option is omitted, 0 "
+"is used as default advice."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:26
-msgid "*fincore* counts pages of file contents being resident in memory (in core), and reports the numbers. If an error occurs during counting, then an error message is printed to the stderr and *fincore* continues processing the rest of files listed in a command line."
+msgid ""
+"*fincore* counts pages of file contents being resident in memory (in core), "
+"and reports the numbers. If an error occurs during counting, then an error "
+"message is printed to the stderr and *fincore* continues processing the rest "
+"of files listed in a command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:39
-msgid "Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the currently supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_."
+msgid ""
+"Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the "
+"currently supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if "
+"_list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:56
-msgid "Produce output in raw format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
+msgid ""
+"Produce output in raw format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-"
+"escaped (\\x<code>)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:22
-msgid "*findfs* will search the block devices in the system looking for a filesystem or partition with specified tag. The currently supported tags are:"
+msgid ""
+"*findfs* will search the block devices in the system looking for a "
+"filesystem or partition with specified tag. The currently supported tags are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:31
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "It's also possible to use PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=. These partitions identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT)."
-msgid "Specifies partition UUID. This partition identifier is supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT) partition tables."
-msgstr "También pueden usarse los identificadores de particiones PARTUUID= y PARTLABEL= cuyo soporte está incluido por ejemplo en la tabla de particiones GUID (GPT)."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "It's also possible to use PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=. These partitions "
+#| "identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT)."
+msgid ""
+"Specifies partition UUID. This partition identifier is supported for example "
+"for GUID Partition Table (GPT) partition tables."
+msgstr ""
+"También pueden usarse los identificadores de particiones PARTUUID= y "
+"PARTLABEL= cuyo soporte está incluido por ejemplo en la tabla de particiones "
+"GUID (GPT)."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:32
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:34
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "It's also possible to use PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=. These partitions identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT)."
-msgid "Specifies partition label (name). The partition labels are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT) or MAC partition tables."
-msgstr "También pueden usarse los identificadores de particiones PARTUUID= y PARTLABEL= cuyo soporte está incluido por ejemplo en la tabla de particiones GUID (GPT)."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "It's also possible to use PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=. These partitions "
+#| "identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT)."
+msgid ""
+"Specifies partition label (name). The partition labels are supported for "
+"example for GUID Partition Table (GPT) or MAC partition tables."
+msgstr ""
+"También pueden usarse los identificadores de particiones PARTUUID= y "
+"PARTLABEL= cuyo soporte está incluido por ejemplo en la tabla de particiones "
+"GUID (GPT)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:36
-msgid "If the filesystem or partition is found, the device name will be printed on stdout. If the input is not in the format of NAME=value, then the input will be copied to the output without any modification."
+msgid ""
+"If the filesystem or partition is found, the device name will be printed on "
+"stdout. If the input is not in the format of NAME=value, then the input will "
+"be copied to the output without any modification."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:38
-msgid "The complete overview about filesystems and partitions you can get for example by"
+msgid ""
+"The complete overview about filesystems and partitions you can get for "
+"example by"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
msgstr "partx --show /dev/sdb3"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:45 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:193
+#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:45 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:191
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*blkid*\n"
msgid "*blkid*"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:66
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgid "*findfs* was originally written by mailto:tytso@mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o] and re-written for the util-linux package by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."
-msgstr "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid ""
+"*findfs* was originally written by mailto:tytso@mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o] and "
+"re-written for the util-linux package by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."
+msgstr ""
+"mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:72
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "B<mount [-fnrsvw] [-o >I<options>B< [,...]] >I<device >B<|>I< dir>"
msgid "*findmnt* [options] _device_|_mountpoint_"
-msgstr "B<mount [-fnrsvw] [-o >I<opciones>B< [,...]] >I<dispositivo >B<|>I< dir>"
+msgstr ""
+"B<mount [-fnrsvw] [-o >I<opciones>B< [,...]] >I<dispositivo >B<|>I< dir>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:21
-msgid "*findmnt* [options] [*--source*] _device_ [*--target* _path_|*--mountpoint* _mountpoint_]"
+msgid ""
+"*findmnt* [options] [*--source*] _device_ [*--target* _path_|*--mountpoint* "
+"_mountpoint_]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:25
-msgid "*findmnt* will list all mounted filesystems or search for a filesystem. The *findmnt* command is able to search in _/etc/fstab_, _/etc/mtab_ or _/proc/self/mountinfo_. If _device_ or _mountpoint_ is not given, all filesystems are shown."
+msgid ""
+"*findmnt* will list all mounted filesystems or search for a filesystem. The "
+"*findmnt* command is able to search in _/etc/fstab_, _/etc/mtab_ or _/proc/"
+"self/mountinfo_. If _device_ or _mountpoint_ is not given, all filesystems "
+"are shown."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:27
-msgid "The device may be specified by device name, major:minor numbers, filesystem label or UUID, or partition label or UUID. Note that *findmnt* follows *mount*(8) behavior where a device name may be interpreted as a mountpoint (and vice versa) if the *--target*, *--mountpoint* or *--source* options are not specified."
+msgid ""
+"The device may be specified by device name, major:minor numbers, filesystem "
+"label or UUID, or partition label or UUID. Note that *findmnt* follows "
+"*mount*(8) behavior where a device name may be interpreted as a mountpoint "
+"(and vice versa) if the *--target*, *--mountpoint* or *--source* options are "
+"not specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:29
-msgid "The command-line option *--target* accepts any file or directory and then *findmnt* displays the filesystem for the given path."
+msgid ""
+"The command-line option *--target* accepts any file or directory and then "
+"*findmnt* displays the filesystem for the given path."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:31
-msgid "The command prints all mounted filesystems in the tree-like format by default. The default output, is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default output in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output columns-list* in environments where a stable output is required."
+msgid ""
+"The command prints all mounted filesystems in the tree-like format by "
+"default. The default output, is subject to change. So whenever possible, you "
+"should avoid using default output in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
+"expected columns by using *--output columns-list* in environments where a "
+"stable output is required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:33
-msgid "The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-one. The filesystem may use more block devices. This is why *findmnt* provides SOURCE and SOURCES (pl.) columns. The column SOURCES displays all devices where it is possible to find the same filesystem UUID (or another tag specified in _fstab_ when executed with *--fstab* and *--evaluate*)."
+msgid ""
+"The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-"
+"one. The filesystem may use more block devices. This is why *findmnt* "
+"provides SOURCE and SOURCES (pl.) columns. The column SOURCES displays all "
+"devices where it is possible to find the same filesystem UUID (or another "
+"tag specified in _fstab_ when executed with *--fstab* and *--evaluate*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:47
-msgid "Do not canonicalize paths at all. This option affects the comparing of paths and the evaluation of tags (LABEL, UUID, etc.)."
+msgid ""
+"Do not canonicalize paths at all. This option affects the comparing of paths "
+"and the evaluation of tags (LABEL, UUID, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:53
-msgid "Imitate the output of *df*(1). This option is equivalent to *-o SOURCE,FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET* but excludes all pseudo filesystems. Use *--all* to print all filesystems. See also *-I*, *--dfi* options."
+msgid ""
+"Imitate the output of *df*(1). This option is equivalent to *-o SOURCE,"
+"FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET* but excludes all pseudo filesystems. Use "
+"*--all* to print all filesystems. See also *-I*, *--dfi* options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:59
-msgid "Convert all tags (LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID, or PARTLABEL) to the corresponding device names for the SOURCE column. It's an unusual situation, but the same tag may be duplicated (used for more devices). For this purpose, there is SOURCES (pl.) column. This column displays by multi-line cell all devices where the tag is detected by libblkid. This option makes sense for _fstab_ only."
+msgid ""
+"Convert all tags (LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID, or PARTLABEL) to the corresponding "
+"device names for the SOURCE column. It's an unusual situation, but the same "
+"tag may be duplicated (used for more devices). For this purpose, there is "
+"SOURCES (pl.) column. This column displays by multi-line cell all devices "
+"where the tag is detected by libblkid. This option makes sense for _fstab_ "
+"only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:62 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:66
-msgid "Print mountpoint paths as terminal hyperlinks. The _mode_ can be set to \"always\", \"never\", or \"auto\". The optional argument _when_ can be set to \"auto\", \"never\", or \"always\". If the _when_ argument is omitted, it will default to \"auto\". The \"auto\" setting means that hyperlinks will only be used if the output is on a terminal."
+msgid ""
+"Print mountpoint paths as terminal hyperlinks. The _mode_ can be set to "
+"\"always\", \"never\", or \"auto\". The optional argument _when_ can be set "
+"to \"auto\", \"never\", or \"always\". If the _when_ argument is omitted, it "
+"will default to \"auto\". The \"auto\" setting means that hyperlinks will "
+"only be used if the output is on a terminal."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:65
-msgid "Search in an alternative file. If used with *--fstab*, *--mtab* or *--kernel*, then it overrides the default paths. If specified more than once, then tree-like output is disabled (see the *--list* option)."
+msgid ""
+"Search in an alternative file. If used with *--fstab*, *--mtab* or *--"
+"kernel*, then it overrides the default paths. If specified more than once, "
+"then tree-like output is disabled (see the *--list* option)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:71 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:46
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:36
-msgid "List the available columns, use with *--json* or *--raw* to get output in machine-readable format."
+msgid ""
+"List the available columns, use with *--json* or *--raw* to get output in "
+"machine-readable format."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:74
-msgid "Imitate the output of *df*(1) with its *-i* option. This option is equivalent to *-o SOURCE,FSTYPE,INO.TOTAL,INO.USED,INO.AVAIL,INO.USE%,TARGET* but excludes all pseudo filesystems. Use *--all* to print all filesystems."
+msgid ""
+"Imitate the output of *df*(1) with its *-i* option. This option is "
+"equivalent to *-o SOURCE,FSTYPE,INO.TOTAL,INO.USED,INO.AVAIL,INO.USE%,"
+"TARGET* but excludes all pseudo filesystems. Use *--all* to print all "
+"filesystems."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:83
-msgid "Select a filesystem using the mount node 64-bit ID, use with *--kernel=listmount* option."
+msgid ""
+"Select a filesystem using the mount node 64-bit ID, use with *--"
+"kernel=listmount* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:89
-msgid "Reads information about filesystems from the kernel. This is the default output. The format is tree-like and only includes mount options managed by the kernel (see also *--mtab*)."
+msgid ""
+"Reads information about filesystems from the kernel. This is the default "
+"output. The format is tree-like and only includes mount options managed by "
+"the kernel (see also *--mtab*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:91
-msgid "The optional argument _method_ can be either:"
+msgid ""
+"The optional argument _method_ is supported only for the long variant (--"
+"kernel). The short variant (-k) defaults to the mountinfo method for "
+"backward compatibility. The supported methods can be either:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:93
-msgid "*mountinfo* - this is the default method and it reads data from the _/proc/self/mountinfo_ file."
+msgid ""
+"*mountinfo* - this is the default method and it reads data from the _/proc/"
+"self/mountinfo_ file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:95
-msgid "*listmount* - This is an EXPERIMENTAL method that uses the listmount() and statmount() syscalls to generate the mount table. The output may not contain all details about mount nodes (for example, SOURCE is currently missing)."
+msgid ""
+"*listmount* - This is an EXPERIMENTAL method that uses the listmount() and "
+"statmount() syscalls to generate the mount table. The output may not contain "
+"all details about mount nodes (for example, SOURCE is currently missing)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:98
-msgid "Use the list output format. This output format is automatically enabled if the output is restricted by the *-t*, *-O*, *-S* or *-T* option and the option *--submounts* is not used or if more that one source file (the option *-F*) is specified."
+msgid ""
+"Use the list output format. This output format is automatically enabled if "
+"the output is restricted by the *-t*, *-O*, *-S* or *-T* option and the "
+"option *--submounts* is not used or if more that one source file (the option "
+"*-F*) is specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:101
-msgid "Explicitly define the mountpoint file or directory. See also *--target*."
+msgid ""
+"Explicitly define the mountpoint file or directory. See also *--target*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:104
-msgid "Search in _/etc/mtab_. The output is in the list format by default (see *--tree*). The output may include user space mount options."
+msgid ""
+"Search in _/etc/mtab_. The output is in the list format by default (see *--"
+"tree*). The output may include user space mount options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:107
-msgid "Use alternative namespace _/proc/<tid>/mountinfo_ rather than the default _/proc/self/mountinfo_. If the option is specified more than once, then tree-like output is disabled (see the *--list* option). See also the *unshare*(1) command."
+msgid ""
+"Use alternative namespace _/proc/<tid>/mountinfo_ rather than the default _/"
+"proc/self/mountinfo_. If the option is specified more than once, then tree-"
+"like output is disabled (see the *--list* option). See also the *unshare*(1) "
+"command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:113
-msgid "Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one option may be specified in a comma-separated list. The *-t* and *-O* options are cumulative in effect. It is different from *-t* in that each option is matched exactly; a leading _no_ at the beginning does not have global meaning. The \"no\" can used for individual items in the list. The \"no\" prefix interpretation can be disabled by \"{plus}\" prefix."
+msgid ""
+"Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one option may be specified "
+"in a comma-separated list. The *-t* and *-O* options are cumulative in "
+"effect. It is different from *-t* in that each option is matched exactly; a "
+"leading _no_ at the beginning does not have global meaning. The \"no\" can "
+"used for individual items in the list. The \"no\" prefix interpretation can "
+"be disabled by \"{plus}\" prefix."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:117
-msgid "Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the currently supported columns. The *TARGET* column contains tree formatting if the *--list* or *--raw* options are not specified."
+msgid ""
+"Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the "
+"currently supported columns. The *TARGET* column contains tree formatting if "
+"the *--list* or *--raw* options are not specified."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:119
-msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *findmnt -o {plus}PROPAGATION*)."
+msgid ""
+"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
+"format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *findmnt -o {plus}PROPAGATION*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:123
-msgid "Output almost all available columns. The columns that require *--poll* are not included."
+msgid ""
+"Output almost all available columns. The columns that require *--poll* are "
+"not included."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:126 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:63
-msgid "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>). See also option *--shell*."
+msgid ""
+"Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe "
+"value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>). See also option *--shell*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:128
-msgid "Note that SOURCES column, use multi-line cells. In these cases, the column use an array-like formatting in the output, for example *name=(\"aaa\" \"bbb\" \"ccc\")*."
+msgid ""
+"Note that SOURCES column, use multi-line cells. In these cases, the column "
+"use an array-like formatting in the output, for example *name=(\"aaa\" "
+"\"bbb\" \"ccc\")*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:131
-msgid "Monitor changes in the _/proc/self/mountinfo_ file. Supported actions are: mount, umount, remount and move. More than one action may be specified in a comma-separated list. All actions are monitored by default."
+msgid ""
+"Monitor changes in the _/proc/self/mountinfo_ file. Supported actions are: "
+"mount, umount, remount and move. More than one action may be specified in a "
+"comma-separated list. All actions are monitored by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:133
-msgid "The time for which *--poll* will block can be restricted with the *--timeout* or *--first-only* options."
+msgid ""
+"The time for which *--poll* will block can be restricted with the *--"
+"timeout* or *--first-only* options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:135
-msgid "The standard columns always use the new version of the information from the mountinfo file, except the umount action which is based on the original information cached by *findmnt*. The poll mode allows using extra columns:"
+msgid ""
+"The standard columns always use the new version of the information from the "
+"mountinfo file, except the umount action which is based on the original "
+"information cached by *findmnt*. The poll mode allows using extra columns:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:138
-msgid "mount, umount, move or remount action name; this column is enabled by default"
+msgid ""
+"mount, umount, move or remount action name; this column is enabled by default"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:151
-msgid "Print only the filesystems that meet the conditions specified by the expr."
+msgid ""
+"Print only the filesystems that meet the conditions specified by the expr."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:154
-msgid "This feature is EXPERIMENTAL. See also *scols-filter*(5). For example, include xfs having more than 50% free space:"
+msgid ""
+"This feature is EXPERIMENTAL. See also *scols-filter*(5). For example, "
+"include xfs having more than 50% free space:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:160
-msgid "Print recursively all submounts for the selected filesystems. The restrictions defined by options *-t*, *-O*, *-S*, *-T* and *--direction* are not applied to submounts. All submounts are always printed in tree-like order. The option enables the tree-like output format by default. This option has no effect for *--mtab* or *--fstab*."
+msgid ""
+"Print recursively all submounts for the selected filesystems. The "
+"restrictions defined by options *-t*, *-O*, *-S*, *-T* and *--direction* are "
+"not applied to submounts. All submounts are always printed in tree-like "
+"order. The option enables the tree-like output format by default. This "
+"option has no effect for *--mtab* or *--fstab*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:163
-msgid "Use raw output format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
+msgid ""
+"Use raw output format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped "
+"(\\x<code>)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:165
-msgid "Note that column SOURCES, use multi-line cells. In these cases, the column may produce more strings on the same line."
+msgid ""
+"Note that column SOURCES, use multi-line cells. In these cases, the column "
+"may produce more strings on the same line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:171
-msgid "Explicitly define the mount source. Supported specifications are _device_, __maj__**:**_min_, **LABEL=**__label__, **UUID=**__uuid__, **PARTLABEL=**__label__ and **PARTUUID=**__uuid__."
+msgid ""
+"Explicitly define the mount source. Supported specifications are _device_, "
+"__maj__**:**_min_, **LABEL=**__label__, **UUID=**__uuid__, "
+"**PARTLABEL=**__label__ and **PARTUUID=**__uuid__."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:174
-msgid "Search in _/etc/fstab_. The output is in the list format (see *--list*)."
+msgid ""
+"Search in _/etc/fstab_. The output is in the list format (see *--list*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:177
-msgid "Define the mount target. If _path_ is not a mountpoint file or directory, then *findmnt* checks the _path_ elements in reverse order to get the mountpoint (this feature is supported only when searching in kernel files and unsupported for *--fstab*). It's recommended to use the option *--mountpoint* when checks of _path_ elements are unwanted and _path_ is a strictly specified mountpoint."
+msgid ""
+"Define the mount target. If _path_ is not a mountpoint file or directory, "
+"then *findmnt* checks the _path_ elements in reverse order to get the "
+"mountpoint (this feature is supported only when searching in kernel files "
+"and unsupported for *--fstab*). It's recommended to use the option *--"
+"mountpoint* when checks of _path_ elements are unwanted and _path_ is a "
+"strictly specified mountpoint."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:178 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:75
+#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:178 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:78
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--types* _list_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:180
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list. The list of file system types can be prefixed with B<no> to specify the file system types on which no action should be taken. (This can be meaningful with the B<-a> option.)"
-msgid "Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with *no* to specify the filesystem types on which no action should be taken. For more details see *mount*(8)."
-msgstr "Se puede especificar más de un tipo en una lista de tipos separados por comas. La lista de los tipos de sistemas de ficheros puede prefijarse por B<no> para especificar los tipos de sistemas de ficheros sobre los que no se deberá tomar ninguna opción. (Esto puede tener sentido con la opción B<-a>.)"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list. The list "
+#| "of file system types can be prefixed with B<no> to specify the file "
+#| "system types on which no action should be taken. (This can be meaningful "
+#| "with the B<-a> option.)"
+msgid ""
+"Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one type may be specified in "
+"a comma-separated list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with "
+"*no* to specify the filesystem types on which no action should be taken. For "
+"more details see *mount*(8)."
+msgstr ""
+"Se puede especificar más de un tipo en una lista de tipos separados por "
+"comas. La lista de los tipos de sistemas de ficheros puede prefijarse por "
+"B<no> para especificar los tipos de sistemas de ficheros sobre los que no se "
+"deberá tomar ninguna opción. (Esto puede tener sentido con la opción B<-a>.)"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:181
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:183
-msgid "Enable tree-like output if possible. The options is silently ignored for tables where is missing child-parent relation (e.g., _fstab_)."
+msgid ""
+"Enable tree-like output if possible. The options is silently ignored for "
+"tables where is missing child-parent relation (e.g., _fstab_)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:189
-msgid "Ignore filesystems with duplicate mount targets, thus effectively skipping over-mounted mount points."
+msgid ""
+"Ignore filesystems with duplicate mount targets, thus effectively skipping "
+"over-mounted mount points."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:192
-msgid "Do not truncate text in columns. The default is to not truncate the *TARGET*, *SOURCE*, *UUID*, *LABEL*, *PARTUUID*, *PARTLABEL* columns. This option disables text truncation also in all other columns."
+msgid ""
+"Do not truncate text in columns. The default is to not truncate the "
+"*TARGET*, *SOURCE*, *UUID*, *LABEL*, *PARTUUID*, *PARTLABEL* columns. This "
+"option disables text truncation also in all other columns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:195
-msgid "Do not print a [/dir] in the SOURCE column for bind mounts or btrfs subvolumes."
+msgid ""
+"Do not print a [/dir] in the SOURCE column for bind mounts or btrfs "
+"subvolumes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:198
-msgid "Specify an upper limit on the time for which *--poll* will block, in milliseconds."
+msgid ""
+"Specify an upper limit on the time for which *--poll* will block, in "
+"milliseconds."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:201
-msgid "Check mount table content. The default is to verify _/etc/fstab_ parsability and usability. It's possible to use this option also with *--tab-file*. It's possible to specify source (device) or target (mountpoint) to filter mount table. The option *--verbose* forces *findmnt* to print more details."
+msgid ""
+"Check mount table content. The default is to verify _/etc/fstab_ parsability "
+"and usability. It's possible to use this option also with *--tab-file*. It's "
+"possible to specify source (device) or target (mountpoint) to filter mount "
+"table. The option *--verbose* forces *findmnt* to print more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:207
-msgid "When used with *VFS-OPTIONS* column, print all VFS (fs-independent) flags. This option is designed for auditing purposes to list also default VFS kernel mount options which are normally not listed."
+msgid ""
+"When used with *VFS-OPTIONS* column, print all VFS (fs-independent) flags. "
+"This option is designed for auditing purposes to list also default VFS "
+"kernel mount options which are normally not listed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:210
-msgid "The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for shell variable identifiers. This is usable, for example, with *--pairs*. Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--pairs* in version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request this behavior by *--shell*."
+msgid ""
+"The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for "
+"shell variable identifiers. This is usable, for example, with *--pairs*. "
+"Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--pairs* in "
+"version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request "
+"this behavior by *--shell*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:218
-msgid "The exit value is 0 if there is something to display, or 1 on any error (for example if no filesystem is found based on the user's filter specification, or the device path or mountpoint does not exist)."
+msgid ""
+"The exit value is 0 if there is something to display, or 1 on any error (for "
+"example if no filesystem is found based on the user's filter specification, "
+"or the device path or mountpoint does not exist)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:221 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1685
+#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:221 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1687
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:189
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "LIBMOUNT_FSTAB=<path>"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:227 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:222
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1688 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:54
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1690 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:54
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:125 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:192
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*"
msgstr "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:229 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1690
+#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:229 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1692
msgid "enables libmount debug output"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:243
-msgid "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/foo_. It also prints bind mounts where _/mnt/foo_ is a source."
+msgid ""
+"Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/"
+"foo_. It also prints bind mounts where _/mnt/foo_ is a source."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:246
-msgid "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/foo_."
+msgid ""
+"Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/"
+"foo_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:249
-msgid "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems and converts LABEL= and UUID= tags to the real device names."
+msgid ""
+"Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems and converts LABEL= and UUID= tags to "
+"the real device names."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:252
-msgid "Prints only the mountpoint where the filesystem with label \"/boot\" is mounted."
+msgid ""
+"Prints only the mountpoint where the filesystem with label \"/boot\" is "
+"mounted."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:21
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "B<getopt> [options] B<-o>|B<--options> optstring [options] [B<-->] parameters"
-msgid "*getopt* [options] *-o*|*--options* _optstring_ [options] [*--*] _parameters_"
-msgstr "B<getopt> [options] B<-o>|B<--options> optstring [options] [B<-->] parameters"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "B<getopt> [options] B<-o>|B<--options> optstring [options] [B<-->] "
+#| "parameters"
+msgid ""
+"*getopt* [options] *-o*|*--options* _optstring_ [options] [*--*] _parameters_"
+msgstr ""
+"B<getopt> [options] B<-o>|B<--options> optstring [options] [B<-->] parameters"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:25
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*getopt* is used to break up (_parse_) options in command lines for easy parsing by shell procedures, and to check for valid options. It uses the GNU *getopt*(3) routines to do this.\n"
-msgid "*getopt* is used to break up (_parse_) options in command lines for easy parsing by shell procedures, and to check for valid options. It uses the GNU *getopt*(3) routines to do this."
-msgstr "*getopt* se usa para partir (_analizar_) las opciones de las líneas de órdenes para un fácil análisis por parte de los procedimientos del shell, y para identificar las opciones legales. Usa las rutinas *getopt*(3) de GNU para hacerlo.\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*getopt* is used to break up (_parse_) options in command lines for easy "
+#| "parsing by shell procedures, and to check for valid options. It uses the "
+#| "GNU *getopt*(3) routines to do this.\n"
+msgid ""
+"*getopt* is used to break up (_parse_) options in command lines for easy "
+"parsing by shell procedures, and to check for valid options. It uses the GNU "
+"*getopt*(3) routines to do this."
+msgstr ""
+"*getopt* se usa para partir (_analizar_) las opciones de las líneas de "
+"órdenes para un fácil análisis por parte de los procedimientos del shell, y "
+"para identificar las opciones legales. Usa las rutinas *getopt*(3) de GNU "
+"para hacerlo.\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:27
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The parameters B<getopt> is called with can be divided into two parts: options which modify the way getopt will parse (I<options> and I<-o|--options optstring> in the B<SYNOPSIS),> and the parameters which are to be parsed (I<parameters> in the B<SYNOPSIS).> The second part will start at the first non-option parameter that is not an option argument, or after the first occurence of `B<-->'. If no `B<-o>' or `B<--options>' option is found in the first part, the first parameter of the second part is used as the short options string."
-msgid "The parameters *getopt* is called with can be divided into two parts: options which modify the way *getopt* will do the parsing (the _options_ and the _optstring_ in the *SYNOPSIS*), and the parameters which are to be parsed (_parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The second part will start at the first non-option parameter that is not an option argument, or after the first occurrence of '*--*'. If no '*-o*' or '*--options*' option is found in the first part, the first parameter of the second part is used as the short options string."
-msgstr "Los parámetros con los que se llama a B<getopt> se pueden dividir en dos partes: opciones que modifican la manera en la que getopt analizará (I<options> y I<-o|--options optstring> en la B<SINOPSIS),> y los parámetros que deben ser analizados (I<parameters> en la B<SINOPSIS).> La segunda parte comenzará en el primer parámetro que no sea una opción, o después de la primera aparición de `B<-->'. Si las opciones `B<-o>' o `B<--options>' no se encuentran en la primera parte, el primer parámetro de la segunda parte se interpreta como la cadena de opciones cortas."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The parameters B<getopt> is called with can be divided into two parts: "
+#| "options which modify the way getopt will parse (I<options> and I<-o|--"
+#| "options optstring> in the B<SYNOPSIS),> and the parameters which are to "
+#| "be parsed (I<parameters> in the B<SYNOPSIS).> The second part will start "
+#| "at the first non-option parameter that is not an option argument, or "
+#| "after the first occurence of `B<-->'. If no `B<-o>' or `B<--options>' "
+#| "option is found in the first part, the first parameter of the second part "
+#| "is used as the short options string."
+msgid ""
+"The parameters *getopt* is called with can be divided into two parts: "
+"options which modify the way *getopt* will do the parsing (the _options_ and "
+"the _optstring_ in the *SYNOPSIS*), and the parameters which are to be "
+"parsed (_parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The second part will start at the "
+"first non-option parameter that is not an option argument, or after the "
+"first occurrence of '*--*'. If no '*-o*' or '*--options*' option is found in "
+"the first part, the first parameter of the second part is used as the short "
+"options string."
+msgstr ""
+"Los parámetros con los que se llama a B<getopt> se pueden dividir en dos "
+"partes: opciones que modifican la manera en la que getopt analizará "
+"(I<options> y I<-o|--options optstring> en la B<SINOPSIS),> y los parámetros "
+"que deben ser analizados (I<parameters> en la B<SINOPSIS).> La segunda parte "
+"comenzará en el primer parámetro que no sea una opción, o después de la "
+"primera aparición de `B<-->'. Si las opciones `B<-o>' o `B<--options>' no "
+"se encuentran en la primera parte, el primer parámetro de la segunda parte "
+"se interpreta como la cadena de opciones cortas."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:29
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "If the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, or if its first parameter is not an option (does not start with a `B<->', this is the first format in the B<SYNOPSIS),> B<getopt> will generate output that is compatible with that of other versions of B<getopt>(1). It will still do parameter shuffling and recognize optional arguments (see section B<COMPATIBILITY> for more information)."
-msgid "If the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, or if the first _parameter_ is not an option (does not start with a '*-*', the first format in the *SYNOPSIS*), *getopt* will generate output that is compatible with that of other versions of *getopt*(1). It will still do parameter shuffling and recognize optional arguments (see the *COMPATIBILITY* section for more information)."
-msgstr "Si la variable de entorno B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> está definida, o si su primer parámetro no es una opción (no comienza por un `B<->', entonces se toma el primer formato descrito en la B<SINOPSIS),> B<getopt> generará una salida compatible con esta u otras versiones de B<getopt>(1). Todavía se realizará el reordenamiento de parámetros y el reconocimiento de argumentos opcionales (ver la sección B<COMPATIBILIDADES> para más información)."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, or if its first "
+#| "parameter is not an option (does not start with a `B<->', this is the "
+#| "first format in the B<SYNOPSIS),> B<getopt> will generate output that is "
+#| "compatible with that of other versions of B<getopt>(1). It will still do "
+#| "parameter shuffling and recognize optional arguments (see section "
+#| "B<COMPATIBILITY> for more information)."
+msgid ""
+"If the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, or if the first "
+"_parameter_ is not an option (does not start with a '*-*', the first format "
+"in the *SYNOPSIS*), *getopt* will generate output that is compatible with "
+"that of other versions of *getopt*(1). It will still do parameter shuffling "
+"and recognize optional arguments (see the *COMPATIBILITY* section for more "
+"information)."
+msgstr ""
+"Si la variable de entorno B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> está definida, o si su primer "
+"parámetro no es una opción (no comienza por un `B<->', entonces se toma el "
+"primer formato descrito en la B<SINOPSIS),> B<getopt> generará una salida "
+"compatible con esta u otras versiones de B<getopt>(1). Todavía se realizará "
+"el reordenamiento de parámetros y el reconocimiento de argumentos opcionales "
+"(ver la sección B<COMPATIBILIDADES> para más información)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:31
-msgid "Traditional implementations of *getopt*(1) are unable to cope with whitespace and other (shell-specific) special characters in arguments and non-option parameters. To solve this problem, this implementation can generate quoted output which must once again be interpreted by the shell (usually by using the *eval* command). This has the effect of preserving those characters, but you must call *getopt* in a way that is no longer compatible with other versions (the second or third format in the *SYNOPSIS*). To determine whether this enhanced version of *getopt*(1) is installed, a special test option (*-T*) can be used."
-msgstr "Las implementaciones tradicionales de *getopt*(1) son incapaces de soportar los espacios en blanco y otros caracteres especiales (específicos del shell) en argumentos y parámetros libres. Para resolver este problema, esta implementación puede generar salida entrecomillada (*N. del T.* quoted) que puede ser, a su vez, tratada por la shell (típicamente usando la orden *eval*). Esto tiene el efecto de preservar dichos caracteres, pero debe llamarse a *getopt* de una manera no compatible con otras versiones (el segundo y tercer formato en la *SINOPSIS*). Para determinar cuando esta versión mejorada de *getopt*(1) está instalada, puede usarse la opción (*-T*) que realiza dicha prueba."
+msgid ""
+"Traditional implementations of *getopt*(1) are unable to cope with "
+"whitespace and other (shell-specific) special characters in arguments and "
+"non-option parameters. To solve this problem, this implementation can "
+"generate quoted output which must once again be interpreted by the shell "
+"(usually by using the *eval* command). This has the effect of preserving "
+"those characters, but you must call *getopt* in a way that is no longer "
+"compatible with other versions (the second or third format in the "
+"*SYNOPSIS*). To determine whether this enhanced version of *getopt*(1) is "
+"installed, a special test option (*-T*) can be used."
+msgstr ""
+"Las implementaciones tradicionales de *getopt*(1) son incapaces de soportar "
+"los espacios en blanco y otros caracteres especiales (específicos del shell) "
+"en argumentos y parámetros libres. Para resolver este problema, esta "
+"implementación puede generar salida entrecomillada (*N. del T.* quoted) que "
+"puede ser, a su vez, tratada por la shell (típicamente usando la orden "
+"*eval*). Esto tiene el efecto de preservar dichos caracteres, pero debe "
+"llamarse a *getopt* de una manera no compatible con otras versiones (el "
+"segundo y tercer formato en la *SINOPSIS*). Para determinar cuando esta "
+"versión mejorada de *getopt*(1) está instalada, puede usarse la opción (*-"
+"T*) que realiza dicha prueba."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:34 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:59
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:39
-msgid "The long (multi-character) options to be recognized. More than one option name may be specified at once, by separating the names with commas. This option may be given more than once, the _longopts_ are cumulative. Each long option name in _longopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional argument."
-msgstr "Las opciones largas (más de un carácter) para ser analizadas. Pueden especificarse más de una opción al mismo tiempo, separándolas con comas. Esta opción puede darse más de una vez, ya que _longopts_ es acumulativa. Cada nombre de opción larga en _longopts_ puede ir secundado por dos puntos (:) para indicar que es un argumento requerido, y por doble dos puntos (::) para indicar que es un argumento opcional."
+msgid ""
+"The long (multi-character) options to be recognized. More than one option "
+"name may be specified at once, by separating the names with commas. This "
+"option may be given more than once, the _longopts_ are cumulative. Each long "
+"option name in _longopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it has a "
+"required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional argument."
+msgstr ""
+"Las opciones largas (más de un carácter) para ser analizadas. Pueden "
+"especificarse más de una opción al mismo tiempo, separándolas con comas. "
+"Esta opción puede darse más de una vez, ya que _longopts_ es acumulativa. "
+"Cada nombre de opción larga en _longopts_ puede ir secundado por dos puntos "
+"(:) para indicar que es un argumento requerido, y por doble dos puntos (::) "
+"para indicar que es un argumento opcional."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:40
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:42
-msgid "The name that will be used by the *getopt*(3) routines when it reports errors. Note that errors of *getopt*(1) are still reported as coming from getopt."
-msgstr "El nombre que será usado por las rutinas *getopt*(3) cuando generen algún error. Nótese que los errores de *getopt*(1) son todavía generados tal y como se obtienen de getopt."
+msgid ""
+"The name that will be used by the *getopt*(3) routines when it reports "
+"errors. Note that errors of *getopt*(1) are still reported as coming from "
+"getopt."
+msgstr ""
+"El nombre que será usado por las rutinas *getopt*(3) cuando generen algún "
+"error. Nótese que los errores de *getopt*(1) son todavía generados tal y "
+"como se obtienen de getopt."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:43
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:45
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is not found, the first parameter of *getopt* that does not start with a '*-*' (and is not an option argument) is used as the short options string. Each short option character in _shortopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional argument. The first character of shortopts may be '*{plus}*' or '*-*' to influence the way options are parsed and output is generated (see section *SCANNING MODES* for details)."
-msgid "The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is not found, the first parameter of *getopt* that does not start with a '*-*' (and is not an option argument) is used as the short options string. Each short option character in _shortopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional argument. The first character of shortopts may be '*{plus}*' or '*-*' to influence the way options are parsed and output is generated (see the *SCANNING MODES* section for details)."
-msgstr "Las opciones cortas (un solo carácter) para ser analizadas. Si esta opción no se encuentra, el primer parámetro de *getopt* que no comience por un `*-*' (y no sea un argumento opcional) es usado como la cadena de opciones cortas. Cada carácter de una opción corta en _shortopts_ puede ir secundada por dos puntos (:) para indicar que es un argumento requerido, y por doble dos puntos (::) para indicar que es un argumento opcional. El primer carácter de shortopts puede ser `*{plus}*' o `*-*' para influenciar sobre la manera en que las opciones son pasadas y la salida es generada (ver la sección *MODOS DE EXPLORACIÓN* para más detalles)."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is not "
+#| "found, the first parameter of *getopt* that does not start with a '*-*' "
+#| "(and is not an option argument) is used as the short options string. Each "
+#| "short option character in _shortopts_ may be followed by one colon to "
+#| "indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has "
+#| "an optional argument. The first character of shortopts may be '*{plus}*' "
+#| "or '*-*' to influence the way options are parsed and output is generated "
+#| "(see section *SCANNING MODES* for details)."
+msgid ""
+"The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is not "
+"found, the first parameter of *getopt* that does not start with a '*-*' (and "
+"is not an option argument) is used as the short options string. Each short "
+"option character in _shortopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it "
+"has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional "
+"argument. The first character of shortopts may be '*{plus}*' or '*-*' to "
+"influence the way options are parsed and output is generated (see the "
+"*SCANNING MODES* section for details)."
+msgstr ""
+"Las opciones cortas (un solo carácter) para ser analizadas. Si esta opción "
+"no se encuentra, el primer parámetro de *getopt* que no comience por un `*-"
+"*' (y no sea un argumento opcional) es usado como la cadena de opciones "
+"cortas. Cada carácter de una opción corta en _shortopts_ puede ir secundada "
+"por dos puntos (:) para indicar que es un argumento requerido, y por doble "
+"dos puntos (::) para indicar que es un argumento opcional. El primer "
+"carácter de shortopts puede ser `*{plus}*' o `*-*' para influenciar sobre la "
+"manera en que las opciones son pasadas y la salida es generada (ver la "
+"sección *MODOS DE EXPLORACIÓN* para más detalles)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:49
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:52
-msgid "Do not generate normal output. Errors are still reported by *getopt*(3), unless you also use *-q*."
-msgstr "No genera la salida normal. *getopt*(3) sigue generando errores a menos que no se use *-q*."
+msgid ""
+"Do not generate normal output. Errors are still reported by *getopt*(3), "
+"unless you also use *-q*."
+msgstr ""
+"No genera la salida normal. *getopt*(3) sigue generando errores a menos que "
+"no se use *-q*."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:55
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Set quoting conventions to those of _shell_. If the *-s* option is not given, the BASH conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently '*sh*' '*bash*', '*csh*', and '*tcsh*'."
-msgid "Set quoting conventions to those of _shell_. If the *-s* option is not given, the *BASH* conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently '*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*', and '*tcsh*'."
-msgstr "Establece las convenciones de entrecomillado para cada tipo de _shell_. Si el argumento *-s* no se encuentra, se utilizan las convenciones de BASH. Actualmente los argumentos válidos son `*sh*' `*bash*', `*csh*', y `*tcsh*'."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Set quoting conventions to those of _shell_. If the *-s* option is not "
+#| "given, the BASH conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently "
+#| "'*sh*' '*bash*', '*csh*', and '*tcsh*'."
+msgid ""
+"Set quoting conventions to those of _shell_. If the *-s* option is not "
+"given, the *BASH* conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently "
+"'*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*', and '*tcsh*'."
+msgstr ""
+"Establece las convenciones de entrecomillado para cada tipo de _shell_. Si "
+"el argumento *-s* no se encuentra, se utilizan las convenciones de BASH. "
+"Actualmente los argumentos válidos son `*sh*' `*bash*', `*csh*', y `*tcsh*'."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:56
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:58
-msgid "Test if your *getopt*(1) is this enhanced version or an old version. This generates no output, and sets the error status to 4. Other implementations of *getopt*(1), and this version if the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, will return '*--*' and error status 0."
-msgstr "Prueba si su *getopt*(1) es esta versión mejorada o una versión antigua. No genera ningún tipo de salida y devuelve un código de error 4. Otras implementaciones de *getopt*(1), y esta versión si la variable de entorno *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* está definida, retornan \"*--*\" y un código de error 0."
+msgid ""
+"Test if your *getopt*(1) is this enhanced version or an old version. This "
+"generates no output, and sets the error status to 4. Other implementations "
+"of *getopt*(1), and this version if the environment variable "
+"*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, will return '*--*' and error status 0."
+msgstr ""
+"Prueba si su *getopt*(1) es esta versión mejorada o una versión antigua. No "
+"genera ningún tipo de salida y devuelve un código de error 4. Otras "
+"implementaciones de *getopt*(1), y esta versión si la variable de entorno "
+"*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* está definida, retornan \"*--*\" y un código de error 0."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:59
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:61
-msgid "Do not quote the output. Note that whitespace and special (shell-dependent) characters can cause havoc in this mode (like they do with other *getopt*(1) implementations)."
-msgstr "No produce salida entrecomillada. Nótese que los espacios en blanco y los caracteres especiales (dependientes del shell) pueden causar estragos en este modo (tal y como se producen en otras implementaciones de *getopt*(1))."
+msgid ""
+"Do not quote the output. Note that whitespace and special (shell-dependent) "
+"characters can cause havoc in this mode (like they do with other *getopt*(1) "
+"implementations)."
+msgstr ""
+"No produce salida entrecomillada. Nótese que los espacios en blanco y los "
+"caracteres especiales (dependientes del shell) pueden causar estragos en "
+"este modo (tal y como se producen en otras implementaciones de *getopt*(1))."
#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:64
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:67
-msgid "This section specifies the format of the second part of the parameters of *getopt* (the _parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The next section (*OUTPUT*) describes the output that is generated. These parameters were typically the parameters a shell function was called with. Care must be taken that each parameter the shell function was called with corresponds to exactly one parameter in the parameter list of *getopt* (see the *EXAMPLES*). All parsing is done by the GNU *getopt*(3) routines."
-msgstr "Esta sección especifica el formato de la segunda parte de los parámetros de *getopt* (los _parameters_ en la *SINOPSIS*). La siguiente sección (*SALIDA*) describe la salida que se genera. Estos parámetros serán los que típicamente se usen al llamar a un programa del shell. Debe tenerse cuidado de que cada parámetro con el que se llamó al fichero de órdenes de la shell corresponda exactamente con un parámetro de la lista de parámetros de *getopt* (véase los *EJEMPLOS*). Todo el análisis es llevado a cabo por las rutinas *getopt*(3) de GNU."
+msgid ""
+"This section specifies the format of the second part of the parameters of "
+"*getopt* (the _parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The next section (*OUTPUT*) "
+"describes the output that is generated. These parameters were typically the "
+"parameters a shell function was called with. Care must be taken that each "
+"parameter the shell function was called with corresponds to exactly one "
+"parameter in the parameter list of *getopt* (see the *EXAMPLES*). All "
+"parsing is done by the GNU *getopt*(3) routines."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta sección especifica el formato de la segunda parte de los parámetros de "
+"*getopt* (los _parameters_ en la *SINOPSIS*). La siguiente sección "
+"(*SALIDA*) describe la salida que se genera. Estos parámetros serán los que "
+"típicamente se usen al llamar a un programa del shell. Debe tenerse cuidado "
+"de que cada parámetro con el que se llamó al fichero de órdenes de la shell "
+"corresponda exactamente con un parámetro de la lista de parámetros de "
+"*getopt* (véase los *EJEMPLOS*). Todo el análisis es llevado a cabo por las "
+"rutinas *getopt*(3) de GNU."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:69
-msgid "The parameters are parsed from left to right. Each parameter is classified as a short option, a long option, an argument to an option, or a non-option parameter."
-msgstr "Los parámetros son pasados de izquierda a derecha. Cada parámetro es clasificado como una opción corta, una opción larga, un argumento de una opción, o un parámetro libre."
+msgid ""
+"The parameters are parsed from left to right. Each parameter is classified "
+"as a short option, a long option, an argument to an option, or a non-option "
+"parameter."
+msgstr ""
+"Los parámetros son pasados de izquierda a derecha. Cada parámetro es "
+"clasificado como una opción corta, una opción larga, un argumento de una "
+"opción, o un parámetro libre."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:71
-msgid "A simple short option is a '*-*' followed by a short option character. If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the option character or as the next parameter (i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional argument, it must be written directly after the option character if present."
-msgstr "Una opción corta es un \"*-*\" seguido por un carácter de una opción corta. Si la opción tiene un argumento requerido, deberá aparecer justo después del carácter de la opción o como el siguiente parámetro (por ejemplo, separados por espacios en blanco en la línea de órdenes). Si la opción tiene un argumento opcional, deberá aparecer justo después del carácter de la opción si es que existe."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "A simple short option is a '*-*' followed by a short option character. If "
+#| "the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the "
+#| "option character or as the next parameter (i.e., separated by whitespace "
+#| "on the command line). If the option has an optional argument, it must be "
+#| "written directly after the option character if present."
+msgid ""
+"A simple short option is a '*-*' followed by a short option character, "
+"except for the ':', ';' and '?' characters, as these are reserved by "
+"*getopt*(3). If the option has a required argument, it may be written "
+"directly after the option character or as the next parameter (i.e., "
+"separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional "
+"argument, it must be written directly after the option character if present."
+msgstr ""
+"Una opción corta es un \"*-*\" seguido por un carácter de una opción corta. "
+"Si la opción tiene un argumento requerido, deberá aparecer justo después del "
+"carácter de la opción o como el siguiente parámetro (por ejemplo, separados "
+"por espacios en blanco en la línea de órdenes). Si la opción tiene un "
+"argumento opcional, deberá aparecer justo después del carácter de la opción "
+"si es que existe."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:73
-msgid "It is possible to specify several short options after one '*-*', as long as all (except possibly the last) do not have required or optional arguments."
-msgstr "Es posible especificar varias opciones cortas después de un \"*-*\", siempre y cuando todas (exceptuando posiblemente la última) no necesite argumentos requeridos o opcionales."
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to specify several short options after one '*-*', as long as "
+"all (except possibly the last) do not have required or optional arguments."
+msgstr ""
+"Es posible especificar varias opciones cortas después de un \"*-*\", siempre "
+"y cuando todas (exceptuando posiblemente la última) no necesite argumentos "
+"requeridos o opcionales."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:75
-msgid "A long option normally begins with '*--*' followed by the long option name. If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the long option name, separated by '*=*', or as the next argument (i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional argument, it must be written directly after the long option name, separated by '*=*', if present (if you add the '*=*' but nothing behind it, it is interpreted as if no argument was present; this is a slight bug, see the *BUGS*). Long options may be abbreviated, as long as the abbreviation is not ambiguous."
-msgstr "Una opción larga normalmente comienza por \"*--*\" seguido por el nombre de la opción.Si la opción tiene un argumento requerido, deberá aparecer justo después del nombre de la opción, separado por un \"*=*\", o como el siguiente argumento (por ejemplo separado por espacios en blanco en la línea de órdenes).Si la opción tiene un argumento opcional, deberá aparecer justo después del nombre de la opción, separado por \"*=*\", si es que existe, (si se añade el `*=*' pero nada detrás de el, se interpretará como si no existiera ningún argumento; este es un ligero fallo, véase la sección *FALLOS*). Las opciones largas pueden ser abreviadas, siempre y cuando la abreviación no sea ambigua."
+msgid ""
+"A long option normally begins with '*--*' followed by the long option name. "
+"If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the "
+"long option name, separated by '*=*', or as the next argument (i.e., "
+"separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional "
+"argument, it must be written directly after the long option name, separated "
+"by '*=*', if present (if you add the '*=*' but nothing behind it, it is "
+"interpreted as if no argument was present; this is a slight bug, see the "
+"*BUGS*). Long options may be abbreviated, as long as the abbreviation is not "
+"ambiguous."
+msgstr ""
+"Una opción larga normalmente comienza por \"*--*\" seguido por el nombre de "
+"la opción.Si la opción tiene un argumento requerido, deberá aparecer justo "
+"después del nombre de la opción, separado por un \"*=*\", o como el "
+"siguiente argumento (por ejemplo separado por espacios en blanco en la línea "
+"de órdenes).Si la opción tiene un argumento opcional, deberá aparecer justo "
+"después del nombre de la opción, separado por \"*=*\", si es que existe, (si "
+"se añade el `*=*' pero nada detrás de el, se interpretará como si no "
+"existiera ningún argumento; este es un ligero fallo, véase la sección "
+"*FALLOS*). Las opciones largas pueden ser abreviadas, siempre y cuando la "
+"abreviación no sea ambigua."
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:77
-msgid "Each parameter not starting with a '*-*', and not a required argument of a previous option, is a non-option parameter. Each parameter after a '*--*' parameter is always interpreted as a non-option parameter. If the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, or if the short option string started with a '*{plus}*', all remaining parameters are interpreted as non-option parameters as soon as the first non-option parameter is found."
-msgstr "Cualquier parámetro que no comience por un \"*-*\", y no sea un argumento requerido de una opción previa, será interpretado como un parámetro libre. Cualquier parámetro después de un \"*--*\" aislado será interpretado como un parámetro libre. Si la variable de entorno *POSIXLY_CORRECT* está definida, o si el carácter de una opción corta comienza por un \"*{plus}*\", los restantes parámetros son interpretados como parámetros libres tan pronto como sea encontrado el primero de los parámetros libres."
+msgid ""
+"Each parameter not starting with a '*-*', and not a required argument of a "
+"previous option, is a non-option parameter. Each parameter after a '*--*' "
+"parameter is always interpreted as a non-option parameter. If the "
+"environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, or if the short option string "
+"started with a '*{plus}*', all remaining parameters are interpreted as non-"
+"option parameters as soon as the first non-option parameter is found."
+msgstr ""
+"Cualquier parámetro que no comience por un \"*-*\", y no sea un argumento "
+"requerido de una opción previa, será interpretado como un parámetro libre. "
+"Cualquier parámetro después de un \"*--*\" aislado será interpretado como un "
+"parámetro libre. Si la variable de entorno *POSIXLY_CORRECT* está definida, "
+"o si el carácter de una opción corta comienza por un \"*{plus}*\", los "
+"restantes parámetros son interpretados como parámetros libres tan pronto "
+"como sea encontrado el primero de los parámetros libres."
#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:79 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:69
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:82
-msgid "Output is generated for each element described in the previous section. Output is done in the same order as the elements are specified in the input, except for non-option parameters. Output can be done in _compatible_ (_unquoted_) mode, or in such way that whitespace and other special characters within arguments and non-option parameters are preserved (see *QUOTING*). When the output is processed in the shell script, it will seem to be composed of distinct elements that can be processed one by one (by using the shift command in most shell languages). This is imperfect in unquoted mode, as elements can be split at unexpected places if they contain whitespace or special characters."
-msgstr "Se genera una salida por cada elemento descrito en la sección anterior. Se realiza en el mismo orden en el que los elementos son especificados en la entrada, exceptuando los parámetros libres. La salida puede generarse en modo _compatible_ (_sin entrecomillado_), o en un modo en el que los espacios en blanco y otros caracteres especiales entre argumentos y parámetros libres son preservados (véase *ENTRECOMILLADO*). Cuando la salida es procesada en un fichero de órdenes de la shell , aparecerá compuesta por distintos elementos que pueden ser tratados uno a uno (usando la orden shift existente el la mayoría de los lenguajes de shell). Esto no funciona completamente en el modo sin entrecomillado, ya que los elementos pueden ser divididos por lugares inesperados si contienen espacios en blanco o caracteres especiales."
+msgid ""
+"Output is generated for each element described in the previous section. "
+"Output is done in the same order as the elements are specified in the input, "
+"except for non-option parameters. Output can be done in _compatible_ "
+"(_unquoted_) mode, or in such way that whitespace and other special "
+"characters within arguments and non-option parameters are preserved (see "
+"*QUOTING*). When the output is processed in the shell script, it will seem "
+"to be composed of distinct elements that can be processed one by one (by "
+"using the shift command in most shell languages). This is imperfect in "
+"unquoted mode, as elements can be split at unexpected places if they contain "
+"whitespace or special characters."
+msgstr ""
+"Se genera una salida por cada elemento descrito en la sección anterior. Se "
+"realiza en el mismo orden en el que los elementos son especificados en la "
+"entrada, exceptuando los parámetros libres. La salida puede generarse en "
+"modo _compatible_ (_sin entrecomillado_), o en un modo en el que los "
+"espacios en blanco y otros caracteres especiales entre argumentos y "
+"parámetros libres son preservados (véase *ENTRECOMILLADO*). Cuando la "
+"salida es procesada en un fichero de órdenes de la shell , aparecerá "
+"compuesta por distintos elementos que pueden ser tratados uno a uno (usando "
+"la orden shift existente el la mayoría de los lenguajes de shell). Esto no "
+"funciona completamente en el modo sin entrecomillado, ya que los elementos "
+"pueden ser divididos por lugares inesperados si contienen espacios en blanco "
+"o caracteres especiales."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:84
-msgid "If there are problems parsing the parameters, for example because a required argument is not found or an option is not recognized, an error will be reported on stderr, there will be no output for the offending element, and a non-zero error status is returned."
-msgstr "Si hay problemas durante el análisis de los parámetros, por ejemplo como consecuencia de no encontrar un argumento requerido o de una opción no reconocida, se generará un error en stderr, no aparecerá en la salida el elemento en discordia, y se devolverá un código de error diferente de cero."
+msgid ""
+"If there are problems parsing the parameters, for example because a required "
+"argument is not found or an option is not recognized, an error will be "
+"reported on stderr, there will be no output for the offending element, and a "
+"non-zero error status is returned."
+msgstr ""
+"Si hay problemas durante el análisis de los parámetros, por ejemplo como "
+"consecuencia de no encontrar un argumento requerido o de una opción no "
+"reconocida, se generará un error en stderr, no aparecerá en la salida el "
+"elemento en discordia, y se devolverá un código de error diferente de cero."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:86
-msgid "For a short option, a single '*-*' and the option character are generated as one parameter. If the option has an argument, the next parameter will be the argument. If the option takes an optional argument, but none was found, the next parameter will be generated but be empty in quoting mode, but no second parameter will be generated in unquoted (compatible) mode. Note that many other *getopt*(1) implementations do not support optional arguments."
-msgstr "Para una opción corta, la salida consta de un simple \"*-*\" y el carácter de la opción. Si la opción tiene un argumento, el siguiente parámetro se tomará como el argumento. Si la opción necesita de un argumento opcional, pero no se ha encontrado ninguno, el siguiente parámetro se generará pero se encontrará vacío en el formato entrecomillado, y no se generará ese segundo parámetro en el formato no entrecomillado (compatible). Nótese que la mayoría de las otras implementaciones de *getopt*(1) no soportan argumentos opcionales."
+msgid ""
+"For a short option, a single '*-*' and the option character are generated as "
+"one parameter. If the option has an argument, the next parameter will be the "
+"argument. If the option takes an optional argument, but none was found, the "
+"next parameter will be generated but be empty in quoting mode, but no second "
+"parameter will be generated in unquoted (compatible) mode. Note that many "
+"other *getopt*(1) implementations do not support optional arguments."
+msgstr ""
+"Para una opción corta, la salida consta de un simple \"*-*\" y el carácter "
+"de la opción. Si la opción tiene un argumento, el siguiente parámetro se "
+"tomará como el argumento. Si la opción necesita de un argumento opcional, "
+"pero no se ha encontrado ninguno, el siguiente parámetro se generará pero se "
+"encontrará vacío en el formato entrecomillado, y no se generará ese segundo "
+"parámetro en el formato no entrecomillado (compatible). Nótese que la "
+"mayoría de las otras implementaciones de *getopt*(1) no soportan argumentos "
+"opcionales."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:88
-msgid "If several short options were specified after a single '*-*', each will be present in the output as a separate parameter."
-msgstr "Si se especificaran más de una opción después de un \"*-*\", cada una se presentaría en la salida como un parámetro independiente."
+msgid ""
+"If several short options were specified after a single '*-*', each will be "
+"present in the output as a separate parameter."
+msgstr ""
+"Si se especificaran más de una opción después de un \"*-*\", cada una se "
+"presentaría en la salida como un parámetro independiente."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:90
-msgid "For a long option, '*--*' and the full option name are generated as one parameter. This is done regardless whether the option was abbreviated or specified with a single '*-*' in the input. Arguments are handled as with short options."
-msgstr "Para una opción larga, se generará el \"*--*\" y el nombre completo de la opción como un único parámetro. Esto se hace indistintamente de que la opción estuviera abreviada o fuera especificada con un \"*-*\" en la entrada. Los argumentos se manejan como con las opciones cortas."
+msgid ""
+"For a long option, '*--*' and the full option name are generated as one "
+"parameter. This is done regardless whether the option was abbreviated or "
+"specified with a single '*-*' in the input. Arguments are handled as with "
+"short options."
+msgstr ""
+"Para una opción larga, se generará el \"*--*\" y el nombre completo de la "
+"opción como un único parámetro. Esto se hace indistintamente de que la "
+"opción estuviera abreviada o fuera especificada con un \"*-*\" en la "
+"entrada. Los argumentos se manejan como con las opciones cortas."
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:92
-msgid "Normally, no non-option parameters output is generated until all options and their arguments have been generated. Then '*--*' is generated as a single parameter, and after it the non-option parameters in the order they were found, each as a separate parameter. Only if the first character of the short options string was a '*-*', non-option parameter output is generated at the place they are found in the input (this is not supported if the first format of the *SYNOPSIS* is used; in that case all preceding occurrences of '*-*' and '*{plus}*' are ignored)."
-msgstr "Normalmente, la salida de los parámetros libres no se generará hasta que todas las opciones y sus argumentos hayan sido generadas. Entonces se generará un \"*--*\" como si fuera un solo parámetro , y después los parámetros libres en el orden en que se encontraron, cada uno como un parámetro independiente. Solo si el primer carácter de la cadena de opciones cortas fuera un solo \"*-*\", la salida de los parámetros libres se generaría en el lugar en que fueron encontrados en la entrada (esto no está soportado si se usa el primer formato que aparece en la *SINOPSIS*; en este caso todas las ocurrencias anteriores de \"*-*\" y \"*{plus}*\" son ignoradas)."
+msgid ""
+"Normally, no non-option parameters output is generated until all options and "
+"their arguments have been generated. Then '*--*' is generated as a single "
+"parameter, and after it the non-option parameters in the order they were "
+"found, each as a separate parameter. Only if the first character of the "
+"short options string was a '*-*', non-option parameter output is generated "
+"at the place they are found in the input (this is not supported if the first "
+"format of the *SYNOPSIS* is used; in that case all preceding occurrences of "
+"'*-*' and '*{plus}*' are ignored)."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalmente, la salida de los parámetros libres no se generará hasta que "
+"todas las opciones y sus argumentos hayan sido generadas. Entonces se "
+"generará un \"*--*\" como si fuera un solo parámetro , y después los "
+"parámetros libres en el orden en que se encontraron, cada uno como un "
+"parámetro independiente. Solo si el primer carácter de la cadena de "
+"opciones cortas fuera un solo \"*-*\", la salida de los parámetros libres se "
+"generaría en el lugar en que fueron encontrados en la entrada (esto no está "
+"soportado si se usa el primer formato que aparece en la *SINOPSIS*; en este "
+"caso todas las ocurrencias anteriores de \"*-*\" y \"*{plus}*\" son "
+"ignoradas)."
#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:94
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:97
-msgid "In compatibility mode, whitespace or 'special' characters in arguments or non-option parameters are not handled correctly. As the output is fed to the shell script, the script does not know how it is supposed to break the output into separate parameters. To circumvent this problem, this implementation offers quoting. The idea is that output is generated with quotes around each parameter. When this output is once again fed to the shell (usually by a shell *eval* command), it is split correctly into separate parameters."
-msgstr "En el modo compatible, los espacios en blanco o caracteres `especiales' en los argumentos o parámetros libres no son tratados correctamente. Dado que la salida alimenta al fichero de órdenes de la shell, este programa no sabe como se supone que la entrada es troceada en los diferentes parámetros. Para solventar el problema, esta implementación ofrece el entrecomillado. La idea es que la salida es generada con comillas encerrando a cada parámetro. Cuando esta salida alimenta al shell (típicamente por la orden *eval* del intérprete), se particiona correctamente en los diferentes parámetros."
+msgid ""
+"In compatibility mode, whitespace or 'special' characters in arguments or "
+"non-option parameters are not handled correctly. As the output is fed to the "
+"shell script, the script does not know how it is supposed to break the "
+"output into separate parameters. To circumvent this problem, this "
+"implementation offers quoting. The idea is that output is generated with "
+"quotes around each parameter. When this output is once again fed to the "
+"shell (usually by a shell *eval* command), it is split correctly into "
+"separate parameters."
+msgstr ""
+"En el modo compatible, los espacios en blanco o caracteres `especiales' en "
+"los argumentos o parámetros libres no son tratados correctamente. Dado que "
+"la salida alimenta al fichero de órdenes de la shell, este programa no sabe "
+"como se supone que la entrada es troceada en los diferentes parámetros. "
+"Para solventar el problema, esta implementación ofrece el entrecomillado. La "
+"idea es que la salida es generada con comillas encerrando a cada parámetro. "
+"Cuando esta salida alimenta al shell (típicamente por la orden *eval* del "
+"intérprete), se particiona correctamente en los diferentes parámetros."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:99
-msgid "Quoting is not enabled if the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, if the first form of the *SYNOPSIS* is used, or if the option '*-u*' is found."
-msgstr "El entrecomillado no se encontrará activado si la variable de entorno *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* está definida, si se usa la primera forma de la *SINOPSIS*, o si la opción \"*-u*\" es encontrada."
+msgid ""
+"Quoting is not enabled if the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is "
+"set, if the first form of the *SYNOPSIS* is used, or if the option '*-u*' is "
+"found."
+msgstr ""
+"El entrecomillado no se encontrará activado si la variable de entorno "
+"*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* está definida, si se usa la primera forma de la "
+"*SINOPSIS*, o si la opción \"*-u*\" es encontrada."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:101
-msgid "Different shells use different quoting conventions. You can use the '*-s*' option to select the shell you are using. The following shells are currently supported: '*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*' and '*tcsh*'. Actually, only two 'flavors' are distinguished: sh-like quoting conventions and csh-like quoting conventions. Chances are that if you use another shell script language, one of these flavors can still be used."
-msgstr "Cada tipo de shell usa convenciones de entrecomillado diferentes. Pero puede usarse la opción \"*-s*\" para seleccionar el shell que esté usando. Actualmente son soportados los siguientes: \"*sh*\", \"*bash*\", \"*csh*\" y \"*tcsh*\". Actualmente, solo se distinguen dos \"tipos\": las convenciones de entrecomillado del tipo sh y las del tipo csh. Probablemente si usa algún otro lenguaje de shell, uno de estos dos tipos pueda servirle."
+msgid ""
+"Different shells use different quoting conventions. You can use the '*-s*' "
+"option to select the shell you are using. The following shells are currently "
+"supported: '*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*' and '*tcsh*'. Actually, only two "
+"'flavors' are distinguished: sh-like quoting conventions and csh-like "
+"quoting conventions. Chances are that if you use another shell script "
+"language, one of these flavors can still be used."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada tipo de shell usa convenciones de entrecomillado diferentes. Pero "
+"puede usarse la opción \"*-s*\" para seleccionar el shell que esté usando. "
+"Actualmente son soportados los siguientes: \"*sh*\", \"*bash*\", \"*csh*\" y "
+"\"*tcsh*\". Actualmente, solo se distinguen dos \"tipos\": las convenciones "
+"de entrecomillado del tipo sh y las del tipo csh. Probablemente si usa algún "
+"otro lenguaje de shell, uno de estos dos tipos pueda servirle."
#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:102
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:105
-msgid "The first character of the short options string may be a '*-*' or a '*{plus}*' to indicate a special scanning mode. If the first calling form in the *SYNOPSIS* is used they are ignored; the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is still examined, though."
-msgstr "El primer carácter de la cadena de opciones cortas debe ser un \"*-*\" o un \"*+*\" para indicar el modo de exploración especial. Si se una la primera forma que aparece en la *SINOPSIS* son ignoradas; aun así, la variable de entorno *POSIXLY_CORRECT* es examinada, téngase en cuenta."
+msgid ""
+"The first character of the short options string may be a '*-*' or a '*{plus}"
+"*' to indicate a special scanning mode. If the first calling form in the "
+"*SYNOPSIS* is used they are ignored; the environment variable "
+"*POSIXLY_CORRECT* is still examined, though."
+msgstr ""
+"El primer carácter de la cadena de opciones cortas debe ser un \"*-*\" o un "
+"\"*+*\" para indicar el modo de exploración especial. Si se una la primera "
+"forma que aparece en la *SINOPSIS* son ignoradas; aun así, la variable de "
+"entorno *POSIXLY_CORRECT* es examinada, téngase en cuenta."
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:108
-msgid "If the first character is '*{plus}*', or if the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, parsing stops as soon as the first non-option parameter (i.e., a parameter that does not start with a '*-*') is found that is not an option argument. The remaining parameters are all interpreted as non-option parameters."
-msgstr "Si el primer carácter es \"*{plus}*\", o si la variable de entorno *POSIXLY_CORRECT* está definida, el análisis finaliza tan pronto como en primer parámetro libre (por ejemplo un parámetro que no comience por un \"*-*\") es encontrado y no es un argumento de alguna opción. Los restantes parámetros son interpretados como parámetros libres."
+msgid ""
+"If the first character is '*{plus}*', or if the environment variable "
+"*POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, parsing stops as soon as the first non-option "
+"parameter (i.e., a parameter that does not start with a '*-*') is found that "
+"is not an option argument. The remaining parameters are all interpreted as "
+"non-option parameters."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el primer carácter es \"*{plus}*\", o si la variable de entorno "
+"*POSIXLY_CORRECT* está definida, el análisis finaliza tan pronto como en "
+"primer parámetro libre (por ejemplo un parámetro que no comience por un \"*-"
+"*\") es encontrado y no es un argumento de alguna opción. Los restantes "
+"parámetros son interpretados como parámetros libres."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:111
-msgid "If the first character is a '*-*', non-option parameters are outputted at the place where they are found; in normal operation, they are all collected at the end of output after a '*--*' parameter has been generated. Note that this '*--*' parameter is still generated, but it will always be the last parameter in this mode."
-msgstr "Si el primer carácter es un \"*-*\", la salida de los parámetros libres se realiza en el orden en que son encontrados; en el modo normal, se agrupan al final de la salida después de generar un parámetro consistente en un único \"*--*\". Nótese que este parámetro \"*--*\" se genera igualmente, pero siempre será el último parámetro en este modo de exploración."
+msgid ""
+"If the first character is a '*-*', non-option parameters are outputted at "
+"the place where they are found; in normal operation, they are all collected "
+"at the end of output after a '*--*' parameter has been generated. Note that "
+"this '*--*' parameter is still generated, but it will always be the last "
+"parameter in this mode."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el primer carácter es un \"*-*\", la salida de los parámetros libres se "
+"realiza en el orden en que son encontrados; en el modo normal, se agrupan al "
+"final de la salida después de generar un parámetro consistente en un único "
+"\"*--*\". Nótese que este parámetro \"*--*\" se genera igualmente, pero "
+"siempre será el último parámetro en este modo de exploración."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:115
-msgid "This version of *getopt*(1) is written to be as compatible as possible to other versions. Usually you can just replace them with this version without any modifications, and with some advantages."
-msgstr "Esta versión de *getopt*(1) ha sido escrita para ser tan compatible como sea posible con otras versiones. Normalmente solo debe reemplazar aquellas por esta nueva versión sin ningún otro cambio, y con algunas ventajas."
+msgid ""
+"This version of *getopt*(1) is written to be as compatible as possible to "
+"other versions. Usually you can just replace them with this version without "
+"any modifications, and with some advantages."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta versión de *getopt*(1) ha sido escrita para ser tan compatible como sea "
+"posible con otras versiones. Normalmente solo debe reemplazar aquellas por "
+"esta nueva versión sin ningún otro cambio, y con algunas ventajas."
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:117
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "If the first character of the first parameter of getopt is not a 'B<->', B<getopt> goes into compatibility mode. It will interpret its first parameter as the string of short options, and all other arguments will be parsed. It will still do parameter shuffling (i.e., all non-option parameters are output at the end), unless the environment variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set."
-msgid "If the first character of the first parameter of getopt is not a '*-*', *getopt* goes into compatibility mode. It will interpret its first parameter as the string of short options, and all other arguments will be parsed. It will still do parameter shuffling (i.e., all non-option parameters are output at the end), unless the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, in which case, *getopt* will prepend a '*{plus}*' before short options automatically."
-msgstr "Si el primer carácter del primer parámetro de getopt no es un \"B<->\", getopt entra en el modo compatible. Entonces su primer parámetro será interpretado como la cadena de opciones cortas, y los restantes argumentos serán analizados. Sigue manteniéndose el reordenamiento de parámetros (por ejemplo los parámetros libres aparecen al final de la salida), a menos que la variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> esté definida."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If the first character of the first parameter of getopt is not a 'B<->', "
+#| "B<getopt> goes into compatibility mode. It will interpret its first "
+#| "parameter as the string of short options, and all other arguments will be "
+#| "parsed. It will still do parameter shuffling (i.e., all non-option "
+#| "parameters are output at the end), unless the environment variable "
+#| "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set."
+msgid ""
+"If the first character of the first parameter of getopt is not a '*-*', "
+"*getopt* goes into compatibility mode. It will interpret its first parameter "
+"as the string of short options, and all other arguments will be parsed. It "
+"will still do parameter shuffling (i.e., all non-option parameters are "
+"output at the end), unless the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is "
+"set, in which case, *getopt* will prepend a '*{plus}*' before short options "
+"automatically."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el primer carácter del primer parámetro de getopt no es un \"B<->\", "
+"getopt entra en el modo compatible. Entonces su primer parámetro será "
+"interpretado como la cadena de opciones cortas, y los restantes argumentos "
+"serán analizados. Sigue manteniéndose el reordenamiento de parámetros (por "
+"ejemplo los parámetros libres aparecen al final de la salida), a menos que "
+"la variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> esté definida."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:120
-msgid "The environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* forces *getopt* into compatibility mode. Setting both this environment variable and *POSIXLY_CORRECT* offers 100% compatibility for 'difficult' programs. Usually, though, neither is needed."
-msgstr "La variable de entorno *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* fuerza a *getopt* a entrar en el modo compatible. Definiendo al mismo tiempo esta variable de entorno y *POSIXLY_CORRECT* se ofrece una compatibilidad al 100% para programas \"problemáticos\". Aunque normalmente no es necesario."
+msgid ""
+"The environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* forces *getopt* into "
+"compatibility mode. Setting both this environment variable and "
+"*POSIXLY_CORRECT* offers 100% compatibility for 'difficult' programs. "
+"Usually, though, neither is needed."
+msgstr ""
+"La variable de entorno *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* fuerza a *getopt* a entrar en el "
+"modo compatible. Definiendo al mismo tiempo esta variable de entorno y "
+"*POSIXLY_CORRECT* se ofrece una compatibilidad al 100% para programas "
+"\"problemáticos\". Aunque normalmente no es necesario."
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:122
-msgid "In compatibility mode, leading '*-*' and '*{plus}*' characters in the short options string are ignored."
-msgstr "En el modo compatible, los primeros caracteres \"*-*\" y \"*{plus}*\" en la cadena de opciones cortas son ignorados."
+msgid ""
+"In compatibility mode, leading '*-*' and '*{plus}*' characters in the short "
+"options string are ignored."
+msgstr ""
+"En el modo compatible, los primeros caracteres \"*-*\" y \"*{plus}*\" en la "
+"cadena de opciones cortas son ignorados."
#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:124
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:127
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*getopt* returns error code *0* for successful parsing, *1* if *getopt*(3) returns errors, *2* if it does not understand its own parameters, *3* if an internal error occurs like out-of-memory, and *4* if it is called with *-T*.\n"
-msgid "*getopt* returns error code *0* for successful parsing, *1* if *getopt*(3) returns errors, *2* if it does not understand its own parameters, *3* if an internal error occurs like out-of-memory, and *4* if it is called with *-T*."
-msgstr "*getopt* devuelve un código de error *0* si el análisis ha sido satisfactorio, *1* si *getopt*(3) retorna errores, *2* si no es capaz de entender sus propios parámetros, *3* si un error interno ha ocurrido (como falta de memoria), y *4* si es llamado con *-T*.\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*getopt* returns error code *0* for successful parsing, *1* if "
+#| "*getopt*(3) returns errors, *2* if it does not understand its own "
+#| "parameters, *3* if an internal error occurs like out-of-memory, and *4* "
+#| "if it is called with *-T*.\n"
+msgid ""
+"*getopt* returns error code *0* for successful parsing, *1* if *getopt*(3) "
+"returns errors, *2* if it does not understand its own parameters, *3* if an "
+"internal error occurs like out-of-memory, and *4* if it is called with *-T*."
+msgstr ""
+"*getopt* devuelve un código de error *0* si el análisis ha sido "
+"satisfactorio, *1* si *getopt*(3) retorna errores, *2* si no es capaz de "
+"entender sus propios parámetros, *3* si un error interno ha ocurrido (como "
+"falta de memoria), y *4* si es llamado con *-T*.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{package-docdir}_.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:132
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the *getopt*(1) distribution, and are installed in _{docdir}_ directory."
-msgid "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the *getopt*(1) distribution, and are installed in _{package-docdir}_ directory."
-msgstr "Se ofrecen programas de ejemplo para (ba)sh y (t)csh con la distribución de *getopt*(1), y se encontrarán instalados en _{docdir}_."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the *getopt*(1) "
+#| "distribution, and are installed in _{docdir}_ directory."
+msgid ""
+"Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the *getopt*(1) "
+"distribution, and are installed in _{package-docdir}_ directory."
+msgstr ""
+"Se ofrecen programas de ejemplo para (ba)sh y (t)csh con la distribución de "
+"*getopt*(1), y se encontrarán instalados en _{docdir}_."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:135 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:183
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:137
-msgid "This environment variable is examined by the *getopt*(3) routines. If it is set, parsing stops as soon as a parameter is found that is not an option or an option argument. All remaining parameters are also interpreted as non-option parameters, regardless whether they start with a '*-*'."
-msgstr "Esta variable de entorno es examinada por las rutinas de *getopt*(3). Si está definida, el análisis finaliza tan pronto como se encuentre un parámetro que no es una opción o un argumento de una opción. Los restantes parámetros son interpretados como parámetros libres, aunque comiencen por un '*-*'."
+msgid ""
+"This environment variable is examined by the *getopt*(3) routines. If it is "
+"set, parsing stops as soon as a parameter is found that is not an option or "
+"an option argument. All remaining parameters are also interpreted as non-"
+"option parameters, regardless whether they start with a '*-*'."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta variable de entorno es examinada por las rutinas de *getopt*(3). Si "
+"está definida, el análisis finaliza tan pronto como se encuentre un "
+"parámetro que no es una opción o un argumento de una opción. Los restantes "
+"parámetros son interpretados como parámetros libres, aunque comiencen por un "
+"'*-*'."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:138
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:140
-msgid "Forces *getopt* to use the first calling format as specified in the *SYNOPSIS*."
-msgstr "Fuerza a *getopt* a usar el primer formato de llamada tal y como se especifica en la *SINOPSIS*."
+msgid ""
+"Forces *getopt* to use the first calling format as specified in the "
+"*SYNOPSIS*."
+msgstr ""
+"Fuerza a *getopt* a usar el primer formato de llamada tal y como se "
+"especifica en la *SINOPSIS*."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:144
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*getopt*(3) can parse long options with optional arguments that are given an empty optional argument (but cannot do this for short options). This *getopt*(1) treats optional arguments that are empty as if they were not present.\n"
-msgid "*getopt*(3) can parse long options with optional arguments that are given an empty optional argument (but cannot do this for short options). This *getopt*(1) treats optional arguments that are empty as if they were not present."
-msgstr "*getopt*(3) puede analizar opciones largas con argumentos opcionales dados como un argumento opcional vacío (pero no puede hacerlo con opciones cortas). Este *getopt*(1) trata a los argumentos opcionales vacíos como si no estuvieran presentes.\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*getopt*(3) can parse long options with optional arguments that are given "
+#| "an empty optional argument (but cannot do this for short options). This "
+#| "*getopt*(1) treats optional arguments that are empty as if they were not "
+#| "present.\n"
+msgid ""
+"*getopt*(3) can parse long options with optional arguments that are given an "
+"empty optional argument (but cannot do this for short options). This "
+"*getopt*(1) treats optional arguments that are empty as if they were not "
+"present."
+msgstr ""
+"*getopt*(3) puede analizar opciones largas con argumentos opcionales dados "
+"como un argumento opcional vacío (pero no puede hacerlo con opciones "
+"cortas). Este *getopt*(1) trata a los argumentos opcionales vacíos como si "
+"no estuvieran presentes.\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:146
-msgid "The syntax if you do not want any short option variables at all is not very intuitive (you have to set them explicitly to the empty string)."
+msgid ""
+"The syntax if you do not want any short option variables at all is not very "
+"intuitive (you have to set them explicitly to the empty string)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:147 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:160
+#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:147 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:164
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:84 ../pam_lastlog2/man/pam_lastlog2.8.adoc:64
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHOR"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:27
-msgid "*hardlink* is a tool that replaces copies of a file with either hardlinks or copy-on-write clones, thus saving space."
+msgid ""
+"*hardlink* is a tool that replaces copies of a file with either hardlinks or "
+"copy-on-write clones, thus saving space."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:35
-msgid "*hardlink* first creates a binary tree of file sizes and then compares the content of files that have the same size. There are two basic content comparison methods. The *memcmp* method directly reads data blocks from files and compares them. The other method is based on checksums (like SHA256); in this case for each data block a checksum is calculated by the Linux kernel crypto API, and this checksum is stored in userspace and used for file comparisons."
+msgid ""
+"*hardlink* first creates a binary tree of file sizes and then compares the "
+"content of files that have the same size. There are two basic content "
+"comparison methods. The *memcmp* method directly reads data blocks from "
+"files and compares them. The other method is based on checksums (like "
+"SHA256); in this case for each data block a checksum is calculated by the "
+"Linux kernel crypto API, and this checksum is stored in userspace and used "
+"for file comparisons."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:40
-msgid "For each file also an \"intro\" buffer (32 bytes) is cached. This buffer is used independently from the comparison method and requested cache-size and io-size. The \"intro\" buffer dramatically reduces operations with data content as files are very often different from the beginning."
+msgid ""
+"For each file also an \"intro\" buffer (32 bytes) is cached. This buffer is "
+"used independently from the comparison method and requested cache-size and "
+"io-size. The \"intro\" buffer dramatically reduces operations with data "
+"content as files are very often different from the beginning."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:45
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:43
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-Z*, *--context*"
msgid "*-c*, *--content*"
msgstr "*-Z*, *--context*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:47
-msgid "Consider only file content, not attributes, when determining whether two files are equal. Same as *-pot*."
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:45
+msgid ""
+"Consider only file content, not attributes, when determining whether two "
+"files are equal. Same as *-pot*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:48
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:46
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-S*, *--size* _size_"
msgid "*-b*, *--io-size* _size_"
msgstr "*-S*, *--size* _tamaño_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:56
-msgid "The size of the *read*(2) or *sendfile*(2) buffer used when comparing file contents. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB, MiB, etc. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\". The default is 8KiB for memcmp method and 1MiB for the other methods. The only memcmp method uses process memory for the buffer, other methods use zero-copy way and I/O operation is done in the kernel. The size may be altered on the fly to fit a number of cached content checksums."
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:54
+msgid ""
+"The size of the *read*(2) or *sendfile*(2) buffer used when comparing file "
+"contents. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative "
+"suffixes KiB, MiB, etc. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
+"meaning as \"KiB\". The default is 8KiB for memcmp method and 1MiB for the "
+"other methods. The only memcmp method uses process memory for the buffer, "
+"other methods use zero-copy way and I/O operation is done in the kernel. The "
+"size may be altered on the fly to fit a number of cached content checksums."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:57
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:55
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-X*, *--respect-xattrs*"
msgid "*-d*, *--respect-dir*"
msgstr "*-X*, *--respect-xattrs*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:59
-msgid "Only try to link files with the same directory name. The top-level directory (as specified on the *hardlink* command line) is ignored. For example, *hardlink --respect-dir /foo /bar* will link _/foo/some/file_ with _/bar/some/file_, but not _/bar/other/file_. If combined with *--respect-name*, then entire paths (except the top-level directory) are compared."
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:57
+msgid ""
+"Only try to link files with the same directory name. The top-level directory "
+"(as specified on the *hardlink* command line) is ignored. For example, "
+"*hardlink --respect-dir /foo /bar* will link _/foo/some/file_ with _/bar/"
+"some/file_, but not _/bar/other/file_. If combined with *--respect-name*, "
+"then entire paths (except the top-level directory) are compared."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:60
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-f*, *--respect-name*"
msgstr "*-f*, *--respect-name*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:62
-msgid "Only try to link files with the same (base)name. It's strongly recommended to use long options rather than *-f* which is interpreted in a different way by other *hardlink* implementations."
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:60
+msgid ""
+"Only try to link files with the same (base)name. It's strongly recommended "
+"to use long options rather than *-f* which is interpreted in a different way "
+"by other *hardlink* implementations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:63
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:61
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-t*, *--ignore-time*"
msgid "*-F*, *--prioritize-trees*"
msgstr "*-t*, *--ignore-time*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:66
-msgid "Keep files found in the earliest specified top-level directory if there are multiple identical files in different trees. For example, *hardlink foo/ bar/* will link files in bar/ to equal files in the foo/ directory."
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:64
+msgid ""
+"Keep files found in the earliest specified top-level directory if there are "
+"multiple identical files in different trees. For example, *hardlink foo/ "
+"bar/* will link files in bar/ to equal files in the foo/ directory."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:67
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--include* _regex_"
msgstr "*-i*, *--include* _regex_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:69
-msgid "A regular expression to include files. If the option *--exclude* has been given, this option re-includes files which would otherwise be excluded. If the option is used without *--exclude*, only files matched by the pattern are included."
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:67
+msgid ""
+"A regular expression to include files. If the option *--exclude* has been "
+"given, this option re-includes files which would otherwise be excluded. If "
+"the option is used without *--exclude*, only files matched by the pattern "
+"are included."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:70
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--maximize*"
msgstr "*-m*, *--maximize*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:72
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:70
msgid "Among equal files, keep the file with the highest link count."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:73
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-M*, *--minimize*"
msgstr "*-M*, *--minimize*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:75
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:73
msgid "Among equal files, keep the file with the lowest link count."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:76 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:93
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--dry-run*"
msgstr "*-n*, *--dry-run*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:78
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:76
msgid "Do not act, just print what would happen."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:79
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:77
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-T*, *--list-types*"
msgid "*-l*, *--list-duplicates*"
msgstr "*-T*, *--list-types*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:81
-msgid "Don't link anything, but list the absolute path of every duplicate file, one per line, preceded by a unique 16-byte discriminator and a tab."
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:79
+msgid ""
+"Don't link anything, but list the absolute path of every duplicate file, one "
+"per line, preceded by a unique 16-byte discriminator and a tab."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:84
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:82
msgid "Separate lines with a NUL instead of a newline in *-l* mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:85
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-o*, *--ignore-owner*"
msgstr "*-o*, *--ignore-owner*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:87
-msgid "Link and compare files even if their owner information (user and group) differs. Results may be unpredictable."
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:85
+msgid ""
+"Link and compare files even if their owner information (user and group) "
+"differs. Results may be unpredictable."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:88
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-O*, *--keep-oldest*"
msgstr "*-O*, *--keep-oldest*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:90
-msgid "Among equal files, keep the oldest file (least recent modification time). By default, the newest file is kept. If *--maximize* or *--minimize* is specified, the link count has a higher precedence than the time of modification."
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:88
+msgid ""
+"Among equal files, keep the oldest file (least recent modification time). By "
+"default, the newest file is kept. If *--maximize* or *--minimize* is "
+"specified, the link count has a higher precedence than the time of "
+"modification."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:91
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--ignore-mode*"
msgstr "*-p*, *--ignore-mode*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:93
-msgid "Link and compare files even if their mode is different. Results may be slightly unpredictable."
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:91
+msgid ""
+"Link and compare files even if their mode is different. Results may be "
+"slightly unpredictable."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:96
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:94
msgid "Quiet mode, don't print anything."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:97
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:95
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-p*, *--pagesize* _size_"
msgid "*-r*, *--cache-size* _size_"
msgstr "*-p*, *--pagesize* _tamaño_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:102
-msgid "The size of the cache for content checksums. All non-memcmp methods calculate checksum for each file content block (see *--io-size*), these checksums are cached for the next comparison. The size is important for large files or a large sets of files of the same size. The default is 10MiB."
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:100
+msgid ""
+"The size of the cache for content checksums. All non-memcmp methods "
+"calculate checksum for each file content block (see *--io-size*), these "
+"checksums are cached for the next comparison. The size is important for "
+"large files or a large sets of files of the same size. The default is 10MiB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:103
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--minimum-size* _size_"
msgstr "*-s*, *--minimum-size* _tamaño_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:105
-msgid "The minimum size to consider. By default this is 1, so empty files will not be linked. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")."
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:103
+msgid ""
+"The minimum size to consider. By default this is 1, so empty files will not "
+"be linked. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative "
+"suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
+"ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
+"\"KiB\")."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:106
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:104
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-s*, *--minimum-size* _size_"
msgid "*-S*, *--maximum-size* _size_"
msgstr "*-s*, *--minimum-size* _tamaño_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:108
-msgid "The maximum size to consider. By default this is 0 and 0 has the special meaning of unlimited. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")."
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:106
+msgid ""
+"The maximum size to consider. By default this is 0 and 0 has the special "
+"meaning of unlimited. The _size_ argument may be followed by the "
+"multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
+"TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
+"meaning as \"KiB\")."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:109
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:107
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--ignore-time*"
msgstr "*-t*, *--ignore-time*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:111
-msgid "Link and compare files even if their time of modification is different. This is usually a good choice."
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:109
+msgid ""
+"Link and compare files even if their time of modification is different. This "
+"is usually a good choice."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:114
-msgid "Verbose output, explain to the user what is being done. If specified once, every hardlinked file is displayed. If specified twice, it also shows every comparison."
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:112
+msgid ""
+"Verbose output, explain to the user what is being done. If specified once, "
+"every hardlinked file is displayed. If specified twice, it also shows every "
+"comparison."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:115
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:113
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x*, *--exclude* _regex_"
msgstr "*-x*, *--exclude* _regex_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:117
-msgid "A regular expression that excludes files from being compared and linked. This option can be used multiple times."
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:115
+msgid ""
+"A regular expression that excludes files from being compared and linked. "
+"This option can be used multiple times."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:118
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:116
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-x*, *--exclude* _regex_"
msgid "*--exclude-subtree* _regex_"
msgstr "*-x*, *--exclude* _regex_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:120
-msgid "A regular expression that excludes entire directories from being compared and linked. This option can also be used multiple times."
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:118
+msgid ""
+"A regular expression that excludes entire directories from being compared "
+"and linked. This option can also be used multiple times."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:121
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:119
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*remount*"
msgid "*--mount*"
msgstr "*remount*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:123
-msgid "Do not traverse directories on different filesystems (remain within the same filesystem)."
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:121
+msgid ""
+"Do not traverse directories on different filesystems (remain within the same "
+"filesystem)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:124
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:122
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-X*, *--respect-xattrs*"
msgstr "*-X*, *--respect-xattrs*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:126
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:124
msgid "Only try to link files with the same extended attributes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:127
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:125
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-N*, *--name* _name_"
msgid "*-y*, *--method* _name_"
msgstr "*-N*, *--name* _nombre_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:133
-msgid "Set the file content comparison method. The currently supported methods are sha256, sha1, crc32c and memcmp. The default is sha256, or memcmp if Linux Crypto API is not available. The methods based on checksums are implemented in zero-copy way, in this case file contents are not copied to the userspace and all calculation is done in kernel."
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:131
+msgid ""
+"Set the file content comparison method. The currently supported methods are "
+"sha256, sha1, crc32c and memcmp. The default is sha256, or memcmp if Linux "
+"Crypto API is not available. The methods based on checksums are implemented "
+"in zero-copy way, in this case file contents are not copied to the userspace "
+"and all calculation is done in kernel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:134
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:132
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<-f>, B<--force>"
msgid "*--reflink*[**=**_when_]"
msgstr "B<-f>, B<--force>"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:139
-msgid "Create copy-on-write clones (aka reflinks) rather than hardlinks. The reflinked files share only on-disk data, but the file mode and owner can be different. It's recommended to use it with *--ignore-owner* and *--ignore-mode* options. This option implies *--skip-reflinks* to ignore already cloned files."
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:137
+msgid ""
+"Create copy-on-write clones (aka reflinks) rather than hardlinks. The "
+"reflinked files share only on-disk data, but the file mode and owner can be "
+"different. It's recommended to use it with *--ignore-owner* and *--ignore-"
+"mode* options. This option implies *--skip-reflinks* to ignore already "
+"cloned files."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:145
-msgid "The optional argument _when_ can be *never*, *always*, or *auto*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*, in this case, *hardlink* checks filesystem type and uses reflinks on BTRFS and XFS only, and fallback to hardlinks when creating reflink is impossible. The argument *always* disables filesystem type detection and fallback to hardlinks, in this case, only reflinks are allowed."
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:143
+msgid ""
+"The optional argument _when_ can be *never*, *always*, or *auto*. If the "
+"_when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*, in this case, *hardlink* "
+"checks filesystem type and uses reflinks on BTRFS and XFS only, and fallback "
+"to hardlinks when creating reflink is impossible. The argument *always* "
+"disables filesystem type detection and fallback to hardlinks, in this case, "
+"only reflinks are allowed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:146
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:144
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-n*, *--skip-login*"
msgid "*--skip-reflinks*"
msgstr "*-n*, *--skip-login*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:148
-msgid "Ignore already cloned files. This option may be used without *--reflink* when creating classic hardlinks."
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:146
+msgid ""
+"Ignore already cloned files. This option may be used without *--reflink* "
+"when creating classic hardlinks."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:153
-msgid "*hardlink* takes one or more directories which will be searched for files to be linked."
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:152
+msgid ""
+"*hardlink* takes one or more directories which will be searched for files to "
+"be linked."
msgstr ""
+#. type: Labeled list
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:155
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid "*FDISK_DEBUG*=all"
+msgid "*ULFILEEQ_DEBUG*=all"
+msgstr "*FDISK_DEBUG*=all"
+
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:157
-msgid "The original *hardlink* implementation uses the option *-f* to force hardlinks creation between filesystem. This very rarely usable feature is no more supported by the current *hardlink*."
+msgid "Enables debug output for file comparisons."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:159
-msgid "*hardlink* assumes that the trees it operates on do not change during operation. If a tree does change, the result is undefined and potentially dangerous. For example, if a regular file is replaced by a device, *hardlink* may start reading from the device. If a component of a path is replaced by a symbolic link or file permissions change, security may be compromised. Do not run *hardlink* on a changing tree or on a tree controlled by another user."
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:161
+msgid ""
+"The original *hardlink* implementation uses the option *-f* to force "
+"hardlinks creation between filesystem. This very rarely usable feature is no "
+"more supported by the current *hardlink*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:163
-msgid "There are multiple *hardlink* implementations. The very first implementation is from Jakub Jelinek for Fedora distribution, this implementation has been used in util-linux between versions v2.34 to v2.36. The current implementations is based on Debian version from Julian Andres Klode."
+msgid ""
+"*hardlink* assumes that the trees it operates on do not change during "
+"operation. If a tree does change, the result is undefined and potentially "
+"dangerous. For example, if a regular file is replaced by a device, "
+"*hardlink* may start reading from the device. If a component of a path is "
+"replaced by a symbolic link or file permissions change, security may be "
+"compromised. Do not run *hardlink* on a changing tree or on a tree "
+"controlled by another user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:167
+msgid ""
+"There are multiple *hardlink* implementations. The very first implementation "
+"is from Jakub Jelinek for Fedora distribution, this implementation has been "
+"used in util-linux between versions v2.34 to v2.36. The current "
+"implementations is based on Debian version from Julian Andres Klode."
msgstr ""
#. Copyright 1994 Salvatore Valente (svalente@mit.edu)
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:21
-msgid "*kill* [**-**_signal_|*-s* _signal_|*-p*] [*-q* _value_] [*-a*] [*--timeout* _milliseconds_ _signal_] [*--*] _pid_|_name_..."
+msgid ""
+"*kill* [**-**_signal_|*-s* _signal_|*-p*] [*-q* _value_] [*-a*] [*--timeout* "
+"_milliseconds_ _signal_] [*--*] _pid_|_name_..."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:29
-msgid "The command *kill* sends the specified _signal_ to the specified processes or process groups."
+msgid ""
+"The command *kill* sends the specified _signal_ to the specified processes "
+"or process groups."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:31
-msgid "If no signal is specified, the *TERM* signal is sent. The default action for this signal is to terminate the process. This signal should be used in preference to the *KILL* signal (number 9), since a process may install a handler for the TERM signal in order to perform clean-up steps before terminating in an orderly fashion. If a process does not terminate after a *TERM* signal has been sent, then the *KILL* signal may be used; be aware that the latter signal cannot be caught, and so does not give the target process the opportunity to perform any clean-up before terminating."
+msgid ""
+"If no signal is specified, the *TERM* signal is sent. The default action for "
+"this signal is to terminate the process. This signal should be used in "
+"preference to the *KILL* signal (number 9), since a process may install a "
+"handler for the TERM signal in order to perform clean-up steps before "
+"terminating in an orderly fashion. If a process does not terminate after a "
+"*TERM* signal has been sent, then the *KILL* signal may be used; be aware "
+"that the latter signal cannot be caught, and so does not give the target "
+"process the opportunity to perform any clean-up before terminating."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:33
-msgid "Most modern shells have a builtin *kill* command, with a usage rather similar to that of the command described here. The *--all*, *--pid*, and *--queue* options, and the possibility to specify processes by command name, are local extensions."
+msgid ""
+"Most modern shells have a builtin *kill* command, with a usage rather "
+"similar to that of the command described here. The *--all*, *--pid*, and *--"
+"queue* options, and the possibility to specify processes by command name, "
+"are local extensions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:35
-msgid "If _signal_ is 0, then no actual signal is sent, but error checking is still performed."
+msgid ""
+"If _signal_ is 0, then no actual signal is sent, but error checking is still "
+"performed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:39
-msgid "The list of processes to be signaled can be a mixture of names and PIDs."
+msgid ""
+"The list of processes to be signaled can be a mixture of names and PIDs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:50
-msgid "where _n_ is larger than 1. All processes in process group _n_ are signaled. When an argument of the form '-n' is given, and it is meant to denote a process group, either a signal must be specified first, or the argument must be preceded by a '--' option, otherwise it will be taken as the signal to send."
+msgid ""
+"where _n_ is larger than 1. All processes in process group _n_ are signaled. "
+"When an argument of the form '-n' is given, and it is meant to denote a "
+"process group, either a signal must be specified first, or the argument must "
+"be preceded by a '--' option, otherwise it will be taken as the signal to "
+"send."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:61
-msgid "Print a list of signal names, convert the given signal number to a name, or convert the given signal mask to names. The signals can be found in _/usr/include/linux/signal.h_."
+msgid ""
+"Print a list of signal names, convert the given signal number to a name, or "
+"convert the given signal mask to names. The signals can be found in _/usr/"
+"include/linux/signal.h_."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:74
-msgid "Similar to *-l*, but it will print signal names and their corresponding numbers."
+msgid ""
+"Similar to *-l*, but it will print signal names and their corresponding "
+"numbers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:76
-msgid "Do not restrict the command-name-to-PID conversion to processes with the same UID as the present process."
+msgid ""
+"Do not restrict the command-name-to-PID conversion to processes with the "
+"same UID as the present process."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:78
-msgid "Only print the process ID (PID) of the named processes, do not send any signals."
+msgid ""
+"Only print the process ID (PID) of the named processes, do not send any "
+"signals."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:80
-msgid "Do not send the signal if it is not caught in userspace by the signalled process."
+msgid ""
+"Do not send the signal if it is not caught in userspace by the signalled "
+"process."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:84
-msgid "Send the signal using *sigqueue*(3) rather than *kill*(2). The _value_ argument is an integer that is sent along with the signal. If the receiving process has installed a handler for this signal using the *SA_SIGINFO* flag to *sigaction*(2), then it can obtain this data via the _si_sigval_ field of the _siginfo_t_ structure."
+msgid ""
+"Send the signal using *sigqueue*(3) rather than *kill*(2). The _value_ "
+"argument is an integer that is sent along with the signal. If the receiving "
+"process has installed a handler for this signal using the *SA_SIGINFO* flag "
+"to *sigaction*(2), then it can obtain this data via the _si_sigval_ field of "
+"the _siginfo_t_ structure."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:86
-msgid "Send a signal defined in the usual way to a process, followed by an additional signal after a specified delay. The *--timeout* option causes *kill* to wait for a period defined in _milliseconds_ before sending a follow-up _signal_ to the process. This feature is implemented using the Linux kernel PID file descriptor feature in order to guarantee that the follow-up signal is sent to the same process or not sent if the process no longer exists."
+msgid ""
+"Send a signal defined in the usual way to a process, followed by an "
+"additional signal after a specified delay. The *--timeout* option causes "
+"*kill* to wait for a period defined in _milliseconds_ before sending a "
+"follow-up _signal_ to the process. This feature is implemented using the "
+"Linux kernel PID file descriptor feature in order to guarantee that the "
+"follow-up signal is sent to the same process or not sent if the process no "
+"longer exists."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:88
-msgid "Note that the operating system may re-use PIDs and implementing an equivalent feature in a shell using *kill* and *sleep* would be subject to races whereby the follow-up signal might be sent to a different process that used a recycled PID."
+msgid ""
+"Note that the operating system may re-use PIDs and implementing an "
+"equivalent feature in a shell using *kill* and *sleep* would be subject to "
+"races whereby the follow-up signal might be sent to a different process that "
+"used a recycled PID."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:90
-msgid "The *--timeout* option can be specified multiple times: the signals are sent sequentially with the specified timeouts. The *--timeout* option can be combined with the *--queue* option."
+msgid ""
+"The *--timeout* option can be specified multiple times: the signals are sent "
+"sequentially with the specified timeouts. The *--timeout* option can be "
+"combined with the *--queue* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:92
-msgid "As an example, the following command sends the signals *QUIT*, *TERM* and *KILL* in sequence and waits for 1000 milliseconds between sending the signals:"
+msgid ""
+"As an example, the following command sends the signals *QUIT*, *TERM* and "
+"*KILL* in sequence and waits for 1000 milliseconds between sending the "
+"signals:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:121
-msgid "Although it is possible to specify the TID (thread ID, see *gettid*(2)) of one of the threads in a multithreaded process as the argument of *kill*, the signal is nevertheless directed to the process (i.e., the entire thread group). In other words, it is not possible to send a signal to an explicitly selected thread in a multithreaded process. The signal will be delivered to an arbitrarily selected thread in the target process that is not blocking the signal. For more details, see *signal*(7) and the description of *CLONE_THREAD* in *clone*(2)."
+msgid ""
+"Although it is possible to specify the TID (thread ID, see *gettid*(2)) of "
+"one of the threads in a multithreaded process as the argument of *kill*, the "
+"signal is nevertheless directed to the process (i.e., the entire thread "
+"group). In other words, it is not possible to send a signal to an explicitly "
+"selected thread in a multithreaded process. The signal will be delivered to "
+"an arbitrarily selected thread in the target process that is not blocking "
+"the signal. For more details, see *signal*(7) and the description of "
+"*CLONE_THREAD* in *clone*(2)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:123
-msgid "Various shells provide a builtin *kill* command that is preferred in relation to the *kill*(1) executable described by this manual. The easiest way to ensure one is executing the command described in this page is to use the full path when calling the command, for example: */bin/kill --version*"
+msgid ""
+"Various shells provide a builtin *kill* command that is preferred in "
+"relation to the *kill*(1) executable described by this manual. The easiest "
+"way to ensure one is executing the command described in this page is to use "
+"the full path when calling the command, for example: */bin/kill --version*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:128
-msgid "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgstr "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid ""
+"mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgstr ""
+"mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:130
#| "*kill*(2),\n"
#| "*sigqueue*(3),\n"
#| "*signal*(7)\n"
-msgid "*bash*(1), *tcsh*(1), *sigaction*(2), *kill*(2), *sigqueue*(3), *signal*(7) *proc(5)* *proc_pid_status(5)*"
+msgid ""
+"*bash*(1), *tcsh*(1), *sigaction*(2), *kill*(2), *sigqueue*(3), *signal*(7) "
+"*proc(5)* *proc_pid_status(5)*"
msgstr ""
"*bash*(1),\n"
"*tcsh*(1),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lastlog2.8.adoc:28
-msgid "*lastlog2* displays the content of the last login database. The _login-name_, _last-login-time_, _tty_ and _remote-host_ will be printed. The default (no flags) causes all last login entries to be printed, sorted by the order as written the first time into the database."
+msgid ""
+"*lastlog2* displays the content of the last login database. The _login-"
+"name_, _last-login-time_, _tty_ and _remote-host_ will be printed. The "
+"default (no flags) causes all last login entries to be printed, sorted by "
+"the order as written the first time into the database."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lastlog2.8.adoc:31
-msgid "Compared to *lastlog* this command is Y2038 safe and uses sqlite3 to store the information and not a sparse file."
+msgid ""
+"Compared to *lastlog* this command is Y2038 safe and uses sqlite3 to store "
+"the information and not a sparse file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lastlog2.8.adoc:43
-msgid "Clear last login record of a user. This option can be used only together with *-u' (*--user*)."
+msgid ""
+"Clear last login record of a user. This option can be used only together "
+"with *-u' (*--user*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lastlog2.8.adoc:53
-msgid "Import data from old lastlog file _FILE_. Existing entries in the lastlog2 database will be overwritten."
+msgid ""
+"Import data from old lastlog file _FILE_. Existing entries in the lastlog2 "
+"database will be overwritten."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lastlog2.8.adoc:63
-msgid "Set last login record of a user to the current time. This option can only be used together with *-u* (*--user*)."
+msgid ""
+"Set last login record of a user to the current time. This option can only be "
+"used together with *-u* (*--user*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lastlog2.8.adoc:75
-msgid "If the user has never logged in the message **Never logged in** will be displayed in the latest login time row."
+msgid ""
+"If the user has never logged in the message **Never logged in** will be "
+"displayed in the latest login time row."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lastlog2.8.adoc:78
-msgid "Only the entries for the current users of the system will be displayed. Other entries may exist for users that were deleted previously."
+msgid ""
+"Only the entries for the current users of the system will be displayed. "
+"Other entries may exist for users that were deleted previously."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:56
-msgid "When the optional _message_ argument is present, it is written to the log. If it is not present, and the *-f* option is not given either, then standard input is logged."
+msgid ""
+"When the optional _message_ argument is present, it is written to the log. "
+"If it is not present, and the *-f* option is not given either, then standard "
+"input is logged."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:61
-msgid "Use datagrams (UDP) only. By default the connection is tried to the syslog port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often 514."
+msgid ""
+"Use datagrams (UDP) only. By default the connection is tried to the syslog "
+"port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often 514."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:66
-msgid "Ignore empty lines when processing files. An empty line is defined to be a line without any characters. Thus a line consisting only of whitespace is NOT considered empty. Note that when the *--prio-prefix* option is specified, the priority is not part of the line. Thus an empty line in this mode is a line that does not have any characters after the priority prefix (e.g., *<13>*)."
+msgid ""
+"Ignore empty lines when processing files. An empty line is defined to be a "
+"line without any characters. Thus a line consisting only of whitespace is "
+"NOT considered empty. Note that when the *--prio-prefix* option is "
+"specified, the priority is not part of the line. Thus an empty line in this "
+"mode is a line that does not have any characters after the priority prefix "
+"(e.g., *<13>*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:69
-msgid "Log the contents of the specified _file_. This option cannot be combined with a command-line message."
+msgid ""
+"Log the contents of the specified _file_. This option cannot be combined "
+"with a command-line message."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:75
-msgid "Log the PID of the *logger* process with each line. When the optional argument _id_ is specified, then it is used instead of the *logger* command's PID. The use of *--id=$$* (PPID) is recommended in scripts that send several messages."
+msgid ""
+"Log the PID of the *logger* process with each line. When the optional "
+"argument _id_ is specified, then it is used instead of the *logger* "
+"command's PID. The use of *--id=$$* (PPID) is recommended in scripts that "
+"send several messages."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:77
-msgid "Note that the system logging infrastructure (for example *systemd* when listening on _/dev/log_) may follow local socket credentials to overwrite the PID specified in the message. *logger*(1) is able to set those socket credentials to the given _id_, but only if you have root permissions and a process with the specified PID exists, otherwise the socket credentials are not modified and the problem is silently ignored."
+msgid ""
+"Note that the system logging infrastructure (for example *systemd* when "
+"listening on _/dev/log_) may follow local socket credentials to overwrite "
+"the PID specified in the message. *logger*(1) is able to set those socket "
+"credentials to the given _id_, but only if you have root permissions and a "
+"process with the specified PID exists, otherwise the socket credentials are "
+"not modified and the problem is silently ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:80
-msgid "Write a *systemd* journal entry. The entry is read from the given _file_, when specified, otherwise from standard input. Each line must begin with a field that is accepted by *journald*; see *systemd.journal-fields*(7) for details. The use of a MESSAGE_ID field is generally a good idea, as it makes finding entries easy. Examples:"
+msgid ""
+"Write a *systemd* journal entry. The entry is read from the given _file_, "
+"when specified, otherwise from standard input. Each line must begin with a "
+"field that is accepted by *journald*; see *systemd.journal-fields*(7) for "
+"details. The use of a MESSAGE_ID field is generally a good idea, as it makes "
+"finding entries easy. Examples:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:93
-msgid "Notice that *--journald* will ignore values of other options, such as priority. If priority is needed it must be within input, and use PRIORITY field. The simple execution of *journalctl*(1) will display MESSAGE field. Use *journalctl --output json-pretty* to see rest of the fields."
+msgid ""
+"Notice that *--journald* will ignore values of other options, such as "
+"priority. If priority is needed it must be within input, and use PRIORITY "
+"field. The simple execution of *journalctl*(1) will display MESSAGE field. "
+"Use *journalctl --output json-pretty* to see rest of the fields."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:95
-msgid "To include newlines in MESSAGE, specify MESSAGE several times. This is handled as a special case, other fields will be stored as an array in the journal if they appear multiple times."
+msgid ""
+"To include newlines in MESSAGE, specify MESSAGE several times. This is "
+"handled as a special case, other fields will be stored as an array in the "
+"journal if they appear multiple times."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:98
-msgid "Sets the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] MSGID field. Note that the space character is not permitted inside of _msgid_. This option is only used if *--rfc5424* is specified as well; otherwise, it is silently ignored."
+msgid ""
+"Sets the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] MSGID field. "
+"Note that the space character is not permitted inside of _msgid_. This "
+"option is only used if *--rfc5424* is specified as well; otherwise, it is "
+"silently ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:101
-msgid "Write to the specified remote syslog _server_ instead of to the system log socket. Unless *--udp* or *--tcp* is specified, *logger* will first try to use UDP, but if this fails a TCP connection is attempted."
+msgid ""
+"Write to the specified remote syslog _server_ instead of to the system log "
+"socket. Unless *--udp* or *--tcp* is specified, *logger* will first try to "
+"use UDP, but if this fails a TCP connection is attempted."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:104
-msgid "Causes everything to be done except for writing the log message to the system log, and removing the connection to the journal. This option can be used together with *--stderr* for testing purposes."
+msgid ""
+"Causes everything to be done except for writing the log message to the "
+"system log, and removing the connection to the journal. This option can be "
+"used together with *--stderr* for testing purposes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:107
-msgid "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6587[RFC 6587] octet counting framing method for sending messages. When this option is not used, the default is no framing on UDP, and RFC6587 non-transparent framing (also known as octet stuffing) on TCP."
+msgid ""
+"Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6587[RFC 6587] octet counting "
+"framing method for sending messages. When this option is not used, the "
+"default is no framing on UDP, and RFC6587 non-transparent framing (also "
+"known as octet stuffing) on TCP."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:110
-msgid "Use the specified _port_. When this option is not specified, the port defaults to *syslog* for udp and to *syslog-conn* for tcp connections."
+msgid ""
+"Use the specified _port_. When this option is not specified, the port "
+"defaults to *syslog* for udp and to *syslog-conn* for tcp connections."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:113
-msgid "Enter the message into the log with the specified _priority_. The priority may be specified numerically or as a _facility_._level_ pair. For example, *-p local3.info* logs the message as informational in the local3 facility. The default is *user.notice*."
+msgid ""
+"Enter the message into the log with the specified _priority_. The priority "
+"may be specified numerically or as a _facility_._level_ pair. For example, *-"
+"p local3.info* logs the message as informational in the local3 facility. The "
+"default is *user.notice*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:116
-msgid "Look for a syslog prefix on every line read from standard input. This prefix is a decimal number within angle brackets that encodes both the facility and the level. The number is constructed by multiplying the facility by 8 and then adding the level. For example, *local0.info*, meaning facility=16 and level=6, becomes *<134>*."
+msgid ""
+"Look for a syslog prefix on every line read from standard input. This prefix "
+"is a decimal number within angle brackets that encodes both the facility and "
+"the level. The number is constructed by multiplying the facility by 8 and "
+"then adding the level. For example, *local0.info*, meaning facility=16 and "
+"level=6, becomes *<134>*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:118
-msgid "If the prefix contains no facility, the facility defaults to what is specified by the *-p* option. Similarly, if no prefix is provided, the line is logged using the _priority_ given with *-p*."
+msgid ""
+"If the prefix contains no facility, the facility defaults to what is "
+"specified by the *-p* option. Similarly, if no prefix is provided, the line "
+"is logged using the _priority_ given with *-p*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:123
-msgid "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3164[RFC 3164] BSD syslog protocol to submit messages to a remote server."
+msgid ""
+"Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3164[RFC 3164] BSD syslog "
+"protocol to submit messages to a remote server."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:126
-msgid "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] syslog protocol to submit messages to a remote server. The optional _without_ argument can be a comma-separated list of the following values: *notq*, *notime*, *nohost*."
+msgid ""
+"Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] syslog protocol "
+"to submit messages to a remote server. The optional _without_ argument can "
+"be a comma-separated list of the following values: *notq*, *notime*, "
+"*nohost*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:128
-msgid "The *notq* value suppresses the time-quality structured data from the submitted message. The time-quality information shows whether the local clock was synchronized plus the maximum number of microseconds the timestamp might be off. The time quality is also automatically suppressed when *--sd-id timeQuality* is specified."
+msgid ""
+"The *notq* value suppresses the time-quality structured data from the "
+"submitted message. The time-quality information shows whether the local "
+"clock was synchronized plus the maximum number of microseconds the timestamp "
+"might be off. The time quality is also automatically suppressed when *--sd-"
+"id timeQuality* is specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:130
-msgid "The *notime* value (which implies *notq*) suppresses the complete sender timestamp that is in ISO-8601 format, including microseconds and timezone."
+msgid ""
+"The *notime* value (which implies *notq*) suppresses the complete sender "
+"timestamp that is in ISO-8601 format, including microseconds and timezone."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:132
-msgid "The *nohost* value suppresses *gethostname*(2) information from the message header."
+msgid ""
+"The *nohost* value suppresses *gethostname*(2) information from the message "
+"header."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:134
-msgid "The RFC 5424 protocol has been the default for *logger* since version 2.26."
+msgid ""
+"The RFC 5424 protocol has been the default for *logger* since version 2.26."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:140
-msgid "Specifies a structured data element ID for an RFC 5424 message header. The option has to be used before *--sd-param* to introduce a new element. The number of structured data elements is unlimited. The ID (_name_ plus possibly **@**__digits__) is case-sensitive and uniquely identifies the type and purpose of the element. The same ID must not exist more than once in a message. The **@**__digits__ part is required for user-defined non-standardized IDs."
+msgid ""
+"Specifies a structured data element ID for an RFC 5424 message header. The "
+"option has to be used before *--sd-param* to introduce a new element. The "
+"number of structured data elements is unlimited. The ID (_name_ plus "
+"possibly **@**__digits__) is case-sensitive and uniquely identifies the type "
+"and purpose of the element. The same ID must not exist more than once in a "
+"message. The **@**__digits__ part is required for user-defined non-"
+"standardized IDs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:142
-msgid "*logger* currently generates the *timeQuality* standardized element only. RFC 5424 also describes the elements *origin* (with parameters *ip*, *enterpriseId*, *software* and *swVersion*) and *meta* (with parameters *sequenceId*, *sysUpTime* and *language*). These element IDs may be specified without the **@**__digits__ suffix."
+msgid ""
+"*logger* currently generates the *timeQuality* standardized element only. "
+"RFC 5424 also describes the elements *origin* (with parameters *ip*, "
+"*enterpriseId*, *software* and *swVersion*) and *meta* (with parameters "
+"*sequenceId*, *sysUpTime* and *language*). These element IDs may be "
+"specified without the **@**__digits__ suffix."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:145
-msgid "Specifies a structured data element parameter, a name and value pair. The option has to be used after *--sd-id* and may be specified more than once for the same element. Note that the quotation marks around _value_ are required and must be escaped on the command line."
+msgid ""
+"Specifies a structured data element parameter, a name and value pair. The "
+"option has to be used after *--sd-id* and may be specified more than once "
+"for the same element. Note that the quotation marks around _value_ are "
+"required and must be escaped on the command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:157
-msgid "*<13>1 2015-10-01T14:07:59.168662+02:00 ws kzak - - [timeQuality tzKnown=\"1\" isSynced=\"1\" syncAccuracy=\"218616\"][zoo@123 tiger=\"hungry\" zebra=\"running\"][manager@123 onMeeting=\"yes\"] this is message*"
+msgid ""
+"*<13>1 2015-10-01T14:07:59.168662+02:00 ws kzak - - [timeQuality "
+"tzKnown=\"1\" isSynced=\"1\" syncAccuracy=\"218616\"][zoo@123 "
+"tiger=\"hungry\" zebra=\"running\"][manager@123 onMeeting=\"yes\"] this is "
+"message*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:160
-msgid "Sets the maximum permitted message size to _size_. The default is 1KiB characters, which is the limit traditionally used and specified in RFC 3164. With RFC 5424, this limit has become flexible. A good assumption is that RFC 5424 receivers can at least process 4KiB messages."
+msgid ""
+"Sets the maximum permitted message size to _size_. The default is 1KiB "
+"characters, which is the limit traditionally used and specified in RFC 3164. "
+"With RFC 5424, this limit has become flexible. A good assumption is that RFC "
+"5424 receivers can at least process 4KiB messages."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:162
-msgid "Most receivers accept messages larger than 1KiB over any type of syslog protocol. As such, the *--size* option affects *logger* in all cases (not only when *--rfc5424* was used)."
+msgid ""
+"Most receivers accept messages larger than 1KiB over any type of syslog "
+"protocol. As such, the *--size* option affects *logger* in all cases (not "
+"only when *--rfc5424* was used)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:164
-msgid "Note: the message-size limit limits the overall message size, including the syslog header. Header sizes vary depending on the selected options and the hostname length. As a rule of thumb, headers are usually not longer than 50 to 80 characters. When selecting a maximum message size, it is important to ensure that the receiver supports the max size as well, otherwise messages may become truncated. Again, as a rule of thumb two to four KiB message size should generally be OK, whereas anything larger should be verified to work."
+msgid ""
+"Note: the message-size limit limits the overall message size, including the "
+"syslog header. Header sizes vary depending on the selected options and the "
+"hostname length. As a rule of thumb, headers are usually not longer than 50 "
+"to 80 characters. When selecting a maximum message size, it is important to "
+"ensure that the receiver supports the max size as well, otherwise messages "
+"may become truncated. Again, as a rule of thumb two to four KiB message size "
+"should generally be OK, whereas anything larger should be verified to work."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:172
-msgid "Print errors about Unix socket connections. The _mode_ can be *on*, *off*, or *auto*. When the mode is *auto* (the default), then *logger* will detect if the init process is *systemd*(1), and if so, the assumption is made that _/dev/log_ can be used early at boot. The lack of _/dev/log_ on other init systems will not cause errors, just as when using the *openlog*(3) system call. The *logger*(1) before version 2.26 used *openlog*(3), and thus was unable to detect the loss of messages sent to Unix sockets."
+msgid ""
+"Print errors about Unix socket connections. The _mode_ can be *on*, *off*, "
+"or *auto*. When the mode is *auto* (the default), then *logger* will detect "
+"if the init process is *systemd*(1), and if so, the assumption is made that "
+"_/dev/log_ can be used early at boot. The lack of _/dev/log_ on other init "
+"systems will not cause errors, just as when using the *openlog*(3) system "
+"call. The *logger*(1) before version 2.26 used *openlog*(3), and thus was "
+"unable to detect the loss of messages sent to Unix sockets."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:175
-msgid "When errors are not enabled, lost messages are not communicated and will result in a successful exit status of *logger*(1)."
+msgid ""
+"When errors are not enabled, lost messages are not communicated and will "
+"result in a successful exit status of *logger*(1)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:178
-msgid "Use stream (TCP) only. By default the connection is tried to the _syslog-conn_ port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often _601_."
+msgid ""
+"Use stream (TCP) only. By default the connection is tried to the _syslog-"
+"conn_ port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often _601_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:183
-msgid "Mark every line to be logged with the specified _tag_. The default tag is the name of the user logged in on the terminal (or a user name based on effective user ID)."
+msgid ""
+"Mark every line to be logged with the specified _tag_. The default tag is "
+"the name of the user logged in on the terminal (or a user name based on "
+"effective user ID)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:189
-msgid "End the argument list. This allows the _message_ to start with a hyphen (-)."
+msgid ""
+"End the argument list. This allows the _message_ to start with a hyphen (-)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:234
-msgid "For the priority order and intended purposes of these facilities and levels, see *syslog*(3)."
+msgid ""
+"For the priority order and intended purposes of these facilities and levels, "
+"see *syslog*(3)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:238
-msgid "The *logger* command is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") compatible."
+msgid ""
+"The *logger* command is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") "
+"compatible."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:251
-msgid "The *logger* command was originally written by University of California in 1983-1993 and later rewritten by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:rgerhards@adiscon.com[Rainer Gerhards], and mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola]."
+msgid ""
+"The *logger* command was originally written by University of California in "
+"1983-1993 and later rewritten by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:"
+"rgerhards@adiscon.com[Rainer Gerhards], and mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami "
+"Kerola]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:54
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The *look* utility displays any lines in _file_ which contain _string_. As *look* performs a binary search, the lines in _file_ must be sorted (where *sort*(1) was given the same options *-d* and/or *-f* that *look* is invoked with)."
-msgid "The *look* utility displays any lines in _file_ which contain _string_ as a prefix. As *look* performs a binary search, the lines in _file_ must be sorted (where *sort*(1) was given the same options *-d* and/or *-f* that *look* is invoked with)."
-msgstr "La utilidad *look* muestra las líneas de _fichero_ que contienen _cadena_. Dado que *look* realiza una búsqueda binaria, las líneas de _fichero_ deben estar ordenadas (donde a *sort*(1) se le dieron las mismas opciones *-d* y/o *-f* que aquellas con las que se invocó a *look*)."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The *look* utility displays any lines in _file_ which contain _string_. "
+#| "As *look* performs a binary search, the lines in _file_ must be sorted "
+#| "(where *sort*(1) was given the same options *-d* and/or *-f* that *look* "
+#| "is invoked with)."
+msgid ""
+"The *look* utility displays any lines in _file_ which contain _string_ as a "
+"prefix. As *look* performs a binary search, the lines in _file_ must be "
+"sorted (where *sort*(1) was given the same options *-d* and/or *-f* that "
+"*look* is invoked with)."
+msgstr ""
+"La utilidad *look* muestra las líneas de _fichero_ que contienen _cadena_. "
+"Dado que *look* realiza una búsqueda binaria, las líneas de _fichero_ deben "
+"estar ordenadas (donde a *sort*(1) se le dieron las mismas opciones *-d* y/o "
+"*-f* que aquellas con las que se invocó a *look*)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:56
-msgid "If _file_ is not specified, the file _/usr/share/dict/words_ is used, only alphanumeric characters are compared and the case of alphabetic characters is ignored."
-msgstr "Si no se especifica _fichero_, se usa el fichero _/usr/share/dict/words_, solo se comparan caracteres alfabéticos y las mayúsculas y minúsculas se toman por igual."
+msgid ""
+"If _file_ is not specified, the file _/usr/share/dict/words_ is used, only "
+"alphanumeric characters are compared and the case of alphabetic characters "
+"is ignored."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no se especifica _fichero_, se usa el fichero _/usr/share/dict/words_, "
+"solo se comparan caracteres alfabéticos y las mayúsculas y minúsculas se "
+"toman por igual."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:61
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:64
-msgid "Use normal dictionary character set and order, i.e., only blanks and alphanumeric characters are compared. This is on by default if no file is specified."
-msgstr "Utiliza el conjunto de caracteres y orden de diccionario normales, por ejemplo, sólo comparar espacios y caracteres alfanuméricos. Está activo de forma predefinida si no se especifica ningún fichero."
+msgid ""
+"Use normal dictionary character set and order, i.e., only blanks and "
+"alphanumeric characters are compared. This is on by default if no file is "
+"specified."
+msgstr ""
+"Utiliza el conjunto de caracteres y orden de diccionario normales, por "
+"ejemplo, sólo comparar espacios y caracteres alfanuméricos. Está activo de "
+"forma predefinida si no se especifica ningún fichero."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:66
-msgid "Note that blanks have been added to dictionary character set for compatibility with *sort -d* command since version 2.28."
-msgstr "Nótese que los espacios se le han añadido al conjunto de caracteres del diccionario por compatibilidad con la orden *sort -d* desde la versión 2.28."
+msgid ""
+"Note that blanks have been added to dictionary character set for "
+"compatibility with *sort -d* command since version 2.28."
+msgstr ""
+"Nótese que los espacios se le han añadido al conjunto de caracteres del "
+"diccionario por compatibilidad con la orden *sort -d* desde la versión 2.28."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:67
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:69
-msgid "Ignore the case of alphabetic characters. This is on by default if no file is specified."
-msgstr "Tomar mayúsculas y minúsculas como iguales en caracteres alfabéticos.No tiene en cuenta que los caracteres estén en mayúsculas o minúsculas. Es así de forma predefinida si no se especifica ningún fichero."
+msgid ""
+"Ignore the case of alphabetic characters. This is on by default if no file "
+"is specified."
+msgstr ""
+"Tomar mayúsculas y minúsculas como iguales en caracteres alfabéticos.No "
+"tiene en cuenta que los caracteres estén en mayúsculas o minúsculas. Es así "
+"de forma predefinida si no se especifica ningún fichero."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:70
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:72
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Specify a string termination character, i.e. only the characters in E<.Ar string> up to and including the first occurrence of E<.Ar termchar> are compared."
-msgid "Specify a string termination character, i.e., only the characters in _string_ up to and including the first occurrence of _character_ are compared."
-msgstr "Especifica un carácter de terminación de cadena, por ejemplo, sólo comparar los caracteres de _cadena_ hasta la primera ocurrencia inclusive de _carácter_."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Specify a string termination character, i.e. only the characters in E<.Ar "
+#| "string> up to and including the first occurrence of E<.Ar termchar> are "
+#| "compared."
+msgid ""
+"Specify a string termination character, i.e., only the characters in "
+"_string_ up to and including the first occurrence of _character_ are "
+"compared."
+msgstr ""
+"Especifica un carácter de terminación de cadena, por ejemplo, sólo comparar "
+"los caracteres de _cadena_ hasta la primera ocurrencia inclusive de "
+"_carácter_."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:76
-msgid "The *look* utility exits 0 if one or more lines were found and displayed, 1 if no lines were found, and >1 if an error occurred."
-msgstr "La utilidad *look* termina con valor 0 si una o más líneas fueron encontradas y mostradas, 1 si no se encontró ninguna y >1 si ocurrió un error."
+#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:78
+msgid ""
+"The *look* utility exits 0 if one or more lines were found and displayed, 1 "
+"if no lines were found, and >1 if an error occurred."
+msgstr ""
+"La utilidad *look* termina con valor 0 si una o más líneas fueron "
+"encontradas y mostradas, 1 si no se encontró ninguna y >1 si ocurrió un "
+"error."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:79
+#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:81
#, no-wrap
msgid "*WORDLIST*"
msgstr "*WORDLIST*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:81
+#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:83
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Path to a dictionary file. The environment variable has greater priority than the dictionary path defined in FILES segment."
-msgid "Path to a dictionary file. The environment variable has greater priority than the dictionary path defined in the *FILES* segment."
-msgstr "Ruta al fichero de diccionario. LA variable de entorno tiene mayor prioridad que la ruta del diccionario definida en el segmento FICHEROS."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Path to a dictionary file. The environment variable has greater priority "
+#| "than the dictionary path defined in FILES segment."
+msgid ""
+"Path to a dictionary file. The environment variable has greater priority "
+"than the dictionary path defined in the *FILES* segment."
+msgstr ""
+"Ruta al fichero de diccionario. LA variable de entorno tiene mayor prioridad "
+"que la ruta del diccionario definida en el segmento FICHEROS."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:84
+#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/usr/share/dict/words_"
msgstr "_/usr/share/dict/words_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:86
+#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:88
msgid "the dictionary"
msgstr "el diccionario"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:87
+#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/usr/share/dict/web2_"
msgstr "_/usr/share/dict/web2_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:89
+#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:91
msgid "the alternative dictionary"
msgstr "el diccionario alternativo"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:93
+#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:95
msgid "The *look* utility appeared in Version 7 AT&T Unix."
msgstr "La utilidad *look* apareció en el Unix de AT&T versión 7."
#. type: delimited block .
-#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:99
+#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:101
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"sort -d /etc/passwd -o /tmp/look.dict\n"
"look -t: root:foobar /tmp/look.dict\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:105
+#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:107
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "*grep*(1),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:20
-msgid "*lsblk* lists information about all available or the specified block devices. The *lsblk* command reads the *sysfs* filesystem and *udev db* to gather information. If the udev db is not available or *lsblk* is compiled without udev support, then it tries to read LABELs, UUIDs and filesystem types from the block device. In this case root permissions are necessary."
+msgid ""
+"*lsblk* lists information about all available or the specified block "
+"devices. The *lsblk* command reads the *sysfs* filesystem and *udev db* to "
+"gather information. If the udev db is not available or *lsblk* is compiled "
+"without udev support, then it tries to read LABELs, UUIDs and filesystem "
+"types from the block device. In this case root permissions are necessary."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:22
-msgid "By default, the command prints all block devices (except RAM disks) in a tree-like format. The same device can be repeated in the tree if it relates to other devices. The *--merge* option is recommended for more complicated setups to gather groups of devices and describe complex N:M relationships."
+msgid ""
+"By default, the command prints all block devices (except RAM disks) in a "
+"tree-like format. The same device can be repeated in the tree if it relates "
+"to other devices. The *--merge* option is recommended for more complicated "
+"setups to gather groups of devices and describe complex N:M relationships."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:24
-msgid "The tree-like output (or *children[]* array in the JSON output) is enabled only if NAME column it present in the output or when *--tree* command line option is used. See also *--nodeps* and *--list* to control the tree formatting."
+msgid ""
+"The tree-like output (or *children[]* array in the JSON output) is enabled "
+"only if NAME column it present in the output or when *--tree* command line "
+"option is used. See also *--nodeps* and *--list* to control the tree "
+"formatting."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:26
-msgid "The default output, as well as the default output from options like *--fs* and *--topology*, is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ and *--list* in environments where a stable output is required."
+msgid ""
+"The default output, as well as the default output from options like *--fs* "
+"and *--topology*, is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
+"avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
+"expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ and *--list* in "
+"environments where a stable output is required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:30
-msgid "Note that *lsblk* might be executed in time when *udev* does not have all information about recently added or modified devices yet. In this case it is recommended to use *udevadm settle* before *lsblk* to synchronize with udev."
+msgid ""
+"Note that *lsblk* might be executed in time when *udev* does not have all "
+"information about recently added or modified devices yet. In this case it is "
+"recommended to use *udevadm settle* before *lsblk* to synchronize with udev."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:32
-msgid "The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-one. The filesystem may use more block devices, or the same filesystem may be accessible by more paths. This is the reason why *lsblk* provides MOUNTPOINT and MOUNTPOINTS (pl.) columns. The column MOUNTPOINT displays only one mount point (usually the last mounted instance of the filesystem), and the column MOUNTPOINTS displays by multi-line cell all mount points associated with the device."
+msgid ""
+"The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-"
+"one. The filesystem may use more block devices, or the same filesystem may "
+"be accessible by more paths. This is the reason why *lsblk* provides "
+"MOUNTPOINT and MOUNTPOINTS (pl.) columns. The column MOUNTPOINT displays "
+"only one mount point (usually the last mounted instance of the filesystem), "
+"and the column MOUNTPOINTS displays by multi-line cell all mount points "
+"associated with the device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:40
-msgid "Disable all built-in filters and list all empty devices and RAM disk devices too."
+msgid ""
+"Disable all built-in filters and list all empty devices and RAM disk devices "
+"too."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:49
-msgid "Print information about the discarding capabilities (TRIM, UNMAP) for each device."
+msgid ""
+"Print information about the discarding capabilities (TRIM, UNMAP) for each "
+"device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:52
-msgid "Do not print holder devices or slaves. For example, *lsblk --nodeps /dev/sda* prints information about the sda device only."
+msgid ""
+"Do not print holder devices or slaves. For example, *lsblk --nodeps /dev/"
+"sda* prints information about the sda device only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:55
-msgid "Use _column_ as a de-duplication key to de-duplicate output tree. If the key is not available for the device, or the device is a partition and parental whole-disk device provides the same key than the device is always printed."
+msgid ""
+"Use _column_ as a de-duplication key to de-duplicate output tree. If the key "
+"is not available for the device, or the device is a partition and parental "
+"whole-disk device provides the same key than the device is always printed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:57
-msgid "The usual use case is to de-duplicate output on system multi-path devices, for example by *-E WWN*."
+msgid ""
+"The usual use case is to de-duplicate output on system multi-path devices, "
+"for example by *-E WWN*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:60
-msgid "Exclude the devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device numbers. Note that RAM disks (major=1) are excluded by default if *--all* is not specified. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may be confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is not obvious."
+msgid ""
+"Exclude the devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device "
+"numbers. Note that RAM disks (major=1) are excluded by default if *--all* is "
+"not specified. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may "
+"be confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is "
+"not obvious."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:63
-msgid "Output info about filesystems. This option is equivalent to *-o NAME,FSTYPE,FSVER,LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,MOUNTPOINTS*. The authoritative information about filesystems and raids is provided by the *blkid*(8) command."
+msgid ""
+"Output info about filesystems. This option is equivalent to *-o NAME,FSTYPE,"
+"FSVER,LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,MOUNTPOINTS*. The authoritative information "
+"about filesystems and raids is provided by the *blkid*(8) command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:69
-msgid "Include devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device numbers. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may be confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is not obvious."
+msgid ""
+"Include devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device "
+"numbers. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may be "
+"confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is not "
+"obvious."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:75
-msgid "Use JSON output format. It's strongly recommended to use *--output* and also *--tree* if necessary. Note that *children[]* is used only if NAME column or *--tree* is used."
+msgid ""
+"Use JSON output format. It's strongly recommended to use *--output* and also "
+"*--tree* if necessary. Note that *children[]* is used only if NAME column or "
+"*--tree* is used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:78
-msgid "Produce output in the form of a list. The output does not provide information about relationships between devices and since version 2.34 every device is printed only once if *--pairs* or *--raw* not specified (the parsable outputs are maintained in backwardly compatible way)."
+msgid ""
+"Produce output in the form of a list. The output does not provide "
+"information about relationships between devices and since version 2.34 every "
+"device is printed only once if *--pairs* or *--raw* not specified (the "
+"parsable outputs are maintained in backwardly compatible way)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:81
-msgid "Group parents of sub-trees to provide more readable output for RAIDs and Multi-path devices. The tree-like output is required."
+msgid ""
+"Group parents of sub-trees to provide more readable output for RAIDs and "
+"Multi-path devices. The tree-like output is required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:84
-msgid "Output info about device owner, group and mode. This option is equivalent to *-o NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE*."
+msgid ""
+"Output info about device owner, group and mode. This option is equivalent to "
+"*-o NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:96
-msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--list-columns* to get a list of all supported columns. The columns may affect tree-like output. The default is to use tree for the column 'NAME' (see also *--tree*)."
+msgid ""
+"Specify which output columns to print. Use *--list-columns* to get a list of "
+"all supported columns. The columns may affect tree-like output. The default "
+"is to use tree for the column 'NAME' (see also *--tree*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:98
-msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _+list_ (e.g., *lsblk -o +UUID*)."
+msgid ""
+"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
+"format _+list_ (e.g., *lsblk -o +UUID*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:104
-msgid "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. The output lines are still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>). See also option *--shell*."
+msgid ""
+"Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. The output lines are "
+"still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe value characters are "
+"hex-escaped (\\x<code>). See also option *--shell*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:114
-msgid "Print only the devices that meet the conditions specified by the expr. The filter is assessed prior to lsblk collecting data for all output columns. Only the necessary data for the lazy evaluation of the expression is retrieved from the system. This approach can enhance performance when compared to post-filtering, as commonly done by tools such as grep(1)."
+msgid ""
+"Print only the devices that meet the conditions specified by the expr. The "
+"filter is assessed prior to lsblk collecting data for all output columns. "
+"Only the necessary data for the lazy evaluation of the expression is "
+"retrieved from the system. This approach can enhance performance when "
+"compared to post-filtering, as commonly done by tools such as grep(1)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:118
-msgid "This feature is EXPERIMENTAL. See also *scols-filter*(5). For example exclude sda and sdb, but print everything else ('!~' is a negative regular expression matching operator):"
+msgid ""
+"This feature is EXPERIMENTAL. See also *scols-filter*(5). For example "
+"exclude sda and sdb, but print everything else ('!~' is a negative regular "
+"expression matching operator):"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:125
-msgid "Colorize lines matching the expression. This feature is EXPERIMENTAL. See also *scols-filter*(5)."
+msgid ""
+"Colorize lines matching the expression. This feature is EXPERIMENTAL. See "
+"also *scols-filter*(5)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:132
-msgid "Define a custom counter. The counters are printed after the standard output. The _name_ is the custom name of the counter, the optional _param_ is the name of the column to be used for the counter, and the optional _function_ specifies the aggregation function, supported functions are: count, min, max, or sum. The default is count."
+msgid ""
+"Define a custom counter. The counters are printed after the standard "
+"output. The _name_ is the custom name of the counter, the optional _param_ "
+"is the name of the column to be used for the counter, and the optional "
+"_function_ specifies the aggregation function, supported functions are: "
+"count, min, max, or sum. The default is count."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:135
-msgid "If the _param_ is not specified, then the counter counts the number of lines. This feature is EXPERIMENTAL. See also *--ct-filter*."
+msgid ""
+"If the _param_ is not specified, then the counter counts the number of "
+"lines. This feature is EXPERIMENTAL. See also *--ct-filter*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:138
-msgid "For example, *--ct MyCounter:SIZE:sum* will count the summary for SIZE from all lines; and to count the number of SATA disks, it is possible to use:"
+msgid ""
+"For example, *--ct MyCounter:SIZE:sum* will count the summary for SIZE from "
+"all lines; and to count the number of SATA disks, it is possible to use:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:147
-msgid "Define a restriction for the next counter. This feature is EXPERIMENTAL. See also *--ct* and *scols-filter*(5). For example, aggregate sizes by device type:"
+msgid ""
+"Define a restriction for the next counter. This feature is EXPERIMENTAL. See "
+"also *--ct* and *scols-filter*(5). For example, aggregate sizes by device "
+"type:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:154
-msgid "Produce output in raw format. The output lines are still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>) in the NAME, KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL and MOUNTPOINT columns."
+msgid ""
+"Produce output in raw format. The output lines are still ordered by "
+"dependencies. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>) "
+"in the NAME, KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL and MOUNTPOINT columns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:157
-msgid "Output info about SCSI devices only. All partitions, slaves and holder devices are ignored."
+msgid ""
+"Output info about SCSI devices only. All partitions, slaves and holder "
+"devices are ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:160
-msgid "Print dependencies in inverse order. If the *--list* output is requested then the lines are still ordered by dependencies."
+msgid ""
+"Print dependencies in inverse order. If the *--list* output is requested "
+"then the lines are still ordered by dependencies."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:163
-msgid "Force tree-like output format. If _column_ is specified, then a tree is printed in the column. The default is NAME column."
+msgid ""
+"Force tree-like output format. If _column_ is specified, then a tree is "
+"printed in the column. The default is NAME column."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:168
-msgid "NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,WSAME*."
+msgid ""
+"NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,WSAME*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:171
+#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:169
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-w*, *--width* _number_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:173
-msgid "Specifies output width as a number of characters. The default is the number of the terminal columns, and if not executed on a terminal, then output width is not restricted at all by default. This option also forces *lsblk* to assume that terminal control characters and unsafe characters are not allowed. The expected use-case is for example when *lsblk* is used by the *watch*(1) command."
+#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:171
+msgid ""
+"Specifies output width as a number of characters. The default is the number "
+"of the terminal columns, and if not executed on a terminal, then output "
+"width is not restricted at all by default. This option also forces *lsblk* "
+"to assume that terminal control characters and unsafe characters are not "
+"allowed. The expected use-case is for example when *lsblk* is used by the "
+"*watch*(1) command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:174
+#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:172
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x*, *--sort* _column_"
msgstr "*-x*, *--sort* _columna_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:176
-msgid "Sort output lines by _column_. This option enables *--list* output format by default. It is possible to use the option *--tree* to force tree-like output and than the tree branches are sorted by the _column_."
+#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:174
+msgid ""
+"Sort output lines by _column_. This option enables *--list* output format by "
+"default. It is possible to use the option *--tree* to force tree-like output "
+"and than the tree branches are sorted by the _column_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:179
-msgid "The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for shell variable identifiers, for example, MIN_IO and FSUSE_PCT instead of MIN-IO and FSUSE%. This is usable, for example, with *--pairs*. Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--pairs* in version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request this behavior by *--shell*."
+#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:177
+msgid ""
+"The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for "
+"shell variable identifiers, for example, MIN_IO and FSUSE_PCT instead of MIN-"
+"IO and FSUSE%. This is usable, for example, with *--pairs*. Note that this "
+"feature has been automatically enabled for *--pairs* in version 2.37, but "
+"due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request this behavior by "
+"*--shell*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:180
+#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:178
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-z*, *--zoned*"
msgstr "*-z*, *--zoned*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:182
+#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:180
msgid "Print the zone related information for each device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:183
+#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "*--sysroot* _directory_"
msgstr "*--sysroot* _directorio_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:185
-msgid "Gather data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the *lsblk* command is issued. The specified directory is the system root of the Linux instance to be inspected. The real device nodes in the target directory can be replaced by text files with udev attributes."
+#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:183
+msgid ""
+"Gather data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the "
+"*lsblk* command is issued. The specified directory is the system root of the "
+"Linux instance to be inspected. The real device nodes in the target "
+"directory can be replaced by text files with udev attributes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:186
+#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:184
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-O*, *--options* _list_"
msgid "*--properties-by* _list_"
msgstr "*-O*, *--options* _lista_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:190
-msgid "This option specifies the methods used by *lsblk* to gather information about filesystems and partition tables. The list is a comma-separated list of method names. The default setting is \"file,udev,blkid\". The supported methods are:"
+#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:188
+msgid ""
+"This option specifies the methods used by *lsblk* to gather information "
+"about filesystems and partition tables. The list is a comma-separated list "
+"of method names. The default setting is \"file,udev,blkid\". The supported "
+"methods are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:193
-msgid "Reads data from udev DB. If unsuccessful, it continues to the next probing method."
+#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:191
+msgid ""
+"Reads data from udev DB. If unsuccessful, it continues to the next probing "
+"method."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:195
-msgid "Reads data directly from the device using libblkid. If unsuccessful, it continues to the next probing method."
+#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:193
+msgid ""
+"Reads data directly from the device using libblkid. If unsuccessful, it "
+"continues to the next probing method."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:195
+#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:193
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*fileset=*"
msgid "*file*"
msgstr "*fileset=*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:197
-msgid "Reads data from a file. This method is only used if the --sysroot option is specified. This method always stops probing if used."
+#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:195
+msgid ""
+"Reads data from a file. This method is only used if the --sysroot option is "
+"specified. This method always stops probing if used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:197
+#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:195
#, no-wrap
msgid "*none*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:199
+#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:197
msgid "Does not probe. This method always stops probing."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:234
-msgid "For partitions, some information (e.g., queue attributes) is inherited from the parent device."
+msgid ""
+"For partitions, some information (e.g., queue attributes) is inherited from "
+"the parent device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:236
-msgid "The *lsblk* command needs to be able to look up each block device by major:minor numbers, which is done by using _/sys/dev/block_. This sysfs block directory appeared in kernel 2.6.27 (October 2008). In case of problems with a new enough kernel, check that *CONFIG_SYSFS* was enabled at the time of the kernel build."
+msgid ""
+"The *lsblk* command needs to be able to look up each block device by major:"
+"minor numbers, which is done by using _/sys/dev/block_. This sysfs block "
+"directory appeared in kernel 2.6.27 (October 2008). In case of problems with "
+"a new enough kernel, check that *CONFIG_SYSFS* was enabled at the time of "
+"the kernel build."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:241
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "mailto:mbroz@redhat.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgid "mailto:gmazyland@gmail.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "mailto:mbroz@redhat.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid ""
+"mailto:gmazyland@gmail.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr "mailto:mbroz@redhat.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:23
-msgid "It allows to display information like current time and resolution of clocks like CLOCK_MONOTONIC, CLOCK_REALTIME and CLOCK_BOOTTIME."
+msgid ""
+"It allows to display information like current time and resolution of clocks "
+"like CLOCK_MONOTONIC, CLOCK_REALTIME and CLOCK_BOOTTIME."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:62
-msgid "Also display CPU clock of specified process. Can be specified multiple times."
+msgid ""
+"Also display CPU clock of specified process. Can be specified multiple "
+"times."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:98
-msgid "Offset of the current namespace to the parent namespace as read from */proc/self/timens_offsets*."
+msgid ""
+"Offset of the current namespace to the parent namespace as read from */proc/"
+"self/timens_offsets*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:31
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ipcs - provide information on ipc facilities"
-msgid "*lslocks* lists information about all the currently held file locks in a Linux system."
+msgid ""
+"*lslocks* lists information about all the currently held file locks in a "
+"Linux system."
msgstr "ipcs - proporciona información sobre los recursos ipc"
#. type: Labeled list
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:53
-msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *lslocks -o {plus}BLOCKER*)."
+msgid ""
+"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
+"format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *lslocks -o {plus}BLOCKER*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:79
-msgid "The type of lock; can be LEASE (created with *fcntl*(2)), FLOCK (created with *flock*(2)), POSIX (created with *fcntl*(2) and *lockf*(3)) or OFDLCK (created with *fcntl*(2))."
+msgid ""
+"The type of lock; can be LEASE (created with *fcntl*(2)), FLOCK (created "
+"with *flock*(2)), POSIX (created with *fcntl*(2) and *lockf*(3)) or OFDLCK "
+"(created with *fcntl*(2))."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:91
-msgid "The lock's access permissions (read, write). If the process is blocked and waiting for the lock, then the mode is postfixed with an '*' (asterisk)."
+msgid ""
+"The lock's access permissions (read, write). If the process is blocked and "
+"waiting for the lock, then the mode is postfixed with an '*' (asterisk)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:94
-msgid "Whether the lock is mandatory; 0 means no (meaning the lock is only advisory), 1 means yes. (See *fcntl*(2).)"
+msgid ""
+"Whether the lock is mandatory; 0 means no (meaning the lock is only "
+"advisory), 1 means yes. (See *fcntl*(2).)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:103
-msgid "Full path of the lock. If none is found, or there are no permissions to read the path, it will fall back to the device's mountpoint and \"...\" is appended to the path. The path might be truncated; use *--notruncate* to get the full path."
+msgid ""
+"Full path of the lock. If none is found, or there are no permissions to read "
+"the path, it will fall back to the device's mountpoint and \"...\" is "
+"appended to the path. The path might be truncated; use *--notruncate* to get "
+"the full path."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:111
-msgid "The holder(s) of the lock. The format of the holder is _PID_,_COMMAND_,_FD_. If a lock is an open file description-oriented lock, there can be more than one holder for the lock. See the NOTES below."
+msgid ""
+"The holder(s) of the lock. The format of the holder is _PID_,_COMMAND_,"
+"_FD_. If a lock is an open file description-oriented lock, there can be "
+"more than one holder for the lock. See the NOTES below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:115
-msgid "The *lslocks* command is meant to replace the *lslk*(8) command, originally written by mailto:abe@purdue.edu[Victor A. Abell] and unmaintained since 2001."
+msgid ""
+"The *lslocks* command is meant to replace the *lslk*(8) command, originally "
+"written by mailto:abe@purdue.edu[Victor A. Abell] and unmaintained since "
+"2001."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:122
-msgid "\"The process holding the lock\" for leases, FLOCK locks, and OFD locks is a fake-concept. They are associated with the open file description on which they are acquired. With *fork*(2) and/or *cmsg*(3), multiple processes can share an open file description. So the holder process of a lease (or a lock) is not uniquely determined. *lslocks* shows the one of the holder processes in COMMAND and PID columns."
+msgid ""
+"\"The process holding the lock\" for leases, FLOCK locks, and OFD locks is a "
+"fake-concept. They are associated with the open file description on which "
+"they are acquired. With *fork*(2) and/or *cmsg*(3), multiple processes can "
+"share an open file description. So the holder process of a lease (or a lock) "
+"is not uniquely determined. *lslocks* shows the one of the holder processes "
+"in COMMAND and PID columns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:22
-msgid "*mcookie* generates a 128-bit random hexadecimal number for use with the X authority system. Typical usage:"
+msgid ""
+"*mcookie* generates a 128-bit random hexadecimal number for use with the X "
+"authority system. Typical usage:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:28
-msgid "The \"random\" number generated is actually the MD5 message digest of random information coming from one of the sources *getrandom*(2) system call, _/dev/urandom_, _/dev/random_, or the _libc pseudo-random functions_, in this preference order. See also the option *--file*."
+msgid ""
+"The \"random\" number generated is actually the MD5 message digest of random "
+"information coming from one of the sources *getrandom*(2) system call, _/dev/"
+"urandom_, _/dev/random_, or the _libc pseudo-random functions_, in this "
+"preference order. See also the option *--file*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:33
-msgid "Use this _file_ as an additional source of randomness (for example _/dev/urandom_). When _file_ is '-', characters are read from standard input."
+msgid ""
+"Use this _file_ as an additional source of randomness (for example _/dev/"
+"urandom_). When _file_ is '-', characters are read from standard input."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:36
-msgid "Read from _file_ only this _number_ of bytes. This option is meant to be used when reading additional randomness from a file or device."
+msgid ""
+"Read from _file_ only this _number_ of bytes. This option is meant to be "
+"used when reading additional randomness from a file or device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:38
-msgid "The _number_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
+msgid ""
+"The _number_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes "
+"KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the "
+"\"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the "
+"suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:41
-msgid "Inform where randomness originated, with amount of entropy read from each source."
+msgid ""
+"Inform where randomness originated, with amount of entropy read from each "
+"source."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:20
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*namei* interprets its arguments as pathnames to any type of Unix file (symlinks, files, directories, and so forth). *namei* then follows each pathname until an endpoint is found (a file, a directory, a device node, etc). If it finds a symbolic link, it shows the link, and starts following it, indenting the output to show the context.\n"
-msgid "*namei* interprets its arguments as pathnames to any type of Unix file (symlinks, files, directories, and so forth). *namei* then follows each pathname until an endpoint is found (a file, a directory, a device node, etc). If it finds a symbolic link, it shows the link, and starts following it, indenting the output to show the context."
-msgstr "*namei* interpreta sus argumentos como rutas hacia cualquier tipo de fichero Unix (enlaces simbólicos, ficheros, directorios, etc.). A continuación, sigue cada ruta hasta encontrar un punto terminal (un fichero, directorio, un nodo de un dispositivo, etc.). Si encuentra un enlace simbólico, muestra el enlace y comienza a seguirlo, sangrando la salida para mostrar el contexto.\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*namei* interprets its arguments as pathnames to any type of Unix file "
+#| "(symlinks, files, directories, and so forth). *namei* then follows each "
+#| "pathname until an endpoint is found (a file, a directory, a device node, "
+#| "etc). If it finds a symbolic link, it shows the link, and starts "
+#| "following it, indenting the output to show the context.\n"
+msgid ""
+"*namei* interprets its arguments as pathnames to any type of Unix file "
+"(symlinks, files, directories, and so forth). *namei* then follows each "
+"pathname until an endpoint is found (a file, a directory, a device node, "
+"etc). If it finds a symbolic link, it shows the link, and starts following "
+"it, indenting the output to show the context."
+msgstr ""
+"*namei* interpreta sus argumentos como rutas hacia cualquier tipo de fichero "
+"Unix (enlaces simbólicos, ficheros, directorios, etc.). A continuación, "
+"sigue cada ruta hasta encontrar un punto terminal (un fichero, directorio, "
+"un nodo de un dispositivo, etc.). Si encuentra un enlace simbólico, muestra "
+"el enlace y comienza a seguirlo, sangrando la salida para mostrar el "
+"contexto.\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:22
-msgid "This program is useful for finding \"too many levels of symbolic links\" problems."
-msgstr "Este programa es útil para encontrar problemas del tipo \"too many levels of symbolic links\" (\"demasiados niveles de enlaces simbólicos\")."
+msgid ""
+"This program is useful for finding \"too many levels of symbolic links\" "
+"problems."
+msgstr ""
+"Este programa es útil para encontrar problemas del tipo \"too many levels of "
+"symbolic links\" (\"demasiados niveles de enlaces simbólicos\")."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:24
-msgid "For each line of output, *namei* uses the following characters to identify the file type found:"
-msgstr "Para cada línea de la salida, *namei* utiliza los siguientes caracteres para identificar el tipo de ficheros encontrados:"
+msgid ""
+"For each line of output, *namei* uses the following characters to identify "
+"the file type found:"
+msgstr ""
+"Para cada línea de la salida, *namei* utiliza los siguientes caracteres para "
+"identificar el tipo de ficheros encontrados:"
#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:35
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:38
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*namei* prints an informative message when the maximum number of symbolic links this system can have has been exceeded.\n"
-msgid "*namei* prints an informative message when the maximum number of symbolic links this system can have has been exceeded."
-msgstr "*namei* imprime un mensaje informativo cuando el número máximo de enlaces simbólicos de ese sistema se ha excedido.\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*namei* prints an informative message when the maximum number of symbolic "
+#| "links this system can have has been exceeded.\n"
+msgid ""
+"*namei* prints an informative message when the maximum number of symbolic "
+"links this system can have has been exceeded."
+msgstr ""
+"*namei* imprime un mensaje informativo cuando el número máximo de enlaces "
+"simbólicos de ese sistema se ha excedido.\n"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:41
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:46
-msgid "Show the mode bits of each file type in the style of *ls*(1), for example 'rwxr-xr-x'."
-msgstr "Mostrar los bits de modo para cada tipo de fichero en el estilo de *ls*(1), por ejemplo 'rwxr-xr-x'."
+msgid ""
+"Show the mode bits of each file type in the style of *ls*(1), for example "
+"'rwxr-xr-x'."
+msgstr ""
+"Mostrar los bits de modo para cada tipo de fichero en el estilo de *ls*(1), "
+"por ejemplo 'rwxr-xr-x'."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:47
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:58
msgid "Show mountpoint directories with a 'D' rather than a 'd'."
-msgstr "Muestra directorios que son puntos de montaje con una 'D', en vez de con una 'd'."
+msgstr ""
+"Muestra directorios que son puntos de montaje con una 'D', en vez de con una "
+"'d'."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:62
-msgid "Show security context of the file or \"?\" if not available. The support for security contexts is optional and does not have to be compiled to the *namei* binary."
+msgid ""
+"Show security context of the file or \"?\" if not available. The support "
+"for security contexts is optional and does not have to be compiled to the "
+"*namei* binary."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:72
-msgid "The original *namei* program was written by mailto:rogers@amadeus.wr.tek.com[Roger Southwick]."
-msgstr "El programa original *namei* fue escrito por mailto:rogers@amadeus.wr.tek.com[Roger Southwick]."
+msgid ""
+"The original *namei* program was written by mailto:rogers@amadeus.wr.tek."
+"com[Roger Southwick]."
+msgstr ""
+"El programa original *namei* fue escrito por mailto:rogers@amadeus.wr.tek."
+"com[Roger Southwick]."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:74
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The program was rewritten by Karel Zak mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The program was rewritten by Karel Zak mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."
msgid "The program was rewritten by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."
-msgstr "El programa fue reescrito por Karel Zak mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."
+msgstr ""
+"El programa fue reescrito por Karel Zak mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:80
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:22
-msgid "Pipes and FIFOs maintain an internal buffer used to transfer data between the read end and the write end. In some cases, the default size of this internal buffer may not be appropriate. This program provides facilities to set and examine the size of these buffers."
+msgid ""
+"Pipes and FIFOs maintain an internal buffer used to transfer data between "
+"the read end and the write end. In some cases, the default size of this "
+"internal buffer may not be appropriate. This program provides facilities to "
+"set and examine the size of these buffers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:24
-msgid "The *--set* operation sets pipe buffer sizes. If it is specified, it must be specified with an explicit _size_. Otherwise, it is implied and the size is read from */proc/sys/fs/pipe-max-size*. The kernel may adjust _size_ as described in *fcntl*(2). To determine the actual buffer sizes set, use the *--verbose* option. If neither *--file* nor *--fd* are specified, *--set* acts on standard output."
+msgid ""
+"The *--set* operation sets pipe buffer sizes. If it is specified, it must be "
+"specified with an explicit _size_. Otherwise, it is implied and the size is "
+"read from */proc/sys/fs/pipe-max-size*. The kernel may adjust _size_ as "
+"described in *fcntl*(2). To determine the actual buffer sizes set, use the "
+"*--verbose* option. If neither *--file* nor *--fd* are specified, *--set* "
+"acts on standard output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:26
-msgid "The *--set* operation permits an optional _command_ to execute after setting the pipe buffer sizes. This command is executed with the adjusted pipes."
+msgid ""
+"The *--set* operation permits an optional _command_ to execute after setting "
+"the pipe buffer sizes. This command is executed with the adjusted pipes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:28
-msgid "The *--get* operation outputs data in a tabular format. The first column is the name of the pipe as passed to *pipesz*. File descriptors are named as \"fd _N_\". The second column is the size, in bytes, of the pipe's internal buffer. The third column is the number of unread bytes currently in the pipe. The columns are separated by tabs ('\\t', ASCII 09h). If *--verbose* is specified, a descriptive header is also emitted. If neither *--file* nor *--fd* are specified, *--get* acts on standard input."
+msgid ""
+"The *--get* operation outputs data in a tabular format. The first column is "
+"the name of the pipe as passed to *pipesz*. File descriptors are named as "
+"\"fd _N_\". The second column is the size, in bytes, of the pipe's internal "
+"buffer. The third column is the number of unread bytes currently in the "
+"pipe. The columns are separated by tabs ('\\t', ASCII 09h). If *--verbose* "
+"is specified, a descriptive header is also emitted. If neither *--file* nor "
+"*--fd* are specified, *--get* acts on standard input."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:30
-msgid "Unless the *--check* option is specified, *pipesz* does _not_ exit if it encounters an error while manipulating a file or file descriptor. This allows *pipesz* to be used generically without fear of disrupting the execution of pipelines should the type of certain files be later changed. For minimal disruption, the *--quiet* option prevents warnings from being emitted in these cases."
+msgid ""
+"Unless the *--check* option is specified, *pipesz* does _not_ exit if it "
+"encounters an error while manipulating a file or file descriptor. This "
+"allows *pipesz* to be used generically without fear of disrupting the "
+"execution of pipelines should the type of certain files be later changed. "
+"For minimal disruption, the *--quiet* option prevents warnings from being "
+"emitted in these cases."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:32
-msgid "The kernel imposes limits on the amount of pipe buffer space unprivileged processes can use, though see *BUGS* below. The kernel will also refuse to shrink a pipe buffer if this would cause a loss of buffered data. See *pipe*(7) for additional details."
+msgid ""
+"The kernel imposes limits on the amount of pipe buffer space unprivileged "
+"processes can use, though see *BUGS* below. The kernel will also refuse to "
+"shrink a pipe buffer if this would cause a loss of buffered data. See "
+"*pipe*(7) for additional details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:34
-msgid "*pipesz* supports specifying multiple short options consecutively, in the usual *getopt*(3) fashion. The first non-option argument is interpreted as _command_. If _command_ might begin with '-', use '--' to separate it from arguments to *pipesz*. In shell scripts, it is good practice to use '--' when parameter expansion is involved. *pipesz* itself does not read from standard input and does not write to standard output unless *--get*, *--help*, or *--version* are specified."
+msgid ""
+"*pipesz* supports specifying multiple short options consecutively, in the "
+"usual *getopt*(3) fashion. The first non-option argument is interpreted as "
+"_command_. If _command_ might begin with '-', use '--' to separate it from "
+"arguments to *pipesz*. In shell scripts, it is good practice to use '--' "
+"when parameter expansion is involved. *pipesz* itself does not read from "
+"standard input and does not write to standard output unless *--get*, *--"
+"help*, or *--version* are specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:39
-msgid "Report the size of pipe buffers to standard output and exit. As a special behavior, if neither *--file* nor *--fd* are specified, standard input is examined. It is an error to specify this option in combination with *--set*."
+msgid ""
+"Report the size of pipe buffers to standard output and exit. As a special "
+"behavior, if neither *--file* nor *--fd* are specified, standard input is "
+"examined. It is an error to specify this option in combination with *--set*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:42
-msgid "Set the size of the pipe buffers, in bytes. This option may be suffixed by _K_, _M_, _G_, _KiB_, _MiB_, or _GiB_ to indicate multiples of 1024. Fractional values are supported in this case. Additional suffixes are supported but are unlikely to be useful. If this option is not specified, a default value is used, as described above. If this option is specified multiple times, a warning is emitted and only the last-specified _size_ is used. As a special behavior, if neither *--file* nor *--fd* are specified, standard output is adjusted. It is an error to specify this option in combination with *--get*."
+msgid ""
+"Set the size of the pipe buffers, in bytes. This option may be suffixed by "
+"_K_, _M_, _G_, _KiB_, _MiB_, or _GiB_ to indicate multiples of 1024. "
+"Fractional values are supported in this case. Additional suffixes are "
+"supported but are unlikely to be useful. If this option is not specified, a "
+"default value is used, as described above. If this option is specified "
+"multiple times, a warning is emitted and only the last-specified _size_ is "
+"used. As a special behavior, if neither *--file* nor *--fd* are specified, "
+"standard output is adjusted. It is an error to specify this option in "
+"combination with *--get*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:45
-msgid "Set the buffer size of the FIFO or pipe at _path_, relative to the current working directory. You may specify this option multiple times to affect different files, and you may do so in combination with *--fd*. Generally, this option is used with FIFOs, but it will also operate on anonymous pipes such as those found in */proc/PID/fd*. Changes to the buffer size of FIFOs are not preserved across system restarts."
+msgid ""
+"Set the buffer size of the FIFO or pipe at _path_, relative to the current "
+"working directory. You may specify this option multiple times to affect "
+"different files, and you may do so in combination with *--fd*. Generally, "
+"this option is used with FIFOs, but it will also operate on anonymous pipes "
+"such as those found in */proc/PID/fd*. Changes to the buffer size of FIFOs "
+"are not preserved across system restarts."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:48
-msgid "Set the buffer size of the pipe or FIFO passed to *pipesz* as the specified file descriptor number. You may specify this option multiple times to affect different file descriptors, and you may do so in combination with *--file*. Shorthand options are provided for the common cases of fd 0 (stdin), fd 1 (stdout), and fd 2 (stderr). These should suffice in most cases."
+msgid ""
+"Set the buffer size of the pipe or FIFO passed to *pipesz* as the specified "
+"file descriptor number. You may specify this option multiple times to affect "
+"different file descriptors, and you may do so in combination with *--file*. "
+"Shorthand options are provided for the common cases of fd 0 (stdin), fd 1 "
+"(stdout), and fd 2 (stderr). These should suffice in most cases."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:60
-msgid "Exit, without executing _command_, in case of any error while manipulating a file or file descriptor. The default behavior if this is not specified is to emit a warning to standard error and continue."
+msgid ""
+"Exit, without executing _command_, in case of any error while manipulating a "
+"file or file descriptor. The default behavior if this is not specified is to "
+"emit a warning to standard error and continue."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:63
-msgid "Do not diagnose non-fatal errors to standard error. This option does not affect the normal output of *--get*, *--verbose*, *--help*, or *--version*."
+msgid ""
+"Do not diagnose non-fatal errors to standard error. This option does not "
+"affect the normal output of *--get*, *--verbose*, *--help*, or *--version*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:66
-msgid "If specified with *--get*, *pipesz* will emit a descriptive header above the table. Otherwise, if specified, *pipesz* will print the actual buffer sizes set by the kernel to standard error."
+msgid ""
+"If specified with *--get*, *pipesz* will emit a descriptive header above the "
+"table. Otherwise, if specified, *pipesz* will print the actual buffer sizes "
+"set by the kernel to standard error."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:73
-msgid "Runs *dd*(1) with an expanded standard output pipe, allowing it to avoid context switches when piping around large blocks."
+msgid ""
+"Runs *dd*(1) with an expanded standard output pipe, allowing it to avoid "
+"context switches when piping around large blocks."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:76
-msgid "Sets the pipe buffer size of a service FIFO to 1,048,576 bytes. If the buffer size could not be set, *pipesz* exits with an error."
+msgid ""
+"Sets the pipe buffer size of a service FIFO to 1,048,576 bytes. If the "
+"buffer size could not be set, *pipesz* exits with an error."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:79
-msgid "Prints the size of pipe used by the shell to pass input to *pipesz*. Since *pipesz* does not read standard input, it may also report 6 unread bytes in the pipe, depending on relative timings."
+msgid ""
+"Prints the size of pipe used by the shell to pass input to *pipesz*. Since "
+"*pipesz* does not read standard input, it may also report 6 unread bytes in "
+"the pipe, depending on relative timings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:82
-msgid "Prints the size and number of unread bytes of all pipes in use by _PID_. If some pipes are routinely full, *pipesz* might be able to mitigate a processing bottleneck."
+msgid ""
+"Prints the size and number of unread bytes of all pipes in use by _PID_. If "
+"some pipes are routinely full, *pipesz* might be able to mitigate a "
+"processing bottleneck."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:86
-msgid "Linux supports adjusting the size of pipe buffers since kernel 2.6.35. This release also introduced */proc/sys/fs/pipe-max-size*."
+msgid ""
+"Linux supports adjusting the size of pipe buffers since kernel 2.6.35. This "
+"release also introduced */proc/sys/fs/pipe-max-size*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:88
-msgid "This program uses *fcntl*(2) *F_GETPIPE_SZ*/*F_SETPIPE_SZ* to get and set pipe buffer sizes."
+msgid ""
+"This program uses *fcntl*(2) *F_GETPIPE_SZ*/*F_SETPIPE_SZ* to get and set "
+"pipe buffer sizes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:90
-msgid "This program uses *ioctl*(2) *FIONREAD* to report the amount of unread data in pipes. If for some reason this fails, the amount of unread data is reported as 0."
+msgid ""
+"This program uses *ioctl*(2) *FIONREAD* to report the amount of unread data "
+"in pipes. If for some reason this fails, the amount of unread data is "
+"reported as 0."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:94
-msgid "Before Linux 4.9, some bugs affect how certain resource limits are enforced when setting pipe buffer sizes. See *pipe*(7) for details."
+msgid ""
+"Before Linux 4.9, some bugs affect how certain resource limits are enforced "
+"when setting pipe buffer sizes. See *pipe*(7) for details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:26
-msgid "*rename* will rename the specified files by replacing the first occurrence of _expression_ in their name by _replacement_."
+msgid ""
+"*rename* will rename the specified files by replacing the first occurrence "
+"of _expression_ in their name by _replacement_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:46
-msgid "Do not overwrite existing files. When *--symlink* is active, do not overwrite symlinks pointing to existing targets."
+msgid ""
+"Do not overwrite existing files. When *--symlink* is active, do not "
+"overwrite symlinks pointing to existing targets."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:55
-msgid "The renaming has no safeguards by default or without any one of the options *--no-overwrite*, *--interactive* or *--no-act*. If the user has permission to rewrite file names, the command will perform the action without any questions. For example, the result can be quite drastic when the command is run as root in the _/lib_ directory. Always make a backup before running the command, unless you truly know what you are doing."
+msgid ""
+"The renaming has no safeguards by default or without any one of the options "
+"*--no-overwrite*, *--interactive* or *--no-act*. If the user has permission "
+"to rewrite file names, the command will perform the action without any "
+"questions. For example, the result can be quite drastic when the command is "
+"run as root in the _/lib_ directory. Always make a backup before running the "
+"command, unless you truly know what you are doing."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:59
-msgid "If the _expression_ is empty, then by default _replacement_ will be added to the start of the filename. With *--all*, _replacement_ will be inserted in between every two characters of the filename, as well as at the start and end."
+msgid ""
+"If the _expression_ is empty, then by default _replacement_ will be added to "
+"the start of the filename. With *--all*, _replacement_ will be inserted in "
+"between every two characters of the filename, as well as at the start and "
+"end."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:61
-msgid "Normally, only the final path component of a filename is updated. (Or with *--symlink*, only the final path component of the link.) But if either _expression_ or _replacement_ contains a _/_, the full path is updated. This can cause a file to be moved between folders. Creating folders, and moving files between filesystems, is not supported."
+msgid ""
+"Normally, only the final path component of a filename is updated. (Or with "
+"*--symlink*, only the final path component of the link.) But if either "
+"_expression_ or _replacement_ contains a _/_, the full path is updated. This "
+"can cause a file to be moved between folders. Creating folders, and moving "
+"files between filesystems, is not supported."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:65
-msgid "As most standard utilities rename can be used with a terminal device (tty in short) in canonical mode, where the line is buffered by the tty and you press ENTER to validate the user input. If you put your tty in cbreak mode however, rename requires only a single key press to answer the prompt. To set cbreak mode, run for example:"
+msgid ""
+"As most standard utilities rename can be used with a terminal device (tty in "
+"short) in canonical mode, where the line is buffered by the tty and you "
+"press ENTER to validate the user input. If you put your tty in cbreak mode "
+"however, rename requires only a single key press to answer the prompt. To "
+"set cbreak mode, run for example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:90
-msgid "Given the files _foo1_, ..., _foo9_, _foo10_, ..., _foo278_, the commands"
+msgid ""
+"Given the files _foo1_, ..., _foo9_, _foo10_, ..., _foo278_, the commands"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:97
-msgid "will turn them into _foo001_, ..., _foo009_, _foo010_, ..., _foo278_. And"
+msgid ""
+"will turn them into _foo001_, ..., _foo009_, _foo010_, ..., _foo278_. And"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:103
-msgid "will fix the extension of your html files. Provide an empty string for shortening:"
+msgid ""
+"will fix the extension of your html files. Provide an empty string for "
+"shortening:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:24
-msgid "The *uuidd* daemon is used by the UUID library to generate universally unique identifiers (UUIDs), especially time-based UUIDs, in a secure and guaranteed-unique fashion, even in the face of large numbers of threads running on different CPUs trying to grab UUIDs."
+msgid ""
+"The *uuidd* daemon is used by the UUID library to generate universally "
+"unique identifiers (UUIDs), especially time-based UUIDs, in a secure and "
+"guaranteed-unique fashion, even in the face of large numbers of threads "
+"running on different CPUs trying to grab UUIDs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:29
-msgid "Activate continuous clock handling for time based UUIDs. *uuidd* could use all possible clock values, beginning with the daemon's start time. The optional argument can be used to set a value for the max_clock_offset. This guarantees, that a clock value of a UUID will always be within the range of the max_clock_offset."
+msgid ""
+"Activate continuous clock handling for time based UUIDs. *uuidd* could use "
+"all possible clock values, beginning with the daemon's start time. The "
+"optional argument can be used to set a value for the max_clock_offset. This "
+"guarantees, that a clock value of a UUID will always be within the range of "
+"the max_clock_offset."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:31
-msgid "The option *-C* or *--cont-clock* enables the feature with a default max_clock_offset of 2 hours."
+msgid ""
+"The option *-C* or *--cont-clock* enables the feature with a default "
+"max_clock_offset of 2 hours."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:33
-msgid "The option *-C<NUM>[hd]* or *--cont-clock=<NUM>[hd]* enables the feature with a max_clock_offset of NUM seconds. In case of an appended h or d, the NUM value is read in hours or days. The minimum value is 60 seconds, the maximum value is 365 days."
+msgid ""
+"The option *-C<NUM>[hd]* or *--cont-clock=<NUM>[hd]* enables the feature "
+"with a max_clock_offset of NUM seconds. In case of an appended h or d, the "
+"NUM value is read in hours or days. The minimum value is 60 seconds, the "
+"maximum value is 365 days."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:36
-msgid "Run *uuidd* in debugging mode. This prevents *uuidd* from running as a daemon."
+msgid ""
+"Run *uuidd* in debugging mode. This prevents *uuidd* from running as a "
+"daemon."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:45
-msgid "When issuing a test request to a running *uuidd*, request a bulk response of _number_ UUIDs."
+msgid ""
+"When issuing a test request to a running *uuidd*, request a bulk response of "
+"_number_ UUIDs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{runstatedir}_.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:51
-msgid "Specify the pathname where the pid file should be written. By default, the pid file is written to _{runstatedir}/uuidd/uuidd.pid_."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the pathname where the pid file should be written. By default, the "
+"pid file is written to _{runstatedir}/uuidd/uuidd.pid_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:58
-msgid "Test uuidd by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to return a random-based UUID."
+msgid ""
+"Test uuidd by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to "
+"return a random-based UUID."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:61
-msgid "Do not create a socket but instead expect it to be provided by the calling process. This implies *--no-fork* and *--no-pid*. This option is intended to be used only with *systemd*(1). It needs to be enabled with a configure option."
+msgid ""
+"Do not create a socket but instead expect it to be provided by the calling "
+"process. This implies *--no-fork* and *--no-pid*. This option is intended to "
+"be used only with *systemd*(1). It needs to be enabled with a configure "
+"option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{runstatedir}_.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:64
-msgid "Make uuidd use this pathname for the unix-domain socket. By default, the pathname used is _{runstatedir}/uuidd/request_. This option is primarily for debugging purposes, since the pathname is hard-coded in the *libuuid* library."
+msgid ""
+"Make uuidd use this pathname for the unix-domain socket. By default, the "
+"pathname used is _{runstatedir}/uuidd/request_. This option is primarily for "
+"debugging purposes, since the pathname is hard-coded in the *libuuid* "
+"library."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:71
-msgid "Test *uuidd* by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to return a time-based UUID."
+msgid ""
+"Test *uuidd* by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it "
+"to return a time-based UUID."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:24
-msgid "The *uuidgen* program creates (and prints) a new universally unique identifier (UUID) using the *libuuid*(3) library. The new UUID can reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future."
+msgid ""
+"The *uuidgen* program creates (and prints) a new universally unique "
+"identifier (UUID) using the *libuuid*(3) library. The new UUID can "
+"reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, "
+"and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:26
-msgid "There are three types of UUIDs which *uuidgen* can generate: time-based UUIDs, random-based UUIDs, and hash-based UUIDs. By default *uuidgen* will generate a random-based UUID if a high-quality random number generator is present. Otherwise, it will choose a time-based UUID. It is possible to force the generation of one of these first two UUID types by using the *--random* or *--time* options."
+msgid ""
+"There are three types of UUIDs which *uuidgen* can generate: time-based "
+"UUIDs, random-based UUIDs, and hash-based UUIDs. By default *uuidgen* will "
+"generate a random-based UUID if a high-quality random number generator is "
+"present. Otherwise, it will choose a time-based UUID. It is possible to "
+"force the generation of one of these first two UUID types by using the *--"
+"random* or *--time* options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:28
-msgid "The third type of UUID is generated with the *--md5* or *--sha1* options, followed by *--namespace* _namespace_ and *--name* _name_. The _namespace_ may either be a well-known UUID, or else an alias to one of the well-known UUIDs defined in RFC 4122, that is *@dns*, *@url*, *@oid*, or *@x500*. The _name_ is an arbitrary string value. The generated UUID is the digest of the concatenation of the namespace UUID and the name value, hashed with the MD5 or SHA1 algorithms. It is, therefore, a predictable value which may be useful when UUIDs are being used as handles or nonces for more complex values or values which shouldn't be disclosed directly. See the RFC for more information."
+msgid ""
+"The third type of UUID is generated with the *--md5* or *--sha1* options, "
+"followed by *--namespace* _namespace_ and *--name* _name_. The _namespace_ "
+"may either be a well-known UUID, or else an alias to one of the well-known "
+"UUIDs defined in RFC 4122, that is *@dns*, *@url*, *@oid*, or *@x500*. The "
+"_name_ is an arbitrary string value. The generated UUID is the digest of the "
+"concatenation of the namespace UUID and the name value, hashed with the MD5 "
+"or SHA1 algorithms. It is, therefore, a predictable value which may be "
+"useful when UUIDs are being used as handles or nonces for more complex "
+"values or values which shouldn't be disclosed directly. See the RFC for more "
+"information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:33
-msgid "Generate a random-based UUID. This method creates a UUID consisting mostly of random bits. It requires that the operating system has a high quality random number generator, such as _/dev/random_."
+msgid ""
+"Generate a random-based UUID. This method creates a UUID consisting mostly "
+"of random bits. It requires that the operating system has a high quality "
+"random number generator, such as _/dev/random_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:36
-msgid "Generate a time-based UUID. This method creates a UUID based on the system clock plus the system's ethernet hardware address, if present."
+msgid ""
+"Generate a time-based UUID. This method creates a UUID based on the system "
+"clock plus the system's ethernet hardware address, if present."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:39
+#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, *--md5*"
msgstr "*-m*, *--md5*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:41
+#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:39
msgid "Use MD5 as the hash algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:42
+#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--sha1*"
msgstr "*-s*, *--sha1*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:44
+#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:42
msgid "Use SHA1 as the hash algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:45
+#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:43
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-t*, *--time*"
msgid "*-6*, *--time-v6*"
msgstr "*-t*, *--time*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:50
-msgid "Generate a time-based UUID. This method creates a UUID based on the system clock plus and is lexicographically sortable according to the contained timestamp."
+#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:45 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:48
+msgid ""
+"Generate a time-based UUID. This method creates a UUID based on the system "
+"clock plus and is lexicographically sortable according to the contained "
+"timestamp."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:48
+#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:46
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-t*, *--time*"
msgid "*-7*, *--time-v7*"
msgstr "*-t*, *--time*"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:51
+#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--namespace* _namespace_"
msgstr "*-n*, *--namespace* _espacio-de-nombres_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:53
-msgid "Generate the hash with the _namespace_ prefix. The _namespace_ is UUID, or '@ns' where \"ns\" is well-known predefined UUID addressed by namespace name (see above)."
+#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:51
+msgid ""
+"Generate the hash with the _namespace_ prefix. The _namespace_ is UUID, or "
+"'@ns' where \"ns\" is well-known predefined UUID addressed by namespace name "
+"(see above)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:28
+#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:52 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-N*, *--name* _name_"
msgstr "*-N*, *--name* _nombre_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:56
+#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:54
msgid "Generate the hash of the _name_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:57
+#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:55
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "-t, --timeout I<timeout>"
msgid "*-C*, *--count* _num_"
msgstr "-t, --timeout I<tiempo_límite>"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:59
-msgid "Generate multiple UUIDs using the enhanced capability of the libuuid to cache time-based UUIDs, thus resulting in improved performance. However, this holds no significance for other UUID types."
+#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:57
+msgid ""
+"Generate multiple UUIDs using the enhanced capability of the libuuid to "
+"cache time-based UUIDs, thus resulting in improved performance. However, "
+"this holds no significance for other UUID types."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:87
+#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:58 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:87
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x*, *--hex*"
msgstr "*-x*, *--hex*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:62
+#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:60
msgid "Interpret name _name_ as a hexadecimal string."
msgstr ""
#| "*uuidgen*(1),\n"
#| "*libuuid*(3),\n"
#| "https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
-msgid "*uuidparse*(1), *libuuid*(3), link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122] link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfcXXXX[RFC XXXX]"
+msgid ""
+"*uuidparse*(1), *libuuid*(3), link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC "
+"4122] link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfcXXXX[RFC XXXX]"
msgstr ""
"*uuidgen*(1),\n"
"*libuuid*(3),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:22
-msgid "This command will parse unique identifier inputs from either command line arguments or standard input. The inputs are white-space separated."
+msgid ""
+"This command will parse unique identifier inputs from either command line "
+"arguments or standard input. The inputs are white-space separated."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#| "*uuidgen*(1),\n"
#| "*libuuid*(3),\n"
#| "https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
-msgid "*uuidgen*(1), *libuuid*(3), https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]"
+msgid ""
+"*uuidgen*(1), *libuuid*(3), https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]"
msgstr ""
"*uuidgen*(1),\n"
"*libuuid*(3),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:20
-msgid "*waitpid* is a simple command to wait for arbitrary non-child processes."
+msgid ""
+"*waitpid* is a simple command to wait for arbitrary non-child processes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:23
-msgid "It exits after all processes whose PIDs have been passed as arguments have exited."
+msgid ""
+"It exits after all processes whose PIDs have been passed as arguments have "
+"exited."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:46
-msgid "whereis - locate the binary, source, and manual page files for a command"
-msgstr "whereis - localiza los ficheros binarios, fuentes y páginas del manual correspondientes a un programa"
+msgid ""
+"whereis - locate the binary, source, and manual page files for a command"
+msgstr ""
+"whereis - localiza los ficheros binarios, fuentes y páginas del manual "
+"correspondientes a un programa"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:50
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:54
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "B<whereis> locates source/binary and manuals sections for specified files. The supplied names are first stripped of leading pathname components and any (single) trailing extension of the form B<.>I<ext,> for example, B<.c>. Prefixes of B<s.> resulting from use of source code control are also dealt with. B<whereis> then attempts to locate the desired program in a list of standard Linux places."
-msgid "*whereis* locates the binary, source and manual files for the specified command names. The supplied names are *first stripped of leading pathname components*. Prefixes of *s.* resulting from use of source code control are also dealt with. *whereis* then attempts to locate the desired program in the standard Linux places, and in the places specified by *$PATH* and *$MANPATH*."
-msgstr "B<whereis> localiza los fuentes, binarios y páginas del Manual para los programas que se especifiquen. Primero, a los nombres suministrados se les quitan los componentes de la izquierda de ruta y cualquier extensión de la derecha (simple) de la forma B<.>I<ext,> por ejemplo, B<.c>. También se manejan los prefijos de la forma B<s.> que resultan del empleo de programas de control del código fuente. B<whereis> entonces intenta localizar los ficheros del programa deseado en una lista de sitios estándares en Linux."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "B<whereis> locates source/binary and manuals sections for specified "
+#| "files. The supplied names are first stripped of leading pathname "
+#| "components and any (single) trailing extension of the form B<.>I<ext,> "
+#| "for example, B<.c>. Prefixes of B<s.> resulting from use of source code "
+#| "control are also dealt with. B<whereis> then attempts to locate the "
+#| "desired program in a list of standard Linux places."
+msgid ""
+"*whereis* locates the binary, source and manual files for the specified "
+"command names. The supplied names are *first stripped of leading pathname "
+"components*. Prefixes of *s.* resulting from use of source code control are "
+"also dealt with. *whereis* then attempts to locate the desired program in "
+"the standard Linux places, and in the places specified by *$PATH* and "
+"*$MANPATH*."
+msgstr ""
+"B<whereis> localiza los fuentes, binarios y páginas del Manual para los "
+"programas que se especifiquen. Primero, a los nombres suministrados se les "
+"quitan los componentes de la izquierda de ruta y cualquier extensión de la "
+"derecha (simple) de la forma B<.>I<ext,> por ejemplo, B<.c>. También se "
+"manejan los prefijos de la forma B<s.> que resultan del empleo de programas "
+"de control del código fuente. B<whereis> entonces intenta localizar los "
+"ficheros del programa deseado en una lista de sitios estándares en Linux."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:56
-msgid "The search restrictions (options *-b*, *-m* and *-s*) are cumulative and apply to the subsequent _name_ patterns on the command line. Any new search restriction resets the search mask. For example,"
+msgid ""
+"The search restrictions (options *-b*, *-m* and *-s*) are cumulative and "
+"apply to the subsequent _name_ patterns on the command line. Any new search "
+"restriction resets the search mask. For example,"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:62
-msgid "searches for \"ls\" and \"tr\" binaries and man pages, and for \"gcc\" man pages only."
+msgid ""
+"searches for \"ls\" and \"tr\" binaries and man pages, and for \"gcc\" man "
+"pages only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:64
-msgid "The options *-B*, *-M* and *-S* reset search paths for the subsequent _name_ patterns. For example,"
+msgid ""
+"The options *-B*, *-M* and *-S* reset search paths for the subsequent _name_ "
+"patterns. For example,"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:70
-msgid "searches for \"*ls*\" man pages in all default paths, but for \"cal\" in the _/usr/share/man/man1_ directory only."
+msgid ""
+"searches for \"*ls*\" man pages in all default paths, but for \"cal\" in the "
+"_/usr/share/man/man1_ directory only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:84
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Search for unusual entries. A file is said to be unusual if it does not have one entry of each requested type. Thus `B<whereis\\ \\ -m\\ \\ -u\\ \\ *>' asks for those files in the current directory which have no documentation."
-msgid "Only show the command names that have unusual entries. A command is said to be unusual if it does not have just one entry of each explicitly requested type. Thus '*whereis -m -u **' asks for those files in the current directory which have no documentation file, or more than one."
-msgstr "Busca entradas inusuales. Se dice que un fichero es inusual si no tiene una entrada de cada tipo pedido. Así, `B<whereis\\ \\ -m\\ \\ -u\\ \\ *>' pregunta por aquellos ficheros en el directorio de trabajo que no tengan documentación en el Manual."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Search for unusual entries. A file is said to be unusual if it does not "
+#| "have one entry of each requested type. Thus `B<whereis\\ \\ -m\\ \\ -u\\ "
+#| "\\ *>' asks for those files in the current directory which have no "
+#| "documentation."
+msgid ""
+"Only show the command names that have unusual entries. A command is said to "
+"be unusual if it does not have just one entry of each explicitly requested "
+"type. Thus '*whereis -m -u **' asks for those files in the current directory "
+"which have no documentation file, or more than one."
+msgstr ""
+"Busca entradas inusuales. Se dice que un fichero es inusual si no tiene una "
+"entrada de cada tipo pedido. Así, `B<whereis\\ \\ -m\\ \\ -u\\ \\ *>' "
+"pregunta por aquellos ficheros en el directorio de trabajo que no tengan "
+"documentación en el Manual."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:85
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:87
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Change or otherwise limit the places where B<whereis> searches for binaries."
-msgid "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for binaries, by a whitespace-separated list of directories."
-msgstr "Cambia o de otra forma limita los sitios donde B<whereis> busca los binarios."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Change or otherwise limit the places where B<whereis> searches for "
+#| "binaries."
+msgid ""
+"Limit the places where *whereis* searches for binaries, by a whitespace-"
+"separated list of directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Cambia o de otra forma limita los sitios donde B<whereis> busca los binarios."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:88
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:90
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Change or otherwise limit the places where B<whereis> searches for sources."
-msgid "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for manuals and documentation in Info format, by a whitespace-separated list of directories."
-msgstr "Cambia o de otra forma limita los sitios donde B<whereis> busca los fuentes."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Change or otherwise limit the places where B<whereis> searches for "
+#| "sources."
+msgid ""
+"Limit the places where *whereis* searches for manuals and documentation in "
+"Info format, by a whitespace-separated list of directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Cambia o de otra forma limita los sitios donde B<whereis> busca los fuentes."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:91
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:93
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Change or otherwise limit the places where B<whereis> searches for sources."
-msgid "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for sources, by a whitespace-separated list of directories."
-msgstr "Cambia o de otra forma limita los sitios donde B<whereis> busca los fuentes."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Change or otherwise limit the places where B<whereis> searches for "
+#| "sources."
+msgid ""
+"Limit the places where *whereis* searches for sources, by a whitespace-"
+"separated list of directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Cambia o de otra forma limita los sitios donde B<whereis> busca los fuentes."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:96
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Terminate the last directory list and signals the start of file names, and I<must> be used when any of the B<-B>, B<-M>, or B<-S> options are used."
-msgid "Terminates the directory list and signals the start of filenames. It _must_ be used when any of the *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* options is used."
-msgstr "Termina la última lista de directorios y señala el comienzo de nombres de ficheros, y I<debe> emplearse cuando se use cualquiera de las opciones B<-B>, B<-M>, o B<-S>."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Terminate the last directory list and signals the start of file names, "
+#| "and I<must> be used when any of the B<-B>, B<-M>, or B<-S> options are "
+#| "used."
+msgid ""
+"Terminates the directory list and signals the start of filenames. It _must_ "
+"be used when any of the *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* options is used."
+msgstr ""
+"Termina la última lista de directorios y señala el comienzo de nombres de "
+"ficheros, y I<debe> emplearse cuando se use cualquiera de las opciones B<-"
+"B>, B<-M>, o B<-S>."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:99
-msgid "Output the list of effective lookup paths that *whereis* is using. When none of *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* is specified, the option will output the hard-coded paths that the command was able to find on the system."
+msgid ""
+"Output the list of effective lookup paths that *whereis* is using. When none "
+"of *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* is specified, the option will output the hard-coded "
+"paths that the command was able to find on the system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:102
-msgid "Interpret the next names as a *glob(7)* patterns. *whereis* always compares only filenames (aka basename) and never complete path. Using directory names in the pattern has no effect. Don’t forget that the shell interprets the pattern when specified on the command line without quotes. It’s necessary to use quotes for the _name_, for example:"
+msgid ""
+"Interpret the next names as a *glob(7)* patterns. *whereis* always compares "
+"only filenames (aka basename) and never complete path. Using directory names "
+"in the pattern has no effect. Don’t forget that the shell interprets the "
+"pattern when specified on the command line without quotes. It’s necessary to "
+"use quotes for the _name_, for example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:111
-msgid "By default *whereis* tries to find files from hard-coded paths, which are defined with glob patterns. The command attempts to use the contents of *$PATH* and *$MANPATH* environment variables as default search path. The easiest way to know what paths are in use is to add the *-l* listing option. Effects of the *-B*, *-M*, and *-S* are displayed with *-l*."
+msgid ""
+"By default *whereis* tries to find files from hard-coded paths, which are "
+"defined with glob patterns. The command attempts to use the contents of "
+"*$PATH* and *$MANPATH* environment variables as default search path. The "
+"easiest way to know what paths are in use is to add the *-l* listing option. "
+"Effects of the *-B*, *-M*, and *-S* are displayed with *-l*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:120
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Find all files in B</usr/bin> which are not documented in B</usr/man/man1> with source in B</usr/src>:"
-msgid "To find all files in _/usr/bin_ which are not documented in _/usr/man/man1_ or have no source in _/usr/src_:"
-msgstr "Encontrar todos los ficheros en B</usr/bin> que no estén documentados en B</usr/man/man1>, con los fuentes en B</usr/src>:"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Find all files in B</usr/bin> which are not documented in B</usr/man/"
+#| "man1> with source in B</usr/src>:"
+msgid ""
+"To find all files in _/usr/bin_ which are not documented in _/usr/man/man1_ "
+"or have no source in _/usr/src_:"
+msgstr ""
+"Encontrar todos los ficheros en B</usr/bin> que no estén documentados en B</"
+"usr/man/man1>, con los fuentes en B</usr/src>:"
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:123
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:27
-msgid "*wipefs* can erase filesystem, raid or partition-table signatures (magic strings) from the specified _device_ to make the signatures invisible for libblkid. *wipefs* does not erase the filesystem itself nor any other data from the device."
+msgid ""
+"*wipefs* can erase filesystem, raid or partition-table signatures (magic "
+"strings) from the specified _device_ to make the signatures invisible for "
+"libblkid. *wipefs* does not erase the filesystem itself nor any other data "
+"from the device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:29
-msgid "When used without any options, *wipefs* lists all visible filesystems and the offsets of their basic signatures. The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ in environments where a stable output is required."
+msgid ""
+"When used without any options, *wipefs* lists all visible filesystems and "
+"the offsets of their basic signatures. The default output is subject to "
+"change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your "
+"scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* "
+"_columns-list_ in environments where a stable output is required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:31
-msgid "*wipefs* calls the *BLKRRPART* ioctl when it has erased a partition-table signature to inform the kernel about the change. The ioctl is called as the last step and when all specified signatures from all specified devices are already erased. This feature can be used to wipe content on partition devices as well as a partition table on a disk device, for example by *wipefs -a /dev/sdc1 /dev/sdc2 /dev/sdc*."
+msgid ""
+"*wipefs* calls the *BLKRRPART* ioctl when it has erased a partition-table "
+"signature to inform the kernel about the change. The ioctl is called as the "
+"last step and when all specified signatures from all specified devices are "
+"already erased. This feature can be used to wipe content on partition "
+"devices as well as a partition table on a disk device, for example by "
+"*wipefs -a /dev/sdc1 /dev/sdc2 /dev/sdc*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:33
-msgid "Note that some filesystems and some partition tables store more magic strings on the device (e.g., FAT, ZFS, GPT). The *wipefs* command (since v2.31) lists all the offsets where magic strings have been detected."
+msgid ""
+"Note that some filesystems and some partition tables store more magic "
+"strings on the device (e.g., FAT, ZFS, GPT). The *wipefs* command (since "
+"v2.31) lists all the offsets where magic strings have been detected."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:35
-msgid "When option *-a* is used, all magic strings that are visible for *libblkid*(3) are erased. In this case the *wipefs* scans the device again after each modification (erase) until no magic string is found."
+msgid ""
+"When option *-a* is used, all magic strings that are visible for "
+"*libblkid*(3) are erased. In this case the *wipefs* scans the device again "
+"after each modification (erase) until no magic string is found."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:37
-msgid "Note that by default *wipefs* does not erase nested partition tables on non-whole disk devices. For this the option *--force* is required."
+msgid ""
+"Note that by default *wipefs* does not erase nested partition tables on non-"
+"whole disk devices. For this the option *--force* is required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:42
-msgid "Erase all available signatures. The set of erased signatures can be restricted with the *-t* option."
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:45
+msgid ""
+"Erase all available signatures. The set of erased signatures can be "
+"restricted with the *-t* option. When performed on a partitioned whole-disk "
+"device like /dev/sdX, it will erase only the partition tables, not the "
+"content of the partitions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:43
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:46
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-C*, *--cgroup*[**=**__file__]"
msgid "*-b*, *--backup*[**=**_dir_]"
msgstr "*-C*, *--cgroup*[**=**__fichero__]"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:45
-msgid "Create a signature backup to the file _wipefs-<devname>-<offset>.bak_ in _$HOME_ or the directory specified as the optional argument. For more details see the *EXAMPLE* section."
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:48
+msgid ""
+"Create a signature backup to the file _wipefs-<devname>-<offset>.bak_ in "
+"_$HOME_ or the directory specified as the optional argument. For more "
+"details see the *EXAMPLE* section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:48
-msgid "Force erasure, even if the filesystem is mounted. This is required in order to erase a partition-table signature on a block device."
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:51
+msgid ""
+"Force erasure, even if the filesystem is mounted. This is required in order "
+"to erase a partition-table signature on a block device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:54
-msgid "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument _mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *\"yes\"*. This option overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with udevd or other tools."
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:57
+msgid ""
+"Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument "
+"_mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument "
+"is omitted, it defaults to *\"yes\"*. This option overwrites environment "
+"variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, "
+"but it's recommended to avoid collisions with udevd or other tools."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:55
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--noheadings*"
msgstr "*-i*, *--noheadings*"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:58
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-O*, *--output* _list_"
msgstr "*-O*, *--output* _lista_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:63
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:66
msgid "Causes everything to be done except for the *write*(2) call."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:66
-msgid "Specify the location (in bytes) of the signature which should be erased from the device. The _offset_ number may include a \"0x\" prefix; then the number will be interpreted as a hex value. It is possible to specify multiple *-o* options."
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:69
+msgid ""
+"Specify the location (in bytes) of the signature which should be erased from "
+"the device. The _offset_ number may include a \"0x\" prefix; then the number "
+"will be interpreted as a hex value. It is possible to specify multiple *-o* "
+"options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:68
-msgid "The _offset_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:71
+msgid ""
+"The _offset_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB "
+"(=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB "
+"(the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or "
+"the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB "
+"and YB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:69
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--parsable*"
msgstr "*-p*, *--parsable*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:71
-msgid "Print out in parsable instead of printable format. Encode all potentially unsafe characters of a string to the corresponding hex value prefixed by '\\x'."
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:74
+msgid ""
+"Print out in parsable instead of printable format. Encode all potentially "
+"unsafe characters of a string to the corresponding hex value prefixed by "
+"'\\x'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:74
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:77
msgid "Suppress any messages after a successful signature wipe."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:77
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:80
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list. The list of file system types can be prefixed with B<no> to specify the file system types on which no action should be taken. (This can be meaningful with the B<-a> option.)"
-msgid "Limit the set of printed or erased signatures. More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list. The list or individual types can be prefixed with 'no' to specify the types on which no action should be taken. For more details see *mount*(8)."
-msgstr "Se puede especificar más de un tipo en una lista de tipos separados por comas. La lista de los tipos de sistemas de ficheros puede prefijarse por B<no> para especificar los tipos de sistemas de ficheros sobre los que no se deberá tomar ninguna opción. (Esto puede tener sentido con la opción B<-a>.)"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list. The list "
+#| "of file system types can be prefixed with B<no> to specify the file "
+#| "system types on which no action should be taken. (This can be meaningful "
+#| "with the B<-a> option.)"
+msgid ""
+"Limit the set of printed or erased signatures. More than one type may be "
+"specified in a comma-separated list. The list or individual types can be "
+"prefixed with 'no' to specify the types on which no action should be taken. "
+"For more details see *mount*(8)."
+msgstr ""
+"Se puede especificar más de un tipo en una lista de tipos separados por "
+"comas. La lista de los tipos de sistemas de ficheros puede prefijarse por "
+"B<no> para especificar los tipos de sistemas de ficheros sobre los que no se "
+"deberá tomar ninguna opción. (Esto puede tener sentido con la opción B<-a>.)"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:84
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:87
msgid "enables *libblkid*(3) debug output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:90
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "*wipefs /dev/sda**"
msgstr "*wipefs /dev/sda**"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:92
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:95
msgid "Prints information about sda and all partitions on sda."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:93
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "*wipefs --all --backup /dev/sdb*"
msgstr "*wipefs --all --backup /dev/sdb*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:95
-msgid "Erases all signatures from the device _/dev/sdb_ and creates a signature backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-<offset>.bak_ for each signature."
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:98
+msgid ""
+"Erases all signatures from the device _/dev/sdb_ and creates a signature "
+"backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-<offset>.bak_ for each signature."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:96
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:99
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*dd if=~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak of=/dev/sdb seek=$((0x00000438)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*"
msgid "*dd if=~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak of=/dev/sdb seek=$\\((0x00000438)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*"
msgstr "*dd if=~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak of=/dev/sdb seek=$((0x00000438)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:98
-msgid "Restores an ext2 signature from the backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak_."
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:101
+msgid ""
+"Restores an ext2 signature from the backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438."
+"bak_."
msgstr ""
#
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:47
-msgid "*chrt* sets or retrieves the real-time scheduling attributes of an existing _PID_, or runs _command_ with the given attributes."
+msgid ""
+"*chrt* sets or retrieves the real-time scheduling attributes of an existing "
+"_PID_, or runs _command_ with the given attributes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:52
-msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_OTHER* (time-sharing scheduling). This is the default Linux scheduling policy."
+msgid ""
+"Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_OTHER* (time-sharing scheduling). This is "
+"the default Linux scheduling policy."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:58
-msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_RR* (round-robin scheduling). When no policy is defined, the *SCHED_RR* is used as the default."
+msgid ""
+"Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_RR* (round-robin scheduling). When no policy "
+"is defined, the *SCHED_RR* is used as the default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:61
-msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_BATCH* (scheduling batch processes). Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.16. The priority argument has to be set to zero."
+msgid ""
+"Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_BATCH* (scheduling batch processes). Linux-"
+"specific, supported since 2.6.16. The priority argument has to be set to "
+"zero."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:64
-msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_IDLE* (scheduling very low priority jobs). Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.23. The priority argument has to be set to zero."
+msgid ""
+"Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_IDLE* (scheduling very low priority jobs). "
+"Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.23. The priority argument has to be set "
+"to zero."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:67
-msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_DEADLINE* (sporadic task model deadline scheduling). Linux-specific, supported since 3.14. The priority argument has to be set to zero. See also *--sched-runtime*, *--sched-deadline* and *--sched-period*. The relation between the options required by the kernel is runtime <= deadline <= period. *chrt* copies _period_ to _deadline_ if *--sched-deadline* is not specified and _deadline_ to _runtime_ if *--sched-runtime* is not specified. It means that at least *--sched-period* has to be specified. See *sched*(7) for more details."
+msgid ""
+"Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_DEADLINE* (sporadic task model deadline "
+"scheduling). Linux-specific, supported since 3.14. The priority argument has "
+"to be set to zero. See also *--sched-runtime*, *--sched-deadline* and *--"
+"sched-period*. The relation between the options required by the kernel is "
+"runtime <= deadline <= period. *chrt* copies _period_ to _deadline_ if *--"
+"sched-deadline* is not specified and _deadline_ to _runtime_ if *--sched-"
+"runtime* is not specified. It means that at least *--sched-period* has to be "
+"specified. See *sched*(7) for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:72
-msgid "Specifies runtime parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* and custom slice length for *SCHED_OTHER* and *SCHED_BATCH* policies (Linux-specific). Note that custom slice length via the runtime parameter is supported since Linux 6.12."
+msgid ""
+"Specifies runtime parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* and custom slice length for "
+"*SCHED_OTHER* and *SCHED_BATCH* policies (Linux-specific). Note that custom "
+"slice length via the runtime parameter is supported since Linux 6.12."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:75
-msgid "Specifies period parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific). Note that the kernel's lower limit is 100 milliseconds."
+msgid ""
+"Specifies period parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific). "
+"Note that the kernel's lower limit is 100 milliseconds."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:78
-msgid "Specifies deadline parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)."
+msgid ""
+"Specifies deadline parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:81
-msgid "Use *SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK* or *SCHED_FLAG_RESET_ON_FORK* flag. Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.31."
+msgid ""
+"Use *SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK* or *SCHED_FLAG_RESET_ON_FORK* flag. Linux-"
+"specific, supported since 2.6.31."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:83
-msgid "Each thread has a _reset-on-fork_ scheduling flag. When this flag is set, children created by *fork*(2) do not inherit privileged scheduling policies. After the _reset-on-fork_ flag has been enabled, it can be reset only if the thread has the *CAP_SYS_NICE* capability. This flag is disabled in child processes created by *fork*(2)."
+msgid ""
+"Each thread has a _reset-on-fork_ scheduling flag. When this flag is set, "
+"children created by *fork*(2) do not inherit privileged scheduling policies. "
+"After the _reset-on-fork_ flag has been enabled, it can be reset only if the "
+"thread has the *CAP_SYS_NICE* capability. This flag is disabled in child "
+"processes created by *fork*(2)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:85
-msgid "More precisely, if the _reset-on-fork_ flag is set, the following rules apply for subsequently created children:"
+msgid ""
+"More precisely, if the _reset-on-fork_ flag is set, the following rules "
+"apply for subsequently created children:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:87
-msgid "If the calling thread has a scheduling policy of *SCHED_FIFO* or *SCHED_RR*, the policy is reset to *SCHED_OTHER* in child processes."
+msgid ""
+"If the calling thread has a scheduling policy of *SCHED_FIFO* or *SCHED_RR*, "
+"the policy is reset to *SCHED_OTHER* in child processes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:89
-msgid "If the calling process has a negative nice value, the nice value is reset to zero in child processes."
+msgid ""
+"If the calling process has a negative nice value, the nice value is reset to "
+"zero in child processes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:94
-msgid "Set or retrieve the scheduling attributes of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID."
+msgid ""
+"Set or retrieve the scheduling attributes of all the tasks (threads) for a "
+"given PID."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:132
-msgid "See *sched*(7) for a detailed discussion of the different scheduler classes and how they interact."
+msgid ""
+"See *sched*(7) for a detailed discussion of the different scheduler classes "
+"and how they interact."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:136 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:113
-msgid "A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the scheduling attributes of a process. Any user can retrieve the scheduling information."
+msgid ""
+"A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the scheduling attributes of a "
+"process. Any user can retrieve the scheduling information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:140
-msgid "Only *SCHED_FIFO*, *SCHED_OTHER* and *SCHED_RR* are part of POSIX 1003.1b Process Scheduling. The other scheduling attributes may be ignored on some systems."
+msgid ""
+"Only *SCHED_FIFO*, *SCHED_OTHER* and *SCHED_RR* are part of POSIX 1003.1b "
+"Process Scheduling. The other scheduling attributes may be ignored on some "
+"systems."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:156
-msgid "See *sched_setscheduler*(2) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme."
+msgid ""
+"See *sched_setscheduler*(2) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme."
msgstr ""
#
#: ../schedutils/coresched.1.adoc:29
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "*runuser* [options] *-u* _user_ [[--] _command_ [_argument_...]]\n"
-msgid "*{command}* *copy* [*-s* _pid_] [*-t* _type_] \\-- _command_ [_argument_...]"
+msgid ""
+"*{command}* *copy* [*-s* _pid_] [*-t* _type_] \\-- _command_ [_argument_...]"
msgstr "*runuser* [opciones] *-u* _usuario_ [[--] _orden_ [_argumento_...]]\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/coresched.1.adoc:32
-msgid "The *{command}* command is used to retrieve or modify the core scheduling cookies of a running process given its _pid_, or to spawn a new _command_ with core scheduling cookies."
+msgid ""
+"The *{command}* command is used to retrieve or modify the core scheduling "
+"cookies of a running process given its _pid_, or to spawn a new _command_ "
+"with core scheduling cookies."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/coresched.1.adoc:36
-msgid "Core scheduling permits the definition of groups of tasks that are allowed to share a physical core. This is done by assigning a cookie to each task. Only tasks have the same cookie are allowed to be scheduled on the same physical core."
+msgid ""
+"Core scheduling permits the definition of groups of tasks that are allowed "
+"to share a physical core. This is done by assigning a cookie to each task. "
+"Only tasks have the same cookie are allowed to be scheduled on the same "
+"physical core."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/coresched.1.adoc:38
-msgid "It is possible to either assign a new random cookie to a task, or copy a cookie from another task. It is not possible to choose the value of the cookie."
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to either assign a new random cookie to a task, or copy a "
+"cookie from another task. It is not possible to choose the value of the "
+"cookie."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/coresched.1.adoc:43
-msgid "Retrieve the core scheduling cookie of the PID specified in *-s*. If *-s* is omitted, it will get the cookie of the current *{command}* process."
+msgid ""
+"Retrieve the core scheduling cookie of the PID specified in *-s*. If *-s* "
+"is omitted, it will get the cookie of the current *{command}* process."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/coresched.1.adoc:46
-msgid "Assign a new cookie to an existing PID specified in *-d*, or execute _command_ with a new cookie."
+msgid ""
+"Assign a new cookie to an existing PID specified in *-d*, or execute "
+"_command_ with a new cookie."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/coresched.1.adoc:50
-msgid "Copy the cookie from an existing PID (*-s*) to another PID (*-d*), or execute _command_ with that cookie. If *-s* is omitted, it will get the cookie of the current *{command}* process."
+msgid ""
+"Copy the cookie from an existing PID (*-s*) to another PID (*-d*), or "
+"execute _command_ with that cookie. If *-s* is omitted, it will get the "
+"cookie of the current *{command}* process."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/coresched.1.adoc:57
-msgid "Which _PID_ to get the cookie from. If this option is omitted, it will get the cookie from the current *{command}* process."
+msgid ""
+"Which _PID_ to get the cookie from. If this option is omitted, it will get "
+"the cookie from the current *{command}* process."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/coresched.1.adoc:63
-msgid "The type of the PID whose cookie will be modified. This can be one of three values:"
+msgid ""
+"The type of the PID whose cookie will be modified. This can be one of three "
+"values:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/coresched.1.adoc:100
-msgid "Retrieving or modifying the core scheduling cookie of a process requires *PTRACE_MODE_READ_REALCREDS* ptrace access to that process. See the section \"Ptrace access mode checking\" in *ptrace*(2) for more information."
+msgid ""
+"Retrieving or modifying the core scheduling cookie of a process requires "
+"*PTRACE_MODE_READ_REALCREDS* ptrace access to that process. See the section "
+"\"Ptrace access mode checking\" in *ptrace*(2) for more information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/coresched.1.adoc:104
-msgid "On success, *{command}* returns 0. If *{command}* fails, it will print an error and return 1."
+msgid ""
+"On success, *{command}* returns 0. If *{command}* fails, it will print an "
+"error and return 1."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/coresched.1.adoc:106
-msgid "If a _command_ is being executed, the return value of *{command}* will be the return value of _command_."
+msgid ""
+"If a _command_ is being executed, the return value of *{command}* will be "
+"the return value of _command_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/coresched.1.adoc:110
-msgid "*{command}* requires core scheduling support in the kernel. This can be enabled via the *CONFIG_SCHED_CORE* kernel config option."
+msgid ""
+"*{command}* requires core scheduling support in the kernel. This can be "
+"enabled via the *CONFIG_SCHED_CORE* kernel config option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/coresched.1.adoc:114
-msgid "mailto:thijs@raymakers.nl[Thijs Raymakers], mailto:pauld@redhat.com[Phil Auld]"
+msgid ""
+"mailto:thijs@raymakers.nl[Thijs Raymakers], mailto:pauld@redhat.com[Phil "
+"Auld]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/coresched.1.adoc:118
-msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2024 Thijs Raymakers and Phil Auld. This is free software licensed under the EUPL."
+msgid ""
+"Copyright {copyright} 2024 Thijs Raymakers and Phil Auld. This is free "
+"software licensed under the EUPL."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#| "*renice*(1),\n"
#| "*taskset*(1),\n"
#| "*sched*(7)\n"
-msgid "*chrt*(1), *nice*(1), *renice*(1), *taskset*(1), *ptrace*(2), *sched*(7)"
+msgid ""
+"*chrt*(1), *nice*(1), *renice*(1), *taskset*(1), *ptrace*(2), *sched*(7)"
msgstr ""
"*nice*(1),\n"
"*renice*(1),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/coresched.1.adoc:128
-msgid "The Linux kernel source files _Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/core-scheduling.rst_"
+msgid ""
+"The Linux kernel source files _Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/core-"
+"scheduling.rst_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:27
-msgid "This program sets or gets the I/O scheduling class and priority for a program. If no arguments or just *-p* is given, *ionice* will query the current I/O scheduling class and priority for that process."
+msgid ""
+"This program sets or gets the I/O scheduling class and priority for a "
+"program. If no arguments or just *-p* is given, *ionice* will query the "
+"current I/O scheduling class and priority for that process."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:29
-msgid "When _command_ is given, *ionice* will run this command with the given arguments. If no _class_ is specified, then _command_ will be executed with the \"best-effort\" scheduling class. The default priority level is 4."
+msgid ""
+"When _command_ is given, *ionice* will run this command with the given "
+"arguments. If no _class_ is specified, then _command_ will be executed with "
+"the \"best-effort\" scheduling class. The default priority level is 4."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:31
-msgid "As of this writing, a process can be in one of three scheduling classes:"
+msgid ""
+"As of this writing, a process can be in one of three scheduling classes:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:34
-msgid "A program running with idle I/O priority will only get disk time when no other program has asked for disk I/O for a defined grace period. The impact of an idle I/O process on normal system activity should be zero. This scheduling class does not take a priority argument. Presently, this scheduling class is permitted for an ordinary user (since kernel 2.6.25)."
+msgid ""
+"A program running with idle I/O priority will only get disk time when no "
+"other program has asked for disk I/O for a defined grace period. The impact "
+"of an idle I/O process on normal system activity should be zero. This "
+"scheduling class does not take a priority argument. Presently, this "
+"scheduling class is permitted for an ordinary user (since kernel 2.6.25)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:37
-msgid "This is the effective scheduling class for any process that has not asked for a specific I/O priority. This class takes a priority argument from _0-7_, with a lower number being higher priority. Programs running at the same best-effort priority are served in a round-robin fashion."
+msgid ""
+"This is the effective scheduling class for any process that has not asked "
+"for a specific I/O priority. This class takes a priority argument from "
+"_0-7_, with a lower number being higher priority. Programs running at the "
+"same best-effort priority are served in a round-robin fashion."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:39
-msgid "Note that before kernel 2.6.26 a process that has not asked for an I/O priority formally uses \"*none*\" as scheduling class, but the I/O scheduler will treat such processes as if it were in the best-effort class. The priority within the best-effort class will be dynamically derived from the CPU nice level of the process: io_priority = (cpu_nice {plus} 20) / 5."
+msgid ""
+"Note that before kernel 2.6.26 a process that has not asked for an I/O "
+"priority formally uses \"*none*\" as scheduling class, but the I/O scheduler "
+"will treat such processes as if it were in the best-effort class. The "
+"priority within the best-effort class will be dynamically derived from the "
+"CPU nice level of the process: io_priority = (cpu_nice {plus} 20) / 5."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:42
-msgid "For kernels after 2.6.26 with the CFQ I/O scheduler, a process that has not asked for an I/O priority inherits its CPU scheduling class. The I/O priority is derived from the CPU nice level of the process (same as before kernel 2.6.26)."
+msgid ""
+"For kernels after 2.6.26 with the CFQ I/O scheduler, a process that has not "
+"asked for an I/O priority inherits its CPU scheduling class. The I/O "
+"priority is derived from the CPU nice level of the process (same as before "
+"kernel 2.6.26)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:45
-msgid "The RT scheduling class is given first access to the disk, regardless of what else is going on in the system. Thus the RT class needs to be used with some care, as it can starve other processes. As with the best-effort class, 8 priority levels are defined denoting how big a time slice a given process will receive on each scheduling window. This scheduling class is not permitted for an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user."
+msgid ""
+"The RT scheduling class is given first access to the disk, regardless of "
+"what else is going on in the system. Thus the RT class needs to be used with "
+"some care, as it can starve other processes. As with the best-effort class, "
+"8 priority levels are defined denoting how big a time slice a given process "
+"will receive on each scheduling window. This scheduling class is not "
+"permitted for an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:50
-msgid "Specify the name or number of the scheduling class to use; `0` for none, `1` for realtime, `2` for best-effort, `3` for idle."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the name or number of the scheduling class to use; `0` for none, `1` "
+"for realtime, `2` for best-effort, `3` for idle."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:53
-msgid "Specify the scheduling class data. This only has an effect if the class accepts an argument. For realtime and best-effort, _0-7_ are valid data (priority levels), and `0` represents the highest priority level."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the scheduling class data. This only has an effect if the class "
+"accepts an argument. For realtime and best-effort, _0-7_ are valid data "
+"(priority levels), and `0` represents the highest priority level."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:56
-msgid "Specify the process IDs of running processes for which to get or set the scheduling parameters."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the process IDs of running processes for which to get or set the "
+"scheduling parameters."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:59
-msgid "Specify the process group IDs of running processes for which to get or set the scheduling parameters."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the process group IDs of running processes for which to get or set "
+"the scheduling parameters."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:62
-msgid "Ignore failure to set the requested priority. If _command_ was specified, run it even in case it was not possible to set the desired scheduling priority, which can happen due to insufficient privileges or an old kernel version."
+msgid ""
+"Ignore failure to set the requested priority. If _command_ was specified, "
+"run it even in case it was not possible to set the desired scheduling "
+"priority, which can happen due to insufficient privileges or an old kernel "
+"version."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:65
-msgid "Specify the user IDs of running processes for which to get or set the scheduling parameters."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the user IDs of running processes for which to get or set the "
+"scheduling parameters."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:71
-msgid "Linux supports I/O scheduling priorities and classes since 2.6.13 with the CFQ I/O scheduler."
+msgid ""
+"Linux supports I/O scheduling priorities and classes since 2.6.13 with the "
+"CFQ I/O scheduler."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:46
-msgid "The *taskset* command is used to set or retrieve the CPU affinity of a running process given its _pid_, or to launch a new _command_ with a given CPU affinity. CPU affinity is a scheduler property that \"bonds\" a process to a given set of CPUs on the system. The Linux scheduler will honor the given CPU affinity and the process will not run on any other CPUs. Note that the Linux scheduler also supports natural CPU affinity: the scheduler attempts to keep processes on the same CPU as long as practical for performance reasons. Therefore, forcing a specific CPU affinity is useful only in certain applications. The affinity of some processes like kernel per-CPU threads cannot be set."
+msgid ""
+"The *taskset* command is used to set or retrieve the CPU affinity of a "
+"running process given its _pid_, or to launch a new _command_ with a given "
+"CPU affinity. CPU affinity is a scheduler property that \"bonds\" a process "
+"to a given set of CPUs on the system. The Linux scheduler will honor the "
+"given CPU affinity and the process will not run on any other CPUs. Note that "
+"the Linux scheduler also supports natural CPU affinity: the scheduler "
+"attempts to keep processes on the same CPU as long as practical for "
+"performance reasons. Therefore, forcing a specific CPU affinity is useful "
+"only in certain applications. The affinity of some processes like kernel "
+"per-CPU threads cannot be set."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:48
-msgid "The CPU affinity is represented as a bitmask, with the lowest order bit corresponding to the first logical CPU and the highest order bit corresponding to the last logical CPU. Not all CPUs may exist on a given system but a mask may specify more CPUs than are present. A retrieved mask will reflect only the bits that correspond to CPUs physically on the system. If an invalid mask is given (i.e., one that corresponds to no valid CPUs on the current system) an error is returned. The masks may be specified in hexadecimal (with or without a leading \"0x\"), or as a CPU list with the *--cpu-list* option. For example,"
+msgid ""
+"The CPU affinity is represented as a bitmask, with the lowest order bit "
+"corresponding to the first logical CPU and the highest order bit "
+"corresponding to the last logical CPU. Not all CPUs may exist on a given "
+"system but a mask may specify more CPUs than are present. A retrieved mask "
+"will reflect only the bits that correspond to CPUs physically on the system. "
+"If an invalid mask is given (i.e., one that corresponds to no valid CPUs on "
+"the current system) an error is returned. The masks may be specified in "
+"hexadecimal (with or without a leading \"0x\"), or as a CPU list with the *--"
+"cpu-list* option. For example,"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:66
-msgid "is processors #0, #2, #4, #6, #8 and #10. The suffix \":N\" specifies stride in the range, for example 0-10:3 is interpreted as 0,3,6,9 list."
+msgid ""
+"is processors #0, #2, #4, #6, #8 and #10. The suffix \":N\" specifies stride "
+"in the range, for example 0-10:3 is interpreted as 0,3,6,9 list."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:68
-msgid "When *taskset* returns, it is guaranteed that the given program has been scheduled to a legal CPU."
+msgid ""
+"When *taskset* returns, it is guaranteed that the given program has been "
+"scheduled to a legal CPU."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:73
-msgid "Set or retrieve the CPU affinity of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID."
+msgid ""
+"Set or retrieve the CPU affinity of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:76
-msgid "Interpret _mask_ as numerical list of processors instead of a bitmask. Numbers are separated by commas and may include ranges. For example: *0,5,8-11*."
+msgid ""
+"Interpret _mask_ as numerical list of processors instead of a bitmask. "
+"Numbers are separated by commas and may include ranges. For example: "
+"*0,5,8-11*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:107
-msgid "A user can change the CPU affinity of a process belonging to the same user. A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the CPU affinity of a process belonging to another user. A user can retrieve the affinity mask of any process."
+msgid ""
+"A user can change the CPU affinity of a process belonging to the same user. "
+"A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the CPU affinity of a process "
+"belonging to another user. A user can retrieve the affinity mask of any "
+"process."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:111
-msgid "*taskset* returns 0 in its affinity-getting mode as long as the provided PID exists."
+msgid ""
+"*taskset* returns 0 in its affinity-getting mode as long as the provided PID "
+"exists."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:113
-msgid "*taskset* returns 0 in its affinity-setting mode as long as the underlying *sched_setaffinity*(2) system call does. The success of the command does not guarantee that the specified thread has actually migrated to the indicated CPU(s), but only that the thread will not migrate to a CPU outside the new affinity mask. For example, the affinity of the kernel thread kswapd can be set, but the thread may not immediately migrate and is not guaranteed to ever do so:"
+msgid ""
+"*taskset* returns 0 in its affinity-setting mode as long as the underlying "
+"*sched_setaffinity*(2) system call does. The success of the command does "
+"not guarantee that the specified thread has actually migrated to the "
+"indicated CPU(s), but only that the thread will not migrate to a CPU outside "
+"the new affinity mask. For example, the affinity of the kernel thread "
+"kswapd can be set, but the thread may not immediately migrate and is not "
+"guaranteed to ever do so:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:127
-msgid "In contrast, when the user specifies an illegal affinity, taskset will print an error and return 1:"
+msgid ""
+"In contrast, when the user specifies an illegal affinity, taskset will print "
+"an error and return 1:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:144
-msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2004 Robert M. Love. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+msgid ""
+"Copyright {copyright} 2004 Robert M. Love. This is free software; see the "
+"source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for "
+"MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#| "*renice*(1),\n"
#| "*sched_getaffinity*(2),\n"
#| "*sched_setaffinity*(2)\n"
-msgid "*chrt*(1), *nice*(1), *renice*(1), *sched_getaffinity*(2), *sched_setaffinity*(2)"
+msgid ""
+"*chrt*(1), *nice*(1), *renice*(1), *sched_getaffinity*(2), "
+"*sched_setaffinity*(2)"
msgstr ""
"*chrt*(1),\n"
"*nice*(1),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:38
-msgid "uclampset - manipulate the utilization clamping attributes of the system or a process"
+msgid ""
+"uclampset - manipulate the utilization clamping attributes of the system or "
+"a process"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:42
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "*runuser* [options] *-u* _user_ [[--] _command_ [_argument_...]]\n"
-msgid "*uclampset* [options] [*-m* _uclamp_min_] [*-M* _uclamp_max] _command argument_"
+msgid ""
+"*uclampset* [options] [*-m* _uclamp_min_] [*-M* _uclamp_max] _command "
+"argument_"
msgstr "*runuser* [opciones] *-u* _usuario_ [[--] _orden_ [_argumento_...]]\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:44
-msgid "*uclampset* [options] [*-m* _uclamp_min_] [*-M* _uclamp_max_] *-p* _PID_"
+msgid ""
+"*uclampset* [options] [*-m* _uclamp_min_] [*-M* _uclamp_max_] *-p* _PID_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:48
-msgid "*uclampset* sets or retrieves the utilization clamping attributes of an existing _PID_, or runs _command_ with the given attributes."
+msgid ""
+"*uclampset* sets or retrieves the utilization clamping attributes of an "
+"existing _PID_, or runs _command_ with the given attributes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:50
-msgid "Utilization clamping is a new feature added in v5.3. It gives a hint to the scheduler about the allowed range of utilization the task should be operating at."
+msgid ""
+"Utilization clamping is a new feature added in v5.3. It gives a hint to the "
+"scheduler about the allowed range of utilization the task should be "
+"operating at."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:52
-msgid "The utilization of the task affects frequency selection and task placement. Only schedutil cpufreq governor understands handling util clamp hints at the time of writing. Consult your kernel docs for further info about other cpufreq governors support."
+msgid ""
+"The utilization of the task affects frequency selection and task placement. "
+"Only schedutil cpufreq governor understands handling util clamp hints at the "
+"time of writing. Consult your kernel docs for further info about other "
+"cpufreq governors support."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:54
-msgid "If you're running on asymmetric heterogeneous system like Arm's big.LITTLE. Utilization clamping can help bias task placement. If the task is boosted such that _util_min_ value is higher than the little cores' capacity, then the scheduler will do its best to place it on a big core."
+msgid ""
+"If you're running on asymmetric heterogeneous system like Arm's big.LITTLE. "
+"Utilization clamping can help bias task placement. If the task is boosted "
+"such that _util_min_ value is higher than the little cores' capacity, then "
+"the scheduler will do its best to place it on a big core."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:56
-msgid "Similarly, if _util_max_ is smaller than or equal the capacity of the little cores, then the scheduler can still choose to place it there even if the actual utilization of the task is at max."
+msgid ""
+"Similarly, if _util_max_ is smaller than or equal the capacity of the little "
+"cores, then the scheduler can still choose to place it there even if the "
+"actual utilization of the task is at max."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:58
-msgid "Setting a task's _uclamp_min_ to a none zero value will effectively boost the task as when it runs it'll always start from this utilization value."
+msgid ""
+"Setting a task's _uclamp_min_ to a none zero value will effectively boost "
+"the task as when it runs it'll always start from this utilization value."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:60
-msgid "By setting a task's _uclamp_max_ below 1024, this will effectively cap the task as when it runs it'll never be able to go above this utilization value."
+msgid ""
+"By setting a task's _uclamp_max_ below 1024, this will effectively cap the "
+"task as when it runs it'll never be able to go above this utilization value."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:62
-msgid "The full utilization range is: [0:1024]. The special value -1 is used to reset to system's default."
+msgid ""
+"The full utilization range is: [0:1024]. The special value -1 is used to "
+"reset to system's default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:77
-msgid "Set or retrieve the utilization clamping attributes of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID."
+msgid ""
+"Set or retrieve the utilization clamping attributes of all the tasks "
+"(threads) for a given PID."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:117
-msgid "The system wide utilization clamp attributes are there to control the _allowed_ range the tasks can use. By default both _uclamp_min_ and _uclamp_max_ are set to 1024. This means users can set the utilization clamp values for their task across the full range [0:1024]."
+msgid ""
+"The system wide utilization clamp attributes are there to control the "
+"_allowed_ range the tasks can use. By default both _uclamp_min_ and "
+"_uclamp_max_ are set to 1024. This means users can set the utilization clamp "
+"values for their task across the full range [0:1024]."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:123
-msgid "will prevent any task from being boosted higher than 512. And all tasks in the systems are capped to a utilization of 700. Effectively rendering the maximum performance of the system to 700."
+msgid ""
+"will prevent any task from being boosted higher than 512. And all tasks in "
+"the systems are capped to a utilization of 700. Effectively rendering the "
+"maximum performance of the system to 700."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:125
-msgid "Consult your kernel docs for the exact expected behavior on that kernel."
+msgid ""
+"Consult your kernel docs for the exact expected behavior on that kernel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:138
-msgid "See *sched_setscheduler*(2) and *sched_setattr*(2) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme."
+msgid ""
+"See *sched_setscheduler*(2) and *sched_setattr*(2) for a description of the "
+"Linux scheduling scheme."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:12
-msgid "adjtime_config - information about hardware clock setting and drift factor"
+msgid ""
+"adjtime_config - information about hardware clock setting and drift factor"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:20
-msgid "The file _/etc/adjtime_ contains descriptive information about the hardware mode clock setting and clock drift factor. The file is read and write by *hwclock*(8); and read by programs like rtcwake to get RTC time mode."
+msgid ""
+"The file _/etc/adjtime_ contains descriptive information about the hardware "
+"mode clock setting and clock drift factor. The file is read and write by "
+"*hwclock*(8); and read by programs like rtcwake to get RTC time mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:22
-msgid "The file is usually located in _/etc_, but tools like *hwclock*(8) or *rtcwake*(8) can use alternative location by command line options if write access to _/etc_ is unwanted. The default clock mode is \"UTC\" if the file is missing."
+msgid ""
+"The file is usually located in _/etc_, but tools like *hwclock*(8) or "
+"*rtcwake*(8) can use alternative location by command line options if write "
+"access to _/etc_ is unwanted. The default clock mode is \"UTC\" if the file "
+"is missing."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:24
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its inaccuracy is completely predictable -- it gains or loses the same amount of time every day. This is called systematic drift. I<Hwclock's> \"adjust\" function lets you make systematic corrections to correct the systematic drift."
-msgid "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of time every day. This is called systematic drift. The util *hwclock*(8) keeps the file _/etc/adjtime_, that keeps some historical information. For more details see \"*The Adjust Function*\" and \"*The Adjtime File*\" sections from *hwclock*(8) man page."
-msgstr "El Reloj del Hardware no es usualmente muy preciso. Sin embargo, mucha de su imprecisión es completamente predecible; gana o pierde la misma cantidad de tiempo cada día. Esto se llama desviación sistemática. La función de \"ajuste\" de I<hwclock> le permite hacer correcciones sistemáticas para corregir la desviación sistemática."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its "
+#| "inaccuracy is completely predictable -- it gains or loses the same amount "
+#| "of time every day. This is called systematic drift. I<Hwclock's> "
+#| "\"adjust\" function lets you make systematic corrections to correct the "
+#| "systematic drift."
+msgid ""
+"The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its "
+"inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of "
+"time every day. This is called systematic drift. The util *hwclock*(8) keeps "
+"the file _/etc/adjtime_, that keeps some historical information. For more "
+"details see \"*The Adjust Function*\" and \"*The Adjtime File*\" sections "
+"from *hwclock*(8) man page."
+msgstr ""
+"El Reloj del Hardware no es usualmente muy preciso. Sin embargo, mucha de su "
+"imprecisión es completamente predecible; gana o pierde la misma cantidad de "
+"tiempo cada día. Esto se llama desviación sistemática. La función de "
+"\"ajuste\" de I<hwclock> le permite hacer correcciones sistemáticas para "
+"corregir la desviación sistemática."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:26
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:36
-msgid "the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration (decimal integer)"
+msgid ""
+"the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or "
+"calibration (decimal integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:44
-msgid "The resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent calibration. Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known that any previous calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware Clock has been found, since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). This is a decimal integer."
+msgid ""
+"The resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent calibration. "
+"Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known that any previous "
+"calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware Clock has been found, "
+"since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). This is a decimal "
+"integer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:49
-msgid "Supported values are *UTC* or *LOCAL*. Tells whether the Hardware Clock is set to Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override this value with options on the *hwclock*(8) command line."
+msgid ""
+"Supported values are *UTC* or *LOCAL*. Tells whether the Hardware Clock is "
+"set to Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override "
+"this value with options on the *hwclock*(8) command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "*blkdiscard* [options] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _device_\n"
msgid "*blkdiscard* [options] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _device_"
-msgstr "*blkdiscard* [opciones] [*-o* _desplazamiento_] [*-l* _longitud_] _dispositivo_\n"
+msgstr ""
+"*blkdiscard* [opciones] [*-o* _desplazamiento_] [*-l* _longitud_] "
+"_dispositivo_\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:20
-msgid "*blkdiscard* is used to discard device sectors. This is useful for solid-state drivers (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage. Unlike *fstrim*(8), this command is used directly on the block device."
+msgid ""
+"*blkdiscard* is used to discard device sectors. This is useful for solid-"
+"state drives (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage. Unlike *fstrim*(8), this "
+"command is used directly on the block device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:22
-msgid "By default, *blkdiscard* will discard all blocks on the device. Options may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained below."
+msgid ""
+"By default, *blkdiscard* will discard all blocks on the device. Options may "
+"be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:28
-msgid "Since util-linux v2.41, *fdisk* has the ability to discard sectors on both partitions and unpartitioned areas using the 'T' command. Additionally, *sfdisk* has the option --discard-free to discard unpartitioned areas."
+msgid ""
+"Since util-linux v2.41, *fdisk* has the ability to discard sectors on both "
+"partitions and unpartitioned areas using the 'T' command. Additionally, "
+"*sfdisk* has the option --discard-free to discard unpartitioned areas."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:32
-msgid "The _offset_ and _length_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
+msgid ""
+"The _offset_ and _length_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
+"suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
+"ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
+"\"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, "
+"PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:35
-msgid "Disable all checking. Since v2.36 the block device is open in exclusive mode (*O_EXCL*) by default to avoid collision with mounted filesystem or another kernel subsystem. The *--force* option disables the exclusive access mode."
+msgid ""
+"Disable all checking. Since v2.36 the block device is open in exclusive mode "
+"(*O_EXCL*) by default to avoid collision with mounted filesystem or another "
+"kernel subsystem. The *--force* option disables the exclusive access mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:38
-msgid "Byte offset into the device from which to start discarding. The provided value must be aligned to the device sector size. The default value is zero."
+msgid ""
+"Byte offset into the device from which to start discarding. The provided "
+"value must be aligned to the device sector size. The default value is zero."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:41
-msgid "The number of bytes to discard (counting from the starting point). The provided value must be aligned to the device sector size. If the specified value extends past the end of the device, *blkdiscard* will stop at the device size boundary. The default value extends to the end of the device."
+msgid ""
+"The number of bytes to discard (counting from the starting point). The "
+"provided value must be aligned to the device sector size. If the specified "
+"value extends past the end of the device, *blkdiscard* will stop at the "
+"device size boundary. The default value extends to the end of the device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:44
-msgid "The number of bytes to discard within one iteration. The default is to discard all by one ioctl call."
+msgid ""
+"The number of bytes to discard within one iteration. The default is to "
+"discard all by one ioctl call."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:50
-msgid "Perform a secure discard. A secure discard is the same as a regular discard except that all copies of the discarded blocks that were possibly created by garbage collection must also be erased. This requires support from the device."
+msgid ""
+"Perform a secure discard. A secure discard is the same as a regular discard "
+"except that all copies of the discarded blocks that were possibly created by "
+"garbage collection must also be erased. This requires support from the "
+"device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:56
-msgid "Display the aligned values of _offset_ and _length_. If the *--step* option is specified, it prints the discard progress every second."
+msgid ""
+"Display the aligned values of _offset_ and _length_. If the *--step* option "
+"is specified, it prints the discard progress every second."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:76 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:90
-msgid "mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgstr "mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid ""
+"mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgstr ""
+"mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:80
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:20
-msgid "*blkzone* is used to run zone command on device that support the Zoned Block Commands (ZBC) or Zoned-device ATA Commands (ZAC). The zones to operate on can be specified using the offset, count and length options."
+msgid ""
+"*blkzone* is used to run zone command on device that support the Zoned Block "
+"Commands (ZBC) or Zoned-device ATA Commands (ZAC). The zones to operate on "
+"can be specified using the offset, count and length options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:30
-msgid "By default, the command will report all zones from the start of the block device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, changing the starting zone or the size of the report, as explained below."
+msgid ""
+"By default, the command will report all zones from the start of the block "
+"device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, changing the starting "
+"zone or the size of the report, as explained below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:61
-msgid "The command *blkzone capacity* is used to report device capacity information."
+msgid ""
+"The command *blkzone capacity* is used to report device capacity information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:63
-msgid "By default, the command will report the sum, in number of sectors, of all zone capacities on the device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, changing the starting zone or the size of the report, as explained below."
+msgid ""
+"By default, the command will report the sum, in number of sectors, of all "
+"zone capacities on the device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, "
+"changing the starting zone or the size of the report, as explained below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:67
-msgid "The command *blkzone reset* is used to reset one or more zones. Unlike *sg_reset_wp*(8), this command operates from the block layer and can reset a range of zones."
+msgid ""
+"The command *blkzone reset* is used to reset one or more zones. Unlike "
+"*sg_reset_wp*(8), this command operates from the block layer and can reset a "
+"range of zones."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:71
-msgid "The command *blkzone open* is used to explicitly open one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), open action, this command operates from the block layer and can open a range of zones."
+msgid ""
+"The command *blkzone open* is used to explicitly open one or more zones. "
+"Unlike *sg_zone*(8), open action, this command operates from the block layer "
+"and can open a range of zones."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:75
-msgid "The command *blkzone close* is used to close one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), close action, this command operates from the block layer and can close a range of zones."
+msgid ""
+"The command *blkzone close* is used to close one or more zones. Unlike "
+"*sg_zone*(8), close action, this command operates from the block layer and "
+"can close a range of zones."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:79
-msgid "The command *blkzone finish* is used to finish (transition to full condition) one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), finish action, this command operates from the block layer and can finish a range of zones."
+msgid ""
+"The command *blkzone finish* is used to finish (transition to full "
+"condition) one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), finish action, this "
+"command operates from the block layer and can finish a range of zones."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:81
-msgid "By default, the *reset*, *open*, *close* and *finish* commands will operate from the zone at device sector 0 and operate on all zones. Options may be used to modify this behavior as explained below."
+msgid ""
+"By default, the *reset*, *open*, *close* and *finish* commands will operate "
+"from the zone at device sector 0 and operate on all zones. Options may be "
+"used to modify this behavior as explained below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:85
-msgid "The _offset_ and _length_ option arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. Additionally, the 0x prefix can be used to specify _offset_ and _length_ in hex."
+msgid ""
+"The _offset_ and _length_ option arguments may be followed by the "
+"multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
+"TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
+"meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on "
+"for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. Additionally, the 0x prefix can be used to "
+"specify _offset_ and _length_ in hex."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:88
-msgid "The starting zone specified as a sector offset. The provided offset in sector units (512 bytes) should match the start of a zone. The default value is zero."
+msgid ""
+"The starting zone specified as a sector offset. The provided offset in "
+"sector units (512 bytes) should match the start of a zone. The default value "
+"is zero."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:91
-msgid "The maximum number of sectors the command should operate on. The default value is the number of sectors remaining after _offset_. This option cannot be used together with the option *--count*."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of sectors the command should operate on. The default "
+"value is the number of sectors remaining after _offset_. This option cannot "
+"be used together with the option *--count*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:94
-msgid "The maximum number of zones the command should operate on. The default value is the number of zones starting from _offset_. This option cannot be used together with the option *--length*."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of zones the command should operate on. The default value "
+"is the number of zones starting from _offset_. This option cannot be used "
+"together with the option *--length*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:97
-msgid "Enforce commands to change zone status on block devices used by the system."
+msgid ""
+"Enforce commands to change zone status on block devices used by the system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:100
-msgid "Display the number of zones returned in the report or the range of sectors reset."
+msgid ""
+"Display the number of zones returned in the report or the range of sectors "
+"reset."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:107
-msgid "mailto:shaun@tancheff.com[Shaun Tancheff], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgstr "mailto:shaun@tancheff.com[Shaun Tancheff], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid ""
+"mailto:shaun@tancheff.com[Shaun Tancheff], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgstr ""
+"mailto:shaun@tancheff.com[Shaun Tancheff], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:111
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:21
-msgid "*blkpr* is used to run a persistent-reservations command on a device that supports the Persistent Reservations feature."
+msgid ""
+"*blkpr* is used to run a persistent-reservations command on a device that "
+"supports the Persistent Reservations feature."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:29
-msgid "The command for managing persistent reservations. Supported commands are: *register*, *reserve*, *release*, *preempt*, *preempt-abort*, and *clear*."
+msgid ""
+"The command for managing persistent reservations. Supported commands are: "
+"*register*, *reserve*, *release*, *preempt*, *preempt-abort*, and *clear*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:42
-msgid "Supported types are *write-exclusive*, *exclusive-access*, *write-exclusive-reg-only*, *exclusive-access-reg-only*, *write-exclusive-all-regs*, and *exclusive-access-all-regs*."
+msgid ""
+"Supported types are *write-exclusive*, *exclusive-access*, *write-exclusive-"
+"reg-only*, *exclusive-access-reg-only*, *write-exclusive-all-regs*, and "
+"*exclusive-access-all-regs*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:60
-msgid "Linux documentation at: <https://docs.kernel.org/block/pr.html> iSCSI specification at: <https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3720> NVMe-oF specification at: <https://nvmexpress.org/nvme-over-fabrics-part-two/>"
+msgid ""
+"Linux documentation at: <https://docs.kernel.org/block/pr.html> iSCSI "
+"specification at: <https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc3720> NVMe-oF "
+"specification at: <https://nvmexpress.org/nvme-over-fabrics-part-two/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:24
-msgid "*chcpu* can modify the state of CPUs. It can enable or disable CPUs, scan for new CPUs, change the CPU dispatching _mode_ of the underlying hypervisor, and request CPUs from the hypervisor (configure) or return CPUs to the hypervisor (deconfigure)."
+msgid ""
+"*chcpu* can modify the state of CPUs. It can enable or disable CPUs, scan "
+"for new CPUs, change the CPU dispatching _mode_ of the underlying "
+"hypervisor, and request CPUs from the hypervisor (configure) or return CPUs "
+"to the hypervisor (deconfigure)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:26
-msgid "Some options have a _cpu-list_ argument. Use this argument to specify a comma-separated list of CPUs. The list can contain individual CPU addresses or ranges of addresses. For example, *0,5,7,9-11* makes the command applicable to the CPUs with the addresses 0, 5, 7, 9, 10, and 11."
+msgid ""
+"Some options have a _cpu-list_ argument. Use this argument to specify a "
+"comma-separated list of CPUs. The list can contain individual CPU addresses "
+"or ranges of addresses. For example, *0,5,7,9-11* makes the command "
+"applicable to the CPUs with the addresses 0, 5, 7, 9, 10, and 11."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:31
-msgid "Configure the specified CPUs. Configuring a CPU means that the hypervisor takes a CPU from the CPU pool and assigns it to the virtual hardware on which your kernel runs."
+msgid ""
+"Configure the specified CPUs. Configuring a CPU means that the hypervisor "
+"takes a CPU from the CPU pool and assigns it to the virtual hardware on "
+"which your kernel runs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:34
-msgid "Disable the specified CPUs. Disabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it offline."
+msgid ""
+"Disable the specified CPUs. Disabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it "
+"offline."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:37
-msgid "Enable the specified CPUs. Enabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it online. A CPU must be configured, see *-c*, before it can be enabled."
+msgid ""
+"Enable the specified CPUs. Enabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it "
+"online. A CPU must be configured, see *-c*, before it can be enabled."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:40
-msgid "Deconfigure the specified CPUs. Deconfiguring a CPU means that the hypervisor removes the CPU from the virtual hardware on which the Linux instance runs and returns it to the CPU pool. A CPU must be offline, see *-d*, before it can be deconfigured."
+msgid ""
+"Deconfigure the specified CPUs. Deconfiguring a CPU means that the "
+"hypervisor removes the CPU from the virtual hardware on which the Linux "
+"instance runs and returns it to the CPU pool. A CPU must be offline, see *-"
+"d*, before it can be deconfigured."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:42
-msgid "*chcpu -g* is not supported on IBM z/VM, CPUs are always in a configured state."
+msgid ""
+"*chcpu -g* is not supported on IBM z/VM, CPUs are always in a configured "
+"state."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:44
-msgid "if *chcpu -g* is supported, any *disabled* CPUs should be *deconfigured* to inform the hypervisor that these CPUs won't be used, avoiding potential performance penalties."
+msgid ""
+"if *chcpu -g* is supported, any *disabled* CPUs should be *deconfigured* to "
+"inform the hypervisor that these CPUs won't be used, avoiding potential "
+"performance penalties."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:47
-msgid "Set the CPU dispatching _mode_ (polarization). This option has an effect only if your hardware architecture and hypervisor support CPU polarization. Available _modes_ are:"
+msgid ""
+"Set the CPU dispatching _mode_ (polarization). This option has an effect "
+"only if your hardware architecture and hypervisor support CPU polarization. "
+"Available _modes_ are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:56
-msgid "Trigger a rescan of CPUs. After a rescan, the Linux kernel recognizes the new CPUs. Use this option on systems that do not automatically detect newly attached CPUs."
+msgid ""
+"Trigger a rescan of CPUs. After a rescan, the Linux kernel recognizes the "
+"new CPUs. Use this option on systems that do not automatically detect newly "
+"attached CPUs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:16
-msgid "*chmem* [*-h] [*-V*] [*-v*] [*-e*|*-d*] [_SIZE_|_RANGE_ *-b* _BLOCKRANGE_] [*-z* _ZONE_]"
+msgid ""
+"*chmem* [*-h] [*-V*] [*-v*] [*-e*|*-d*] [_SIZE_|_RANGE_ *-b* _BLOCKRANGE_] "
+"[*-z* _ZONE_]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:20
-msgid "The chmem command sets a particular size or range of memory online or offline."
+msgid ""
+"The chmem command sets a particular size or range of memory online or "
+"offline."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:22
-msgid "Specify _SIZE_ as <size>[m|M|g|G]. With m or M, <size> specifies the memory size in MiB (1024 x 1024 bytes). With g or G, <size> specifies the memory size in GiB (1024 x 1024 x 1024 bytes). The default unit is MiB."
+msgid ""
+"Specify _SIZE_ as <size>[m|M|g|G]. With m or M, <size> specifies the memory "
+"size in MiB (1024 x 1024 bytes). With g or G, <size> specifies the memory "
+"size in GiB (1024 x 1024 x 1024 bytes). The default unit is MiB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:24
-msgid "Specify _RANGE_ in the form 0x<start>-0x<end> as shown in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command. <start> is the hexadecimal address of the first byte and <end> is the hexadecimal address of the last byte in the memory range."
+msgid ""
+"Specify _RANGE_ in the form 0x<start>-0x<end> as shown in the output of the "
+"*lsmem*(1) command. <start> is the hexadecimal address of the first byte and "
+"<end> is the hexadecimal address of the last byte in the memory range."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:26
-msgid "Specify _BLOCKRANGE_ in the form <first>-<last> or <block> as shown in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command. <first> is the number of the first memory block and <last> is the number of the last memory block in the memory range. Alternatively a single block can be specified. _BLOCKRANGE_ requires the *--blocks* option."
+msgid ""
+"Specify _BLOCKRANGE_ in the form <first>-<last> or <block> as shown in the "
+"output of the *lsmem*(1) command. <first> is the number of the first memory "
+"block and <last> is the number of the last memory block in the memory range. "
+"Alternatively a single block can be specified. _BLOCKRANGE_ requires the *--"
+"blocks* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:28
-msgid "Specify _ZONE_ as the name of a memory zone, as shown in the output of the *lsmem -o +ZONES* command. The output shows one or more valid memory zones for each memory range. If multiple zones are shown, then the memory range currently belongs to the first zone. By default, *chmem* will set memory online to the zone Movable, if this is among the valid zones. This default can be changed by specifying the *--zone* option with another valid zone. For memory ballooning, it is recommended to select the zone Movable for memory online and offline, if possible. Memory in this zone is much more likely to be able to be offlined again, but it cannot be used for arbitrary kernel allocations, only for migratable pages (e.g., anonymous and page cache pages). Use the *--help* option to see all available zones."
+msgid ""
+"Specify _ZONE_ as the name of a memory zone, as shown in the output of the "
+"*lsmem -o +ZONES* command. The output shows one or more valid memory zones "
+"for each memory range. If multiple zones are shown, then the memory range "
+"currently belongs to the first zone. By default, *chmem* will set memory "
+"online to the zone Movable, if this is among the valid zones. This default "
+"can be changed by specifying the *--zone* option with another valid zone. "
+"For memory ballooning, it is recommended to select the zone Movable for "
+"memory online and offline, if possible. Memory in this zone is much more "
+"likely to be able to be offlined again, but it cannot be used for arbitrary "
+"kernel allocations, only for migratable pages (e.g., anonymous and page "
+"cache pages). Use the *--help* option to see all available zones."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:30
-msgid "_SIZE_ and _RANGE_ must be aligned to the Linux memory block size, as shown in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command."
+msgid ""
+"_SIZE_ and _RANGE_ must be aligned to the Linux memory block size, as shown "
+"in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:32
-msgid "Setting memory online can fail for various reasons. On virtualized systems it can fail if the hypervisor does not have enough memory left, for example because memory was overcommitted. Setting memory offline can fail if Linux cannot free the memory. If only part of the requested memory can be set online or offline, a message tells you how much memory was set online or offline instead of the requested amount."
+msgid ""
+"Setting memory online can fail for various reasons. On virtualized systems "
+"it can fail if the hypervisor does not have enough memory left, for example "
+"because memory was overcommitted. Setting memory offline can fail if Linux "
+"cannot free the memory. If only part of the requested memory can be set "
+"online or offline, a message tells you how much memory was set online or "
+"offline instead of the requested amount."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:34
-msgid "When setting memory online *chmem* starts with the lowest memory block numbers. When setting memory offline *chmem* starts with the highest memory block numbers."
+msgid ""
+"When setting memory online *chmem* starts with the lowest memory block "
+"numbers. When setting memory offline *chmem* starts with the highest memory "
+"block numbers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:39
-msgid "Use a _BLOCKRANGE_ parameter instead of _RANGE_ or _SIZE_ for the *--enable* and *--disable* options."
+msgid ""
+"Use a _BLOCKRANGE_ parameter instead of _RANGE_ or _SIZE_ for the *--enable* "
+"and *--disable* options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:48
-msgid "Select the memory _ZONE_ where to set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or _BLOCKRANGE_ of memory online or offline. By default, memory will be set online to the zone Movable, if possible."
+msgid ""
+"Select the memory _ZONE_ where to set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or "
+"_BLOCKRANGE_ of memory online or offline. By default, memory will be set "
+"online to the zone Movable, if possible."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:51
-msgid "Verbose mode. Causes *chmem* to print debugging messages about its progress."
+msgid ""
+"Verbose mode. Causes *chmem* to print debugging messages about its progress."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:77
-msgid "This command requests the memory range starting with 0x00000000e4000000 and ending with 0x00000000f3ffffff to be set offline."
+msgid ""
+"This command requests the memory range starting with 0x00000000e4000000 and "
+"ending with 0x00000000f3ffffff to be set offline."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:22
-msgid "The *choom* command displays and adjusts Out-Of-Memory killer score setting."
+msgid ""
+"The *choom* command displays and adjusts Out-Of-Memory killer score setting."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:36
-msgid "Linux kernel uses the badness heuristic to select which process gets killed in out of memory conditions."
+msgid ""
+"Linux kernel uses the badness heuristic to select which process gets killed "
+"in out of memory conditions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:38
-msgid "The badness heuristic assigns a value to each candidate task ranging from 0 (never kill) to 1000 (always kill) to determine which process is targeted. The units are roughly a proportion along that range of allowed memory the process may allocate from based on an estimation of its current memory and swap use. For example, if a task is using all allowed memory, its badness score will be 1000. If it is using half of its allowed memory, its score will be 500."
+msgid ""
+"The badness heuristic assigns a value to each candidate task ranging from 0 "
+"(never kill) to 1000 (always kill) to determine which process is targeted. "
+"The units are roughly a proportion along that range of allowed memory the "
+"process may allocate from based on an estimation of its current memory and "
+"swap use. For example, if a task is using all allowed memory, its badness "
+"score will be 1000. If it is using half of its allowed memory, its score "
+"will be 500."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:40
-msgid "There is an additional factor included in the badness score: the current memory and swap usage is discounted by 3% for root processes."
+msgid ""
+"There is an additional factor included in the badness score: the current "
+"memory and swap usage is discounted by 3% for root processes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:42
-msgid "The amount of \"allowed\" memory depends on the context in which the oom killer was called. If it is due to the memory assigned to the allocating task's cpuset being exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mems assigned to that cpuset. If it is due to a mempolicy's node(s) being exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mempolicy nodes. If it is due to a memory limit (or swap limit) being reached, the allowed memory is that configured limit. Finally, if it is due to the entire system being out of memory, the allowed memory represents all allocatable resources."
+msgid ""
+"The amount of \"allowed\" memory depends on the context in which the oom "
+"killer was called. If it is due to the memory assigned to the allocating "
+"task's cpuset being exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mems "
+"assigned to that cpuset. If it is due to a mempolicy's node(s) being "
+"exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mempolicy nodes. If it "
+"is due to a memory limit (or swap limit) being reached, the allowed memory "
+"is that configured limit. Finally, if it is due to the entire system being "
+"out of memory, the allowed memory represents all allocatable resources."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:44
-msgid "The adjust score value is added to the badness score before it is used to determine which task to kill. Acceptable values range from -1000 to +1000. This allows userspace to polarize the preference for oom killing either by always preferring a certain task or completely disabling it. The lowest possible value, -1000, is equivalent to disabling oom killing entirely for that task since it will always report a badness score of 0."
+msgid ""
+"The adjust score value is added to the badness score before it is used to "
+"determine which task to kill. Acceptable values range from -1000 to +1000. "
+"This allows userspace to polarize the preference for oom killing either by "
+"always preferring a certain task or completely disabling it. The lowest "
+"possible value, -1000, is equivalent to disabling oom killing entirely for "
+"that task since it will always report a badness score of 0."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:46
-msgid "Setting an adjust score value of +500, for example, is roughly equivalent to allowing the remainder of tasks sharing the same system, cpuset, mempolicy, or memory controller resources to use at least 50% more memory. A value of -500, on the other hand, would be roughly equivalent to discounting 50% of the task's allowed memory from being considered as scoring against the task."
+msgid ""
+"Setting an adjust score value of +500, for example, is roughly equivalent to "
+"allowing the remainder of tasks sharing the same system, cpuset, mempolicy, "
+"or memory controller resources to use at least 50% more memory. A value of "
+"-500, on the other hand, would be roughly equivalent to discounting 50% of "
+"the task's allowed memory from being considered as scoring against the task."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:24
-msgid "Based on examination of the _linux/kernel/reboot.c_ code, it is clear that there are two supported functions that the <Ctrl-Alt-Del> sequence can perform."
-msgstr "En base al examen del código de _linux/kernel/reboot.c_, se observan dos funciones que la secuencia <Ctrl-Alt-Supr> puede ejecutar."
+msgid ""
+"Based on examination of the _linux/kernel/reboot.c_ code, it is clear that "
+"there are two supported functions that the <Ctrl-Alt-Del> sequence can "
+"perform."
+msgstr ""
+"En base al examen del código de _linux/kernel/reboot.c_, se observan dos "
+"funciones que la secuencia <Ctrl-Alt-Supr> puede ejecutar."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:25
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:27
-msgid "Immediately reboot the computer without calling *sync*(2) and without any other preparation. This is the default."
-msgstr "Reinicia inmediatamente el equipo sin incovar *sync*(2) ni ningún otro preámbulo. Este es el comportamiento por defecto."
+msgid ""
+"Immediately reboot the computer without calling *sync*(2) and without any "
+"other preparation. This is the default."
+msgstr ""
+"Reinicia inmediatamente el equipo sin incovar *sync*(2) ni ningún otro "
+"preámbulo. Este es el comportamiento por defecto."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:28
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:30
-msgid "Make the kernel send the *SIGINT* (interrupt) signal to the *init* process (this is always the process with PID 1). If this option is used, the *init*(8) program must support this feature. Since there are now several *init*(8) programs in the Linux community, please consult the documentation for the version that you are currently using."
-msgstr "Ordena al núcleo emitir la señal *SIGINT* (interrupción) al proceso *init* que siempre tiene un PID de 1. Si se emplea esta opción, el programa *init*(8) debe implementarla. Dado que existen varias versiones del programa *init*(8), deberá consultar la documentación de la suya."
+msgid ""
+"Make the kernel send the *SIGINT* (interrupt) signal to the *init* process "
+"(this is always the process with PID 1). If this option is used, the "
+"*init*(8) program must support this feature. Since there are now several "
+"*init*(8) programs in the Linux community, please consult the documentation "
+"for the version that you are currently using."
+msgstr ""
+"Ordena al núcleo emitir la señal *SIGINT* (interrupción) al proceso *init* "
+"que siempre tiene un PID de 1. Si se emplea esta opción, el programa "
+"*init*(8) debe implementarla. Dado que existen varias versiones del programa "
+"*init*(8), deberá consultar la documentación de la suya."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:32
-msgid "When the command is run without any argument, it will display the current setting."
-msgstr "Cuando se ejecuta la orden sin ningún argumento, se muestra la configuración actual."
+msgid ""
+"When the command is run without any argument, it will display the current "
+"setting."
+msgstr ""
+"Cuando se ejecuta la orden sin ningún argumento, se muestra la configuración "
+"actual."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:34
-msgid "The function of *ctrlaltdel* is usually set in the _/etc/rc.local_ file."
-msgstr "La función de *ctrlaltdel* suele definirse en el fichero _/etc/rc.local_."
+msgid ""
+"The function of *ctrlaltdel* is usually set in the _/etc/rc.local_ file."
+msgstr ""
+"La función de *ctrlaltdel* suele definirse en el fichero _/etc/rc.local_."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:42
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:36
-msgid "The default action is to display all messages from the kernel ring buffer."
+msgid ""
+"The default action is to display all messages from the kernel ring buffer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:40
-msgid "The *--clear*, *--read-clear*, *--console-on*, *--console-off*, and *--console-level* options are mutually exclusive."
+msgid ""
+"The *--clear*, *--read-clear*, *--console-on*, *--console-off*, and *--"
+"console-level* options are mutually exclusive."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:52
-msgid "Display the timestamp and the time delta spent between messages. If used together with *--notime* then only the time delta without the timestamp is printed."
+msgid ""
+"Display the timestamp and the time delta spent between messages. If used "
+"together with *--notime* then only the time delta without the timestamp is "
+"printed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:58
-msgid "Display the local time and the delta in human-readable format. Be aware that conversion to the local time could be inaccurate (see *-T* for more details)."
+msgid ""
+"Display the local time and the delta in human-readable format. Be aware that "
+"conversion to the local time could be inaccurate (see *-T* for more details)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:61
-msgid "Read the syslog messages from the given _file_. Note that *-F* does not support messages in kmsg format. See *-K* instead."
+msgid ""
+"Read the syslog messages from the given _file_. Note that *-F* does not "
+"support messages in kmsg format. See *-K* instead."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:64
-msgid "Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of facilities. For example:"
+msgid ""
+"Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of facilities. For "
+"example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:68
-msgid "will print messages from system daemons only. For all supported facilities see the *--help* output."
+msgid ""
+"will print messages from system daemons only. For all supported facilities "
+"see the *--help* output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:71
-msgid "Enable human-readable output. See also *--color*, *--reltime* and *--nopager*."
+msgid ""
+"Enable human-readable output. See also *--color*, *--reltime* and *--"
+"nopager*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:74
-msgid "Use JSON output format. The time output format is in \"sec.usec\" format only, log priority level is not decoded by default (use *--decode* to split into facility and priority), the other options to control the output format or time format are silently ignored."
+msgid ""
+"Use JSON output format. The time output format is in \"sec.usec\" format "
+"only, log priority level is not decoded by default (use *--decode* to split "
+"into facility and priority), the other options to control the output format "
+"or time format are silently ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:77
-msgid "Read the /dev/kmsg messages from the given _file_. Different record as expected to be separated by a NULL byte."
+msgid ""
+"Read the /dev/kmsg messages from the given _file_. Different record as "
+"expected to be separated by a NULL byte."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:83
-msgid "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* output. See also the *COLORS* section below."
+msgid ""
+"Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or "
+"*always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The "
+"colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* "
+"output. See also the *COLORS* section below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:86
-msgid "Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of levels. For example:"
+msgid ""
+"Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of levels. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:90
-msgid "will print error and warning messages only. For all supported levels see the *--help* output."
+msgid ""
+"will print error and warning messages only. For all supported levels see the "
+"*--help* output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:92
-msgid "Appending a plus *+* to a level name also includes all higher levels. For example:"
+msgid ""
+"Appending a plus *+* to a level name also includes all higher levels. For "
+"example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:101
-msgid "Set the _level_ at which printing of messages is done to the console. The _level_ is a level number or abbreviation of the level name. For all supported levels see the *--help* output."
+msgid ""
+"Set the _level_ at which printing of messages is done to the console. The "
+"_level_ is a level number or abbreviation of the level name. For all "
+"supported levels see the *--help* output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:103
-msgid "For example, *-n 1* or *-n emerg* prevents all messages, except emergency (panic) messages, from appearing on the console. All levels of messages are still written to _/proc/kmsg_, so *syslogd*(8) can still be used to control exactly where kernel messages appear. When the *-n* option is used, *dmesg* will _not_ print or clear the kernel ring buffer."
+msgid ""
+"For example, *-n 1* or *-n emerg* prevents all messages, except emergency "
+"(panic) messages, from appearing on the console. All levels of messages are "
+"still written to _/proc/kmsg_, so *syslogd*(8) can still be used to control "
+"exactly where kernel messages appear. When the *-n* option is used, *dmesg* "
+"will _not_ print or clear the kernel ring buffer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:106
-msgid "The unprintable and potentially unsafe characters (e.g., broken multi-byte sequences, terminal controlling chars, etc.) are escaped in format \\x<hex> for security reason by default. This option disables this feature at all. It's usable for example for debugging purpose together with *--raw*. Be careful and don't use it by default."
+msgid ""
+"The unprintable and potentially unsafe characters (e.g., broken multi-byte "
+"sequences, terminal controlling chars, etc.) are escaped in format \\x<hex> "
+"for security reason by default. This option disables this feature at all. "
+"It's usable for example for debugging purpose together with *--raw*. Be "
+"careful and don't use it by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:109
-msgid "Do not pipe output into a pager. A pager is enabled by default for *--human* output."
+msgid ""
+"Do not pipe output into a pager. A pager is enabled by default for *--human* "
+"output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:112
-msgid "Add facility, level or timestamp information to each line of a multi-line message."
+msgid ""
+"Add facility, level or timestamp information to each line of a multi-line "
+"message."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:115
-msgid "Print the raw message buffer, i.e., do not strip the log-level prefixes, but all unprintable characters are still escaped (see also *--noescape*)."
+msgid ""
+"Print the raw message buffer, i.e., do not strip the log-level prefixes, but "
+"all unprintable characters are still escaped (see also *--noescape*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:117
-msgid "Note that the real raw format depends on the method how *dmesg* reads kernel messages. The _/dev/kmsg_ device uses a different format than *syslog*(2). For backward compatibility, *dmesg* returns data always in the *syslog*(2) format. It is possible to read the real raw data from _/dev/kmsg_ by, for example, the command 'dd if=/dev/kmsg iflag=nonblock'."
+msgid ""
+"Note that the real raw format depends on the method how *dmesg* reads kernel "
+"messages. The _/dev/kmsg_ device uses a different format than *syslog*(2). "
+"For backward compatibility, *dmesg* returns data always in the *syslog*(2) "
+"format. It is possible to read the real raw data from _/dev/kmsg_ by, for "
+"example, the command 'dd if=/dev/kmsg iflag=nonblock'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:120
-msgid "Force *dmesg* to use the *syslog*(2) kernel interface to read kernel messages. The default is to use _/dev/kmsg_ rather than *syslog*(2) since kernel 3.5.0."
+msgid ""
+"Force *dmesg* to use the *syslog*(2) kernel interface to read kernel "
+"messages. The default is to use _/dev/kmsg_ rather than *syslog*(2) since "
+"kernel 3.5.0."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:123
-msgid "Use a buffer of _size_ to query the kernel ring buffer. This is 16392 by default. (The default kernel syslog buffer size was 4096 at first, 8192 since 1.3.54, 16384 since 2.1.113.) If you have set the kernel buffer to be larger than the default, then this option can be used to view the entire buffer."
+msgid ""
+"Use a buffer of _size_ to query the kernel ring buffer. This is 16392 by "
+"default. (The default kernel syslog buffer size was 4096 at first, 8192 "
+"since 1.3.54, 16384 since 2.1.113.) If you have set the kernel buffer to be "
+"larger than the default, then this option can be used to view the entire "
+"buffer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:128
-msgid "*Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate!* The *time* source used for the logs is *not updated after* system *SUSPEND*/*RESUME*. Timestamps are adjusted according to current delta between boottime and monotonic clocks, this works only for messages printed after last resume."
+msgid ""
+"*Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate!* The *time* source used "
+"for the logs is *not updated after* system *SUSPEND*/*RESUME*. Timestamps "
+"are adjusted according to current delta between boottime and monotonic "
+"clocks, this works only for messages printed after last resume."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:131
-msgid "Display record since the specified time. Supported is the subsecond granularity. The time is possible to specify in absolute way as well as by relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details."
+msgid ""
+"Display record since the specified time. Supported is the subsecond "
+"granularity. The time is possible to specify in absolute way as well as by "
+"relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware that the timestamp could be "
+"inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:134
-msgid "Display record until the specified time. Supported is the subsecond granularity. The time is possible to specify in absolute way as well as by relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details."
+msgid ""
+"Display record until the specified time. Supported is the subsecond "
+"granularity. The time is possible to specify in absolute way as well as by "
+"relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware that the timestamp could be "
+"inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:140
-msgid "Print timestamps using the given _format_, which can be *ctime*, *reltime*, *delta*, *iso* or *raw*. The first three formats are aliases of the time-format-specific options. The *raw* format uses the default timestamp format showing seconds since boot. The *iso* format is a *dmesg* implementation of the ISO-8601 timestamp format. The purpose of this format is to make the comparing of timestamps between two systems, and any other parsing, easy. The definition of the *iso* timestamp is: YYYY-MM-DD<T>HH:MM:SS,<microseconds><-+><timezone offset from UTC>."
+msgid ""
+"Print timestamps using the given _format_, which can be *ctime*, *reltime*, "
+"*delta*, *iso* or *raw*. The first three formats are aliases of the time-"
+"format-specific options. The *raw* format uses the default timestamp format "
+"showing seconds since boot. The *iso* format is a *dmesg* implementation of "
+"the ISO-8601 timestamp format. The purpose of this format is to make the "
+"comparing of timestamps between two systems, and any other parsing, easy. "
+"The definition of the *iso* timestamp is: YYYY-MM-DD<T>HH:MM:SS,"
+"<microseconds><-+><timezone offset from UTC>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:142
-msgid "The *iso* format has the same issue as *ctime*: the time may be inaccurate when a system is suspended and resumed."
+msgid ""
+"The *iso* format has the same issue as *ctime*: the time may be inaccurate "
+"when a system is suspended and resumed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:144
-msgid "*--time-format* may be used multiple times with different values for _format_ to output each specified format."
+msgid ""
+"*--time-format* may be used multiple times with different values for "
+"_format_ to output each specified format."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:152
-msgid "Wait for new messages. This feature is supported only on systems with a readable _/dev/kmsg_ (since kernel 3.5.0)."
+msgid ""
+"Wait for new messages. This feature is supported only on systems with a "
+"readable _/dev/kmsg_ (since kernel 3.5.0)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:158
-msgid "Decode facility and level (priority) numbers to human-readable prefixes."
+msgid ""
+"Decode facility and level (priority) numbers to human-readable prefixes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:172
-msgid "The message timestamp in short ctime format in *--reltime* or *--human* output."
+msgid ""
+"The message timestamp in short ctime format in *--reltime* or *--human* "
+"output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:191
-msgid "*dmesg* can fail reporting permission denied error. This is usually caused by *dmesg_restrict* kernel setting, please see *syslog*(2) for more details."
+msgid ""
+"*dmesg* can fail reporting permission denied error. This is usually caused "
+"by *dmesg_restrict* kernel setting, please see *syslog*(2) for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:197
-msgid "*dmesg* was originally written by mailto:tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]."
+msgid ""
+"*dmesg* was originally written by mailto:tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. Copyright (C) 1994-2005 Jeff Tranter (tranter@pobox.com)
#. Copyright (C) 2012 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>.
#. It may be distributed under the GNU General Public License, version 2, or
-#. any higher version. See section COPYING of the GNU Public license
+#. any higher version. See section COPYING of the GNU General Public license
#. for conditions under which this file may be redistributed.
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:10
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "B<mount [-fnrsvw] [-o >I<options>B< [,...]] >I<device >B<|>I< dir>"
msgid "*eject* [options] _device_|_mountpoint_"
-msgstr "B<mount [-fnrsvw] [-o >I<opciones>B< [,...]] >I<dispositivo >B<|>I< dir>"
+msgstr ""
+"B<mount [-fnrsvw] [-o >I<opciones>B< [,...]] >I<dispositivo >B<|>I< dir>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:26
-msgid "*eject* allows removable media (typically a CD-ROM, floppy disk, tape, JAZ, ZIP or USB disk) to be ejected under software control. The command can also control some multi-disc CD-ROM changers, the auto-eject feature supported by some devices, and close the disc tray of some CD-ROM drives."
+msgid ""
+"*eject* allows removable media (typically a CD-ROM, floppy disk, tape, JAZ, "
+"ZIP or USB disk) to be ejected under software control. The command can also "
+"control some multi-disc CD-ROM changers, the auto-eject feature supported by "
+"some devices, and close the disc tray of some CD-ROM drives."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:28
-msgid "The device corresponding to _device_ or _mountpoint_ is ejected. If no name is specified, the default name */dev/cdrom* is used. The device may be addressed by device name (e.g., 'sda'), device path (e.g., '/dev/sda'), UUID=__uuid__ or LABEL=__label__ tags."
+msgid ""
+"The device corresponding to _device_ or _mountpoint_ is ejected. If no name "
+"is specified, the default name */dev/cdrom* is used. The device may be "
+"addressed by device name (e.g., 'sda'), device path (e.g., '/dev/sda'), "
+"UUID=__uuid__ or LABEL=__label__ tags."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:30
-msgid "There are four different methods of ejecting, depending on whether the device is a CD-ROM, SCSI device, removable floppy, or tape. By default *eject* tries all four methods in order until it succeeds."
+msgid ""
+"There are four different methods of ejecting, depending on whether the "
+"device is a CD-ROM, SCSI device, removable floppy, or tape. By default "
+"*eject* tries all four methods in order until it succeeds."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:34
-msgid "If the device or a device partition is currently mounted, it is unmounted before ejecting. The eject is processed on exclusive open block device file descriptor if *--no-unmount* or *--force* are not specified."
+msgid ""
+"If the device or a device partition is currently mounted, it is unmounted "
+"before ejecting. The eject is processed on exclusive open block device file "
+"descriptor if *--no-unmount* or *--force* are not specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:39
-msgid "This option controls the auto-eject mode, supported by some devices. When enabled, the drive automatically ejects when the device is closed."
+msgid ""
+"This option controls the auto-eject mode, supported by some devices. When "
+"enabled, the drive automatically ejects when the device is closed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:42
-msgid "With this option a CD slot can be selected from an ATAPI/IDE CD-ROM changer. The CD-ROM drive cannot be in use (mounted data CD or playing a music CD) for a change request to work. Please also note that the first slot of the changer is referred to as 0, not 1."
+msgid ""
+"With this option a CD slot can be selected from an ATAPI/IDE CD-ROM changer. "
+"The CD-ROM drive cannot be in use (mounted data CD or playing a music CD) "
+"for a change request to work. Please also note that the first slot of the "
+"changer is referred to as 0, not 1."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:48
-msgid "Force eject, don't check device type, don't open device with exclusive lock. The successful result may be false positive on non hot-pluggable devices."
+msgid ""
+"Force eject, don't check device type, don't open device with exclusive lock. "
+"The successful result may be false positive on non hot-pluggable devices."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:51
-msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a removable floppy disk eject command."
+msgid ""
+"This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a removable "
+"floppy disk eject command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:54
-msgid "This option controls locking of the hardware eject button. When enabled, the drive will not be ejected when the button is pressed. This is useful when you are carrying a laptop in a bag or case and don't want it to eject if the button is inadvertently pressed."
+msgid ""
+"This option controls locking of the hardware eject button. When enabled, the "
+"drive will not be ejected when the button is pressed. This is useful when "
+"you are carrying a laptop in a bag or case and don't want it to eject if the "
+"button is inadvertently pressed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:57
-msgid "The option tells *eject* to not try to unmount other partitions on partitioned devices. If another partition is still mounted, the program will not attempt to eject the media. It will attempt to unmount only the device or mountpoint given on the command line."
+msgid ""
+"The option tells *eject* to not try to unmount other partitions on "
+"partitioned devices. If another partition is still mounted, the program will "
+"not attempt to eject the media. It will attempt to unmount only the device "
+"or mountpoint given on the command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:60
-msgid "The option tells *eject* to not try to unmount at all. If this option is not specified then *eject* opens the device with *O_EXCL* flag to be sure that the device is not used (since v2.35)."
+msgid ""
+"The option tells *eject* to not try to unmount at all. If this option is not "
+"specified then *eject* opens the device with *O_EXCL* flag to be sure that "
+"the device is not used (since v2.35)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:63
-msgid "With this option the selected device is displayed but no action is performed."
+msgid ""
+"With this option the selected device is displayed but no action is performed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:66
-msgid "This option allows you to use _/proc/mounts_ instead _/etc/mtab_. It also passes the *-n* option to *umount*(8)."
+msgid ""
+"This option allows you to use _/proc/mounts_ instead _/etc/mtab_. It also "
+"passes the *-n* option to *umount*(8)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:69
-msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a tape drive offline command."
+msgid ""
+"This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a tape drive "
+"offline command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:72
-msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a CDROM eject command."
+msgid ""
+"This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a CDROM eject "
+"command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:75
-msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using SCSI commands."
+msgid ""
+"This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using SCSI commands."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:78
-msgid "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command if it's opened, and a CD-ROM tray eject command if it's closed. Not all devices support this command, because it uses the above CD-ROM tray close command."
+msgid ""
+"With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command if it's "
+"opened, and a CD-ROM tray eject command if it's closed. Not all devices "
+"support this command, because it uses the above CD-ROM tray close command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:81
-msgid "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command. Not all devices support this command."
+msgid ""
+"With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command. Not all "
+"devices support this command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:86
-msgid "Run in verbose mode; more information is displayed about what the command is doing."
+#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:84
+msgid ""
+"Run in verbose mode; more information is displayed about what the command is "
+"doing."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:87
+#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:85
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-X*, *--listspeed*"
msgstr "*-X*, *--listspeed*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:89
-msgid "With this option the CD-ROM drive will be probed to detect the available speeds. The output is a list of speeds which can be used as an argument of the *-x* option. This only works with Linux 2.6.13 or higher, on previous versions solely the maximum speed will be reported. Also note that some drives may not correctly report the speed and therefore this option does not work with them."
+#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:87
+msgid ""
+"With this option the CD-ROM drive will be probed to detect the available "
+"speeds. The output is a list of speeds which can be used as an argument of "
+"the *-x* option. This only works with Linux 2.6.13 or higher, on previous "
+"versions solely the maximum speed will be reported. Also note that some "
+"drives may not correctly report the speed and therefore this option does not "
+"work with them."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:90
+#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x*, *--cdspeed* _speed_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:92
-msgid "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM select speed command. The _speed_ argument is a number indicating the desired speed (e.g., 8 for 8X speed), or 0 for maximum data rate. Not all devices support this command and you can only specify speeds that the drive is capable of. Every time the media is changed this option is cleared. This option can be used alone, or with the *-t* and *-c* options."
+#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:90
+msgid ""
+"With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM select speed command. The "
+"_speed_ argument is a number indicating the desired speed (e.g., 8 for 8X "
+"speed), or 0 for maximum data rate. Not all devices support this command and "
+"you can only specify speeds that the drive is capable of. Every time the "
+"media is changed this option is cleared. This option can be used alone, or "
+"with the *-t* and *-c* options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:100
-msgid "*eject* only works with devices that support one or more of the four methods of ejecting. This includes most CD-ROM drives (IDE, SCSI, and proprietary), some SCSI tape drives, JAZ drives, ZIP drives (parallel port, SCSI, and IDE versions), and LS120 removable floppies. Users have also reported success with floppy drives on Sun SPARC and Apple Macintosh systems. If *eject* does not work, it is most likely a limitation of the kernel driver for the device and not the *eject* program itself."
+msgid ""
+"*eject* only works with devices that support one or more of the four methods "
+"of ejecting. This includes most CD-ROM drives (IDE, SCSI, and proprietary), "
+"some SCSI tape drives, JAZ drives, ZIP drives (parallel port, SCSI, and IDE "
+"versions), and LS120 removable floppies. Users have also reported success "
+"with floppy drives on Sun SPARC and Apple Macintosh systems. If *eject* does "
+"not work, it is most likely a limitation of the kernel driver for the device "
+"and not the *eject* program itself."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:102
-msgid "The *-r*, *-s*, *-f*, and *-q* options allow controlling which methods are used to eject. More than one method can be specified. If none of these options are specified, it tries all four (this works fine in most cases)."
+msgid ""
+"The *-r*, *-s*, *-f*, and *-q* options allow controlling which methods are "
+"used to eject. More than one method can be specified. If none of these "
+"options are specified, it tries all four (this works fine in most cases)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:104
-msgid "*eject* may not always be able to determine if the device is mounted (e.g., if it has several names). If the device name is a symbolic link, *eject* will follow the link and use the device that it points to."
+msgid ""
+"*eject* may not always be able to determine if the device is mounted (e.g., "
+"if it has several names). If the device name is a symbolic link, *eject* "
+"will follow the link and use the device that it points to."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:106
-msgid "If *eject* determines that the device can have multiple partitions, it will attempt to unmount all mounted partitions of the device before ejecting (see also *--no-partitions-unmount*). If an unmount fails, the program will not attempt to eject the media."
+msgid ""
+"If *eject* determines that the device can have multiple partitions, it will "
+"attempt to unmount all mounted partitions of the device before ejecting (see "
+"also *--no-partitions-unmount*). If an unmount fails, the program will not "
+"attempt to eject the media."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:108
-msgid "You can eject an audio CD. Some CD-ROM drives will refuse to open the tray if the drive is empty. Some devices do not support the tray close command."
+msgid ""
+"You can eject an audio CD. Some CD-ROM drives will refuse to open the tray "
+"if the drive is empty. Some devices do not support the tray close command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:110
-msgid "If the auto-eject feature is enabled, then the drive will always be ejected after running this command. Not all Linux kernel CD-ROM drivers support the auto-eject mode. There is no way to find out the state of the auto-eject mode."
+msgid ""
+"If the auto-eject feature is enabled, then the drive will always be ejected "
+"after running this command. Not all Linux kernel CD-ROM drivers support the "
+"auto-eject mode. There is no way to find out the state of the auto-eject "
+"mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:112
-msgid "You need appropriate privileges to access the device files. Running as root is required to eject some devices (e.g., SCSI devices)."
+msgid ""
+"You need appropriate privileges to access the device files. Running as root "
+"is required to eject some devices (e.g., SCSI devices)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:116
-msgid "mailto:tranter@pobox.com[Jeff Tranter] - original author, mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak] and mailto:mluscon@redhat.com[Michal Luscon] - util-linux version."
+msgid ""
+"mailto:tranter@pobox.com[Jeff Tranter] - original author, mailto:kzak@redhat."
+"com[Karel Zak] and mailto:mluscon@redhat.com[Michal Luscon] - util-linux "
+"version."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:16
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*fallocate* [*-c*|*-p*|*-z*] [*-o* _offset_] *-l* _length_ [*-n*] _filename_\n"
-msgid "*fallocate* [*-c*|*-p*|*-z*] [*-o* _offset_] *-l* _length_ [*-n*] _filename_"
-msgstr "*fallocate* [*-c*|*-p*|*-z*] [*-o* _desplazamiento_] *-l* _longitud_ [*-n*] _nombre-de-fichero_\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*fallocate* [*-c*|*-p*|*-z*] [*-o* _offset_] *-l* _length_ [*-n*] "
+#| "_filename_\n"
+msgid ""
+"*fallocate* [*-c*|*-p*|*-z*] [*-o* _offset_] *-l* _length_ [*-n*] _filename_"
+msgstr ""
+"*fallocate* [*-c*|*-p*|*-z*] [*-o* _desplazamiento_] *-l* _longitud_ [*-n*] "
+"_nombre-de-fichero_\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:18
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _filename_\n"
msgid "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _filename_"
-msgstr "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _desplazamiento_] [*-l* _longitud_] _nombre-de-fichero_\n"
+msgstr ""
+"*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _desplazamiento_] [*-l* _longitud_] _nombre-de-"
+"fichero_\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:20
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "*fallocate* *-x* [*-o* _offset_] *-l* _length filename_\n"
msgid "*fallocate* *-x* [*-o* _offset_] *-l* _length filename_"
-msgstr "*fallocate* *-x* [*-o* _desplazamiento_] *-l* _longitud nombre-de-fichero_\n"
+msgstr ""
+"*fallocate* *-x* [*-o* _desplazamiento_] *-l* _longitud nombre-de-fichero_\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:24
-msgid "*fallocate* is used to manipulate the allocated disk space for a file, either to deallocate or preallocate it. For filesystems which support the *fallocate*(2) system call, preallocation is done quickly by allocating blocks and marking them as uninitialized, requiring no IO to the data blocks. This is much faster than creating a file by filling it with zeroes."
+msgid ""
+"*fallocate* is used to manipulate the allocated disk space for a file, "
+"either to deallocate or preallocate it. For filesystems which support the "
+"*fallocate*(2) system call, preallocation is done quickly by allocating "
+"blocks and marking them as uninitialized, requiring no IO to the data "
+"blocks. This is much faster than creating a file by filling it with zeroes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:26
-msgid "The exit status returned by *fallocate* is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
-msgstr "El código de salida devuelto por *fallocate* es 0 si acaba con éxito y 1 si acaba en fallo."
+msgid ""
+"The exit status returned by *fallocate* is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
+msgstr ""
+"El código de salida devuelto por *fallocate* es 0 si acaba con éxito y 1 si "
+"acaba en fallo."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:30
-msgid "The _length_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB, and YB."
+msgid ""
+"The _length_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
+"suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
+"ZiB, and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
+"\"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, "
+"PB, EB, ZB, and YB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:32
-msgid "The options *--collapse-range*, *--dig-holes*, *--punch-hole*, *--zero-range* and *--posix* are mutually exclusive."
+msgid ""
+"The options *--collapse-range*, *--dig-holes*, *--punch-hole*, *--zero-"
+"range* and *--posix* are mutually exclusive."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:35
-msgid "Removes a byte range from a file, without leaving a hole. The byte range to be collapsed starts at _offset_ and continues for _length_ bytes. At the completion of the operation, the contents of the file starting at the location __offset__+_length_ will be appended at the location _offset_, and the file will be _length_ bytes smaller. The option *--keep-size* may not be specified for the collapse-range operation."
+msgid ""
+"Removes a byte range from a file, without leaving a hole. The byte range to "
+"be collapsed starts at _offset_ and continues for _length_ bytes. At the "
+"completion of the operation, the contents of the file starting at the "
+"location __offset__+_length_ will be appended at the location _offset_, and "
+"the file will be _length_ bytes smaller. The option *--keep-size* may not be "
+"specified for the collapse-range operation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:37
-msgid "Available since Linux 3.15 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS."
+msgid ""
+"Available since Linux 3.15 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:39
-msgid "A filesystem may place limitations on the granularity of the operation, in order to ensure efficient implementation. Typically, _offset_ and _length_ must be a multiple of the filesystem logical block size, which varies according to the filesystem type and configuration. If a filesystem has such a requirement, the operation will fail with the error *EINVAL* if this requirement is violated."
+msgid ""
+"A filesystem may place limitations on the granularity of the operation, in "
+"order to ensure efficient implementation. Typically, _offset_ and _length_ "
+"must be a multiple of the filesystem logical block size, which varies "
+"according to the filesystem type and configuration. If a filesystem has such "
+"a requirement, the operation will fail with the error *EINVAL* if this "
+"requirement is violated."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:42
-msgid "Detect and dig holes. This makes the file sparse in-place, without using extra disk space. The minimum size of the hole depends on filesystem I/O block size (usually 4096 bytes). Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* is implied. If no range is specified by *--offset* and *--length*, then the entire file is analyzed for holes."
+msgid ""
+"Detect and dig holes. This makes the file sparse in-place, without using "
+"extra disk space. The minimum size of the hole depends on filesystem I/O "
+"block size (usually 4096 bytes). Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* "
+"is implied. If no range is specified by *--offset* and *--length*, then the "
+"entire file is analyzed for holes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:44
-msgid "You can think of this option as doing a \"*cp --sparse*\" and then renaming the destination file to the original, without the need for extra disk space."
+msgid ""
+"You can think of this option as doing a \"*cp --sparse*\" and then renaming "
+"the destination file to the original, without the need for extra disk space."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:55
-msgid "Do not modify the apparent length of the file. This may effectively allocate blocks past EOF, which can be removed with a truncate."
+msgid ""
+"Do not modify the apparent length of the file. This may effectively allocate "
+"blocks past EOF, which can be removed with a truncate."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:61
-msgid "Deallocates space (i.e., creates a hole) in the byte range starting at _offset_ and continuing for _length_ bytes. Within the specified range, partial filesystem blocks are zeroed, and whole filesystem blocks are removed from the file. After a successful call, subsequent reads from this range will return zeroes. This option may not be specified at the same time as the *--zero-range* option. Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* is implied."
+msgid ""
+"Deallocates space (i.e., creates a hole) in the byte range starting at "
+"_offset_ and continuing for _length_ bytes. Within the specified range, "
+"partial filesystem blocks are zeroed, and whole filesystem blocks are "
+"removed from the file. After a successful call, subsequent reads from this "
+"range will return zeroes. This option may not be specified at the same time "
+"as the *--zero-range* option. Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* is "
+"implied."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:63
-msgid "Supported for XFS (since Linux 2.6.38), ext4 (since Linux 3.0), Btrfs (since Linux 3.7), tmpfs (since Linux 3.5) and gfs2 (since Linux 4.16)."
+msgid ""
+"Supported for XFS (since Linux 2.6.38), ext4 (since Linux 3.0), Btrfs (since "
+"Linux 3.7), tmpfs (since Linux 3.5) and gfs2 (since Linux 4.16)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:69
-msgid "Enable POSIX operation mode. In that mode allocation operation always completes, but it may take longer time when fast allocation is not supported by the underlying filesystem."
+msgid ""
+"Enable POSIX operation mode. In that mode allocation operation always "
+"completes, but it may take longer time when fast allocation is not supported "
+"by the underlying filesystem."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:72
-msgid "Zeroes space in the byte range starting at _offset_ and continuing for _length_ bytes. Within the specified range, blocks are preallocated for the regions that span the holes in the file. After a successful call, subsequent reads from this range will return zeroes."
+msgid ""
+"Zeroes space in the byte range starting at _offset_ and continuing for "
+"_length_ bytes. Within the specified range, blocks are preallocated for the "
+"regions that span the holes in the file. After a successful call, subsequent "
+"reads from this range will return zeroes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:74
-msgid "Zeroing is done within the filesystem preferably by converting the range into unwritten extents. This approach means that the specified range will not be physically zeroed out on the device (except for partial blocks at the either end of the range), and I/O is (otherwise) required only to update metadata."
+msgid ""
+"Zeroing is done within the filesystem preferably by converting the range "
+"into unwritten extents. This approach means that the specified range will "
+"not be physically zeroed out on the device (except for partial blocks at the "
+"either end of the range), and I/O is (otherwise) required only to update "
+"metadata."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:76
-msgid "Option *--keep-size* can be specified to prevent file length modification."
+msgid ""
+"Option *--keep-size* can be specified to prevent file length modification."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:78
-msgid "Available since Linux 3.14 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS."
+msgid ""
+"Available since Linux 3.14 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:85
-msgid "mailto:sandeen@redhat.com[Eric Sandeen], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgstr "mailto:sandeen@redhat.com[Eric Sandeen], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid ""
+"mailto:sandeen@redhat.com[Eric Sandeen], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgstr ""
+"mailto:sandeen@redhat.com[Eric Sandeen], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:91
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:49
-msgid "This utility manages *flock*(2) locks from within shell scripts or from the command line."
+msgid ""
+"This utility manages *flock*(2) locks from within shell scripts or from the "
+"command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:51
-msgid "The first and second of the above forms wrap the lock around the execution of a _command_, in a manner similar to *su*(1) or *newgrp*(1). They lock a specified _file_ or _directory_, which is created (assuming appropriate permissions) if it does not already exist. By default, if the lock cannot be immediately acquired, *flock* waits until the lock is available."
+msgid ""
+"The first and second of the above forms wrap the lock around the execution "
+"of a _command_, in a manner similar to *su*(1) or *newgrp*(1). They lock a "
+"specified _file_ or _directory_, which is created (assuming appropriate "
+"permissions) if it does not already exist. By default, if the lock cannot be "
+"immediately acquired, *flock* waits until the lock is available."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:53
-msgid "The third form uses an open file by its file descriptor _number_. See the examples below for how that can be used."
+msgid ""
+"The third form uses an open file by its file descriptor _number_. See the "
+"examples below for how that can be used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:61
-msgid "The exit status used when the *-n* option is in use, and the conflicting lock exists, or the *-w* option is in use, and the timeout is reached. The default value is *1*. The _number_ has to be in the range of 0 to 255."
+msgid ""
+"The exit status used when the *-n* option is in use, and the conflicting "
+"lock exists, or the *-w* option is in use, and the timeout is reached. The "
+"default value is *1*. The _number_ has to be in the range of 0 to 255."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:64
-msgid "Do not fork before executing _command_. Upon execution the flock process is replaced by _command_ which continues to hold the lock. This option is incompatible with *--close* as there would otherwise be nothing left to hold the lock."
+msgid ""
+"Do not fork before executing _command_. Upon execution the flock process is "
+"replaced by _command_ which continues to hold the lock. This option is "
+"incompatible with *--close* as there would otherwise be nothing left to hold "
+"the lock."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:67
-msgid "Obtain an exclusive lock, sometimes called a write lock. This is the default."
+msgid ""
+"Obtain an exclusive lock, sometimes called a write lock. This is the default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:70
-msgid "Fail rather than wait if the lock cannot be immediately acquired. See the *-E* option for the exit status used."
+msgid ""
+"Fail rather than wait if the lock cannot be immediately acquired. See the *-"
+"E* option for the exit status used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:73
-msgid "Close the file descriptor on which the lock is held before executing _command_. This is useful if _command_ spawns a child process which should not be holding the lock."
+msgid ""
+"Close the file descriptor on which the lock is held before executing "
+"_command_. This is useful if _command_ spawns a child process which should "
+"not be holding the lock."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:79
-msgid "Drop a lock. This is usually not required, since a lock is automatically dropped when the file is closed. However, it may be required in special cases, for example if the enclosed command group may have forked a background process which should not be holding the lock."
+msgid ""
+"Drop a lock. This is usually not required, since a lock is automatically "
+"dropped when the file is closed. However, it may be required in special "
+"cases, for example if the enclosed command group may have forked a "
+"background process which should not be holding the lock."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:82
-msgid "Fail if the lock cannot be acquired within _seconds_. Decimal fractional values are allowed. See the *-E* option for the exit status used. The zero number of _seconds_ is interpreted as *--nonblock*."
+msgid ""
+"Fail if the lock cannot be acquired within _seconds_. Decimal fractional "
+"values are allowed. See the *-E* option for the exit status used. The zero "
+"number of _seconds_ is interpreted as *--nonblock*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:85
-msgid "Instead of flock(2), apply an fcntl(2) open file description lock (that is, using the F_OFD_SETLK (non-blocking) or F_OFD_SETLKW (blocking) commands). These locks are independent of those applied via flock(2), but, unlike traditional POSIX fcntl() locks (F_SETLK, F_SETLKW), have semantics matching those of flock(2)."
+msgid ""
+"Instead of flock(2), apply an fcntl(2) open file description lock (that is, "
+"using the F_OFD_SETLK (non-blocking) or F_OFD_SETLKW (blocking) commands). "
+"These locks are independent of those applied via flock(2), but, unlike "
+"traditional POSIX fcntl() locks (F_SETLK, F_SETLKW), have semantics matching "
+"those of flock(2)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:90
-msgid "Report how long it took to acquire the lock, or why the lock could not be obtained."
+msgid ""
+"Report how long it took to acquire the lock, or why the lock could not be "
+"obtained."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:96
-msgid "The command uses <sysexits.h> exit status values for everything, except when using either of the options *-n* or *-w* which report a failure to acquire the lock with an exit status given by the *-E* option, or 1 by default. The exit status given by *-E* has to be in the range of 0 to 255."
+msgid ""
+"The command uses <sysexits.h> exit status values for everything, except when "
+"using either of the options *-n* or *-w* which report a failure to acquire "
+"the lock with an exit status given by the *-E* option, or 1 by default. The "
+"exit status given by *-E* has to be in the range of 0 to 255."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:98
-msgid "When using the _command_ variant, and executing the child worked, then the exit status is that of the child command."
+msgid ""
+"When using the _command_ variant, and executing the child worked, then the "
+"exit status is that of the child command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:104
-msgid "Some file systems (e. g. NFS and CIFS) have a limited implementation of *flock*(2) and flock may always fail. For details see *flock*(2), *nfs*(5) and *mount.cifs*(8). Depending on mount options, flock can always fail there."
+msgid ""
+"Some file systems (e. g. NFS and CIFS) have a limited implementation of "
+"*flock*(2) and flock may always fail. For details see *flock*(2), *nfs*(5) "
+"and *mount.cifs*(8). Depending on mount options, flock can always fail there."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:111
-msgid "Set exclusive lock to directory _/tmp_ and the second command will fail."
+msgid ""
+"Set exclusive lock to directory _/tmp_ and the second command will fail."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:114
-msgid "Set shared lock to directory _/tmp_ and the second command will not fail. Notice that attempting to get exclusive lock with second command would fail."
+msgid ""
+"Set shared lock to directory _/tmp_ and the second command will not fail. "
+"Notice that attempting to get exclusive lock with second command would fail."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:117
-msgid "Grab the exclusive lock \"local-lock-file\" before running echo with 'a b c'."
+msgid ""
+"Grab the exclusive lock \"local-lock-file\" before running echo with 'a b c'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:120
-msgid "The form is convenient inside shell scripts. The mode used to open the file doesn't matter to *flock*; using _>_ or _>>_ allows the lockfile to be created if it does not already exist, however, write permission is required. Using _<_ requires that the file already exists but only read permission is required."
+msgid ""
+"The form is convenient inside shell scripts. The mode used to open the file "
+"doesn't matter to *flock*; using _>_ or _>>_ allows the lockfile to be "
+"created if it does not already exist, however, write permission is required. "
+"Using _<_ requires that the file already exists but only read permission is "
+"required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:123
-msgid "This is useful boilerplate code for shell scripts. Put it at the top of the shell script you want to lock and it'll automatically lock itself on the first run. If the environment variable *$FLOCKER* is not set to the shell script that is being run, then execute *flock* and grab an exclusive non-blocking lock (using the script itself as the lock file) before re-execing itself with the right arguments. It also sets the *FLOCKER* environment variable to the right value so it doesn't run again."
+msgid ""
+"This is useful boilerplate code for shell scripts. Put it at the top of the "
+"shell script you want to lock and it'll automatically lock itself on the "
+"first run. If the environment variable *$FLOCKER* is not set to the shell "
+"script that is being run, then execute *flock* and grab an exclusive non-"
+"blocking lock (using the script itself as the lock file) before re-execing "
+"itself with the right arguments. It also sets the *FLOCKER* environment "
+"variable to the right value so it doesn't run again."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:126
-msgid "This form is convenient for locking a file without spawning a subprocess. The shell opens the lock file for reading and writing as file descriptor 4, then *flock* is used to lock the descriptor."
+msgid ""
+"This form is convenient for locking a file without spawning a subprocess. "
+"The shell opens the lock file for reading and writing as file descriptor 4, "
+"then *flock* is used to lock the descriptor."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:135
-msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+msgid ""
+"Copyright {copyright} 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin. This is free software; see "
+"the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for "
+"MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:22
-msgid "*fsfreeze* halts any new access to the filesystem and creates a stable image on disk. *fsfreeze* is intended to be used with hardware RAID devices that support the creation of snapshots."
+msgid ""
+"*fsfreeze* halts any new access to the filesystem and creates a stable image "
+"on disk. *fsfreeze* is intended to be used with hardware RAID devices that "
+"support the creation of snapshots."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:24
-msgid "*fsfreeze* is unnecessary for *device-mapper* devices. The device-mapper (and LVM) automatically freezes a filesystem on the device when a snapshot creation is requested. For more details see the *dmsetup*(8) man page."
+msgid ""
+"*fsfreeze* is unnecessary for *device-mapper* devices. The device-mapper "
+"(and LVM) automatically freezes a filesystem on the device when a snapshot "
+"creation is requested. For more details see the *dmsetup*(8) man page."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:26
-msgid "The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the filesystem is mounted. The filesystem must be mounted to be frozen (see *mount*(8))."
+msgid ""
+"The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the "
+"filesystem is mounted. The filesystem must be mounted to be frozen (see "
+"*mount*(8))."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:28
-msgid "Note that access-time updates are also suspended if the filesystem is mounted with the traditional atime behavior (mount option *strictatime*, for more details see *mount*(8))."
+msgid ""
+"Note that access-time updates are also suspended if the filesystem is "
+"mounted with the traditional atime behavior (mount option *strictatime*, for "
+"more details see *mount*(8))."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:33
-msgid "This option requests the specified filesystem to be frozen from new modifications. When this is selected, all ongoing transactions in the filesystem are allowed to complete, new *write*(2) system calls are halted, other calls which modify the filesystem are halted, and all dirty data, metadata, and log information are written to disk. Any process attempting to write to the frozen filesystem will block waiting for the filesystem to be unfrozen."
+msgid ""
+"This option requests the specified filesystem to be frozen from new "
+"modifications. When this is selected, all ongoing transactions in the "
+"filesystem are allowed to complete, new *write*(2) system calls are halted, "
+"other calls which modify the filesystem are halted, and all dirty data, "
+"metadata, and log information are written to disk. Any process attempting to "
+"write to the frozen filesystem will block waiting for the filesystem to be "
+"unfrozen."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:35
-msgid "Note that even after freezing, the on-disk filesystem can contain information on files that are still in the process of unlinking. These files will not be unlinked until the filesystem is unfrozen or a clean mount of the snapshot is complete."
+msgid ""
+"Note that even after freezing, the on-disk filesystem can contain "
+"information on files that are still in the process of unlinking. These files "
+"will not be unlinked until the filesystem is unfrozen or a clean mount of "
+"the snapshot is complete."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:38
-msgid "This option is used to un-freeze the filesystem and allow operations to continue. Any filesystem modifications that were blocked by the freeze are unblocked and allowed to complete."
+msgid ""
+"This option is used to un-freeze the filesystem and allow operations to "
+"continue. Any filesystem modifications that were blocked by the freeze are "
+"unblocked and allowed to complete."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:44
-msgid "This command will work only if filesystem supports has support for freezing. List of these filesystems include (2016-12-18) *btrfs*, *ext2/3/4*, *f2fs*, *jfs*, *nilfs2*, *reiserfs*, and *xfs*. Previous list may be incomplete, as more filesystems get support. If in doubt easiest way to know if a filesystem has support is create a small loopback mount and test freezing it."
+msgid ""
+"This command will work only if filesystem supports has support for freezing. "
+"List of these filesystems include (2016-12-18) *btrfs*, *ext2/3/4*, *f2fs*, "
+"*jfs*, *nilfs2*, *reiserfs*, and *xfs*. Previous list may be incomplete, as "
+"more filesystems get support. If in doubt easiest way to know if a "
+"filesystem has support is create a small loopback mount and test freezing it."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:54
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The file *fstab* contains descriptive information about the filesystems the system can mount. *fstab* is only read by programs, and not written; it is the duty of the system administrator to properly create and maintain this file. The order of records in *fstab* is important because fsck8, mount8, and umount8 sequentially iterate through *fstab* doing their thing."
-msgid "The file *fstab* contains descriptive information about the filesystems the system can mount. *fstab* is only read by programs, and not written; it is the duty of the system administrator to properly create and maintain this file. The order of records in *fstab* is important because *fsck*(8), *mount*(8), and *umount*(8) sequentially iterate through *fstab* doing their thing."
-msgstr "El fichero *fstab* contiene información que describe los diversos sistemas de ficheros que el sistema es capaz de gestionar. Las distintas aplicaciones podrán leer su contenido pero no modificarlo. La creación y correcto mantenimiento de este fichero es tarea del administrador. El orden de los registros en *fstab* es importante ya que *fsck*(8), *mount*(8) y *umount*(8) leen *fstab* secuencialmente durante su ejecución."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The file *fstab* contains descriptive information about the filesystems "
+#| "the system can mount. *fstab* is only read by programs, and not written; "
+#| "it is the duty of the system administrator to properly create and "
+#| "maintain this file. The order of records in *fstab* is important because "
+#| "fsck8, mount8, and umount8 sequentially iterate through *fstab* doing "
+#| "their thing."
+msgid ""
+"The file *fstab* contains descriptive information about the filesystems the "
+"system can mount. *fstab* is only read by programs, and not written; it is "
+"the duty of the system administrator to properly create and maintain this "
+"file. The order of records in *fstab* is important because *fsck*(8), "
+"*mount*(8), and *umount*(8) sequentially iterate through *fstab* doing their "
+"thing."
+msgstr ""
+"El fichero *fstab* contiene información que describe los diversos sistemas "
+"de ficheros que el sistema es capaz de gestionar. Las distintas aplicaciones "
+"podrán leer su contenido pero no modificarlo. La creación y correcto "
+"mantenimiento de este fichero es tarea del administrador. El orden de los "
+"registros en *fstab* es importante ya que *fsck*(8), *mount*(8) y "
+"*umount*(8) leen *fstab* secuencialmente durante su ejecución."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:56
-msgid "The file is not read by *mount*(8) only but often is used by many other tools and daemons, and proper functionality may require additional steps. For example, on systemd-based systems, it's recommended to use *systemctl daemon-reload* after *fstab* modification."
+msgid ""
+"The file is not read by *mount*(8) only but often is used by many other "
+"tools and daemons, and proper functionality may require additional steps. "
+"For example, on systemd-based systems, it's recommended to use *systemctl "
+"daemon-reload* after *fstab* modification."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:58
-msgid "Each filesystem is described on a separate line, with fields separated by tabs or spaces. The line is split into fields before being parsed. This means that any spaces or tabs within the fields must be escaped using \\040 or \\011, even within quoted strings (e.g. LABEL=\"foo\\040bar\")."
+msgid ""
+"Each filesystem is described on a separate line, with fields separated by "
+"tabs or spaces. The line is split into fields before being parsed. This "
+"means that any spaces or tabs within the fields must be escaped using \\040 "
+"or \\011, even within quoted strings (e.g. LABEL=\"foo\\040bar\")."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:70
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "This field describes the block special device, remote filesystem or filesystem image for loop device to be mounted or swap file or swap partition to be enabled."
-msgid "This field describes the block special device, remote filesystem or filesystem image for loop device to be mounted or swap file or swap device to be enabled."
-msgstr "Este campo describe el dispositivo especial de bloque, sistema de ficheros remoto o la imagen del sistema de ficheros para que se monte el dispositivo de bucle o se habilite el fichero o partición de intercambio."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This field describes the block special device, remote filesystem or "
+#| "filesystem image for loop device to be mounted or swap file or swap "
+#| "partition to be enabled."
+msgid ""
+"This field describes the block special device, remote filesystem or "
+"filesystem image for loop device to be mounted or swap file or swap device "
+"to be enabled."
+msgstr ""
+"Este campo describe el dispositivo especial de bloque, sistema de ficheros "
+"remoto o la imagen del sistema de ficheros para que se monte el dispositivo "
+"de bucle o se habilite el fichero o partición de intercambio."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:72
-msgid "For ordinary mounts, it will hold (a link to) a block special device node (as created by *mknod*(2)) for the device to be mounted, like _/dev/cdrom_ or _/dev/sdb7_. For NFS mounts, this field is _<host>:<dir>_, e.g., _knuth.aeb.nl:/_. For filesystems with no storage, any string can be used, and will show up in *df*(1) output, for example. Typical usage is _proc_ for *procfs*; _mem_, _none_, or _tmpfs_ for *tmpfs*. Other special filesystems, like *udev* and *sysfs*, are typically not listed in *fstab*."
-msgstr "Para los montajes más habituales, contendrá (un enlace a) un nodo de dispositivo especial de bloque (creado por *mknod*(2)) para el dispositivo que se va a montar, por ejemplo: _/dev/cdrom_ o _/dev/sdb7_. Para NFS, este campo es _<host>:<dir>_, por ejemplo, _knuth.aeb.nl:/_. Para sistemas de ficheros sin almacenamiento, se puede usar cualquier cadena y se mostrará en la salida *df*(1), por ejemplo. El uso típico es _proc_ para procfs; _mem_, _none_ o _tmpfs_ para tmpfs. Otros sistemas de ficheros especiales, como *udev* y *sysfs*, normalmente no se enumeran en *fstab*."
+msgid ""
+"For ordinary mounts, it will hold (a link to) a block special device node "
+"(as created by *mknod*(2)) for the device to be mounted, like _/dev/cdrom_ "
+"or _/dev/sdb7_. For NFS mounts, this field is _<host>:<dir>_, e.g., _knuth."
+"aeb.nl:/_. For filesystems with no storage, any string can be used, and will "
+"show up in *df*(1) output, for example. Typical usage is _proc_ for "
+"*procfs*; _mem_, _none_, or _tmpfs_ for *tmpfs*. Other special filesystems, "
+"like *udev* and *sysfs*, are typically not listed in *fstab*."
+msgstr ""
+"Para los montajes más habituales, contendrá (un enlace a) un nodo de "
+"dispositivo especial de bloque (creado por *mknod*(2)) para el dispositivo "
+"que se va a montar, por ejemplo: _/dev/cdrom_ o _/dev/sdb7_. Para NFS, este "
+"campo es _<host>:<dir>_, por ejemplo, _knuth.aeb.nl:/_. Para sistemas de "
+"ficheros sin almacenamiento, se puede usar cualquier cadena y se mostrará en "
+"la salida *df*(1), por ejemplo. El uso típico es _proc_ para procfs; _mem_, "
+"_none_ o _tmpfs_ para tmpfs. Otros sistemas de ficheros especiales, como "
+"*udev* y *sysfs*, normalmente no se enumeran en *fstab*."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:74
-msgid "LABEL=<label> or UUID=<uuid> may be given instead of a device name. This is the recommended method, as device names are often a coincidence of hardware detection order, and can change when other disks are added or removed. For example, 'LABEL=Boot' or 'UUID=3e6be9de-8139-11d1-9106-a43f08d823a6'. (Use a filesystem-specific tool like *e2label*(8), *xfs_admin*(8), or *fatlabel*(8) to set LABELs on filesystems)."
-msgstr "En lugar de indicar un nombre de dispositivo, puede indicarse LABEL=<label> o UUID=<uuid>. Esta es mejor práctica ya que los nombres de dispositivo suelen depender del orden de detección del hardware y puede sufrir modificaciones cuando se añade o elimina algún disco. Por ejemplo LABEL=Boot' o `UUID=3e6be9de-8139-11d1-9106-a43f08d823a6'. (Emplea una herramienta específica como *e2label*(8), *xfs_admin*(8), o *fatlabel*(8) para definir el valor de LABEL)."
+msgid ""
+"LABEL=<label> or UUID=<uuid> may be given instead of a device name. This is "
+"the recommended method, as device names are often a coincidence of hardware "
+"detection order, and can change when other disks are added or removed. For "
+"example, 'LABEL=Boot' or 'UUID=3e6be9de-8139-11d1-9106-a43f08d823a6'. (Use a "
+"filesystem-specific tool like *e2label*(8), *xfs_admin*(8), or *fatlabel*(8) "
+"to set LABELs on filesystems)."
+msgstr ""
+"En lugar de indicar un nombre de dispositivo, puede indicarse LABEL=<label> "
+"o UUID=<uuid>. Esta es mejor práctica ya que los nombres de dispositivo "
+"suelen depender del orden de detección del hardware y puede sufrir "
+"modificaciones cuando se añade o elimina algún disco. Por ejemplo "
+"LABEL=Boot' o `UUID=3e6be9de-8139-11d1-9106-a43f08d823a6'. (Emplea una "
+"herramienta específica como *e2label*(8), *xfs_admin*(8), o *fatlabel*(8) "
+"para definir el valor de LABEL)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:76
-msgid "It's also possible to use *PARTUUID=* and *PARTLABEL=*. These partitions identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT)."
-msgstr "También pueden usarse los identificadores de particiones *PARTUUID=* y *PARTLABEL=* cuyo soporte está incluido por ejemplo en la tabla de particiones GUID (GPT)."
+msgid ""
+"It's also possible to use *PARTUUID=* and *PARTLABEL=*. These partitions "
+"identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT)."
+msgstr ""
+"También pueden usarse los identificadores de particiones *PARTUUID=* y "
+"*PARTLABEL=* cuyo soporte está incluido por ejemplo en la tabla de "
+"particiones GUID (GPT)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:78
-msgid "See *mount*(8), *blkid*(8) or *lsblk*(8) for more details about device identifiers."
-msgstr "Consulte *mount*(8), *blkid*(8) o *lsblk*(8) para mayor información acerca de los identificadores de dispositivos."
+msgid ""
+"See *mount*(8), *blkid*(8) or *lsblk*(8) for more details about device "
+"identifiers."
+msgstr ""
+"Consulte *mount*(8), *blkid*(8) o *lsblk*(8) para mayor información acerca "
+"de los identificadores de dispositivos."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:80
-msgid "Note that *mount*(8) uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation of the UUID should be based on lower case characters. But when specifying the volume ID of FAT or NTFS file systems upper case characters are used (e.g UUID=\"A40D-85E7\" or UUID=\"61DB7756DB7779B3\")."
-msgstr "Observe que *mount*(8) emplea UUIDs como cadenas. Estas cadenas deben estar formadas por minúsculas. Sin embargo, cuando se define el nombre de sistemas de fichero FAT o NTFS se emplean mayúsculas (por ejemplo:UUID=\"A40D-85E7\" o UUID=\"61DB7756DB7779B3\")."
+msgid ""
+"Note that *mount*(8) uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation of the "
+"UUID should be based on lower case characters. But when specifying the "
+"volume ID of FAT or NTFS file systems upper case characters are used (e.g "
+"UUID=\"A40D-85E7\" or UUID=\"61DB7756DB7779B3\")."
+msgstr ""
+"Observe que *mount*(8) emplea UUIDs como cadenas. Estas cadenas deben estar "
+"formadas por minúsculas. Sin embargo, cuando se define el nombre de sistemas "
+"de fichero FAT o NTFS se emplean mayúsculas (por ejemplo:UUID=\"A40D-85E7\" "
+"o UUID=\"61DB7756DB7779B3\")."
#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:81
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:84
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "This field describes the mount point (target) for the filesystem. For swap partitions, this field should be specified as `none'. If the name of the mount point contains spaces or tabs these can be escaped as `\\040' and '\\011' respectively."
-msgid "This field describes the mount point (target) for the filesystem. For swap area, this field should be specified as `none'. If the name of the mount point contains spaces or tabs these can be escaped as `\\040' and '\\011' respectively."
-msgstr "Este segundo campo define el punto de montaje (objetivo o target) del sistema. En el caso de las particiones swap puede aparecer como 'none'. Si el nombre del punto de montaje contiene espacios o tabulaciones, deberán sustituirse por `\\040' y '\\011' respectivamente."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This field describes the mount point (target) for the filesystem. For "
+#| "swap partitions, this field should be specified as `none'. If the name of "
+#| "the mount point contains spaces or tabs these can be escaped as `\\040' "
+#| "and '\\011' respectively."
+msgid ""
+"This field describes the mount point (target) for the filesystem. For swap "
+"area, this field should be specified as `none'. If the name of the mount "
+"point contains spaces or tabs these can be escaped as `\\040' and '\\011' "
+"respectively."
+msgstr ""
+"Este segundo campo define el punto de montaje (objetivo o target) del "
+"sistema. En el caso de las particiones swap puede aparecer como 'none'. Si "
+"el nombre del punto de montaje contiene espacios o tabulaciones, deberán "
+"sustituirse por `\\040' y '\\011' respectivamente."
#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:85
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:88
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "This field describes the type of the filesystem. Linux supports many filesystem types: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, and many more. For more details, see mount8."
-msgid "This field describes the type of the filesystem. Linux supports many filesystem types: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, and many more. For more details, see *mount*(8)."
-msgstr "Este campo define el tipo de sistema de ficheros. Linux incluye soporte para muchos de ellos: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs y cifs, entre otros muchos. Consulte *mount*(8) para más detalles."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This field describes the type of the filesystem. Linux supports many "
+#| "filesystem types: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, "
+#| "sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, and many more. For more "
+#| "details, see mount8."
+msgid ""
+"This field describes the type of the filesystem. Linux supports many "
+"filesystem types: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, sysfs, "
+"proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, and many more. For more details, "
+"see *mount*(8)."
+msgstr ""
+"Este campo define el tipo de sistema de ficheros. Linux incluye soporte para "
+"muchos de ellos: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, sysfs, "
+"proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs y cifs, entre otros muchos. Consulte "
+"*mount*(8) para más detalles."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:90
-msgid "An entry _swap_ denotes a file or partition to be used for swapping, cf. *swapon*(8). An entry _none_ is useful for bind or move mounts."
-msgstr "Una entrada _swap_ definirá un fichero o partición para el uso como intercambio de datos. Consulte *swapon*(8). Una entrada _none_ es util para anclar o mover puntos de montaje."
+msgid ""
+"An entry _swap_ denotes a file or partition to be used for swapping, cf. "
+"*swapon*(8). An entry _none_ is useful for bind or move mounts."
+msgstr ""
+"Una entrada _swap_ definirá un fichero o partición para el uso como "
+"intercambio de datos. Consulte *swapon*(8). Una entrada _none_ es util para "
+"anclar o mover puntos de montaje."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:92
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:94
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*mount*(8) and *umount*(8) support filesystem _subtypes_. The subtype is defined by '.subtype' suffix. For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the first fstab field (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated).\n"
-msgid "*mount*(8) and *umount*(8) support filesystem _subtypes_. The subtype is defined by '.subtype' suffix. For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the first fstab field (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated)."
-msgstr "*mount*(8) y *umount*(8) admiten el uso de _subtipos_ al definir sistemas de fichero. El subtipo se define mediante el sufijo '.subtype'. Por ejemplo, 'fuse.sshfs'. Se recomienda usar esto en lugar de agregar cualquier prefijo al primer campo fstab (por ejemplo, 'sshfs # example.com' que está en desuso).\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*mount*(8) and *umount*(8) support filesystem _subtypes_. The subtype is "
+#| "defined by '.subtype' suffix. For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's recommended "
+#| "to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the first fstab "
+#| "field (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated).\n"
+msgid ""
+"*mount*(8) and *umount*(8) support filesystem _subtypes_. The subtype is "
+"defined by '.subtype' suffix. For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's recommended to "
+"use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the first fstab field "
+"(for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated)."
+msgstr ""
+"*mount*(8) y *umount*(8) admiten el uso de _subtipos_ al definir sistemas de "
+"fichero. El subtipo se define mediante el sufijo '.subtype'. Por ejemplo, "
+"'fuse.sshfs'. Se recomienda usar esto en lugar de agregar cualquier prefijo "
+"al primer campo fstab (por ejemplo, 'sshfs # example.com' que está en "
+"desuso).\n"
#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:95
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:98
msgid "This field describes the mount options associated with the filesystem."
-msgstr "Este campo describe las opciones de montaje asociadas con el sistema de ficheros."
+msgstr ""
+"Este campo describe las opciones de montaje asociadas con el sistema de "
+"ficheros."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:100
-msgid "It is formatted as a comma-separated list of options and is optional for *mount*(8) or *swapon*(8). The usual convention is to use at least \"defaults\" keyword there."
+msgid ""
+"It is formatted as a comma-separated list of options and is optional for "
+"*mount*(8) or *swapon*(8). The usual convention is to use at least "
+"\"defaults\" keyword there."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:102
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "It is formatted as a comma-separated list of options. It contains at least the type of mount (*ro* or *rw*), plus any additional options appropriate to the filesystem type (including performance-tuning options). For details, see *mount*(8) or *swapon*(8)."
-msgid "It usually contains the type of mount (*ro* or *rw*, the default is *rw*), plus any additional options appropriate to the filesystem type (including performance-tuning options). For details, see *mount*(8) or *swapon*(8)."
-msgstr "Consiste en una lista de opciones separadas por comas. Contiene al menos el tipo de montaje (*ro* o *rw*), junto con cualquier opción adicional apropiada para el tipo de sistema de ficheros (incluidas las opciones de ajuste de rendimiento). Para obtener más información, consulte *mount*(8) o *swapon*(8)."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "It is formatted as a comma-separated list of options. It contains at "
+#| "least the type of mount (*ro* or *rw*), plus any additional options "
+#| "appropriate to the filesystem type (including performance-tuning "
+#| "options). For details, see *mount*(8) or *swapon*(8)."
+msgid ""
+"It usually contains the type of mount (*ro* or *rw*, the default is *rw*), "
+"plus any additional options appropriate to the filesystem type (including "
+"performance-tuning options). For details, see *mount*(8) or *swapon*(8)."
+msgstr ""
+"Consiste en una lista de opciones separadas por comas. Contiene al menos el "
+"tipo de montaje (*ro* o *rw*), junto con cualquier opción adicional "
+"apropiada para el tipo de sistema de ficheros (incluidas las opciones de "
+"ajuste de rendimiento). Para obtener más información, consulte *mount*(8) o "
+"*swapon*(8)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:104
msgid "Basic filesystem-independent options are:"
-msgstr "Las opciones básicas independientes del tipo de ficheros son las siguientes:"
+msgstr ""
+"Las opciones básicas independientes del tipo de ficheros son las siguientes:"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:105 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:572
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:107
-msgid "use default options. The default depends on the kernel and the filesystem. *mount*(8) does not have any hardcoded set of default options. The kernel default is usually rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser, and async."
+msgid ""
+"use default options. The default depends on the kernel and the filesystem. "
+"*mount*(8) does not have any hardcoded set of default options. The kernel "
+"default is usually rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser, and async."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:109
msgid "do not mount when *mount -a* is given (e.g., at boot time)"
-msgstr "no se monta cuando se ejecuta *mount -a* (por ejemplo durante el inicio)"
+msgstr ""
+"no se monta cuando se ejecuta *mount -a* (por ejemplo durante el inicio)"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:109 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:712
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:121
-msgid "This field is used by *dump*(8) to determine which filesystems need to be dumped. Defaults to zero (don't dump) if not present."
-msgstr "Empleado por *dump*(8) para definir qué sistemas de ficheros deben ser volcados. Si no existe, se considera el valor cero (no volcar)."
+msgid ""
+"This field is used by *dump*(8) to determine which filesystems need to be "
+"dumped. Defaults to zero (don't dump) if not present."
+msgstr ""
+"Empleado por *dump*(8) para definir qué sistemas de ficheros deben ser "
+"volcados. Si no existe, se considera el valor cero (no volcar)."
#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:122
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:125
-msgid "This field is used by *fsck*(8) to determine the order in which filesystem checks are done at boot time. The root filesystem should be specified with a _fs_passno_ of 1. Other filesystems should have a _fs_passno_ of 2. Filesystems within a drive will be checked sequentially, but filesystems on different drives will be checked at the same time to utilize parallelism available in the hardware. Defaults to zero (don't check the filesystem) if not present."
-msgstr "*fsck*(8) utiliza este campo para determinar el orden en el que se realizan las comprobaciones del sistema de ficheros en el momento del arranque. El sistema de ficheros raíz debería contener un valor para _fs_passno_ de 1. El resto de sistemas de ficheros deberían tener _fs_passno_ de 2. Los sistemas de ficheros dentro de una unidad se verificarán secuencialmente, pero los sistemas de ficheros en diferentes unidades se verificarán al mismo tiempo para aprovechar las opción del paralelismo disponible en el hardware. El valor predeterminado es cero (no comprobar) si no existe este campo."
+msgid ""
+"This field is used by *fsck*(8) to determine the order in which filesystem "
+"checks are done at boot time. The root filesystem should be specified with a "
+"_fs_passno_ of 1. Other filesystems should have a _fs_passno_ of 2. "
+"Filesystems within a drive will be checked sequentially, but filesystems on "
+"different drives will be checked at the same time to utilize parallelism "
+"available in the hardware. Defaults to zero (don't check the filesystem) if "
+"not present."
+msgstr ""
+"*fsck*(8) utiliza este campo para determinar el orden en el que se realizan "
+"las comprobaciones del sistema de ficheros en el momento del arranque. El "
+"sistema de ficheros raíz debería contener un valor para _fs_passno_ de 1. El "
+"resto de sistemas de ficheros deberían tener _fs_passno_ de 2. Los sistemas "
+"de ficheros dentro de una unidad se verificarán secuencialmente, pero los "
+"sistemas de ficheros en diferentes unidades se verificarán al mismo tiempo "
+"para aprovechar las opción del paralelismo disponible en el hardware. El "
+"valor predeterminado es cero (no comprobar) si no existe este campo."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:130
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:134
-msgid "The proper way to read records from *fstab* is to use the routines *getmntent*(3) or *libmount*."
-msgstr "La forma apropiada de leer los registros de *fstab* es usando las rutinas *getmntent*(3) o *libmount*."
+msgid ""
+"The proper way to read records from *fstab* is to use the routines "
+"*getmntent*(3) or *libmount*."
+msgstr ""
+"La forma apropiada de leer los registros de *fstab* es usando las rutinas "
+"*getmntent*(3) o *libmount*."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:136
-msgid "The keyword *ignore* as a filesystem type (3rd field) is no longer supported by the pure libmount based mount utility (since util-linux v2.22)."
-msgstr "La palabra clave *ignore* para definir el tipo de fichero (en el tercer campo) está obsoleta y no puede usarse con la aplicación mount basada en libmount (desde la versión util-linux 2.22)."
+msgid ""
+"The keyword *ignore* as a filesystem type (3rd field) is no longer supported "
+"by the pure libmount based mount utility (since util-linux v2.22)."
+msgstr ""
+"La palabra clave *ignore* para definir el tipo de fichero (en el tercer "
+"campo) está obsoleta y no puede usarse con la aplicación mount basada en "
+"libmount (desde la versión util-linux 2.22)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:138
-msgid "This document describes handling of *fstab* by *util-linux* and *libmount*. For *systemd*, read *systemd* documentation. There are slight differences."
+msgid ""
+"This document describes handling of *fstab* by *util-linux* and *libmount*. "
+"For *systemd*, read *systemd* documentation. There are slight differences."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:16
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _filename_\n"
-msgid "*fstrim* [*-v*] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] [*-m* _minimum-size_] *-A*|*-a*|_mountpoint_"
-msgstr "*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _desplazamiento_] [*-l* _longitud_] _nombre-de-fichero_\n"
+msgid ""
+"*fstrim* [*-v*] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] [*-m* _minimum-size_] *-A*|*-"
+"a*|_mountpoint_"
+msgstr ""
+"*fallocate* *-d* [*-o* _desplazamiento_] [*-l* _longitud_] _nombre-de-"
+"fichero_\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:20
-msgid "*fstrim* is used on a mounted filesystem to discard (or \"trim\") blocks which are not in use by the filesystem. This is useful for solid-state drives (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage."
+msgid ""
+"*fstrim* is used on a mounted filesystem to discard (or \"trim\") blocks "
+"which are not in use by the filesystem. This is useful for solid-state "
+"drives (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:22
-msgid "By default, *fstrim* will discard all unused blocks in the filesystem. Options may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained below."
+msgid ""
+"By default, *fstrim* will discard all unused blocks in the filesystem. "
+"Options may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as "
+"explained below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:24
-msgid "The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the filesystem is mounted and is required when *_-A_*, *_-a_*, *_--fstab_*, or *_--all_* are unspecified."
+msgid ""
+"The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the "
+"filesystem is mounted and is required when *_-A_*, *_-a_*, *_--fstab_*, or "
+"*_--all_* are unspecified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:26
-msgid "Running *fstrim* frequently, or even using *mount -o discard*, might negatively affect the lifetime of poor-quality SSD devices. For most desktop and server systems a sufficient trimming frequency is once a week. Note that not all devices support a queued trim, so each trim command incurs a performance penalty on whatever else might be trying to use the disk at the time."
+msgid ""
+"Running *fstrim* frequently, or even using *mount -o discard*, might "
+"negatively affect the lifetime of poor-quality SSD devices. For most desktop "
+"and server systems a sufficient trimming frequency is once a week. Note that "
+"not all devices support a queued trim, so each trim command incurs a "
+"performance penalty on whatever else might be trying to use the disk at the "
+"time."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:30
-msgid "The _offset_, _length_, and _minimum-size_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
+msgid ""
+"The _offset_, _length_, and _minimum-size_ arguments may be followed by the "
+"multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
+"TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
+"meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on "
+"for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:33
-msgid "Trim all mounted filesystems mentioned in _/etc/fstab_ on devices that support the discard operation. The root filesystem is determined from kernel command line if missing in the file. The other supplied options, like *--offset*, *--length* and *--minimum*, are applied to all these devices. Errors from filesystems that do not support the discard operation, read-only devices, autofs and read-only filesystems are silently ignored. Filesystems with \"X-fstrim.notrim\" mount option are skipped."
+msgid ""
+"Trim all mounted filesystems mentioned in _/etc/fstab_ on devices that "
+"support the discard operation. The root filesystem is determined from kernel "
+"command line if missing in the file. The other supplied options, like *--"
+"offset*, *--length* and *--minimum*, are applied to all these devices. "
+"Errors from filesystems that do not support the discard operation, read-only "
+"devices, autofs and read-only filesystems are silently ignored. Filesystems "
+"with \"X-fstrim.notrim\" mount option are skipped."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:36
-msgid "Trim all mounted filesystems on devices that support the discard operation. The other supplied options, like *--offset*, *--length* and *--minimum*, are applied to all these devices. Errors from filesystems that do not support the discard operation, read-only devices and read-only filesystems are silently ignored."
+msgid ""
+"Trim all mounted filesystems on devices that support the discard operation. "
+"The other supplied options, like *--offset*, *--length* and *--minimum*, are "
+"applied to all these devices. Errors from filesystems that do not support "
+"the discard operation, read-only devices and read-only filesystems are "
+"silently ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:42
-msgid "Byte offset in the filesystem from which to begin searching for free blocks to discard. The default value is zero, starting at the beginning of the filesystem."
+msgid ""
+"Byte offset in the filesystem from which to begin searching for free blocks "
+"to discard. The default value is zero, starting at the beginning of the "
+"filesystem."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:45
-msgid "The number of bytes (after the starting point) to search for free blocks to discard. If the specified value extends past the end of the filesystem, *fstrim* will stop at the filesystem size boundary. The default value extends to the end of the filesystem."
+msgid ""
+"The number of bytes (after the starting point) to search for free blocks to "
+"discard. If the specified value extends past the end of the filesystem, "
+"*fstrim* will stop at the filesystem size boundary. The default value "
+"extends to the end of the filesystem."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:48
-msgid "Specifies a colon-separated list of files in fstab or kernel mountinfo format. All missing or empty files are silently ignored. The evaluation of the _list_ stops after first non-empty file. For example:"
+msgid ""
+"Specifies a colon-separated list of files in fstab or kernel mountinfo "
+"format. All missing or empty files are silently ignored. The evaluation of "
+"the _list_ stops after first non-empty file. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:55
-msgid "Minimum contiguous free range to discard, in bytes. (This value is internally rounded up to a multiple of the filesystem block size.) Free ranges smaller than this will be ignored and *fstrim* will adjust the minimum if it's smaller than the device's minimum, and report that (fstrim_range.minlen) back to userspace. By increasing this value, the *fstrim* operation will complete more quickly for filesystems with badly fragmented freespace, although not all blocks will be discarded. The default value is zero, discarding every free block."
+msgid ""
+"Minimum contiguous free range to discard, in bytes. (This value is "
+"internally rounded up to a multiple of the filesystem block size.) Free "
+"ranges smaller than this will be ignored and *fstrim* will adjust the "
+"minimum if it's smaller than the device's minimum, and report that "
+"(fstrim_range.minlen) back to userspace. By increasing this value, the "
+"*fstrim* operation will complete more quickly for filesystems with badly "
+"fragmented freespace, although not all blocks will be discarded. The default "
+"value is zero, discarding every free block."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:63
-msgid "Specifies allowed or forbidden filesystem types when used with *--all* or *--fstab*. The _list_ is a comma-separated list of the filesystem names. The _list_ follows how *mount -t* evaluates type patterns. Only specified filesystem types are allowed. All specified types are forbidden if the list is prefixed by \"no\" or each filesystem prefixed by \"no\" is forbidden. If the option is not used, then all filesystems (except \"autofs\") are allowed."
+msgid ""
+"Specifies allowed or forbidden filesystem types when used with *--all* or *--"
+"fstab*. The _list_ is a comma-separated list of the filesystem names. The "
+"_list_ follows how *mount -t* evaluates type patterns. Only specified "
+"filesystem types are allowed. All specified types are forbidden if the list "
+"is prefixed by \"no\" or each filesystem prefixed by \"no\" is forbidden. If "
+"the option is not used, then all filesystems (except \"autofs\") are allowed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:66
-msgid "Verbose execution. With this option *fstrim* will output the number of bytes passed from the filesystem down the block stack to the device for potential discard. This number is a maximum discard amount from the storage device's perspective, because _FITRIM_ ioctl called repeated will keep sending the same sectors for discard repeatedly."
+msgid ""
+"Verbose execution. With this option *fstrim* will output the number of bytes "
+"passed from the filesystem down the block stack to the device for potential "
+"discard. This number is a maximum discard amount from the storage device's "
+"perspective, because _FITRIM_ ioctl called repeated will keep sending the "
+"same sectors for discard repeatedly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:68
-msgid "*fstrim* will report the same potential discard bytes each time, but only sectors which had been written to between the discards would actually be discarded by the storage device. Further, the kernel block layer reserves the right to adjust the discard ranges to fit raid stripe geometry, non-trim capable devices in a LVM setup, etc. These reductions would not be reflected in fstrim_range.len (the *--length* option)."
+msgid ""
+"*fstrim* will report the same potential discard bytes each time, but only "
+"sectors which had been written to between the discards would actually be "
+"discarded by the storage device. Further, the kernel block layer reserves "
+"the right to adjust the discard ranges to fit raid stripe geometry, non-trim "
+"capable devices in a LVM setup, etc. These reductions would not be reflected "
+"in fstrim_range.len (the *--length* option)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:71
-msgid "Suppress error messages if trim operation (ioctl) is unsupported. This option is meant to be used in *systemd* service file or in *cron*(8) scripts to hide warnings that are result of known problems, such as NTFS driver reporting _Bad file descriptor_ when device is mounted read-only, or lack of file system support for ioctl _FITRIM_ call. This option also cleans exit status when unsupported filesystem specified on *fstrim* command line."
+msgid ""
+"Suppress error messages if trim operation (ioctl) is unsupported. This "
+"option is meant to be used in *systemd* service file or in *cron*(8) scripts "
+"to hide warnings that are result of known problems, such as NTFS driver "
+"reporting _Bad file descriptor_ when device is mounted read-only, or lack of "
+"file system support for ioctl _FITRIM_ call. This option also cleans exit "
+"status when unsupported filesystem specified on *fstrim* command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:86
-msgid "The command *fstrim --all* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed) or 64 (some failed, some succeeded)."
+msgid ""
+"The command *fstrim --all* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed) or 64 "
+"(some failed, some succeeded)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:28
-msgid "*hwclock* is an administration tool for the time clocks. It can: display the Hardware Clock time; set the Hardware Clock to a specified time; set the Hardware Clock from the System Clock; set the System Clock from the Hardware Clock; compensate for Hardware Clock drift; correct the System Clock timescale; set the kernel's timezone, NTP timescale, and epoch (Alpha only); and predict future Hardware Clock values based on its drift rate."
+msgid ""
+"*hwclock* is an administration tool for the time clocks. It can: display the "
+"Hardware Clock time; set the Hardware Clock to a specified time; set the "
+"Hardware Clock from the System Clock; set the System Clock from the Hardware "
+"Clock; compensate for Hardware Clock drift; correct the System Clock "
+"timescale; set the kernel's timezone, NTP timescale, and epoch (Alpha only); "
+"and predict future Hardware Clock values based on its drift rate."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:30
-msgid "Since v2.26 important changes were made to the *--hctosys* function and the *--directisa* option, and a new option *--update-drift* was added. See their respective descriptions below."
+msgid ""
+"Since v2.26 important changes were made to the *--hctosys* function and the "
+"*--directisa* option, and a new option *--update-drift* was added. See their "
+"respective descriptions below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:34
-msgid "The following functions are mutually exclusive, only one can be given at a time. If none is given, the default is *--show*."
+msgid ""
+"The following functions are mutually exclusive, only one can be given at a "
+"time. If none is given, the default is *--show*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:37
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic drift since the last time the clock was set or adjusted. See discussion below."
-msgid "Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic drift since the last time the clock was set or adjusted. See the discussion below, under *The Adjust Function*."
-msgstr "Añade o sustrae tiempo del Reloj del Hardware para tener en cuenta el desvío sistemático desde la última vez que el reloj se puso o se ajustó. Vea la discusión al respecto más adelante."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic "
+#| "drift since the last time the clock was set or adjusted. See discussion "
+#| "below."
+msgid ""
+"Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic drift "
+"since the last time the clock was set or adjusted. See the discussion below, "
+"under *The Adjust Function*."
+msgstr ""
+"Añade o sustrae tiempo del Reloj del Hardware para tener en cuenta el desvío "
+"sistemático desde la última vez que el reloj se puso o se ajustó. Vea la "
+"discusión al respecto más adelante."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:38
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:40
-msgid "These functions are for Alpha machines only, and are only available through the Linux kernel RTC driver."
+msgid ""
+"These functions are for Alpha machines only, and are only available through "
+"the Linux kernel RTC driver."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:42
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Print out standard output the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value. This is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in the Hardware Clock refers. For example, if you are using the convention that the year counter in your Hardware Clock contains the number of full years since 1952, then the kernel's Hardware Counter epoch value must be 1952."
-msgid "They are used to read and set the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value. Epoch is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in the Hardware Clock refers. For example, if the machine's BIOS sets the year counter in the Hardware Clock to contain the number of full years since 1952, then the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value must be 1952."
-msgstr "Muestra en la salida estándar el valor de la época del Reloj del Hardware del núcleo. Esto es el número de años en la Era al que se refiere el año cero del Reloj del Hardware. Por ejemplo, si Ud. emplea el convenio de que el contador de años en su Reloj del Hardware contiene el número de años completos desde 1952, entonces el valor de la época del contador de años del Reloj del Hardware debe ser 1952."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Print out standard output the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value. This "
+#| "is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in the Hardware "
+#| "Clock refers. For example, if you are using the convention that the year "
+#| "counter in your Hardware Clock contains the number of full years since "
+#| "1952, then the kernel's Hardware Counter epoch value must be 1952."
+msgid ""
+"They are used to read and set the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value. Epoch "
+"is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in the Hardware "
+"Clock refers. For example, if the machine's BIOS sets the year counter in "
+"the Hardware Clock to contain the number of full years since 1952, then the "
+"kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value must be 1952."
+msgstr ""
+"Muestra en la salida estándar el valor de la época del Reloj del Hardware "
+"del núcleo. Esto es el número de años en la Era al que se refiere el año "
+"cero del Reloj del Hardware. Por ejemplo, si Ud. emplea el convenio de que "
+"el contador de años en su Reloj del Hardware contiene el número de años "
+"completos desde 1952, entonces el valor de la época del contador de años del "
+"Reloj del Hardware debe ser 1952."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:44
-msgid "The *--setepoch* function requires using the *--epoch* option to specify the year. For example:"
+msgid ""
+"The *--setepoch* function requires using the *--epoch* option to specify the "
+"year. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:48
-msgid "The RTC driver attempts to guess the correct epoch value, so setting it may not be required."
+msgid ""
+"The RTC driver attempts to guess the correct epoch value, so setting it may "
+"not be required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:50
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "This epoch value is used whenever hwclock reads or sets the Hardware Clock."
-msgid "This epoch value is used whenever *hwclock* reads or sets the Hardware Clock on an Alpha machine. For ISA machines the kernel uses the fixed Hardware Clock epoch of 1900."
-msgstr "Este valor de la época se emplea cada vez que hwclock lee o pone el Reloj del Hardware."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This epoch value is used whenever hwclock reads or sets the Hardware "
+#| "Clock."
+msgid ""
+"This epoch value is used whenever *hwclock* reads or sets the Hardware Clock "
+"on an Alpha machine. For ISA machines the kernel uses the fixed Hardware "
+"Clock epoch of 1900."
+msgstr ""
+"Este valor de la época se emplea cada vez que hwclock lee o pone el Reloj "
+"del Hardware."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:51
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:53
-msgid "Read and set the RTC's parameter. This is useful, for example, to retrieve the RTC's feature or set the RTC's Backup Switchover Mode."
+msgid ""
+"Read and set the RTC's parameter. This is useful, for example, to retrieve "
+"the RTC's feature or set the RTC's Backup Switchover Mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:55
-msgid "_parameter_ is either a numeric RTC parameter value (see the Kernel's _include/uapi/linux/rtc.h_) or an alias. See *--help* for a list of valid aliases. _parameter_ and _value_, if prefixed with 0x, are interpreted as hexadecimal, otherwise decimal values."
+msgid ""
+"_parameter_ is either a numeric RTC parameter value (see the Kernel's "
+"_include/uapi/linux/rtc.h_) or an alias. See *--help* for a list of valid "
+"aliases. _parameter_ and _value_, if prefixed with 0x, are interpreted as "
+"hexadecimal, otherwise decimal values."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:58
-msgid "Predict what the Hardware Clock will read in the future based upon the time given by the *--date* option and the information in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. This is useful, for example, to account for drift when setting a Hardware Clock wakeup (aka alarm). See *rtcwake*(8)."
+msgid ""
+"Predict what the Hardware Clock will read in the future based upon the time "
+"given by the *--date* option and the information in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. This "
+"is useful, for example, to account for drift when setting a Hardware Clock "
+"wakeup (aka alarm). See *rtcwake*(8)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:60
-msgid "Do not use this function if the Hardware Clock is being modified by anything other than the current operating system's *hwclock* command, such as '11 minute mode' or from dual-booting another OS."
+msgid ""
+"Do not use this function if the Hardware Clock is being modified by anything "
+"other than the current operating system's *hwclock* command, such as '11 "
+"minute mode' or from dual-booting another OS."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:63
-msgid "Read the Hardware Clock and print its time to standard output in the *ISO 8601* format. The time shown is always in local time, even if you keep your Hardware Clock in UTC. See the *--localtime* option."
+msgid ""
+"Read the Hardware Clock and print its time to standard output in the *ISO "
+"8601* format. The time shown is always in local time, even if you keep your "
+"Hardware Clock in UTC. See the *--localtime* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:65
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set the Hardware Clock to the time given by the B<--date> option."
-msgid "Showing the Hardware Clock time is the default when no function is specified."
+msgid ""
+"Showing the Hardware Clock time is the default when no function is specified."
msgstr "Pone el Reloj del Hardware a la hora dada por la opción B<--date>."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:67
-msgid "The *--get* function also applies drift correction to the time read, based upon the information in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. Do not use this function if the Hardware Clock is being modified by anything other than the current operating system's *hwclock* command, such as '11 minute mode' or from dual-booting another OS."
+msgid ""
+"The *--get* function also applies drift correction to the time read, based "
+"upon the information in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. Do not use this function if the "
+"Hardware Clock is being modified by anything other than the current "
+"operating system's *hwclock* command, such as '11 minute mode' or from dual-"
+"booting another OS."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:70
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic drift since the last time the clock was set or adjusted. See discussion below."
-msgid "Set the System Clock from the Hardware Clock. The time read from the Hardware Clock is compensated to account for systematic drift before using it to set the System Clock. See the discussion below, under *The Adjust Function*."
-msgstr "Añade o sustrae tiempo del Reloj del Hardware para tener en cuenta el desvío sistemático desde la última vez que el reloj se puso o se ajustó. Vea la discusión al respecto más adelante."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic "
+#| "drift since the last time the clock was set or adjusted. See discussion "
+#| "below."
+msgid ""
+"Set the System Clock from the Hardware Clock. The time read from the "
+"Hardware Clock is compensated to account for systematic drift before using "
+"it to set the System Clock. See the discussion below, under *The Adjust "
+"Function*."
+msgstr ""
+"Añade o sustrae tiempo del Reloj del Hardware para tener en cuenta el desvío "
+"sistemático desde la última vez que el reloj se puso o se ajustó. Vea la "
+"discusión al respecto más adelante."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:72
-msgid "The System Clock must be kept in the UTC timescale for date-time applications to work correctly in conjunction with the timezone configured for the system. If the Hardware Clock is kept in local time then the time read from it must be shifted to the UTC timescale before using it to set the System Clock. The *--hctosys* function does this based upon the information in the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file or the command line arguments *--localtime* and *--utc*. Note: no daylight saving adjustment is made. See the discussion below, under *LOCAL vs UTC*."
+msgid ""
+"The System Clock must be kept in the UTC timescale for date-time "
+"applications to work correctly in conjunction with the timezone configured "
+"for the system. If the Hardware Clock is kept in local time then the time "
+"read from it must be shifted to the UTC timescale before using it to set the "
+"System Clock. The *--hctosys* function does this based upon the information "
+"in the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file or the command line arguments *--localtime* and "
+"*--utc*. Note: no daylight saving adjustment is made. See the discussion "
+"below, under *LOCAL vs UTC*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:74
-msgid "The kernel also keeps a timezone value, the *--hctosys* function sets it to the timezone configured for the system. The system timezone is configured by the *TZ* environment variable or the _/etc/localtime_ file, as *tzset*(3) would interpret them. The obsolete _tz_dsttime_ field of the kernel's timezone value is set to zero. (For details on what this field used to mean, see *settimeofday*(2).)"
+msgid ""
+"The kernel also keeps a timezone value, the *--hctosys* function sets it to "
+"the timezone configured for the system. The system timezone is configured by "
+"the *TZ* environment variable or the _/etc/localtime_ file, as *tzset*(3) "
+"would interpret them. The obsolete _tz_dsttime_ field of the kernel's "
+"timezone value is set to zero. (For details on what this field used to mean, "
+"see *settimeofday*(2).)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:76
-msgid "When used in a startup script, making the *--hctosys* function the first caller of *settimeofday*(2) from boot, it will set the NTP '11 minute mode' timescale via the _persistent_clock_is_local_ kernel variable. If the Hardware Clock's timescale configuration is changed then a reboot is required to inform the kernel. See the discussion below, under *Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel*."
+msgid ""
+"When used in a startup script, making the *--hctosys* function the first "
+"caller of *settimeofday*(2) from boot, it will set the NTP '11 minute mode' "
+"timescale via the _persistent_clock_is_local_ kernel variable. If the "
+"Hardware Clock's timescale configuration is changed then a reboot is "
+"required to inform the kernel. See the discussion below, under *Automatic "
+"Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:78
-msgid "This is a good function to use in one of the system startup scripts before the file systems are mounted read/write."
+msgid ""
+"This is a good function to use in one of the system startup scripts before "
+"the file systems are mounted read/write."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:80
-msgid "This function should never be used on a running system. Jumping system time will cause problems, such as corrupted filesystem timestamps. Also, if something has changed the Hardware Clock, like NTP's '11 minute mode', then *--hctosys* will set the time incorrectly by including drift compensation."
+msgid ""
+"This function should never be used on a running system. Jumping system time "
+"will cause problems, such as corrupted filesystem timestamps. Also, if "
+"something has changed the Hardware Clock, like NTP's '11 minute mode', then "
+"*--hctosys* will set the time incorrectly by including drift compensation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:82
-msgid "Drift compensation can be inhibited by setting the drift factor in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ to zero. This setting will be persistent as long as the *--update-drift* option is not used with *--systohc* at shutdown (or anywhere else). Another way to inhibit this is by using the *--noadjfile* option when calling the *--hctosys* function. A third method is to delete the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. *Hwclock* will then default to using the UTC timescale for the Hardware Clock. If the Hardware Clock is ticking local time it will need to be defined in the file. This can be done by calling *hwclock --localtime --adjust*; when the file is not present this command will not actually adjust the Clock, but it will create the file with local time configured, and a drift factor of zero."
+msgid ""
+"Drift compensation can be inhibited by setting the drift factor in "
+"_{ADJTIME_PATH}_ to zero. This setting will be persistent as long as the *--"
+"update-drift* option is not used with *--systohc* at shutdown (or anywhere "
+"else). Another way to inhibit this is by using the *--noadjfile* option when "
+"calling the *--hctosys* function. A third method is to delete the "
+"_{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. *Hwclock* will then default to using the UTC "
+"timescale for the Hardware Clock. If the Hardware Clock is ticking local "
+"time it will need to be defined in the file. This can be done by calling "
+"*hwclock --localtime --adjust*; when the file is not present this command "
+"will not actually adjust the Clock, but it will create the file with local "
+"time configured, and a drift factor of zero."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:84
-msgid "A condition under which inhibiting *hwclock*'s drift correction may be desired is when dual-booting multiple operating systems. If while this instance of Linux is stopped, another OS changes the Hardware Clock's value, then when this instance is started again the drift correction applied will be incorrect."
+msgid ""
+"A condition under which inhibiting *hwclock*'s drift correction may be "
+"desired is when dual-booting multiple operating systems. If while this "
+"instance of Linux is stopped, another OS changes the Hardware Clock's value, "
+"then when this instance is started again the drift correction applied will "
+"be incorrect."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:86
-msgid "For *hwclock*'s drift correction to work properly it is imperative that nothing changes the Hardware Clock while its Linux instance is not running."
+msgid ""
+"For *hwclock*'s drift correction to work properly it is imperative that "
+"nothing changes the Hardware Clock while its Linux instance is not running."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:89
-msgid "Set the Hardware Clock to the time given by the *--date* option, and update the timestamps in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. With the *--update-drift* option also (re)calculate the drift factor. Try it without the option if *--set* fails. See *--update-drift* below."
+msgid ""
+"Set the Hardware Clock to the time given by the *--date* option, and update "
+"the timestamps in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. With the *--update-drift* option also "
+"(re)calculate the drift factor. Try it without the option if *--set* fails. "
+"See *--update-drift* below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:92
-msgid "This is an alternate to the *--hctosys* function that does not read the Hardware Clock nor set the System Clock; consequently there is not any drift correction. It is intended to be used in a startup script on systems with kernels above version 2.6 where you know the System Clock has been set from the Hardware Clock by the kernel during boot."
+msgid ""
+"This is an alternate to the *--hctosys* function that does not read the "
+"Hardware Clock nor set the System Clock; consequently there is not any drift "
+"correction. It is intended to be used in a startup script on systems with "
+"kernels above version 2.6 where you know the System Clock has been set from "
+"the Hardware Clock by the kernel during boot."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:94
-msgid "It does the following things that are detailed above in the *--hctosys* function:"
+msgid ""
+"It does the following things that are detailed above in the *--hctosys* "
+"function:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:96
-msgid "Corrects the System Clock timescale to UTC as needed. Only instead of accomplishing this by setting the System Clock, *hwclock* simply informs the kernel and it handles the change."
+msgid ""
+"Corrects the System Clock timescale to UTC as needed. Only instead of "
+"accomplishing this by setting the System Clock, *hwclock* simply informs the "
+"kernel and it handles the change."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:100
-msgid "The first two are only available on the first call of *settimeofday*(2) after boot. Consequently this option only makes sense when used in a startup script. If the Hardware Clocks timescale configuration is changed then a reboot would be required to inform the kernel."
+msgid ""
+"The first two are only available on the first call of *settimeofday*(2) "
+"after boot. Consequently this option only makes sense when used in a startup "
+"script. If the Hardware Clocks timescale configuration is changed then a "
+"reboot would be required to inform the kernel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:103
-msgid "Set the Hardware Clock from the System Clock, and update the timestamps in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. With the *--update-drift* option also (re)calculate the drift factor. Try it without the option if *--systohc* fails. See *--update-drift* below."
+msgid ""
+"Set the Hardware Clock from the System Clock, and update the timestamps in "
+"_{ADJTIME_PATH}_. With the *--update-drift* option also (re)calculate the "
+"drift factor. Try it without the option if *--systohc* fails. See *--update-"
+"drift* below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:106
-msgid "Some RTC devices are able to monitor the voltage of the backup battery and thus provide a way for the user to know that the battery should be replaced. The *--vl-read* function retrieves the Voltage Low information and decodes the result into human-readable form. The *--vl-clear* function resets the Voltage Low information, which is necessary for some RTC devices after a battery replacement."
+msgid ""
+"Some RTC devices are able to monitor the voltage of the backup battery and "
+"thus provide a way for the user to know that the battery should be replaced. "
+"The *--vl-read* function retrieves the Voltage Low information and decodes "
+"the result into human-readable form. The *--vl-clear* function resets the "
+"Voltage Low information, which is necessary for some RTC devices after a "
+"battery replacement."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:108
-msgid "See the Kernel's _include/uapi/linux/rtc.h_ for details on which pieces of information may be returned. Note that not all RTC devices have this monitoring capability, nor do all drivers necessarily support reading the information."
+msgid ""
+"See the Kernel's _include/uapi/linux/rtc.h_ for details on which pieces of "
+"information may be returned. Note that not all RTC devices have this "
+"monitoring capability, nor do all drivers necessarily support reading the "
+"information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:118
-msgid "This option must be used with the *--set* or *--predict* functions, otherwise it is ignored."
+msgid ""
+"This option must be used with the *--set* or *--predict* functions, "
+"otherwise it is ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:124
-msgid "The argument must be in local time, even if you keep your Hardware Clock in UTC. See the *--localtime* option. Therefore, the argument should not include any timezone information. It also should not be a relative time like \"+5 minutes\", because *hwclock*'s precision depends upon correlation between the argument's value and when the enter key is pressed. Fractional seconds are silently dropped. This option is capable of understanding many time and date formats, but the previous parameters should be observed."
+msgid ""
+"The argument must be in local time, even if you keep your Hardware Clock in "
+"UTC. See the *--localtime* option. Therefore, the argument should not "
+"include any timezone information. It also should not be a relative time like "
+"\"+5 minutes\", because *hwclock*'s precision depends upon correlation "
+"between the argument's value and when the enter key is pressed. Fractional "
+"seconds are silently dropped. This option is capable of understanding many "
+"time and date formats, but the previous parameters should be observed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:127
-msgid "This option can be used to overwrite the internally used delay when setting the clock time. The default is 0.5 (500ms) for rtc_cmos, for another RTC types the delay is 0. If RTC type is impossible to determine (from sysfs) then it defaults also to 0.5 to be backwardly compatible."
+msgid ""
+"This option can be used to overwrite the internally used delay when setting "
+"the clock time. The default is 0.5 (500ms) for rtc_cmos, for another RTC "
+"types the delay is 0. If RTC type is impossible to determine (from sysfs) "
+"then it defaults also to 0.5 to be backwardly compatible."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:129
-msgid "The 500ms default is based on commonly used MC146818A-compatible (x86) hardware clock. This Hardware Clock can only be set to any integer time plus one half second. The integer time is required because there is no interface to set or get a fractional second. The additional half second delay is because the Hardware Clock updates to the following second precisely 500 ms after setting the new time. Unfortunately, this behavior is hardware specific and in some cases another delay is required."
+msgid ""
+"The 500ms default is based on commonly used MC146818A-compatible (x86) "
+"hardware clock. This Hardware Clock can only be set to any integer time plus "
+"one half second. The integer time is required because there is no interface "
+"to set or get a fractional second. The additional half second delay is "
+"because the Hardware Clock updates to the following second precisely 500 ms "
+"after setting the new time. Unfortunately, this behavior is hardware "
+"specific and in some cases another delay is required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:132
-msgid "Use *--verbose*. The *--debug* option has been deprecated and may be repurposed or removed in a future release."
+msgid ""
+"Use *--verbose*. The *--debug* option has been deprecated and may be "
+"repurposed or removed in a future release."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:135
-msgid "This option is meaningful for ISA compatible machines in the x86 and x86_64 family. For other machines, it has no effect. This option tells *hwclock* to use explicit I/O instructions to access the Hardware Clock. Without this option, *hwclock* will use the rtc device file, which it assumes to be driven by the Linux RTC device driver. As of v2.26 it will no longer automatically use directisa when the rtc driver is unavailable; this was causing an unsafe condition that could allow two processes to access the Hardware Clock at the same time. Direct hardware access from userspace should only be used for testing, troubleshooting, and as a last resort when all other methods fail. See the *--rtc* option."
+msgid ""
+"This option is meaningful for ISA compatible machines in the x86 and x86_64 "
+"family. For other machines, it has no effect. This option tells *hwclock* to "
+"use explicit I/O instructions to access the Hardware Clock. Without this "
+"option, *hwclock* will use the rtc device file, which it assumes to be "
+"driven by the Linux RTC device driver. As of v2.26 it will no longer "
+"automatically use directisa when the rtc driver is unavailable; this was "
+"causing an unsafe condition that could allow two processes to access the "
+"Hardware Clock at the same time. Direct hardware access from userspace "
+"should only be used for testing, troubleshooting, and as a last resort when "
+"all other methods fail. See the *--rtc* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:138
-msgid "This option is required when using the *--setepoch* function. The minimum _year_ value is 1900. The maximum is system dependent (*ULONG_MAX - 1*)."
+msgid ""
+"This option is required when using the *--setepoch* function. The minimum "
+"_year_ value is 1900. The maximum is system dependent (*ULONG_MAX - 1*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:141
-msgid "Override *hwclock*'s default rtc device file name. Otherwise it will use the first one found in this order: _/dev/rtc0_, _/dev/rtc_, _/dev/misc/rtc_. For *IA-64:* _/dev/efirtc_ _/dev/misc/efirtc_"
+msgid ""
+"Override *hwclock*'s default rtc device file name. Otherwise it will use the "
+"first one found in this order: _/dev/rtc0_, _/dev/rtc_, _/dev/misc/rtc_. For "
+"*IA-64:* _/dev/efirtc_ _/dev/misc/efirtc_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:146
-msgid "The Hardware Clock may be configured to use either the UTC or the local timescale, but nothing in the clock itself says which alternative is being used. The *--localtime* or *--utc* options give this information to the *hwclock* command. If you specify the wrong one (or specify neither and take a wrong default), both setting and reading the Hardware Clock will be incorrect."
+msgid ""
+"The Hardware Clock may be configured to use either the UTC or the local "
+"timescale, but nothing in the clock itself says which alternative is being "
+"used. The *--localtime* or *--utc* options give this information to the "
+"*hwclock* command. If you specify the wrong one (or specify neither and take "
+"a wrong default), both setting and reading the Hardware Clock will be "
+"incorrect."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:148
-msgid "If you specify neither *--utc* nor *--localtime* then the one last given with a set function (*--set*, *--systohc*, or *--adjust*), as recorded in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_, will be used. If the adjtime file doesn't exist, the default is UTC."
+msgid ""
+"If you specify neither *--utc* nor *--localtime* then the one last given "
+"with a set function (*--set*, *--systohc*, or *--adjust*), as recorded in "
+"_{ADJTIME_PATH}_, will be used. If the adjtime file doesn't exist, the "
+"default is UTC."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:150
-msgid "Note: daylight saving time changes may be inconsistent when the Hardware Clock is kept in local time. See the discussion below, under *LOCAL vs UTC*."
+msgid ""
+"Note: daylight saving time changes may be inconsistent when the Hardware "
+"Clock is kept in local time. See the discussion below, under *LOCAL vs UTC*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:153
-msgid "Disable the facilities provided by _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. *hwclock* will not read nor write to that file with this option. Either *--utc* or *--localtime* must be specified when using this option."
+msgid ""
+"Disable the facilities provided by _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. *hwclock* will not read "
+"nor write to that file with this option. Either *--utc* or *--localtime* "
+"must be specified when using this option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:156
-msgid "Do not actually change anything on the system, that is, the Clocks or _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ (*--verbose* is implicit with this option)."
+msgid ""
+"Do not actually change anything on the system, that is, the Clocks or "
+"_{ADJTIME_PATH}_ (*--verbose* is implicit with this option)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:159
-msgid "Update the Hardware Clock's drift factor in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. It can only be used with *--set* or *--systohc*."
+msgid ""
+"Update the Hardware Clock's drift factor in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. It can only be "
+"used with *--set* or *--systohc*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:161
-msgid "A minimum four hour period between settings is required. This is to avoid invalid calculations. The longer the period, the more precise the resulting drift factor will be."
+msgid ""
+"A minimum four hour period between settings is required. This is to avoid "
+"invalid calculations. The longer the period, the more precise the resulting "
+"drift factor will be."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:163
-msgid "This option was added in v2.26, because it is typical for systems to call *hwclock --systohc* at shutdown; with the old behavior this would automatically (re)calculate the drift factor which caused several problems:"
+msgid ""
+"This option was added in v2.26, because it is typical for systems to call "
+"*hwclock --systohc* at shutdown; with the old behavior this would "
+"automatically (re)calculate the drift factor which caused several problems:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:165
-msgid "When using NTP with an '11 minute mode' kernel the drift factor would be clobbered to near zero."
+msgid ""
+"When using NTP with an '11 minute mode' kernel the drift factor would be "
+"clobbered to near zero."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:166
-msgid "It would not allow the use of 'cold' drift correction. With most configurations using 'cold' drift will yield favorable results. Cold, means when the machine is turned off which can have a significant impact on the drift factor."
+msgid ""
+"It would not allow the use of 'cold' drift correction. With most "
+"configurations using 'cold' drift will yield favorable results. Cold, means "
+"when the machine is turned off which can have a significant impact on the "
+"drift factor."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:167
-msgid "(Re)calculating drift factor on every shutdown delivers suboptimal results. For example, if ephemeral conditions cause the machine to be abnormally hot the drift factor calculation would be out of range."
+msgid ""
+"(Re)calculating drift factor on every shutdown delivers suboptimal results. "
+"For example, if ephemeral conditions cause the machine to be abnormally hot "
+"the drift factor calculation would be out of range."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:168
-msgid "Significantly increased system shutdown times (as of v2.31 when not using *--update-drift* the RTC is not read)."
+msgid ""
+"Significantly increased system shutdown times (as of v2.31 when not using *--"
+"update-drift* the RTC is not read)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:170
-msgid "Having *hwclock* calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, but for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly editing the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. For most configurations once a machine's optimal drift factor is crafted it should not need to be changed. Therefore, the old behavior to automatically (re)calculate drift was changed and now requires this option to be used. See the discussion below, under *The Adjust Function*."
+msgid ""
+"Having *hwclock* calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, but "
+"for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly editing "
+"the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. For most configurations once a machine's optimal "
+"drift factor is crafted it should not need to be changed. Therefore, the old "
+"behavior to automatically (re)calculate drift was changed and now requires "
+"this option to be used. See the discussion below, under *The Adjust "
+"Function*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:172
-msgid "This option requires reading the Hardware Clock before setting it. If it cannot be read, then this option will cause the set functions to fail. This can happen, for example, if the Hardware Clock is corrupted by a power failure. In that case, the clock must first be set without this option. Despite it not working, the resulting drift correction factor would be invalid anyway."
+msgid ""
+"This option requires reading the Hardware Clock before setting it. If it "
+"cannot be read, then this option will cause the set functions to fail. This "
+"can happen, for example, if the Hardware Clock is corrupted by a power "
+"failure. In that case, the clock must first be set without this option. "
+"Despite it not working, the resulting drift correction factor would be "
+"invalid anyway."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:183
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "B<The Hardware Clock:> This is a clock that runs independently of any control program running in the CPU and even when the machine is powered off."
-msgid "*The Hardware Clock:* This clock is an independent hardware device, with its own power domain (battery, capacitor, etc), that operates when the machine is powered off, or even unplugged."
-msgstr "B<El Reloj del Hardware:> Esto es un reloj que corre independientemente de cualquier programa de control ejecutándose en la CPU e incluso cuando la máquina está apagada."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "B<The Hardware Clock:> This is a clock that runs independently of any "
+#| "control program running in the CPU and even when the machine is powered "
+#| "off."
+msgid ""
+"*The Hardware Clock:* This clock is an independent hardware device, with its "
+"own power domain (battery, capacitor, etc), that operates when the machine "
+"is powered off, or even unplugged."
+msgstr ""
+"B<El Reloj del Hardware:> Esto es un reloj que corre independientemente de "
+"cualquier programa de control ejecutándose en la CPU e incluso cuando la "
+"máquina está apagada."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:185
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "On an ISA system, this clock is specified as part of the ISA standard. The control program can read or set this clock to a whole second, but the control program can also detect the edges of the 1 second clock ticks, so the clock actually has virtually infinite precision."
-msgid "On an ISA compatible system, this clock is specified as part of the ISA standard. A control program can read or set this clock only to a whole second, but it can also detect the edges of the 1 second clock ticks, so the clock actually has virtually infinite precision."
-msgstr "En un sistema ISA, este reloj está especificado como parte del estándar ISA. El programa de control puede leer o poner este reloj a un segundo entero, pero el programa de control también puede detectar los límites de los pulsos del reloj de 1 segundo, así que el reloj realmente tiene una precisión virtualmente infinita."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "On an ISA system, this clock is specified as part of the ISA standard. "
+#| "The control program can read or set this clock to a whole second, but the "
+#| "control program can also detect the edges of the 1 second clock ticks, so "
+#| "the clock actually has virtually infinite precision."
+msgid ""
+"On an ISA compatible system, this clock is specified as part of the ISA "
+"standard. A control program can read or set this clock only to a whole "
+"second, but it can also detect the edges of the 1 second clock ticks, so the "
+"clock actually has virtually infinite precision."
+msgstr ""
+"En un sistema ISA, este reloj está especificado como parte del estándar ISA. "
+"El programa de control puede leer o poner este reloj a un segundo entero, "
+"pero el programa de control también puede detectar los límites de los pulsos "
+"del reloj de 1 segundo, así que el reloj realmente tiene una precisión "
+"virtualmente infinita."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:187
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "This clock is commonly called the hardware clock, the real time clock, the RTC, the BIOS clock, and the CMOS clock. Hardware Clock, in its capitalized form, was coined for use by I<hwclock> because all of the other names are inappropriate to the point of being misleading."
-msgid "This clock is commonly called the hardware clock, the real time clock, the RTC, the BIOS clock, and the CMOS clock. Hardware Clock, in its capitalized form, was coined for use by *hwclock*. The Linux kernel also refers to it as the persistent clock."
-msgstr "Este reloj se llama comúnmente el Reloj del Hardware, el reloj de tiempo real, el RTC, el reloj de la BIOS, y el reloj CMOS. El Reloj del Hardware, en esta forma con las iniciales en mayúsculas, se acuñó para el uso en I<hwclock> porque todos los otros nombres son inapropiados hasta el punto de llevar a confusión."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This clock is commonly called the hardware clock, the real time clock, "
+#| "the RTC, the BIOS clock, and the CMOS clock. Hardware Clock, in its "
+#| "capitalized form, was coined for use by I<hwclock> because all of the "
+#| "other names are inappropriate to the point of being misleading."
+msgid ""
+"This clock is commonly called the hardware clock, the real time clock, the "
+"RTC, the BIOS clock, and the CMOS clock. Hardware Clock, in its capitalized "
+"form, was coined for use by *hwclock*. The Linux kernel also refers to it as "
+"the persistent clock."
+msgstr ""
+"Este reloj se llama comúnmente el Reloj del Hardware, el reloj de tiempo "
+"real, el RTC, el reloj de la BIOS, y el reloj CMOS. El Reloj del Hardware, "
+"en esta forma con las iniciales en mayúsculas, se acuñó para el uso en "
+"I<hwclock> porque todos los otros nombres son inapropiados hasta el punto de "
+"llevar a confusión."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:189
-msgid "Some non-ISA systems have a few real time clocks with only one of them having its own power domain. A very low power external I2C or SPI clock chip might be used with a backup battery as the hardware clock to initialize a more functional integrated real-time clock which is used for most other purposes."
+msgid ""
+"Some non-ISA systems have a few real time clocks with only one of them "
+"having its own power domain. A very low power external I2C or SPI clock chip "
+"might be used with a backup battery as the hardware clock to initialize a "
+"more functional integrated real-time clock which is used for most other "
+"purposes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:191
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "B<The System Time:> This is the time kept by a clock inside the Linux kernel and driven by a timer interrupt. (On an ISA machine, the timer interrupt is part of the ISA standard). It has meaning only while Linux is running on the machine. The System Time is the number of seconds since 00:00:00 January 1, 1970 UTC (or more succinctly, the number of seconds since 1969). The System Time is not an integer, though. It has virtually infinite precision."
-msgid "*The System Clock:* This clock is part of the Linux kernel and is driven by a timer interrupt. (On an ISA machine, the timer interrupt is part of the ISA standard.) It has meaning only while Linux is running on the machine. The System Time is the number of seconds since 00:00:00 January 1, 1970 UTC (or more succinctly, the number of seconds since 1969 UTC). The System Time is not an integer, though. It has virtually infinite precision."
-msgstr "B<El Tiempo del Sistema:> Esto es el tiempo mantenido por un reloj de dentro del núcleo Linux y controlado por un interruptor de temporización. (En una máquina ISA, el interruptor de temporización es parte del estándar ISA.) Sólo tiene sentido mientras Linux está ejecutándose en la máquina. El Tiempo del Sistema es el número de segundos desde las 00:00:00 horas del 1 de Enero de 1970, UTC (o más sucintamente, el número de segundos desde 1969). El Tiempo del Sistema no es un entero, sin embargo. Tiene precisión virtualmente infinita."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "B<The System Time:> This is the time kept by a clock inside the Linux "
+#| "kernel and driven by a timer interrupt. (On an ISA machine, the timer "
+#| "interrupt is part of the ISA standard). It has meaning only while Linux "
+#| "is running on the machine. The System Time is the number of seconds "
+#| "since 00:00:00 January 1, 1970 UTC (or more succinctly, the number of "
+#| "seconds since 1969). The System Time is not an integer, though. It has "
+#| "virtually infinite precision."
+msgid ""
+"*The System Clock:* This clock is part of the Linux kernel and is driven by "
+"a timer interrupt. (On an ISA machine, the timer interrupt is part of the "
+"ISA standard.) It has meaning only while Linux is running on the machine. "
+"The System Time is the number of seconds since 00:00:00 January 1, 1970 UTC "
+"(or more succinctly, the number of seconds since 1969 UTC). The System Time "
+"is not an integer, though. It has virtually infinite precision."
+msgstr ""
+"B<El Tiempo del Sistema:> Esto es el tiempo mantenido por un reloj de dentro "
+"del núcleo Linux y controlado por un interruptor de temporización. (En una "
+"máquina ISA, el interruptor de temporización es parte del estándar ISA.) "
+"Sólo tiene sentido mientras Linux está ejecutándose en la máquina. El Tiempo "
+"del Sistema es el número de segundos desde las 00:00:00 horas del 1 de Enero "
+"de 1970, UTC (o más sucintamente, el número de segundos desde 1969). El "
+"Tiempo del Sistema no es un entero, sin embargo. Tiene precisión "
+"virtualmente infinita."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:193
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The System Time is the time that matters. The Hardware Clock's basic purpose in a Linux system is to keep time when Linux is not running. You initialize the System Time to the time from the Hardware Clock when Linux starts up, and then never use the Hardware Clock again. Note that in DOS, for which ISA was designed, the Hardware Clock is the only real time clock."
-msgid "The System Time is the time that matters. The Hardware Clock's basic purpose is to keep time when Linux is not running so that the System Clock can be initialized from it at boot. Note that in DOS, for which ISA was designed, the Hardware Clock is the only real time clock."
-msgstr "El Tiempo del Sistema es el que tiene importancia. El propósito básico del Reloj del Hardware en un sistema Linux es mantener la hora mientras que Linux no está ejecutándose. Ud. inicia el Tiempo del Sistema al tiempo del Reloj del Hardware cuando Linux arranca, y ya no utiliza nunca más el Reloj del Hardware. Observe que en DOS, para quien se diseñó ISA, el Reloj del Hardware es el único reloj de tiempo real."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The System Time is the time that matters. The Hardware Clock's basic "
+#| "purpose in a Linux system is to keep time when Linux is not running. You "
+#| "initialize the System Time to the time from the Hardware Clock when Linux "
+#| "starts up, and then never use the Hardware Clock again. Note that in "
+#| "DOS, for which ISA was designed, the Hardware Clock is the only real time "
+#| "clock."
+msgid ""
+"The System Time is the time that matters. The Hardware Clock's basic purpose "
+"is to keep time when Linux is not running so that the System Clock can be "
+"initialized from it at boot. Note that in DOS, for which ISA was designed, "
+"the Hardware Clock is the only real time clock."
+msgstr ""
+"El Tiempo del Sistema es el que tiene importancia. El propósito básico del "
+"Reloj del Hardware en un sistema Linux es mantener la hora mientras que "
+"Linux no está ejecutándose. Ud. inicia el Tiempo del Sistema al tiempo del "
+"Reloj del Hardware cuando Linux arranca, y ya no utiliza nunca más el Reloj "
+"del Hardware. Observe que en DOS, para quien se diseñó ISA, el Reloj del "
+"Hardware es el único reloj de tiempo real."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:195
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "It is important that the System Time not have any discontinuities such as would happen if you used the I<date(1L)> program to set it while the system is running. You can, however, do whatever you want to the Hardware Clock while the system is running, and the next time Linux starts up, it will do so with the adjusted time from the Hardware Clock. You can also use the program I<adjtimex(8)> to smoothly adjust the System Time while the system runs."
-msgid "It is important that the System Time not have any discontinuities such as would happen if you used the *date*(1) program to set it while the system is running. You can, however, do whatever you want to the Hardware Clock while the system is running, and the next time Linux starts up, it will do so with the adjusted time from the Hardware Clock. Note: currently this is not possible on most systems because *hwclock --systohc* is called at shutdown."
-msgstr "Es importante que el Tiempo del Sistema no tenga discontinuidades como las que podrían ocurrir si Ud. empleara el programa I<date>(1) para ponerlo en hora mientras el sistema esté en ejecución. Sin embargo, Ud. puede hacer lo que quiera con el Reloj del Hardware mientras el sistema esté ejecutándose, y la siguiente vez que Linux arrancara, lo haría con la nueva hora ajustada del Reloj del Hardware. También puede emplear el programa I<adjtimex(8)> para ajustar suavemente el Tiempo del Sistema mientras que el sistema está ejecutándose."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "It is important that the System Time not have any discontinuities such as "
+#| "would happen if you used the I<date(1L)> program to set it while the "
+#| "system is running. You can, however, do whatever you want to the "
+#| "Hardware Clock while the system is running, and the next time Linux "
+#| "starts up, it will do so with the adjusted time from the Hardware Clock. "
+#| "You can also use the program I<adjtimex(8)> to smoothly adjust the System "
+#| "Time while the system runs."
+msgid ""
+"It is important that the System Time not have any discontinuities such as "
+"would happen if you used the *date*(1) program to set it while the system is "
+"running. You can, however, do whatever you want to the Hardware Clock while "
+"the system is running, and the next time Linux starts up, it will do so with "
+"the adjusted time from the Hardware Clock. Note: currently this is not "
+"possible on most systems because *hwclock --systohc* is called at shutdown."
+msgstr ""
+"Es importante que el Tiempo del Sistema no tenga discontinuidades como las "
+"que podrían ocurrir si Ud. empleara el programa I<date>(1) para ponerlo en "
+"hora mientras el sistema esté en ejecución. Sin embargo, Ud. puede hacer lo "
+"que quiera con el Reloj del Hardware mientras el sistema esté ejecutándose, "
+"y la siguiente vez que Linux arrancara, lo haría con la nueva hora ajustada "
+"del Reloj del Hardware. También puede emplear el programa I<adjtimex(8)> "
+"para ajustar suavemente el Tiempo del Sistema mientras que el sistema está "
+"ejecutándose."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:197
-msgid "The Linux kernel's timezone is set by *hwclock*. But don't be misled -- almost nobody cares what timezone the kernel thinks it is in. Instead, programs that care about the timezone (perhaps because they want to display a local time for you) almost always use a more traditional method of determining the timezone: They use the *TZ* environment variable or the _/etc/localtime_ file, as explained in the man page for *tzset*(3). However, some programs and fringe parts of the Linux kernel such as filesystems use the kernel's timezone value. An example is the vfat filesystem. If the kernel timezone value is wrong, the vfat filesystem will report and set the wrong timestamps on files. Another example is the kernel's NTP '11 minute mode'. If the kernel's timezone value and/or the _persistent_clock_is_local_ variable are wrong, then the Hardware Clock will be set incorrectly by '11 minute mode'. See the discussion below, under *Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel*."
+msgid ""
+"The Linux kernel's timezone is set by *hwclock*. But don't be misled -- "
+"almost nobody cares what timezone the kernel thinks it is in. Instead, "
+"programs that care about the timezone (perhaps because they want to display "
+"a local time for you) almost always use a more traditional method of "
+"determining the timezone: They use the *TZ* environment variable or the _/"
+"etc/localtime_ file, as explained in the man page for *tzset*(3). However, "
+"some programs and fringe parts of the Linux kernel such as filesystems use "
+"the kernel's timezone value. An example is the vfat filesystem. If the "
+"kernel timezone value is wrong, the vfat filesystem will report and set the "
+"wrong timestamps on files. Another example is the kernel's NTP '11 minute "
+"mode'. If the kernel's timezone value and/or the _persistent_clock_is_local_ "
+"variable are wrong, then the Hardware Clock will be set incorrectly by '11 "
+"minute mode'. See the discussion below, under *Automatic Hardware Clock "
+"Synchronization by the Kernel*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:199
-msgid "*hwclock* sets the kernel's timezone to the value indicated by *TZ* or _/etc/localtime_ with the *--hctosys* or *--systz* functions."
+msgid ""
+"*hwclock* sets the kernel's timezone to the value indicated by *TZ* or _/etc/"
+"localtime_ with the *--hctosys* or *--systz* functions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:201
-msgid "The kernel's timezone value actually consists of two parts: 1) a field tz_minuteswest indicating how many minutes local time (not adjusted for DST) lags behind UTC, and 2) a field tz_dsttime indicating the type of Daylight Savings Time (DST) convention that is in effect in the locality at the present time. This second field is not used under Linux and is always zero. See also *settimeofday*(2)."
+msgid ""
+"The kernel's timezone value actually consists of two parts: 1) a field "
+"tz_minuteswest indicating how many minutes local time (not adjusted for DST) "
+"lags behind UTC, and 2) a field tz_dsttime indicating the type of Daylight "
+"Savings Time (DST) convention that is in effect in the locality at the "
+"present time. This second field is not used under Linux and is always zero. "
+"See also *settimeofday*(2)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:205
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "I<hwclock > Uses many different ways to get and set Hardware Clock values. The most normal way is to do I/O to the device special file /dev/rtc, which is presumed to be driven by the rtc device driver. However, this method is not always available. For one thing, the rtc driver is a relatively recent addition to Linux. Older systems don't have it."
-msgid "*hwclock* uses many different ways to get and set Hardware Clock values. The most normal way is to do I/O to the rtc device special file, which is presumed to be driven by the rtc device driver. Also, Linux systems using the rtc framework with udev, are capable of supporting multiple Hardware Clocks. This may bring about the need to override the default rtc device by specifying one with the *--rtc* option."
-msgstr "I<hwclock> utiliza muchas formas diferentes de obtener y poner valores en el Reloj del Hardware. La forma más normal es hacer E/S en el fichero especial de dispositivo /dev/rtc, que se supone controlado por el controlador del dispositivo rtc. Sin embargo, este método no está siempre disponible. Por una cosa: el controlador rtc es una adición relativamente reciente a Linux. Sistemas más antiguos no lo tienen."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "I<hwclock > Uses many different ways to get and set Hardware Clock "
+#| "values. The most normal way is to do I/O to the device special file /dev/"
+#| "rtc, which is presumed to be driven by the rtc device driver. However, "
+#| "this method is not always available. For one thing, the rtc driver is a "
+#| "relatively recent addition to Linux. Older systems don't have it."
+msgid ""
+"*hwclock* uses many different ways to get and set Hardware Clock values. The "
+"most normal way is to do I/O to the rtc device special file, which is "
+"presumed to be driven by the rtc device driver. Also, Linux systems using "
+"the rtc framework with udev, are capable of supporting multiple Hardware "
+"Clocks. This may bring about the need to override the default rtc device by "
+"specifying one with the *--rtc* option."
+msgstr ""
+"I<hwclock> utiliza muchas formas diferentes de obtener y poner valores en el "
+"Reloj del Hardware. La forma más normal es hacer E/S en el fichero especial "
+"de dispositivo /dev/rtc, que se supone controlado por el controlador del "
+"dispositivo rtc. Sin embargo, este método no está siempre disponible. Por "
+"una cosa: el controlador rtc es una adición relativamente reciente a Linux. "
+"Sistemas más antiguos no lo tienen."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:207
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "On older systems, the method of accessing the Hardware Clock depends on the system hardware."
-msgid "However, this method is not always available as older systems do not have an rtc driver. On these systems, the method of accessing the Hardware Clock depends on the system hardware."
-msgstr "En sistemas más viejos, el método de acceder al Reloj del Hardware depende del hardware del sistema."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "On older systems, the method of accessing the Hardware Clock depends on "
+#| "the system hardware."
+msgid ""
+"However, this method is not always available as older systems do not have an "
+"rtc driver. On these systems, the method of accessing the Hardware Clock "
+"depends on the system hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"En sistemas más viejos, el método de acceder al Reloj del Hardware depende "
+"del hardware del sistema."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:209
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "On an ISA system, I<hwclock> can directly access the \"CMOS memory\" registers that constitute the clock, by doing I/O to Ports 0x70 and 0x71. It can only do this if running with superuser effective userid."
-msgid "On an ISA compatible system, *hwclock* can directly access the \"CMOS memory\" registers that constitute the clock, by doing I/O to Ports 0x70 and 0x71. It does this with actual I/O instructions and consequently can only do it if running with superuser effective userid. This method may be used by specifying the *--directisa* option."
-msgstr "En un sistema ISA, I<hwclock> puede acceder directamente a los registros de la \"memoria CMOS\" que constituye el reloj, haciendo E/S a los puertos 0x70 y 0x71. Esto sólo lo puede hacer si se ejecuta con el UID efectivo 0 (esto es, con privilegios de súper-usuario)."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "On an ISA system, I<hwclock> can directly access the \"CMOS memory\" "
+#| "registers that constitute the clock, by doing I/O to Ports 0x70 and "
+#| "0x71. It can only do this if running with superuser effective userid."
+msgid ""
+"On an ISA compatible system, *hwclock* can directly access the \"CMOS "
+"memory\" registers that constitute the clock, by doing I/O to Ports 0x70 and "
+"0x71. It does this with actual I/O instructions and consequently can only do "
+"it if running with superuser effective userid. This method may be used by "
+"specifying the *--directisa* option."
+msgstr ""
+"En un sistema ISA, I<hwclock> puede acceder directamente a los registros de "
+"la \"memoria CMOS\" que constituye el reloj, haciendo E/S a los puertos 0x70 "
+"y 0x71. Esto sólo lo puede hacer si se ejecuta con el UID efectivo 0 (esto "
+"es, con privilegios de súper-usuario)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:211
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "This is a really poor method of accessing the clock, for all the reasons that user space programs are generally not supposed to do direct I/O and disable interrupts. Hwclock provides it because it is the only method available with older Linux kernels for ISA machines."
-msgid "This is a really poor method of accessing the clock, for all the reasons that userspace programs are generally not supposed to do direct I/O and disable interrupts. *hwclock* provides it for testing, troubleshooting, and because it may be the only method available on ISA systems which do not have a working rtc device driver."
-msgstr "Esto es realmente un pobre método de acceder al reloj, por la razón de que los programas en el espacio de usuario se supone generalmente que no deben hacer E/S directa y deshabilitar interrupciones. Hwclock lo proporciona porque es el único método disponible con núcleos Linux más antiguos para máquinas ISA."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This is a really poor method of accessing the clock, for all the reasons "
+#| "that user space programs are generally not supposed to do direct I/O and "
+#| "disable interrupts. Hwclock provides it because it is the only method "
+#| "available with older Linux kernels for ISA machines."
+msgid ""
+"This is a really poor method of accessing the clock, for all the reasons "
+"that userspace programs are generally not supposed to do direct I/O and "
+"disable interrupts. *hwclock* provides it for testing, troubleshooting, and "
+"because it may be the only method available on ISA systems which do not have "
+"a working rtc device driver."
+msgstr ""
+"Esto es realmente un pobre método de acceder al reloj, por la razón de que "
+"los programas en el espacio de usuario se supone generalmente que no deben "
+"hacer E/S directa y deshabilitar interrupciones. Hwclock lo proporciona "
+"porque es el único método disponible con núcleos Linux más antiguos para "
+"máquinas ISA."
#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:212
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:215
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its inaccuracy is completely predictable -- it gains or loses the same amount of time every day. This is called systematic drift. I<Hwclock's> \"adjust\" function lets you make systematic corrections to correct the systematic drift."
-msgid "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of time every day. This is called systematic drift. *hwclock*'s *--adjust* function lets you apply systematic drift corrections to the Hardware Clock."
-msgstr "El Reloj del Hardware no es usualmente muy preciso. Sin embargo, mucha de su imprecisión es completamente predecible; gana o pierde la misma cantidad de tiempo cada día. Esto se llama desviación sistemática. La función de \"ajuste\" de I<hwclock> le permite hacer correcciones sistemáticas para corregir la desviación sistemática."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its "
+#| "inaccuracy is completely predictable -- it gains or loses the same amount "
+#| "of time every day. This is called systematic drift. I<Hwclock's> "
+#| "\"adjust\" function lets you make systematic corrections to correct the "
+#| "systematic drift."
+msgid ""
+"The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its "
+"inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of "
+"time every day. This is called systematic drift. *hwclock*'s *--adjust* "
+"function lets you apply systematic drift corrections to the Hardware Clock."
+msgstr ""
+"El Reloj del Hardware no es usualmente muy preciso. Sin embargo, mucha de su "
+"imprecisión es completamente predecible; gana o pierde la misma cantidad de "
+"tiempo cada día. Esto se llama desviación sistemática. La función de "
+"\"ajuste\" de I<hwclock> le permite hacer correcciones sistemáticas para "
+"corregir la desviación sistemática."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:217
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "It works like this: I<Hwclock> keeps a file, I</etc/adjtime,> that keeps some historical information. This is called the adjtime file."
-msgid "It works like this: *hwclock* keeps a file, _{ADJTIME_PATH}_, that keeps some historical information. This is called the adjtime file."
-msgstr "Funciona así: I<Hwclock> mantiene un fichero, I</etc/adjtime,> que mantiene alguna información histórica. Este fichero se llama el fichero adjtime."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "It works like this: I<Hwclock> keeps a file, I</etc/adjtime,> that keeps "
+#| "some historical information. This is called the adjtime file."
+msgid ""
+"It works like this: *hwclock* keeps a file, _{ADJTIME_PATH}_, that keeps "
+"some historical information. This is called the adjtime file."
+msgstr ""
+"Funciona así: I<Hwclock> mantiene un fichero, I</etc/adjtime,> que mantiene "
+"alguna información histórica. Este fichero se llama el fichero adjtime."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:219
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Suppose you start with no adjtime file. You issue a I<hwclock --set> command to set the Hardware Clock to the true current time. I<Hwclock> creates the adjtime file and records in it the current time as the last time the clock was calibrated. 5 days later, the clock has gained 10 seconds, so you issue another I<hwclock --set> command to set it back 10 seconds. I<Hwclock> updates the adjtime file to show the current time as the last time the clock was calibrated, and records 2 seconds per day as the systematic drift rate. 24 hours go by, and then you issue a I<hwclock --adjust> command. I<Hwclock> consults the adjtime file and sees that the clock gains 2 seconds per day when left alone and that it has been left alone for exactly one day. So it subtracts 2 seconds from the Hardware Clock. It then records the current time as the last time the clock was adjusted. Another 24 hours goes by and you issue another I<hwclock --adjust.> I<Hwclock> does the same thing: subtracts 2 seconds and updates the adjtime file with the current time as the last time the clock was adjusted."
-msgid "Suppose you start with no adjtime file. You issue a *hwclock --set* command to set the Hardware Clock to the true current time. *hwclock* creates the adjtime file and records in it the current time as the last time the clock was calibrated. Five days later, the clock has gained 10 seconds, so you issue a *hwclock --set --update-drift* command to set it back 10 seconds. *hwclock* updates the adjtime file to show the current time as the last time the clock was calibrated, and records 2 seconds per day as the systematic drift rate. 24 hours go by, and then you issue a *hwclock --adjust* command. *hwclock* consults the adjtime file and sees that the clock gains 2 seconds per day when left alone and that it has been left alone for exactly one day. So it subtracts 2 seconds from the Hardware Clock. It then records the current time as the last time the clock was adjusted. Another 24 hours go by and you issue another *hwclock --adjust*. *hwclock* does the same thing: subtracts 2 seconds and updates the adjtime file with the current time as the last time the clock was adjusted."
-msgstr "Suponga que Ud. empieza sin fichero adjtime. Ud. da una orden I<hwclock --set> para poner el Reloj del Hardware a la hora verdadera actual. I<Hwclock> crea el fichero adjtime y graba en él la hora actual como la última vez que el reloj se calibró. 5 días más tarde, el reloj ha ganado 10 segundos, así que Ud. da otra orden I<hwclock --set> para ponerlo con 10 segundos menos. I<Hwclock> ajusta el fichero adjtime para mostrar la hora actual como la última vez que el reloj se calibró, y graba dos segundos por día como la velocidad de desviación sistemática. Pasan 24 horas, y entonces Ud. da una orden I<hwclock --adjust. Hwclock> consulta el fichero adjtime y ve que el reloj gana 2 segundos por día cuando se le deja solo, y que se le ha dejado solo exactamente un día. Así que sustrae 2 segundos del Reloj del Hardware. Entonces graba la hora actual como la última vez que se ajustó el reloj. Otras 24 horas pasan y Ud. da otra orden I<hwclock --adjust>. I<Hwclock> hace lo mismo: sustrae 2 segundos y actualiza el fichero adjtime con la hora actual como la última vez que el reloj se ajustó."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Suppose you start with no adjtime file. You issue a I<hwclock --set> "
+#| "command to set the Hardware Clock to the true current time. I<Hwclock> "
+#| "creates the adjtime file and records in it the current time as the last "
+#| "time the clock was calibrated. 5 days later, the clock has gained 10 "
+#| "seconds, so you issue another I<hwclock --set> command to set it back 10 "
+#| "seconds. I<Hwclock> updates the adjtime file to show the current time as "
+#| "the last time the clock was calibrated, and records 2 seconds per day as "
+#| "the systematic drift rate. 24 hours go by, and then you issue a "
+#| "I<hwclock --adjust> command. I<Hwclock> consults the adjtime file and "
+#| "sees that the clock gains 2 seconds per day when left alone and that it "
+#| "has been left alone for exactly one day. So it subtracts 2 seconds from "
+#| "the Hardware Clock. It then records the current time as the last time "
+#| "the clock was adjusted. Another 24 hours goes by and you issue another "
+#| "I<hwclock --adjust.> I<Hwclock> does the same thing: subtracts 2 seconds "
+#| "and updates the adjtime file with the current time as the last time the "
+#| "clock was adjusted."
+msgid ""
+"Suppose you start with no adjtime file. You issue a *hwclock --set* command "
+"to set the Hardware Clock to the true current time. *hwclock* creates the "
+"adjtime file and records in it the current time as the last time the clock "
+"was calibrated. Five days later, the clock has gained 10 seconds, so you "
+"issue a *hwclock --set --update-drift* command to set it back 10 seconds. "
+"*hwclock* updates the adjtime file to show the current time as the last time "
+"the clock was calibrated, and records 2 seconds per day as the systematic "
+"drift rate. 24 hours go by, and then you issue a *hwclock --adjust* command. "
+"*hwclock* consults the adjtime file and sees that the clock gains 2 seconds "
+"per day when left alone and that it has been left alone for exactly one day. "
+"So it subtracts 2 seconds from the Hardware Clock. It then records the "
+"current time as the last time the clock was adjusted. Another 24 hours go by "
+"and you issue another *hwclock --adjust*. *hwclock* does the same thing: "
+"subtracts 2 seconds and updates the adjtime file with the current time as "
+"the last time the clock was adjusted."
+msgstr ""
+"Suponga que Ud. empieza sin fichero adjtime. Ud. da una orden I<hwclock --"
+"set> para poner el Reloj del Hardware a la hora verdadera actual. "
+"I<Hwclock> crea el fichero adjtime y graba en él la hora actual como la "
+"última vez que el reloj se calibró. 5 días más tarde, el reloj ha ganado 10 "
+"segundos, así que Ud. da otra orden I<hwclock --set> para ponerlo con 10 "
+"segundos menos. I<Hwclock> ajusta el fichero adjtime para mostrar la hora "
+"actual como la última vez que el reloj se calibró, y graba dos segundos por "
+"día como la velocidad de desviación sistemática. Pasan 24 horas, y entonces "
+"Ud. da una orden I<hwclock --adjust. Hwclock> consulta el fichero adjtime y "
+"ve que el reloj gana 2 segundos por día cuando se le deja solo, y que se le "
+"ha dejado solo exactamente un día. Así que sustrae 2 segundos del Reloj del "
+"Hardware. Entonces graba la hora actual como la última vez que se ajustó el "
+"reloj. Otras 24 horas pasan y Ud. da otra orden I<hwclock --adjust>. "
+"I<Hwclock> hace lo mismo: sustrae 2 segundos y actualiza el fichero adjtime "
+"con la hora actual como la última vez que el reloj se ajustó."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:221
-msgid "When you use the *--update-drift* option with *--set* or *--systohc*, the systematic drift rate is (re)calculated by comparing the fully drift corrected current Hardware Clock time with the new set time, from that it derives the 24 hour drift rate based on the last calibrated timestamp from the adjtime file. This updated drift factor is then saved in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_."
+msgid ""
+"When you use the *--update-drift* option with *--set* or *--systohc*, the "
+"systematic drift rate is (re)calculated by comparing the fully drift "
+"corrected current Hardware Clock time with the new set time, from that it "
+"derives the 24 hour drift rate based on the last calibrated timestamp from "
+"the adjtime file. This updated drift factor is then saved in _{ADJTIME_PATH}"
+"_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:223
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "A small amount of error creeps in any time I<hwclock> sets the clock, so it refrains from making an adjustment that would be less than 1 second. Later on, when you request an adjustment again, the accumulated drift will be more than a second and I<hwclock> will do the adjustment then."
-msgid "A small amount of error creeps in when the Hardware Clock is set, so *--adjust* refrains from making any adjustment that is less than 1 second. Later on, when you request an adjustment again, the accumulated drift will be more than 1 second and *--adjust* will make the adjustment including any fractional amount."
-msgstr "Se arrastra una pequeña cantidad de error en cualquier momento en que I<hwclock> pone el reloj en hora, de forma que rehúsa hacer un ajuste que vaya a ser de menos de 1 segundo. Más tarde, cuando Ud. pida un ajuste de nuevo, la desviación acumulada será de más de un segundo y I<hwclock> hará el ajuste entonces."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "A small amount of error creeps in any time I<hwclock> sets the clock, so "
+#| "it refrains from making an adjustment that would be less than 1 second. "
+#| "Later on, when you request an adjustment again, the accumulated drift "
+#| "will be more than a second and I<hwclock> will do the adjustment then."
+msgid ""
+"A small amount of error creeps in when the Hardware Clock is set, so *--"
+"adjust* refrains from making any adjustment that is less than 1 second. "
+"Later on, when you request an adjustment again, the accumulated drift will "
+"be more than 1 second and *--adjust* will make the adjustment including any "
+"fractional amount."
+msgstr ""
+"Se arrastra una pequeña cantidad de error en cualquier momento en que "
+"I<hwclock> pone el reloj en hora, de forma que rehúsa hacer un ajuste que "
+"vaya a ser de menos de 1 segundo. Más tarde, cuando Ud. pida un ajuste de "
+"nuevo, la desviación acumulada será de más de un segundo y I<hwclock> hará "
+"el ajuste entonces."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:225
-msgid "*hwclock --hctosys* also uses the adjtime file data to compensate the value read from the Hardware Clock before using it to set the System Clock. It does not share the 1 second limitation of *--adjust*, and will correct sub-second drift values immediately. It does not change the Hardware Clock time nor the adjtime file. This may eliminate the need to use *--adjust*, unless something else on the system needs the Hardware Clock to be compensated."
+msgid ""
+"*hwclock --hctosys* also uses the adjtime file data to compensate the value "
+"read from the Hardware Clock before using it to set the System Clock. It "
+"does not share the 1 second limitation of *--adjust*, and will correct sub-"
+"second drift values immediately. It does not change the Hardware Clock time "
+"nor the adjtime file. This may eliminate the need to use *--adjust*, unless "
+"something else on the system needs the Hardware Clock to be compensated."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:229
-msgid "While named for its historical purpose of controlling adjustments only, it actually contains other information used by *hwclock* from one invocation to the next."
+msgid ""
+"While named for its historical purpose of controlling adjustments only, it "
+"actually contains other information used by *hwclock* from one invocation to "
+"the next."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:233
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Line 1: 3 numbers: 1) systematic drift rate in seconds per day, floating point decimal; 2) Resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration, decimal integer; 3) zero (for compatibility with I<clock> )."
-msgid "Line 1: Three numbers, separated by blanks: 1) the systematic drift rate in seconds per day, floating point decimal; 2) the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration, decimal integer; 3) zero (for compatibility with *clock*(8)) as a floating point decimal."
-msgstr "Línea 1: 3 números: 1) velocidad de desviación sistemática en segundos por día, número en base diez en coma flotante; 2) número resultante de segundos desde 1969 UTC del más reciente ajuste o calibración, entero en base diez; 3) cero (por compatibilidad con I<clock> )."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Line 1: 3 numbers: 1) systematic drift rate in seconds per day, floating "
+#| "point decimal; 2) Resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most "
+#| "recent adjustment or calibration, decimal integer; 3) zero (for "
+#| "compatibility with I<clock> )."
+msgid ""
+"Line 1: Three numbers, separated by blanks: 1) the systematic drift rate in "
+"seconds per day, floating point decimal; 2) the resulting number of seconds "
+"since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration, decimal integer; 3) "
+"zero (for compatibility with *clock*(8)) as a floating point decimal."
+msgstr ""
+"Línea 1: 3 números: 1) velocidad de desviación sistemática en segundos por "
+"día, número en base diez en coma flotante; 2) número resultante de segundos "
+"desde 1969 UTC del más reciente ajuste o calibración, entero en base diez; "
+"3) cero (por compatibilidad con I<clock> )."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:235
-msgid "Line 2: One number: the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent calibration. Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known that any previous calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware Clock has been found, since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). This is a decimal integer."
+msgid ""
+"Line 2: One number: the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most "
+"recent calibration. Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known "
+"that any previous calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware "
+"Clock has been found, since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). "
+"This is a decimal integer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:237
-msgid "Line 3: \"UTC\" or \"LOCAL\". Tells whether the Hardware Clock is set to Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override this value with options on the *hwclock* command line."
+msgid ""
+"Line 3: \"UTC\" or \"LOCAL\". Tells whether the Hardware Clock is set to "
+"Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override this value "
+"with options on the *hwclock* command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:239
-msgid "You can use an adjtime file that was previously used with the *clock*(8) program with *hwclock*."
-msgstr "Ud. puede emplear con *hwclock* un fichero adjtime que fuera usado previamente con el programa *clock*(8)."
+msgid ""
+"You can use an adjtime file that was previously used with the *clock*(8) "
+"program with *hwclock*."
+msgstr ""
+"Ud. puede emplear con *hwclock* un fichero adjtime que fuera usado "
+"previamente con el programa *clock*(8)."
#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:240
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:243
-msgid "You should be aware of another way that the Hardware Clock is kept synchronized in some systems. The Linux kernel has a mode wherein it copies the System Time to the Hardware Clock every 11 minutes. This mode is a compile time option, so not all kernels will have this capability. This is a good mode to use when you are using something sophisticated like NTP to keep your System Clock synchronized. (NTP is a way to keep your System Time synchronized either to a time server somewhere on the network or to a radio clock hooked up to your system. See RFC 1305.)"
+msgid ""
+"You should be aware of another way that the Hardware Clock is kept "
+"synchronized in some systems. The Linux kernel has a mode wherein it copies "
+"the System Time to the Hardware Clock every 11 minutes. This mode is a "
+"compile time option, so not all kernels will have this capability. This is a "
+"good mode to use when you are using something sophisticated like NTP to keep "
+"your System Clock synchronized. (NTP is a way to keep your System Time "
+"synchronized either to a time server somewhere on the network or to a radio "
+"clock hooked up to your system. See RFC 1305.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:245
-msgid "If the kernel is compiled with the '11 minute mode' option it will be active when the kernel's clock discipline is in a synchronized state. When in this state, bit 6 (the bit that is set in the mask 0x0040) of the kernel's _time_status_ variable is unset. This value is output as the 'status' line of the *adjtimex --print* or *ntptime* commands."
+msgid ""
+"If the kernel is compiled with the '11 minute mode' option it will be active "
+"when the kernel's clock discipline is in a synchronized state. When in this "
+"state, bit 6 (the bit that is set in the mask 0x0040) of the kernel's "
+"_time_status_ variable is unset. This value is output as the 'status' line "
+"of the *adjtimex --print* or *ntptime* commands."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:247
-msgid "It takes an outside influence, like the NTP daemon to put the kernel's clock discipline into a synchronized state, and therefore turn on '11 minute mode'. It can be turned off by running anything that sets the System Clock the old fashioned way, including *hwclock --hctosys*. However, if the NTP daemon is still running, it will turn '11 minute mode' back on again the next time it synchronizes the System Clock."
+msgid ""
+"It takes an outside influence, like the NTP daemon to put the kernel's clock "
+"discipline into a synchronized state, and therefore turn on '11 minute "
+"mode'. It can be turned off by running anything that sets the System Clock "
+"the old fashioned way, including *hwclock --hctosys*. However, if the NTP "
+"daemon is still running, it will turn '11 minute mode' back on again the "
+"next time it synchronizes the System Clock."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:249
-msgid "If your system runs with '11 minute mode' on, it may need to use either *--hctosys* or *--systz* in a startup script, especially if the Hardware Clock is configured to use the local timescale. Unless the kernel is informed of what timescale the Hardware Clock is using, it may clobber it with the wrong one. The kernel uses UTC by default."
+msgid ""
+"If your system runs with '11 minute mode' on, it may need to use either *--"
+"hctosys* or *--systz* in a startup script, especially if the Hardware Clock "
+"is configured to use the local timescale. Unless the kernel is informed of "
+"what timescale the Hardware Clock is using, it may clobber it with the wrong "
+"one. The kernel uses UTC by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:251
-msgid "The first userspace command to set the System Clock informs the kernel what timescale the Hardware Clock is using. This happens via the _persistent_clock_is_local_ kernel variable. If *--hctosys* or *--systz* is the first, it will set this variable according to the adjtime file or the appropriate command-line argument. Note that when using this capability and the Hardware Clock timescale configuration is changed, then a reboot is required to notify the kernel."
+msgid ""
+"The first userspace command to set the System Clock informs the kernel what "
+"timescale the Hardware Clock is using. This happens via the "
+"_persistent_clock_is_local_ kernel variable. If *--hctosys* or *--systz* is "
+"the first, it will set this variable according to the adjtime file or the "
+"appropriate command-line argument. Note that when using this capability and "
+"the Hardware Clock timescale configuration is changed, then a reboot is "
+"required to notify the kernel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:257
-msgid "There is some sort of standard that defines CMOS memory Byte 50 on an ISA machine as an indicator of what century it is. *hwclock* does not use or set that byte because there are some machines that don't define the byte that way, and it really isn't necessary anyway, since the year-of-century does a good job of implying which century it is."
+msgid ""
+"There is some sort of standard that defines CMOS memory Byte 50 on an ISA "
+"machine as an indicator of what century it is. *hwclock* does not use or set "
+"that byte because there are some machines that don't define the byte that "
+"way, and it really isn't necessary anyway, since the year-of-century does a "
+"good job of implying which century it is."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:259
-msgid "If you have a bona fide use for a CMOS century byte, contact the *hwclock* maintainer; an option may be appropriate."
+msgid ""
+"If you have a bona fide use for a CMOS century byte, contact the *hwclock* "
+"maintainer; an option may be appropriate."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:261
-msgid "Note that this section is only relevant when you are using the \"direct ISA\" method of accessing the Hardware Clock. ACPI provides a standard way to access century values, when they are supported by the hardware."
+msgid ""
+"Note that this section is only relevant when you are using the \"direct "
+"ISA\" method of accessing the Hardware Clock. ACPI provides a standard way "
+"to access century values, when they are supported by the hardware."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:269
-msgid "Nothing is running that alters the date-time clocks, such as NTP daemon or a cron job.\""
+msgid ""
+"Nothing is running that alters the date-time clocks, such as NTP daemon or a "
+"cron job.\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:270
-msgid "The system timezone is configured for the correct local time. See below, under *POSIX vs 'RIGHT'*."
+msgid ""
+"The system timezone is configured for the correct local time. See below, "
+"under *POSIX vs 'RIGHT'*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:271
-msgid "Early during startup the following are called, in this order: *adjtimex --tick* _value_ *--frequency* _value_ *hwclock --hctosys*"
+msgid ""
+"Early during startup the following are called, in this order: *adjtimex --"
+"tick* _value_ *--frequency* _value_ *hwclock --hctosys*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:276
-msgid "Whether maintaining precision time with NTP daemon or not, it makes sense to configure the system to keep reasonably good date-time on its own."
+msgid ""
+"Whether maintaining precision time with NTP daemon or not, it makes sense to "
+"configure the system to keep reasonably good date-time on its own."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:278
-msgid "The first step in making that happen is having a clear understanding of the big picture. There are two completely separate hardware devices running at their own speed and drifting away from the 'correct' time at their own rates. The methods and software for drift correction are different for each of them. However, most systems are configured to exchange values between these two clocks at startup and shutdown. Now the individual device's time keeping errors are transferred back and forth between each other. Attempt to configure drift correction for only one of them, and the other's drift will be overlaid upon it."
+msgid ""
+"The first step in making that happen is having a clear understanding of the "
+"big picture. There are two completely separate hardware devices running at "
+"their own speed and drifting away from the 'correct' time at their own "
+"rates. The methods and software for drift correction are different for each "
+"of them. However, most systems are configured to exchange values between "
+"these two clocks at startup and shutdown. Now the individual device's time "
+"keeping errors are transferred back and forth between each other. Attempt to "
+"configure drift correction for only one of them, and the other's drift will "
+"be overlaid upon it."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:280
-msgid "This problem can be avoided when configuring drift correction for the System Clock by simply not shutting down the machine. This, plus the fact that all of *hwclock*'s precision (including calculating drift factors) depends upon the System Clock's rate being correct, means that configuration of the System Clock should be done first."
+msgid ""
+"This problem can be avoided when configuring drift correction for the System "
+"Clock by simply not shutting down the machine. This, plus the fact that all "
+"of *hwclock*'s precision (including calculating drift factors) depends upon "
+"the System Clock's rate being correct, means that configuration of the "
+"System Clock should be done first."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:282
-msgid "The System Clock drift is corrected with the *adjtimex*(8) command's *--tick* and *--frequency* options. These two work together: tick is the coarse adjustment and frequency is the fine adjustment. (For systems that do not have an *adjtimex* package, *ntptime -f* _ppm_ may be used instead.)"
+msgid ""
+"The System Clock drift is corrected with the *adjtimex*(8) command's *--"
+"tick* and *--frequency* options. These two work together: tick is the coarse "
+"adjustment and frequency is the fine adjustment. (For systems that do not "
+"have an *adjtimex* package, *ntptime -f* _ppm_ may be used instead.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:284
-msgid "Some Linux distributions attempt to automatically calculate the System Clock drift with *adjtimex*'s compare operation. Trying to correct one drifting clock by using another drifting clock as a reference is akin to a dog trying to catch its own tail. Success may happen eventually, but great effort and frustration will likely precede it. This automation may yield an improvement over no configuration, but expecting optimum results would be in error. A better choice for manual configuration would be *adjtimex*'s *--log* options."
+msgid ""
+"Some Linux distributions attempt to automatically calculate the System Clock "
+"drift with *adjtimex*'s compare operation. Trying to correct one drifting "
+"clock by using another drifting clock as a reference is akin to a dog trying "
+"to catch its own tail. Success may happen eventually, but great effort and "
+"frustration will likely precede it. This automation may yield an improvement "
+"over no configuration, but expecting optimum results would be in error. A "
+"better choice for manual configuration would be *adjtimex*'s *--log* options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:286
-msgid "It may be more effective to simply track the System Clock drift with *sntp*, or *date -Ins* and a precision timepiece, and then calculate the correction manually."
+msgid ""
+"It may be more effective to simply track the System Clock drift with *sntp*, "
+"or *date -Ins* and a precision timepiece, and then calculate the correction "
+"manually."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:288
-msgid "After setting the tick and frequency values, continue to test and refine the adjustments until the System Clock keeps good time. See *adjtimex*(2) for more information and the example demonstrating manual drift calculations."
+msgid ""
+"After setting the tick and frequency values, continue to test and refine the "
+"adjustments until the System Clock keeps good time. See *adjtimex*(2) for "
+"more information and the example demonstrating manual drift calculations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:290
-msgid "Once the System Clock is ticking smoothly, move on to the Hardware Clock."
+msgid ""
+"Once the System Clock is ticking smoothly, move on to the Hardware Clock."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:292
-msgid "As a rule, cold drift will work best for most use cases. This should be true even for 24/7 machines whose normal downtime consists of a reboot. In that case the drift factor value makes little difference. But on the rare occasion that the machine is shut down for an extended period, then cold drift should yield better results."
+msgid ""
+"As a rule, cold drift will work best for most use cases. This should be true "
+"even for 24/7 machines whose normal downtime consists of a reboot. In that "
+"case the drift factor value makes little difference. But on the rare "
+"occasion that the machine is shut down for an extended period, then cold "
+"drift should yield better results."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:312
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set the Hardware Clock to the time given by the B<--date> option."
-msgid "Immediately use *hwclock* to set the correct time, adding the *--update-drift* option."
+msgid ""
+"Immediately use *hwclock* to set the correct time, adding the *--update-"
+"drift* option."
msgstr "Pone el Reloj del Hardware a la hora dada por la opción B<--date>."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:314
-msgid "Note: if step 6 uses *--systohc*, then the System Clock must be set correctly (step 6a) just before doing so."
+msgid ""
+"Note: if step 6 uses *--systohc*, then the System Clock must be set "
+"correctly (step 6a) just before doing so."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:316
-msgid "Having *hwclock* calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, but for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly editing the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. Continue to test and refine the drift factor until the Hardware Clock is corrected properly at startup. To check this, first make sure that the System Time is correct before shutdown and then use *sntp*, or *date -Ins* and a precision timepiece, immediately after startup."
+msgid ""
+"Having *hwclock* calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, but "
+"for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly editing "
+"the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. Continue to test and refine the drift factor "
+"until the Hardware Clock is corrected properly at startup. To check this, "
+"first make sure that the System Time is correct before shutdown and then use "
+"*sntp*, or *date -Ins* and a precision timepiece, immediately after startup."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:320
-msgid "Keeping the Hardware Clock in a local timescale causes inconsistent daylight saving time results:"
+msgid ""
+"Keeping the Hardware Clock in a local timescale causes inconsistent daylight "
+"saving time results:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:322
-msgid "If Linux is running during a daylight saving time change, the time written to the Hardware Clock will be adjusted for the change."
+msgid ""
+"If Linux is running during a daylight saving time change, the time written "
+"to the Hardware Clock will be adjusted for the change."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:323
-msgid "If Linux is NOT running during a daylight saving time change, the time read from the Hardware Clock will NOT be adjusted for the change."
+msgid ""
+"If Linux is NOT running during a daylight saving time change, the time read "
+"from the Hardware Clock will NOT be adjusted for the change."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:325
-msgid "The Hardware Clock on an ISA compatible system keeps only a date and time, it has no concept of timezone nor daylight saving. Therefore, when *hwclock* is told that it is in local time, it assumes it is in the 'correct' local time and makes no adjustments to the time read from it."
+msgid ""
+"The Hardware Clock on an ISA compatible system keeps only a date and time, "
+"it has no concept of timezone nor daylight saving. Therefore, when *hwclock* "
+"is told that it is in local time, it assumes it is in the 'correct' local "
+"time and makes no adjustments to the time read from it."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:327
-msgid "Linux handles daylight saving time changes transparently only when the Hardware Clock is kept in the UTC timescale. Doing so is made easy for system administrators as *hwclock* uses local time for its output and as the argument to the *--date* option."
+msgid ""
+"Linux handles daylight saving time changes transparently only when the "
+"Hardware Clock is kept in the UTC timescale. Doing so is made easy for "
+"system administrators as *hwclock* uses local time for its output and as the "
+"argument to the *--date* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:329
-msgid "POSIX systems, like Linux, are designed to have the System Clock operate in the UTC timescale. The Hardware Clock's purpose is to initialize the System Clock, so also keeping it in UTC makes sense."
+msgid ""
+"POSIX systems, like Linux, are designed to have the System Clock operate in "
+"the UTC timescale. The Hardware Clock's purpose is to initialize the System "
+"Clock, so also keeping it in UTC makes sense."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:331
-msgid "Linux does, however, attempt to accommodate the Hardware Clock being in the local timescale. This is primarily for dual-booting with older versions of MS Windows. From Windows 7 on, the RealTimeIsUniversal registry key is supposed to be working properly so that its Hardware Clock can be kept in UTC."
+msgid ""
+"Linux does, however, attempt to accommodate the Hardware Clock being in the "
+"local timescale. This is primarily for dual-booting with older versions of "
+"MS Windows. From Windows 7 on, the RealTimeIsUniversal registry key is "
+"supposed to be working properly so that its Hardware Clock can be kept in "
+"UTC."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:335
-msgid "A discussion on date-time configuration would be incomplete without addressing timezones, this is mostly well covered by *tzset*(3). One area that seems to have no documentation is the 'right' directory of the Time Zone Database, sometimes called tz or zoneinfo."
+msgid ""
+"A discussion on date-time configuration would be incomplete without "
+"addressing timezones, this is mostly well covered by *tzset*(3). One area "
+"that seems to have no documentation is the 'right' directory of the Time "
+"Zone Database, sometimes called tz or zoneinfo."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:338
-msgid "There are two separate databases in the zoneinfo system, posix and 'right'. 'Right' (now named zoneinfo-leaps) includes leap seconds and posix does not. To use the 'right' database the System Clock must be set to (UTC {plus} leap seconds), which is equivalent to (TAI - 10). This allows calculating the exact number of seconds between two dates that cross a leap second epoch. The System Clock is then converted to the correct civil time, including UTC, by using the 'right' timezone files which subtract the leap seconds. Note: this configuration is considered experimental and is known to have issues."
+msgid ""
+"There are two separate databases in the zoneinfo system, posix and 'right'. "
+"'Right' (now named zoneinfo-leaps) includes leap seconds and posix does not. "
+"To use the 'right' database the System Clock must be set to (UTC {plus} leap "
+"seconds), which is equivalent to (TAI - 10). This allows calculating the "
+"exact number of seconds between two dates that cross a leap second epoch. "
+"The System Clock is then converted to the correct civil time, including UTC, "
+"by using the 'right' timezone files which subtract the leap seconds. Note: "
+"this configuration is considered experimental and is known to have issues."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:340
-msgid "To configure a system to use a particular database all of the files located in its directory must be copied to the root of _/usr/share/zoneinfo_. Files are never used directly from the posix or 'right' subdirectories, e.g., TZ='_right/Europe/Dublin_'. This habit was becoming so common that the upstream zoneinfo project restructured the system's file tree by moving the posix and 'right' subdirectories out of the zoneinfo directory and into sibling directories:"
+msgid ""
+"To configure a system to use a particular database all of the files located "
+"in its directory must be copied to the root of _/usr/share/zoneinfo_. Files "
+"are never used directly from the posix or 'right' subdirectories, e.g., "
+"TZ='_right/Europe/Dublin_'. This habit was becoming so common that the "
+"upstream zoneinfo project restructured the system's file tree by moving the "
+"posix and 'right' subdirectories out of the zoneinfo directory and into "
+"sibling directories:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:342
-msgid "_/usr/share/zoneinfo_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-posix_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-leaps_"
-msgstr "_/usr/share/zoneinfo_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-posix_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-leaps_"
+msgid ""
+"_/usr/share/zoneinfo_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-posix_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-"
+"leaps_"
+msgstr ""
+"_/usr/share/zoneinfo_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-posix_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-"
+"leaps_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:344
-msgid "Unfortunately, some Linux distributions are changing it back to the old tree structure in their packages. So the problem of system administrators reaching into the 'right' subdirectory persists. This causes the system timezone to be configured to include leap seconds while the zoneinfo database is still configured to exclude them. Then when an application such as a World Clock needs the South_Pole timezone file; or an email MTA, or *hwclock* needs the UTC timezone file; they fetch it from the root of _/usr/share/zoneinfo_ , because that is what they are supposed to do. Those files exclude leap seconds, but the System Clock now includes them, causing an incorrect time conversion."
+msgid ""
+"Unfortunately, some Linux distributions are changing it back to the old tree "
+"structure in their packages. So the problem of system administrators "
+"reaching into the 'right' subdirectory persists. This causes the system "
+"timezone to be configured to include leap seconds while the zoneinfo "
+"database is still configured to exclude them. Then when an application such "
+"as a World Clock needs the South_Pole timezone file; or an email MTA, or "
+"*hwclock* needs the UTC timezone file; they fetch it from the root of _/usr/"
+"share/zoneinfo_ , because that is what they are supposed to do. Those files "
+"exclude leap seconds, but the System Clock now includes them, causing an "
+"incorrect time conversion."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:346
-msgid "Attempting to mix and match files from these separate databases will not work, because they each require the System Clock to use a different timescale. The zoneinfo database must be configured to use either posix or 'right', as described above, or by assigning a database path to the _TZDIR_ environment variable."
+msgid ""
+"Attempting to mix and match files from these separate databases will not "
+"work, because they each require the System Clock to use a different "
+"timescale. The zoneinfo database must be configured to use either posix or "
+"'right', as described above, or by assigning a database path to the _TZDIR_ "
+"environment variable."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:361
-msgid "If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system configured timezone."
+msgid ""
+"If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system "
+"configured timezone."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:364
-msgid "If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system configured timezone database directory path."
+msgid ""
+"If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system "
+"configured timezone database directory path."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:369
-msgid "The configuration and state file for *hwclock*. See also *adjtime_config*(5)."
+msgid ""
+"The configuration and state file for *hwclock*. See also *adjtime_config*(5)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:377
-msgid "Device files *hwclock* may try for Hardware Clock access: _/dev/rtc0_ _/dev/rtc_ _/dev/misc/rtc_ _/dev/efirtc_ _/dev/misc/efirtc_"
+msgid ""
+"Device files *hwclock* may try for Hardware Clock access: _/dev/rtc0_ _/dev/"
+"rtc_ _/dev/misc/rtc_ _/dev/efirtc_ _/dev/misc/efirtc_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#| "*settimeofday*(2),\n"
#| "*crontab*(1p),\n"
#| "*tzset*(3)\n"
-msgid "*date*(1), *adjtime_config*(5), *adjtimex*(8), *gettimeofday*(2), *settimeofday*(2), *crontab*(1p), *tzset*(3)"
+msgid ""
+"*date*(1), *adjtime_config*(5), *adjtimex*(8), *gettimeofday*(2), "
+"*settimeofday*(2), *crontab*(1p), *tzset*(3)"
msgstr ""
"*date*(1),\n"
"*adjtimex*(8),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:391
-msgid "Written by mailto:bryanh@giraffe-data.com[Bryan Henderson], September 1996, based on work done on the *clock*(8) program by Charles Hedrick, Rob Hooft, and Harald Koenig. See the source code for complete history and credits."
-msgstr "Escrito por mailto:bryanh@giraffe-data.com[Bryan Henderson], en Septiembre de 1996, basándose en el trabajo hecho en el programa *clock*(8) de Charles Hedrick, Rob Hooft y Harald König. Mire el código fuente para la historia completa y los créditos."
+msgid ""
+"Written by mailto:bryanh@giraffe-data.com[Bryan Henderson], September 1996, "
+"based on work done on the *clock*(8) program by Charles Hedrick, Rob Hooft, "
+"and Harald Koenig. See the source code for complete history and credits."
+msgstr ""
+"Escrito por mailto:bryanh@giraffe-data.com[Bryan Henderson], en Septiembre "
+"de 1996, basándose en el trabajo hecho en el programa *clock*(8) de Charles "
+"Hedrick, Rob Hooft y Harald König. Mire el código fuente para la historia "
+"completa y los créditos."
#. Copyright 2008 Hayden A. James (hayden.james@gmail.com)
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:24
-msgid "*ipcmk* allows you to create POSIX and System V inter-process communication (IPC) objects: shared memory segments, message queues, and semaphore (arrays for System V)."
+msgid ""
+"*ipcmk* allows you to create POSIX and System V inter-process communication "
+"(IPC) objects: shared memory segments, message queues, and semaphore (arrays "
+"for System V)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:31
-msgid "Create a shared memory segment of _size_ bytes. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, etc. (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, etc."
+msgid ""
+"Create a shared memory segment of _size_ bytes. The _size_ argument may be "
+"followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and "
+"so on for GiB, etc. (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
+"meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on "
+"for GB, etc."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:34
-msgid "Create a POSIX shared memory segment of _size_ bytes. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, etc. (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, etc."
+msgid ""
+"Create a POSIX shared memory segment of _size_ bytes. The _size_ argument "
+"may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB "
+"(=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, etc. (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" "
+"has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB "
+"(=1000*1000), and so on for GB, etc."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:49
-msgid "Name of the POSIX IPC object. This option is mandatory for POSIX IPC objects."
+msgid ""
+"Name of the POSIX IPC object. This option is mandatory for POSIX IPC objects."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:61
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "mailto:hayden.james@gmail.com[Hayden A. James]"
-msgid "mailto:hayden.james@gmail.com[Hayden A. James], mailto:paithankarprasanna@gmail.com[Prasanna Paithankar]"
+msgid ""
+"mailto:hayden.james@gmail.com[Hayden A. James], mailto:"
+"paithankarprasanna@gmail.com[Prasanna Paithankar]"
msgstr "mailto:hayden.james@gmail.com[Hayden A. James]"
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:27
-msgid "*ipcrm* removes POSIX and System V inter-process communication (IPC) objects and associated data structures from the system. In order to delete such objects, you must be superuser, or the creator or owner of the object."
+msgid ""
+"*ipcrm* removes POSIX and System V inter-process communication (IPC) objects "
+"and associated data structures from the system. In order to delete such "
+"objects, you must be superuser, or the creator or owner of the object."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:29
-msgid "POSIX and System V IPC objects are of three types: shared memory, message queues, and semaphores. Deletion of a message queue or semaphore object is immediate (regardless of whether any process still holds an IPC identifier for the object). A shared memory object is only removed after all currently attached processes have detached (*shmdt*(2)) the object from their virtual address space."
+msgid ""
+"POSIX and System V IPC objects are of three types: shared memory, message "
+"queues, and semaphores. Deletion of a message queue or semaphore object is "
+"immediate (regardless of whether any process still holds an IPC identifier "
+"for the object). A shared memory object is only removed after all currently "
+"attached processes have detached (*shmdt*(2)) the object from their virtual "
+"address space."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:31
-msgid "Two syntax styles are supported. The old Linux historical syntax specifies a three-letter keyword indicating which class of object is to be deleted, followed by one or more IPC identifiers for objects of this type."
+msgid ""
+"Two syntax styles are supported. The old Linux historical syntax specifies a "
+"three-letter keyword indicating which class of object is to be deleted, "
+"followed by one or more IPC identifiers for objects of this type."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:33
-msgid "The SUS-compliant syntax allows the specification of zero or more objects of all three types in a single command line, with objects specified either by key or by identifier (see below). Both keys and identifiers may be specified in decimal, hexadecimal (specified with an initial '0x' or '0X'), or octal (specified with an initial '0')."
+msgid ""
+"The SUS-compliant syntax allows the specification of zero or more objects of "
+"all three types in a single command line, with objects specified either by "
+"key or by identifier (see below). Both keys and identifiers may be specified "
+"in decimal, hexadecimal (specified with an initial '0x' or '0X'), or octal "
+"(specified with an initial '0')."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:35
-msgid "The details of the removes are described in *shmctl*(2), *shm_unlink*(3), *msgctl*(2), *mq_unlink*(3), *semctl*(2), and *sem_unlink*(3). The identifiers and keys can be found by using *lsipc*(1) or *ipcs*(1)."
+msgid ""
+"The details of the removes are described in *shmctl*(2), *shm_unlink*(3), "
+"*msgctl*(2), *mq_unlink*(3), *semctl*(2), and *sem_unlink*(3). The "
+"identifiers and keys can be found by using *lsipc*(1) or *ipcs*(1)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:40
-msgid "Remove all resources. When an option argument is provided, the removal is performed only for the specified resource types."
+msgid ""
+"Remove all resources. When an option argument is provided, the removal is "
+"performed only for the specified resource types."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:42
-msgid "_Warning!_ Do not use *-a* if you are unsure how the software using the resources might react to missing objects. Some programs create these resources at startup and may not have any code to deal with an unexpected disappearance."
+msgid ""
+"_Warning!_ Do not use *-a* if you are unsure how the software using the "
+"resources might react to missing objects. Some programs create these "
+"resources at startup and may not have any code to deal with an unexpected "
+"disappearance."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:45
-msgid "Remove the shared memory segment created with _shmkey_ after the last detach is performed."
+msgid ""
+"Remove the shared memory segment created with _shmkey_ after the last detach "
+"is performed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:48
-msgid "Remove the shared memory segment identified by _shmid_ after the last detach is performed."
+msgid ""
+"Remove the shared memory segment identified by _shmid_ after the last detach "
+"is performed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:49
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-N*, *--name* _name_"
-msgid "*-x*, *--posix-shmem* _name_"
+msgid "*--posix-shmem* _name_"
msgstr "*-N*, *--name* _nombre_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:58
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-q*, *--queue* _value_"
-msgid "*-y*, *--posix-mqueue* _name_"
+msgid "*--posix-mqueue* _name_"
msgstr "*-q*, *--queue* _valor_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:67
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<-x>, B<--one-file-system>"
-msgid "*-z*, *--posix-semaphore* _name_"
+msgid "*--posix-semaphore* _name_"
msgstr "B<-x>, B<--one-file-system>"
#. type: Plain text
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated; it expands to "*nix".
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:76
-msgid "In its first Linux implementation, *ipcrm* used the deprecated syntax shown in the second line of the *SYNOPSIS*. Functionality present in other {asterisk}nix implementations of *ipcrm* has since been added, namely the ability to delete resources by key (not just identifier), and to respect the same command-line syntax. For backward compatibility the previous syntax is still supported."
+msgid ""
+"In its first Linux implementation, *ipcrm* used the deprecated syntax shown "
+"in the second line of the *SYNOPSIS*. Functionality present in other "
+"{asterisk}nix implementations of *ipcrm* has since been added, namely the "
+"ability to delete resources by key (not just identifier), and to respect the "
+"same command-line syntax. For backward compatibility the previous syntax is "
+"still supported."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#| "*shmget*(2),\n"
#| "*ftok*(3),\n"
#| "*sysvipc*(7)\n"
-msgid "*ipcmk*(1), *ipcs*(1), *lsipc*(1), *msgctl*(2), *mq_unlink*(3), *msgget*(2), *semctl*(2), *semget*(2), *sem_unlink*(3), *shmctl*(2), *shmdt*(2), *shmget*(2), *shm_unlink*(3), *ftok*(3), *sysvipc*(7)"
+msgid ""
+"*ipcmk*(1), *ipcs*(1), *lsipc*(1), *msgctl*(2), *mq_unlink*(3), *msgget*(2), "
+"*semctl*(2), *semget*(2), *sem_unlink*(3), *shmctl*(2), *shmdt*(2), "
+"*shmget*(2), *shm_unlink*(3), *ftok*(3), *sysvipc*(7)"
msgstr ""
"*ipcmk*(1),\n"
"*ipcs*(1),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:24
-msgid "*ipcs* shows information on System V inter-process communication facilities. By default it shows information about all three resources: shared memory segments, message queues, and semaphore arrays."
+msgid ""
+"*ipcs* shows information on System V inter-process communication facilities. "
+"By default it shows information about all three resources: shared memory "
+"segments, message queues, and semaphore arrays."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:29
-msgid "Show full details on just the one resource element identified by _id_. This option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-q* or *-s*."
+msgid ""
+"Show full details on just the one resource element identified by _id_. This "
+"option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-"
+"q* or *-s*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:90
-msgid "Write time information. The time of the last control operation that changed the access permissions for all facilities, the time of the last *msgsnd*(2) and *msgrcv*(2) operations on message queues, the time of the last *shmat*(2) and *shmdt*(2) operations on shared memory, and the time of the last *semop*(2) operation on semaphores."
+msgid ""
+"Write time information. The time of the last control operation that changed "
+"the access permissions for all facilities, the time of the last *msgsnd*(2) "
+"and *msgrcv*(2) operations on message queues, the time of the last "
+"*shmat*(2) and *shmdt*(2) operations on shared memory, and the time of the "
+"last *semop*(2) operation on semaphores."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:79
-msgid "The Linux *ipcs* utility is not fully compatible to the POSIX *ipcs* utility. The Linux version does not support the POSIX *-a*, *-b* and *-o* options, but does support the *-l* and *-u* options not defined by POSIX. A portable application shall not use the *-a*, *-b*, *-o*, *-l*, and *-u* options."
+msgid ""
+"The Linux *ipcs* utility is not fully compatible to the POSIX *ipcs* "
+"utility. The Linux version does not support the POSIX *-a*, *-b* and *-o* "
+"options, but does support the *-l* and *-u* options not defined by POSIX. A "
+"portable application shall not use the *-a*, *-b*, *-o*, *-l*, and *-u* "
+"options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:83
-msgid "The current implementation of *ipcs* obtains information about available IPC resources by parsing the files in _/proc/sysvipc_. Before util-linux version v2.23, an alternate mechanism was used: the *IPC_STAT* command of *msgctl*(2), *semctl*(2), and *shmctl*(2). This mechanism is also used in later util-linux versions in the case where _/proc_ is unavailable. A limitation of the *IPC_STAT* mechanism is that it can only be used to retrieve information about IPC resources for which the user has read permission."
+msgid ""
+"The current implementation of *ipcs* obtains information about available IPC "
+"resources by parsing the files in _/proc/sysvipc_. Before util-linux version "
+"v2.23, an alternate mechanism was used: the *IPC_STAT* command of "
+"*msgctl*(2), *semctl*(2), and *shmctl*(2). This mechanism is also used in "
+"later util-linux versions in the case where _/proc_ is unavailable. A "
+"limitation of the *IPC_STAT* mechanism is that it can only be used to "
+"retrieve information about IPC resources for which the user has read "
+"permission."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#| "*shmdt*(2),\n"
#| "*shmget*(2),\n"
#| "*sysvipc*(7)\n"
-msgid "*ipcmk*(1), *ipcrm*(1), *msgrcv*(2), *msgsnd*(2), *semget*(2), *semop*(2), *shmat*(2), *shmdt*(2), *shmget*(2), *sysvipc*(7)"
+msgid ""
+"*ipcmk*(1), *ipcrm*(1), *msgrcv*(2), *msgsnd*(2), *semget*(2), *semop*(2), "
+"*shmat*(2), *shmdt*(2), *shmget*(2), *sysvipc*(7)"
msgstr ""
"*ipcmk*(1),\n"
"*ipcrm*(1),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:22 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:22
-msgid "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output*."
+msgid ""
+"The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
+"avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
+"expected columns by using *--output*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:30
-msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the format _+list_."
+msgid ""
+"Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
+"supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if list is "
+"specified in the format _+list_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:30
-msgid "Show per-cpu statistics by specified mode. Available modes are: *auto*, *enable*, *disable*. The default option *auto* detects the width of window, then shows the per-cpu statistics if the width of window is large enough to show a full line of statistics."
+msgid ""
+"Show per-cpu statistics by specified mode. Available modes are: *auto*, "
+"*enable*, *disable*. The default option *auto* detects the width of window, "
+"then shows the per-cpu statistics if the width of window is large enough to "
+"show a full line of statistics."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:39
-msgid "Specify sort criteria by column name. See *--help* output to get column names. The sort criteria may be changes in interactive mode."
+msgid ""
+"Specify sort criteria by column name. See *--help* output to get column "
+"names. The sort criteria may be changes in interactive mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:45
-msgid "Only show IRQs with counters above the specified threshold. Human readable values are supported (e.g. 1.2K)."
+msgid ""
+"Only show IRQs with counters above the specified threshold. Human readable "
+"values are supported (e.g. 1.2K)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:71 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:57
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "mailto:pizhenwei@bytedance.com[Zhenwei Pi], mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgid "mailto:pizhenwei@bytedance.com[Zhenwei Pi], mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak] mailto:robin@jarry.cc[Robin Jarry]"
-msgstr "mailto:pizhenwei@bytedance.com[Zhenwei Pi], mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "mailto:pizhenwei@bytedance.com[Zhenwei Pi], mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami "
+#| "Kerola], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid ""
+"mailto:pizhenwei@bytedance.com[Zhenwei Pi], mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami "
+"Kerola], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak] mailto:robin@jarry.cc[Robin Jarry]"
+msgstr ""
+"mailto:pizhenwei@bytedance.com[Zhenwei Pi], mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami "
+"Kerola], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. Copyright 2008 Tilman Schmidt (tilman@imap.cc)
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License version 2 or later
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:24
-msgid "The *ldattach* daemon opens the specified _device_ file (which should refer to a serial device) and attaches the line discipline _ldisc_ to it for processing of the sent and/or received data. It then goes into the background keeping the device open so that the line discipline stays loaded."
+msgid ""
+"The *ldattach* daemon opens the specified _device_ file (which should refer "
+"to a serial device) and attaches the line discipline _ldisc_ to it for "
+"processing of the sent and/or received data. It then goes into the "
+"background keeping the device open so that the line discipline stays loaded."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:26
-msgid "The line discipline _ldisc_ may be specified either by name or by number."
+msgid ""
+"The line discipline _ldisc_ may be specified either by name or by number."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:28
-msgid "In order to detach the line discipline, *kill*(1) the *ldattach* process."
+msgid ""
+"In order to detach the line discipline, *kill*(1) the *ldattach* process."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:34
-msgid "Depending on the kernel release, the following line disciplines are supported:"
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the kernel release, the following line disciplines are "
+"supported:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:37
-msgid "The default line discipline, providing transparent operation (raw mode) as well as the habitual terminal line editing capabilities (cooked mode)."
+msgid ""
+"The default line discipline, providing transparent operation (raw mode) as "
+"well as the habitual terminal line editing capabilities (cooked mode)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:40
-msgid "Serial Line IP (SLIP) protocol processor for transmitting TCP/IP packets over serial lines."
+msgid ""
+"Serial Line IP (SLIP) protocol processor for transmitting TCP/IP packets "
+"over serial lines."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:46
-msgid "Point to Point Protocol (PPP) processor for transmitting network packets over serial lines."
+msgid ""
+"Point to Point Protocol (PPP) processor for transmitting network packets "
+"over serial lines."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:49
-msgid "Line driver for transmitting X.25 packets over asynchronous serial lines."
+msgid ""
+"Line driver for transmitting X.25 packets over asynchronous serial lines."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:55
-msgid "Linux IrDa (infrared data transmission) driver - see http://irda.sourceforge.net/"
+msgid ""
+"Linux IrDa (infrared data transmission) driver - see http://irda.sourceforge."
+"net/"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:90
-msgid "Keep *ldattach* in the foreground so that it can be interrupted or debugged, and to print verbose messages about its progress to standard error output."
+msgid ""
+"Keep *ldattach* in the foreground so that it can be interrupted or debugged, "
+"and to print verbose messages about its progress to standard error output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:96
-msgid "Set the specified bits in the c_iflag word of the serial line. The given _value_ may be a number or a symbolic name. If _value_ is prefixed by a minus sign, the specified bits are cleared instead. Several comma-separated values may be given in order to set and clear multiple bits."
+msgid ""
+"Set the specified bits in the c_iflag word of the serial line. The given "
+"_value_ may be a number or a symbolic name. If _value_ is prefixed by a "
+"minus sign, the specified bits are cleared instead. Several comma-separated "
+"values may be given in order to set and clear multiple bits."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:105
-msgid "Set the speed (the baud rate) of the serial line to the specified _value_."
+msgid ""
+"Set the speed (the baud rate) of the serial line to the specified _value_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:108
-msgid "Define an intro command that is sent through the serial line before the invocation of *ldattach*. E.g. in conjunction with line discipline GSM0710, the command 'AT+CMUX=0\\r' is commonly suitable to switch the modem into the CMUX mode."
+msgid ""
+"Define an intro command that is sent through the serial line before the "
+"invocation of *ldattach*. E.g. in conjunction with line discipline GSM0710, "
+"the command 'AT+CMUX=0\\r' is commonly suitable to switch the modem into the "
+"CMUX mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:111
-msgid "Sleep for _value_ seconds before the invocation of *ldattach*. Default is one second."
+msgid ""
+"Sleep for _value_ seconds before the invocation of *ldattach*. Default is "
+"one second."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:34
-msgid "*losetup* [*-o* _offset_] [*--sizelimit* _size_] [*--sector-size* _size_] [*--loop-ref* _name_] [*-Pr*] [*--show*] *-f*|_loopdev file_"
+msgid ""
+"*losetup* [*-o* _offset_] [*--sizelimit* _size_] [*--sector-size* _size_] "
+"[*--loop-ref* _name_] [*-Pr*] [*--show*] *-f*|_loopdev file_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:42
-msgid "*losetup* is used to associate loop devices with regular files or block devices, to detach loop devices, and to query the status of a loop device. If only the _loopdev_ argument is given, the status of the corresponding loop device is shown. If no option is given, all loop devices are shown."
+msgid ""
+"*losetup* is used to associate loop devices with regular files or block "
+"devices, to detach loop devices, and to query the status of a loop device. "
+"If only the _loopdev_ argument is given, the status of the corresponding "
+"loop device is shown. If no option is given, all loop devices are shown."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:44
-msgid "Note that the old output format (i.e., *losetup -a*) with comma-delimited strings is deprecated in favour of the *--list* output format."
+msgid ""
+"Note that the old output format (i.e., *losetup -a*) with comma-delimited "
+"strings is deprecated in favour of the *--list* output format."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:46
-msgid "It's possible to create more independent loop devices for the same backing file. *This setup may be dangerous, can cause data loss, corruption and overwrites.* Use *--nooverlap* with *--find* during setup to avoid this problem."
+msgid ""
+"It's possible to create more independent loop devices for the same backing "
+"file. *This setup may be dangerous, can cause data loss, corruption and "
+"overwrites.* Use *--nooverlap* with *--find* during setup to avoid this "
+"problem."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:48
-msgid "The loop device setup is not an atomic operation when used with *--find*, and *losetup* does not protect this operation by any lock. The number of attempts is internally restricted to a maximum of 16. It is recommended to use for example *flock*(1) to avoid a collision in heavily parallel use cases."
+msgid ""
+"The loop device setup is not an atomic operation when used with *--find*, "
+"and *losetup* does not protect this operation by any lock. The number of "
+"attempts is internally restricted to a maximum of 16. It is recommended to "
+"use for example *flock*(1) to avoid a collision in heavily parallel use "
+"cases."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:52
-msgid "The _size_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
+msgid ""
+"The _size_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
+"suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
+"ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
+"\"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, "
+"PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:55
-msgid "Show the status of all loop devices. Note that not all information is accessible for non-root users. See also *--list*. The old output format (as printed without *--list*) is deprecated."
+msgid ""
+"Show the status of all loop devices. Note that not all information is "
+"accessible for non-root users. See also *--list*. The old output format (as "
+"printed without *--list*) is deprecated."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:58
-msgid "Detach the file or device associated with the specified loop device(s). Note that since Linux v3.7 kernel uses \"lazy device destruction\". The detach operation does not return *EBUSY* error anymore if device is actively used by system, but it is marked by autoclear flag and destroyed later. Even if the device is not used, the loop device can be destroyed later. If you need to wait for a complete removal of the loop device, call *udevadm settle* after *losetup*."
+msgid ""
+"Detach the file or device associated with the specified loop device(s). Note "
+"that since Linux v3.7 kernel uses \"lazy device destruction\". The detach "
+"operation does not return *EBUSY* error anymore if device is actively used "
+"by system, but it is marked by autoclear flag and destroyed later. Even if "
+"the device is not used, the loop device can be destroyed later. If you need "
+"to wait for a complete removal of the loop device, call *udevadm settle* "
+"after *losetup*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:64
-msgid "Find the first unused loop device. If a _file_ argument is present, use the found device as loop device. Otherwise, just print its name."
+msgid ""
+"Find the first unused loop device. If a _file_ argument is present, use the "
+"found device as loop device. Otherwise, just print its name."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:67
-msgid "Display the name of the assigned loop device if the *-f* option and a _file_ argument are present."
+msgid ""
+"Display the name of the assigned loop device if the *-f* option and a _file_ "
+"argument are present."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:70
-msgid "Check for conflicts between loop devices to avoid situation when the same backing file is shared between more loop devices. If the file is already used by another device then re-use the device rather than a new one. The option makes sense only with *--find*."
+msgid ""
+"Check for conflicts between loop devices to avoid situation when the same "
+"backing file is shared between more loop devices. If the file is already "
+"used by another device then re-use the device rather than a new one. The "
+"option makes sense only with *--find*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:76
-msgid "The data start is moved _offset_ bytes into the specified file or device. The _offset_ may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above."
+msgid ""
+"The data start is moved _offset_ bytes into the specified file or device. "
+"The _offset_ may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:79
-msgid "Set reference string. The backwardly compatible default is to use the backing filename as a reference in loop setup ioctl (aka lo_file_name). This option can overwrite this default behavior and set the reference to the _string_. The reference may be used by udevd in /dev/loop/by-ref. Linux kernel does not use the reference at all, but it could be used by some old utils that cannot read the backing file from sysfs. The reference is readable only for the root user (see *--output* +REF) and it is restricted to 64 bytes."
+msgid ""
+"Set reference string. The backwardly compatible default is to use the "
+"backing filename as a reference in loop setup ioctl (aka lo_file_name). This "
+"option can overwrite this default behavior and set the reference to the "
+"_string_. The reference may be used by udevd in /dev/loop/by-ref. Linux "
+"kernel does not use the reference at all, but it could be used by some old "
+"utils that cannot read the backing file from sysfs. The reference is "
+"readable only for the root user (see *--output* +REF) and it is restricted "
+"to 64 bytes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:82
-msgid "The data end is set to no more than _size_ bytes after the data start. The _size_ may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above."
+msgid ""
+"The data end is set to no more than _size_ bytes after the data start. The "
+"_size_ may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:85
-msgid "Set the logical sector size of the loop device in bytes (since Linux 4.14). The option may be used when creating a new loop device as well as a stand-alone command to modify sector size of the already existing loop device."
+msgid ""
+"Set the logical sector size of the loop device in bytes (since Linux 4.14). "
+"The option may be used when creating a new loop device as well as a stand-"
+"alone command to modify sector size of the already existing loop device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:88
-msgid "Force the loop driver to reread the size of the file associated with the specified loop device."
+msgid ""
+"Force the loop driver to reread the size of the file associated with the "
+"specified loop device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:91
-msgid "Force the kernel to scan the partition table on a newly created loop device. Note that the partition table parsing depends on sector sizes. The default is sector size is 512 bytes, otherwise you need to use the option *--sector-size* together with *--partscan*."
+msgid ""
+"Force the kernel to scan the partition table on a newly created loop device. "
+"Note that the partition table parsing depends on sector sizes. The default "
+"is sector size is 512 bytes, otherwise you need to use the option *--sector-"
+"size* together with *--partscan*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:97
-msgid "Enable or disable direct I/O for the backing file. The default is *off*. Specifying either *--direct-io* or *--direct-io=on* will enable it. But, *--direct-io=off* can be provided to explicitly turn it off."
+msgid ""
+"Enable or disable direct I/O for the backing file. The default is *off*. "
+"Specifying either *--direct-io* or *--direct-io=on* will enable it. But, *--"
+"direct-io=off* can be provided to explicitly turn it off."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:103
-msgid "If a loop device or the *-a* option is specified, print the default columns for either the specified loop device or all loop devices; the default is to print info about all devices. See also *--output*, *--noheadings*, *--raw*, and *--json*."
+msgid ""
+"If a loop device or the *-a* option is specified, print the default columns "
+"for either the specified loop device or all loop devices; the default is to "
+"print info about all devices. See also *--output*, *--noheadings*, *--raw*, "
+"and *--json*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:106
-msgid "Specify the columns that are to be printed for the *--list* output. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the columns that are to be printed for the *--list* output. Use *--"
+"help* to get a list of all supported columns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:122
-msgid "*Cryptoloop is no longer supported in favor of dm-crypt.* For more details see *cryptsetup*(8)."
+msgid ""
+"*Cryptoloop is no longer supported in favor of dm-crypt.* For more details "
+"see *cryptsetup*(8)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:126
-msgid "*losetup* returns 0 on success, nonzero on failure. When *losetup* displays the status of a loop device, it returns 1 if the device is not configured and 2 if an error occurred which prevented determining the status of the device."
+msgid ""
+"*losetup* returns 0 on success, nonzero on failure. When *losetup* displays "
+"the status of a loop device, it returns 1 if the device is not configured "
+"and 2 if an error occurred which prevented determining the status of the "
+"device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:130
-msgid "Since version 2.37 *losetup* uses *LOOP_CONFIGURE* ioctl to setup a new loop device by one ioctl call. The old versions use *LOOP_SET_FD* and *LOOP_SET_STATUS64* ioctls to do the same."
+msgid ""
+"Since version 2.37 *losetup* uses *LOOP_CONFIGURE* ioctl to setup a new loop "
+"device by one ioctl call. The old versions use *LOOP_SET_FD* and "
+"*LOOP_SET_STATUS64* ioctls to do the same."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:133 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1694
+#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:133 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1696
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "LOOPDEV_DEBUG=all"
msgid "*LOOPDEV_DEBUG*=all"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:147
-msgid "The following commands can be used as an example of using the loop device."
+msgid ""
+"The following commands can be used as an example of using the loop device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:160
-msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], based on the original version from mailto:tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]."
+msgid ""
+"mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], based on the original version from mailto:"
+"tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:20
-msgid "*lscpu* gathers CPU architecture information from _sysfs_, _/proc/cpuinfo_ and any applicable architecture-specific libraries (e.g. *librtas* on Powerpc). The command output can be optimized for parsing or for easy readability by humans. The information includes, for example, the number of CPUs, threads, cores, sockets, and Non-Uniform Memory Access (NUMA) nodes. There is also information about the CPU caches and cache sharing, family, model, bogoMIPS, byte order, and stepping."
+msgid ""
+"*lscpu* gathers CPU architecture information from _sysfs_, _/proc/cpuinfo_ "
+"and any applicable architecture-specific libraries (e.g. *librtas* on "
+"Powerpc). The command output can be optimized for parsing or for easy "
+"readability by humans. The information includes, for example, the number of "
+"CPUs, threads, cores, sockets, and Non-Uniform Memory Access (NUMA) nodes. "
+"There is also information about the CPU caches and cache sharing, family, "
+"model, bogoMIPS, byte order, and stepping."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:22
-msgid "The default output formatting on terminal is subject to change and maybe optimized for better readability. The output for non-terminals (e.g., pipes) is never affected by this optimization and it is always in \"Field: data\\n\" format. Use for example \"*lscpu | less*\" to see the default output without optimizations."
+msgid ""
+"The default output formatting on terminal is subject to change and maybe "
+"optimized for better readability. The output for non-terminals (e.g., pipes) "
+"is never affected by this optimization and it is always in \"Field: "
+"data\\n\" format. Use for example \"*lscpu | less*\" to see the default "
+"output without optimizations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:24
-msgid "In virtualized environments, the CPU architecture information displayed reflects the configuration of the guest operating system which is typically different from the physical (host) system. On architectures that support retrieving physical topology information, *lscpu* also displays the number of physical sockets, chips, cores in the host system."
+msgid ""
+"In virtualized environments, the CPU architecture information displayed "
+"reflects the configuration of the guest operating system which is typically "
+"different from the physical (host) system. On architectures that support "
+"retrieving physical topology information, *lscpu* also displays the number "
+"of physical sockets, chips, cores in the host system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:26
-msgid "Options that result in an output table have a _list_ argument. Use this argument to customize the command output. Specify a comma-separated list of column labels to limit the output table to only the specified columns, arranged in the specified order. See *COLUMNS* for a list of valid column labels. The column labels are not case sensitive."
+msgid ""
+"Options that result in an output table have a _list_ argument. Use this "
+"argument to customize the command output. Specify a comma-separated list of "
+"column labels to limit the output table to only the specified columns, "
+"arranged in the specified order. See *COLUMNS* for a list of valid column "
+"labels. The column labels are not case sensitive."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:28
-msgid "Not all columns are supported on all architectures. If an unsupported column is specified, *lscpu* prints the column but does not provide any data for it."
+msgid ""
+"Not all columns are supported on all architectures. If an unsupported column "
+"is specified, *lscpu* prints the column but does not provide any data for it."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:30
-msgid "The cache sizes are reported as summary from all CPUs. The versions before v2.34 reported per-core sizes, but this output was confusing due to complicated CPUs topology and the way how caches are shared between CPUs. For more details about caches see *--cache*. Since version v2.37 *lscpu* follows cache IDs as provided by Linux kernel and it does not always start from zero."
+msgid ""
+"The cache sizes are reported as summary from all CPUs. The versions before "
+"v2.34 reported per-core sizes, but this output was confusing due to "
+"complicated CPUs topology and the way how caches are shared between CPUs. "
+"For more details about caches see *--cache*. Since version v2.37 *lscpu* "
+"follows cache IDs as provided by Linux kernel and it does not always start "
+"from zero."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:35
-msgid "Include lines for online and offline CPUs in the output (default for *-e*). This option may only be specified together with option *-e* or *-p*."
+msgid ""
+"Include lines for online and offline CPUs in the output (default for *-e*). "
+"This option may only be specified together with option *-e* or *-p*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:41
-msgid "Limit the output to online CPUs (default for *-p*). This option may only be specified together with option *-e* or *-p*."
+msgid ""
+"Limit the output to online CPUs (default for *-p*). This option may only be "
+"specified together with option *-e* or *-p*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:44
-msgid "Display details about CPU caches. For details about available information see *--help* output."
+msgid ""
+"Display details about CPU caches. For details about available information "
+"see *--help* output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:46
-msgid "If the _list_ argument is omitted, all columns for which data is available are included in the command output."
+msgid ""
+"If the _list_ argument is omitted, all columns for which data is available "
+"are included in the command output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:48
-msgid "When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: *-C=NAME,ONE-SIZE* or *--caches=NAME,ONE-SIZE*."
+msgid ""
+"When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), "
+"and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: *-"
+"C=NAME,ONE-SIZE* or *--caches=NAME,ONE-SIZE*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:50
-msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the format +list (e.g., **lscpu -C=+ALLOC-POLICY**)."
+msgid ""
+"The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the "
+"format +list (e.g., **lscpu -C=+ALLOC-POLICY**)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:53
-msgid "Limit the output to offline CPUs. This option may only be specified together with option *-e* or *-p*."
+msgid ""
+"Limit the output to offline CPUs. This option may only be specified together "
+"with option *-e* or *-p*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:56
-msgid "Use subsections in summary output. For backward compatibility, the default is to use subsections only when output on a terminal and flattened output on a non-terminal. The optional argument _when_ can be *never*, *always* or *auto*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to \"always\"."
+msgid ""
+"Use subsections in summary output. For backward compatibility, the default "
+"is to use subsections only when output on a terminal and flattened output on "
+"a non-terminal. The optional argument _when_ can be *never*, *always* or "
+"*auto*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to \"always\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:61
-msgid "If the _list_ argument is omitted, the default columns are included in the command output. The default output is subject to change."
+msgid ""
+"If the _list_ argument is omitted, the default columns are included in the "
+"command output. The default output is subject to change."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:63
-msgid "When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: '*-e=cpu,node*' or '*--extended=cpu,node*'."
+msgid ""
+"When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), "
+"and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: '*-"
+"e=cpu,node*' or '*--extended=cpu,node*'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:65
-msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the format +list (e.g., lscpu -e=+MHZ)."
+msgid ""
+"The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the "
+"format +list (e.g., lscpu -e=+MHZ)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:71
-msgid "Use JSON output format for the default summary or extended output (see *--extended*). For backward compatibility, JSON output follows the default summary behavior for non-terminals (e.g., pipes) where subsections are missing. See also *--hierarchic*."
+msgid ""
+"Use JSON output format for the default summary or extended output (see *--"
+"extended*). For backward compatibility, JSON output follows the default "
+"summary behavior for non-terminals (e.g., pipes) where subsections are "
+"missing. See also *--hierarchic*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:76
-msgid "If the _list_ argument is omitted, the command output is compatible with earlier versions of *lscpu*. In this compatible format, two commas are used to separate CPU cache columns. If no CPU caches are identified the cache column is omitted. If the _list_ argument is used, cache columns are separated with a colon (:)."
+msgid ""
+"If the _list_ argument is omitted, the command output is compatible with "
+"earlier versions of *lscpu*. In this compatible format, two commas are used "
+"to separate CPU cache columns. If no CPU caches are identified the cache "
+"column is omitted. If the _list_ argument is used, cache columns are "
+"separated with a colon (:)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:78
-msgid "When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: '*-p=cpu,node*' or '*--parse=cpu,node*'."
+msgid ""
+"When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), "
+"and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: '*-"
+"p=cpu,node*' or '*--parse=cpu,node*'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:80
-msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the format +list (e.g., lscpu -p=+MHZ)."
+msgid ""
+"The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the "
+"format +list (e.g., lscpu -p=+MHZ)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:83
-msgid "Produce output in its raw format. This option is only applicable for the *--extended*, *--parse*, and *--caches* outputs."
+msgid ""
+"Produce output in its raw format. This option is only applicable for the *--"
+"extended*, *--parse*, and *--caches* outputs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:86
-msgid "Gather CPU data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the *lscpu* command is issued. The specified _directory_ is the system root of the Linux instance to be inspected."
+msgid ""
+"Gather CPU data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the "
+"*lscpu* command is issued. The specified _directory_ is the system root of "
+"the Linux instance to be inspected."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:89
-msgid "Use hexadecimal masks for CPU sets (for example \"ff\"). The default is to print the sets in list format (for example 0,1). Note that before version 2.30 the mask has been printed with 0x prefix."
+msgid ""
+"Use hexadecimal masks for CPU sets (for example \"ff\"). The default is to "
+"print the sets in list format (for example 0,1). Note that before version "
+"2.30 the mask has been printed with 0x prefix."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:92
-msgid "Display physical IDs for all columns with topology elements (core, socket, etc.). Other than logical IDs, which are assigned by *lscpu*, physical IDs are platform-specific values that are provided by the kernel. Physical IDs are not necessarily unique and they might not be arranged sequentially. If the kernel could not retrieve a physical ID for an element *lscpu* prints the dash (-) character."
+msgid ""
+"Display physical IDs for all columns with topology elements (core, socket, "
+"etc.). Other than logical IDs, which are assigned by *lscpu*, physical IDs "
+"are platform-specific values that are provided by the kernel. Physical IDs "
+"are not necessarily unique and they might not be arranged sequentially. If "
+"the kernel could not retrieve a physical ID for an element *lscpu* prints "
+"the dash (-) character."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:97
-msgid "Output all available columns. This option must be combined with either *--extended*, *--parse* or *--caches*."
+msgid ""
+"Output all available columns. This option must be combined with either *--"
+"extended*, *--parse* or *--caches*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:103
-msgid "The basic overview of CPU models is based on heuristics, taking into account differences such as CPU model names and implementer IDs. In some (unusual) cases, CPUs may differentiate in flags or BogoMIPS, but these differences are ignored in the lscpu overview."
+msgid ""
+"The basic overview of CPU models is based on heuristics, taking into account "
+"differences such as CPU model names and implementer IDs. In some (unusual) "
+"cases, CPUs may differentiate in flags or BogoMIPS, but these differences "
+"are ignored in the lscpu overview."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:113
-msgid "mailto:qcai@redhat.com[Cai Qian], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"
-msgstr "mailto:qcai@redhat.com[Cai Qian], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"
+msgid ""
+"mailto:qcai@redhat.com[Cai Qian], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:"
+"heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"
+msgstr ""
+"mailto:qcai@redhat.com[Cai Qian], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:"
+"heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:117
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:12
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "ipcs - provide information on ipc facilities"
-msgid "lsipc - show information on IPC facilities currently employed in the system"
+msgid ""
+"lsipc - show information on IPC facilities currently employed in the system"
msgstr "ipcs - proporciona información sobre los recursos ipc"
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:20
-msgid "*lsipc* shows information on the POSIX and System V inter-process communication facilities for which the calling process has read access."
+msgid ""
+"*lsipc* shows information on the POSIX and System V inter-process "
+"communication facilities for which the calling process has read access."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:22
-msgid "The default output, as well as the default output from options with predefined output columns (like *--shmems*, etc.), is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ in environments where a stable output is required."
+msgid ""
+"The default output, as well as the default output from options with "
+"predefined output columns (like *--shmems*, etc.), is subject to change. So "
+"whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. "
+"Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ "
+"in environments where a stable output is required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:27
-msgid "Show full details on just the one resource element (System V) identified by _id_. This option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-q* or *-s*. It is possible to override the default output format for this option with the *--list*, *--raw*, *--json* or *--export* option."
+msgid ""
+"Show full details on just the one resource element (System V) identified by "
+"_id_. This option needs to be combined with one of the three resource "
+"options: *-m*, *-q* or *-s*. It is possible to override the default output "
+"format for this option with the *--list*, *--raw*, *--json* or *--export* "
+"option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:30
-msgid "Show full details on just the one resource element (POSIX) identified by _name_. This option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: *-M*, *-Q* or *-S*. It is possible to override the default output format for this option with the *--list*, *--raw*, *--json* or *--export* option."
+msgid ""
+"Show full details on just the one resource element (POSIX) identified by "
+"_name_. This option needs to be combined with one of the three resource "
+"options: *-M*, *-Q* or *-S*. It is possible to override the default output "
+"format for this option with the *--list*, *--raw*, *--json* or *--export* "
+"option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:33
-msgid "Show system-wide usage and limits of IPC resources. This option may be combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-q* or *-s*. The default is to show information about all resources."
+msgid ""
+"Show system-wide usage and limits of IPC resources. This option may be "
+"combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-q* or *-s*. The "
+"default is to show information about all resources."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:69
-msgid "Use the list output format. This is the default, except when *--id* is used."
+msgid ""
+"Use the list output format. This is the default, except when *--id* is used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:33
-msgid "Specify sort criteria by column name. See *--help* output to get column names."
+msgid ""
+"Specify sort criteria by column name. See *--help* output to get column "
+"names."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:39
-msgid "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
+msgid ""
+"Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe "
+"characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:20
-msgid "The *lsmem* command lists the ranges of available memory with their online status. The listed memory blocks correspond to the memory block representation in sysfs. The command also shows the memory block size and the amount of memory in online and offline state."
+msgid ""
+"The *lsmem* command lists the ranges of available memory with their online "
+"status. The listed memory blocks correspond to the memory block "
+"representation in sysfs. The command also shows the memory block size and "
+"the amount of memory in online and offline state."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:22
-msgid "The default output is compatible with original implementation from s390-tools, but it's strongly recommended to avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using the *--output* option together with a columns list in environments where a stable output is required."
+msgid ""
+"The default output is compatible with original implementation from s390-"
+"tools, but it's strongly recommended to avoid using default outputs in your "
+"scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using the *--output* "
+"option together with a columns list in environments where a stable output is "
+"required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:24
-msgid "The *lsmem* command lists a new memory range always when the current memory block distinguish from the previous block by some output column. This default behavior is possible to override by the *--split* option (e.g., *lsmem --split=ZONES*). The special word \"none\" may be used to ignore all differences between memory blocks and to create as large as possible continuous ranges. The opposite semantic is *--all* to list individual memory blocks."
+msgid ""
+"The *lsmem* command lists a new memory range always when the current memory "
+"block distinguish from the previous block by some output column. This "
+"default behavior is possible to override by the *--split* option (e.g., "
+"*lsmem --split=ZONES*). The special word \"none\" may be used to ignore all "
+"differences between memory blocks and to create as large as possible "
+"continuous ranges. The opposite semantic is *--all* to list individual "
+"memory blocks."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:26
-msgid "Note that some output columns may provide inaccurate information if a split policy forces *lsmem* to ignore differences in some attributes. For example if you merge removable and non-removable memory blocks to the one range than all the range will be marked as non-removable on *lsmem* output."
+msgid ""
+"Note that some output columns may provide inaccurate information if a split "
+"policy forces *lsmem* to ignore differences in some attributes. For example "
+"if you merge removable and non-removable memory blocks to the one range than "
+"all the range will be marked as non-removable on *lsmem* output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:28
-msgid "Not all columns are supported on all systems. If an unsupported column is specified, *lsmem* prints the column but does not provide any data for it."
+msgid ""
+"Not all columns are supported on all systems. If an unsupported column is "
+"specified, *lsmem* prints the column but does not provide any data for it."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:35
-msgid "List each individual memory block, instead of combining memory blocks with similar attributes."
+msgid ""
+"List each individual memory block, instead of combining memory blocks with "
+"similar attributes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:47
-msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format **+**__list__ (e.g., *lsmem -o +NODE*)."
+msgid ""
+"Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
+"supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is "
+"specified in the format **+**__list__ (e.g., *lsmem -o +NODE*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:53
-msgid "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
+msgid ""
+"Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe "
+"value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:59
-msgid "Specify which columns (attributes) use to split memory blocks to ranges. The supported columns are STATE, REMOVABLE, NODE and ZONES, or \"none\". The other columns are silently ignored. For more details see *DESCRIPTION* above."
+msgid ""
+"Specify which columns (attributes) use to split memory blocks to ranges. The "
+"supported columns are STATE, REMOVABLE, NODE and ZONES, or \"none\". The "
+"other columns are silently ignored. For more details see *DESCRIPTION* above."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:62
-msgid "Gather memory data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the *lsmem* command is issued. The specified _directory_ is the system root of the Linux instance to be inspected."
+msgid ""
+"Gather memory data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which "
+"the *lsmem* command is issued. The specified _directory_ is the system root "
+"of the Linux instance to be inspected."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:65
+#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:63
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<-f>, B<--force>"
msgid "*--summary*[**=**_when_]"
msgstr "B<-f>, B<--force>"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:67
-msgid "This option controls summary lines output. The optional argument _when_ can be *never*, *always* or *only*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *\"only\"*. The summary output is suppressed for *--raw*, *--pairs* and *--json*."
+#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:65
+msgid ""
+"This option controls summary lines output. The optional argument _when_ can "
+"be *never*, *always* or *only*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it "
+"defaults to *\"only\"*. The summary output is suppressed for *--raw*, *--"
+"pairs* and *--json*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:71
-msgid "*lsmem* was originally written by Gerald Schaefer for s390-tools in Perl. The C version for util-linux was written by Clemens von Mann, Heiko Carstens and Karel Zak."
+msgid ""
+"*lsmem* was originally written by Gerald Schaefer for s390-tools in Perl. "
+"The C version for util-linux was written by Clemens von Mann, Heiko Carstens "
+"and Karel Zak."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:25
-msgid "*lsns* lists information about all the currently accessible namespaces or about the given _namespace_. The _namespace_ identifier is an inode number."
+msgid ""
+"*lsns* lists information about all the currently accessible namespaces or "
+"about the given _namespace_. The _namespace_ identifier is an inode number."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:27
-msgid "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected output mode (*--tree* or *--list*) and columns by using the *--output* option together with a columns list in environments where a stable output is required."
+msgid ""
+"The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
+"avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
+"expected output mode (*--tree* or *--list*) and columns by using the *--"
+"output* option together with a columns list in environments where a stable "
+"output is required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:29
-msgid "The *NSFS* column, printed when *net* is specified for the *--type* option, is special; it uses multi-line cells. Use the option *--nowrap* to switch to \",\"-separated single-line representation."
+msgid ""
+"The *NSFS* column, printed when *net* is specified for the *--type* option, "
+"is special; it uses multi-line cells. Use the option *--nowrap* to switch to "
+"\",\"-separated single-line representation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:31
-msgid "Note that *lsns* reads information directly from the _/proc_ filesystem and for non-root users it may return incomplete information. The current _/proc_ filesystem may be unshared and affected by a PID namespace (see *unshare --mount-proc* for more details). *lsns* is not able to see persistent namespaces without processes where the namespace instance is held by a bind mount to /proc/_pid_/ns/_type_."
+msgid ""
+"Note that *lsns* reads information directly from the _/proc_ filesystem and "
+"for non-root users it may return incomplete information. The current _/proc_ "
+"filesystem may be unshared and affected by a PID namespace (see *unshare --"
+"mount-proc* for more details). *lsns* is not able to see persistent "
+"namespaces without processes where the namespace instance is held by a bind "
+"mount to /proc/_pid_/ns/_type_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:50
-msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format **+**__list__ (e.g., *lsns -o +PATH*)."
+msgid ""
+"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
+"format **+**__list__ (e.g., *lsns -o +PATH*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:57
-msgid "Display only the namespaces without processes (aka persistent namespaces), created by bind mounting /proc/pid/ns/type files to a filesystem path."
+msgid ""
+"Display only the namespaces without processes (aka persistent namespaces), "
+"created by bind mounting /proc/pid/ns/type files to a filesystem path."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:63
-msgid "Print only the namespaces that meet the conditions specified by the expr."
+msgid ""
+"Print only the namespaces that meet the conditions specified by the expr."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:67
-msgid "This feature is EXPERIMENTAL. See also *scols-filter*(5). For example exclude root as username, but print every namespaces more than one process belongs to:"
+msgid ""
+"This feature is EXPERIMENTAL. See also *scols-filter*(5). For example "
+"exclude root as username, but print every namespaces more than one process "
+"belongs to:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:76
-msgid "Display the specified _type_ of namespaces only. The supported types are *mnt*, *net*, *ipc*, *user*, *pid*, *uts*, *cgroup* and *time*. This option may be given more than once."
+msgid ""
+"Display the specified _type_ of namespaces only. The supported types are "
+"*mnt*, *net*, *ipc*, *user*, *pid*, *uts*, *cgroup* and *time*. This option "
+"may be given more than once."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:85
-msgid "Use tree-like output format. If *process* is given as _rel_, print process tree(s) in each name space. This is default when *--tree* is not specified. If *parent* is given, print tree(s) constructed by the parent/child relationship. If *owner* is given, print tree(s) constructed by the owner/owned relationship. *owner* is used as default when _rel_ is omitted."
+msgid ""
+"Use tree-like output format. If *process* is given as _rel_, print process "
+"tree(s) in each name space. This is default when *--tree* is not specified. "
+"If *parent* is given, print tree(s) constructed by the parent/child "
+"relationship. If *owner* is given, print tree(s) constructed by the owner/"
+"owned relationship. *owner* is used as default when _rel_ is omitted."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#| "*unshare*(1),\n"
#| "*clone*(2),\n"
#| "*namespaces*(7)\n"
-msgid "*nsenter*(1), *unshare*(1), *clone*(2), *namespaces*(7), *ioctl_ns*(2), *ip-netns*(8) *scols-filter*(5)"
+msgid ""
+"*nsenter*(1), *unshare*(1), *clone*(2), *namespaces*(7), *ioctl_ns*(2), *ip-"
+"netns*(8) *scols-filter*(5)"
msgstr ""
"*nsenter*(1),\n"
"*unshare*(1),\n"
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "B<mount [-fnrsvw] [-o >I<options>B< [,...]] >I<device >B<|>I< dir>"
msgid "*mount* [*-fnrsvw*] [*-o* _options_] _device_|_mountpoint_"
-msgstr "B<mount [-fnrsvw] [-o >I<opciones>B< [,...]] >I<dispositivo >B<|>I< dir>"
+msgstr ""
+"B<mount [-fnrsvw] [-o >I<opciones>B< [,...]] >I<dispositivo >B<|>I< dir>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:55
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "B<mount [-fnrsvw] [-t >I<vfstype>B<] [-o >I<options>B<] >I<device dir>"
-msgid "*mount* [*-fnrsvw*] [*-t* _fstype_] [*-o* _options_] _device mountpoint_"
-msgstr "B<mount [-fnrsvw] [-t >I<tipo-sfv>B<] [-o >I<opciones>B<] >I<dispositivo dir>"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "B<mount [-fnrsvw] [-t >I<vfstype>B<] [-o >I<options>B<] >I<device dir>"
+msgid ""
+"*mount* [*-fnrsvw*] [*-t* _fstype_] [*-o* _options_] _device mountpoint_"
+msgstr ""
+"B<mount [-fnrsvw] [-t >I<tipo-sfv>B<] [-o >I<opciones>B<] >I<dispositivo dir>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:57
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:59
-msgid "*mount* *--make-*[*shared*|*slave*|*private*|*unbindable*|*rshared*|*rslave*|*rprivate*|*runbindable*] _mountpoint_"
+msgid ""
+"*mount* *--make-*[*shared*|*slave*|*private*|*unbindable*|*rshared*|*rslave*|"
+"*rprivate*|*runbindable*] _mountpoint_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:63
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the file hierarchy, rooted at B</>. These files can be spread out over several devices. The B<mount> command serves to attach the file system found on some device to the big file tree. Conversely, the B<umount>(8) command will detach it again."
-msgid "All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the file hierarchy, rooted at _/_. These files can be spread out over several devices. The *mount* command serves to attach the filesystem found on some device to the big file tree. Conversely, the *umount*(8) command will detach it again. The filesystem is used to control how data is stored on the device or provided in a virtual way by network or other services."
-msgstr "Todos los ficheros accesibles en un sistema Unix están dispuestos en un gran árbol, la jerarquía de ficheros, con la raíz en B</>. Estos ficheros pueden estar distribuidos sobre varios dispositivos. La orden B<mount> sirve para pegar el sistema de ficheros encontrado en algún dispositivo al gran árbol de ficheros. De modo análogo pero al revés, la orden B<umount>(8) lo despegará de él de nuevo."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the "
+#| "file hierarchy, rooted at B</>. These files can be spread out over "
+#| "several devices. The B<mount> command serves to attach the file system "
+#| "found on some device to the big file tree. Conversely, the B<umount>(8) "
+#| "command will detach it again."
+msgid ""
+"All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the file "
+"hierarchy, rooted at _/_. These files can be spread out over several "
+"devices. The *mount* command serves to attach the filesystem found on some "
+"device to the big file tree. Conversely, the *umount*(8) command will detach "
+"it again. The filesystem is used to control how data is stored on the device "
+"or provided in a virtual way by network or other services."
+msgstr ""
+"Todos los ficheros accesibles en un sistema Unix están dispuestos en un gran "
+"árbol, la jerarquía de ficheros, con la raíz en B</>. Estos ficheros pueden "
+"estar distribuidos sobre varios dispositivos. La orden B<mount> sirve para "
+"pegar el sistema de ficheros encontrado en algún dispositivo al gran árbol "
+"de ficheros. De modo análogo pero al revés, la orden B<umount>(8) lo "
+"despegará de él de nuevo."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:65
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:71
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "This tells the kernel to attach the file system found on I<device> (which is of type I<type>) at the directory I<dir>. The previous contents (if any) and owner and mode of I<dir> become invisible, and as long as this file system remains mounted, the pathname I<dir> refers to the root of the file system on I<device>."
-msgid "This tells the kernel to attach the filesystem found on _device_ (which is of type _type_) at the directory _dir_. The option *-t* _type_ is optional. The *mount* command is usually able to detect a filesystem. The root permissions are necessary to mount a filesystem by default. See section \"Non-superuser mounts\" below for more details. The previous contents (if any) and owner and mode of _dir_ become invisible, and as long as this filesystem remains mounted, the pathname _dir_ refers to the root of the filesystem on _device_."
-msgstr "Esto le dice al núcleo que anexe el sistema de ficheros que encuentre en I<dispositivo> (que es del tipo I<tipo>) al directorio I<dir>. Los contenidos anteriores (si había), así como el propietario y permisos de I<dir> se vuelven invisibles (están ocultos, tapados), y mientras este sistema de ficheros permanezca montado, el nombre de ruta I<dir>, también llamado I<punto de montaje>, se refiere a la raíz del sistema de ficheros en I<dispositivo>."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This tells the kernel to attach the file system found on I<device> (which "
+#| "is of type I<type>) at the directory I<dir>. The previous contents (if "
+#| "any) and owner and mode of I<dir> become invisible, and as long as this "
+#| "file system remains mounted, the pathname I<dir> refers to the root of "
+#| "the file system on I<device>."
+msgid ""
+"This tells the kernel to attach the filesystem found on _device_ (which is "
+"of type _type_) at the directory _dir_. The option *-t* _type_ is optional. "
+"The *mount* command is usually able to detect a filesystem. The root "
+"permissions are necessary to mount a filesystem by default. See section "
+"\"Non-superuser mounts\" below for more details. The previous contents (if "
+"any) and owner and mode of _dir_ become invisible, and as long as this "
+"filesystem remains mounted, the pathname _dir_ refers to the root of the "
+"filesystem on _device_."
+msgstr ""
+"Esto le dice al núcleo que anexe el sistema de ficheros que encuentre en "
+"I<dispositivo> (que es del tipo I<tipo>) al directorio I<dir>. Los "
+"contenidos anteriores (si había), así como el propietario y permisos de "
+"I<dir> se vuelven invisibles (están ocultos, tapados), y mientras este "
+"sistema de ficheros permanezca montado, el nombre de ruta I<dir>, también "
+"llamado I<punto de montaje>, se refiere a la raíz del sistema de ficheros en "
+"I<dispositivo>."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:73
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:79
-msgid "then *mount* looks for a mountpoint (and if not found then for a device) in the _/etc/fstab_ file. It's possible to use the *--target* or *--source* options to avoid ambiguous interpretation of the given argument. For example:"
+msgid ""
+"then *mount* looks for a mountpoint (and if not found then for a device) in "
+"the _/etc/fstab_ file. It's possible to use the *--target* or *--source* "
+"options to avoid ambiguous interpretation of the given argument. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:85
-msgid "The same filesystem may be mounted more than once, and in some cases (e.g., network filesystems) the same filesystem may be mounted on the same mountpoint multiple times. The *mount* command does not implement any policy to control this behavior. All behavior is controlled by the kernel and it is usually specific to the filesystem driver. The exception is *--all*, in this case already mounted filesystems are ignored (see *--all* below for more details)."
+msgid ""
+"The same filesystem may be mounted more than once, and in some cases (e.g., "
+"network filesystems) the same filesystem may be mounted on the same "
+"mountpoint multiple times. The *mount* command does not implement any policy "
+"to control this behavior. All behavior is controlled by the kernel and it is "
+"usually specific to the filesystem driver. The exception is *--all*, in this "
+"case already mounted filesystems are ignored (see *--all* below for more "
+"details)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:91
-msgid "For more robust and customizable output use *findmnt*(8), *especially in your scripts*. Note that control characters in the mountpoint name are replaced with '?'."
+msgid ""
+"For more robust and customizable output use *findmnt*(8), *especially in "
+"your scripts*. Note that control characters in the mountpoint name are "
+"replaced with '?'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "lists all mounted file systems (of type I<type>) - see below."
msgid "The following command lists all mounted filesystems (of type _type_):"
-msgstr "lista todos los sistemas de ficheros montados (del tipo I<tipo>) --vea más adelante--."
+msgstr ""
+"lista todos los sistemas de ficheros montados (del tipo I<tipo>) --vea más "
+"adelante--."
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:96
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:103
-msgid "Most devices are indicated by a filename (of a block special device), like _/dev/sda1_, but there are other possibilities. For example, in the case of an NFS mount, _device_ may look like _knuth.cwi.nl:/dir_."
-msgstr "La mayoría de dispositivos se indican mediante un nombre de fichero (de un dispositivo especial de bloques), como _/dev/sda1_, pero hay otras posibilidades. Por ejemplo, en el caso de un montaje por NFS, _dispositivo_ puede ser algo como _knuth.cwi.nl:/dir_."
+msgid ""
+"Most devices are indicated by a filename (of a block special device), like _/"
+"dev/sda1_, but there are other possibilities. For example, in the case of an "
+"NFS mount, _device_ may look like _knuth.cwi.nl:/dir_."
+msgstr ""
+"La mayoría de dispositivos se indican mediante un nombre de fichero (de un "
+"dispositivo especial de bloques), como _/dev/sda1_, pero hay otras "
+"posibilidades. Por ejemplo, en el caso de un montaje por NFS, _dispositivo_ "
+"puede ser algo como _knuth.cwi.nl:/dir_."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:105
-msgid "The device names of disk partitions are unstable; hardware reconfiguration, and adding or removing a device can cause changes in names. This is the reason why it's strongly recommended to use filesystem or partition identifiers like UUID or LABEL. Currently supported identifiers (tags):"
+msgid ""
+"The device names of disk partitions are unstable; hardware reconfiguration, "
+"and adding or removing a device can cause changes in names. This is the "
+"reason why it's strongly recommended to use filesystem or partition "
+"identifiers like UUID or LABEL. Currently supported identifiers (tags):"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:111
-msgid "Filesystem universally unique identifier. The format of the UUID is usually a series of hex digits separated by hyphens. See also *-U*."
+msgid ""
+"Filesystem universally unique identifier. The format of the UUID is usually "
+"a series of hex digits separated by hyphens. See also *-U*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:113
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Note that B<mount>(8) uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation of the UUID should be based on lower case characters."
-msgid "Note that *mount* uses UUIDs as strings. The UUIDs from the command line or from *fstab*(5) are not converted to internal binary representation. The string representation of the UUID should be based on lower case characters."
-msgstr "Observe que B<mount>(8) emplea UUIDs como cadenas. Estas cadenas deben estar formadas por minúsculas."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Note that B<mount>(8) uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation "
+#| "of the UUID should be based on lower case characters."
+msgid ""
+"Note that *mount* uses UUIDs as strings. The UUIDs from the command line or "
+"from *fstab*(5) are not converted to internal binary representation. The "
+"string representation of the UUID should be based on lower case characters."
+msgstr ""
+"Observe que B<mount>(8) emplea UUIDs como cadenas. Estas cadenas deben estar "
+"formadas por minúsculas."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:114
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:116
-msgid "Human readable partition identifier. This identifier is independent on filesystem and does not change by *mkfs* or *mkswap* operations. It's supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
+msgid ""
+"Human readable partition identifier. This identifier is independent on "
+"filesystem and does not change by *mkfs* or *mkswap* operations. It's "
+"supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:119
-msgid "Partition universally unique identifier. This identifier is independent on filesystem and does not change by *mkfs* or *mkswap* operations. It's supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
+msgid ""
+"Partition universally unique identifier. This identifier is independent on "
+"filesystem and does not change by *mkfs* or *mkswap* operations. It's "
+"supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:122
-msgid "Hardware block device ID as generated by udevd. This identifier is usually based on WWN (unique storage identifier) and assigned by the hardware manufacturer. See *ls /dev/disk/by-id* for more details, this directory and running udevd is required. This identifier is not recommended for generic use as the identifier is not strictly defined and it depends on udev, udev rules and hardware."
+msgid ""
+"Hardware block device ID as generated by udevd. This identifier is usually "
+"based on WWN (unique storage identifier) and assigned by the hardware "
+"manufacturer. See *ls /dev/disk/by-id* for more details, this directory and "
+"running udevd is required. This identifier is not recommended for generic "
+"use as the identifier is not strictly defined and it depends on udev, udev "
+"rules and hardware."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:124
-msgid "The command *lsblk --fs* provides an overview of filesystems, LABELs and UUIDs on available block devices. The command *blkid -p <device>* provides details about a filesystem on the specified device."
+msgid ""
+"The command *lsblk --fs* provides an overview of filesystems, LABELs and "
+"UUIDs on available block devices. The command *blkid -p <device>* provides "
+"details about a filesystem on the specified device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:126
-msgid "Don't forget that there is no guarantee that UUIDs and labels are really unique, especially if you move, share or copy the device. Use *lsblk -o +UUID,PARTUUID* to verify that the UUIDs are really unique in your system."
+msgid ""
+"Don't forget that there is no guarantee that UUIDs and labels are really "
+"unique, especially if you move, share or copy the device. Use *lsblk -o "
+"+UUID,PARTUUID* to verify that the UUIDs are really unique in your system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:128
-msgid "The recommended setup is to use tags (e.g. *UUID*=_uuid_) rather than _/dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,id,partuuid,partlabel}_ udev symlinks in the _/etc/fstab_ file. Tags are more readable, robust and portable. The *mount*(8) command internally uses udev symlinks, so the use of symlinks in _/etc/fstab_ has no advantage over tags. For more details see *libblkid*(3)."
+msgid ""
+"The recommended setup is to use tags (e.g. *UUID*=_uuid_) rather than _/dev/"
+"disk/by-{label,uuid,id,partuuid,partlabel}_ udev symlinks in the _/etc/"
+"fstab_ file. Tags are more readable, robust and portable. The *mount*(8) "
+"command internally uses udev symlinks, so the use of symlinks in _/etc/"
+"fstab_ has no advantage over tags. For more details see *libblkid*(3)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:130
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The I<proc> file system is not associated with a special device, and when mounting it, an arbitrary keyword, such as I<proc> can be used instead of a device specification. (The customary choice I<none> is less fortunate: the error message `none busy' from B<umount> can be confusing.)"
-msgid "The _proc_ filesystem is not associated with a special device, and when mounting it, an arbitrary keyword - for example, __proc__ - can be used instead of a device specification. (The customary choice _none_ is less fortunate: the error message 'none already mounted' from *mount* can be confusing.)"
-msgstr "El sistema de ficheros I<proc> no está asociado a ningún dispositivo o fichero especial, y cuando se monte, se puede emplear una palabra arbitraria, como I<proc>, en vez de una especificación de dispositivo. (La elección personal I<none> es menos afortunada: el mensaje de error `none busy' (nadie [está] ocupado) de B<umount> puede confundir.)"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The I<proc> file system is not associated with a special device, and when "
+#| "mounting it, an arbitrary keyword, such as I<proc> can be used instead of "
+#| "a device specification. (The customary choice I<none> is less fortunate: "
+#| "the error message `none busy' from B<umount> can be confusing.)"
+msgid ""
+"The _proc_ filesystem is not associated with a special device, and when "
+"mounting it, an arbitrary keyword - for example, __proc__ - can be used "
+"instead of a device specification. (The customary choice _none_ is less "
+"fortunate: the error message 'none already mounted' from *mount* can be "
+"confusing.)"
+msgstr ""
+"El sistema de ficheros I<proc> no está asociado a ningún dispositivo o "
+"fichero especial, y cuando se monte, se puede emplear una palabra "
+"arbitraria, como I<proc>, en vez de una especificación de dispositivo. (La "
+"elección personal I<none> es menos afortunada: el mensaje de error `none "
+"busy' (nadie [está] ocupado) de B<umount> puede confundir.)"
#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:131
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:134
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The file I</etc/fstab> (see B<fstab>(5)), may contain lines describing what devices are usually mounted where, using which options. This file is used in three ways:"
-msgid "The file _/etc/fstab_ (see *fstab*(5)), may contain lines describing what devices are usually mounted where, using which options. The default location of the *fstab*(5) file can be overridden with the *--fstab* _path_ command-line option (see below for more details)."
-msgstr "El fichero I</etc/fstab> (vea B<fstab>(5)), puede contener renglones que describan qué dispositivos se montan usualmente dónde, empleando cuáles opciones. Este fichero se emplea de tres formas:"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The file I</etc/fstab> (see B<fstab>(5)), may contain lines describing "
+#| "what devices are usually mounted where, using which options. This file is "
+#| "used in three ways:"
+msgid ""
+"The file _/etc/fstab_ (see *fstab*(5)), may contain lines describing what "
+"devices are usually mounted where, using which options. The default location "
+"of the *fstab*(5) file can be overridden with the *--fstab* _path_ command-"
+"line option (see below for more details)."
+msgstr ""
+"El fichero I</etc/fstab> (vea B<fstab>(5)), puede contener renglones que "
+"describan qué dispositivos se montan usualmente dónde, empleando cuáles "
+"opciones. Este fichero se emplea de tres formas:"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:136
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:142
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "(usually given in a bootscript) causes all file systems mentioned in I<fstab> (of the proper type) to be mounted as indicated, except for those whose line contains the B<noauto> keyword. Adding the B<-F> option will make mount fork, so that the filesystems are mounted simultaneously."
-msgid "(usually given in a bootscript) causes all filesystems mentioned in _fstab_ (of the proper type and/or having or not having the proper options) to be mounted as indicated, except for those whose line contains the *noauto* keyword. Adding the *-F* option will make *mount* fork, so that the filesystems are mounted in parallel."
-msgstr "(usualmente dado en un guión de arranque) hace que todos los sistemas de ficheros mencionados en I<fstab> (del tipo adecuado) se monten como se indique, excepto aquéllos cuya línea contenga la palabra clave B<noauto>. Añadir la opción B<-F> hará que B<mount> se bifurque, de forma que los sistemas de ficheros se monten simultáneamente, en paralelo."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "(usually given in a bootscript) causes all file systems mentioned in "
+#| "I<fstab> (of the proper type) to be mounted as indicated, except for "
+#| "those whose line contains the B<noauto> keyword. Adding the B<-F> option "
+#| "will make mount fork, so that the filesystems are mounted simultaneously."
+msgid ""
+"(usually given in a bootscript) causes all filesystems mentioned in _fstab_ "
+"(of the proper type and/or having or not having the proper options) to be "
+"mounted as indicated, except for those whose line contains the *noauto* "
+"keyword. Adding the *-F* option will make *mount* fork, so that the "
+"filesystems are mounted in parallel."
+msgstr ""
+"(usualmente dado en un guión de arranque) hace que todos los sistemas de "
+"ficheros mencionados en I<fstab> (del tipo adecuado) se monten como se "
+"indique, excepto aquéllos cuya línea contenga la palabra clave B<noauto>. "
+"Añadir la opción B<-F> hará que B<mount> se bifurque, de forma que los "
+"sistemas de ficheros se monten simultáneamente, en paralelo."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:144
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "(ii) When mounting a file system mentioned in I<fstab>, it suffices to give only the device, or only the mount point."
-msgid "When mounting a filesystem mentioned in _fstab_ or _mtab_, it suffices to specify on the command line only the device, or only the mount point."
-msgstr "(ii) Cuando se monte un sistema de ficheros mencionado en I<fstab>, basta con dar sólo el dispositivo o el punto de montaje."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "(ii) When mounting a file system mentioned in I<fstab>, it suffices to "
+#| "give only the device, or only the mount point."
+msgid ""
+"When mounting a filesystem mentioned in _fstab_ or _mtab_, it suffices to "
+"specify on the command line only the device, or only the mount point."
+msgstr ""
+"(ii) Cuando se monte un sistema de ficheros mencionado en I<fstab>, basta "
+"con dar sólo el dispositivo o el punto de montaje."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:146
-msgid "The programs *mount* and *umount*(8) traditionally maintained a list of currently mounted filesystems in the file _/etc/mtab_. The support for regular classic _/etc/mtab_ is completely disabled at compile time by default, because on current Linux systems it is better to make _/etc/mtab_ a symlink to _/proc/mounts_ instead. The regular _mtab_ file maintained in userspace cannot reliably work with namespaces, containers and other advanced Linux features. If the regular _mtab_ support is enabled, then it's possible to use the file as well as the symlink."
+msgid ""
+"The programs *mount* and *umount*(8) traditionally maintained a list of "
+"currently mounted filesystems in the file _/etc/mtab_. The support for "
+"regular classic _/etc/mtab_ is completely disabled at compile time by "
+"default, because on current Linux systems it is better to make _/etc/mtab_ a "
+"symlink to _/proc/mounts_ instead. The regular _mtab_ file maintained in "
+"userspace cannot reliably work with namespaces, containers and other "
+"advanced Linux features. If the regular _mtab_ support is enabled, then it's "
+"possible to use the file as well as the symlink."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:148
-msgid "If no arguments are given to *mount*, the list of mounted filesystems is printed."
+msgid ""
+"If no arguments are given to *mount*, the list of mounted filesystems is "
+"printed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:150
-msgid "If you want to override mount options from _/etc/fstab_, you have to use the *-o* option:"
+msgid ""
+"If you want to override mount options from _/etc/fstab_, you have to use the "
+"*-o* option:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:156
-msgid "and then the mount options from the command line will be appended to the list of options from _/etc/fstab_. This default behaviour can be changed using the *--options-mode* command-line option. The usual behavior is that the last option wins if there are conflicting ones."
+msgid ""
+"and then the mount options from the command line will be appended to the "
+"list of options from _/etc/fstab_. This default behaviour can be changed "
+"using the *--options-mode* command-line option. The usual behavior is that "
+"the last option wins if there are conflicting ones."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:158
-msgid "The *mount* program does not read the _/etc/fstab_ file if both _device_ (or LABEL, UUID, ID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL) and _dir_ are specified. For example, to mount device *foo* at */dir*:"
+msgid ""
+"The *mount* program does not read the _/etc/fstab_ file if both _device_ (or "
+"LABEL, UUID, ID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL) and _dir_ are specified. For "
+"example, to mount device *foo* at */dir*:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:164
-msgid "This default behaviour can be changed by using the *--options-source-force* command-line option to always read configuration from _fstab_. For non-root users *mount* always reads the _fstab_ configuration."
+msgid ""
+"This default behaviour can be changed by using the *--options-source-force* "
+"command-line option to always read configuration from _fstab_. For non-root "
+"users *mount* always reads the _fstab_ configuration."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:168
-msgid "Normally, only the superuser can mount filesystems. However, when _fstab_ contains the *user* option on a line, anybody can mount the corresponding filesystem."
-msgstr "Normalmente, sólo el superusuario puede montar sistemas de ficheros. Sin embargo, cuando _fstab_ contiene la opción *user* en una línea, entonces cualquiera puede montar el sistema de ficheros correspondiente."
+msgid ""
+"Normally, only the superuser can mount filesystems. However, when _fstab_ "
+"contains the *user* option on a line, anybody can mount the corresponding "
+"filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalmente, sólo el superusuario puede montar sistemas de ficheros. Sin "
+"embargo, cuando _fstab_ contiene la opción *user* en una línea, entonces "
+"cualquiera puede montar el sistema de ficheros correspondiente."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:170
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:176
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "any user can mount the iso9660 file system found on his CDROM using the command"
-msgid "any user can mount the iso9660 filesystem found on an inserted CDROM using the command:"
-msgstr "cualquier usuario puede montar el sistema de ficheros de tipo iso9660 encontrado en su CD-ROM mediante la orden"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "any user can mount the iso9660 file system found on his CDROM using the "
+#| "command"
+msgid ""
+"any user can mount the iso9660 filesystem found on an inserted CDROM using "
+"the command:"
+msgstr ""
+"cualquier usuario puede montar el sistema de ficheros de tipo iso9660 "
+"encontrado en su CD-ROM mediante la orden"
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:179
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:182
-msgid "Note that *mount* is very strict about non-root users and all paths specified on command line are verified before _fstab_ is parsed or a helper program is executed. It's strongly recommended to use a valid mountpoint to specify filesystem, otherwise *mount* may fail. For example it's a bad idea to use NFS or CIFS source on command line."
+msgid ""
+"Note that *mount* is very strict about non-root users and all paths "
+"specified on command line are verified before _fstab_ is parsed or a helper "
+"program is executed. It's strongly recommended to use a valid mountpoint to "
+"specify filesystem, otherwise *mount* may fail. For example it's a bad idea "
+"to use NFS or CIFS source on command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:184
-msgid "Since util-linux 2.35, *mount* does not exit when user permissions are inadequate according to libmount's internal security rules. Instead, it drops suid permissions and continues as regular non-root user. This behavior supports use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
+msgid ""
+"Since util-linux 2.35, *mount* does not exit when user permissions are "
+"inadequate according to libmount's internal security rules. Instead, it "
+"drops suid permissions and continues as regular non-root user. This behavior "
+"supports use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse "
+"filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:186
-msgid "For more details, see *fstab*(5). Only the user that mounted a filesystem can unmount it again. If any user should be able to unmount it, then use *users* instead of *user* in the _fstab_ line. The *owner* option is similar to the *user* option, with the restriction that the user must be the owner of the special file. This may be useful e.g. for _/dev/fd_ if a login script makes the console user owner of this device. The *group* option is similar, with the restriction that the user must be a member of the group of the special file."
+msgid ""
+"For more details, see *fstab*(5). Only the user that mounted a filesystem "
+"can unmount it again. If any user should be able to unmount it, then use "
+"*users* instead of *user* in the _fstab_ line. The *owner* option is similar "
+"to the *user* option, with the restriction that the user must be the owner "
+"of the special file. This may be useful e.g. for _/dev/fd_ if a login script "
+"makes the console user owner of this device. The *group* option is similar, "
+"with the restriction that the user must be a member of the group of the "
+"special file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:188
-msgid "The *user* mount option is accepted if no username is specified. If used in the format *user=someone*, the option is silently ignored and visible only for external mount helpers (/sbin/mount.<type>) for compatibility with some network filesystems."
+msgid ""
+"The *user* mount option is accepted if no username is specified. If used in "
+"the format *user=someone*, the option is silently ignored and visible only "
+"for external mount helpers (/sbin/mount.<type>) for compatibility with some "
+"network filesystems."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:206
-msgid "It is important to understand that \"bind\" does not create any second-class or special node in the kernel VFS. The \"bind\" is just another operation to attach a filesystem. There is nowhere stored information that the filesystem has been attached by a \"bind\" operation. The _olddir_ and _newdir_ are independent and the _olddir_ may be unmounted."
+msgid ""
+"It is important to understand that \"bind\" does not create any second-class "
+"or special node in the kernel VFS. The \"bind\" is just another operation to "
+"attach a filesystem. There is nowhere stored information that the filesystem "
+"has been attached by a \"bind\" operation. The _olddir_ and _newdir_ are "
+"independent and the _olddir_ may be unmounted."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:208
-msgid "One can also remount a single file (on a single file). It's also possible to use a bind mount to create a mountpoint from a regular directory, for example:"
+msgid ""
+"One can also remount a single file (on a single file). It's also possible to "
+"use a bind mount to create a mountpoint from a regular directory, for "
+"example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:214
-msgid "The bind mount call attaches only (part of) a single filesystem, not possible submounts. The entire file hierarchy including submounts can be attached a second place by using:"
+msgid ""
+"The bind mount call attaches only (part of) a single filesystem, not "
+"possible submounts. The entire file hierarchy including submounts can be "
+"attached a second place by using:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:220
-msgid "Note that the filesystem mount options maintained by the kernel will remain the same as those on the original mount point. The userspace mount options (e.g., _netdev) will not be copied by *mount* and it's necessary to explicitly specify the options on the *mount* command line."
+msgid ""
+"Note that the filesystem mount options maintained by the kernel will remain "
+"the same as those on the original mount point. The userspace mount options "
+"(e.g., _netdev) will not be copied by *mount* and it's necessary to "
+"explicitly specify the options on the *mount* command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:222
-msgid "Since util-linux 2.27 *mount* permits changing the mount options by passing the relevant options along with *--bind*. For example:"
+msgid ""
+"Since util-linux 2.27 *mount* permits changing the mount options by passing "
+"the relevant options along with *--bind*. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:228
-msgid "This feature is not supported by the Linux kernel; it is implemented in userspace by an additional *mount*(2) remounting system call. This solution is not atomic."
+msgid ""
+"This feature is not supported by the Linux kernel; it is implemented in "
+"userspace by an additional *mount*(2) remounting system call. This solution "
+"is not atomic."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:230
-msgid "The alternative (classic) way to create a read-only bind mount is to use the remount operation, for example:"
+msgid ""
+"The alternative (classic) way to create a read-only bind mount is to use the "
+"remount operation, for example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:238
-msgid "Note that a read-only bind will create a read-only mountpoint (VFS entry), but the original filesystem superblock will still be writable, meaning that the _olddir_ will be writable, but the _newdir_ will be read-only."
+msgid ""
+"Note that a read-only bind will create a read-only mountpoint (VFS entry), "
+"but the original filesystem superblock will still be writable, meaning that "
+"the _olddir_ will be writable, but the _newdir_ will be read-only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:240
-msgid "It's also possible to change nosuid, nodev, noexec, noatime, nodiratime, relatime and nosymfollow VFS entry flags via a \"remount,bind\" operation. The other flags (for example filesystem-specific flags) are silently ignored. The classic *mount*(2) system call does not allow to change mount options recursively (for example with *-o rbind,ro*). The recursive semantic is possible with a new *mount_setattr*(2) kernel system call and it's supported since libmount from util-linux v2.39 by a new experimental \"recursive\" option argument (e.g. *-o rbind,ro=recursive*). For more details see the *FILESYSTEM-INDEPENDENT MOUNT OPTIONS* section."
+msgid ""
+"It's also possible to change nosuid, nodev, noexec, noatime, nodiratime, "
+"relatime and nosymfollow VFS entry flags via a \"remount,bind\" operation. "
+"The other flags (for example filesystem-specific flags) are silently "
+"ignored. The classic *mount*(2) system call does not allow to change mount "
+"options recursively (for example with *-o rbind,ro*). The recursive semantic "
+"is possible with a new *mount_setattr*(2) kernel system call and it's "
+"supported since libmount from util-linux v2.39 by a new experimental "
+"\"recursive\" option argument (e.g. *-o rbind,ro=recursive*). For more "
+"details see the *FILESYSTEM-INDEPENDENT MOUNT OPTIONS* section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:242
-msgid "Since util-linux 2.31, *mount* ignores the *bind* flag from _/etc/fstab_ on a *remount* operation (if *-o remount* is specified on command line). This is necessary to fully control mount options on remount by command line. In previous versions the bind flag has been always applied and it was impossible to re-define mount options without interaction with the bind semantic. This *mount* behavior does not affect situations when \"remount,bind\" is specified in the _/etc/fstab_ file."
+msgid ""
+"Since util-linux 2.31, *mount* ignores the *bind* flag from _/etc/fstab_ on "
+"a *remount* operation (if *-o remount* is specified on command line). This "
+"is necessary to fully control mount options on remount by command line. In "
+"previous versions the bind flag has been always applied and it was "
+"impossible to re-define mount options without interaction with the bind "
+"semantic. This *mount* behavior does not affect situations when \"remount,"
+"bind\" is specified in the _/etc/fstab_ file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:244
-msgid "Since util-linux 2.39, *mount* may use the new kernel mount API if it is available. This new kernel interface provides a more precise way to work with mountpoint attributes. For example, the *-o bind,rw* operation will create a read-write node even if the original node was read-only. This was impossible with the old classic mount(2) syscall, where the read-only VFS flag was inherited from the original node."
+msgid ""
+"Since util-linux 2.39, *mount* may use the new kernel mount API if it is "
+"available. This new kernel interface provides a more precise way to work "
+"with mountpoint attributes. For example, the *-o bind,rw* operation will "
+"create a read-write node even if the original node was read-only. This was "
+"impossible with the old classic mount(2) syscall, where the read-only VFS "
+"flag was inherited from the original node."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:254
-msgid "This will cause the contents which previously appeared under _olddir_ to now be accessible under _newdir_. The physical location of the files is not changed. Note that _olddir_ has to be a mountpoint."
+msgid ""
+"This will cause the contents which previously appeared under _olddir_ to now "
+"be accessible under _newdir_. The physical location of the files is not "
+"changed. Note that _olddir_ has to be a mountpoint."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:256
-msgid "Note also that moving a mount residing under a shared mount is invalid and unsupported. Use *findmnt -o TARGET,PROPAGATION* to see the current propagation flags."
+msgid ""
+"Note also that moving a mount residing under a shared mount is invalid and "
+"unsupported. Use *findmnt -o TARGET,PROPAGATION* to see the current "
+"propagation flags."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:260
-msgid "Since Linux 2.6.15 it is possible to mark a mount and its submounts as shared, private, slave or unbindable. A shared mount provides the ability to create mirrors of that mount such that mounts and unmounts within any of the mirrors propagate to the other mirror. A slave mount receives propagation from its master, but not vice versa. A private mount carries no propagation abilities. An unbindable mount is a private mount which cannot be cloned through a bind operation. The detailed semantics are documented in _Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt_ file in the kernel source tree; see also *mount_namespaces*(7)."
+msgid ""
+"Since Linux 2.6.15 it is possible to mark a mount and its submounts as "
+"shared, private, slave or unbindable. A shared mount provides the ability to "
+"create mirrors of that mount such that mounts and unmounts within any of the "
+"mirrors propagate to the other mirror. A slave mount receives propagation "
+"from its master, but not vice versa. A private mount carries no propagation "
+"abilities. An unbindable mount is a private mount which cannot be cloned "
+"through a bind operation. The detailed semantics are documented in "
+"_Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt_ file in the kernel source "
+"tree; see also *mount_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:271
-msgid "The following commands allow one to recursively change the type of all the mounts under a given mountpoint."
+msgid ""
+"The following commands allow one to recursively change the type of all the "
+"mounts under a given mountpoint."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:280
-msgid "*mount* *does not read* *fstab*(5) when a *--make-** operation is requested. All necessary information has to be specified on the command line."
+msgid ""
+"*mount* *does not read* *fstab*(5) when a *--make-** operation is requested. "
+"All necessary information has to be specified on the command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:282
-msgid "Note that the Linux kernel does not allow changing multiple propagation flags with a single *mount*(2) system call, and the flags cannot be mixed with other mount options and operations."
+msgid ""
+"Note that the Linux kernel does not allow changing multiple propagation "
+"flags with a single *mount*(2) system call, and the flags cannot be mixed "
+"with other mount options and operations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:284
-msgid "Since util-linux 2.23 the *mount* command can be used to do more propagation (topology) changes by one *mount*(8) call and do it also together with other mount operations. The propagation flags are applied by additional *mount*(2) system calls when the preceding mount operations were successful. Note that this use case is not atomic. It is possible to specify the propagation flags in *fstab*(5) as mount options (*private*, *slave*, *shared*, *unbindable*, *rprivate*, *rslave*, *rshared*, *runbindable*)."
+msgid ""
+"Since util-linux 2.23 the *mount* command can be used to do more propagation "
+"(topology) changes by one *mount*(8) call and do it also together with other "
+"mount operations. The propagation flags are applied by additional *mount*(2) "
+"system calls when the preceding mount operations were successful. Note that "
+"this use case is not atomic. It is possible to specify the propagation flags "
+"in *fstab*(5) as mount options (*private*, *slave*, *shared*, *unbindable*, "
+"*rprivate*, *rslave*, *rshared*, *runbindable*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:302
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The full set of options used by an invocation of B<mount> is determined by first extracting the options for the file system from the I<fstab> table, then applying any options specified by the B<-o> argument, and finally applying a B<-r> or B<-w> option, when present."
-msgid "The full set of mount options used by an invocation of *mount* is determined by first extracting the mount options for the filesystem from the _fstab_ table, then applying any options specified by the *-o* argument, and finally applying a *-r* or *-w* option, when present."
-msgstr "El conjunto completo de opciones empleadas por una llamada de B<mount> se determina primeramente extrayendo las opciones para el sistema de ficheros desde la tabla de I<fstab>, luego aplicando las opciones especificadas al argumento B<-o>, y finalmente aplicando una opción B<-r> o B<-w> cuando esté presente."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The full set of options used by an invocation of B<mount> is determined "
+#| "by first extracting the options for the file system from the I<fstab> "
+#| "table, then applying any options specified by the B<-o> argument, and "
+#| "finally applying a B<-r> or B<-w> option, when present."
+msgid ""
+"The full set of mount options used by an invocation of *mount* is determined "
+"by first extracting the mount options for the filesystem from the _fstab_ "
+"table, then applying any options specified by the *-o* argument, and finally "
+"applying a *-r* or *-w* option, when present."
+msgstr ""
+"El conjunto completo de opciones empleadas por una llamada de B<mount> se "
+"determina primeramente extrayendo las opciones para el sistema de ficheros "
+"desde la tabla de I<fstab>, luego aplicando las opciones especificadas al "
+"argumento B<-o>, y finalmente aplicando una opción B<-r> o B<-w> cuando esté "
+"presente."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:304
-msgid "The *mount* command does not pass all command-line options to the **/sbin/mount.**__suffix__ mount helpers. The interface between *mount* and the mount helpers is described below in the *EXTERNAL HELPERS* section."
+msgid ""
+"The *mount* command does not pass all command-line options to the **/sbin/"
+"mount.**__suffix__ mount helpers. The interface between *mount* and the "
+"mount helpers is described below in the *EXTERNAL HELPERS* section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:309
-msgid "Mount all filesystems (of the given types) mentioned in _fstab_ (except for those whose line contains the *noauto* keyword). The filesystems are mounted following their order in _fstab_. The *mount* command compares filesystem source, target (and fs root for bind mount or btrfs) to detect already mounted filesystems. The kernel table with already mounted filesystems is cached during *mount --all*. This means that all duplicated _fstab_ entries will be mounted."
+msgid ""
+"Mount all filesystems (of the given types) mentioned in _fstab_ (except for "
+"those whose line contains the *noauto* keyword). The filesystems are mounted "
+"following their order in _fstab_. The *mount* command compares filesystem "
+"source, target (and fs root for bind mount or btrfs) to detect already "
+"mounted filesystems. The kernel table with already mounted filesystems is "
+"cached during *mount --all*. This means that all duplicated _fstab_ entries "
+"will be mounted."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:311
-msgid "The correct functionality depends on _/proc_ (to detect already mounted filesystems) and on _/sys_ (to evaluate filesystem tags like UUID= or LABEL=). It's strongly recommended to mount _/proc_ and _/sys_ filesystems before *mount -a* is executed, or keep /proc and /sys at the beginning of _fstab_."
+msgid ""
+"The correct functionality depends on _/proc_ (to detect already mounted "
+"filesystems) and on _/sys_ (to evaluate filesystem tags like UUID= or "
+"LABEL=). It's strongly recommended to mount _/proc_ and _/sys_ filesystems "
+"before *mount -a* is executed, or keep /proc and /sys at the beginning of "
+"_fstab_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:313
-msgid "The option *--all* is possible to use for remount operation too. In this case all filters (*-t* and *-O*) are applied to the table of already mounted filesystems."
+msgid ""
+"The option *--all* is possible to use for remount operation too. In this "
+"case all filters (*-t* and *-O*) are applied to the table of already mounted "
+"filesystems."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:315
-msgid "Since version 2.35 it is possible to use the command line option *-o* to alter mount options from _fstab_ (see also *--options-mode*)."
+msgid ""
+"Since version 2.35 it is possible to use the command line option *-o* to "
+"alter mount options from _fstab_ (see also *--options-mode*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:317
-msgid "Note that it is a bad practice to use *mount -a* for _fstab_ checking. The recommended solution is *findmnt --verify*."
+msgid ""
+"Note that it is a bad practice to use *mount -a* for _fstab_ checking. The "
+"recommended solution is *findmnt --verify*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:320
-msgid "Remount a subtree somewhere else (so that its contents are available in both places). See above, under *Bind mount operation*."
+msgid ""
+"Remount a subtree somewhere else (so that its contents are available in both "
+"places). See above, under *Bind mount operation*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:323
-msgid "Do not canonicalize any paths or tags during the mount process. The *mount* command automatically canonicalizes all paths (from the command line or _fstab_). This option can be used in conjunction with the *-f* flag for paths that are already canonicalized. This option is intended for mount helpers that call *mount -i*. It is highly recommended to not use this command-line option for regular mount operations. See also the X-mount.nocanonicalize mount options."
+msgid ""
+"Do not canonicalize any paths or tags during the mount process. The *mount* "
+"command automatically canonicalizes all paths (from the command line or "
+"_fstab_). This option can be used in conjunction with the *-f* flag for "
+"paths that are already canonicalized. This option is intended for mount "
+"helpers that call *mount -i*. It is highly recommended to not use this "
+"command-line option for regular mount operations. See also the X-mount."
+"nocanonicalize mount options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:325
-msgid "Note that *mount* does not pass this option to the **/sbin/mount.**__type__ helpers."
+msgid ""
+"Note that *mount* does not pass this option to the **/sbin/mount.**__type__ "
+"helpers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:328
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "(Used in conjunction with B<-a>.) Fork off a new incarnation of mount for each device. This will do the mounts on different devices or different NFS servers in parallel. This has the advantage that it is faster; also NFS timeouts go in parallel. A disadvantage is that the mounts are done in undefined order. Thus, you cannot use this option if you want to mount both I</usr> and I</usr/spool>."
-msgid "(Used in conjunction with *-a*.) Fork off a new incarnation of *mount* for each device. This will do the mounts on different devices or different NFS servers in parallel. This has the advantage that it is faster; also NFS timeouts proceed in parallel. A disadvantage is that the order of the mount operations is undefined. Thus, you cannot use this option if you want to mount both _/usr_ and _/usr/spool_."
-msgstr "(Empleado en conjunción con B<-a>.) Bifurca una nueva encarnación de B<mount> para cada dispositivo. Esto efectuará los montajes en diferentes dispositivos o servidores de NFS en paralelo. Esto tiene la ventaja de que es más rápido; también las esperas en NFS van en paralelo. Una desventaja es que los montajes se hacen en un orden no definido. Así, Ud. no puede emplear esta opción si quiere montar tanto I</usr> como I</usr/spool>."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "(Used in conjunction with B<-a>.) Fork off a new incarnation of mount "
+#| "for each device. This will do the mounts on different devices or "
+#| "different NFS servers in parallel. This has the advantage that it is "
+#| "faster; also NFS timeouts go in parallel. A disadvantage is that the "
+#| "mounts are done in undefined order. Thus, you cannot use this option if "
+#| "you want to mount both I</usr> and I</usr/spool>."
+msgid ""
+"(Used in conjunction with *-a*.) Fork off a new incarnation of *mount* for "
+"each device. This will do the mounts on different devices or different NFS "
+"servers in parallel. This has the advantage that it is faster; also NFS "
+"timeouts proceed in parallel. A disadvantage is that the order of the mount "
+"operations is undefined. Thus, you cannot use this option if you want to "
+"mount both _/usr_ and _/usr/spool_."
+msgstr ""
+"(Empleado en conjunción con B<-a>.) Bifurca una nueva encarnación de "
+"B<mount> para cada dispositivo. Esto efectuará los montajes en diferentes "
+"dispositivos o servidores de NFS en paralelo. Esto tiene la ventaja de que "
+"es más rápido; también las esperas en NFS van en paralelo. Una desventaja es "
+"que los montajes se hacen en un orden no definido. Así, Ud. no puede emplear "
+"esta opción si quiere montar tanto I</usr> como I</usr/spool>."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:329
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:331
-msgid "Causes everything to be done except for the mount-related system calls. The *--fake* option was originally designed to write an entry to _/etc/mtab_ without actually mounting."
+msgid ""
+"Causes everything to be done except for the mount-related system calls. The "
+"*--fake* option was originally designed to write an entry to _/etc/mtab_ "
+"without actually mounting."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:333
-msgid "The _/etc/mtab_ is no longer maintained in userspace, and starting from version 2.39, the mount operation can be a complex chain of operations with dependencies between the syscalls. The *--fake* option forces libmount to skip all mount source preparation, mount option analysis, and the actual mounting process."
+msgid ""
+"The _/etc/mtab_ is no longer maintained in userspace, and starting from "
+"version 2.39, the mount operation can be a complex chain of operations with "
+"dependencies between the syscalls. The *--fake* option forces libmount to "
+"skip all mount source preparation, mount option analysis, and the actual "
+"mounting process."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:335
-msgid "The difference between fake and non-fake execution is huge. This is the reason why the *--fake* option has minimal significance for the current *mount*(8) implementation and it is maintained mostly for backward compatibility."
+msgid ""
+"The difference between fake and non-fake execution is huge. This is the "
+"reason why the *--fake* option has minimal significance for the current "
+"*mount*(8) implementation and it is maintained mostly for backward "
+"compatibility."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:344
-msgid "Add the labels in the mount output. *mount* must have permission to read the disk device (e.g. be set-user-ID root) for this to work. One can set such a label for ext2, ext3 or ext4 using the *e2label*(8) utility, or for XFS using *xfs_admin*(8), or for reiserfs using *reiserfstune*(8)."
+msgid ""
+"Add the labels in the mount output. *mount* must have permission to read the "
+"disk device (e.g. be set-user-ID root) for this to work. One can set such a "
+"label for ext2, ext3 or ext4 using the *e2label*(8) utility, or for XFS "
+"using *xfs_admin*(8), or for reiserfs using *reiserfstune*(8)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:347
-msgid "Move a subtree to some other place. See above, the subsection *The move operation*."
+msgid ""
+"Move a subtree to some other place. See above, the subsection *The move "
+"operation*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:350
-msgid "Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exist yet. Alias to \"-o X-mount.mkdir[=mode]\", the default mode is 0755. For more details see *X-mount.mkdir* below."
+msgid ""
+"Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exist yet. "
+"Alias to \"-o X-mount.mkdir[=mode]\", the default mode is 0755. For more "
+"details see *X-mount.mkdir* below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:353
-msgid "Add the specified user/group mapping to an *X-mount.idmap* map. These options can be given multiple times to build up complete mappings for users and groups. For more details see *X-mount.idmap* below."
+msgid ""
+"Add the specified user/group mapping to an *X-mount.idmap* map. These "
+"options can be given multiple times to build up complete mappings for users "
+"and groups. For more details see *X-mount.idmap* below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:356
-msgid "Use the specified user namespace for user and group mapping in an id-mapped mount. This is an alias for \"-o X-mount.idmap=/proc/_PID_/ns/user\" and cannot be used twice nor together with the _inner_:_outer_:_count_ option format above. For more details see *X-mount.idmap* below."
+msgid ""
+"Use the specified user namespace for user and group mapping in an id-mapped "
+"mount. This is an alias for \"-o X-mount.idmap=/proc/_PID_/ns/user\" and "
+"cannot be used twice nor together with the _inner_:_outer_:_count_ option "
+"format above. For more details see *X-mount.idmap* below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:359
-msgid "Mount without writing in _/etc/mtab_. This is necessary for example when _/etc_ is on a read-only filesystem."
-msgstr "Monta sin escribir en _/etc/mtab_. Esto es necesario por ejemplo cuando _/etc_ está en un sistema de ficheros de lectura exclusiva."
+msgid ""
+"Mount without writing in _/etc/mtab_. This is necessary for example when _/"
+"etc_ is on a read-only filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+"Monta sin escribir en _/etc/mtab_. Esto es necesario por ejemplo cuando _/"
+"etc_ está en un sistema de ficheros de lectura exclusiva."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:360 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:86
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:362
-msgid "Perform the mount operation in the mount namespace specified by _ns_. _ns_ is either PID of process running in that namespace or special file representing that namespace."
+msgid ""
+"Perform the mount operation in the mount namespace specified by _ns_. _ns_ "
+"is either PID of process running in that namespace or special file "
+"representing that namespace."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:364
-msgid "*mount* switches to the mount namespace when it reads _/etc/fstab_, writes _/etc/mtab: (or writes to _/run/mount_) and calls *mount*(2), otherwise it runs in the original mount namespace. This means that the target namespace does not have to contain any libraries or other requirements necessary to execute the *mount*(2) call."
+msgid ""
+"*mount* switches to the mount namespace when it reads _/etc/fstab_, writes _/"
+"etc/mtab: (or writes to _/run/mount_) and calls *mount*(2), otherwise it "
+"runs in the original mount namespace. This means that the target namespace "
+"does not have to contain any libraries or other requirements necessary to "
+"execute the *mount*(2) call."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:369
-msgid "Limit the set of filesystems to which the *-a* option applies. In this regard it is like the *-t* option except that *-O* is useless without *-a*. For example, the command"
+msgid ""
+"Limit the set of filesystems to which the *-a* option applies. In this "
+"regard it is like the *-t* option except that *-O* is useless without *-a*. "
+"For example, the command"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:373
-msgid "mounts all filesystems except those which have the option _netdev_ specified in the options field in the _/etc/fstab_ file."
+msgid ""
+"mounts all filesystems except those which have the option _netdev_ specified "
+"in the options field in the _/etc/fstab_ file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:375
-msgid "It is different from *-t* in that each option is matched exactly; a leading *no* at the beginning of one option does not negate the rest."
+msgid ""
+"It is different from *-t* in that each option is matched exactly; a leading "
+"*no* at the beginning of one option does not negate the rest."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:377
-msgid "The *-t* and *-O* options are cumulative in effect; that is, the command"
+msgid ""
+"The *-t* and *-O* options are cumulative in effect; that is, the command"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:381
-msgid "mounts all ext2 filesystems with the _netdev option, not all filesystems that are either ext2 or have the _netdev option specified."
+msgid ""
+"mounts all ext2 filesystems with the _netdev option, not all filesystems "
+"that are either ext2 or have the _netdev option specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:384
-msgid "Use the specified mount options. The _opts_ argument is a comma-separated list. For example:"
+msgid ""
+"Use the specified mount options. The _opts_ argument is a comma-separated "
+"list. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:388
-msgid "Note that the order of the options matters, as the last option wins if there are conflicting ones. The options from the command line also overwrite options from fstab by default."
+msgid ""
+"Note that the order of the options matters, as the last option wins if there "
+"are conflicting ones. The options from the command line also overwrite "
+"options from fstab by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:390
-msgid "For more details, see the *FILESYSTEM-INDEPENDENT MOUNT OPTIONS* and *FILESYSTEM-SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS* sections."
+msgid ""
+"For more details, see the *FILESYSTEM-INDEPENDENT MOUNT OPTIONS* and "
+"*FILESYSTEM-SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS* sections."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:393
-msgid "Forces *mount* command to check if the filesystem is already mounted. This behavior is the default for *--all*; otherwise, it depends on the kernel filesystem driver. Some filesystems may be mounted more than once on the same mount point (e.g. tmpfs)."
+msgid ""
+"Forces *mount* command to check if the filesystem is already mounted. This "
+"behavior is the default for *--all*; otherwise, it depends on the kernel "
+"filesystem driver. Some filesystems may be mounted more than once on the "
+"same mount point (e.g. tmpfs)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:396
-msgid "Controls how to combine options from _fstab_/_mtab_ with options from the command line. _mode_ can be one of *ignore*, *append*, *prepend* or *replace*. For example, *append* means that options from _fstab_ are appended to options from the command line. The default value is *prepend* -- it means command line options are evaluated after _fstab_ options. Note that the last option wins if there are conflicting ones."
+msgid ""
+"Controls how to combine options from _fstab_/_mtab_ with options from the "
+"command line. _mode_ can be one of *ignore*, *append*, *prepend* or "
+"*replace*. For example, *append* means that options from _fstab_ are "
+"appended to options from the command line. The default value is *prepend* -- "
+"it means command line options are evaluated after _fstab_ options. Note that "
+"the last option wins if there are conflicting ones."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:399
-msgid "Source of default options. _source_ is a comma-separated list of *fstab*, *mtab* and *disable*. *disable* disables *fstab* and *mtab* and enables *--options-source-force*. The default value is *fstab,mtab*."
+msgid ""
+"Source of default options. _source_ is a comma-separated list of *fstab*, "
+"*mtab* and *disable*. *disable* disables *fstab* and *mtab* and enables *--"
+"options-source-force*. The default value is *fstab,mtab*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:402
-msgid "Use options from _fstab_/_mtab_ even if both _device_ and _dir_ are specified."
+msgid ""
+"Use options from _fstab_/_mtab_ even if both _device_ and _dir_ are "
+"specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:405
-msgid "Remount a subtree and all possible submounts somewhere else (so that its contents are available in both places). See above, the subsection *Bind mount operation*."
+msgid ""
+"Remount a subtree and all possible submounts somewhere else (so that its "
+"contents are available in both places). See above, the subsection *Bind "
+"mount operation*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:408
msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only. A synonym is *-o ro*."
-msgstr "Monta el sistema de ficheros de lectura exclusiva. Un sinónimo es *-o ro*."
+msgstr ""
+"Monta el sistema de ficheros de lectura exclusiva. Un sinónimo es *-o ro*."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:410
-msgid "Note that, depending on the filesystem type, state and kernel behavior, the system may still write to the device. For example, ext3 and ext4 will replay the journal if the filesystem is dirty. To prevent this kind of write access, you may want to mount an ext3 or ext4 filesystem with the *ro,noload* mount options or set the block device itself to read-only mode, see the *blockdev*(8) command."
+msgid ""
+"Note that, depending on the filesystem type, state and kernel behavior, the "
+"system may still write to the device. For example, ext3 and ext4 will replay "
+"the journal if the filesystem is dirty. To prevent this kind of write "
+"access, you may want to mount an ext3 or ext4 filesystem with the *ro,"
+"noload* mount options or set the block device itself to read-only mode, see "
+"the *blockdev*(8) command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:413
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore mount options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support this option. This option exists for support of the Linux autofs-based automounter."
-msgid "Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore mount options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support this option. Currently it's supported by the *mount.nfs* mount helper only."
-msgstr "Tolera opciones de montaje medio malas en vez de fallar. Esto hará que se pasen por alto opciones de montaje no admitidas por un tipo de sistema de ficheros. No todos los sistemas de ficheros admiten esta opción. Esta opción existe para dar soporte al automontador de Linux basado en autofs."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore mount "
+#| "options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support "
+#| "this option. This option exists for support of the Linux autofs-based "
+#| "automounter."
+msgid ""
+"Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore mount "
+"options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support this "
+"option. Currently it's supported by the *mount.nfs* mount helper only."
+msgstr ""
+"Tolera opciones de montaje medio malas en vez de fallar. Esto hará que se "
+"pasen por alto opciones de montaje no admitidas por un tipo de sistema de "
+"ficheros. No todos los sistemas de ficheros admiten esta opción. Esta "
+"opción existe para dar soporte al automontador de Linux basado en autofs."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:414
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:416
-msgid "If only one argument for the *mount* command is given, then the argument might be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This option allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount source."
+msgid ""
+"If only one argument for the *mount* command is given, then the argument "
+"might be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This "
+"option allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount source."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:419
-msgid "If only one argument for the mount command is given, then the argument might be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This option allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount target."
+msgid ""
+"If only one argument for the mount command is given, then the argument might "
+"be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This option "
+"allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount target."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:422
-msgid "Prepend the specified directory to all mount targets. This option can be used to follow _fstab_, but mount operations are done in another place, for example:"
+msgid ""
+"Prepend the specified directory to all mount targets. This option can be "
+"used to follow _fstab_, but mount operations are done in another place, for "
+"example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:426
-msgid "mounts all from system _fstab_ to _/chroot_, all missing mountpoint are created (due to X-mount.mkdir). See also *--fstab* to use an alternative _fstab_."
+msgid ""
+"mounts all from system _fstab_ to _/chroot_, all missing mountpoint are "
+"created (due to X-mount.mkdir). See also *--fstab* to use an alternative "
+"_fstab_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:429
-msgid "Specifies an alternative _fstab_ file. If _path_ is a directory, then the files in the directory are sorted by *strverscmp*(3); files that start with \".\" or without an _.fstab_ extension are ignored. The option can be specified more than once. This option is mostly designed for initramfs or chroot scripts where additional configuration is specified beyond standard system configuration."
+msgid ""
+"Specifies an alternative _fstab_ file. If _path_ is a directory, then the "
+"files in the directory are sorted by *strverscmp*(3); files that start with "
+"\".\" or without an _.fstab_ extension are ignored. The option can be "
+"specified more than once. This option is mostly designed for initramfs or "
+"chroot scripts where additional configuration is specified beyond standard "
+"system configuration."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:431
-msgid "Note that *mount* does not pass the option *--fstab* to the **/sbin/mount.**__type__ helpers, meaning that the alternative _fstab_ files will be invisible for the helpers. This is no problem for normal mounts, but user (non-root) mounts always require _fstab_ to verify the user's rights."
+msgid ""
+"Note that *mount* does not pass the option *--fstab* to the **/sbin/mount."
+"**__type__ helpers, meaning that the alternative _fstab_ files will be "
+"invisible for the helpers. This is no problem for normal mounts, but user "
+"(non-root) mounts always require _fstab_ to verify the user's rights."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:434
-msgid "The argument following the *-t* is used to indicate the filesystem type. The filesystem types which are currently supported depend on the running kernel. See _/proc/filesystems_ and _/lib/modules/$(uname -r)/kernel/fs_ for a complete list of the filesystems. The most common are ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, btrfs, vfat, sysfs, proc, nfs and cifs."
+msgid ""
+"The argument following the *-t* is used to indicate the filesystem type. The "
+"filesystem types which are currently supported depend on the running kernel. "
+"See _/proc/filesystems_ and _/lib/modules/$(uname -r)/kernel/fs_ for a "
+"complete list of the filesystems. The most common are ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, "
+"btrfs, vfat, sysfs, proc, nfs and cifs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:436
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "B<mount>(8) and B<umount>(8) support filesystem I<subtypes>. The subtype is defined by '.subtype' suffix. For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the first fstab field (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated)."
-msgid "The programs *mount* and *umount*(8) support filesystem subtypes. The subtype is defined by a '.subtype' suffix. For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the mount source (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated)."
-msgstr "B<mount>(8) y B<umount>(8) admiten el uso de I<subtipos> al definir sistemas de fichero. El subtipo se define mediante el sufijo '.subtype'. Por ejemplo, 'fuse.sshfs'. Se recomienda usar esto en lugar de agregar cualquier prefijo al primer campo fstab (por ejemplo, 'sshfs # example.com' que está en desuso)."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "B<mount>(8) and B<umount>(8) support filesystem I<subtypes>. The "
+#| "subtype is defined by '.subtype' suffix. For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's "
+#| "recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the "
+#| "first fstab field (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated)."
+msgid ""
+"The programs *mount* and *umount*(8) support filesystem subtypes. The "
+"subtype is defined by a '.subtype' suffix. For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's "
+"recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the mount "
+"source (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated)."
+msgstr ""
+"B<mount>(8) y B<umount>(8) admiten el uso de I<subtipos> al definir sistemas "
+"de fichero. El subtipo se define mediante el sufijo '.subtype'. Por ejemplo, "
+"'fuse.sshfs'. Se recomienda usar esto en lugar de agregar cualquier prefijo "
+"al primer campo fstab (por ejemplo, 'sshfs # example.com' que está en "
+"desuso)."
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:438
-msgid "If no *-t* option is given, or if the *auto* type is specified, *mount* will try to guess the desired type. *mount* uses the *libblkid*(3) library for guessing the filesystem type; if that does not turn up anything that looks familiar, *mount* will try to read the file _/etc/filesystems_, or, if that does not exist, _/proc/filesystems_. All of the filesystem types listed there will be tried, except for those that are labeled \"nodev\" (e.g. _devpts_, _proc_ and _nfs_). If _/etc/filesystems_ ends in a line with a single {asterisk}, mount will read _/proc/filesystems_ afterwards. While trying, all filesystem types will be mounted with the mount option *silent*."
+msgid ""
+"If no *-t* option is given, or if the *auto* type is specified, *mount* will "
+"try to guess the desired type. *mount* uses the *libblkid*(3) library for "
+"guessing the filesystem type; if that does not turn up anything that looks "
+"familiar, *mount* will try to read the file _/etc/filesystems_, or, if that "
+"does not exist, _/proc/filesystems_. All of the filesystem types listed "
+"there will be tried, except for those that are labeled \"nodev\" (e.g. "
+"_devpts_, _proc_ and _nfs_). If _/etc/filesystems_ ends in a line with a "
+"single {asterisk}, mount will read _/proc/filesystems_ afterwards. While "
+"trying, all filesystem types will be mounted with the mount option *silent*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:441
-msgid "The *auto* type may be useful for user-mounted floppies. Creating a file _/etc/filesystems_ can be useful to change the probe order (e.g., to try vfat before msdos or ext3 before ext2) or if you use a kernel module autoloader."
+msgid ""
+"The *auto* type may be useful for user-mounted floppies. Creating a file _/"
+"etc/filesystems_ can be useful to change the probe order (e.g., to try vfat "
+"before msdos or ext3 before ext2) or if you use a kernel module autoloader."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:443
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list. The list of file system types can be prefixed with B<no> to specify the file system types on which no action should be taken. (This can be meaningful with the B<-a> option.)"
-msgid "More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list, for the *-t* option as well as in an _/etc/fstab_ entry. The list of filesystem types for the *-t* option can be prefixed with *no* to specify the filesystem types on which no action should be taken. The prefix *no* has no effect when specified in an _/etc/fstab_ entry."
-msgstr "Se puede especificar más de un tipo en una lista de tipos separados por comas. La lista de los tipos de sistemas de ficheros puede prefijarse por B<no> para especificar los tipos de sistemas de ficheros sobre los que no se deberá tomar ninguna opción. (Esto puede tener sentido con la opción B<-a>.)"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list. The list "
+#| "of file system types can be prefixed with B<no> to specify the file "
+#| "system types on which no action should be taken. (This can be meaningful "
+#| "with the B<-a> option.)"
+msgid ""
+"More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list, for the *-t* "
+"option as well as in an _/etc/fstab_ entry. The list of filesystem types for "
+"the *-t* option can be prefixed with *no* to specify the filesystem types on "
+"which no action should be taken. The prefix *no* has no effect when "
+"specified in an _/etc/fstab_ entry."
+msgstr ""
+"Se puede especificar más de un tipo en una lista de tipos separados por "
+"comas. La lista de los tipos de sistemas de ficheros puede prefijarse por "
+"B<no> para especificar los tipos de sistemas de ficheros sobre los que no se "
+"deberá tomar ninguna opción. (Esto puede tener sentido con la opción B<-a>.)"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:445
-msgid "The prefix *no* can be meaningful with the *-a* option. For example, the command"
+msgid ""
+"The prefix *no* can be meaningful with the *-a* option. For example, the "
+"command"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "mounts all filesystems except those of type I<msdos> and I<smbfs>."
msgid "mounts all filesystems except those of type _msdos_ and _smbfs_."
-msgstr "monta todos los sistemas de ficheros listados en I</etc/fstab> excepto los de tipo I<msdos> o I<smbfs>."
+msgstr ""
+"monta todos los sistemas de ficheros listados en I</etc/fstab> excepto los "
+"de tipo I<msdos> o I<smbfs>."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:451
-msgid "For most types all the *mount* program has to do is issue a simple *mount*(2) system call, and no detailed knowledge of the filesystem type is required. For a few types however (like nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, ncpfs) an ad hoc code is necessary. The nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, and ncpfs filesystems have a separate mount program. In order to make it possible to treat all types in a uniform way, *mount* will execute the program **/sbin/mount.**__type__ (if that exists) when called with type _type_. Since different versions of the *smbmount* program have different calling conventions, */sbin/mount.smbfs* may have to be a shell script that sets up the desired call."
+msgid ""
+"For most types all the *mount* program has to do is issue a simple "
+"*mount*(2) system call, and no detailed knowledge of the filesystem type is "
+"required. For a few types however (like nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, ncpfs) an ad "
+"hoc code is necessary. The nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, and ncpfs filesystems "
+"have a separate mount program. In order to make it possible to treat all "
+"types in a uniform way, *mount* will execute the program **/sbin/mount."
+"**__type__ (if that exists) when called with type _type_. Since different "
+"versions of the *smbmount* program have different calling conventions, */"
+"sbin/mount.smbfs* may have to be a shell script that sets up the desired "
+"call."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:457
-msgid "Enables verbose mode. Starting from version 2.41, if the new kernel mount API is available, it will also print kernel info messages."
+msgid ""
+"Enables verbose mode. Starting from version 2.41, if the new kernel mount "
+"API is available, it will also print kernel info messages."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:460
-msgid "Mount the filesystem read/write. Read-write is the kernel default and the *mount* default is to try read-only if the previous *mount*(2) syscall with read-write flags on write-protected devices failed."
+msgid ""
+"Mount the filesystem read/write. Read-write is the kernel default and the "
+"*mount* default is to try read-only if the previous *mount*(2) syscall with "
+"read-write flags on write-protected devices failed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:464
-msgid "Note that specifying *-w* on the command line forces *mount* to never try read-only mount on write-protected devices or already mounted read-only filesystems."
+msgid ""
+"Note that specifying *-w* on the command line forces *mount* to never try "
+"read-only mount on write-protected devices or already mounted read-only "
+"filesystems."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:470
-msgid "Some of these options are only useful when they appear in the _/etc/fstab_ file."
+msgid ""
+"Some of these options are only useful when they appear in the _/etc/fstab_ "
+"file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:475
-msgid "Some of these options could be enabled or disabled by default in the system kernel. To check the current setting see the options in _/proc/mounts_. Note that filesystems also have per-filesystem specific default mount options (see for example *tune2fs -l* output for ext__N__ filesystems)."
+msgid ""
+"Some of these options could be enabled or disabled by default in the system "
+"kernel. To check the current setting see the options in _/proc/mounts_. Note "
+"that filesystems also have per-filesystem specific default mount options "
+"(see for example *tune2fs -l* output for ext__N__ filesystems)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:482
-msgid "The Virtual File System (VFS) is the abstract layer in the kernel that provides the filesystem interface to userspace programs. It also provides an abstraction within the kernel which allows different filesystem implementations to coexist. Some of the mount options only apply to this layer."
+msgid ""
+"The Virtual File System (VFS) is the abstract layer in the kernel that "
+"provides the filesystem interface to userspace programs. It also provides an "
+"abstraction within the kernel which allows different filesystem "
+"implementations to coexist. Some of the mount options only apply to this "
+"layer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:487
-msgid "The options *nosuid*, *noexec*, *nodiratime*, *relatime*, *noatime*, *strictatime*, and *nosymfollow* are interpreted only by the virtual-filesystem kernel layer and are applied to the mountpoint node rather than to the filesystem itself. To get a complete overview of filesystems and VFS options, try:"
+msgid ""
+"The options *nosuid*, *noexec*, *nodiratime*, *relatime*, *noatime*, "
+"*strictatime*, and *nosymfollow* are interpreted only by the virtual-"
+"filesystem kernel layer and are applied to the mountpoint node rather than "
+"to the filesystem itself. To get a complete overview of filesystems and VFS "
+"options, try:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:496
-msgid "Since v2.39, libmount can use a new kernel mount interface to set the VFS attributes recursively. For backward compatibility, this feature is not enabled by default, even if recursive operation (e.g. rbind) has been requested. The new option argument \"recursive\" can be specified, for example:"
+msgid ""
+"Since v2.39, libmount can use a new kernel mount interface to set the VFS "
+"attributes recursively. For backward compatibility, this feature is not "
+"enabled by default, even if recursive operation (e.g. rbind) has been "
+"requested. The new option argument \"recursive\" can be specified, for "
+"example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:504
-msgid "This recursively binds filesystems from /foo to /bar, making /bar and all submounts read-only and noexec, but only /bar itself will be \"nosuid\". The \"recursive\" optional argument for VFS mount options is an EXPERIMENTAL feature."
+msgid ""
+"This recursively binds filesystems from /foo to /bar, making /bar and all "
+"submounts read-only and noexec, but only /bar itself will be \"nosuid\". The "
+"\"recursive\" optional argument for VFS mount options is an EXPERIMENTAL "
+"feature."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:511
-msgid "The read-only setting (*ro* or *rw*) is interpreted by the virtual-filesystem and the filesystem, and it depends on how the option is specified on the *mount*(8) command line. For backward compatibility, the default is to use it for both layers during standard mount operations."
+msgid ""
+"The read-only setting (*ro* or *rw*) is interpreted by the virtual-"
+"filesystem and the filesystem, and it depends on how the option is specified "
+"on the *mount*(8) command line. For backward compatibility, the default is "
+"to use it for both layers during standard mount operations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:516
-msgid "The operation \"-o bind,remount,ro\" is applied only to the VFS mountpoint, while the operation \"-o remount,ro\" is applied to both the VFS and filesystem superblock. This semantic allows for the creation of a read-only mountpoint while keeping the filesystem writable from another mountpoint."
+msgid ""
+"The operation \"-o bind,remount,ro\" is applied only to the VFS mountpoint, "
+"while the operation \"-o remount,ro\" is applied to both the VFS and "
+"filesystem superblock. This semantic allows for the creation of a read-only "
+"mountpoint while keeping the filesystem writable from another mountpoint."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:520
-msgid "Since version 2.41, libmount has the ability to use optional arguments _vfs_ and _fs_ (e.g. ro=fs) to specify where the read-only setting should be applied. For example, using the command:"
+msgid ""
+"Since version 2.41, libmount has the ability to use optional arguments _vfs_ "
+"and _fs_ (e.g. ro=fs) to specify where the read-only setting should be "
+"applied. For example, using the command:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:526
-msgid "will mount the filesystem as read-write on the superblock level, but the /A node will be set as read-only. In previous versions, this required an additional \"-o bind,remount,ro\" operation to achieve the same result."
+msgid ""
+"will mount the filesystem as read-write on the superblock level, but the /A "
+"node will be set as read-only. In previous versions, this required an "
+"additional \"-o bind,remount,ro\" operation to achieve the same result."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:532
-msgid "The following options apply to any filesystem that is being mounted, but not every filesystem actually honors them. For example, the *sync* option only has an effect on ext2, ext3, ext4, fat, vfat, ufs, and xfs filesystems."
+msgid ""
+"The following options apply to any filesystem that is being mounted, but not "
+"every filesystem actually honors them. For example, the *sync* option only "
+"has an effect on ext2, ext3, ext4, fat, vfat, ufs, and xfs filesystems."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:535
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "All I/O to the file system should be done asynchronously."
-msgid "All I/O to the filesystem should be done asynchronously. (See also the *sync* option.)"
+msgid ""
+"All I/O to the filesystem should be done asynchronously. (See also the "
+"*sync* option.)"
msgstr "Toda la E/S al sistema de ficheros debería hacerse asíncronamente."
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:538
-msgid "Do not use the *noatime* feature, so the inode access time is controlled by kernel defaults. See also the descriptions of the *relatime* and *strictatime* mount options."
+msgid ""
+"Do not use the *noatime* feature, so the inode access time is controlled by "
+"kernel defaults. See also the descriptions of the *relatime* and "
+"*strictatime* mount options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:541
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Do not update inode access times on this file system (e.g, for faster access on the news spool to speed up news servers)."
-msgid "Do not update inode access times on this filesystem (e.g. for faster access on the news spool to speed up news servers). This works for all inode types (directories too), so it implies *nodiratime*."
-msgstr "No actualizar los tiempos de acceso a nodo-í en este sistema de ficheros (p.ej., para un acceso más rápido en el directorio de `spool' de las noticias o grupos de discusión (`news') para hacer más rápido un servidor de noticias)."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Do not update inode access times on this file system (e.g, for faster "
+#| "access on the news spool to speed up news servers)."
+msgid ""
+"Do not update inode access times on this filesystem (e.g. for faster access "
+"on the news spool to speed up news servers). This works for all inode types "
+"(directories too), so it implies *nodiratime*."
+msgstr ""
+"No actualizar los tiempos de acceso a nodo-í en este sistema de ficheros (p."
+"ej., para un acceso más rápido en el directorio de `spool' de las noticias o "
+"grupos de discusión (`news') para hacer más rápido un servidor de noticias)."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:542
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:547
-msgid "Can only be mounted explicitly (i.e., the *-a* option will not cause the filesystem to be mounted)."
-msgstr "Sólo puede montarse explícitamente (esto es, la opción *-a* no hará que el sistema de ficheros se monte)."
+msgid ""
+"Can only be mounted explicitly (i.e., the *-a* option will not cause the "
+"filesystem to be mounted)."
+msgstr ""
+"Sólo puede montarse explícitamente (esto es, la opción *-a* no hará que el "
+"sistema de ficheros se monte)."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:548
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:550
-msgid "The *context=* option is useful when mounting filesystems that do not support extended attributes, such as a floppy or hard disk formatted with VFAT, or systems that are not normally running under SELinux, such as an ext3 or ext4 formatted disk from a non-SELinux workstation. You can also use *context=* on filesystems you do not trust, such as a floppy. It also helps in compatibility with xattr-supporting filesystems on earlier 2.4.<x> kernel versions. Even where xattrs are supported, you can save time not having to label every file by assigning the entire disk one security context."
+msgid ""
+"The *context=* option is useful when mounting filesystems that do not "
+"support extended attributes, such as a floppy or hard disk formatted with "
+"VFAT, or systems that are not normally running under SELinux, such as an "
+"ext3 or ext4 formatted disk from a non-SELinux workstation. You can also use "
+"*context=* on filesystems you do not trust, such as a floppy. It also helps "
+"in compatibility with xattr-supporting filesystems on earlier 2.4.<x> kernel "
+"versions. Even where xattrs are supported, you can save time not having to "
+"label every file by assigning the entire disk one security context."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:552
-msgid "A commonly used option for removable media is *context=\"system_u:object_r:removable_t*."
+msgid ""
+"A commonly used option for removable media is *context=\"system_u:object_r:"
+"removable_t*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:554
-msgid "The *fscontext=* option works for all filesystems, regardless of their xattr support. The fscontext option sets the overarching filesystem label to a specific security context. This filesystem label is separate from the individual labels on the files. It represents the entire filesystem for certain kinds of permission checks, such as during mount or file creation. Individual file labels are still obtained from the xattrs on the files themselves. The context option actually sets the aggregate context that fscontext provides, in addition to supplying the same label for individual files."
+msgid ""
+"The *fscontext=* option works for all filesystems, regardless of their xattr "
+"support. The fscontext option sets the overarching filesystem label to a "
+"specific security context. This filesystem label is separate from the "
+"individual labels on the files. It represents the entire filesystem for "
+"certain kinds of permission checks, such as during mount or file creation. "
+"Individual file labels are still obtained from the xattrs on the files "
+"themselves. The context option actually sets the aggregate context that "
+"fscontext provides, in addition to supplying the same label for individual "
+"files."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:556
-msgid "You can set the default security context for unlabeled files using *defcontext=* option. This overrides the value set for unlabeled files in the policy and requires a filesystem that supports xattr labeling."
+msgid ""
+"You can set the default security context for unlabeled files using "
+"*defcontext=* option. This overrides the value set for unlabeled files in "
+"the policy and requires a filesystem that supports xattr labeling."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:558
-msgid "The *rootcontext=* option allows you to explicitly label the root inode of a FS being mounted before that FS or inode becomes visible to userspace. This was found to be useful for things like stateless Linux. The special value *@target* can be used to assign the current context of the target mountpoint location."
+msgid ""
+"The *rootcontext=* option allows you to explicitly label the root inode of a "
+"FS being mounted before that FS or inode becomes visible to userspace. This "
+"was found to be useful for things like stateless Linux. The special value "
+"*@target* can be used to assign the current context of the target mountpoint "
+"location."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:560
-msgid "Note that the kernel rejects any remount request that includes the context option, *even* when unchanged from the current context."
+msgid ""
+"Note that the kernel rejects any remount request that includes the context "
+"option, *even* when unchanged from the current context."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:562
-msgid "*Warning: the* _context_ *value might contain commas*, in which case the value has to be properly quoted, otherwise *mount* will interpret the comma as a separator between mount options. Don't forget that the shell strips off quotes and thus *double quoting is required*. For example:"
+msgid ""
+"*Warning: the* _context_ *value might contain commas*, in which case the "
+"value has to be properly quoted, otherwise *mount* will interpret the comma "
+"as a separator between mount options. Don't forget that the shell strips off "
+"quotes and thus *double quoting is required*. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:574
-msgid "Use the default options: *rw*, *suid*, *dev*, *exec*, *auto*, *nouser*, and *async*."
-msgstr "emplea las opciones por defecto: *rw*, *suid*, *dev*, *exec*, *auto*, *nouser* y *async*."
+msgid ""
+"Use the default options: *rw*, *suid*, *dev*, *exec*, *auto*, *nouser*, and "
+"*async*."
+msgstr ""
+"emplea las opciones por defecto: *rw*, *suid*, *dev*, *exec*, *auto*, "
+"*nouser* y *async*."
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:576
-msgid "Note that the real set of all default mount options depends on the kernel and filesystem type. See the beginning of this section for more details."
+msgid ""
+"Note that the real set of all default mount options depends on the kernel "
+"and filesystem type. See the beginning of this section for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:579
msgid "Interpret character or block special devices on the filesystem."
-msgstr "Interpretar dispositivos especiales de caracteres o bloques en el sistema de ficheros."
+msgstr ""
+"Interpretar dispositivos especiales de caracteres o bloques en el sistema de "
+"ficheros."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:580
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:582
msgid "Do not interpret character or block special devices on the filesystem."
-msgstr "No interpretar o reconocer dispositivos o ficheros especiales de bloques o caracteres en este sistema de ficheros."
+msgstr ""
+"No interpretar o reconocer dispositivos o ficheros especiales de bloques o "
+"caracteres en este sistema de ficheros."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:583
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:585
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Do not update inode access times on this file system (e.g, for faster access on the news spool to speed up news servers)."
-msgid "Update directory inode access times on this filesystem. This is the default. (This option is ignored when *noatime* is set.)"
-msgstr "No actualizar los tiempos de acceso a nodo-í en este sistema de ficheros (p.ej., para un acceso más rápido en el directorio de `spool' de las noticias o grupos de discusión (`news') para hacer más rápido un servidor de noticias)."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Do not update inode access times on this file system (e.g, for faster "
+#| "access on the news spool to speed up news servers)."
+msgid ""
+"Update directory inode access times on this filesystem. This is the default. "
+"(This option is ignored when *noatime* is set.)"
+msgstr ""
+"No actualizar los tiempos de acceso a nodo-í en este sistema de ficheros (p."
+"ej., para un acceso más rápido en el directorio de `spool' de las noticias o "
+"grupos de discusión (`news') para hacer más rápido un servidor de noticias)."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:586
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:588
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Do not update inode access times on this file system (e.g, for faster access on the news spool to speed up news servers)."
-msgid "Do not update directory inode access times on this filesystem. (This option is implied when *noatime* is set.)"
-msgstr "No actualizar los tiempos de acceso a nodo-í en este sistema de ficheros (p.ej., para un acceso más rápido en el directorio de `spool' de las noticias o grupos de discusión (`news') para hacer más rápido un servidor de noticias)."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Do not update inode access times on this file system (e.g, for faster "
+#| "access on the news spool to speed up news servers)."
+msgid ""
+"Do not update directory inode access times on this filesystem. (This option "
+"is implied when *noatime* is set.)"
+msgstr ""
+"No actualizar los tiempos de acceso a nodo-í en este sistema de ficheros (p."
+"ej., para un acceso más rápido en el directorio de `spool' de las noticias o "
+"grupos de discusión (`news') para hacer más rápido un servidor de noticias)."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:589
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:591
-msgid "All directory updates within the filesystem should be done synchronously. This affects the following system calls: *creat*(2), *link*(2), *unlink*(2), *symlink*(2), *mkdir*(2), *rmdir*(2), *mknod*(2) and *rename*(2)."
+msgid ""
+"All directory updates within the filesystem should be done synchronously. "
+"This affects the following system calls: *creat*(2), *link*(2), *unlink*(2), "
+"*symlink*(2), *mkdir*(2), *rmdir*(2), *mknod*(2) and *rename*(2)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:597
-msgid "Do not permit direct execution of any binaries on the mounted filesystem."
+msgid ""
+"Do not permit direct execution of any binaries on the mounted filesystem."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:600
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system. This option implies the options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
-msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if one of that user's groups matches the group of the device. This option implies the options *nosuid* and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line *group,dev,suid*)."
-msgstr "Permitir a un usuario ordinario montar el sistema de ficheros. Esta opción implica las opciones B<noexec>, B<nosuid> y B<nodev> (a menos que se sustituyan por otras subsiguientes, como en la línea de opciones B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system. This option implies the "
+#| "options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by "
+#| "subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
+msgid ""
+"Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if one of that user's groups "
+"matches the group of the device. This option implies the options *nosuid* "
+"and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line "
+"*group,dev,suid*)."
+msgstr ""
+"Permitir a un usuario ordinario montar el sistema de ficheros. Esta opción "
+"implica las opciones B<noexec>, B<nosuid> y B<nodev> (a menos que se "
+"sustituyan por otras subsiguientes, como en la línea de opciones B<user,exec,"
+"dev,suid>)."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:601
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:603
-msgid "Every time the inode is modified, the i_version field will be incremented."
+msgid ""
+"Every time the inode is modified, the i_version field will be incremented."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:609
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do not allow any changes to the protection bits on the file system."
-msgid "Allow mandatory locks on this filesystem. See *fcntl*(2). This option was deprecated in Linux 5.15."
-msgstr "No permitir ningún cambio en los bits de protección del sistema de ficheros."
+msgid ""
+"Allow mandatory locks on this filesystem. See *fcntl*(2). This option was "
+"deprecated in Linux 5.15."
+msgstr ""
+"No permitir ningún cambio en los bits de protección del sistema de ficheros."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:610
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Do not allow any changes to the protection bits on the file system."
msgid "Do not allow mandatory locks on this filesystem."
-msgstr "No permitir ningún cambio en los bits de protección del sistema de ficheros."
+msgstr ""
+"No permitir ningún cambio en los bits de protección del sistema de ficheros."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:613
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:615
-msgid "The filesystem resides on a device that requires network access (used to prevent the system from attempting to mount these filesystems until the network has been enabled on the system)."
+msgid ""
+"The filesystem resides on a device that requires network access (used to "
+"prevent the system from attempting to mount these filesystems until the "
+"network has been enabled on the system)."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:621
-msgid "Update inode access times relative to modify or change time. Access time is only updated if the previous access time was earlier than or equal to the current modify or change time. (Similar to *noatime*, but it doesn't break *mutt*(1) or other applications that need to know if a file has been read since the last time it was modified.)"
+msgid ""
+"Update inode access times relative to modify or change time. Access time is "
+"only updated if the previous access time was earlier than or equal to the "
+"current modify or change time. (Similar to *noatime*, but it doesn't break "
+"*mutt*(1) or other applications that need to know if a file has been read "
+"since the last time it was modified.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:623
-msgid "Since Linux 2.6.30, the kernel defaults to the behavior provided by this option (unless *noatime* was specified), and the *strictatime* option is required to obtain traditional semantics. In addition, since Linux 2.6.30, the file's last access time is always updated if it is more than 1 day old."
+msgid ""
+"Since Linux 2.6.30, the kernel defaults to the behavior provided by this "
+"option (unless *noatime* was specified), and the *strictatime* option is "
+"required to obtain traditional semantics. In addition, since Linux 2.6.30, "
+"the file's last access time is always updated if it is more than 1 day old."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:626
-msgid "Do not use the *relatime* feature. See also the *strictatime* mount option."
+msgid ""
+"Do not use the *relatime* feature. See also the *strictatime* mount option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:629
-msgid "Allows to explicitly request full atime updates. This makes it possible for the kernel to default to *relatime* or *noatime* but still allow userspace to override it. For more details about the default system mount options see _/proc/mounts_."
+msgid ""
+"Allows to explicitly request full atime updates. This makes it possible for "
+"the kernel to default to *relatime* or *noatime* but still allow userspace "
+"to override it. For more details about the default system mount options see "
+"_/proc/mounts_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:635
-msgid "Only update times (atime, mtime, ctime) on the in-memory version of the file inode."
+msgid ""
+"Only update times (atime, mtime, ctime) on the in-memory version of the file "
+"inode."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:637
-msgid "This mount option significantly reduces writes to the inode table for workloads that perform frequent random writes to preallocated files."
+msgid ""
+"This mount option significantly reduces writes to the inode table for "
+"workloads that perform frequent random writes to preallocated files."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:641
-msgid "the inode needs to be updated for some change unrelated to file timestamps"
+msgid ""
+"the inode needs to be updated for some change unrelated to file timestamps"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:650
-msgid "Honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when executing programs from this filesystem."
+msgid ""
+"Honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when executing "
+"programs from this filesystem."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:653
-msgid "Do not honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when executing programs from this filesystem. In addition, SELinux domain transitions require permission _nosuid_transition_, which in turn needs also policy capability _nnp_nosuid_transition_."
+msgid ""
+"Do not honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when "
+"executing programs from this filesystem. In addition, SELinux domain "
+"transitions require permission _nosuid_transition_, which in turn needs also "
+"policy capability _nnp_nosuid_transition_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:662
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system. This option implies the options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
-msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if that user is the owner of the device. This option implies the options *nosuid* and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line *owner,dev,suid*)."
-msgstr "Permitir a un usuario ordinario montar el sistema de ficheros. Esta opción implica las opciones B<noexec>, B<nosuid> y B<nodev> (a menos que se sustituyan por otras subsiguientes, como en la línea de opciones B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system. This option implies the "
+#| "options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by "
+#| "subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
+msgid ""
+"Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if that user is the owner of "
+"the device. This option implies the options *nosuid* and *nodev* (unless "
+"overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line *owner,dev,suid*)."
+msgstr ""
+"Permitir a un usuario ordinario montar el sistema de ficheros. Esta opción "
+"implica las opciones B<noexec>, B<nosuid> y B<nodev> (a menos que se "
+"sustituyan por otras subsiguientes, como en la línea de opciones B<user,exec,"
+"dev,suid>)."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:663
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:665
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Attempt to remount an already-mounted file system. This is commonly used to change the mount flags for a file system, especially to make a readonly file system writeable."
-msgid "Attempt to remount an already-mounted filesystem. This is commonly used to change the mount flags for a filesystem, especially to make a readonly filesystem writable. It does not change device or mount point."
-msgstr "Intentar re-montar un sistema de ficheros ya montado. Esto se emplea comúnmente para cambiar las opciones de montaje en un sistema de ficheros, especialmente para que se pueda escribir en un sistema de ficheros que estaba de lectura exclusiva."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Attempt to remount an already-mounted file system. This is commonly used "
+#| "to change the mount flags for a file system, especially to make a "
+#| "readonly file system writeable."
+msgid ""
+"Attempt to remount an already-mounted filesystem. This is commonly used to "
+"change the mount flags for a filesystem, especially to make a readonly "
+"filesystem writable. It does not change device or mount point."
+msgstr ""
+"Intentar re-montar un sistema de ficheros ya montado. Esto se emplea "
+"comúnmente para cambiar las opciones de montaje en un sistema de ficheros, "
+"especialmente para que se pueda escribir en un sistema de ficheros que "
+"estaba de lectura exclusiva."
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:667
-msgid "The remount operation together with the *bind* flag has special semantics. See above, the subsection *Bind mount operation*."
+msgid ""
+"The remount operation together with the *bind* flag has special semantics. "
+"See above, the subsection *Bind mount operation*."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:676
-msgid "The default kernel behavior for VFS mount flags (nodev,nosuid,noexec,ro) is to reset all unspecified flags on remount. That's why *mount*(8) tries to keep the current setting according to _fstab_ or _/proc/self/mountinfo_. This default behavior is possible to change by *--options-mode*. The recursive change of the mount flags (supported since v2.39 on systems with *mount_setattr*(2) syscall), for example, *mount -o remount,ro=recursive*, do not use \"reset-unspecified\" behavior, and it works as a simple add/remove operation and unspecified flags are not modified."
+msgid ""
+"The default kernel behavior for VFS mount flags (nodev,nosuid,noexec,ro) is "
+"to reset all unspecified flags on remount. That's why *mount*(8) tries to "
+"keep the current setting according to _fstab_ or _/proc/self/mountinfo_. "
+"This default behavior is possible to change by *--options-mode*. The "
+"recursive change of the mount flags (supported since v2.39 on systems with "
+"*mount_setattr*(2) syscall), for example, *mount -o remount,ro=recursive*, "
+"do not use \"reset-unspecified\" behavior, and it works as a simple add/"
+"remove operation and unspecified flags are not modified."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:678
-msgid "The remount functionality follows the standard way the *mount* command works with options from _fstab_. This means that *mount* does not read _fstab_ (or _mtab_) only when both _device_ and _dir_ are specified."
+msgid ""
+"The remount functionality follows the standard way the *mount* command works "
+"with options from _fstab_. This means that *mount* does not read _fstab_ (or "
+"_mtab_) only when both _device_ and _dir_ are specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:682
-msgid "After this call all old mount options are replaced and arbitrary stuff from _fstab_ (or _mtab_) is ignored, except the *loop=* option which is internally generated and maintained by the *mount* command."
+msgid ""
+"After this call all old mount options are replaced and arbitrary stuff from "
+"_fstab_ (or _mtab_) is ignored, except the *loop=* option which is "
+"internally generated and maintained by the *mount* command."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:686
-msgid "After this call, *mount* reads _fstab_ and merges these options with the options from the command line (*-o*). If no mountpoint is found in _fstab_, then it defaults to mount options from _/proc/self/mountinfo_."
+msgid ""
+"After this call, *mount* reads _fstab_ and merges these options with the "
+"options from the command line (*-o*). If no mountpoint is found in _fstab_, "
+"then it defaults to mount options from _/proc/self/mountinfo_."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:689
-msgid "*mount* allows the use of *--all* to remount all already mounted filesystems which match a specified filter (*-O* and *-t*). For example:"
+msgid ""
+"*mount* allows the use of *--all* to remount all already mounted filesystems "
+"which match a specified filter (*-O* and *-t*). For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:693
-msgid "remounts all already mounted vfat filesystems in read-only mode. Each of the filesystems is remounted by *mount -o remount,ro* _/dir_ semantic. This means the *mount* command reads _fstab_ or _mtab_ and merges these options with the options from the command line."
+msgid ""
+"remounts all already mounted vfat filesystems in read-only mode. Each of the "
+"filesystems is remounted by *mount -o remount,ro* _/dir_ semantic. This "
+"means the *mount* command reads _fstab_ or _mtab_ and merges these options "
+"with the options from the command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:697
-msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only. The optional argument is an experimental feature supported only by the file-descriptor based kernel mount API and it is silently ignored for the old *mount*(2) syscall."
+msgid ""
+"Mount the filesystem read-only. The optional argument is an experimental "
+"feature supported only by the file-descriptor based kernel mount API and it "
+"is silently ignored for the old *mount*(2) syscall."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:699
-msgid "The *recursive* argument forces the VFS attribute to be applied recursively."
+msgid ""
+"The *recursive* argument forces the VFS attribute to be applied recursively."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:703
-msgid "The *vfs* and *fs* arguments specify the layer where the read-only flag should be applied. The *fs* specifies the filesystem superblock (unique filesystem instance in the kernel), and *vfs* specifies the mount node. If no attribute is specified, then both layers are set to read-only."
+msgid ""
+"The *vfs* and *fs* arguments specify the layer where the read-only flag "
+"should be applied. The *fs* specifies the filesystem superblock (unique "
+"filesystem instance in the kernel), and *vfs* specifies the mount node. If "
+"no attribute is specified, then both layers are set to read-only."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:705
-msgid "For more details, please refer to the *Read-only Setting Notes* section."
+msgid ""
+"For more details, please refer to the *Read-only Setting Notes* section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:711
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "All I/O to the file system should be done asynchronously."
-msgid "All I/O to the filesystem should be done synchronously. In the case of media with a limited number of write cycles (e.g. some flash drives), *sync* may cause life-cycle shortening."
+msgid ""
+"All I/O to the filesystem should be done synchronously. In the case of media "
+"with a limited number of write cycles (e.g. some flash drives), *sync* may "
+"cause life-cycle shortening."
msgstr "Toda la E/S al sistema de ficheros debería hacerse asíncronamente."
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:714
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system. This option implies the options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
-msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. The name of the mounting user is written to the _mtab_ file (or to the private libmount file in _/run/mount_ on systems without a regular _mtab_) so that this same user can unmount the filesystem again. This option implies the options *noexec*, *nosuid*, and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line *user,exec,dev,suid*)."
-msgstr "Permitir a un usuario ordinario montar el sistema de ficheros. Esta opción implica las opciones B<noexec>, B<nosuid> y B<nodev> (a menos que se sustituyan por otras subsiguientes, como en la línea de opciones B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system. This option implies the "
+#| "options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by "
+#| "subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
+msgid ""
+"Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. The name of the mounting "
+"user is written to the _mtab_ file (or to the private libmount file in _/run/"
+"mount_ on systems without a regular _mtab_) so that this same user can "
+"unmount the filesystem again. This option implies the options *noexec*, "
+"*nosuid*, and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the "
+"option line *user,exec,dev,suid*)."
+msgstr ""
+"Permitir a un usuario ordinario montar el sistema de ficheros. Esta opción "
+"implica las opciones B<noexec>, B<nosuid> y B<nodev> (a menos que se "
+"sustituyan por otras subsiguientes, como en la línea de opciones B<user,exec,"
+"dev,suid>)."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:715
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:717
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Forbid an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user to mount the file system. This is the default."
-msgid "Forbid an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. This is the default; it does not imply any other options."
-msgstr "Prohibir a un usuario ordinario (esto es, distinto de root) montar el sistema de ficheros. Esto es lo predeterminado."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Forbid an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user to mount the file system. This "
+#| "is the default."
+msgid ""
+"Forbid an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. This is the default; it "
+"does not imply any other options."
+msgstr ""
+"Prohibir a un usuario ordinario (esto es, distinto de root) montar el "
+"sistema de ficheros. Esto es lo predeterminado."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:718
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:720
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system. This option implies the options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
-msgid "Allow any user to mount and to unmount the filesystem, even when some other ordinary user mounted it. This option implies the options *noexec*, *nosuid*, and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line *users,exec,dev,suid*)."
-msgstr "Permitir a un usuario ordinario montar el sistema de ficheros. Esta opción implica las opciones B<noexec>, B<nosuid> y B<nodev> (a menos que se sustituyan por otras subsiguientes, como en la línea de opciones B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system. This option implies the "
+#| "options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by "
+#| "subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
+msgid ""
+"Allow any user to mount and to unmount the filesystem, even when some other "
+"ordinary user mounted it. This option implies the options *noexec*, "
+"*nosuid*, and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the "
+"option line *users,exec,dev,suid*)."
+msgstr ""
+"Permitir a un usuario ordinario montar el sistema de ficheros. Esta opción "
+"implica las opciones B<noexec>, B<nosuid> y B<nodev> (a menos que se "
+"sustituyan por otras subsiguientes, como en la línea de opciones B<user,exec,"
+"dev,suid>)."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:721
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:723
-msgid "All options prefixed with \"X-\" are interpreted as comments or as userspace application-specific options. These options are not stored in user space (e.g., _mtab_ file), nor sent to the mount._type_ helpers nor to the *mount*(2) system call. The suggested format is **X-**__appname__._option_."
+msgid ""
+"All options prefixed with \"X-\" are interpreted as comments or as userspace "
+"application-specific options. These options are not stored in user space (e."
+"g., _mtab_ file), nor sent to the mount._type_ helpers nor to the *mount*(2) "
+"system call. The suggested format is **X-**__appname__._option_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:726
-msgid "The same as *X-** options, but stored permanently in user space. This means the options are also available for *umount*(8) or other operations. Note that maintaining mount options in user space is tricky, because it's necessary use libmount-based tools and there is no guarantee that the options will be always available (for example after a move mount operation or in unshared namespace)."
+msgid ""
+"The same as *X-** options, but stored permanently in user space. This means "
+"the options are also available for *umount*(8) or other operations. Note "
+"that maintaining mount options in user space is tricky, because it's "
+"necessary to use libmount-based tools and there is no guarantee that the "
+"options will be always available (for example after a move mount operation "
+"or in unshared namespace)."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:728
-msgid "Note that before util-linux v2.30 the x-* options have not been maintained by libmount and stored in user space (functionality was the same as for X-* now), but due to the growing number of use-cases (in initrd, systemd etc.) the functionality has been extended to keep existing _fstab_ configurations usable without a change."
+msgid ""
+"Note that before util-linux v2.30 the x-* options have not been maintained "
+"by libmount and stored in user space (functionality was the same as for X-* "
+"now), but due to the growing number of use-cases (in initrd, systemd etc.) "
+"the functionality has been extended to keep existing _fstab_ configurations "
+"usable without a change."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:732
-msgid "Specifies allowed or forbidden filesystem types for automatic filesystem detection."
+msgid ""
+"Specifies allowed or forbidden filesystem types for automatic filesystem "
+"detection."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:736
-msgid "The _list_ is a comma-separated list of the filesystem names. The automatic filesystem detection is triggered by the \"auto\" filesystem type or when the filesystem type is not specified."
+msgid ""
+"The _list_ is a comma-separated list of the filesystem names. The automatic "
+"filesystem detection is triggered by the \"auto\" filesystem type or when "
+"the filesystem type is not specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:741
-msgid "The _list_ follows how mount evaluates type patterns (see *-t* for more details). Only specified filesystem types are allowed, or all specified types are forbidden if the list is prefixed by \"no\"."
+msgid ""
+"The _list_ follows how mount evaluates type patterns (see *-t* for more "
+"details). Only specified filesystem types are allowed, or all specified "
+"types are forbidden if the list is prefixed by \"no\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:745
-msgid "For example, X-mount.auto-fstypes=\"ext4,btrfs\" accepts only ext4 and btrfs, and X-mount.auto-fstypes=\"novfat,xfs\" accepts all filesystems except vfat and xfs."
+msgid ""
+"For example, X-mount.auto-fstypes=\"ext4,btrfs\" accepts only ext4 and "
+"btrfs, and X-mount.auto-fstypes=\"novfat,xfs\" accepts all filesystems "
+"except vfat and xfs."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:749
-msgid "Note that comma is used as a separator between mount options, it means that auto-fstypes values have to be properly quoted, don’t forget that the shell strips off quotes and thus double quoting is required. For example:"
+msgid ""
+"Note that comma is used as a separator between mount options, it means that "
+"auto-fstypes values have to be properly quoted, don’t forget that the shell "
+"strips off quotes and thus double quoting is required. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:751
-msgid "mount -t auto -o'X-mount.auto-fstypes=\"noext2,ext3\"' /dev/sdc1 /mnt/test"
+msgid ""
+"mount -t auto -o'X-mount.auto-fstypes=\"noext2,ext3\"' /dev/sdc1 /mnt/test"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:755
-msgid "Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exist yet. The optional argument _mode_ specifies the filesystem access mode used for *mkdir*(2) in octal notation. The default mode is 0755. This functionality is supported only for root users or when *mount* is executed without suid permissions. The option is also supported as *x-mount.mkdir*, but this notation is deprecated since v2.30. See also *--mkdir* command line option."
+msgid ""
+"Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exist yet. The "
+"optional argument _mode_ specifies the filesystem access mode used for "
+"*mkdir*(2) in octal notation. The default mode is 0755. This functionality "
+"is supported only for root users or when *mount* is executed without suid "
+"permissions. The option is also supported as *x-mount.mkdir*, but this "
+"notation is deprecated since v2.30. See also *--mkdir* command line option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:758
-msgid "Allows disabling of canonicalization for mount source and target paths. By default, the `mount` command resolves all paths to their absolute paths without symlinks. However, this behavior may not be desired in certain situations, such as when binding a mount over a symlink, or a symlink over a directory or another symlink. The optional argument _type_ can be either \"source\" or \"target\" (mountpoint). If no _type_ is specified, then canonicalization is disabled for both types. This mount option does not affect the conversion of source tags (e.g. LABEL= or UUID=) and fstab processing."
+msgid ""
+"Allows disabling of canonicalization for mount source and target paths. By "
+"default, the `mount` command resolves all paths to their absolute paths "
+"without symlinks. However, this behavior may not be desired in certain "
+"situations, such as when binding a mount over a symlink, or a symlink over a "
+"directory or another symlink. The optional argument _type_ can be either "
+"\"source\" or \"target\" (mountpoint). If no _type_ is specified, then "
+"canonicalization is disabled for both types. This mount option does not "
+"affect the conversion of source tags (e.g. LABEL= or UUID=) and fstab "
+"processing."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:760
-msgid "The command line option *--no-canonicalize* overrides this mount option and affects all path and tag conversions in all situations, but it does not modify flags for open_tree syscalls."
+msgid ""
+"The command-line option *--no-canonicalize* overrides this mount option and "
+"affects all path and tag conversions in all situations, but for backward "
+"compatibility, it does not modify open_tree syscall flags and does not allow "
+"the bind-mount over a symlink use case."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:762
-msgid "Note that *mount*(8) still sanitizes and canonicalizes the source and target paths specified on the command line by non-root users, regardless of the X-mount.nocanonicalize setting."
+msgid ""
+"Note that *mount*(8) still sanitizes and canonicalizes the source and target "
+"paths specified on the command line by non-root users, regardless of the X-"
+"mount.nocanonicalize setting."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:765
-msgid "Do not create and mount a loop device, even if the source of the mount is a regular file."
+msgid ""
+"Do not create and mount a loop device, even if the source of the mount is a "
+"regular file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:766
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "**workdir=**__directory__"
-msgid "*X-mount.subdir=*__directory__"
+msgid "**X-mount.subdir=**_directory_"
msgstr "**workdir=**__directorio__"
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:768
-msgid "Allow mounting sub-directory from a filesystem instead of the root directory. For now, this feature is implemented by temporary filesystem root directory mount in unshared namespace and then bind the sub-directory to the final mount point and umount the root of the filesystem. The sub-directory mount shows up atomically for the rest of the system although it is implemented by multiple *mount*(2) syscalls."
+msgid ""
+"Allow mounting a subdirectory of a filesystem instead of the root directory. "
+"This is effective only when a new instance of a filesystem is attached to "
+"the system. The option is silently ignored for operations like remount, bind "
+"mount, or move."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:770
-msgid "Note that this feature will not work in session with an unshared private mount namespace (after *unshare --mount*) on old kernels or with *mount*(8) without support for file-descriptors-based mount kernel API. In this case, you need *unshare --mount --propagation shared*."
+msgid ""
+"For now, this feature is implemented by a temporary filesystem root-"
+"directory mount in an unshared namespace and then binding the sub-directory "
+"to the final mount point and unmounting the root of the filesystem. The sub-"
+"directory mount shows up atomically for the rest of the system although it "
+"is implemented by multiple *mount*(2) syscalls."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:772
+msgid ""
+"Note that this feature will not work in session with an unshared private "
+"mount namespace (after *unshare --mount*) on old kernels or with *mount*(8) "
+"without support for file-descriptors-based mount kernel API. In this case, "
+"you need *unshare --mount --propagation shared*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: delimited block _
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:774
msgid "This feature is EXPERIMENTAL."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:773
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:775
#, no-wrap
msgid "*X-mount.owner*=_username_|_UID_, *X-mount.group*=_group_|_GID_"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:775
-msgid "Set _mountpoint_'s ownership after mounting. Names resolved in the target mount namespace, see *-N*."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:777
+msgid ""
+"Set _mountpoint_'s ownership after mounting. Names resolved in the target "
+"mount namespace, see *-N*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:776
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:778
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*X-mount.mkdir*[=_mode_]"
msgid "*X-mount.mode*=_mode_"
msgstr "*X-mount.mkdir*[=_modo_]"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:778
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:780
msgid "Set _mountpoint_'s mode after mounting."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:779
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:781
#, no-wrap
msgid "*X-mount.idmap*=__id-type__:__id-mount__:__id-host__:__id-range__ [__id-type__:__id-mount__:__id-host__:__id-range__], *X-mount.idmap*=__file__"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:784
-msgid "Use this option to create an idmapped mount. An idmapped mount allows to change ownership of all files located under a mount according to the ID-mapping associated with a user namespace. The ownership change is tied to the lifetime and localized to the relevant mount. The relevant ID-mapping can be specified in two ways:"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:786
+msgid ""
+"Use this option to create an idmapped mount. An idmapped mount allows to "
+"change ownership of all files located under a mount according to the ID-"
+"mapping associated with a user namespace. The ownership change is tied to "
+"the lifetime and localized to the relevant mount. The relevant ID-mapping "
+"can be specified in two ways:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:786
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:788
msgid "A user can specify the ID-mapping directly."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:793
-msgid "The ID-mapping must be specified using the syntax __id-type__:__id-mount__:__id-host__:__id-range__. Specifying *u* as the __id-type__ prefix creates a UID-mapping, *g* creates a GID-mapping and omitting __id-type__ or specifying *b* creates both a UID- and GID-mapping. The __id-mount__ parameter indicates the starting ID in the new mount. The __id-host__ parameter indicates the starting ID in the filesystem. The __id-range__ parameter indicates how many IDs are to be mapped. It is possible to specify multiple ID-mappings."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:795
+msgid ""
+"The ID-mapping must be specified using the syntax __id-type__:__id-mount__:"
+"__id-host__:__id-range__. Specifying *u* as the __id-type__ prefix creates "
+"a UID-mapping, *g* creates a GID-mapping and omitting __id-type__ or "
+"specifying *b* creates both a UID- and GID-mapping. The __id-mount__ "
+"parameter indicates the starting ID in the new mount. The __id-host__ "
+"parameter indicates the starting ID in the filesystem. The __id-range__ "
+"parameter indicates how many IDs are to be mapped. It is possible to "
+"specify multiple ID-mappings."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:795
-msgid "The individual ID mappings must be separated by spaces. Please note that in the __/etc/fstab__ file, spaces are interpreted as separators between fields. To avoid this, you must escape them using \\040. For example, X-mount.idmap=0:0:1\\040500:1000:1."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:797
+msgid ""
+"The individual ID mappings must be separated by spaces. Please note that in "
+"the __/etc/fstab__ file, spaces are interpreted as separators between "
+"fields. To avoid this, you must escape them using \\040. For example, X-"
+"mount.idmap=0:0:1\\040500:1000:1."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:798
-msgid "For example, the ID-mapping *X-mount.idmap=u:1000:0:1 g:1001:1:2 5000:1000:2* creates an idmapped mount where UID 0 is mapped to UID 1000, GID 1 is mapped to GUID 1001, GID 2 is mapped to GID 1002, UID and GID 1000 are mapped to 5000, and UID and GID 1001 are mapped to 5001 in the mount."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:800
+msgid ""
+"For example, the ID-mapping *X-mount.idmap=u:1000:0:1 g:1001:1:2 "
+"5000:1000:2* creates an idmapped mount where UID 0 is mapped to UID 1000, "
+"GID 1 is mapped to GUID 1001, GID 2 is mapped to GID 1002, UID and GID 1000 "
+"are mapped to 5000, and UID and GID 1001 are mapped to 5001 in the mount."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:801
-msgid "When an ID-mapping is specified directly a new user namespace will be allocated with the requested ID-mapping. The newly created user namespace will be attached to the mount."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:803
+msgid ""
+"When an ID-mapping is specified directly a new user namespace will be "
+"allocated with the requested ID-mapping. The newly created user namespace "
+"will be attached to the mount."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:802
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:804
msgid "A user can specify a user namespace file."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:804
-msgid "The user namespace will then be attached to the mount and the ID-mapping of the user namespace will become the ID-mapping of the mount."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:806
+msgid ""
+"The user namespace will then be attached to the mount and the ID-mapping of "
+"the user namespace will become the ID-mapping of the mount."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:806
-msgid "For example, *X-mount.idmap=/proc/PID/ns/user* will attach the user namespace of the process PID to the mount."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:808
+msgid ""
+"For example, *X-mount.idmap=/proc/PID/ns/user* will attach the user "
+"namespace of the process PID to the mount."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:807
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:809
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nosymfollow*"
msgstr "*nosymfollow*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:809
-msgid "Do not follow symlinks when resolving paths. Symlinks can still be created, and *readlink*(1), *readlink*(2), *realpath*(1), and *realpath*(3) all still work properly."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:811
+msgid ""
+"Do not follow symlinks when resolving paths. Symlinks can still be created, "
+"and *readlink*(1), *readlink*(2), *realpath*(1), and *realpath*(3) all still "
+"work properly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:810
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:812
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILESYSTEM-SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS"
msgstr "OPCIONES DE MONTAJE ESPECÍFICAS DE SISTEMAS DE FICHEROS"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:813
-msgid "This section lists options that are specific to particular filesystems. Where possible, you should first consult filesystem-specific manual pages for details. Some of those pages are listed in the following table."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:815
+msgid ""
+"This section lists options that are specific to particular filesystems. "
+"Where possible, you should first consult filesystem-specific manual pages "
+"for details. Some of those pages are listed in the following table."
msgstr ""
#. type: Table
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:824
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:826
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|*Filesystem(s)* |*Manual page*\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:827
-msgid "Note that some of the pages listed above might be available only after you install the respective userland tools."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:829
+msgid ""
+"Note that some of the pages listed above might be available only after you "
+"install the respective userland tools."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:829
-msgid "The following options apply only to certain filesystems. We sort them by filesystem. All options follow the *-o* flag."
-msgstr "Las siguientes opciones se aplican solamente a ciertos sistemas de ficheros. Las hemos clasificado por sistemas de ficheros. Todas siguen a la bandera *-o*."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:831
+msgid ""
+"The following options apply only to certain filesystems. We sort them by "
+"filesystem. All options follow the *-o* flag."
+msgstr ""
+"Las siguientes opciones se aplican solamente a ciertos sistemas de ficheros. "
+"Las hemos clasificado por sistemas de ficheros. Todas siguen a la bandera *-"
+"o*."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:831
-msgid "What options are supported depends a bit on the running kernel. Further information may be available in filesystem-specific files in the kernel source subdirectory _Documentation/filesystems_."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:833
+msgid ""
+"What options are supported depends a bit on the running kernel. Further "
+"information may be available in filesystem-specific files in the kernel "
+"source subdirectory _Documentation/filesystems_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:832
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:834
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for adfs"
msgstr "Opciones de montaje para adfs"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:834 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:842
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:892 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:923
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1050 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1082
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:836 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:844
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:894 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:925
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1052 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1084
#, no-wrap
msgid "**uid=**__value__ and **gid=**__value__"
msgstr "**uid=**__valor__ y **gid=**__valor__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:836
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:838
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the uid and gid of the current process.)"
-msgid "Set the owner and group of the files in the filesystem (default: uid=gid=0)."
-msgstr "Establece el propietario y grupo de todos los ficheros. (Por omisión: el UID y GID del proceso en curso.)"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the uid and gid of the "
+#| "current process.)"
+msgid ""
+"Set the owner and group of the files in the filesystem (default: uid=gid=0)."
+msgstr ""
+"Establece el propietario y grupo de todos los ficheros. (Por omisión: el UID "
+"y GID del proceso en curso.)"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:837
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:839
#, no-wrap
msgid "**ownmask=**__value__ and **othmask=**__value__"
msgstr "**ownmask=**__valor__ y **othmask=**__valor__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:839
-msgid "Set the permission mask for ADFS 'owner' permissions and 'other' permissions, respectively (default: 0700 and 0077, respectively). See also _/usr/src/linux/Documentation/filesystems/adfs.rst_."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:841
+msgid ""
+"Set the permission mask for ADFS 'owner' permissions and 'other' "
+"permissions, respectively (default: 0700 and 0077, respectively). See also _/"
+"usr/src/linux/Documentation/filesystems/adfs.rst_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:840
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:842
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for affs"
msgstr "Opciones de montaje para affs"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:844
-msgid "Set the owner and group of the root of the filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, but with option *uid* or *gid* without specified value, the UID and GID of the current process are taken)."
-msgstr "Establecen el propietario y grupo del raíz del sistema de ficheros (predeterminados: uid = gid = 0, pero con la opción *uid* o *gid* sin especificar el valor, se toma el UID o el GID del proceso en curso)."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:846
+msgid ""
+"Set the owner and group of the root of the filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, "
+"but with option *uid* or *gid* without specified value, the UID and GID of "
+"the current process are taken)."
+msgstr ""
+"Establecen el propietario y grupo del raíz del sistema de ficheros "
+"(predeterminados: uid = gid = 0, pero con la opción *uid* o *gid* sin "
+"especificar el valor, se toma el UID o el GID del proceso en curso)."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:845
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:847
#, no-wrap
msgid "**setuid=**__value__ and **setgid=**__value__"
msgstr "**setuid=**__valor__ y **setgid=**__valor__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:847
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:849
msgid "Set the owner and group of all files."
msgstr "Establecen el propietario y el grupo de todos los ficheros."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:848 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:885
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:895 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1088
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:850 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:887
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:897 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1090
#, no-wrap
msgid "**mode=**__value__"
msgstr "**mode=**__valor__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:850
-msgid "Set the mode of all files to _value_ & 0777 disregarding the original permissions. Add search permission to directories that have read permission. The value is given in octal."
-msgstr "Establece el modo de todos los ficheros a _valor_ & 0777 descartando los permisos originales. Añade permiso de paso a los directorios que lo tengan de lectura. El valor se da en octal."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:852
+msgid ""
+"Set the mode of all files to _value_ & 0777 disregarding the original "
+"permissions. Add search permission to directories that have read permission. "
+"The value is given in octal."
+msgstr ""
+"Establece el modo de todos los ficheros a _valor_ & 0777 descartando los "
+"permisos originales. Añade permiso de paso a los directorios que lo tengan "
+"de lectura. El valor se da en octal."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:851
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:853
#, no-wrap
msgid "*protect*"
msgstr "*protect*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:853
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:855
msgid "Do not allow any changes to the protection bits on the filesystem."
-msgstr "No permitir ningún cambio en los bits de protección del sistema de ficheros."
+msgstr ""
+"No permitir ningún cambio en los bits de protección del sistema de ficheros."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:854
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:856
#, no-wrap
msgid "*usemp*"
msgstr "*usemp*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:856
-msgid "Set UID and GID of the root of the filesystem to the UID and GID of the mount point upon the first sync or umount, and then clear this option. Strange..."
-msgstr "Poner el UID y GID de la raíz del sistema de ficheros al UID y GID del punto de montaje a partir del primer sync o umount, y luego borrar esta opción. Extraño..."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:858
+msgid ""
+"Set UID and GID of the root of the filesystem to the UID and GID of the "
+"mount point upon the first sync or umount, and then clear this option. "
+"Strange..."
+msgstr ""
+"Poner el UID y GID de la raíz del sistema de ficheros al UID y GID del punto "
+"de montaje a partir del primer sync o umount, y luego borrar esta opción. "
+"Extraño..."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:857
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:859
#, no-wrap
msgid "*verbose*"
msgstr "*verbose*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:859
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:861
msgid "Print an informational message for each successful mount."
msgstr "Mostrar un mensaje informativo para cada montaje con éxito."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:860
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:862
#, no-wrap
msgid "**prefix=**__string__"
msgstr "**prefix=**__cadena__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:862
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:864
msgid "Prefix used before volume name, when following a link."
-msgstr "Prefijo empleado antes del nombre del volumen, cuando se sigue un enlace."
+msgstr ""
+"Prefijo empleado antes del nombre del volumen, cuando se sigue un enlace."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:863
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:865
#, no-wrap
msgid "**volume=**__string__"
msgstr "**volume=**__cadena__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:865
-msgid "Prefix (of length at most 30) used before '/' when following a symbolic link."
-msgstr "Prefijo (de como mucho 30 de longitud) empleado antes de `/' cuando se sigue un enlace simbólico."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:867
+msgid ""
+"Prefix (of length at most 30) used before '/' when following a symbolic link."
+msgstr ""
+"Prefijo (de como mucho 30 de longitud) empleado antes de `/' cuando se sigue "
+"un enlace simbólico."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:866
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:868
#, no-wrap
msgid "**reserved=**__value__"
msgstr "**reserved=**__valor__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:868
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:870
msgid "(Default: 2.) Number of unused blocks at the start of the device."
-msgstr "(Valor predeterminado: 2.) Número de bloques no usados al principio del dispositivo."
+msgstr ""
+"(Valor predeterminado: 2.) Número de bloques no usados al principio del "
+"dispositivo."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:869
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:871
#, no-wrap
msgid "**root=**__value__"
msgstr "**root=**__valor__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:871
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:873
msgid "Give explicitly the location of the root block."
msgstr "Para dar explícitamente la localización del bloque raíz."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:872
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:874
#, no-wrap
msgid "**bs=**__value__"
msgstr "**bs=**__valor__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:874
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:876
msgid "Give blocksize. Allowed values are 512, 1024, 2048, 4096."
-msgstr "Para dar el tamaño de bloque. Los valores permitidos son 512, 1024, 2048 y 4096."
+msgstr ""
+"Para dar el tamaño de bloque. Los valores permitidos son 512, 1024, 2048 y "
+"4096."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:875
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:877
#, no-wrap
msgid "**grpquota**|**noquota**|**quota**|*usrquota*"
msgstr "**grpquota**|**noquota**|**quota**|*usrquota*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:877
-msgid "These options are accepted but ignored. (However, quota utilities may react to such strings in _/etc/fstab_.)"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:879
+msgid ""
+"These options are accepted but ignored. (However, quota utilities may react "
+"to such strings in _/etc/fstab_.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:878
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:880
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for debugfs"
msgstr "Opciones de montaje para debugfs"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:881
-msgid "The debugfs filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on _/sys/kernel/debug_. As of kernel version 3.4, debugfs has the following options:"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:883
+msgid ""
+"The debugfs filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on _/"
+"sys/kernel/debug_. As of kernel version 3.4, debugfs has the following "
+"options:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:882 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1033
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:884 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1035
#, no-wrap
msgid "**uid=**__n__**, gid=**__n__"
msgstr "**uid=**__n__**, gid=**__n__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:884
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:886
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set the owner and group of all files."
msgid "Set the owner and group of the mountpoint."
msgstr "Establecen el propietario y el grupo de todos los ficheros."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:887
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:889
msgid "Sets the mode of the mountpoint."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:888
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:890
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for devpts"
msgstr "Opciones de montaje para devpts"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:891
-msgid "The devpts filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on _/dev/pts_. In order to acquire a pseudo terminal, a process opens _/dev/ptmx_; the number of the pseudo terminal is then made available to the process and the pseudo terminal slave can be accessed as _/dev/pts/_<number>."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:893
+msgid ""
+"The devpts filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on _/dev/"
+"pts_. In order to acquire a pseudo terminal, a process opens _/dev/ptmx_; "
+"the number of the pseudo terminal is then made available to the process and "
+"the pseudo terminal slave can be accessed as _/dev/pts/_<number>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:894
-msgid "This sets the owner or the group of newly created pseudo terminals to the specified values. When nothing is specified, they will be set to the UID and GID of the creating process. For example, if there is a tty group with GID 5, then *gid=5* will cause newly created pseudo terminals to belong to the tty group."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:896
+msgid ""
+"This sets the owner or the group of newly created pseudo terminals to the "
+"specified values. When nothing is specified, they will be set to the UID and "
+"GID of the creating process. For example, if there is a tty group with GID "
+"5, then *gid=5* will cause newly created pseudo terminals to belong to the "
+"tty group."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:897
-msgid "Set the mode of newly created pseudo terminals to the specified value. The default is 0600. A value of *mode=620* and *gid=5* makes \"mesg y\" the default on newly created pseudo terminals."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:899
+msgid ""
+"Set the mode of newly created pseudo terminals to the specified value. The "
+"default is 0600. A value of *mode=620* and *gid=5* makes \"mesg y\" the "
+"default on newly created pseudo terminals."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:898
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:900
#, no-wrap
msgid "*newinstance*"
msgstr "*newinstance*"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:900
-msgid "Create a private instance of the devpts filesystem, such that indices of pseudo terminals allocated in this new instance are independent of indices created in other instances of devpts."
-msgstr ""
-
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:902
-msgid "All mounts of devpts without this *newinstance* option share the same set of pseudo terminal indices (i.e., legacy mode). Each mount of devpts with the *newinstance* option has a private set of pseudo terminal indices."
+msgid ""
+"Create a private instance of the devpts filesystem, such that indices of "
+"pseudo terminals allocated in this new instance are independent of indices "
+"created in other instances of devpts."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:904
-msgid "This option is mainly used to support containers in the Linux kernel. It is implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with 2.6.29. Further, this mount option is valid only if *CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* is enabled in the kernel configuration."
+msgid ""
+"All mounts of devpts without this *newinstance* option share the same set of "
+"pseudo terminal indices (i.e., legacy mode). Each mount of devpts with the "
+"*newinstance* option has a private set of pseudo terminal indices."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:906
-msgid "To use this option effectively, _/dev/ptmx_ must be a symbolic link to _pts/ptmx_. See _Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt_ in the Linux kernel source tree for details."
+msgid ""
+"This option is mainly used to support containers in the Linux kernel. It is "
+"implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with 2.6.29. Further, this "
+"mount option is valid only if *CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* is enabled "
+"in the kernel configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:908
+msgid ""
+"To use this option effectively, _/dev/ptmx_ must be a symbolic link to _pts/"
+"ptmx_. See _Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt_ in the Linux kernel source "
+"tree for details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:907
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:909
#, no-wrap
msgid "**ptmxmode=**__value__"
msgstr "**ptmxmode=**__valor__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:909
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:911
msgid "Set the mode for the new _ptmx_ device node in the devpts filesystem."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:911
-msgid "With the support for multiple instances of devpts (see *newinstance* option above), each instance has a private _ptmx_ node in the root of the devpts filesystem (typically _/dev/pts/ptmx_)."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:913
+msgid ""
+"With the support for multiple instances of devpts (see *newinstance* option "
+"above), each instance has a private _ptmx_ node in the root of the devpts "
+"filesystem (typically _/dev/pts/ptmx_)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:913
-msgid "For compatibility with older versions of the kernel, the default mode of the new _ptmx_ node is 0000. **ptmxmode=**__value__ specifies a more useful mode for the _ptmx_ node and is highly recommended when the *newinstance* option is specified."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:915
+msgid ""
+"For compatibility with older versions of the kernel, the default mode of the "
+"new _ptmx_ node is 0000. **ptmxmode=**__value__ specifies a more useful mode "
+"for the _ptmx_ node and is highly recommended when the *newinstance* option "
+"is specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:915
-msgid "This option is only implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with 2.6.29. Further, this option is valid only if *CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* is enabled in the kernel configuration."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:917
+msgid ""
+"This option is only implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with "
+"2.6.29. Further, this option is valid only if "
+"*CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* is enabled in the kernel configuration."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:916
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:918
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for fat"
msgstr "Opciones de montaje para fat"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:919
-msgid "(Note: _fat_ is not a separate filesystem, but a common part of the _msdos_, _umsdos_ and _vfat_ filesystems.)"
-msgstr "(Nota: _fat_ no es un sistema de ficheros separado, sino una parte común de los sistemas de ficheros _msdos_, _umsdos_ y _vfat_.)"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:921
+msgid ""
+"(Note: _fat_ is not a separate filesystem, but a common part of the _msdos_, "
+"_umsdos_ and _vfat_ filesystems.)"
+msgstr ""
+"(Nota: _fat_ no es un sistema de ficheros separado, sino una parte común de "
+"los sistemas de ficheros _msdos_, _umsdos_ y _vfat_.)"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:920
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:922
#, no-wrap
msgid "*blocksize=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}"
msgstr "*blocksize=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:922
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:924
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set blocksize (default 512)."
msgid "Set blocksize (default 512). This option is obsolete."
msgstr "Establece el tamaño de bloque (el predeterminado es 512)."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:925 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1035
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1052
-msgid "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the UID and GID of the current process.)"
-msgstr "Establece el propietario y grupo de todos los ficheros. (Por omisión: el UID y GID del proceso en curso.)"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:927 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1037
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1054
+msgid ""
+"Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the UID and GID of the "
+"current process.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Establece el propietario y grupo de todos los ficheros. (Por omisión: el UID "
+"y GID del proceso en curso.)"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:926 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1053
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:928 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1055
#, no-wrap
msgid "**umask=**__value__"
msgstr "**umask=**__valor__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:928 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1055
-msgid "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are *not* present). The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
-msgstr "Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que *no* están presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en curso. El valor se da en octal."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:930 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1057
+msgid ""
+"Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are *not* present). The "
+"default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
+msgstr ""
+"Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que *no* están "
+"presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en curso. "
+"El valor se da en octal."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:929
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:931
#, no-wrap
msgid "**dmask=**__value__"
msgstr "**dmask=**__valor__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:931
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:933
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
-msgid "Set the umask applied to directories only. The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
-msgstr "Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en curso. El valor se da en octal."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). "
+#| "The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in "
+#| "octal."
+msgid ""
+"Set the umask applied to directories only. The default is the umask of the "
+"current process. The value is given in octal."
+msgstr ""
+"Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están "
+"presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en curso. "
+"El valor se da en octal."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:932
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:934
#, no-wrap
msgid "**fmask=**__value__"
msgstr "**fmask=**__valor__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:934
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:936
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
-msgid "Set the umask applied to regular files only. The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
-msgstr "Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en curso. El valor se da en octal."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). "
+#| "The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in "
+#| "octal."
+msgid ""
+"Set the umask applied to regular files only. The default is the umask of the "
+"current process. The value is given in octal."
+msgstr ""
+"Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están "
+"presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en curso. "
+"El valor se da en octal."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:935
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:937
#, no-wrap
msgid "**allow_utime=**__value__"
msgstr "**allow_utime=**__valor__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:937
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:939
msgid "This option controls the permission check of mtime/atime."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:938
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:940
#, no-wrap
msgid "*20*"
msgstr "*20*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:940
-msgid "If current process is in group of file's group ID, you can change timestamp."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:942
+msgid ""
+"If current process is in group of file's group ID, you can change timestamp."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:943
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:945
msgid "Other users can change timestamp."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:945
-msgid "The default is set from 'dmask' option. (If the directory is writable, *utime*(2) is also allowed. I.e. ~dmask & 022)"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:947
+msgid ""
+"The default is set from 'dmask' option. (If the directory is writable, "
+"*utime*(2) is also allowed. I.e. ~dmask & 022)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:947
-msgid "Normally *utime*(2) checks that the current process is owner of the file, or that it has the *CAP_FOWNER* capability. But FAT filesystems don't have UID/GID on disk, so the normal check is too inflexible. With this option you can relax it."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:949
+msgid ""
+"Normally *utime*(2) checks that the current process is owner of the file, or "
+"that it has the *CAP_FOWNER* capability. But FAT filesystems don't have UID/"
+"GID on disk, so the normal check is too inflexible. With this option you can "
+"relax it."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:948
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:950
#, no-wrap
msgid "**check=**__value__"
msgstr "**check=**__valor__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:950
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:952
msgid "Three different levels of pickiness can be chosen:"
-msgstr "Se puede escoger tres niveles diferentes de elección (en cuanto al comportamiento con nombres de ficheros):"
+msgstr ""
+"Se puede escoger tres niveles diferentes de elección (en cuanto al "
+"comportamiento con nombres de ficheros):"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:951
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:953
#, no-wrap
msgid "*r*[*elaxed*]"
msgstr "*r*[*elaxed*]"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:953
-msgid "Upper and lower case are accepted and equivalent, long name parts are truncated (e.g. _verylongname.foobar_ becomes _verylong.foo_), leading and embedded spaces are accepted in each name part (name and extension)."
-msgstr "Se aceptan y tratan por igual las letras mayúsculas y las minúsculas, las partes con nombres largos se truncan (p.ej.: _nombremuylargo.fuubar_ se convierte en _nombremu.fuu_), se aceptan en cada parte del nombre (nombre y extensión) espacios iniciales y por medio."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:955
+msgid ""
+"Upper and lower case are accepted and equivalent, long name parts are "
+"truncated (e.g. _verylongname.foobar_ becomes _verylong.foo_), leading and "
+"embedded spaces are accepted in each name part (name and extension)."
+msgstr ""
+"Se aceptan y tratan por igual las letras mayúsculas y las minúsculas, las "
+"partes con nombres largos se truncan (p.ej.: _nombremuylargo.fuubar_ se "
+"convierte en _nombremu.fuu_), se aceptan en cada parte del nombre (nombre y "
+"extensión) espacios iniciales y por medio."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:954
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:956
#, no-wrap
msgid "*n*[*ormal*]"
msgstr "*n*[*ormal*]"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:956
-msgid "Like \"relaxed\", but many special characters (*, ?, <, spaces, etc.) are rejected. This is the default."
-msgstr "Como \"relaxed\", pero se rechazan muchos caracteres especiales (*, ?, <, espacios, etc.). Esto es el comportamiento predeterminado."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:958
+msgid ""
+"Like \"relaxed\", but many special characters (*, ?, <, spaces, etc.) are "
+"rejected. This is the default."
+msgstr ""
+"Como \"relaxed\", pero se rechazan muchos caracteres especiales (*, ?, <, "
+"espacios, etc.). Esto es el comportamiento predeterminado."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:957
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:959
#, no-wrap
msgid "*s*[*trict*]"
msgstr "*s*[*trict*]"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:959
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:961
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Like \"normal\", but names may not contain long parts and special characters that are sometimes used on Linux, but are not accepted by MS-DOS are rejected. (+, =, spaces, etc.)"
-msgid "Like \"normal\", but names that contain long parts or special characters that are sometimes used on Linux but are not accepted by MS-DOS (+, =, etc.) are rejected."
-msgstr "Como \"normal\", pero los nombres no pueden contener partes largas y los caracteres especiales que de vez en cuando se usan en Linux pero no son aceptados por MS-DOS, se rechazan (+, =, espacios, etc.)."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Like \"normal\", but names may not contain long parts and special "
+#| "characters that are sometimes used on Linux, but are not accepted by MS-"
+#| "DOS are rejected. (+, =, spaces, etc.)"
+msgid ""
+"Like \"normal\", but names that contain long parts or special characters "
+"that are sometimes used on Linux but are not accepted by MS-DOS (+, =, etc.) "
+"are rejected."
+msgstr ""
+"Como \"normal\", pero los nombres no pueden contener partes largas y los "
+"caracteres especiales que de vez en cuando se usan en Linux pero no son "
+"aceptados por MS-DOS, se rechazan (+, =, espacios, etc.)."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:960
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:962
#, no-wrap
msgid "**codepage=**__value__"
msgstr "**codepage=**__valor__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:962
-msgid "Sets the codepage for converting to shortname characters on FAT and VFAT filesystems. By default, codepage 437 is used."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:964
+msgid ""
+"Sets the codepage for converting to shortname characters on FAT and VFAT "
+"filesystems. By default, codepage 437 is used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:963 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1059
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1097
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:965 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1061
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1099
#, no-wrap
msgid "**conv=**__mode__"
msgstr "**conv=**__modo__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:965
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:967
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "These options are accepted but ignored."
msgid "This option is obsolete and may fail or be ignored."
msgstr "Estas opciones se aceptan pero no tienen efecto."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:966
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:968
#, no-wrap
msgid "**cvf_format=**__module__"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:968
-msgid "Forces the driver to use the CVF (Compressed Volume File) module cvf___module__ instead of auto-detection. If the kernel supports *kmod*, the **cvf_format=**__xxx__ option also controls on-demand CVF module loading. This option is obsolete."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:970
+msgid ""
+"Forces the driver to use the CVF (Compressed Volume File) module "
+"cvf___module__ instead of auto-detection. If the kernel supports *kmod*, the "
+"**cvf_format=**__xxx__ option also controls on-demand CVF module loading. "
+"This option is obsolete."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:969
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:971
#, no-wrap
msgid "**cvf_option=**__option__"
msgstr "**cvf_option=**__opción__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:971
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:973
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Set blocksize (default 512)."
msgid "Option passed to the CVF module. This option is obsolete."
msgstr "Establece el tamaño de bloque (el predeterminado es 512)."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:972 ../pam_lastlog2/man/pam_lastlog2.8.adoc:26
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:974 ../pam_lastlog2/man/pam_lastlog2.8.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "*debug*"
msgstr "*debug*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:974
-msgid "Turn on the _debug_ flag. A version string and a list of filesystem parameters will be printed (these data are also printed if the parameters appear to be inconsistent)."
-msgstr "Activa la bandera _debug_. Se mostrarán una cadena de versión y una lista de parámetros del sistema de ficheros (estos datos también se muestran si los parámetros resultan ser inconsistentes)."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:976
+msgid ""
+"Turn on the _debug_ flag. A version string and a list of filesystem "
+"parameters will be printed (these data are also printed if the parameters "
+"appear to be inconsistent)."
+msgstr ""
+"Activa la bandera _debug_. Se mostrarán una cadena de versión y una lista "
+"de parámetros del sistema de ficheros (estos datos también se muestran si "
+"los parámetros resultan ser inconsistentes)."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:975
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:977
#, no-wrap
msgid "*discard*"
msgstr "*discard*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:977
-msgid "If set, causes discard/TRIM commands to be issued to the block device when blocks are freed. This is useful for SSD devices and sparse/thinly-provisioned LUNs."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:979
+msgid ""
+"If set, causes discard/TRIM commands to be issued to the block device when "
+"blocks are freed. This is useful for SSD devices and sparse/thinly-"
+"provisioned LUNs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:978
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:980
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dos1xfloppy*"
msgstr "*dos1xfloppy*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:980
-msgid "If set, use a fallback default BIOS Parameter Block configuration, determined by backing device size. These static parameters match defaults assumed by DOS 1.x for 160 kiB, 180 kiB, 320 kiB, and 360 kiB floppies and floppy images."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:982
+msgid ""
+"If set, use a fallback default BIOS Parameter Block configuration, "
+"determined by backing device size. These static parameters match defaults "
+"assumed by DOS 1.x for 160 kiB, 180 kiB, 320 kiB, and 360 kiB floppies and "
+"floppy images."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:981
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:983
#, no-wrap
msgid "*errors=*{**panic**|**continue**|*remount-ro*}"
msgstr "*errors=*{**panic**|**continue**|*remount-ro*}"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:983
-msgid "Specify FAT behavior on critical errors: panic, continue without doing anything, or remount the partition in read-only mode (default behavior)."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:985
+msgid ""
+"Specify FAT behavior on critical errors: panic, continue without doing "
+"anything, or remount the partition in read-only mode (default behavior)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:984
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:986
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fat=*{**12**|**16**|*32*}"
msgstr "*fat=*{**12**|**16**|*32*}"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:986
-msgid "Specify a 12, 16 or 32 bit fat. This overrides the automatic FAT type detection routine. Use with caution!"
-msgstr "Especifica una FAT de 12 ó de 16 bits. Esto sustituye a la rutina de detección automática de tipo de FAT. ¡Utilice esta opción con cuidado!"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:988
+msgid ""
+"Specify a 12, 16 or 32 bit fat. This overrides the automatic FAT type "
+"detection routine. Use with caution!"
+msgstr ""
+"Especifica una FAT de 12 ó de 16 bits. Esto sustituye a la rutina de "
+"detección automática de tipo de FAT. ¡Utilice esta opción con cuidado!"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:987 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1111
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:989 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1113
#, no-wrap
msgid "**iocharset=**__value__"
msgstr "**iocharset=**__valor__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:989
-msgid "Character set to use for converting between 8 bit characters and 16 bit Unicode characters. The default is iso8859-1. Long filenames are stored on disk in Unicode format."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:991
+msgid ""
+"Character set to use for converting between 8 bit characters and 16 bit "
+"Unicode characters. The default is iso8859-1. Long filenames are stored on "
+"disk in Unicode format."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:990
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:992
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nfs=*{**stale_rw**|*nostale_ro*}"
msgstr "*nfs=*{**stale_rw**|*nostale_ro*}"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:992
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:994
msgid "Enable this only if you want to export the FAT filesystem over NFS."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:994
-msgid "*stale_rw*: This option maintains an index (cache) of directory inodes which is used by the nfs-related code to improve look-ups. Full file operations (read/write) over NFS are supported but with cache eviction at NFS server, this could result in spurious *ESTALE* errors."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:996
+msgid ""
+"*stale_rw*: This option maintains an index (cache) of directory inodes which "
+"is used by the nfs-related code to improve look-ups. Full file operations "
+"(read/write) over NFS are supported but with cache eviction at NFS server, "
+"this could result in spurious *ESTALE* errors."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:996
-msgid "*nostale_ro*: This option bases the inode number and file handle on the on-disk location of a file in the FAT directory entry. This ensures that *ESTALE* will not be returned after a file is evicted from the inode cache. However, it means that operations such as rename, create and unlink could cause file handles that previously pointed at one file to point at a different file, potentially causing data corruption. For this reason, this option also mounts the filesystem readonly."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:998
+msgid ""
+"*nostale_ro*: This option bases the inode number and file handle on the on-"
+"disk location of a file in the FAT directory entry. This ensures that "
+"*ESTALE* will not be returned after a file is evicted from the inode cache. "
+"However, it means that operations such as rename, create and unlink could "
+"cause file handles that previously pointed at one file to point at a "
+"different file, potentially causing data corruption. For this reason, this "
+"option also mounts the filesystem readonly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:998
-msgid "To maintain backward compatibility, *-o nfs* is also accepted, defaulting to *stale_rw*."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1000
+msgid ""
+"To maintain backward compatibility, *-o nfs* is also accepted, defaulting to "
+"*stale_rw*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:999
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1001
#, no-wrap
msgid "*tz=UTC*"
msgstr "*tz=UTC*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1001
-msgid "This option disables the conversion of timestamps between local time (as used by Windows on FAT) and UTC (which Linux uses internally). This is particularly useful when mounting devices (like digital cameras) that are set to UTC in order to avoid the pitfalls of local time."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1003
+msgid ""
+"This option disables the conversion of timestamps between local time (as "
+"used by Windows on FAT) and UTC (which Linux uses internally). This is "
+"particularly useful when mounting devices (like digital cameras) that are "
+"set to UTC in order to avoid the pitfalls of local time."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1002
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1004
#, no-wrap
msgid "**time_offset=**__minutes__"
msgstr "**time_offset=**__minutos__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1004
-msgid "Set offset for conversion of timestamps from local time used by FAT to UTC. I.e., _minutes_ will be subtracted from each timestamp to convert it to UTC used internally by Linux. This is useful when the time zone set in the kernel via *settimeofday*(2) is not the time zone used by the filesystem. Note that this option still does not provide correct time stamps in all cases in presence of DST - time stamps in a different DST setting will be off by one hour."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1006
+msgid ""
+"Set offset for conversion of timestamps from local time used by FAT to UTC. "
+"I.e., _minutes_ will be subtracted from each timestamp to convert it to UTC "
+"used internally by Linux. This is useful when the time zone set in the "
+"kernel via *settimeofday*(2) is not the time zone used by the filesystem. "
+"Note that this option still does not provide correct time stamps in all "
+"cases in presence of DST - time stamps in a different DST setting will be "
+"off by one hour."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1005 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1045
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1007 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1047
#, no-wrap
msgid "*quiet*"
msgstr "*quiet*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1007
-msgid "Turn on the _quiet_ flag. Attempts to chown or chmod files do not return errors, although they fail. Use with caution!"
-msgstr "Activa la bandera _quiet_. Intentos de hacer chown o chmod en ficheros no devuelven errores, aunque fallen. ¡Utilice esta opción con cuidado!"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1009
+msgid ""
+"Turn on the _quiet_ flag. Attempts to chown or chmod files do not return "
+"errors, although they fail. Use with caution!"
+msgstr ""
+"Activa la bandera _quiet_. Intentos de hacer chown o chmod en ficheros no "
+"devuelven errores, aunque fallen. ¡Utilice esta opción con cuidado!"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1008
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1010
#, no-wrap
msgid "*rodir*"
msgstr "*rodir*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1010
-msgid "FAT has the *ATTR_RO* (read-only) attribute. On Windows, the *ATTR_RO* of the directory will just be ignored, and is used only by applications as a flag (e.g. it's set for the customized folder)."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1012
+msgid ""
+"FAT has the *ATTR_RO* (read-only) attribute. On Windows, the *ATTR_RO* of "
+"the directory will just be ignored, and is used only by applications as a "
+"flag (e.g. it's set for the customized folder)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1012
-msgid "If you want to use *ATTR_RO* as read-only flag even for the directory, set this option."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1014
+msgid ""
+"If you want to use *ATTR_RO* as read-only flag even for the directory, set "
+"this option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1013
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1015
#, no-wrap
msgid "*showexec*"
msgstr "*showexec*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1015
-msgid "If set, the execute permission bits of the file will be allowed only if the extension part of the name is .EXE, .COM, or .BAT. Not set by default."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1017
+msgid ""
+"If set, the execute permission bits of the file will be allowed only if the "
+"extension part of the name is .EXE, .COM, or .BAT. Not set by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1016
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1018
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sys_immutable*"
msgstr "*sys_immutable*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1018
-msgid "If set, *ATTR_SYS* attribute on FAT is handled as *IMMUTABLE* flag on Linux. Not set by default."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1020
+msgid ""
+"If set, *ATTR_SYS* attribute on FAT is handled as *IMMUTABLE* flag on Linux. "
+"Not set by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1019
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1021
#, no-wrap
msgid "*flush*"
msgstr "*flush*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1021
-msgid "If set, the filesystem will try to flush to disk more early than normal. Not set by default."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1023
+msgid ""
+"If set, the filesystem will try to flush to disk more early than normal. Not "
+"set by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1022
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1024
#, no-wrap
msgid "*usefree*"
msgstr "*usefree*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1024
-msgid "Use the \"free clusters\" value stored on *FSINFO*. It'll be used to determine number of free clusters without scanning disk. But it's not used by default, because recent Windows don't update it correctly in some case. If you are sure the \"free clusters\" on *FSINFO* is correct, by this option you can avoid scanning disk."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1026
+msgid ""
+"Use the \"free clusters\" value stored on *FSINFO*. It'll be used to "
+"determine number of free clusters without scanning disk. But it's not used "
+"by default, because recent Windows don't update it correctly in some case. "
+"If you are sure the \"free clusters\" on *FSINFO* is correct, by this option "
+"you can avoid scanning disk."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1025
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1027
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dots*, *nodots*, *dotsOK=*[**yes**|*no*]"
msgstr "*dots*, *nodots*, *dotsOK=*[**yes**|*no*]"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1027
-msgid "Various misguided attempts to force Unix or DOS conventions onto a FAT filesystem."
-msgstr "Varios intentos equivocados de forzar convenciones Unix o DOS sobre un sistema de ficheros FAT."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1029
+msgid ""
+"Various misguided attempts to force Unix or DOS conventions onto a FAT "
+"filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+"Varios intentos equivocados de forzar convenciones Unix o DOS sobre un "
+"sistema de ficheros FAT."
#. type: Title ===
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1028
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1030
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for hfs"
msgstr "Opciones de montaje para hfs"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1030
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1032
#, no-wrap
msgid "**creator=**__cccc__**, type=**__cccc__"
msgstr "**creator=**__cccc__**, type=**__cccc__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1032
-msgid "Set the creator/type values as shown by the MacOS finder used for creating new files. Default values: '????'."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1034
+msgid ""
+"Set the creator/type values as shown by the MacOS finder used for creating "
+"new files. Default values: '????'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1036
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1038
#, no-wrap
msgid "**dir_umask=**__n__**, file_umask=**__n__**, umask=**__n__"
msgstr "**dir_umask=**__n__**, file_umask=**__n__**, umask=**__n__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1038
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1040
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the uid and gid of the current process.)"
-msgid "Set the umask used for all directories, all regular files, or all files and directories. Defaults to the umask of the current process."
-msgstr "Establece el propietario y grupo de todos los ficheros. (Por omisión: el UID y GID del proceso en curso.)"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the uid and gid of the "
+#| "current process.)"
+msgid ""
+"Set the umask used for all directories, all regular files, or all files and "
+"directories. Defaults to the umask of the current process."
+msgstr ""
+"Establece el propietario y grupo de todos los ficheros. (Por omisión: el UID "
+"y GID del proceso en curso.)"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1039
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1041
#, no-wrap
msgid "**session=**__n__"
msgstr "**session=**__n__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1041
-msgid "Select the CDROM session to mount. Defaults to leaving that decision to the CDROM driver. This option will fail with anything but a CDROM as underlying device."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1043
+msgid ""
+"Select the CDROM session to mount. Defaults to leaving that decision to the "
+"CDROM driver. This option will fail with anything but a CDROM as underlying "
+"device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1042
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1044
#, no-wrap
msgid "**part=**__n__"
msgstr "**part=**__n__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1044
-msgid "Select partition number n from the device. Only makes sense for CDROMs. Defaults to not parsing the partition table at all."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1046
+msgid ""
+"Select partition number n from the device. Only makes sense for CDROMs. "
+"Defaults to not parsing the partition table at all."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1047
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1049
msgid "Don't complain about invalid mount options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1048
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1050
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for hpfs"
msgstr "Opciones de montaje para hpfs"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1056
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1058
#, no-wrap
msgid "*case=*{**lower**|*asis*}"
msgstr "*case=*{**lower**|*asis*}"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1058
-msgid "Convert all files names to lower case, or leave them. (Default: *case=lower*.)"
-msgstr "Convierte todos los nombres de ficheros a minúsculas (lower) o los deja tal cual (asis). (Por omisión: *case=lower*.)"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1060
+msgid ""
+"Convert all files names to lower case, or leave them. (Default: "
+"*case=lower*.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Convierte todos los nombres de ficheros a minúsculas (lower) o los deja tal "
+"cual (asis). (Por omisión: *case=lower*.)"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1061 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1099
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1063 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1101
msgid "This option is obsolete and may fail or being ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1062
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1064
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nocheck*"
msgstr "*nocheck*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1064
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1066
msgid "Do not abort mounting when certain consistency checks fail."
-msgstr "No para abruptamente el montaje cuando ciertas comprobaciones de consistencia fallen."
+msgstr ""
+"No para abruptamente el montaje cuando ciertas comprobaciones de "
+"consistencia fallen."
#. type: Title ===
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1065
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1067
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for iso9660"
msgstr "Opciones de montaje para iso9660"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1068
-msgid "ISO 9660 is a standard describing a filesystem structure to be used on CD-ROMs. (This filesystem type is also seen on some DVDs. See also the _udf_ filesystem.)"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1070
+msgid ""
+"ISO 9660 is a standard describing a filesystem structure to be used on CD-"
+"ROMs. (This filesystem type is also seen on some DVDs. See also the _udf_ "
+"filesystem.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1070
-msgid "Normal _iso9660_ filenames appear in an 8.3 format (i.e., DOS-like restrictions on filename length), and in addition all characters are in upper case. Also there is no field for file ownership, protection, number of links, provision for block/character devices, etc."
-msgstr "Los nombres de fichero normales _iso9660_ aparecen en un formato 8.3 (esto es, con restricciones en la longitud de los nombres de fichero como en DOS), y además todos los caracteres están en mayúsculas. Asimismo no hay nada previsto para dueños de ficheros, protecciones, número de enlaces, provisión para dispositivos de caracteres o bloques, etc."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1072
+msgid ""
+"Normal _iso9660_ filenames appear in an 8.3 format (i.e., DOS-like "
+"restrictions on filename length), and in addition all characters are in "
+"upper case. Also there is no field for file ownership, protection, number of "
+"links, provision for block/character devices, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Los nombres de fichero normales _iso9660_ aparecen en un formato 8.3 (esto "
+"es, con restricciones en la longitud de los nombres de fichero como en DOS), "
+"y además todos los caracteres están en mayúsculas. Asimismo no hay nada "
+"previsto para dueños de ficheros, protecciones, número de enlaces, provisión "
+"para dispositivos de caracteres o bloques, etc."
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1072
-msgid "Rock Ridge is an extension to iso9660 that provides all of these UNIX-like features. Basically there are extensions to each directory record that supply all of the additional information, and when Rock Ridge is in use, the filesystem is indistinguishable from a normal UNIX filesystem (except that it is read-only, of course)."
-msgstr "Rock Ridge es una extensión a iso9660 que proporciona todas estas características típicas de UNIX. Básicamente hay extensiones en cada registro de directorio que proporcionan toda la información adicional, y cuando Rock Ridge está en uso, el sistema de ficheros es indistinguible de un sistema de ficheros UNIX normal (de lectura exclusiva, por supuesto)."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1074
+msgid ""
+"Rock Ridge is an extension to iso9660 that provides all of these UNIX-like "
+"features. Basically there are extensions to each directory record that "
+"supply all of the additional information, and when Rock Ridge is in use, the "
+"filesystem is indistinguishable from a normal UNIX filesystem (except that "
+"it is read-only, of course)."
+msgstr ""
+"Rock Ridge es una extensión a iso9660 que proporciona todas estas "
+"características típicas de UNIX. Básicamente hay extensiones en cada "
+"registro de directorio que proporcionan toda la información adicional, y "
+"cuando Rock Ridge está en uso, el sistema de ficheros es indistinguible de "
+"un sistema de ficheros UNIX normal (de lectura exclusiva, por supuesto)."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1073
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1075
#, no-wrap
msgid "*norock*"
msgstr "*norock*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1075
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1077
msgid "Disable the use of Rock Ridge extensions, even if available. Cf. *map*."
-msgstr "Desactiva el uso de las extensiones Rock Ridge, incluso si están disponibles. Cf. *map*."
+msgstr ""
+"Desactiva el uso de las extensiones Rock Ridge, incluso si están "
+"disponibles. Cf. *map*."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1076
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1078
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nojoliet*"
msgstr "*nojoliet*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1078
-msgid "Disable the use of Microsoft Joliet extensions, even if available. Cf. *map*."
-msgstr "Desactiva el uso de las extensiones Microsoft Joliet, incluso si están disponibles. Cf. *map*."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1080
+msgid ""
+"Disable the use of Microsoft Joliet extensions, even if available. Cf. *map*."
+msgstr ""
+"Desactiva el uso de las extensiones Microsoft Joliet, incluso si están "
+"disponibles. Cf. *map*."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1079
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1081
#, no-wrap
msgid "*check=*{*r*[*elaxed*]|*s*[*trict*]}"
msgstr "*check=*{*r*[*elaxed*]|*s*[*trict*]}"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1081
-msgid "With *check=relaxed*, a filename is first converted to lower case before doing the lookup. This is probably only meaningful together with *norock* and *map=normal*. (Default: *check=strict*.)"
-msgstr "Con *check=relaxed*, un nombre de fichero se convierte primero a minúsculas antes de que se efectúe la búsqueda. Esto probablemente sólo tiene sentido en conjunción con *norock* y *map=normal*. (Por omisión: *check=strict*.)"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1083
+msgid ""
+"With *check=relaxed*, a filename is first converted to lower case before "
+"doing the lookup. This is probably only meaningful together with *norock* "
+"and *map=normal*. (Default: *check=strict*.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Con *check=relaxed*, un nombre de fichero se convierte primero a minúsculas "
+"antes de que se efectúe la búsqueda. Esto probablemente sólo tiene sentido "
+"en conjunción con *norock* y *map=normal*. (Por omisión: *check=strict*.)"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1084
-msgid "Give all files in the filesystem the indicated user or group id, possibly overriding the information found in the Rock Ridge extensions. (Default: *uid=0,gid=0*.)"
-msgstr "Da a todos los ficheros en el sistema de ficheros los IDs indicados de usuario o grupo, posiblemente sustituyendo la información encontrada en las extensiones Rock Ridge. (Por omisión: *uid=0,gid=0*.)"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1086
+msgid ""
+"Give all files in the filesystem the indicated user or group id, possibly "
+"overriding the information found in the Rock Ridge extensions. (Default: "
+"*uid=0,gid=0*.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Da a todos los ficheros en el sistema de ficheros los IDs indicados de "
+"usuario o grupo, posiblemente sustituyendo la información encontrada en las "
+"extensiones Rock Ridge. (Por omisión: *uid=0,gid=0*.)"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1085
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1087
#, no-wrap
msgid "*map=*{*n*[*ormal*]|*o*[*ff*]|*a*[*corn*]}"
msgstr "*map=*{*n*[*ormal*]|*o*[*ff*]|*a*[*corn*]}"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1087
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1089
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower case ASCII, drops a trailing `;1', and converts `;' to `.'. With B<map=off> no name translation is done. See B<norock>. (Default: B<map=normal>.)"
-msgid "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower case ASCII, drops a trailing ';1', and converts ';' to '.'. With *map=off* no name translation is done. See *norock*. (Default: *map=normal*.) *map=acorn* is like *map=normal* but also apply Acorn extensions if present."
-msgstr "Para volúmenes que no son Rock Ridge, la traducción de nombres \"normal\" convierte las letras mayúsculas a minúsculas ASCII, quita un `;1' del final, y convierte `;' a `.'. Con B<map=off> no se realiza ninguna traducción de nombre. Vea B<norock>. (Por omisión: B<map=normal>.)"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower "
+#| "case ASCII, drops a trailing `;1', and converts `;' to `.'. With "
+#| "B<map=off> no name translation is done. See B<norock>. (Default: "
+#| "B<map=normal>.)"
+msgid ""
+"For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower case "
+"ASCII, drops a trailing ';1', and converts ';' to '.'. With *map=off* no "
+"name translation is done. See *norock*. (Default: *map=normal*.) *map=acorn* "
+"is like *map=normal* but also apply Acorn extensions if present."
+msgstr ""
+"Para volúmenes que no son Rock Ridge, la traducción de nombres \"normal\" "
+"convierte las letras mayúsculas a minúsculas ASCII, quita un `;1' del final, "
+"y convierte `;' a `.'. Con B<map=off> no se realiza ninguna traducción de "
+"nombre. Vea B<norock>. (Por omisión: B<map=normal>.)"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1090
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1092
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, give all files the indicated mode. (Default: read permission for everybody.) Since Linux 2.1.37 one no longer needs to specify the mode in decimal. (Octal is indicated by a leading 0.)"
-msgid "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, give all files the indicated mode. (Default: read and execute permission for everybody.) Octal mode values require a leading 0."
-msgstr "Para volúmenes que no son Rock Ridge, da a todos los ficheros el modo (permisos) indicado. (El predeterminado: permiso de lectura para todo el mundo.) Desde Linux 2.1.37 uno ya no necesita más especificar el modo en base diez. (La base ocho se indica mediante un 0 inicial.)"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, give all files the indicated mode. (Default: "
+#| "read permission for everybody.) Since Linux 2.1.37 one no longer needs "
+#| "to specify the mode in decimal. (Octal is indicated by a leading 0.)"
+msgid ""
+"For non-Rock Ridge volumes, give all files the indicated mode. (Default: "
+"read and execute permission for everybody.) Octal mode values require a "
+"leading 0."
+msgstr ""
+"Para volúmenes que no son Rock Ridge, da a todos los ficheros el modo "
+"(permisos) indicado. (El predeterminado: permiso de lectura para todo el "
+"mundo.) Desde Linux 2.1.37 uno ya no necesita más especificar el modo en "
+"base diez. (La base ocho se indica mediante un 0 inicial.)"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1091 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1406
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1093 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1408
#, no-wrap
msgid "*unhide*"
msgstr "*unhide*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1093
-msgid "Also show hidden and associated files. (If the ordinary files and the associated or hidden files have the same filenames, this may make the ordinary files inaccessible.)"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1095
+msgid ""
+"Also show hidden and associated files. (If the ordinary files and the "
+"associated or hidden files have the same filenames, this may make the "
+"ordinary files inaccessible.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1094
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1096
#, no-wrap
msgid "*block=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}"
msgstr "*block=*{**512**|**1024**|*2048*}"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1096
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1098
msgid "Set the block size to the indicated value. (Default: *block=1024*.)"
-msgstr "Establece el tamaño de bloque al valor indicado. (Por omisión: *block=1024*.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Establece el tamaño de bloque al valor indicado. (Por omisión: "
+"*block=1024*.)"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1100
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1102
#, no-wrap
msgid "*cruft*"
msgstr "*cruft*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1102
-msgid "If the high byte of the file length contains other garbage, set this mount option to ignore the high order bits of the file length. This implies that a file cannot be larger than 16 MB."
-msgstr "Si el byte alto de la longitud de fichero contiene otra basura, active esta opción de montaje para no hacer caso de los bits de orden alto de la longitud de fichero. Esto implica que un fichero no puede ser mayor de 16 MB."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1104
+msgid ""
+"If the high byte of the file length contains other garbage, set this mount "
+"option to ignore the high order bits of the file length. This implies that a "
+"file cannot be larger than 16 MB."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el byte alto de la longitud de fichero contiene otra basura, active esta "
+"opción de montaje para no hacer caso de los bits de orden alto de la "
+"longitud de fichero. Esto implica que un fichero no puede ser mayor de 16 MB."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1103
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1105
#, no-wrap
msgid "**session=**__x__"
msgstr "**session=**__x__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1105
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1107
msgid "Select number of session on a multisession CD."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1106
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1108
#, no-wrap
msgid "**sbsector=**__xxx__"
msgstr "**sbsector=**__xxx__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1108
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1110
msgid "Session begins from sector xxx."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1110
-msgid "The following options are the same as for vfat and specifying them only makes sense when using discs encoded using Microsoft's Joliet extensions."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1112
+msgid ""
+"The following options are the same as for vfat and specifying them only "
+"makes sense when using discs encoded using Microsoft's Joliet extensions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1113
-msgid "Character set to use for converting 16 bit Unicode characters on CD to 8 bit characters. The default is iso8859-1."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1115
+msgid ""
+"Character set to use for converting 16 bit Unicode characters on CD to 8 bit "
+"characters. The default is iso8859-1."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1114 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1153
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1430 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1528
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1116 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1155
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1432 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1530
#, no-wrap
msgid "*utf8*"
msgstr "*utf8*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1116
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1118
msgid "Convert 16 bit Unicode characters on CD to UTF-8."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1117
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1119
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for jfs"
msgstr "Opciones de montaje para jfs"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1119 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1147
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1121 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1149
#, no-wrap
msgid "**iocharset=**__name__"
msgstr "**iocharset=**__nombre__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1121
-msgid "Character set to use for converting from Unicode to ASCII. The default is to do no conversion. Use *iocharset=utf8* for UTF8 translations. This requires *CONFIG_NLS_UTF8* to be set in the kernel _.config_ file."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1123
+msgid ""
+"Character set to use for converting from Unicode to ASCII. The default is to "
+"do no conversion. Use *iocharset=utf8* for UTF8 translations. This requires "
+"*CONFIG_NLS_UTF8* to be set in the kernel _.config_ file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1122
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1124
#, no-wrap
msgid "**resize=**__value__"
msgstr "**resize=**__valor__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1124
-msgid "Resize the volume to _value_ blocks. JFS only supports growing a volume, not shrinking it. This option is only valid during a remount, when the volume is mounted read-write. The *resize* keyword with no value will grow the volume to the full size of the partition."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1126
+msgid ""
+"Resize the volume to _value_ blocks. JFS only supports growing a volume, not "
+"shrinking it. This option is only valid during a remount, when the volume is "
+"mounted read-write. The *resize* keyword with no value will grow the volume "
+"to the full size of the partition."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1125
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1127
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nointegrity*"
msgstr "*nointegrity*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1127
-msgid "Do not write to the journal. The primary use of this option is to allow for higher performance when restoring a volume from backup media. The integrity of the volume is not guaranteed if the system abnormally ends."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1129
+msgid ""
+"Do not write to the journal. The primary use of this option is to allow for "
+"higher performance when restoring a volume from backup media. The integrity "
+"of the volume is not guaranteed if the system abnormally ends."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1128
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1130
#, no-wrap
msgid "*integrity*"
msgstr "*integrity*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1130
-msgid "Default. Commit metadata changes to the journal. Use this option to remount a volume where the *nointegrity* option was previously specified in order to restore normal behavior."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1132
+msgid ""
+"Default. Commit metadata changes to the journal. Use this option to remount "
+"a volume where the *nointegrity* option was previously specified in order to "
+"restore normal behavior."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1131
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1133
#, no-wrap
msgid "*errors=*{**continue**|**remount-ro**|*panic*}"
msgstr "*errors=*{**continue**|**remount-ro**|*panic*}"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1133
-msgid "Define the behavior when an error is encountered. (Either ignore errors and just mark the filesystem erroneous and continue, or remount the filesystem read-only, or panic and halt the system.)"
-msgstr "Define el comportamiento cuando se encuentra un error. (O bien no hace caso de errores y simplemente marca el sistema de ficheros como erróneo y continúa, o bien re-monta el sistema de ficheros como de lectura exclusiva, o bien se produce un pánico y se para el sistema.)"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1135
+msgid ""
+"Define the behavior when an error is encountered. (Either ignore errors and "
+"just mark the filesystem erroneous and continue, or remount the filesystem "
+"read-only, or panic and halt the system.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Define el comportamiento cuando se encuentra un error. (O bien no hace caso "
+"de errores y simplemente marca el sistema de ficheros como erróneo y "
+"continúa, o bien re-monta el sistema de ficheros como de lectura exclusiva, "
+"o bien se produce un pánico y se para el sistema.)"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1134
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1136
#, no-wrap
msgid "**noquota**|**quota**|**usrquota**|*grpquota*"
msgstr "**noquota**|**quota**|**usrquota**|*grpquota*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1136
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1138
msgid "These options are accepted but ignored."
msgstr "Estas opciones se aceptan pero no tienen efecto."
#. type: Title ===
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1137
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1139
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for msdos"
msgstr "Opciones de montaje para msdos"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1140
-msgid "See mount options for fat. If the _msdos_ filesystem detects an inconsistency, it reports an error and sets the file system read-only. The filesystem can be made writable again by remounting it."
-msgstr "Vea las opciones de montaje para fat. Si el sistema de ficheros _msdos_ detecta una inconsistencia, informa del error y pone el sistema de ficheros de lectura exclusiva. El sistema de ficheros se puede hacer de nuevo de lectura y escritura re-montándolo."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1142
+msgid ""
+"See mount options for fat. If the _msdos_ filesystem detects an "
+"inconsistency, it reports an error and sets the file system read-only. The "
+"filesystem can be made writable again by remounting it."
+msgstr ""
+"Vea las opciones de montaje para fat. Si el sistema de ficheros _msdos_ "
+"detecta una inconsistencia, informa del error y pone el sistema de ficheros "
+"de lectura exclusiva. El sistema de ficheros se puede hacer de nuevo de "
+"lectura y escritura re-montándolo."
#. type: Title ===
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1141
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1143
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for ncpfs"
msgstr "Opciones de montaje para ncpfs"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1144
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1146
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Just like _nfs_, the _ncpfs_ implementation expects a binary argument (a _struct ncp_mount_data_) to the mount system call. This argument is constructed by *ncpmount*(8) and the current version of *mount* (2.12) does not know anything about ncpfs."
-msgid "Just like _nfs_, the _ncpfs_ implementation expects a binary argument (a _struct ncp_mount_data_) to the *mount*(2) system call. This argument is constructed by *ncpmount*(8) and the current version of *mount* (2.12) does not know anything about ncpfs."
-msgstr "Justo como _nfs_, la implementación _ncpfs_ espera un argumento binario (una _struct ncp_mount_data_) para la llamada al sistema mount. Este argumento se construye mediante *ncpmount*(8) y la versión actual de *mount* (2.12) no conoce nada sobre ncpfs."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Just like _nfs_, the _ncpfs_ implementation expects a binary argument (a "
+#| "_struct ncp_mount_data_) to the mount system call. This argument is "
+#| "constructed by *ncpmount*(8) and the current version of *mount* (2.12) "
+#| "does not know anything about ncpfs."
+msgid ""
+"Just like _nfs_, the _ncpfs_ implementation expects a binary argument (a "
+"_struct ncp_mount_data_) to the *mount*(2) system call. This argument is "
+"constructed by *ncpmount*(8) and the current version of *mount* (2.12) does "
+"not know anything about ncpfs."
+msgstr ""
+"Justo como _nfs_, la implementación _ncpfs_ espera un argumento binario (una "
+"_struct ncp_mount_data_) para la llamada al sistema mount. Este argumento "
+"se construye mediante *ncpmount*(8) y la versión actual de *mount* (2.12) "
+"no conoce nada sobre ncpfs."
#. type: Title ===
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1145
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1147
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for ntfs"
msgstr "Opciones de montaje para ntfs"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1149
-msgid "Character set to use when returning file names. Unlike VFAT, NTFS suppresses names that contain nonconvertible characters. Deprecated."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1151
+msgid ""
+"Character set to use when returning file names. Unlike VFAT, NTFS suppresses "
+"names that contain nonconvertible characters. Deprecated."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1150
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1152
#, no-wrap
msgid "**nls=**__name__"
msgstr "**nls=**__nombre__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1152
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1154
msgid "New name for the option earlier called _iocharset_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1155
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1157
msgid "Use UTF-8 for converting file names."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1156
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1158
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uni_xlate=*{**0**|**1**|*2*}"
msgstr "*uni_xlate=*{**0**|**1**|*2*}"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1158
-msgid "For 0 (or 'no' or 'false'), do not use escape sequences for unknown Unicode characters. For 1 (or 'yes' or 'true') or 2, use vfat-style 4-byte escape sequences starting with \":\". Here 2 gives a little-endian encoding and 1 a byteswapped bigendian encoding."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1160
+msgid ""
+"For 0 (or 'no' or 'false'), do not use escape sequences for unknown Unicode "
+"characters. For 1 (or 'yes' or 'true') or 2, use vfat-style 4-byte escape "
+"sequences starting with \":\". Here 2 gives a little-endian encoding and 1 a "
+"byteswapped bigendian encoding."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1159
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1161
#, no-wrap
msgid "*posix=[0|1]*"
msgstr "*posix=[0|1]*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1161
-msgid "If enabled (posix=1), the filesystem distinguishes between upper and lower case. The 8.3 alias names are presented as hard links instead of being suppressed. This option is obsolete."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1163
+msgid ""
+"If enabled (posix=1), the filesystem distinguishes between upper and lower "
+"case. The 8.3 alias names are presented as hard links instead of being "
+"suppressed. This option is obsolete."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1162
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1164
#, no-wrap
msgid "**uid=**__value__, **gid=**__value__ and **umask=**__value__"
msgstr "**uid=**__valor__, **gid=**__valor__ y **umask=**__valor__"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1164
-msgid "Set the file permission on the filesystem. The umask value is given in octal. By default, the files are owned by root and not readable by somebody else."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1166
+msgid ""
+"Set the file permission on the filesystem. The umask value is given in "
+"octal. By default, the files are owned by root and not readable by somebody "
+"else."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1165
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1167
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for overlay"
msgstr "Opciones de montaje para overlay"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1168
-msgid "Since Linux 3.18 the overlay pseudo filesystem implements a union mount for other filesystems."
-msgstr ""
-
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1170
-msgid "An overlay filesystem combines two filesystems - an *upper* filesystem and a *lower* filesystem. When a name exists in both filesystems, the object in the upper filesystem is visible while the object in the lower filesystem is either hidden or, in the case of directories, merged with the upper object."
+msgid ""
+"Since Linux 3.18 the overlay pseudo filesystem implements a union mount for "
+"other filesystems."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1172
-msgid "The lower filesystem can be any filesystem supported by Linux and does not need to be writable. The lower filesystem can even be another overlayfs. The upper filesystem will normally be writable and if it is it must support the creation of trusted.* extended attributes, and must provide a valid d_type in readdir responses, so NFS is not suitable."
+msgid ""
+"An overlay filesystem combines two filesystems - an *upper* filesystem and a "
+"*lower* filesystem. When a name exists in both filesystems, the object in "
+"the upper filesystem is visible while the object in the lower filesystem is "
+"either hidden or, in the case of directories, merged with the upper object."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1174
-msgid "A read-only overlay of two read-only filesystems may use any filesystem type. The options *lowerdir* and *upperdir* are combined into a merged directory by using:"
+msgid ""
+"The lower filesystem can be any filesystem supported by Linux and does not "
+"need to be writable. The lower filesystem can even be another overlayfs. The "
+"upper filesystem will normally be writable and if it is it must support the "
+"creation of trusted.* extended attributes, and must provide a valid d_type "
+"in readdir responses, so NFS is not suitable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1176
+msgid ""
+"A read-only overlay of two read-only filesystems may use any filesystem "
+"type. The options *lowerdir* and *upperdir* are combined into a merged "
+"directory by using:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1179
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1181
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mount -t overlay overlay \\\n"
" -olowerdir=/lower,upperdir=/upper,workdir=/work /merged\n"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1182
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1184
#, no-wrap
msgid "**lowerdir=**__directory__"
msgstr "**lowerdir=**__directorio__"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1184
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1186
msgid "Any filesystem, does not need to be on a writable filesystem."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1185
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1187
#, no-wrap
msgid "**upperdir=**__directory__"
msgstr "**upperdir=**__directorio__"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1187
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1189
msgid "The upperdir is normally on a writable filesystem."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1188
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1190
#, no-wrap
msgid "**workdir=**__directory__"
msgstr "**workdir=**__directorio__"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1190
-msgid "The workdir needs to be an empty directory on the same filesystem as upperdir."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1192
+msgid ""
+"The workdir needs to be an empty directory on the same filesystem as "
+"upperdir."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1191
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1193
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*user_xattr*"
msgid "*userxattr*"
msgstr "*user_xattr*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1193
-msgid "Use the \"*user.overlay.*\" xattr namespace instead of \"*trusted.overlay.*\". This is useful for unprivileged mounting of overlayfs."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1195
+msgid ""
+"Use the \"*user.overlay.*\" xattr namespace instead of \"*trusted.overlay."
+"*\". This is useful for unprivileged mounting of overlayfs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1194
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1196
#, no-wrap
msgid "*redirect_dir=*{**on**|**off**|**follow**|**nofollow**}"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1196
-msgid "If the _redirect_dir_ feature is enabled, then the directory will be copied up (but not the contents). Then the \"{**trusted**|**user**}.overlay.redirect\" extended attribute is set to the path of the original location from the root of the overlay. Finally the directory is moved to the new location."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1198
+msgid ""
+"If the _redirect_dir_ feature is enabled, then the directory will be copied "
+"up (but not the contents). Then the \"{**trusted**|**user**}.overlay."
+"redirect\" extended attribute is set to the path of the original location "
+"from the root of the overlay. Finally the directory is moved to the new "
+"location."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1197 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:84
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1199 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "*on*"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1199
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1201
msgid "Redirects are enabled."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1200 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:78
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1202 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:78
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:130
#, no-wrap
msgid "*off*"
msgstr "*off*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1202
-msgid "Redirects are not created and only followed if \"redirect_always_follow\" feature is enabled in the kernel/module config."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1204
+msgid ""
+"Redirects are not created and only followed if \"redirect_always_follow\" "
+"feature is enabled in the kernel/module config."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1203
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1205
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*--nofollow*"
msgid "*follow*"
msgstr "*--nofollow*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1205
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1207
msgid "Redirects are not created, but followed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1206
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1208
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*--nofollow*"
msgid "*nofollow*"
msgstr "*--nofollow*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1208
-msgid "Redirects are not created and not followed (equivalent to \"redirect_dir=off\" if \"redirect_always_follow\" feature is not enabled)."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1210
+msgid ""
+"Redirects are not created and not followed (equivalent to "
+"\"redirect_dir=off\" if \"redirect_always_follow\" feature is not enabled)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1209
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1211
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*--direct-io*[**=on**|*off*]"
msgid "*index=*{**on**|**off**}"
msgstr "*--direct-io*[**=on**|*off*]"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1211
-msgid "Inode index. If this feature is disabled and a file with multiple hard links is copied up, then this will \"break\" the link. Changes will not be propagated to other names referring to the same inode."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1213
+msgid ""
+"Inode index. If this feature is disabled and a file with multiple hard links "
+"is copied up, then this will \"break\" the link. Changes will not be "
+"propagated to other names referring to the same inode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1212
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1214
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*uni_xlate=*{**0**|**1**|*2*}"
msgid "*uuid=*{**on**|**off**}"
msgstr "*uni_xlate=*{**0**|**1**|*2*}"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1214
-msgid "Can be used to replace UUID of the underlying filesystem in file handles with null, and effectively disable UUID checks. This can be useful in case the underlying disk is copied and the UUID of this copy is changed. This is only applicable if all lower/upper/work directories are on the same filesystem, otherwise it will fallback to normal behaviour."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1216
+msgid ""
+"Can be used to replace UUID of the underlying filesystem in file handles "
+"with null, and effectively disable UUID checks. This can be useful in case "
+"the underlying disk is copied and the UUID of this copy is changed. This is "
+"only applicable if all lower/upper/work directories are on the same "
+"filesystem, otherwise it will fallback to normal behaviour."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1215
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1217
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*uni_xlate=*{**0**|**1**|*2*}"
msgid "*nfs_export=*{**on**|**off**}"
msgstr "*uni_xlate=*{**0**|**1**|*2*}"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1218
-msgid "When the underlying filesystems supports NFS export and the \"nfs_export\" feature is enabled, an overlay filesystem may be exported to NFS."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1220
+msgid ""
+"When the underlying filesystems supports NFS export and the \"nfs_export\" "
+"feature is enabled, an overlay filesystem may be exported to NFS."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1225
-msgid "With the \"nfs_export\" feature, on copy_up of any lower object, an index entry is created under the index directory. The index entry name is the hexadecimal representation of the copy up origin file handle. For a non-directory object, the index entry is a hard link to the upper inode. For a directory object, the index entry has an extended attribute \"{**trusted**|**user**}.overlay.upper\" with an encoded file handle of the upper directory inode."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1227
+msgid ""
+"With the \"nfs_export\" feature, on copy_up of any lower object, an index "
+"entry is created under the index directory. The index entry name is the "
+"hexadecimal representation of the copy up origin file handle. For a non-"
+"directory object, the index entry is a hard link to the upper inode. For a "
+"directory object, the index entry has an extended attribute \"{**trusted**|"
+"**user**}.overlay.upper\" with an encoded file handle of the upper directory "
+"inode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1226
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1228
#, no-wrap
msgid "When encoding a file handle from an overlay filesystem object, the following rules apply"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1229
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1231
msgid "For a non-upper object, encode a lower file handle from lower inode"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1230
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1232
msgid "For an indexed object, encode a lower file handle from copy_up origin"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1231
-msgid "For a pure-upper object and for an existing non-indexed upper object, encode an upper file handle from upper inode"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1233
+msgid ""
+"For a pure-upper object and for an existing non-indexed upper object, encode "
+"an upper file handle from upper inode"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1233
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1235
#, no-wrap
msgid "The encoded overlay file handle includes"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1236
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1238
msgid "Header including path type information (e.g. lower/upper)"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1237
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1239
msgid "UUID of the underlying filesystem"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1238
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1240
msgid "Underlying filesystem encoding of underlying inode"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1240
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1242
#, no-wrap
msgid "This encoding format is identical to the encoding format of file handles that are stored in extended attribute \"{**trusted**|**user**}.overlay.origin\". When decoding an overlay file handle, the following steps are followed"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1243
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1245
msgid "Find underlying layer by UUID and path type information."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1244
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1246
msgid "Decode the underlying filesystem file handle to underlying dentry."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1245
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1247
msgid "For a lower file handle, lookup the handle in index directory by name."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1246
-msgid "If a whiteout is found in index, return **ESTALE**. This represents an overlay object that was deleted after its file handle was encoded."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1248
+msgid ""
+"If a whiteout is found in index, return **ESTALE**. This represents an "
+"overlay object that was deleted after its file handle was encoded."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1247
-msgid "For a non-directory, instantiate a disconnected overlay dentry from the decoded underlying dentry, the path type and index inode, if found."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1249
+msgid ""
+"For a non-directory, instantiate a disconnected overlay dentry from the "
+"decoded underlying dentry, the path type and index inode, if found."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1248
-msgid "For a directory, use the connected underlying decoded dentry, path type and index, to lookup a connected overlay dentry."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1250
+msgid ""
+"For a directory, use the connected underlying decoded dentry, path type and "
+"index, to lookup a connected overlay dentry."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1254
-msgid "Decoding a non-directory file handle may return a disconnected dentry. copy_up of that disconnected dentry will create an upper index entry with no upper alias."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1256
+msgid ""
+"Decoding a non-directory file handle may return a disconnected dentry. "
+"copy_up of that disconnected dentry will create an upper index entry with no "
+"upper alias."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1266
-msgid "When overlay filesystem has multiple lower layers, a middle layer directory may have a \"redirect\" to lower directory. Because middle layer \"redirects\" are not indexed, a lower file handle that was encoded from the \"redirect\" origin directory, cannot be used to find the middle or upper layer directory. Similarly, a lower file handle that was encoded from a descendant of the \"redirect\" origin directory, cannot be used to reconstruct a connected overlay path. To mitigate the cases of directories that cannot be decoded from a lower file handle, these directories are copied up on encode and encoded as an upper file handle. On an overlay filesystem with no upper layer this mitigation cannot be used NFS export in this setup requires turning off redirect follow (e.g. \"__redirect_dir=nofollow__\")."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1268
+msgid ""
+"When overlay filesystem has multiple lower layers, a middle layer directory "
+"may have a \"redirect\" to lower directory. Because middle layer "
+"\"redirects\" are not indexed, a lower file handle that was encoded from the "
+"\"redirect\" origin directory, cannot be used to find the middle or upper "
+"layer directory. Similarly, a lower file handle that was encoded from a "
+"descendant of the \"redirect\" origin directory, cannot be used to "
+"reconstruct a connected overlay path. To mitigate the cases of directories "
+"that cannot be decoded from a lower file handle, these directories are "
+"copied up on encode and encoded as an upper file handle. On an overlay "
+"filesystem with no upper layer this mitigation cannot be used NFS export in "
+"this setup requires turning off redirect follow (e.g. "
+"\"__redirect_dir=nofollow__\")."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1268
-msgid "The overlay filesystem does not support non-directory connectable file handles, so exporting with the _subtree_check_ exportfs configuration will cause failures to lookup files over NFS."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1270
+msgid ""
+"The overlay filesystem does not support non-directory connectable file "
+"handles, so exporting with the _subtree_check_ exportfs configuration will "
+"cause failures to lookup files over NFS."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1270
-msgid "When the NFS export feature is enabled, all directory index entries are verified on mount time to check that upper file handles are not stale. This verification may cause significant overhead in some cases."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1272
+msgid ""
+"When the NFS export feature is enabled, all directory index entries are "
+"verified on mount time to check that upper file handles are not stale. This "
+"verification may cause significant overhead in some cases."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1273
-msgid "Note: the mount options __index=off,nfs_export=on__ are conflicting for a read-write mount and will result in an error."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1275
+msgid ""
+"Note: the mount options __index=off,nfs_export=on__ are conflicting for a "
+"read-write mount and will result in an error."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1275
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1277
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*compr=*{**none**|**lzo**|*zlib*}"
msgid "*xino=*{**on**|**off**|**auto**}"
msgstr "*compr=*{**none**|**lzo**|*zlib*}"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1277
-msgid "The \"xino\" feature composes a unique object identifier from the real object st_ino and an underlying fsid index. The \"xino\" feature uses the high inode number bits for fsid, because the underlying filesystems rarely use the high inode number bits. In case the underlying inode number does overflow into the high xino bits, overlay filesystem will fall back to the non xino behavior for that inode."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1279
+msgid ""
+"The \"xino\" feature composes a unique object identifier from the real "
+"object st_ino and an underlying fsid index. The \"xino\" feature uses the "
+"high inode number bits for fsid, because the underlying filesystems rarely "
+"use the high inode number bits. In case the underlying inode number does "
+"overflow into the high xino bits, overlay filesystem will fall back to the "
+"non xino behavior for that inode."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1279
-msgid "For a detailed description of the effect of this option please refer to https://docs.kernel.org/filesystems/overlayfs.html"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1281
+msgid ""
+"For a detailed description of the effect of this option please refer to "
+"https://docs.kernel.org/filesystems/overlayfs.html"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1280
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1282
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*compr=*{**none**|**lzo**|*zlib*}"
msgid "*metacopy=*{**on**|**off**}"
msgstr "*compr=*{**none**|**lzo**|*zlib*}"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1282
-msgid "When metadata only copy up feature is enabled, overlayfs will only copy up metadata (as opposed to whole file), when a metadata specific operation like chown/chmod is performed. Full file will be copied up later when file is opened for WRITE operation."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1284
+msgid ""
+"When metadata only copy up feature is enabled, overlayfs will only copy up "
+"metadata (as opposed to whole file), when a metadata specific operation like "
+"chown/chmod is performed. Full file will be copied up later when file is "
+"opened for WRITE operation."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1284
-msgid "In other words, this is delayed data copy up operation and data is copied up when there is a need to actually modify data."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1286
+msgid ""
+"In other words, this is delayed data copy up operation and data is copied up "
+"when there is a need to actually modify data."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1285
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1287
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<norelatime>"
msgid "*volatile*"
msgstr "B<norelatime>"
-#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1287
-msgid "Volatile mounts are not guaranteed to survive a crash. It is strongly recommended that volatile mounts are only used if data written to the overlay can be recreated without significant effort."
-msgstr ""
-
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1289
-msgid "The advantage of mounting with the \"volatile\" option is that all forms of sync calls to the upper filesystem are omitted."
+msgid ""
+"Volatile mounts are not guaranteed to survive a crash. It is strongly "
+"recommended that volatile mounts are only used if data written to the "
+"overlay can be recreated without significant effort."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1291
-msgid "In order to avoid a giving a false sense of safety, the syncfs (and fsync) semantics of volatile mounts are slightly different than that of the rest of VFS. If any writeback error occurs on the upperdir’s filesystem after a volatile mount takes place, all sync functions will return an error. Once this condition is reached, the filesystem will not recover, and every subsequent sync call will return an error, even if the upperdir has not experience a new error since the last sync call."
+msgid ""
+"The advantage of mounting with the \"volatile\" option is that all forms of "
+"sync calls to the upper filesystem are omitted."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1293
-msgid "When overlay is mounted with \"volatile\" option, the directory \"$workdir/work/incompat/volatile\" is created. During next mount, overlay checks for this directory and refuses to mount if present. This is a strong indicator that user should throw away upper and work directories and create fresh one. In very limited cases where the user knows that the system has not crashed and contents of upperdir are intact, The \"volatile\" directory can be removed."
+msgid ""
+"In order to avoid a giving a false sense of safety, the syncfs (and fsync) "
+"semantics of volatile mounts are slightly different than that of the rest of "
+"VFS. If any writeback error occurs on the upperdir’s filesystem after a "
+"volatile mount takes place, all sync functions will return an error. Once "
+"this condition is reached, the filesystem will not recover, and every "
+"subsequent sync call will return an error, even if the upperdir has not "
+"experience a new error since the last sync call."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: delimited block _
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1295
+msgid ""
+"When overlay is mounted with \"volatile\" option, the directory \"$workdir/"
+"work/incompat/volatile\" is created. During next mount, overlay checks for "
+"this directory and refuses to mount if present. This is a strong indicator "
+"that user should throw away upper and work directories and create fresh one. "
+"In very limited cases where the user knows that the system has not crashed "
+"and contents of upperdir are intact, The \"volatile\" directory can be "
+"removed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1294
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1296
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for reiserfs"
msgstr "Opciones de montaje para reiserfs"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1297
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1299
msgid "Reiserfs is a journaling filesystem."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1298
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1300
#, no-wrap
msgid "*conv*"
msgstr "*conv*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1300
-msgid "Instructs version 3.6 reiserfs software to mount a version 3.5 filesystem, using the 3.6 format for newly created objects. This filesystem will no longer be compatible with reiserfs 3.5 tools."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1302
+msgid ""
+"Instructs version 3.6 reiserfs software to mount a version 3.5 filesystem, "
+"using the 3.6 format for newly created objects. This filesystem will no "
+"longer be compatible with reiserfs 3.5 tools."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1301
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1303
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hash=*{**rupasov**|**tea**|**r5**|*detect*}"
msgstr "*hash=*{**rupasov**|**tea**|**r5**|*detect*}"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1303
-msgid "Choose which hash function reiserfs will use to find files within directories."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1305
+msgid ""
+"Choose which hash function reiserfs will use to find files within "
+"directories."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1304
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1306
#, no-wrap
msgid "*rupasov*"
msgstr "*rupasov*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1306
-msgid "A hash invented by Yury Yu. Rupasov. It is fast and preserves locality, mapping lexicographically close file names to close hash values. This option should not be used, as it causes a high probability of hash collisions."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1308
+msgid ""
+"A hash invented by Yury Yu. Rupasov. It is fast and preserves locality, "
+"mapping lexicographically close file names to close hash values. This option "
+"should not be used, as it causes a high probability of hash collisions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1307
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1309
#, no-wrap
msgid "*tea*"
msgstr "*tea*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1309
-msgid "A Davis-Meyer function implemented by Jeremy Fitzhardinge. It uses hash permuting bits in the name. It gets high randomness and, therefore, low probability of hash collisions at some CPU cost. This may be used if *EHASHCOLLISION* errors are experienced with the r5 hash."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1311
+msgid ""
+"A Davis-Meyer function implemented by Jeremy Fitzhardinge. It uses hash "
+"permuting bits in the name. It gets high randomness and, therefore, low "
+"probability of hash collisions at some CPU cost. This may be used if "
+"*EHASHCOLLISION* errors are experienced with the r5 hash."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1310
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1312
#, no-wrap
msgid "*r5*"
msgstr "*r5*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1312
-msgid "A modified version of the rupasov hash. It is used by default and is the best choice unless the filesystem has huge directories and unusual file-name patterns."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1314
+msgid ""
+"A modified version of the rupasov hash. It is used by default and is the "
+"best choice unless the filesystem has huge directories and unusual file-name "
+"patterns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1313
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1315
#, no-wrap
msgid "*detect*"
msgstr "*detect*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1315
-msgid "Instructs *mount* to detect which hash function is in use by examining the filesystem being mounted, and to write this information into the reiserfs superblock. This is only useful on the first mount of an old format filesystem."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1317
+msgid ""
+"Instructs *mount* to detect which hash function is in use by examining the "
+"filesystem being mounted, and to write this information into the reiserfs "
+"superblock. This is only useful on the first mount of an old format "
+"filesystem."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1316
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1318
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hashed_relocation*"
msgstr "*hashed_relocation*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1318 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1321
-msgid "Tunes the block allocator. This may provide performance improvements in some situations."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1320 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1323
+msgid ""
+"Tunes the block allocator. This may provide performance improvements in some "
+"situations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1319
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1321
#, no-wrap
msgid "*no_unhashed_relocation*"
msgstr "*no_unhashed_relocation*"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1322
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1324
#, no-wrap
msgid "*noborder*"
msgstr "*noborder*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1324
-msgid "Disable the border allocator algorithm invented by Yury Yu. Rupasov. This may provide performance improvements in some situations."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1326
+msgid ""
+"Disable the border allocator algorithm invented by Yury Yu. Rupasov. This "
+"may provide performance improvements in some situations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1325
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1327
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nolog*"
msgstr "*nolog*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1327
-msgid "Disable journaling. This will provide slight performance improvements in some situations at the cost of losing reiserfs's fast recovery from crashes. Even with this option turned on, reiserfs still performs all journaling operations, save for actual writes into its journaling area. Implementation of _nolog_ is a work in progress."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1329
+msgid ""
+"Disable journaling. This will provide slight performance improvements in "
+"some situations at the cost of losing reiserfs's fast recovery from crashes. "
+"Even with this option turned on, reiserfs still performs all journaling "
+"operations, save for actual writes into its journaling area. Implementation "
+"of _nolog_ is a work in progress."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1328
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1330
#, no-wrap
msgid "*notail*"
msgstr "*notail*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1330
-msgid "By default, reiserfs stores small files and 'file tails' directly into its tree. This confuses some utilities such as *lilo*(8). This option is used to disable packing of files into the tree."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1332
+msgid ""
+"By default, reiserfs stores small files and 'file tails' directly into its "
+"tree. This confuses some utilities such as *lilo*(8). This option is used to "
+"disable packing of files into the tree."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1331
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1333
#, no-wrap
msgid "*replayonly*"
msgstr "*replayonly*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1333
-msgid "Replay the transactions which are in the journal, but do not actually mount the filesystem. Mainly used by _reiserfsck_."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1335
+msgid ""
+"Replay the transactions which are in the journal, but do not actually mount "
+"the filesystem. Mainly used by _reiserfsck_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1334
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1336
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<reserved=>I<value>"
msgid "**resize=**__number__"
msgstr "B<reserved=>I<valor>"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1336
-msgid "A remount option which permits online expansion of reiserfs partitions. Instructs reiserfs to assume that the device has _number_ blocks. This option is designed for use with devices which are under logical volume management (LVM). There is a special _resizer_ utility which can be obtained from _ftp://ftp.namesys.com/pub/reiserfsprogs_."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1338
+msgid ""
+"A remount option which permits online expansion of reiserfs partitions. "
+"Instructs reiserfs to assume that the device has _number_ blocks. This "
+"option is designed for use with devices which are under logical volume "
+"management (LVM). There is a special _resizer_ utility which can be obtained "
+"from _ftp://ftp.namesys.com/pub/reiserfsprogs_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1337
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1339
#, no-wrap
msgid "*user_xattr*"
msgstr "*user_xattr*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1339
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1341
msgid "Enable Extended User Attributes. See the *attr*(1) manual page."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1340
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1342
#, no-wrap
msgid "*acl*"
msgstr "*acl*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1342
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1344
msgid "Enable POSIX Access Control Lists. See the *acl*(5) manual page."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1343
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1345
#, no-wrap
msgid "*barrier=none* / *barrier=flush*"
msgstr "*barrier=none* / *barrier=flush*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1345
-msgid "This disables / enables the use of write barriers in the journaling code. *barrier=none* disables, *barrier=flush* enables (default). This also requires an IO stack which can support barriers, and if reiserfs gets an error on a barrier write, it will disable barriers again with a warning. Write barriers enforce proper on-disk ordering of journal commits, making volatile disk write caches safe to use, at some performance penalty. If your disks are battery-backed in one way or another, disabling barriers may safely improve performance."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1347
+msgid ""
+"This disables / enables the use of write barriers in the journaling code. "
+"*barrier=none* disables, *barrier=flush* enables (default). This also "
+"requires an IO stack which can support barriers, and if reiserfs gets an "
+"error on a barrier write, it will disable barriers again with a warning. "
+"Write barriers enforce proper on-disk ordering of journal commits, making "
+"volatile disk write caches safe to use, at some performance penalty. If your "
+"disks are battery-backed in one way or another, disabling barriers may "
+"safely improve performance."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1346
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1348
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for ubifs"
msgstr "Opciones de montaje para ubifs"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1349
-msgid "UBIFS is a flash filesystem which works on top of UBI volumes. Note that *atime* is not supported and is always turned off."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1351
+msgid ""
+"UBIFS is a flash filesystem which works on top of UBI volumes. Note that "
+"*atime* is not supported and is always turned off."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1351
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1353
msgid "The device name may be specified as"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1353
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1355
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ubiX_Y*"
msgstr "*ubiX_Y*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1355
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1357
msgid "UBI device number *X*, volume number *Y*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1355
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1357
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ubiY*"
msgstr "*ubiY*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1357
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1359
msgid "UBI device number *0*, volume number *Y*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1357
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1359
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ubiX:NAME*"
msgstr "*ubiX:NOMBRE*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1359
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1361
msgid "UBI device number *X*, volume with name *NAME*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1359
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1361
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ubi:NAME*"
msgstr "*ubi:NOMBRE*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1361
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1363
msgid "UBI device number *0*, volume with name *NAME*"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1364
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1366
msgid "Alternative *!* separator may be used instead of *:*."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1366
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1368
msgid "The following mount options are available:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1367
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1369
#, no-wrap
msgid "*bulk_read*"
msgstr "*bulk_read*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1369
-msgid "Enable bulk-read. VFS read-ahead is disabled because it slows down the filesystem. Bulk-Read is an internal optimization. Some flashes may read faster if the data are read at one go, rather than at several read requests. For example, OneNAND can do \"read-while-load\" if it reads more than one NAND page."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1371
+msgid ""
+"Enable bulk-read. VFS read-ahead is disabled because it slows down the "
+"filesystem. Bulk-Read is an internal optimization. Some flashes may read "
+"faster if the data are read at one go, rather than at several read requests. "
+"For example, OneNAND can do \"read-while-load\" if it reads more than one "
+"NAND page."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1370
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1372
#, no-wrap
msgid "*no_bulk_read*"
msgstr "*no_bulk_read*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1372
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1374
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "no translation is performed. This is the default."
msgid "Do not bulk-read. This is the default."
msgstr "Ninguna traducción. Esto es lo predeterminado."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1373
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1375
#, no-wrap
msgid "*chk_data_crc*"
msgstr "*chk_data_crc*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1375
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1377
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Update inode access time for each access. This is the default."
msgid "Check data CRC-32 checksums. This is the default."
-msgstr "Actualizar el tiempo de acceso al nodo-í para cada acceso. Esto es lo predeterminado."
+msgstr ""
+"Actualizar el tiempo de acceso al nodo-í para cada acceso. Esto es lo "
+"predeterminado."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1376
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1378
#, no-wrap
msgid "*no_chk_data_crc*"
msgstr "*no_chk_data_crc*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1378
-msgid "Do not check data CRC-32 checksums. With this option, the filesystem does not check CRC-32 checksum for data, but it does check it for the internal indexing information. This option only affects reading, not writing. CRC-32 is always calculated when writing the data."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1380
+msgid ""
+"Do not check data CRC-32 checksums. With this option, the filesystem does "
+"not check CRC-32 checksum for data, but it does check it for the internal "
+"indexing information. This option only affects reading, not writing. CRC-32 "
+"is always calculated when writing the data."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1379
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1381
#, no-wrap
msgid "*compr=*{**none**|**lzo**|*zlib*}"
msgstr "*compr=*{**none**|**lzo**|*zlib*}"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1381
-msgid "Select the default compressor which is used when new files are written. It is still possible to read compressed files if mounted with the *none* option."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1383
+msgid ""
+"Select the default compressor which is used when new files are written. It "
+"is still possible to read compressed files if mounted with the *none* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1382
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1384
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for udf"
msgstr "Opciones de montaje para udf"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1385
-msgid "UDF is the \"Universal Disk Format\" filesystem defined by OSTA, the Optical Storage Technology Association, and is often used for DVD-ROM, frequently in the form of a hybrid UDF/ISO-9660 filesystem. It is, however, perfectly usable by itself on disk drives, flash drives and other block devices. See also _iso9660_."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1387
+msgid ""
+"UDF is the \"Universal Disk Format\" filesystem defined by OSTA, the Optical "
+"Storage Technology Association, and is often used for DVD-ROM, frequently in "
+"the form of a hybrid UDF/ISO-9660 filesystem. It is, however, perfectly "
+"usable by itself on disk drives, flash drives and other block devices. See "
+"also _iso9660_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1386
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1388
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uid=*"
msgstr "*uid=*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1388
-msgid "Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given user. uid=forget can be specified independently of (or usually in addition to) uid=<user> and results in UDF not storing uids to the media. In fact the recorded uid is the 32-bit overflow uid -1 as defined by the UDF standard. The value is given as either <user> which is a valid user name or the corresponding decimal user id, or the special string \"forget\"."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1390
+msgid ""
+"Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given user. uid=forget can be "
+"specified independently of (or usually in addition to) uid=<user> and "
+"results in UDF not storing uids to the media. In fact the recorded uid is "
+"the 32-bit overflow uid -1 as defined by the UDF standard. The value is "
+"given as either <user> which is a valid user name or the corresponding "
+"decimal user id, or the special string \"forget\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1389
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1391
#, no-wrap
msgid "*gid=*"
msgstr "*gid=*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1391
-msgid "Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given group. gid=forget can be specified independently of (or usually in addition to) gid=<group> and results in UDF not storing gids to the media. In fact the recorded gid is the 32-bit overflow gid -1 as defined by the UDF standard. The value is given as either <group> which is a valid group name or the corresponding decimal group id, or the special string \"forget\"."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1393
+msgid ""
+"Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given group. gid=forget can "
+"be specified independently of (or usually in addition to) gid=<group> and "
+"results in UDF not storing gids to the media. In fact the recorded gid is "
+"the 32-bit overflow gid -1 as defined by the UDF standard. The value is "
+"given as either <group> which is a valid group name or the corresponding "
+"decimal group id, or the special string \"forget\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1392
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1394
#, no-wrap
msgid "*umask=*"
msgstr "*umask=*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1394
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1396
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
-msgid "Mask out the given permissions from all inodes read from the filesystem. The value is given in octal."
-msgstr "Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en curso. El valor se da en octal."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). "
+#| "The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in "
+#| "octal."
+msgid ""
+"Mask out the given permissions from all inodes read from the filesystem. The "
+"value is given in octal."
+msgstr ""
+"Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están "
+"presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en curso. "
+"El valor se da en octal."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1395
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1397
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mode=*"
msgstr "*mode=*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1397
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1399
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
-msgid "If *mode=* is set the permissions of all non-directory inodes read from the filesystem will be set to the given mode. The value is given in octal."
-msgstr "Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en curso. El valor se da en octal."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). "
+#| "The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in "
+#| "octal."
+msgid ""
+"If *mode=* is set the permissions of all non-directory inodes read from the "
+"filesystem will be set to the given mode. The value is given in octal."
+msgstr ""
+"Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están "
+"presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en curso. "
+"El valor se da en octal."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1398
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1400
#, no-wrap
msgid "*dmode=*"
msgstr "*dmode=*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1400
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1402
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
-msgid "If *dmode=* is set the permissions of all directory inodes read from the filesystem will be set to the given dmode. The value is given in octal."
-msgstr "Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en curso. El valor se da en octal."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). "
+#| "The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in "
+#| "octal."
+msgid ""
+"If *dmode=* is set the permissions of all directory inodes read from the "
+"filesystem will be set to the given dmode. The value is given in octal."
+msgstr ""
+"Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están "
+"presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en curso. "
+"El valor se da en octal."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1401
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1403
#, no-wrap
msgid "*bs=*"
msgstr "*bs=*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1403
-msgid "Set the block size. Default value prior to kernel version 2.6.30 was 2048. Since 2.6.30 and prior to 4.11 it was logical device block size with fallback to 2048. Since 4.11 it is logical block size with fallback to any valid block size between logical device block size and 4096."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1405
+msgid ""
+"Set the block size. Default value prior to kernel version 2.6.30 was 2048. "
+"Since 2.6.30 and prior to 4.11 it was logical device block size with "
+"fallback to 2048. Since 4.11 it is logical block size with fallback to any "
+"valid block size between logical device block size and 4096."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1405
-msgid "For other details see the *mkudffs*(8) 2.0+ manpage, see the *COMPATIBILITY* and *BLOCK SIZE* sections."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1407
+msgid ""
+"For other details see the *mkudffs*(8) 2.0+ manpage, see the *COMPATIBILITY* "
+"and *BLOCK SIZE* sections."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1408
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1410
msgid "Show otherwise hidden files."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1409
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1411
#, no-wrap
msgid "*undelete*"
msgstr "*undelete*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1411
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1413
msgid "Show deleted files in lists."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1412
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1414
#, no-wrap
msgid "*adinicb*"
msgstr "*adinicb*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1414
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1416
msgid "Embed data in the inode. (default)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1415
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1417
#, no-wrap
msgid "*noadinicb*"
msgstr "*noadinicb*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1417
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1419
msgid "Don't embed data in the inode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1418
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1420
#, no-wrap
msgid "*shortad*"
msgstr "*shortad*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1420
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1422
msgid "Use short UDF address descriptors."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1421
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1423
#, no-wrap
msgid "*longad*"
msgstr "*longad*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1423
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1425
msgid "Use long UDF address descriptors. (default)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1424
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1426
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nostrict*"
msgstr "*nostrict*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1426
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1428
msgid "Unset strict conformance."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1427
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1429
#, no-wrap
msgid "*iocharset=*"
msgstr "*iocharset=*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1429
-msgid "Set the NLS character set. This requires kernel compiled with *CONFIG_UDF_NLS* option."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1431
+msgid ""
+"Set the NLS character set. This requires kernel compiled with "
+"*CONFIG_UDF_NLS* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1432
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1434
msgid "Set the UTF-8 character set."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1433
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1435
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for debugging and disaster recovery"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1435
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1437
#, no-wrap
msgid "*novrs*"
msgstr "*novrs*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1437
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1439
msgid "Ignore the Volume Recognition Sequence and attempt to mount anyway."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1438
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1440
#, no-wrap
msgid "*session=*"
msgstr "*session=*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1440
-msgid "Select the session number for multi-session recorded optical media. (default= last session)"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1442
+msgid ""
+"Select the session number for multi-session recorded optical media. "
+"(default= last session)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1441
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1443
#, no-wrap
msgid "*anchor=*"
msgstr "*anchor=*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1443
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1445
msgid "Override standard anchor location. (default= 256)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1444
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1446
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lastblock=*"
msgstr "*lastblock=*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1446
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1448
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "I</etc/mtab> table of mounted file systems"
msgid "Set the last block of the filesystem."
msgstr "I</etc/mtab> tabla de sistemas de ficheros montados"
#. type: Title ===
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1447
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1449
#, no-wrap
msgid "Unused historical mount options that may be encountered and should be removed"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1449
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1451
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uid=ignore*"
msgstr "*uid=ignore*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1451
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1453
msgid "Ignored, use uid=<user> instead."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1452
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1454
#, no-wrap
msgid "*gid=ignore*"
msgstr "*gid=ignore*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1454
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1456
msgid "Ignored, use gid=<group> instead."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1455
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1457
#, no-wrap
msgid "*volume=*"
msgstr "*volume=*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1457 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1460
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1463 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1466
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1459 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1462
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1465 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1468
msgid "Unimplemented and ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1458
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1460
#, no-wrap
msgid "*partition=*"
msgstr "*partition=*"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1461
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1463
#, no-wrap
msgid "*fileset=*"
msgstr "*fileset=*"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1464
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1466
#, no-wrap
msgid "*rootdir=*"
msgstr "*rootdir=*"
#. type: Title ===
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1467
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1469
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for ufs"
msgstr "Opciones de montaje para ufs"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1469
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1471
#, no-wrap
msgid "**ufstype=**__value__"
msgstr "**ufstype=**__valor__"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1471
-msgid "UFS is a filesystem widely used in different operating systems. The problem are differences among implementations. Features of some implementations are undocumented, so its hard to recognize the type of ufs automatically. That's why the user must specify the type of ufs by mount option. Possible values are:"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1473
+msgid ""
+"UFS is a filesystem widely used in different operating systems. The problem "
+"are differences among implementations. Features of some implementations are "
+"undocumented, so its hard to recognize the type of ufs automatically. That's "
+"why the user must specify the type of ufs by mount option. Possible values "
+"are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1472
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1474
#, no-wrap
msgid "*old*"
msgstr "*old*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1474
-msgid "Old format of ufs, this is the default, read only. (Don't forget to give the *-r* option.)"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1476
+msgid ""
+"Old format of ufs, this is the default, read only. (Don't forget to give the "
+"*-r* option.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1475
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1477
#, no-wrap
msgid "*44bsd*"
msgstr "*44bsd*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1477
-msgid "For filesystems created by a BSD-like system (NetBSD, FreeBSD, OpenBSD)."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1479
+msgid ""
+"For filesystems created by a BSD-like system (NetBSD, FreeBSD, OpenBSD)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1478
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1480
#, no-wrap
msgid "*ufs2*"
msgstr "*ufs2*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1480
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1482
msgid "Used in FreeBSD 5.x supported as read-write."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1481
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1483
#, no-wrap
msgid "*5xbsd*"
msgstr "*5xbsd*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1483
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1485
msgid "Synonym for ufs2."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1484
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1486
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sun*"
msgstr "*sun*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1486
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1488
msgid "For filesystems created by SunOS or Solaris on Sparc."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1487
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1489
#, no-wrap
msgid "*sunx86*"
msgstr "*sunx86*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1489
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1491
msgid "For filesystems created by Solaris on x86."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1490
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1492
#, no-wrap
msgid "*hp*"
msgstr "*hp*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1492
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1494
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Mount the file system read-only."
msgid "For filesystems created by HP-UX, read-only."
msgstr "Montar el sistema de ficheros de lectura exclusiva."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1493
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1495
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nextstep*"
msgstr "*nextstep*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1495
-msgid "For filesystems created by NeXTStep (on NeXT station) (currently read only)."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1497
+msgid ""
+"For filesystems created by NeXTStep (on NeXT station) (currently read only)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1496
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1498
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nextstep-cd*"
msgstr "*nextstep-cd*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1498
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1500
msgid "For NextStep CDROMs (block_size == 2048), read-only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1499
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1501
#, no-wrap
msgid "*openstep*"
msgstr "*openstep*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1501
-msgid "For filesystems created by OpenStep (currently read only). The same filesystem type is also used by macOS."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1503
+msgid ""
+"For filesystems created by OpenStep (currently read only). The same "
+"filesystem type is also used by macOS."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1502
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1504
#, no-wrap
msgid "**onerror=**__value__"
msgstr "**onerror=**__valor__"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1504
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1506
msgid "Set behavior on error:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1505
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1507
#, no-wrap
msgid "*panic*"
msgstr "*panic*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1507
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1509
msgid "If an error is encountered, cause a kernel panic."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1508
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1510
#, no-wrap
msgid "[**lock**|**umount**|*repair*]"
msgstr "[**lock**|**umount**|*repair*]"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1510
-msgid "These mount options don't do anything at present; when an error is encountered only a console message is printed."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1512
+msgid ""
+"These mount options don't do anything at present; when an error is "
+"encountered only a console message is printed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1511
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1513
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for umsdos"
msgstr "Opciones de montaje para umsdos"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1514
-msgid "See mount options for msdos. The *dotsOK* option is explicitly killed by _umsdos_."
-msgstr "Vea las opciones de montaje para msdos. La opción *dotsOK* está explícitamente muerta en _umsdos_."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1516
+msgid ""
+"See mount options for msdos. The *dotsOK* option is explicitly killed by "
+"_umsdos_."
+msgstr ""
+"Vea las opciones de montaje para msdos. La opción *dotsOK* está "
+"explícitamente muerta en _umsdos_."
#. type: Title ===
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1515
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1517
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for vfat"
msgstr "Opciones de montaje para vfat"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1518
-msgid "First of all, the mount options for _fat_ are recognized. The *dotsOK* option is explicitly killed by _vfat_. Furthermore, there are"
-msgstr "Antes de nada, las opciones de montaje para _fat_ se reconocen todas. La opción *dotsOK* está explícitamente anulada en _vfat_. Además de todo eso, están"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1520
+msgid ""
+"First of all, the mount options for _fat_ are recognized. The *dotsOK* "
+"option is explicitly killed by _vfat_. Furthermore, there are"
+msgstr ""
+"Antes de nada, las opciones de montaje para _fat_ se reconocen todas. La "
+"opción *dotsOK* está explícitamente anulada en _vfat_. Además de todo eso, "
+"están"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1519
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1521
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uni_xlate*"
msgstr "*uni_xlate*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1521
-msgid "Translate unhandled Unicode characters to special escaped sequences. This lets you backup and restore filenames that are created with any Unicode characters. Without this option, a '?' is used when no translation is possible. The escape character is ':' because it is otherwise invalid on the vfat filesystem. The escape sequence that gets used, where u is the Unicode character, is: ':', (u & 0x3f), ((u>>6) & 0x3f), (u>>12)."
-msgstr "Traduce caracteres Unicode no manejados a secuencias de escape especiales. Esto le permite hacer copias de respaldo y restaurar ficheros cuyos nombres se han creado con caracteres Unicode. Sin esta opción, se emplea un `?' cuando no hay traducción posible. El carácter de escape es `:' porque es ilegal en el sistema de ficheros vfat. La secuencia de escape que se usa, donde u es el carácter Unicode, es: ':', (u & 0x3f), ((u>>6) & 0x3f), (u>>12)."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1523
+msgid ""
+"Translate unhandled Unicode characters to special escaped sequences. This "
+"lets you backup and restore filenames that are created with any Unicode "
+"characters. Without this option, a '?' is used when no translation is "
+"possible. The escape character is ':' because it is otherwise invalid on the "
+"vfat filesystem. The escape sequence that gets used, where u is the Unicode "
+"character, is: ':', (u & 0x3f), ((u>>6) & 0x3f), (u>>12)."
+msgstr ""
+"Traduce caracteres Unicode no manejados a secuencias de escape especiales. "
+"Esto le permite hacer copias de respaldo y restaurar ficheros cuyos nombres "
+"se han creado con caracteres Unicode. Sin esta opción, se emplea un `?' "
+"cuando no hay traducción posible. El carácter de escape es `:' porque es "
+"ilegal en el sistema de ficheros vfat. La secuencia de escape que se usa, "
+"donde u es el carácter Unicode, es: ':', (u & 0x3f), ((u>>6) & 0x3f), "
+"(u>>12)."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1522
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1524
#, no-wrap
msgid "*posix*"
msgstr "*posix*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1524
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1526
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Allow two files with names that only differ in case."
-msgid "Allow two files with names that only differ in case. This option is obsolete."
-msgstr "Permite la coexistencia de dos ficheros cuyos nombres sólo se diferencien en la caja tipográfica."
+msgid ""
+"Allow two files with names that only differ in case. This option is obsolete."
+msgstr ""
+"Permite la coexistencia de dos ficheros cuyos nombres sólo se diferencien en "
+"la caja tipográfica."
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1525
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1527
#, no-wrap
msgid "*nonumtail*"
msgstr "*nonumtail*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1527
-msgid "First try to make a short name without sequence number, before trying _name~num.ext_."
-msgstr "Trata primero de construir un nombre corto sin número de secuencia, antes de intentar _nombre~num.ext_."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1529
+msgid ""
+"First try to make a short name without sequence number, before trying "
+"_name~num.ext_."
+msgstr ""
+"Trata primero de construir un nombre corto sin número de secuencia, antes de "
+"intentar _nombre~num.ext_."
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1530
-msgid "UTF8 is the filesystem safe 8-bit encoding of Unicode that is used by the console. It can be enabled for the filesystem with this option or disabled with utf8=0, utf8=no or utf8=false. If _uni_xlate_ gets set, UTF8 gets disabled."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1532
+msgid ""
+"UTF8 is the filesystem safe 8-bit encoding of Unicode that is used by the "
+"console. It can be enabled for the filesystem with this option or disabled "
+"with utf8=0, utf8=no or utf8=false. If _uni_xlate_ gets set, UTF8 gets "
+"disabled."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1531
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1533
#, no-wrap
msgid "**shortname=**__mode__"
msgstr "**shortname=**__modo__"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1533
-msgid "Defines the behavior for creation and display of filenames which fit into 8.3 characters. If a long name for a file exists, it will always be the preferred one for display. There are four __mode__s:"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1535
+msgid ""
+"Defines the behavior for creation and display of filenames which fit into "
+"8.3 characters. If a long name for a file exists, it will always be the "
+"preferred one for display. There are four __mode__s:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1534
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1536
#, no-wrap
msgid "*lower*"
msgstr "*lower*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1536
-msgid "Force the short name to lower case upon display; store a long name when the short name is not all upper case."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1538
+msgid ""
+"Force the short name to lower case upon display; store a long name when the "
+"short name is not all upper case."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1537
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1539
#, no-wrap
msgid "*win95*"
msgstr "*win95*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1539
-msgid "Force the short name to upper case upon display; store a long name when the short name is not all upper case."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1541
+msgid ""
+"Force the short name to upper case upon display; store a long name when the "
+"short name is not all upper case."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1540
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1542
#, no-wrap
msgid "*winnt*"
msgstr "*winnt*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1542
-msgid "Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is not all lower case or all upper case."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1544
+msgid ""
+"Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is not "
+"all lower case or all upper case."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1543
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1545
#, no-wrap
msgid "*mixed*"
msgstr "*mixed*"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1545
-msgid "Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is not all upper case. This mode is the default since Linux 2.6.32."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1547
+msgid ""
+"Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is not "
+"all upper case. This mode is the default since Linux 2.6.32."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1546
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1548
#, no-wrap
msgid "Mount options for usbfs"
msgstr "Opciones de montaje para usbfs"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1548
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1550
#, no-wrap
msgid "**devuid=**__uid__ and **devgid=**__gid__ and **devmode=**__mode__"
msgstr "**devuid=**__uid__ y **devgid=**__gid__ y **devmode=**__modo__"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1550
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1552
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the uid and gid of the current process.)"
-msgid "Set the owner and group and mode of the device files in the usbfs filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0644). The mode is given in octal."
-msgstr "Establece el propietario y grupo de todos los ficheros. (Por omisión: el UID y GID del proceso en curso.)"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the uid and gid of the "
+#| "current process.)"
+msgid ""
+"Set the owner and group and mode of the device files in the usbfs filesystem "
+"(default: uid=gid=0, mode=0644). The mode is given in octal."
+msgstr ""
+"Establece el propietario y grupo de todos los ficheros. (Por omisión: el UID "
+"y GID del proceso en curso.)"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1551
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1553
#, no-wrap
msgid "**busuid=**__uid__ and **busgid=**__gid__ and **busmode=**__mode__"
msgstr "**busuid=**__uid__ y **busgid=**__gid__ y **busmode=**__modo__"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1553
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1555
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the uid and gid of the current process.)"
-msgid "Set the owner and group and mode of the bus directories in the usbfs filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0555). The mode is given in octal."
-msgstr "Establece el propietario y grupo de todos los ficheros. (Por omisión: el UID y GID del proceso en curso.)"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the uid and gid of the "
+#| "current process.)"
+msgid ""
+"Set the owner and group and mode of the bus directories in the usbfs "
+"filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0555). The mode is given in octal."
+msgstr ""
+"Establece el propietario y grupo de todos los ficheros. (Por omisión: el UID "
+"y GID del proceso en curso.)"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1554
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1556
#, no-wrap
msgid "**listuid=**__uid__ and **listgid=**__gid__ and **listmode=**__mode__"
msgstr "**listuid=**__uid__ y **listgid=**__gid__ y **listmode=**__modo__"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1556
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1558
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the uid and gid of the current process.)"
-msgid "Set the owner and group and mode of the file _devices_ (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0444). The mode is given in octal."
-msgstr "Establece el propietario y grupo de todos los ficheros. (Por omisión: el UID y GID del proceso en curso.)"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the uid and gid of the "
+#| "current process.)"
+msgid ""
+"Set the owner and group and mode of the file _devices_ (default: uid=gid=0, "
+"mode=0444). The mode is given in octal."
+msgstr ""
+"Establece el propietario y grupo de todos los ficheros. (Por omisión: el UID "
+"y GID del proceso en curso.)"
#. type: Title ==
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1557
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1559
#, no-wrap
msgid "DM-VERITY SUPPORT"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1560
-msgid "The device-mapper verity target provides read-only transparent integrity checking of block devices using kernel crypto API. The *mount* command can open the dm-verity device and do the integrity verification before the device filesystem is mounted. Requires libcryptsetup with in libmount (optionally via *dlopen*(3)). If libcryptsetup supports extracting the root hash of an already mounted device, existing devices will be automatically reused in case of a match. Mount options for dm-verity:"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1562
+msgid ""
+"The device-mapper verity target provides read-only transparent integrity "
+"checking of block devices using kernel crypto API. The *mount* command can "
+"open the dm-verity device and do the integrity verification before the "
+"device filesystem is mounted. Requires libcryptsetup with in libmount "
+"(optionally via *dlopen*(3)). If libcryptsetup supports extracting the root "
+"hash of an already mounted device, existing devices will be automatically "
+"reused in case of a match. Mount options for dm-verity:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1561
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1563
#, no-wrap
msgid "**verity.hashdevice=**__path__"
msgstr "**verity.hashdevice=**__ruta__"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1563
-msgid "Path to the hash tree device associated with the source volume to pass to dm-verity."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1565
+msgid ""
+"Path to the hash tree device associated with the source volume to pass to dm-"
+"verity."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1564
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1566
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "B<verity.roothashsig=>\\,I<path>"
msgid "**verity.roothash=**__hex__"
msgstr "B<verity.roothashsig=>\\,I<ruta>"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1566
-msgid "Hex-encoded hash of the root of _verity.hashdevice_. Mutually exclusive with _verity.roothashfile._"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1568
+msgid ""
+"Hex-encoded hash of the root of _verity.hashdevice_. Mutually exclusive with "
+"_verity.roothashfile._"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1567
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1569
#, no-wrap
msgid "**verity.roothashfile=**__path__"
msgstr "**verity.roothashfile=**__ruta__"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1569
-msgid "Path to file containing the hex-encoded hash of the root of _verity.hashdevice._ Mutually exclusive with _verity.roothash._"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1571
+msgid ""
+"Path to file containing the hex-encoded hash of the root of _verity."
+"hashdevice._ Mutually exclusive with _verity.roothash._"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1570
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1572
#, no-wrap
msgid "**verity.hashoffset=**__offset__"
msgstr "**verity.hashoffset=**__desplazamiento__"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1572
-msgid "If the hash tree device is embedded in the source volume, _offset_ (default: 0) is used by dm-verity to get to the tree."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1574
+msgid ""
+"If the hash tree device is embedded in the source volume, _offset_ (default: "
+"0) is used by dm-verity to get to the tree."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1573
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1575
#, no-wrap
msgid "**verity.fecdevice=**__path__"
msgstr "**verity.fecdevice=**__ruta__"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1575
-msgid "Path to the Forward Error Correction (FEC) device associated with the source volume to pass to dm-verity. Optional. Requires kernel built with *CONFIG_DM_VERITY_FEC*."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1577
+msgid ""
+"Path to the Forward Error Correction (FEC) device associated with the source "
+"volume to pass to dm-verity. Optional. Requires kernel built with "
+"*CONFIG_DM_VERITY_FEC*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1576
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1578
#, no-wrap
msgid "**verity.fecoffset=**__offset__"
msgstr "**verity.fecoffset=**__desplazamiento__"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1578
-msgid "If the FEC device is embedded in the source volume, _offset_ (default: 0) is used by dm-verity to get to the FEC area. Optional."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1580
+msgid ""
+"If the FEC device is embedded in the source volume, _offset_ (default: 0) is "
+"used by dm-verity to get to the FEC area. Optional."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1579
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1581
#, no-wrap
msgid "**verity.fecroots=**__value__"
msgstr "**verity.fecroots=**__valor__"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1581
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1583
msgid "Parity bytes for FEC (default: 2). Optional."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1582
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1584
#, no-wrap
msgid "**verity.roothashsig=**__path__"
msgstr "**verity.roothashsig=**__ruta__"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1584
-msgid "Path to *pkcs7*(1ssl) signature of root hash hex string. Requires crypt_activate_by_signed_key() from cryptsetup and kernel built with *CONFIG_DM_VERITY_VERIFY_ROOTHASH_SIG*. For device reuse, signatures have to be either used by all mounts of a device or by none. Optional."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1586
+msgid ""
+"Path to *pkcs7*(1ssl) signature of root hash hex string. Requires "
+"crypt_activate_by_signed_key() from cryptsetup and kernel built with "
+"*CONFIG_DM_VERITY_VERIFY_ROOTHASH_SIG*. For device reuse, signatures have to "
+"be either used by all mounts of a device or by none. Optional."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1585
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1587
#, no-wrap
msgid "**verity.oncorruption=**__ignore__|__restart__|__panic__"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1587
-msgid "Instruct the kernel to ignore, reboot or panic when corruption is detected. By default the I/O operation simply fails. Requires Linux 4.1 or newer, and libcrypsetup 2.3.4 or newer. Optional."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1589
+msgid ""
+"Instruct the kernel to ignore, reboot or panic when corruption is detected. "
+"By default the I/O operation simply fails. Requires Linux 4.1 or newer, and "
+"libcrypsetup 2.3.4 or newer. Optional."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1589
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1591
msgid "Supported since util-linux v2.35."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1591
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1593
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "For example, the command:"
msgid "For example commands:"
msgstr "Por ejemplo, la orden:"
#. type: delimited block .
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1599
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1601
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"mksquashfs /etc /tmp/etc.raw\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1602
-msgid "create squashfs image from _/etc_ directory, verity hash device and mount verified filesystem image to _/mnt_. The kernel will verify that the root hash is signed by a key from the kernel keyring if roothashsig is used."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1604
+msgid ""
+"create squashfs image from _/etc_ directory, verity hash device and mount "
+"verified filesystem image to _/mnt_. The kernel will verify that the root "
+"hash is signed by a key from the kernel keyring if roothashsig is used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1603
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1605
#, no-wrap
msgid "LOOP-DEVICE SUPPORT"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1606
-msgid "One further possible type is a mount via the loop device. For example, the command"
-msgstr "Un posible tipo más es un montaje a través del dispositivo de bucle. Por ejemplo, la orden"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1608
+msgid ""
+"One further possible type is a mount via the loop device. For example, the "
+"command"
+msgstr ""
+"Un posible tipo más es un montaje a través del dispositivo de bucle. Por "
+"ejemplo, la orden"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1609
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1611
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -t vfat -o loop=/dev/loop3*\n"
msgid "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -t vfat -o loop=/dev/loop3*"
msgstr "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -t vfat -o loop=/dev/loop3*\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1612
-msgid "will set up the loop device _/dev/loop3_ to correspond to the file _/tmp/disk.img_, and then mount this device on _/mnt_."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1614
+msgid ""
+"will set up the loop device _/dev/loop3_ to correspond to the file _/tmp/"
+"disk.img_, and then mount this device on _/mnt_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1614
-msgid "If no explicit loop device is mentioned (but just an option '**-o loop**' is given), then *mount* will try to find some unused loop device and use that, for example"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1616
+msgid ""
+"If no explicit loop device is mentioned (but just an option '**-o loop**' is "
+"given), then *mount* will try to find some unused loop device and use that, "
+"for example"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1617
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1619
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -o loop*\n"
msgid "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -o loop*"
msgstr "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt -o loop*\n"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1620
-msgid "The *mount* command *automatically* creates a loop device from a regular file if a filesystem type is not specified or the filesystem is known for libblkid, for example:"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1622
+msgid ""
+"The *mount* command *automatically* creates a loop device from a regular "
+"file if a filesystem type is not specified or the filesystem is known for "
+"libblkid, for example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1623
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1625
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt*\n"
msgid "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt*"
msgstr "*mount /tmp/disk.img /mnt*\n"
#. type: delimited block _
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1625
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1627
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "*mount -t ext4 /tmp/disk.img /mnt*\n"
msgid "*mount -t ext4 /tmp/disk.img /mnt*"
msgstr "*mount -t ext4 /tmp/disk.img /mnt*\n"
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1628
-msgid "This type of mount knows about three options, namely *loop*, *offset* and *sizelimit*, that are really options to *losetup*(8). (These options can be used in addition to those specific to the filesystem type.)"
-msgstr ""
-
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1630
-msgid "Since Linux 2.6.25 auto-destruction of loop devices is supported, meaning that any loop device allocated by *mount* will be freed by *umount* independently of _/etc/mtab_."
+msgid ""
+"This type of mount knows about three options, namely *loop*, *offset* and "
+"*sizelimit*, that are really options to *losetup*(8). (These options can be "
+"used in addition to those specific to the filesystem type.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1632
-msgid "You can also free a loop device by hand, using *losetup -d* or *umount -d*."
+msgid ""
+"Since Linux 2.6.25 auto-destruction of loop devices is supported, meaning "
+"that any loop device allocated by *mount* will be freed by *umount* "
+"independently of _/etc/mtab_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1634
-msgid "Since util-linux v2.29, *mount* re-uses the loop device rather than initializing a new device if the same backing file is already used for some loop device with the same offset and sizelimit. This is necessary to avoid a filesystem corruption."
+msgid ""
+"You can also free a loop device by hand, using *losetup -d* or *umount -d*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1636
+msgid ""
+"Since util-linux v2.29, *mount* re-uses the loop device rather than "
+"initializing a new device if the same backing file is already used for some "
+"loop device with the same offset and sizelimit. This is necessary to avoid a "
+"filesystem corruption."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1638
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1640
msgid "*mount* has the following exit status values (the bits can be ORed):"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1644 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:141
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1646 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:141
msgid "incorrect invocation or permissions"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1647 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:144
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1649 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:144
msgid "system error (out of memory, cannot fork, no more loop devices)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1650 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:147
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1652 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:147
msgid "internal *mount* bug"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1653 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:150
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1655 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:150
msgid "user interrupt"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1656 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:153
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1658 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:153
msgid "problems writing or locking _/etc/mtab_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1659 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:156
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1661 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:156
msgid "mount failure"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1662
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1664
msgid "some mount succeeded"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1664
-msgid "The command *mount -a* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or 64 (some failed, some succeeded)."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1666
+msgid ""
+"The command *mount -a* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or 64 "
+"(some failed, some succeeded)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1665 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:162
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1667 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:162
#, no-wrap
msgid "*126*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1667
-msgid "failed to execute external /sbin/mount.<type> mount helper (since util-linux v2.41)"
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1669
+msgid ""
+"failed to execute external /sbin/mount.<type> mount helper (since util-linux "
+"v2.41)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1668 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:165
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1670 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:165
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXTERNAL HELPERS"
msgstr ""
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1671
-msgid "The syntax of external mount helpers is:"
-msgstr ""
-
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1673
-msgid "**/sbin/mount.**__suffix__ _spec dir_ [*-sfnv*] [*-N* _namespace_] [*-o* _options_] [*-t* __type__**.**_subtype_]"
+msgid "The syntax of external mount helpers is:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1675
-msgid "where the _suffix_ is the filesystem type and the *-sfnvoN* options have the same meaning as the normal mount options. The *-t* option is used for filesystems with subtypes support (for example */sbin/mount.fuse -t fuse.sshfs*)."
+msgid ""
+"**/sbin/mount.**__suffix__ _spec dir_ [*-sfnv*] [*-N* _namespace_] [*-o* "
+"_options_] [*-t* __type__**.**_subtype_]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1677
-msgid "The command *mount* does not pass the mount options *unbindable*, *runbindable*, *private*, *rprivate*, *slave*, *rslave*, *shared*, *rshared*, *auto*, *noauto*, *comment*, *x-**, *loop*, *offset* and *sizelimit* to the mount.<suffix> helpers. All other options are used in a comma-separated list as an argument to the *-o* option."
+msgid ""
+"where the _suffix_ is the filesystem type and the *-sfnvoN* options have the "
+"same meaning as the normal mount options. The *-t* option is used for "
+"filesystems with subtypes support (for example */sbin/mount.fuse -t fuse."
+"sshfs*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1679
-msgid "The exit status value of the helper is returned as the exit status of *mount*(8). The value 126 is sed if the mount helper program is found, but the execl() failed."
+msgid ""
+"The command *mount* does not pass the mount options *unbindable*, "
+"*runbindable*, *private*, *rprivate*, *slave*, *rslave*, *shared*, "
+"*rshared*, *auto*, *noauto*, *comment*, *x-**, *loop*, *offset* and "
+"*sizelimit* to the mount.<suffix> helpers. All other options are used in a "
+"comma-separated list as an argument to the *-o* option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1681
+msgid ""
+"The exit status value of the helper is returned as the exit status of "
+"*mount*(8). The value 126 is sed if the mount helper program is found, but "
+"the execl() failed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1682
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1684
#, no-wrap
msgid "*LIBMOUNT_FORCE_MOUNT2*={always|never|auto}"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1684
-msgid "force to use classic *mount*(2) system call (requires support for new file descriptors based mount API). The default is *auto*; in this case, libmount tries to be smart and use classic *mount*(2) only for well-known issues. If the new mount API is unavailable, libmount can still use traditional *mount*(2), although LIBMOUNT_FORCE_MOUNT2 is set to *never*."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1686
+msgid ""
+"force to use classic *mount*(2) system call (requires support for new file "
+"descriptors based mount API). The default is *auto*; in this case, libmount "
+"tries to be smart and use classic *mount*(2) only for well-known issues. If "
+"the new mount API is unavailable, libmount can still use traditional "
+"*mount*(2), although LIBMOUNT_FORCE_MOUNT2 is set to *never*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1687
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1689
msgid "overrides the default location of the _fstab_ file (ignored for suid)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1693
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1695
msgid "enables libblkid debug output"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1696
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1698
msgid "enables loop device setup debug output"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1700
-msgid "See also \"*The files /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab and /proc/mounts*\" section above."
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1702
+msgid ""
+"See also \"*The files /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab and /proc/mounts*\" section "
+"above."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1703
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1705
msgid "filesystem table"
msgstr "tabla de sistemas de ficheros"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1704
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1706
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/run/mount_"
msgstr "_/run/mount_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1706
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1708
msgid "libmount private runtime directory"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1707 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:197
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1709 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:197
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/mtab_"
msgstr "_/etc/mtab_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1709
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1711
msgid "table of mounted filesystems or symlink to _/proc/mounts_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1710
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1712
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/mtab~_"
msgstr "_/etc/mtab~_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1712
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1714
#, fuzzy
msgid "lock file (unused on systems with _mtab_ symlink)"
msgstr "fichero temporal"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1713
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1715
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/mtab.tmp_"
msgstr "_/etc/mtab.tmp_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1715
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1717
#, fuzzy
msgid "temporary file (unused on systems with _mtab_ symlink)"
msgstr "fichero temporal"
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1716
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1718
#, no-wrap
msgid "_/etc/filesystems_"
msgstr "_/etc/filesystems_"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1718
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1720
msgid "a list of filesystem types to try"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1722
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1724
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "A B<mount> command appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX."
msgid "A *mount* command existed in Version 5 AT&T UNIX."
msgstr "Una orden B<mount> apareció en la Versión 6 del UNIX de AT&T."
-#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1726
-msgid "It is possible for a corrupted filesystem to cause a crash."
-msgstr "Es posible que un sistema de ficheros corrupto cause una parada desastrosa."
-
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1728
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Some Linux file systems don't support B<-o sync> (the ext2fs I<does> support synchronous updates (a la BSD) when mounted with the B<sync> option)."
-msgid "Some Linux filesystems don't support *-o sync* and *-o dirsync* (the ext2, ext3, ext4, fat and vfat filesystems _do_ support synchronous updates (a la BSD) when mounted with the *sync* option)."
-msgstr "Algunos sistemas de ficheros de Linux no admiten B<-o sync> (el ext2fs I<sí> soporta actualizaciones síncronas (al estilo BSD) cuando se monta con la opción B<sync>)."
+msgid "It is possible for a corrupted filesystem to cause a crash."
+msgstr ""
+"Es posible que un sistema de ficheros corrupto cause una parada desastrosa."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1730
-msgid "The *-o remount* may not be able to change mount parameters (all _ext2fs_-specific parameters, except *sb*, are changeable with a remount, for example, but you can't change *gid* or *umask* for the _fatfs_)."
-msgstr "La opción *-o remount* puede no ser capaz de cambiar parámetros de montaje (todos los parámetros específicos de _ext2fs_, excepto *sb*, se pueden cambiar con un remount, por ejemplo, pero no se pueden cambiar *gid* o *umask* para el _fatfs_)."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Some Linux file systems don't support B<-o sync> (the ext2fs I<does> "
+#| "support synchronous updates (a la BSD) when mounted with the B<sync> "
+#| "option)."
+msgid ""
+"Some Linux filesystems don't support *-o sync* and *-o dirsync* (the ext2, "
+"ext3, ext4, fat and vfat filesystems _do_ support synchronous updates (a la "
+"BSD) when mounted with the *sync* option)."
+msgstr ""
+"Algunos sistemas de ficheros de Linux no admiten B<-o sync> (el ext2fs I<sí> "
+"soporta actualizaciones síncronas (al estilo BSD) cuando se monta con la "
+"opción B<sync>)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1732
-msgid "It is possible that the files _/etc/mtab_ and _/proc/mounts_ don't match on systems with a regular _mtab_ file. The first file is based only on the *mount* command options, but the content of the second file also depends on the kernel and others settings (e.g. on a remote NFS server -- in certain cases the *mount* command may report unreliable information about an NFS mount point and the _/proc/mount_ file usually contains more reliable information.) This is another reason to replace the _mtab_ file with a symlink to the _/proc/mounts_ file."
+msgid ""
+"The *-o remount* may not be able to change mount parameters (all _ext2fs_-"
+"specific parameters, except *sb*, are changeable with a remount, for "
+"example, but you can't change *gid* or *umask* for the _fatfs_)."
msgstr ""
+"La opción *-o remount* puede no ser capaz de cambiar parámetros de montaje "
+"(todos los parámetros específicos de _ext2fs_, excepto *sb*, se pueden "
+"cambiar con un remount, por ejemplo, pero no se pueden cambiar *gid* o "
+"*umask* para el _fatfs_)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1734
-msgid "Checking files on NFS filesystems referenced by file descriptors (i.e. the *fcntl* and *ioctl* families of functions) may lead to inconsistent results due to the lack of a consistency check in the kernel even if the *noac* mount option is used."
+msgid ""
+"It is possible that the files _/etc/mtab_ and _/proc/mounts_ don't match on "
+"systems with a regular _mtab_ file. The first file is based only on the "
+"*mount* command options, but the content of the second file also depends on "
+"the kernel and others settings (e.g. on a remote NFS server -- in certain "
+"cases the *mount* command may report unreliable information about an NFS "
+"mount point and the _/proc/mount_ file usually contains more reliable "
+"information.) This is another reason to replace the _mtab_ file with a "
+"symlink to the _/proc/mounts_ file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1736
-msgid "The *loop* option with the *offset* or *sizelimit* options used may fail when using older kernels if the *mount* command can't confirm that the size of the block device has been configured as requested. This situation can be worked around by using the *losetup*(8) command manually before calling *mount* with the configured loop device."
+msgid ""
+"Checking files on NFS filesystems referenced by file descriptors (i.e. the "
+"*fcntl* and *ioctl* families of functions) may lead to inconsistent results "
+"due to the lack of a consistency check in the kernel even if the *noac* "
+"mount option is used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1762
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1738
+msgid ""
+"The *loop* option with the *offset* or *sizelimit* options used may fail "
+"when using older kernels if the *mount* command can't confirm that the size "
+"of the block device has been configured as requested. This situation can be "
+"worked around by using the *losetup*(8) command manually before calling "
+"*mount* with the configured loop device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Plain text
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1764
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "*mount*(2),\n"
#| "*tune2fs*(8),\n"
#| "*umount*(8),\n"
#| "*xfs_admin*(8)\n"
-msgid "*mount*(2), *umount*(2), *filesystems*(5), *fstab*(5), *nfs*(5), *xfs*(5), *mount_namespaces*(7), *xattr*(7), *e2label*(8), *findmnt*(8), *losetup*(8), *lsblk*(8), *mke2fs*(8), *mountd*(8), *nfsd*(8), *swapon*(8), *tune2fs*(8), *umount*(8), *xfs_admin*(8)"
+msgid ""
+"*mount*(2), *umount*(2), *filesystems*(5), *fstab*(5), *nfs*(5), *xfs*(5), "
+"*mount_namespaces*(7), *xattr*(7), *e2label*(8), *findmnt*(8), *losetup*(8), "
+"*lsblk*(8), *mke2fs*(8), *mountd*(8), *nfsd*(8), *swapon*(8), *tune2fs*(8), "
+"*umount*(8), *xfs_admin*(8)"
msgstr ""
"*mount*(2),\n"
"*umount*(2),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:22
-msgid "*mountpoint* checks whether the given _directory_ or _file_ is mentioned in the _/proc/self/mountinfo_ file."
+msgid ""
+"*mountpoint* checks whether the given _directory_ or _file_ is mentioned in "
+"the _/proc/self/mountinfo_ file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:27
-msgid "Show the major/minor numbers of the device that is mounted on the given directory."
+msgid ""
+"Show the major/minor numbers of the device that is mounted on the given "
+"directory."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:33
-msgid "Do not follow symbolic link if it the last element of the _directory_ path."
+msgid ""
+"Do not follow symbolic link if it the last element of the _directory_ path."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:36
-msgid "Show the major/minor numbers of the given blockdevice on standard output."
+msgid ""
+"Show the major/minor numbers of the given blockdevice on standard output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:45
-msgid "success; the directory is a mountpoint, or device is block device on *--devno*"
+msgid ""
+"success; the directory is a mountpoint, or device is block device on *--"
+"devno*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:51
-msgid "failure; the directory is not a mountpoint, or device is not a block device on *--devno*"
+msgid ""
+"failure; the directory is not a mountpoint, or device is not a block device "
+"on *--devno*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:60
-msgid "The util-linux *mountpoint* implementation was written from scratch for libmount. The original version for sysvinit suite was written by Miquel van Smoorenburg."
+msgid ""
+"The util-linux *mountpoint* implementation was written from scratch for "
+"libmount. The original version for sysvinit suite was written by Miquel van "
+"Smoorenburg."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:20
-msgid "The *nsenter* command executes _program_ in the namespace(s) that are specified in the command-line options (described below). If _program_ is not given, then \"$\\{SHELL}\" is run (default: _/bin/sh_)."
+msgid ""
+"The *nsenter* command executes _program_ in the namespace(s) that are "
+"specified in the command-line options (described below). If _program_ is not "
+"given, then \"$\\{SHELL}\" is run (default: _/bin/sh_)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:25
-msgid "Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the system, except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared (with *mount --make-shared*; see _/proc/self/mountinfo_ for the *shared* flag). For further details, see *mount_namespaces*(7) and the discussion of the *CLONE_NEWNS* flag in *clone*(2)."
+msgid ""
+"Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the system, "
+"except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared (with *mount --"
+"make-shared*; see _/proc/self/mountinfo_ for the *shared* flag). For further "
+"details, see *mount_namespaces*(7) and the discussion of the *CLONE_NEWNS* "
+"flag in *clone*(2)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:34
-msgid "Setting hostname or domainname will not affect the rest of the system. For further details, see *uts_namespaces*(7)."
+msgid ""
+"Setting hostname or domainname will not affect the rest of the system. For "
+"further details, see *uts_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:37
-msgid "The process will have an independent namespace for POSIX message queues as well as System V message queues, semaphore sets and shared memory segments. For further details, see *ipc_namespaces*(7)."
+msgid ""
+"The process will have an independent namespace for POSIX message queues as "
+"well as System V message queues, semaphore sets and shared memory segments. "
+"For further details, see *ipc_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:40
-msgid "The process will have independent IPv4 and IPv6 stacks, IP routing tables, firewall rules, the _/proc/net_ and _/sys/class/net_ directory trees, sockets, etc. For further details, see *network_namespaces*(7)."
+msgid ""
+"The process will have independent IPv4 and IPv6 stacks, IP routing tables, "
+"firewall rules, the _/proc/net_ and _/sys/class/net_ directory trees, "
+"sockets, etc. For further details, see *network_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:37
-msgid "Children will have a set of PID to process mappings separate from the *nsenter* process. *nsenter* will fork by default if changing the PID namespace, so that the new program and its children share the same PID namespace and are visible to each other. If *--no-fork* is used, the new program will be exec'ed without forking. For further details, see *pid_namespaces*(7)."
+msgid ""
+"Children will have a set of PID to process mappings separate from the "
+"*nsenter* process. *nsenter* will fork by default if changing the PID "
+"namespace, so that the new program and its children share the same PID "
+"namespace and are visible to each other. If *--no-fork* is used, the new "
+"program will be exec'ed without forking. For further details, see "
+"*pid_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:49
-msgid "The process will have a distinct set of UIDs, GIDs and capabilities. For further details, see *user_namespaces*(7)."
+msgid ""
+"The process will have a distinct set of UIDs, GIDs and capabilities. For "
+"further details, see *user_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:46
-msgid "The process will have a virtualized view of _/proc/self/cgroup_, and new cgroup mounts will be rooted at the namespace cgroup root. For further details, see *cgroup_namespaces*(7)."
+msgid ""
+"The process will have a virtualized view of _/proc/self/cgroup_, and new "
+"cgroup mounts will be rooted at the namespace cgroup root. For further "
+"details, see *cgroup_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:52
-msgid "The process can have a distinct view of *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* and/or *CLOCK_BOOTTIME* which can be changed using _/proc/self/timens_offsets_. For further details, see *time_namespaces*(7)."
+msgid ""
+"The process can have a distinct view of *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* and/or "
+"*CLOCK_BOOTTIME* which can be changed using _/proc/self/timens_offsets_. For "
+"further details, see *time_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:51
-msgid "Various of the options below that relate to namespaces take an optional _file_ argument. This should be one of the _/proc/[pid]/ns/{asterisk}_ files described in *namespaces*(7), or the pathname of a bind mount that was created on one of those files."
+msgid ""
+"Various of the options below that relate to namespaces take an optional "
+"_file_ argument. This should be one of the _/proc/[pid]/ns/{asterisk}_ files "
+"described in *namespaces*(7), or the pathname of a bind mount that was "
+"created on one of those files."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:55
-msgid "Enter all namespaces of the target process by the default _/proc/[pid]/ns/{asterisk}_ namespace paths. The default paths to the target process namespaces may be overwritten by namespace specific options (e.g., *--all --mount*=[_path_])."
+msgid ""
+"Enter all namespaces of the target process by the default _/proc/[pid]/ns/"
+"{asterisk}_ namespace paths. The default paths to the target process "
+"namespaces may be overwritten by namespace specific options (e.g., *--all --"
+"mount*=[_path_])."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:57
-msgid "The user namespace will be ignored if the same as the caller's current user namespace. It prevents a caller that has dropped capabilities from regaining those capabilities via a call to setns(). See *setns*(2) for more details."
+msgid ""
+"The user namespace will be ignored if the same as the caller's current user "
+"namespace. It prevents a caller that has dropped capabilities from regaining "
+"those capabilities via a call to setns(). See *setns*(2) for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:60
-msgid "Specify a target process to get contexts from. The paths to the contexts specified by _pid_ are:"
+msgid ""
+"Specify a target process to get contexts from. The paths to the contexts "
+"specified by _pid_ are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:84
-msgid "Enter the mount namespace. If no file is specified, enter the mount namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the mount namespace specified by _file_."
+msgid ""
+"Enter the mount namespace. If no file is specified, enter the mount "
+"namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the mount "
+"namespace specified by _file_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:87
-msgid "Enter the UTS namespace. If no file is specified, enter the UTS namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the UTS namespace specified by _file_."
+msgid ""
+"Enter the UTS namespace. If no file is specified, enter the UTS namespace of "
+"the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the UTS namespace "
+"specified by _file_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:90
-msgid "Enter the IPC namespace. If no file is specified, enter the IPC namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the IPC namespace specified by _file_."
+msgid ""
+"Enter the IPC namespace. If no file is specified, enter the IPC namespace of "
+"the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the IPC namespace "
+"specified by _file_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:93
-msgid "Enter the network namespace. If no file is specified, enter the network namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the network namespace specified by _file_."
+msgid ""
+"Enter the network namespace. If no file is specified, enter the network "
+"namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the network "
+"namespace specified by _file_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:96
-msgid "Enter the network namespace of the target process's socket. It requires *--target* process specified. Supported since Linux 5.6."
+msgid ""
+"Enter the network namespace of the target process's socket. It requires *--"
+"target* process specified. Supported since Linux 5.6."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:99
-msgid "Enter the PID namespace. If no file is specified, enter the PID namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the PID namespace specified by _file_."
+msgid ""
+"Enter the PID namespace. If no file is specified, enter the PID namespace of "
+"the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the PID namespace "
+"specified by _file_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:102
-msgid "Enter the user namespace. If no file is specified, enter the user namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the user namespace specified by _file_. See also the *--setuid* and *--setgid* options."
+msgid ""
+"Enter the user namespace. If no file is specified, enter the user namespace "
+"of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the user namespace "
+"specified by _file_. See also the *--setuid* and *--setgid* options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:106
-msgid "Enter the parent user namespace. Parent user namespace will be acquired from any other enabled namespace. If combined with *--user* option the parent user namespace will be fetched from the user namespace and replace it."
+msgid ""
+"Enter the parent user namespace. Parent user namespace will be acquired from "
+"any other enabled namespace. If combined with *--user* option the parent "
+"user namespace will be fetched from the user namespace and replace it."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:109
-msgid "Enter the cgroup namespace. If no file is specified, enter the cgroup namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the cgroup namespace specified by _file_."
+msgid ""
+"Enter the cgroup namespace. If no file is specified, enter the cgroup "
+"namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the cgroup "
+"namespace specified by _file_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:112
-msgid "Enter the time namespace. If no file is specified, enter the time namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the time namespace specified by _file_."
+msgid ""
+"Enter the time namespace. If no file is specified, enter the time namespace "
+"of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the time namespace "
+"specified by _file_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:117
-msgid "Set the group ID which will be used in the entered namespace and drop supplementary groups. *nsenter* always sets GID for user namespaces, the default is 0. If the argument \"follow\" is specified the GID of the target process is used."
+msgid ""
+"Set the group ID which will be used in the entered namespace and drop "
+"supplementary groups. *nsenter* always sets GID for user namespaces, the "
+"default is 0. If the argument \"follow\" is specified the GID of the target "
+"process is used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:122
-msgid "Set the user ID which will be used in the entered namespace. *nsenter* always sets UID for user namespaces, the default is 0. If the argument \"follow\" is specified the UID of the target process is used."
+msgid ""
+"Set the user ID which will be used in the entered namespace. *nsenter* "
+"always sets UID for user namespaces, the default is 0. If the argument "
+"\"follow\" is specified the UID of the target process is used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:125 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:86
-msgid "When the *--user* option is given, ensure that capabilities granted in the user namespace are preserved in the child process."
+msgid ""
+"When the *--user* option is given, ensure that capabilities granted in the "
+"user namespace are preserved in the child process."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:128
-msgid "Don't modify UID and GID when enter user namespace. The default is to drops supplementary groups and sets GID and UID to 0."
+msgid ""
+"Don't modify UID and GID when enter user namespace. The default is to drops "
+"supplementary groups and sets GID and UID to 0."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:131
-msgid "Set the root directory. If no directory is specified, set the root directory to the root directory of the target process. If directory is specified, set the root directory to the specified directory. The specified _directory_ is open before it switches to the requested namespaces."
+msgid ""
+"Set the root directory. If no directory is specified, set the root directory "
+"to the root directory of the target process. If directory is specified, set "
+"the root directory to the specified directory. The specified _directory_ is "
+"open before it switches to the requested namespaces."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:134
-msgid "Set the working directory. If no directory is specified, set the working directory to the working directory of the target process. If directory is specified, set the working directory to the specified directory. The specified _directory_ is open before it switches to the requested namespaces, it means the specified directory works as \"tunnel\" to the current namespace. See also *--wdns*."
+msgid ""
+"Set the working directory. If no directory is specified, set the working "
+"directory to the working directory of the target process. If directory is "
+"specified, set the working directory to the specified directory. The "
+"specified _directory_ is open before it switches to the requested "
+"namespaces, it means the specified directory works as \"tunnel\" to the "
+"current namespace. See also *--wdns*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:137
-msgid "Set the working directory. The _directory_ is open after switch to the requested namespaces and after *chroot*(2) call. The options *--wd* and *--wdns* are mutually exclusive."
+msgid ""
+"Set the working directory. The _directory_ is open after switch to the "
+"requested namespaces and after *chroot*(2) call. The options *--wd* and *--"
+"wdns* are mutually exclusive."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:140
-msgid "Pass environment variables from the target process to the new process being created. If this option is not provided, the environment variables will remain the same as in the current namespace.."
+msgid ""
+"Pass environment variables from the target process to the new process being "
+"created. If this option is not provided, the environment variables will "
+"remain the same as in the current namespace.."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:143
-msgid "Do not fork before exec'ing the specified program. By default, when entering a PID namespace, *nsenter* calls *fork* before calling *exec* so that any children will also be in the newly entered PID namespace."
+msgid ""
+"Do not fork before exec'ing the specified program. By default, when entering "
+"a PID namespace, *nsenter* calls *fork* before calling *exec* so that any "
+"children will also be in the newly entered PID namespace."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:146
-msgid "Set the SELinux security context used for executing a new process according to already running process specified by *--target* PID. (The util-linux has to be compiled with SELinux support otherwise the option is unavailable.)"
+msgid ""
+"Set the SELinux security context used for executing a new process according "
+"to already running process specified by *--target* PID. (The util-linux has "
+"to be compiled with SELinux support otherwise the option is unavailable.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:155
-msgid "The *--user-parent* option requires Linux 4.9 or higher, older kernels will raise inappropriate ioctl for device error."
+msgid ""
+"The *--user-parent* option requires Linux 4.9 or higher, older kernels will "
+"raise inappropriate ioctl for device error."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:160
-msgid "mailto:biederm@xmission.com[Eric Biederman], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgstr "mailto:biederm@xmission.com[Eric Biederman], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid ""
+"mailto:biederm@xmission.com[Eric Biederman], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel "
+"Zak]"
+msgstr ""
+"mailto:biederm@xmission.com[Eric Biederman], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel "
+"Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:166
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:20
-msgid "*pivot_root* moves the root file system of the current process to the directory _put_old_ and makes _new_root_ the new root file system. Since *pivot_root*(8) simply calls *pivot_root*(2), we refer to the man page of the latter for further details."
+msgid ""
+"*pivot_root* moves the root file system of the current process to the "
+"directory _put_old_ and makes _new_root_ the new root file system. Since "
+"*pivot_root*(8) simply calls *pivot_root*(2), we refer to the man page of "
+"the latter for further details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:22
-msgid "Note that, depending on the implementation of *pivot_root*, root and current working directory of the caller may or may not change. The following is a sequence for invoking *pivot_root* that works in either case, assuming that *pivot_root* and *chroot* are in the current *PATH*:"
+msgid ""
+"Note that, depending on the implementation of *pivot_root*, root and current "
+"working directory of the caller may or may not change. The following is a "
+"sequence for invoking *pivot_root* that works in either case, assuming that "
+"*pivot_root* and *chroot* are in the current *PATH*:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:30
-msgid "Note that *chroot* must be available under the old root and under the new root, because *pivot_root* may or may not have implicitly changed the root directory of the shell."
+msgid ""
+"Note that *chroot* must be available under the old root and under the new "
+"root, because *pivot_root* may or may not have implicitly changed the root "
+"directory of the shell."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:32
-msgid "Note that *exec chroot* changes the running executable, which is necessary if the old root directory should be unmounted afterwards. Also note that standard input, output, and error may still point to a device on the old root file system, keeping it busy. They can easily be changed when invoking *chroot* (see below; note the absence of leading slashes to make it work whether *pivot_root* has changed the shell's root or not)."
+msgid ""
+"Note that *exec chroot* changes the running executable, which is necessary "
+"if the old root directory should be unmounted afterwards. Also note that "
+"standard input, output, and error may still point to a device on the old "
+"root file system, keeping it busy. They can easily be changed when invoking "
+"*chroot* (see below; note the absence of leading slashes to make it work "
+"whether *pivot_root* has changed the shell's root or not)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:50
-msgid "Mount the new root file system over NFS from 10.0.0.1:/my_root and run *init*:"
+msgid ""
+"Mount the new root file system over NFS from 10.0.0.1:/my_root and run "
+"*init*:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:24
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "*runuser* [options] *-u* _user_ [[--] _command_ [_argument_...]]\n"
-msgid "*prlimit* [options] [**--**_resource_[**=**_limits_]] _command_ [_argument_...]"
+msgid ""
+"*prlimit* [options] [**--**_resource_[**=**_limits_]] _command_ "
+"[_argument_...]"
msgstr "*runuser* [opciones] *-u* _usuario_ [[--] _orden_ [_argumento_...]]\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:28
-msgid "Given a process ID and one or more resources, *prlimit* tries to retrieve and/or modify the limits."
+msgid ""
+"Given a process ID and one or more resources, *prlimit* tries to retrieve "
+"and/or modify the limits."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:30
-msgid "When _command_ is given, *prlimit* will run this command with the given arguments."
+msgid ""
+"When _command_ is given, *prlimit* will run this command with the given "
+"arguments."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:32
-msgid "The _limits_ parameter is composed of a soft and a hard value, separated by a colon (:), in order to modify the existing values. If no _limits_ are given, *prlimit* will display the current values. If one of the values is not given, then the existing one will be used. To specify the unlimited or infinity limit (*RLIM_INFINITY*), the -1 or 'unlimited' string can be passed."
+msgid ""
+"The _limits_ parameter is composed of a soft and a hard value, separated by "
+"a colon (:), in order to modify the existing values. If no _limits_ are "
+"given, *prlimit* will display the current values. If one of the values is "
+"not given, then the existing one will be used. To specify the unlimited or "
+"infinity limit (*RLIM_INFINITY*), the -1 or 'unlimited' string can be passed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:34
-msgid "Because of the nature of limits, the soft limit must be lower or equal to the high limit (also called the ceiling). To see all available resource limits, refer to the *RESOURCE OPTIONS* section."
+msgid ""
+"Because of the nature of limits, the soft limit must be lower or equal to "
+"the high limit (also called the ceiling). To see all available resource "
+"limits, refer to the *RESOURCE OPTIONS* section."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:48
-msgid "Define the output columns to use. If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns."
+msgid ""
+"Define the output columns to use. If no output arrangement is specified, "
+"then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported "
+"columns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:52
-msgid "Specify the process ID. Without this option (and without a _command_), the running process will be used."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the process ID. Without this option (and without a _command_), the "
+"running process will be used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:114
-msgid "The *prlimit*(2) system call is supported since Linux 2.6.36, older kernels will break this program."
+msgid ""
+"The *prlimit*(2) system call is supported since Linux 2.6.36, older kernels "
+"will break this program."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:122
-msgid "Display the limits of the RSS, and set the soft and hard limits for the number of open files to 1024 and 4095, respectively."
+msgid ""
+"Display the limits of the RSS, and set the soft and hard limits for the "
+"number of open files to 1024 and 4095, respectively."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:128
-msgid "Set for the current process both the soft and ceiling values for the number of processes to unlimited."
+msgid ""
+"Set for the current process both the soft and ceiling values for the number "
+"of processes to unlimited."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:131
-msgid "Set both the soft and hard CPU time limit to ten seconds and run *sort*(1)."
+msgid ""
+"Set both the soft and hard CPU time limit to ten seconds and run *sort*(1)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:24
-msgid "The *readprofile* command uses the _/proc/profile_ information to print ascii data on standard output. The output is organized in three columns: the first is the number of clock ticks, the second is the name of the C function in the kernel where those many ticks occurred, and the third is the normalized `load' of the procedure, calculated as a ratio between the number of ticks and the length of the procedure. The output is filled with blanks to ease readability."
+msgid ""
+"The *readprofile* command uses the _/proc/profile_ information to print "
+"ascii data on standard output. The output is organized in three columns: the "
+"first is the number of clock ticks, the second is the name of the C function "
+"in the kernel where those many ticks occurred, and the third is the "
+"normalized `load' of the procedure, calculated as a ratio between the number "
+"of ticks and the length of the procedure. The output is filled with blanks "
+"to ease readability."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:29
-msgid "Print all symbols in the mapfile. By default the procedures with reported ticks are not printed."
+msgid ""
+"Print all symbols in the mapfile. By default the procedures with reported "
+"ticks are not printed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:35
-msgid "Info. This makes *readprofile* only print the profiling step used by the kernel. The profiling step is the resolution of the profiling buffer, and is chosen during kernel configuration (through *make config*), or in the kernel's command line. If the *-t* (terse) switch is used together with *-i* only the decimal number is printed."
+msgid ""
+"Info. This makes *readprofile* only print the profiling step used by the "
+"kernel. The profiling step is the resolution of the profiling buffer, and is "
+"chosen during kernel configuration (through *make config*), or in the "
+"kernel's command line. If the *-t* (terse) switch is used together with *-i* "
+"only the decimal number is printed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:38
-msgid "Specify a mapfile, which by default is _/usr/src/linux/System.map_. You should specify the map file on cmdline if your current kernel isn't the last one you compiled, or if you keep System.map elsewhere. If the name of the map file ends with _.gz_ it is decompressed on the fly."
+msgid ""
+"Specify a mapfile, which by default is _/usr/src/linux/System.map_. You "
+"should specify the map file on cmdline if your current kernel isn't the last "
+"one you compiled, or if you keep System.map elsewhere. If the name of the "
+"map file ends with _.gz_ it is decompressed on the fly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:41
-msgid "On some architectures it is possible to alter the frequency at which the kernel delivers profiling interrupts to each CPU. This option allows you to set the frequency, as a multiplier of the system clock frequency, HZ. Linux 2.6.16 dropped multiplier support for most systems. This option also resets the profiling buffer, and requires superuser privileges."
+msgid ""
+"On some architectures it is possible to alter the frequency at which the "
+"kernel delivers profiling interrupts to each CPU. This option allows you to "
+"set the frequency, as a multiplier of the system clock frequency, HZ. Linux "
+"2.6.16 dropped multiplier support for most systems. This option also resets "
+"the profiling buffer, and requires superuser privileges."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:44
-msgid "Specify a different profiling buffer, which by default is _/proc/profile_. Using a different pro-file is useful if you want to `freeze' the kernel profiling at some time and read it later. The _/proc/profile_ file can be copied using *cat*(1) or *cp*(1). There is no more support for compressed profile buffers, like in *readprofile-1.1*, because the program needs to know the size of the buffer in advance."
+msgid ""
+"Specify a different profiling buffer, which by default is _/proc/profile_. "
+"Using a different pro-file is useful if you want to `freeze' the kernel "
+"profiling at some time and read it later. The _/proc/profile_ file can be "
+"copied using *cat*(1) or *cp*(1). There is no more support for compressed "
+"profile buffers, like in *readprofile-1.1*, because the program needs to "
+"know the size of the buffer in advance."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:47
-msgid "Reset the profiling buffer. This can only be invoked by root, because _/proc/profile_ is readable by everybody but writable only by the superuser. However, you can make *readprofile* set-user-ID 0, in order to reset the buffer without gaining privileges."
+msgid ""
+"Reset the profiling buffer. This can only be invoked by root, because _/proc/"
+"profile_ is readable by everybody but writable only by the superuser. "
+"However, you can make *readprofile* set-user-ID 0, in order to reset the "
+"buffer without gaining privileges."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:53
-msgid "Verbose. The output is organized in four columns and filled with blanks. The first column is the RAM address of a kernel function, the second is the name of the function, the third is the number of clock ticks and the last is the normalized load."
+msgid ""
+"Verbose. The output is organized in four columns and filled with blanks. The "
+"first column is the RAM address of a kernel function, the second is the name "
+"of the function, the third is the number of clock ticks and the last is the "
+"normalized load."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:70
-msgid "*readprofile* only works with a 1.3.x or newer kernel, because _/proc/profile_ changed in the step from 1.2 to 1.3."
+msgid ""
+"*readprofile* only works with a 1.3.x or newer kernel, because _/proc/"
+"profile_ changed in the step from 1.2 to 1.3."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:72
-msgid "This program only works with ELF kernels. The change for a.out kernels is trivial, and left as an exercise to the a.out user."
+msgid ""
+"This program only works with ELF kernels. The change for a.out kernels is "
+"trivial, and left as an exercise to the a.out user."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:74
-msgid "To enable profiling, the kernel must be rebooted, because no profiling module is available, and it wouldn't be easy to build. To enable profiling, you can specify *profile*=_2_ (or another number) on the kernel commandline. The number you specify is the two-exponent used as profiling step."
+msgid ""
+"To enable profiling, the kernel must be rebooted, because no profiling "
+"module is available, and it wouldn't be easy to build. To enable profiling, "
+"you can specify *profile*=_2_ (or another number) on the kernel commandline. "
+"The number you specify is the two-exponent used as profiling step."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:76
-msgid "Profiling is disabled when interrupts are inhibited. This means that many profiling ticks happen when interrupts are re-enabled. Watch out for misleading information."
+msgid ""
+"Profiling is disabled when interrupts are inhibited. This means that many "
+"profiling ticks happen when interrupts are re-enabled. Watch out for "
+"misleading information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:50
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "*renice* [*-n*] _priority_ [*-g*|*-p*|*-u*] _identifier_...\n"
-msgid "*renice* [*--priority|--relative*] _priority_ [*-g*|*-p*|*-u*] _identifier_..."
+msgid ""
+"*renice* [*--priority|--relative*] _priority_ [*-g*|*-p*|*-u*] "
+"_identifier_..."
msgstr "*renice* [*-n*] _prioridad_ [*-g*|*-p*|*-u*] _identificador_...\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:54
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*renice* alters the scheduling priority of one or more running processes. The first argument is the _priority_ value to be used. The other arguments are interpreted as process IDs (by default), process group IDs, user IDs, or user names. *renice*'ing a process group causes all processes in the process group to have their scheduling priority altered. *renice*'ing a user causes all processes owned by the user to have their scheduling priority altered.\n"
-msgid "*renice* alters the scheduling priority of one or more running processes. The first argument is the _priority_ value to be used. The other arguments are interpreted as process IDs (by default), process group IDs, user IDs, or user names. *renice*'ing a process group causes all processes in the process group to have their scheduling priority altered. *renice*'ing a user causes all processes owned by the user to have their scheduling priority altered."
-msgstr "*renice* altera la prioridad de planificación de uno o más procesos en ejecución. El primer argumento es el valor de la _prioridad_ que se usará. Los otros argumentos son interpretados como ID's de proceso (comportamiento predefinido), ID's de grupo de procesos, IDs de usuario, o nombres de usuario. Aplicar *renice* a un grupo de procesos provoca que todos los procesos del grupo vean alterada su prioridad de planificación. Aplicar *renice* a un usuario hace que todos sus procesos vean alterada su prioridad de planificación.\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*renice* alters the scheduling priority of one or more running processes. "
+#| "The first argument is the _priority_ value to be used. The other "
+#| "arguments are interpreted as process IDs (by default), process group IDs, "
+#| "user IDs, or user names. *renice*'ing a process group causes all "
+#| "processes in the process group to have their scheduling priority altered. "
+#| "*renice*'ing a user causes all processes owned by the user to have their "
+#| "scheduling priority altered.\n"
+msgid ""
+"*renice* alters the scheduling priority of one or more running processes. "
+"The first argument is the _priority_ value to be used. The other arguments "
+"are interpreted as process IDs (by default), process group IDs, user IDs, or "
+"user names. *renice*'ing a process group causes all processes in the process "
+"group to have their scheduling priority altered. *renice*'ing a user causes "
+"all processes owned by the user to have their scheduling priority altered."
+msgstr ""
+"*renice* altera la prioridad de planificación de uno o más procesos en "
+"ejecución. El primer argumento es el valor de la _prioridad_ que se usará. "
+"Los otros argumentos son interpretados como ID's de proceso (comportamiento "
+"predefinido), ID's de grupo de procesos, IDs de usuario, o nombres de "
+"usuario. Aplicar *renice* a un grupo de procesos provoca que todos los "
+"procesos del grupo vean alterada su prioridad de planificación. Aplicar "
+"*renice* a un usuario hace que todos sus procesos vean alterada su prioridad "
+"de planificación.\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:56
-msgid "If no *-n*, *--priority* or *--relative* option is used, then the priority is set as *absolute*."
+msgid ""
+"If no *-n*, *--priority* or *--relative* option is used, then the priority "
+"is set as *absolute*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:61
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Specify the scheduling _priority_ to be used for the process, process group, or user. Use of the option *-n* or *--priority* is optional, but when used it must be the first argument."
-msgid "Specify the *absolute* or *relative* (depending on environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT) scheduling _priority_ to be used for the process, process group, or user. Use of the option *-n* is optional, but when used, it must be the first argument. See *NOTES* for more information."
-msgstr "Especifica la _prioridad_ de planificación que se usará para el proceso, grupo de procesos o usuario. Utilizar la opción *-n* o *--priority* es opcional, pero cuando se utiliza tiene que ser el primer argumento."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Specify the scheduling _priority_ to be used for the process, process "
+#| "group, or user. Use of the option *-n* or *--priority* is optional, but "
+#| "when used it must be the first argument."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the *absolute* or *relative* (depending on environment variable "
+"POSIXLY_CORRECT) scheduling _priority_ to be used for the process, process "
+"group, or user. Use of the option *-n* is optional, but when used, it must "
+"be the first argument. See *NOTES* for more information."
+msgstr ""
+"Especifica la _prioridad_ de planificación que se usará para el proceso, "
+"grupo de procesos o usuario. Utilizar la opción *-n* o *--priority* es "
+"opcional, pero cuando se utiliza tiene que ser el primer argumento."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:62
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:64
-msgid "Specify an *absolute* scheduling _priority_. _Priority_ is set to the given value. This is the default, when no option is specified."
+msgid ""
+"Specify an *absolute* scheduling _priority_. _Priority_ is set to the given "
+"value. This is the default, when no option is specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:67
-msgid "Specify a *relative* scheduling _priority_. Same as the standard POSIX *-n* option. _Priority_ gets _incremented/decremented_ by the given value."
+msgid ""
+"Specify a *relative* scheduling _priority_. Same as the standard POSIX *-n* "
+"option. _Priority_ gets _incremented/decremented_ by the given value."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:73
msgid "Interpret the succeeding arguments as process IDs (the default)."
-msgstr "Interpreta los argumentos subsiguientes como IDs de procesos(comportamiento predefinido)."
+msgstr ""
+"Interpreta los argumentos subsiguientes como IDs de procesos(comportamiento "
+"predefinido)."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:74
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:76
msgid "Interpret the succeeding arguments as usernames or UIDs."
-msgstr "Interpreta los argumentos subsiguientes como nombres de usuario o UIDs."
+msgstr ""
+"Interpreta los argumentos subsiguientes como nombres de usuario o UIDs."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:81
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:87
-msgid "Users other than the superuser may only alter the priority of processes they own. Furthermore, an unprivileged user can only _increase_ the \"nice value\" (i.e., choose a lower priority) and such changes are irreversible unless (since Linux 2.6.12) the user has a suitable \"nice\" resource limit (see *ulimit*(1p) and *getrlimit*(2))."
-msgstr "Cada usuario, excepto el superusuario, solo podrá alterar la prioridad de sus propios procesos. Además solo podrá _incrementar_ su \"valor nice\" (o sea, bajar la prioridad) y tales cambios son irreversibles a menos que (desde Linux 2.6.12) el usuario tenga un límite del recurso \"nice\" adecuado (véase *ulimit*(1p) y *getrlimit*(2))."
+msgid ""
+"Users other than the superuser may only alter the priority of processes they "
+"own. Furthermore, an unprivileged user can only _increase_ the \"nice "
+"value\" (i.e., choose a lower priority) and such changes are irreversible "
+"unless (since Linux 2.6.12) the user has a suitable \"nice\" resource limit "
+"(see *ulimit*(1p) and *getrlimit*(2))."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada usuario, excepto el superusuario, solo podrá alterar la prioridad de "
+"sus propios procesos. Además solo podrá _incrementar_ su \"valor nice\" (o "
+"sea, bajar la prioridad) y tales cambios son irreversibles a menos que "
+"(desde Linux 2.6.12) el usuario tenga un límite del recurso \"nice\" "
+"adecuado (véase *ulimit*(1p) y *getrlimit*(2))."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:89
-msgid "The superuser may alter the priority of any process and set the priority to any value in the range -20 to 19. Useful priorities are: 19 (the affected processes will run only when nothing else in the system wants to), 0 (the \"base\" scheduling priority), anything negative (to make things go very fast)."
-msgstr "El superusuario podrá modificar la prioridad de cualquier proceso y poner la prioridad a cualquier valor dentro del rango entre -20 y 19. Algunas prioridades útiles son: 19 (los procesos afectados solo correrán cuando ningún otro en el sistema dese hacerlo), 0 (la prioridad de planificación \"base\"), cualquier valor negativo (para hacer que las cosas vayan muy deprisa)."
+msgid ""
+"The superuser may alter the priority of any process and set the priority to "
+"any value in the range -20 to 19. Useful priorities are: 19 (the affected "
+"processes will run only when nothing else in the system wants to), 0 (the "
+"\"base\" scheduling priority), anything negative (to make things go very "
+"fast)."
+msgstr ""
+"El superusuario podrá modificar la prioridad de cualquier proceso y poner la "
+"prioridad a cualquier valor dentro del rango entre -20 y 19. Algunas "
+"prioridades útiles son: 19 (los procesos afectados solo correrán cuando "
+"ningún otro en el sistema dese hacerlo), 0 (la prioridad de planificación "
+"\"base\"), cualquier valor negativo (para hacer que las cosas vayan muy "
+"deprisa)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:91
-msgid "For historical reasons in this implementation, the *-n* option did not follow the POSIX specification. Therefore, instead of setting a *relative* priority, it sets an *absolute* priority by default. As this may not be desirable, this behavior can be controlled by setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT to be fully POSIX compliant. See the *-n* option for details. See *--relative* and *--priority* for options that do not change behavior depending on environment variables."
+msgid ""
+"For historical reasons in this implementation, the *-n* option did not "
+"follow the POSIX specification. Therefore, instead of setting a *relative* "
+"priority, it sets an *absolute* priority by default. As this may not be "
+"desirable, this behavior can be controlled by setting the environment "
+"variable POSIXLY_CORRECT to be fully POSIX compliant. See the *-n* option "
+"for details. See *--relative* and *--priority* for options that do not "
+"change behavior depending on environment variables."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:99
-msgid "The following command would change the priority of the processes with PIDs 987 and 32, plus all processes owned by the users daemon and root:"
-msgstr "La siguiente orden cambiaría la prioridad de los procesos con PIDs 987 y 32, así como la de todos los procesos de los usuarios daemon y root:"
+msgid ""
+"The following command would change the priority of the processes with PIDs "
+"987 and 32, plus all processes owned by the users daemon and root:"
+msgstr ""
+"La siguiente orden cambiaría la prioridad de los procesos con PIDs 987 y 32, "
+"así como la de todos los procesos de los usuarios daemon y root:"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:101
#| "*setpriority*(2),\n"
#| "*credentials*(7),\n"
#| "*sched*(7)\n"
-msgid "*nice*(1), *chrt*(1), *getpriority*(2), *setpriority*(2), *credentials*(7), *sched*(7)"
+msgid ""
+"*nice*(1), *chrt*(1), *getpriority*(2), *setpriority*(2), *credentials*(7), "
+"*sched*(7)"
msgstr ""
"*nice*(1),\n"
"*chrt*(1),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:22
-msgid "The command \"list\" output format is deprecated and maintained for backward compatibility only. The new output format is the default when no command is specified or when the option *--output* is used."
+msgid ""
+"The command \"list\" output format is deprecated and maintained for backward "
+"compatibility only. The new output format is the default when no command is "
+"specified or when the option *--output* is used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:24
-msgid "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using the *--output* option together with a columns list in environments where a stable output is required."
+msgid ""
+"The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
+"avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
+"expected columns by using the *--output* option together with a columns list "
+"in environments where a stable output is required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:35
-msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of available columns."
+msgid ""
+"Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of "
+"available columns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:54
-msgid "List the current state of all available devices. The command output format is deprecated, see the *DESCRIPTION* section. It is a good idea to check with *list* command _id_ or _type_ scope is appropriate before setting *block* or *unblock*. Special _all_ type string will match everything. Use of multiple _ID_ or _type_ arguments is supported. Possible types are all, {wlan | wifi}, bluetooth, {uwb | ultrawideband}, wimax, wwan, gps, fm, nfc."
+msgid ""
+"List the current state of all available devices. The command output format "
+"is deprecated, see the *DESCRIPTION* section. It is a good idea to check "
+"with *list* command _id_ or _type_ scope is appropriate before setting "
+"*block* or *unblock*. Special _all_ type string will match everything. Use "
+"of multiple _ID_ or _type_ arguments is supported. Possible types are all, "
+"{wlan | wifi}, bluetooth, {uwb | ultrawideband}, wimax, wwan, gps, fm, nfc."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:60
-msgid "Enable the corresponding device. If the device is hard-blocked, for example via a hardware switch, it will remain unavailable though it is now soft-unblocked."
+msgid ""
+"Enable the corresponding device. If the device is hard-blocked, for example "
+"via a hardware switch, it will remain unavailable though it is now soft-"
+"unblocked."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:75
-msgid "*rfkill* was originally written by mailto:johannes@sipsolutions.net[Johannes Berg] and mailto:marcel@holtmann.org[Marcel Holtmann]. The code has been later modified by mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak] for the util-linux project."
+msgid ""
+"*rfkill* was originally written by mailto:johannes@sipsolutions.net[Johannes "
+"Berg] and mailto:marcel@holtmann.org[Marcel Holtmann]. The code has been "
+"later modified by mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola] and mailto:kzak@redhat."
+"com[Karel Zak] for the util-linux project."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:77
-msgid "This manual page was written by mailto:linux@youmustbejoking.demon.co.uk[Darren Salt] for the Debian project (and may be used by others)."
+msgid ""
+"This manual page was written by mailto:linux@youmustbejoking.demon.co."
+"uk[Darren Salt] for the Debian project (and may be used by others)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:83
-msgid "*powertop*(8), *systemd-rfkill*(8), https://docs.kernel.org/driver-api/rfkill.html[Linux kernel documentation]"
+msgid ""
+"*powertop*(8), *systemd-rfkill*(8), https://docs.kernel.org/driver-api/"
+"rfkill.html[Linux kernel documentation]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:16
-msgid "*rtcwake* [options] [*-d* _device_] [*-m* _standby_mode_] {*-s* _seconds_|*-t* _time_t_}"
+msgid ""
+"*rtcwake* [options] [*-d* _device_] [*-m* _standby_mode_] {*-s* _seconds_|*-"
+"t* _time_t_}"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:20
-msgid "This program is used to enter a system sleep state and to automatically wake from it at a specified time."
+msgid ""
+"This program is used to enter a system sleep state and to automatically wake "
+"from it at a specified time."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:22
-msgid "This uses cross-platform Linux interfaces to enter a system sleep state, and leave it no later than a specified time. It uses any RTC framework driver that supports standard driver model wakeup flags."
+msgid ""
+"This uses cross-platform Linux interfaces to enter a system sleep state, and "
+"leave it no later than a specified time. It uses any RTC framework driver "
+"that supports standard driver model wakeup flags."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:24
-msgid "This is normally used like the old *apmsleep* utility, to wake from a suspend state like ACPI S1 (standby) or S3 (suspend-to-RAM). Most platforms can implement those without analogues of BIOS, APM, or ACPI."
+msgid ""
+"This is normally used like the old *apmsleep* utility, to wake from a "
+"suspend state like ACPI S1 (standby) or S3 (suspend-to-RAM). Most platforms "
+"can implement those without analogues of BIOS, APM, or ACPI."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:26
-msgid "On some systems, this can also be used like *nvram-wakeup*, waking from states like ACPI S4 (suspend to disk). Not all systems have persistent media that are appropriate for such suspend modes."
+msgid ""
+"On some systems, this can also be used like *nvram-wakeup*, waking from "
+"states like ACPI S4 (suspend to disk). Not all systems have persistent media "
+"that are appropriate for such suspend modes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:28
-msgid "Note that alarm functionality depends on hardware; not every RTC is able to setup an alarm up to 24 hours in the future."
+msgid ""
+"Note that alarm functionality depends on hardware; not every RTC is able to "
+"setup an alarm up to 24 hours in the future."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:30
-msgid "The suspend setup may be interrupted by active hardware; for example wireless USB input devices that continue to send events for some fraction of a second after the return key is pressed. *rtcwake* tries to avoid this problem and it waits to the terminal to settle down before entering a system sleep."
+msgid ""
+"The suspend setup may be interrupted by active hardware; for example "
+"wireless USB input devices that continue to send events for some fraction of "
+"a second after the return key is pressed. *rtcwake* tries to avoid this "
+"problem and it waits to the terminal to settle down before entering a system "
+"sleep."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:38
-msgid "Read the clock mode (whether the hardware clock is set to UTC or local time) from the _adjtime_ file, where *hwclock*(8) stores that information. This is the default."
+msgid ""
+"Read the clock mode (whether the hardware clock is set to UTC or local time) "
+"from the _adjtime_ file, where *hwclock*(8) stores that information. This is "
+"the default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:41
-msgid "Set the wakeup time to the value of the timestamp. Format of the timestamp can be any of the following:"
+msgid ""
+"Set the wakeup time to the value of the timestamp. Format of the timestamp "
+"can be any of the following:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Table
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:56
-msgid "Use the specified _device_ instead of *rtc0* as realtime clock. This option is only relevant if your system has more than one RTC. You may specify *rtc1*, *rtc2*, ... here."
+msgid ""
+"Use the specified _device_ instead of *rtc0* as realtime clock. This option "
+"is only relevant if your system has more than one RTC. You may specify "
+"*rtc1*, *rtc2*, ... here."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:59
-msgid "Assume that the hardware clock is set to local time, regardless of the contents of the _adjtime_ file."
+msgid ""
+"Assume that the hardware clock is set to local time, regardless of the "
+"contents of the _adjtime_ file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:68
-msgid "ACPI state S1. This state offers minimal, though real, power savings, while providing a very low-latency transition back to a working system. This is the default mode."
+msgid ""
+"ACPI state S1. This state offers minimal, though real, power savings, while "
+"providing a very low-latency transition back to a working system. This is "
+"the default mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:71
-msgid "The processes are frozen, all the devices are suspended and all the processors idled. This state is a general state that does not need any platform-specific support, but it saves less power than Suspend-to-RAM, because the system is still in a running state. (Available since Linux 3.9.)"
+msgid ""
+"The processes are frozen, all the devices are suspended and all the "
+"processors idled. This state is a general state that does not need any "
+"platform-specific support, but it saves less power than Suspend-to-RAM, "
+"because the system is still in a running state. (Available since Linux 3.9.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:74
-msgid "ACPI state S3 (Suspend-to-RAM). This state offers significant power savings as everything in the system is put into a low-power state, except for memory, which is placed in self-refresh mode to retain its contents."
+msgid ""
+"ACPI state S3 (Suspend-to-RAM). This state offers significant power savings "
+"as everything in the system is put into a low-power state, except for "
+"memory, which is placed in self-refresh mode to retain its contents."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:77
-msgid "ACPI state S4 (Suspend-to-disk). This state offers the greatest power savings, and can be used even in the absence of low-level platform support for power management. This state operates similarly to Suspend-to-RAM, but includes a final step of writing memory contents to disk."
+msgid ""
+"ACPI state S4 (Suspend-to-disk). This state offers the greatest power "
+"savings, and can be used even in the absence of low-level platform support "
+"for power management. This state operates similarly to Suspend-to-RAM, but "
+"includes a final step of writing memory contents to disk."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:80
-msgid "ACPI state S5 (Poweroff). This is done by calling '/sbin/shutdown'. Not officially supported by ACPI, but it usually works."
+msgid ""
+"ACPI state S5 (Poweroff). This is done by calling '/sbin/shutdown'. Not "
+"officially supported by ACPI, but it usually works."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:86
-msgid "Don't suspend, but read the RTC device until an alarm time appears. This mode is useful for debugging."
+msgid ""
+"Don't suspend, but read the RTC device until an alarm time appears. This "
+"mode is useful for debugging."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:92
-msgid "Print alarm information in format: \"alarm: off|on <time>\". The time is in ctime() output format, e.g., \"alarm: on Tue Nov 16 04:48:45 2010\"."
+msgid ""
+"Print alarm information in format: \"alarm: off|on <time>\". The time is in "
+"ctime() output format, e.g., \"alarm: on Tue Nov 16 04:48:45 2010\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:95
-msgid "This option does everything apart from actually setting up the alarm, suspending the system, or waiting for the alarm."
+msgid ""
+"This option does everything apart from actually setting up the alarm, "
+"suspending the system, or waiting for the alarm."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:101
-msgid "Set the wakeup time to the absolute time _time_t_. _time_t_ is the time in seconds since 1970-01-01, 00:00 UTC. Use the *date*(1) tool to convert between human-readable time and _time_t_."
+msgid ""
+"Set the wakeup time to the absolute time _time_t_. _time_t_ is the time in "
+"seconds since 1970-01-01, 00:00 UTC. Use the *date*(1) tool to convert "
+"between human-readable time and _time_t_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:104
-msgid "Assume that the hardware clock is set to UTC (Universal Time Coordinated), regardless of the contents of the _adjtime_ file."
+msgid ""
+"Assume that the hardware clock is set to UTC (Universal Time Coordinated), "
+"regardless of the contents of the _adjtime_ file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:113
-msgid "Some PC systems can't currently exit sleep states such as *mem* using only the kernel code accessed by this driver. They need help from userspace code to make the framebuffer work again."
+msgid ""
+"Some PC systems can't currently exit sleep states such as *mem* using only "
+"the kernel code accessed by this driver. They need help from userspace code "
+"to make the framebuffer work again."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:121
-msgid "The program was posted several times on LKML and other lists before appearing in kernel commit message for Linux 2.6 in the GIT commit 87ac84f42a7a580d0dd72ae31d6a5eb4bfe04c6d."
+msgid ""
+"The program was posted several times on LKML and other lists before "
+"appearing in kernel commit message for Linux 2.6 in the GIT commit "
+"87ac84f42a7a580d0dd72ae31d6a5eb4bfe04c6d."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:125
-msgid "The program was written by mailto:dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net[David Brownell] and improved by mailto:bwalle@suse.de[Bernhard Walle]."
+msgid ""
+"The program was written by mailto:dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net[David "
+"Brownell] and improved by mailto:bwalle@suse.de[Bernhard Walle]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:129
-msgid "This is free software. You may redistribute copies of it under the terms of the link:http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html[GNU General Public License]. There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
+msgid ""
+"This is free software. You may redistribute copies of it under the terms of "
+"the link:http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html[GNU General Public License]. "
+"There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:12
-msgid "setarch - change reported architecture in new program environment and/or set personality flags"
+msgid ""
+"setarch - change reported architecture in new program environment and/or set "
+"personality flags"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:26
-msgid "The execution domains currently only affects the output of *uname -m*. For example, on an AMD64 system, running *setarch i386* _program_ will cause _program_ to see i686 instead of _x86_64_ as the machine type. It can also be used to set various personality options. The default _program_ is */bin/sh*."
+msgid ""
+"The execution domains currently only affects the output of *uname -m*. For "
+"example, on an AMD64 system, running *setarch i386* _program_ will cause "
+"_program_ to see i686 instead of _x86_64_ as the machine type. It can also "
+"be used to set various personality options. The default _program_ is */bin/"
+"sh*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:28
-msgid "Since version 2.33 the _arch_ command line argument is optional and *setarch* may be used to change personality flags (ADDR_LIMIT_*, SHORT_INODE, etc) without modification of the execution domain."
+msgid ""
+"Since version 2.33 the _arch_ command line argument is optional and "
+"*setarch* may be used to change personality flags (ADDR_LIMIT_*, "
+"SHORT_INODE, etc) without modification of the execution domain."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:33
-msgid "List the architectures that *setarch* knows about. Whether *setarch* can actually set each of these architectures depends on the running kernel."
+msgid ""
+"List the architectures that *setarch* knows about. Whether *setarch* can "
+"actually set each of these architectures depends on the running kernel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:38
-msgid "Show the currently active personality and flags. If the *personality* argument is provided, it is shown instead of the current one. *personality* is a hexadecimal number with values was described in *sys/personality.h*."
+msgid ""
+"Show the currently active personality and flags. If the *personality* "
+"argument is provided, it is shown instead of the current one. *personality* "
+"is a hexadecimal number with values was described in *sys/personality.h*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:41
-msgid "Causes the _program_ to see a kernel version number beginning with 2.6. Turns on *UNAME26*."
+msgid ""
+"Causes the _program_ to see a kernel version number beginning with 2.6. "
+"Turns on *UNAME26*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:47
-msgid "Specifies _program_ should use a maximum of 3GB of address space. Supported on x86. Turns on *ADDR_LIMIT_3GB*."
+msgid ""
+"Specifies _program_ should use a maximum of 3GB of address space. Supported "
+"on x86. Turns on *ADDR_LIMIT_3GB*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:50
-msgid "This option has no effect. It is retained for backward compatibility only, and may be removed in future releases."
+msgid ""
+"This option has no effect. It is retained for backward compatibility only, "
+"and may be removed in future releases."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:53
-msgid "Limit the address space to 32 bits to emulate hardware. Supported on ARM and Alpha. Turns on *ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT*."
+msgid ""
+"Limit the address space to 32 bits to emulate hardware. Supported on ARM and "
+"Alpha. Turns on *ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:56
-msgid "Treat user-space function pointers to signal handlers as pointers to address descriptors. This option has no effect on architectures that do not support *FDPIC* ELF binaries. In kernel v4.14 support is limited to ARM, Blackfin, Fujitsu FR-V, and SuperH CPU architectures."
+msgid ""
+"Treat user-space function pointers to signal handlers as pointers to address "
+"descriptors. This option has no effect on architectures that do not support "
+"*FDPIC* ELF binaries. In kernel v4.14 support is limited to ARM, Blackfin, "
+"Fujitsu FR-V, and SuperH CPU architectures."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:62
-msgid "Provide legacy virtual address space layout. Use when the _program_ binary does not have *PT_GNU_STACK* ELF header. Turns on *ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT*."
+msgid ""
+"Provide legacy virtual address space layout. Use when the _program_ binary "
+"does not have *PT_GNU_STACK* ELF header. Turns on *ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:65
-msgid "Disables randomization of the virtual address space. Turns on *ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE*."
+msgid ""
+"Disables randomization of the virtual address space. Turns on "
+"*ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:71
-msgid "This makes *select*(2), *pselect*(2), and *ppoll*(2) system calls preserve the timeout value instead of modifying it to reflect the amount of time not slept when interrupted by a signal handler. Use when _program_ depends on this behavior. For more details see the timeout description in *select*(2) manual page. Turns on *STICKY_TIMEOUTS*."
+msgid ""
+"This makes *select*(2), *pselect*(2), and *ppoll*(2) system calls preserve "
+"the timeout value instead of modifying it to reflect the amount of time not "
+"slept when interrupted by a signal handler. Use when _program_ depends on "
+"this behavior. For more details see the timeout description in *select*(2) "
+"manual page. Turns on *STICKY_TIMEOUTS*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:74
-msgid "If this is set then *mmap*(2) *PROT_READ* will also add the *PROT_EXEC* bit - as expected by legacy x86 binaries. Notice that the ELF loader will automatically set this bit when it encounters a legacy binary. Turns on *READ_IMPLIES_EXEC*."
+msgid ""
+"If this is set then *mmap*(2) *PROT_READ* will also add the *PROT_EXEC* bit "
+"- as expected by legacy x86 binaries. Notice that the ELF loader will "
+"automatically set this bit when it encounters a legacy binary. Turns on "
+"*READ_IMPLIES_EXEC*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:77
-msgid "SVr4 bug emulation that will set *mmap*(2) page zero as read-only. Use when _program_ depends on this behavior, and the source code is not available to be fixed. Turns on *MMAP_PAGE_ZERO*."
+msgid ""
+"SVr4 bug emulation that will set *mmap*(2) page zero as read-only. Use when "
+"_program_ depends on this behavior, and the source code is not available to "
+"be fixed. Turns on *MMAP_PAGE_ZERO*."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:94
-msgid "mailto:sopwith@redhat.com[Elliot Lee], mailto:jnovy@redhat.com[Jindrich Novy], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgstr "mailto:sopwith@redhat.com[Elliot Lee], mailto:jnovy@redhat.com[Jindrich Novy], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid ""
+"mailto:sopwith@redhat.com[Elliot Lee], mailto:jnovy@redhat.com[Jindrich "
+"Novy], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgstr ""
+"mailto:sopwith@redhat.com[Elliot Lee], mailto:jnovy@redhat.com[Jindrich "
+"Novy], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:99
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpgid.1.adoc:32
-msgid "Make the new process group the foreground process group of the controlling terminal if there is a controlling terminal."
+msgid ""
+"Make the new process group the foreground process group of the controlling "
+"terminal if there is a controlling terminal."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:20
-msgid "Sets or queries various Linux privilege settings that are inherited across *execve*(2)."
+msgid ""
+"Sets or queries various Linux privilege settings that are inherited across "
+"*execve*(2)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:22
-msgid "In comparison to *su*(1) and *runuser*(1), *setpriv* neither uses PAM, nor does it prompt for a password. It is a simple, non-set-user-ID wrapper around *execve*(2), and can be used to drop privileges in the same way as *setuidgid*(8) from *daemontools*, *chpst*(8) from *runit*, or similar tools shipped by other service managers."
+msgid ""
+"In comparison to *su*(1) and *runuser*(1), *setpriv* neither uses PAM, nor "
+"does it prompt for a password. It is a simple, non-set-user-ID wrapper "
+"around *execve*(2), and can be used to drop privileges in the same way as "
+"*setuidgid*(8) from *daemontools*, *chpst*(8) from *runit*, or similar tools "
+"shipped by other service managers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:30
-msgid "Dump the current privilege state. This option can be specified more than once to show extra, mostly useless, information. Incompatible with all other options."
+msgid ""
+"Dump the current privilege state. This option can be specified more than "
+"once to show extra, mostly useless, information. Incompatible with all other "
+"options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:33
-msgid "Set supplementary groups. The argument is a comma-separated list of GIDs or names."
+msgid ""
+"Set supplementary groups. The argument is a comma-separated list of GIDs or "
+"names."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:38
-msgid "Set the inheritable capabilities, ambient capabilities or the capability bounding set. See *capabilities*(7). The argument is a comma-separated list of **+**__cap__ and **-**__cap__ entries, which add or remove an entry respectively. _cap_ can either be a human-readable name as seen in *capabilities*(7) without the _cap__ prefix or of the format *cap_N*, where _N_ is the internal capability index used by Linux. *+all* and *-all* can be used to add or remove all caps."
+msgid ""
+"Set the inheritable capabilities, ambient capabilities or the capability "
+"bounding set. See *capabilities*(7). The argument is a comma-separated list "
+"of **+**__cap__ and **-**__cap__ entries, which add or remove an entry "
+"respectively. _cap_ can either be a human-readable name as seen in "
+"*capabilities*(7) without the _cap__ prefix or of the format *cap_N*, where "
+"_N_ is the internal capability index used by Linux. *+all* and *-all* can be "
+"used to add or remove all caps."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:40
-msgid "The set of capabilities starts out as the current inheritable set for *--inh-caps*, the current ambient set for *--ambient-caps* and the current bounding set for *--bounding-set*."
+msgid ""
+"The set of capabilities starts out as the current inheritable set for *--inh-"
+"caps*, the current ambient set for *--ambient-caps* and the current bounding "
+"set for *--bounding-set*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:42
-msgid "Note the following restrictions (detailed in *capabilities*(7)) regarding modifications to these capability sets:"
+msgid ""
+"Note the following restrictions (detailed in *capabilities*(7)) regarding "
+"modifications to these capability sets:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:44
-msgid "A capability can be added to the inheritable set only if it is currently present in the bounding set."
+msgid ""
+"A capability can be added to the inheritable set only if it is currently "
+"present in the bounding set."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:45
-msgid "A capability can be added to the ambient set only if it is currently present in both the permitted and inheritable sets."
+msgid ""
+"A capability can be added to the ambient set only if it is currently present "
+"in both the permitted and inheritable sets."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:46
-msgid "Notwithstanding the syntax offered by *setpriv*, the kernel does not permit capabilities to be added to the bounding set."
+msgid ""
+"Notwithstanding the syntax offered by *setpriv*, the kernel does not permit "
+"capabilities to be added to the bounding set."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:48
-msgid "If you drop a capability from the bounding set without also dropping it from the inheritable set, you are likely to become confused. Do not do that."
+msgid ""
+"If you drop a capability from the bounding set without also dropping it from "
+"the inheritable set, you are likely to become confused. Do not do that."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:51
-msgid "Preserve supplementary groups. Only useful in conjunction with *--rgid*, *--egid*, or *--regid*."
+msgid ""
+"Preserve supplementary groups. Only useful in conjunction with *--rgid*, *--"
+"egid*, or *--regid*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:54
-msgid "Initialize supplementary groups using initgroups3. Only useful in conjunction with *--ruid* or *--reuid*."
+msgid ""
+"Initialize supplementary groups using initgroups3. Only useful in "
+"conjunction with *--ruid* or *--reuid*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:60
-msgid "Set the _no_new_privs_ bit. With this bit set, *execve*(2) will not grant new privileges. For example, the set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits as well as file capabilities will be disabled. (Executing binaries with these bits set will still work, but they will not gain privileges. Certain LSMs, especially AppArmor, may result in failures to execute certain programs.) This bit is inherited by child processes and cannot be unset. See *prctl*(2) and _Documentation/prctl/no_new_privs.txt_ in the Linux kernel source."
+msgid ""
+"Set the _no_new_privs_ bit. With this bit set, *execve*(2) will not grant "
+"new privileges. For example, the set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits as well "
+"as file capabilities will be disabled. (Executing binaries with these bits "
+"set will still work, but they will not gain privileges. Certain LSMs, "
+"especially AppArmor, may result in failures to execute certain programs.) "
+"This bit is inherited by child processes and cannot be unset. See *prctl*(2) "
+"and _Documentation/prctl/no_new_privs.txt_ in the Linux kernel source."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:65
-msgid "Set the real, effective, or both GIDs. The _gid_ argument can be given as a textual group name."
+msgid ""
+"Set the real, effective, or both GIDs. The _gid_ argument can be given as a "
+"textual group name."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:67
-msgid "For safety, you must specify one of *--clear-groups*, *--groups*, *--keep-groups*, or *--init-groups* if you set any primary _gid_."
+msgid ""
+"For safety, you must specify one of *--clear-groups*, *--groups*, *--keep-"
+"groups*, or *--init-groups* if you set any primary _gid_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:70
-msgid "Set the real, effective, or both UIDs. The _uid_ argument can be given as a textual login name."
+msgid ""
+"Set the real, effective, or both UIDs. The _uid_ argument can be given as a "
+"textual login name."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:72
-msgid "Setting a _uid_ or _gid_ does not change capabilities, although the exec call at the end might change capabilities. This means that, if you are root, you probably want to do something like:"
+msgid ""
+"Setting a _uid_ or _gid_ does not change capabilities, although the exec "
+"call at the end might change capabilities. This means that, if you are root, "
+"you probably want to do something like:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:77
-msgid "Set or clear securebits. The argument is a comma-separated list. The valid securebits are _noroot_, _noroot_locked_, _no_setuid_fixup_, _no_setuid_fixup_locked_, and _keep_caps_locked_. _keep_caps_ is cleared by *execve*(2) and is therefore not allowed."
+msgid ""
+"Set or clear securebits. The argument is a comma-separated list. The valid "
+"securebits are _noroot_, _noroot_locked_, _no_setuid_fixup_, "
+"_no_setuid_fixup_locked_, and _keep_caps_locked_. _keep_caps_ is cleared by "
+"*execve*(2) and is therefore not allowed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:80
-msgid "Keep, clear or set the parent death signal. Some LSMs, most notably SELinux and AppArmor, clear the signal when the process' credentials change. Using *--pdeathsig keep* will restore the parent death signal after changing credentials to remedy that situation."
+msgid ""
+"Keep, clear or set the parent death signal. Some LSMs, most notably SELinux "
+"and AppArmor, clear the signal when the process' credentials change. Using "
+"*--pdeathsig keep* will restore the parent death signal after changing "
+"credentials to remedy that situation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:83
-msgid "When Yama's restricted ptrace mode is in effect (that is, when _/proc/sys/kernel/yama/ptrace_scope_ is set to 1), allow being traced via **ptrace**(2) by the process with the specified PID, or any process, or no process. See **PR_SET_PTRACER**(2const). (Note that this is not inherited by child processes, though it is preserved across **execve**(2).) This option has no effect when Yama is not enabled or is in a mode other than restricted ptrace."
+msgid ""
+"When Yama's restricted ptrace mode is in effect (that is, when _/proc/sys/"
+"kernel/yama/ptrace_scope_ is set to 1), allow being traced via **ptrace**(2) "
+"by the process with the specified PID, or any process, or no process. See "
+"**PR_SET_PTRACER**(2const). (Note that this is not inherited by child "
+"processes, though it is preserved across **execve**(2).) This option has no "
+"effect when Yama is not enabled or is in a mode other than restricted ptrace."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:86
-msgid "Request a particular SELinux transition (using a transition on exec, not dyntrans). This will fail and cause *setpriv* to abort if SELinux is not in use, and the transition may be ignored or cause *execve*(2) to fail at SELinux's whim. (In particular, this is unlikely to work in conjunction with _no_new_privs_.) This is similar to *runcon*(1)."
+msgid ""
+"Request a particular SELinux transition (using a transition on exec, not "
+"dyntrans). This will fail and cause *setpriv* to abort if SELinux is not in "
+"use, and the transition may be ignored or cause *execve*(2) to fail at "
+"SELinux's whim. (In particular, this is unlikely to work in conjunction with "
+"_no_new_privs_.) This is similar to *runcon*(1)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:89
-msgid "Request a particular AppArmor profile (using a transition on exec). This will fail and cause *setpriv* to abort if AppArmor is not in use, and the transition may be ignored or cause *execve*(2) to fail at AppArmor's whim."
+msgid ""
+"Request a particular AppArmor profile (using a transition on exec). This "
+"will fail and cause *setpriv* to abort if AppArmor is not in use, and the "
+"transition may be ignored or cause *execve*(2) to fail at AppArmor's whim."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:93
-msgid "Enable landlock restrictions for a specific set of system accesses. To allow specific subgroups of accesses use *--landlock-rule*."
+msgid ""
+"Enable landlock restrictions for a specific set of system accesses. To "
+"allow specific subgroups of accesses use *--landlock-rule*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:107
-msgid "Allow one specific access from the categories blocked by *--landlock-access*."
+msgid ""
+"Allow one specific access from the categories blocked by *--landlock-access*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:124
-msgid "Clears all the environment variables except *TERM*; initializes the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME* according to the user's passwd entry; sets *PATH* to _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ for a regular user and to _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_ for root."
+msgid ""
+"Clears all the environment variables except *TERM*; initializes the "
+"environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME* according to the "
+"user's passwd entry; sets *PATH* to _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ for a "
+"regular user and to _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/"
+"usr/bin_ for root."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:126
-msgid "The environment variable *PATH* may be different on systems where _/bin_ and _/sbin_ are merged into _/usr_. The environment variable *SHELL* defaults to */bin/sh* if none is given in the user's passwd entry."
+msgid ""
+"The environment variable *PATH* may be different on systems where _/bin_ and "
+"_/sbin_ are merged into _/usr_. The environment variable *SHELL* defaults to "
+"*/bin/sh* if none is given in the user's passwd entry."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:132
-msgid "If applying any specified option fails, _program_ will not be run and *setpriv* will return with exit status 127."
+msgid ""
+"If applying any specified option fails, _program_ will not be run and "
+"*setpriv* will return with exit status 127."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:134
-msgid "Be careful with this tool -- it may have unexpected security consequences. For example, setting _no_new_privs_ and then execing a program that is SELinux-confined (as this tool would do) may prevent the SELinux restrictions from taking effect."
+msgid ""
+"Be careful with this tool -- it may have unexpected security consequences. "
+"For example, setting _no_new_privs_ and then execing a program that is "
+"SELinux-confined (as this tool would do) may prevent the SELinux "
+"restrictions from taking effect."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:138
-msgid "If you're looking for behavior similar to *su*(1)/*runuser*(1), or *sudo*(8) (without the *-g* option), try something like:"
+msgid ""
+"If you're looking for behavior similar to *su*(1)/*runuser*(1), or *sudo*(8) "
+"(without the *-g* option), try something like:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:22
-msgid "*setsid* runs a program in a new session. The command calls *fork*(2) if already a process group leader. Otherwise, it executes a program in the current process. This default behavior is possible to override by the *--fork* option."
+msgid ""
+"*setsid* runs a program in a new session. The command calls *fork*(2) if "
+"already a process group leader. Otherwise, it executes a program in the "
+"current process. This default behavior is possible to override by the *--"
+"fork* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:33
-msgid "Wait for the execution of the program to end, and return the exit status of this program as the exit status of *setsid*."
+msgid ""
+"Wait for the execution of the program to end, and return the exit status of "
+"this program as the exit status of *setsid*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:12
-msgid "swapon, swapoff - enable/disable devices and files for paging and swapping"
-msgstr "swapon, swapoff - (des)habilita dispositivos o ficheros para el paginado y el trasiego"
+msgid ""
+"swapon, swapoff - enable/disable devices and files for paging and swapping"
+msgstr ""
+"swapon, swapoff - (des)habilita dispositivos o ficheros para el paginado y "
+"el trasiego"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:16
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:22
-msgid "*swapon* is used to specify devices on which paging and swapping are to take place."
+msgid ""
+"*swapon* is used to specify devices on which paging and swapping are to take "
+"place."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:24
-msgid "The device or file used is given by the _specialfile_ parameter. It may be of the form *-L* _label_ or *-U* _uuid_ to indicate a device by label or uuid."
+msgid ""
+"The device or file used is given by the _specialfile_ parameter. It may be "
+"of the form *-L* _label_ or *-U* _uuid_ to indicate a device by label or "
+"uuid."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:26
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "B<Swapon> is used to specify devices on which paging and swapping are to take place. Calls to B<swapon> normally occur in the system multi-user initialization file I</etc/rc> making all swap devices available, so that the paging and swapping activity is interleaved across several devices and files."
-msgid "Calls to *swapon* normally occur in the system boot scripts making all swap devices available, so that the paging and swapping activity is interleaved across several devices and files."
-msgstr "B<Swapon> se emplea para especificar dispositivos sobre los cuales van a tener lugar las actividades de paginado y trasiego. Las llamadas a B<swapon> se hacen normalmente en el fichero de inicio del sistema en modo multi-usuario, normalmente I</etc/rc>, haciendo ahí que todos los dispositivos de trasiego estén disponibles, de modo que las actividades de paginado y trasiego se intercalen entre varios dispositivos o ficheros."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "B<Swapon> is used to specify devices on which paging and swapping are to "
+#| "take place. Calls to B<swapon> normally occur in the system multi-user "
+#| "initialization file I</etc/rc> making all swap devices available, so that "
+#| "the paging and swapping activity is interleaved across several devices "
+#| "and files."
+msgid ""
+"Calls to *swapon* normally occur in the system boot scripts making all swap "
+"devices available, so that the paging and swapping activity is interleaved "
+"across several devices and files."
+msgstr ""
+"B<Swapon> se emplea para especificar dispositivos sobre los cuales van a "
+"tener lugar las actividades de paginado y trasiego. Las llamadas a "
+"B<swapon> se hacen normalmente en el fichero de inicio del sistema en modo "
+"multi-usuario, normalmente I</etc/rc>, haciendo ahí que todos los "
+"dispositivos de trasiego estén disponibles, de modo que las actividades de "
+"paginado y trasiego se intercalen entre varios dispositivos o ficheros."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:28
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "B<Swapoff> disables swapping on the specified devices and files, or on all swap entries in I</etc/fstab> when the B<-a> flag is given."
-msgid "*swapoff* disables swapping on the specified devices and files. When the *-a* flag is given, swapping is disabled on all known swap devices and files (as found in _/proc/swaps_ or _/etc/fstab_)."
-msgstr "B<Swapoff> deshabilita el trasiego en los dispositivos o ficheros especificados, o en todas las entradas de tipo `swap' de I</etc/fstab> cuando se da la opción B<-a>."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "B<Swapoff> disables swapping on the specified devices and files, or on "
+#| "all swap entries in I</etc/fstab> when the B<-a> flag is given."
+msgid ""
+"*swapoff* disables swapping on the specified devices and files. When the *-"
+"a* flag is given, swapping is disabled on all known swap devices and files "
+"(as found in _/proc/swaps_ or _/etc/fstab_)."
+msgstr ""
+"B<Swapoff> deshabilita el trasiego en los dispositivos o ficheros "
+"especificados, o en todas las entradas de tipo `swap' de I</etc/fstab> "
+"cuando se da la opción B<-a>."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:33
-msgid "All devices marked as \"swap\" in _/etc/fstab_ are made available, except for those with the \"noauto\" option. Devices that are already being used as swap are silently skipped."
+msgid ""
+"All devices marked as \"swap\" in _/etc/fstab_ are made available, except "
+"for those with the \"noauto\" option. Devices that are already being used as "
+"swap are silently skipped."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:36
-msgid "Specifies an alternative fstab file for compatibility with *mount*(8). If _path_ is a directory, then the files in the directory are sorted by *strverscmp*(3); files that start with \".\" or without an .fstab extension are ignored. The option can be specified more than once. This option is mostly designed for initramfs or chroot scripts where additional configuration is specified beyond standard system configuration."
+msgid ""
+"Specifies an alternative fstab file for compatibility with *mount*(8). If "
+"_path_ is a directory, then the files in the directory are sorted by "
+"*strverscmp*(3); files that start with \".\" or without an .fstab extension "
+"are ignored. The option can be specified more than once. This option is "
+"mostly designed for initramfs or chroot scripts where additional "
+"configuration is specified beyond standard system configuration."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:39
-msgid "Enable swap discards, if the swap backing device supports the discard or trim operation. This may improve performance on some Solid State Devices, but often it does not. The option allows one to select between two available swap discard policies:"
+msgid ""
+"Enable swap discards, if the swap backing device supports the discard or "
+"trim operation. This may improve performance on some Solid State Devices, "
+"but often it does not. The option allows one to select between two available "
+"swap discard policies:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:42
-msgid "to perform a single-time discard operation for the whole swap area at swapon; or"
+msgid ""
+"to perform a single-time discard operation for the whole swap area at "
+"swapon; or"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:45
-msgid "to asynchronously discard freed swap pages before they are available for reuse."
+msgid ""
+"to asynchronously discard freed swap pages before they are available for "
+"reuse."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:48
-msgid "If no policy is selected, the default behavior is to enable both discard types. The _/etc/fstab_ mount options *discard*, *discard=once*, or *discard=pages* may also be used to enable discard flags."
+msgid ""
+"If no policy is selected, the default behavior is to enable both discard "
+"types. The _/etc/fstab_ mount options *discard*, *discard=once*, or "
+"*discard=pages* may also be used to enable discard flags."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:51
-msgid "Silently skip devices that do not exist. The _/etc/fstab_ mount option *nofail* may also be used to skip non-existing device."
+msgid ""
+"Silently skip devices that do not exist. The _/etc/fstab_ mount option "
+"*nofail* may also be used to skip non-existing device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:54
-msgid "Reinitialize (exec mkswap) the swap space if its page size does not match that of the current running kernel. *mkswap*(8) initializes the whole device and does not check for bad blocks."
+msgid ""
+"Reinitialize (exec mkswap) the swap space if its page size does not match "
+"that of the current running kernel. *mkswap*(8) initializes the whole device "
+"and does not check for bad blocks."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:57
-msgid "Use the partition that has the specified _label_. (For this, access to _/proc/partitions_ is needed.)"
+msgid ""
+"Use the partition that has the specified _label_. (For this, access to _/"
+"proc/partitions_ is needed.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:60
-msgid "Specify swap options by an __fstab__-compatible comma-separated string. For example:"
+msgid ""
+"Specify swap options by an __fstab__-compatible comma-separated string. For "
+"example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:64
-msgid "The _opts_ string is evaluated last and overrides all other command line options."
+msgid ""
+"The _opts_ string is evaluated last and overrides all other command line "
+"options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:67
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Specify priority for B<swapon>. This option is only available if B<swapon> was compiled under and is used under a 1.3.2 or later kernel. I<priority> is a value between 0 and 32767. See B<swapon>(2) for a full description of swap priorities. Add B<pri=>I<value> to the option field of I</etc/fstab> for use with B<swapon -a>."
-msgid "Specify the priority of the swap device. _priority_ is a value between 0 and 32767. Higher numbers indicate higher priority. See *swapon*(2) for a full description of swap priorities. Add **pri=**__value__ to the option field of _/etc/fstab_ for use with *swapon -a*. When no priority is defined, Linux kernel defaults to negative numbers."
-msgstr "Especifica la prioridad para B<swapon>. Esta opción sólo está disponible si B<swapon> se ha compilado y se está usando bajo un núcleo 1.3.2 ó superior. I<prioridad> es un valor entre 0 y 32767. Vea B<swapon>(2) para una descripción completa de las prioridades de trasiego. Añada B<pri=>I<valor> al campo de opciones de I</etc/fstab> para el empleo con B<swapon -a>."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Specify priority for B<swapon>. This option is only available if "
+#| "B<swapon> was compiled under and is used under a 1.3.2 or later kernel. "
+#| "I<priority> is a value between 0 and 32767. See B<swapon>(2) for a full "
+#| "description of swap priorities. Add B<pri=>I<value> to the option field "
+#| "of I</etc/fstab> for use with B<swapon -a>."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the priority of the swap device. _priority_ is a value between 0 and "
+"32767. Higher numbers indicate higher priority. See *swapon*(2) for a full "
+"description of swap priorities. Add **pri=**__value__ to the option field of "
+"_/etc/fstab_ for use with *swapon -a*. When no priority is defined, Linux "
+"kernel defaults to negative numbers."
+msgstr ""
+"Especifica la prioridad para B<swapon>. Esta opción sólo está disponible si "
+"B<swapon> se ha compilado y se está usando bajo un núcleo 1.3.2 ó superior. "
+"I<prioridad> es un valor entre 0 y 32767. Vea B<swapon>(2) para una "
+"descripción completa de las prioridades de trasiego. Añada B<pri=>I<valor> "
+"al campo de opciones de I</etc/fstab> para el empleo con B<swapon -a>."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:68
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:70
-msgid "Display swap usage summary by device. Equivalent to *cat /proc/swaps*. This output format is DEPRECATED in favour of *--show* that provides better control on output data."
+msgid ""
+"Display swap usage summary by device. Equivalent to *cat /proc/swaps*. This "
+"output format is DEPRECATED in favour of *--show* that provides better "
+"control on output data."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:73
-msgid "Display a definable table of swap areas. See the *--help* output for a list of available columns."
+msgid ""
+"Display a definable table of swap areas. See the *--help* output for a list "
+"of available columns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:85
-msgid "Display swap size in bytes in *--show* output instead of in user-friendly units."
+msgid ""
+"Display swap size in bytes in *--show* output instead of in user-friendly "
+"units."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:120
-msgid "The command *swapoff --all* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or 64 (some failed, some succeeded)."
+msgid ""
+"The command *swapoff --all* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or "
+"64 (some failed, some succeeded)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:122
-msgid "The old versions before v2.36 has no documented exit status, 0 means success in all versions."
+msgid ""
+"The old versions before v2.36 has no documented exit status, 0 means success "
+"in all versions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:144
-msgid "The swap file implementation in the kernel expects to be able to write to the file directly, without the assistance of the filesystem. This is a problem on files with holes or on copy-on-write files on filesystems like Btrfs."
+msgid ""
+"The swap file implementation in the kernel expects to be able to write to "
+"the file directly, without the assistance of the filesystem. This is a "
+"problem on files with holes or on copy-on-write files on filesystems like "
+"Btrfs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:146
-msgid "Commands like *cp*(1) or *truncate*(1) create files with holes. These files will be rejected by *swapon*."
+msgid ""
+"Commands like *cp*(1) or *truncate*(1) create files with holes. These files "
+"will be rejected by *swapon*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:148
-msgid "Preallocated files created by *fallocate*(1) may be interpreted as files with holes too depending of the filesystem. Preallocated swap files are supported on XFS since Linux 4.18."
+msgid ""
+"Preallocated files created by *fallocate*(1) may be interpreted as files "
+"with holes too depending of the filesystem. Preallocated swap files are "
+"supported on XFS since Linux 4.18."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:150
-msgid "The most portable solution to create a swap file is to use *dd*(1) and _/dev/zero_."
+msgid ""
+"The most portable solution to create a swap file is to use *dd*(1) and _/dev/"
+"zero_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:154
-msgid "Swap files on Btrfs are supported since Linux 5.0 on files with *nocow* attribute. See the *btrfs*(5) manual page for more details."
+msgid ""
+"Swap files on Btrfs are supported since Linux 5.0 on files with *nocow* "
+"attribute. See the *btrfs*(5) manual page for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:156
-msgid "Since version 2.41, the command *mkswap --file* can create a new swap file with the *nocow* attribute."
+msgid ""
+"Since version 2.41, the command *mkswap --file* can create a new swap file "
+"with the *nocow* attribute."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:164
-msgid "*swapon* automatically detects and rewrites a swap space signature with old software suspend data (e.g., *S1SUSPEND*, *S2SUSPEND*, ...). The problem is that if we don't do it, then we get data corruption the next time an attempt at unsuspending is made."
+msgid ""
+"*swapon* automatically detects and rewrites a swap space signature with old "
+"software suspend data (e.g., *S1SUSPEND*, *S2SUSPEND*, ...). The problem is "
+"that if we don't do it, then we get data corruption the next time an attempt "
+"at unsuspending is made."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#| "*mkswap*(8),\n"
#| "*mount*(8),\n"
#| "*rc*(8)\n"
-msgid "*swapoff*(2), *swapon*(2), *fstab*(5), *init*(8), *fallocate*(1), *mkswap*(8), *mount*(8), *rc*(8)"
+msgid ""
+"*swapoff*(2), *swapon*(2), *fstab*(5), *init*(8), *fallocate*(1), "
+"*mkswap*(8), *mount*(8), *rc*(8)"
msgstr ""
"*swapoff*(2),\n"
"*swapon*(2),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:12
-msgid "switch_root - switch to another filesystem as the root of the mount tree"
-msgstr "switch_root - se cambia a otro sistema de ficheros como raíz del árbol de montaje"
+msgid ""
+"switch_root - switch to another filesystem as the root of the mount tree"
+msgstr ""
+"switch_root - se cambia a otro sistema de ficheros como raíz del árbol de "
+"montaje"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:16
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:22
-msgid "*switch_root* moves already mounted _/proc_, _/dev_, _/sys_ and _/run_ to _newroot_ and makes _newroot_ the new root filesystem and starts _init_ process."
+msgid ""
+"*switch_root* moves already mounted _/proc_, _/dev_, _/sys_ and _/run_ to "
+"_newroot_ and makes _newroot_ the new root filesystem and starts _init_ "
+"process."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:24
-msgid "*WARNING: switch_root removes recursively all files and directories on the current root filesystem.*"
+msgid ""
+"*WARNING: switch_root removes recursively all files and directories on the "
+"current root filesystem.*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:32
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The exit status returned by B<mkfs> is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The exit status returned by B<mkfs> is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
msgid "*switch_root* returns 1 on failure, it never returns on success."
-msgstr "El código de salida devuelto por B<mkfs> es 0 si acaba con éxito y 1 si acaba en fallo."
+msgstr ""
+"El código de salida devuelto por B<mkfs> es 0 si acaba con éxito y 1 si "
+"acaba en fallo."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:36
-msgid "*switch_root* will fail to function if _newroot_ is not the root of a mount. If you want to switch root into a directory that does not meet this requirement then you can first use a bind-mounting trick to turn any directory into a mount point:"
+msgid ""
+"*switch_root* will fail to function if _newroot_ is not the root of a mount. "
+"If you want to switch root into a directory that does not meet this "
+"requirement then you can first use a bind-mounting trick to turn any "
+"directory into a mount point:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:46
-msgid "mailto:pjones@redhat.com[Peter Jones], mailto:katzj@redhat.com[Jeremy Katz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgstr "mailto:pjones@redhat.com[Peter Jones], mailto:katzj@redhat.com[Jeremy Katz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid ""
+"mailto:pjones@redhat.com[Peter Jones], mailto:katzj@redhat.com[Jeremy Katz], "
+"mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgstr ""
+"mailto:pjones@redhat.com[Peter Jones], mailto:katzj@redhat.com[Jeremy Katz], "
+"mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:53
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:20
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*tunelp* sets several parameters for the /dev/lp__?__ devices, for better performance (or for any performance at all, if your printer won't work without it...) Without parameters, it tells whether the device is using interrupts, and if so, which one. With parameters, it sets the device characteristics accordingly.\n"
-msgid "*tunelp* sets several parameters for the /dev/lp__?__ devices, for better performance (or for any performance at all, if your printer won't work without it...) Without parameters, it tells whether the device is using interrupts, and if so, which one. With parameters, it sets the device characteristics accordingly."
-msgstr "*tunelp* establece varios parámetros para los dispositivos /dev/lp__?__, para mejorar el rendimiento (o para cualquier rendimiento, si su impresora no habrá de funcionar sin esto...). Sin parámetros, dice si el dispositivo está empleando interrupciones, y si es así, cuál. Con parámetros, establece las características del dispositivo de acuerdo con ellos.\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*tunelp* sets several parameters for the /dev/lp__?__ devices, for better "
+#| "performance (or for any performance at all, if your printer won't work "
+#| "without it...) Without parameters, it tells whether the device is using "
+#| "interrupts, and if so, which one. With parameters, it sets the device "
+#| "characteristics accordingly.\n"
+msgid ""
+"*tunelp* sets several parameters for the /dev/lp__?__ devices, for better "
+"performance (or for any performance at all, if your printer won't work "
+"without it...) Without parameters, it tells whether the device is using "
+"interrupts, and if so, which one. With parameters, it sets the device "
+"characteristics accordingly."
+msgstr ""
+"*tunelp* establece varios parámetros para los dispositivos /dev/lp__?__, "
+"para mejorar el rendimiento (o para cualquier rendimiento, si su impresora "
+"no habrá de funcionar sin esto...). Sin parámetros, dice si el dispositivo "
+"está empleando interrupciones, y si es así, cuál. Con parámetros, establece "
+"las características del dispositivo de acuerdo con ellos.\n"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:23
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:25
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "-i I<E<lt>IRQE<gt>> is the IRQ to use for the parallel port in question. If this is set to something non-zero, -t and -c have no effect. If your port does not use interrupts, this option will make printing stop. B<tunelp -i 0> restores non-interrupt driven (polling) action, and your printer should work again. If your parallel port does support interrupts, interrupt-driven printing should be somewhat faster and efficient, and will probably be desireable."
-msgid "specifies the IRQ to use for the parallel port in question. If this is set to something non-zero, *-t* and *-c* have no effect. If your port does not use interrupts, this option will make printing stop. The command *tunelp -i 0* restores non-interrupt driven (polling) action, and your printer should work again. If your parallel port does support interrupts, interrupt-driven printing should be somewhat faster and efficient, and will probably be desirable."
-msgstr "-i I<E<lt>IRQE<gt>> es la línea de interrupciones o IRQ a emplear para el puerto paralelo en cuestión. Si se pone a un número distinto de cero, -t y -c no tienen efecto. Si su puerto no emplea interrupciones, esta opción hará que la impresión se detenga. B<tunelp -i 0> restaura la acción de dirección sin interrupciones (sondeo), y su impresora debería funcionar de nuevo. Si su puerto paralelo sí admite interrupciones, la impresión dirigida por interrupciones debería ser algo más rápida y eficiente, y probablemente será lo más deseable."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "-i I<E<lt>IRQE<gt>> is the IRQ to use for the parallel port in question. "
+#| "If this is set to something non-zero, -t and -c have no effect. If your "
+#| "port does not use interrupts, this option will make printing stop. "
+#| "B<tunelp -i 0> restores non-interrupt driven (polling) action, and your "
+#| "printer should work again. If your parallel port does support "
+#| "interrupts, interrupt-driven printing should be somewhat faster and "
+#| "efficient, and will probably be desireable."
+msgid ""
+"specifies the IRQ to use for the parallel port in question. If this is set "
+"to something non-zero, *-t* and *-c* have no effect. If your port does not "
+"use interrupts, this option will make printing stop. The command *tunelp -i "
+"0* restores non-interrupt driven (polling) action, and your printer should "
+"work again. If your parallel port does support interrupts, interrupt-driven "
+"printing should be somewhat faster and efficient, and will probably be "
+"desirable."
+msgstr ""
+"-i I<E<lt>IRQE<gt>> es la línea de interrupciones o IRQ a emplear para el "
+"puerto paralelo en cuestión. Si se pone a un número distinto de cero, -t y -"
+"c no tienen efecto. Si su puerto no emplea interrupciones, esta opción hará "
+"que la impresión se detenga. B<tunelp -i 0> restaura la acción de dirección "
+"sin interrupciones (sondeo), y su impresora debería funcionar de nuevo. Si "
+"su puerto paralelo sí admite interrupciones, la impresión dirigida por "
+"interrupciones debería ser algo más rápida y eficiente, y probablemente será "
+"lo más deseable."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:27
-msgid "*NOTE*: This option will have no effect with kernel 2.1.131 or later since the irq is handled by the parport driver. You can change the parport irq for example via _/proc/parport/*/irq_. Read _/usr/src/linux/Documentation/admin-guide/parport.rst_ for more details on parport."
+msgid ""
+"*NOTE*: This option will have no effect with kernel 2.1.131 or later since "
+"the irq is handled by the parport driver. You can change the parport irq for "
+"example via _/proc/parport/*/irq_. Read _/usr/src/linux/Documentation/admin-"
+"guide/parport.rst_ for more details on parport."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:30
-msgid "is the amount of time in jiffies that the driver waits if the printer doesn't take a character for the number of tries dictated by the *-c* parameter. 10 is the default value. If you want fastest possible printing, and don't care about system load, you may set this to 0. If you don't care how fast your printer goes, or are printing text on a slow printer with a buffer, then 500 (5 seconds) should be fine, and will give you very low system load. This value generally should be lower for printing graphics than text, by a factor of approximately 10, for best performance."
-msgstr "es la cantidad de tiempo en pulsos de reloj (``jiffies'', consulte el Jargon en el sistema Info si lo tiene instalado) que el controlador espera si la impresora no toma un carácter durante el número de intentos dictados por el parámetro *-c*. El valor predeterminado es 10. Si quiere la impresión lo más rápida posible, y no le importa cargar el sistema, puede poner este valor a 0. Si por contra no le importa cuánto tarde en imprimir su impresora, o está imprimiendo texto en una impresora lenta con un búfer, entonces un valor de 500 (5 segundos) podría ir bien, y la carga del sistema será mínima. Este valor generalmente debería ser más bajo para imprimir gráficos que para texto, por un factor de 10, para el mejor rendimiento."
+msgid ""
+"is the amount of time in jiffies that the driver waits if the printer "
+"doesn't take a character for the number of tries dictated by the *-c* "
+"parameter. 10 is the default value. If you want fastest possible printing, "
+"and don't care about system load, you may set this to 0. If you don't care "
+"how fast your printer goes, or are printing text on a slow printer with a "
+"buffer, then 500 (5 seconds) should be fine, and will give you very low "
+"system load. This value generally should be lower for printing graphics than "
+"text, by a factor of approximately 10, for best performance."
+msgstr ""
+"es la cantidad de tiempo en pulsos de reloj (``jiffies'', consulte el Jargon "
+"en el sistema Info si lo tiene instalado) que el controlador espera si la "
+"impresora no toma un carácter durante el número de intentos dictados por el "
+"parámetro *-c*. El valor predeterminado es 10. Si quiere la impresión lo más "
+"rápida posible, y no le importa cargar el sistema, puede poner este valor a "
+"0. Si por contra no le importa cuánto tarde en imprimir su impresora, o está "
+"imprimiendo texto en una impresora lenta con un búfer, entonces un valor de "
+"500 (5 segundos) podría ir bien, y la carga del sistema será mínima. Este "
+"valor generalmente debería ser más bajo para imprimir gráficos que para "
+"texto, por un factor de 10, para el mejor rendimiento."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:31
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:33
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "-c I<E<lt>CHARSE<gt>> is the number of times to try to output a character to the printer before sleeping for -t I<E<lt>TIMEE<gt>>. It is the number of times around a loop that tries to send a character to the printer. 120 appears to be a good value for most printers. 250 is the default, because there are some printers that require a wait this long, but feel free to change this. If you have a very fast printer like an HP laserjet 4, a value of 10 might make more sense. If you have a I<really> old printer, you can increase this farther."
-msgid "is the number of times to try to output a character to the printer before sleeping for *-t* _TIME_. It is the number of times around a loop that tries to send a character to the printer. 120 appears to be a good value for most printers in polling mode. 1000 is the default, because there are some printers that become jerky otherwise, but you _must_ set this to '1' to handle the maximal CPU efficiency if you are using interrupts. If you have a very fast printer, a value of 10 might make more sense even if in polling mode. If you have a _really_ old printer, you can increase this further."
-msgstr "-c I<E<lt>CARSE<gt>> es el número de veces que hay que intentar sacar un carácter por la impresora antes de dormir durante un tiempo dado por -t I<E<lt>TIEMPOE<gt>>. Es el número de veces que se ejecuta un bucle que intenta enviar un carácter a la impresora. 120 parece ser un buen valor para la mayoría de impresoras. 250 es el valor predeterminado, porque hay algunas impresoras que requieren esperar este tiempo, pero siéntase libre para cambiarlo. Si tiene una impresora muy rápida, como una HP LaserJet 4, un valor de 10 puede tener más sentido. Si tiene una impresora I<realmente> vieja, puede incrementar este valor más."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "-c I<E<lt>CHARSE<gt>> is the number of times to try to output a character "
+#| "to the printer before sleeping for -t I<E<lt>TIMEE<gt>>. It is the "
+#| "number of times around a loop that tries to send a character to the "
+#| "printer. 120 appears to be a good value for most printers. 250 is the "
+#| "default, because there are some printers that require a wait this long, "
+#| "but feel free to change this. If you have a very fast printer like an HP "
+#| "laserjet 4, a value of 10 might make more sense. If you have a I<really> "
+#| "old printer, you can increase this farther."
+msgid ""
+"is the number of times to try to output a character to the printer before "
+"sleeping for *-t* _TIME_. It is the number of times around a loop that tries "
+"to send a character to the printer. 120 appears to be a good value for most "
+"printers in polling mode. 1000 is the default, because there are some "
+"printers that become jerky otherwise, but you _must_ set this to '1' to "
+"handle the maximal CPU efficiency if you are using interrupts. If you have a "
+"very fast printer, a value of 10 might make more sense even if in polling "
+"mode. If you have a _really_ old printer, you can increase this further."
+msgstr ""
+"-c I<E<lt>CARSE<gt>> es el número de veces que hay que intentar sacar un "
+"carácter por la impresora antes de dormir durante un tiempo dado por -t "
+"I<E<lt>TIEMPOE<gt>>. Es el número de veces que se ejecuta un bucle que "
+"intenta enviar un carácter a la impresora. 120 parece ser un buen valor para "
+"la mayoría de impresoras. 250 es el valor predeterminado, porque hay algunas "
+"impresoras que requieren esperar este tiempo, pero siéntase libre para "
+"cambiarlo. Si tiene una impresora muy rápida, como una HP LaserJet 4, un "
+"valor de 10 puede tener más sentido. Si tiene una impresora I<realmente> "
+"vieja, puede incrementar este valor más."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:35
-msgid "Setting *-t* _TIME_ to 0 is equivalent to setting *-c* _CHARS_ to infinity."
-msgstr "Poner *-t* _TIEMPO_ a 0 es equivalente a poner *-c* _CARSE_ a infinito."
+msgid ""
+"Setting *-t* _TIME_ to 0 is equivalent to setting *-c* _CHARS_ to infinity."
+msgstr ""
+"Poner *-t* _TIEMPO_ a 0 es equivalente a poner *-c* _CARSE_ a infinito."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:36
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:38
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "-w I<E<lt>WAITE<gt>> is the a busy loop counter for the strobe signal. While most printers appear to be able to deal with an extremely short strobe, some printers demand a longer one. Increasing this from the default 0 may make it possible to print with those printers. This may also make it possible to use longer cables."
-msgid "is the number of usec we wait while playing with the strobe signal. While most printers appear to be able to deal with an extremely short strobe, some printers demand a longer one. Increasing this from the default 1 may make it possible to print with those printers. This may also make it possible to use longer cables. It's also possible to decrease this value to 0 if your printer is fast enough or your machine is slow enough."
-msgstr "-w I<E<lt>ESPERAE<gt>> es el valor de un contador de bucle ocupado para la señal estroboscópica. Mientras que algunas impresoras parecen ser capaces de lidiar con una señal estroboscópica extremadamente corta, algunas otras impresoras demandan una más grande. Incrementar esto desde el valor predeterminado, que es 0, puede hacer posible imprimir con estas impresoras. Esto también puede hacer posible emplear cables más largos."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "-w I<E<lt>WAITE<gt>> is the a busy loop counter for the strobe signal. "
+#| "While most printers appear to be able to deal with an extremely short "
+#| "strobe, some printers demand a longer one. Increasing this from the "
+#| "default 0 may make it possible to print with those printers. This may "
+#| "also make it possible to use longer cables."
+msgid ""
+"is the number of usec we wait while playing with the strobe signal. While "
+"most printers appear to be able to deal with an extremely short strobe, some "
+"printers demand a longer one. Increasing this from the default 1 may make it "
+"possible to print with those printers. This may also make it possible to use "
+"longer cables. It's also possible to decrease this value to 0 if your "
+"printer is fast enough or your machine is slow enough."
+msgstr ""
+"-w I<E<lt>ESPERAE<gt>> es el valor de un contador de bucle ocupado para la "
+"señal estroboscópica. Mientras que algunas impresoras parecen ser capaces "
+"de lidiar con una señal estroboscópica extremadamente corta, algunas otras "
+"impresoras demandan una más grande. Incrementar esto desde el valor "
+"predeterminado, que es 0, puede hacer posible imprimir con estas impresoras. "
+"Esto también puede hacer posible emplear cables más largos."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:39
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:41
-msgid "This is whether to abort on printer error - the default is not to. If you are sitting at your computer, you probably want to be able to see an error and fix it, and have the printer go on printing. On the other hand, if you aren't, you might rather that your printer spooler find out that the printer isn't ready, quit trying, and send you mail about it. The choice is yours."
-msgstr "Esto indica si hay que parar abruptamente el trabajo de impresión en curso si hay un error de la impresora; el valor predeterminado es off; o sea, que no. Si Ud. está sentado enfrente de su computadora, probablemente quiera ser capaz de ver un error y corregirlo, y que la impresora siga trabajando. Por otra parte, si no está cerca del sistema, puede desear mejor que su sistema de impresión encuentre que la impresora no está lista, abandone los intentos de impresión, y le envíe una carta electrónica sobre eso. La elección es suya."
+msgid ""
+"This is whether to abort on printer error - the default is not to. If you "
+"are sitting at your computer, you probably want to be able to see an error "
+"and fix it, and have the printer go on printing. On the other hand, if you "
+"aren't, you might rather that your printer spooler find out that the printer "
+"isn't ready, quit trying, and send you mail about it. The choice is yours."
+msgstr ""
+"Esto indica si hay que parar abruptamente el trabajo de impresión en curso "
+"si hay un error de la impresora; el valor predeterminado es off; o sea, que "
+"no. Si Ud. está sentado enfrente de su computadora, probablemente quiera ser "
+"capaz de ver un error y corregirlo, y que la impresora siga trabajando. Por "
+"otra parte, si no está cerca del sistema, puede desear mejor que su sistema "
+"de impresión encuentre que la impresora no está lista, abandone los intentos "
+"de impresión, y le envíe una carta electrónica sobre eso. La elección es "
+"suya."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:42
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:44
-msgid "This option is much like *-a*. It makes any *open*(2) of this device check to see that the device is on-line and not reporting any out of paper or other errors. This is the correct setting for most versions of *lpd*."
-msgstr "Esta opción es muy parecida a la de antes, *-a*. Hace que cualquier *open*(2) a este dispositivo mire si el dispositivo está enchufado y no informa de falta de papel o de otros errores. Esto es el establecimiento correcto para la mayoría de versiones de *lpd*."
+msgid ""
+"This option is much like *-a*. It makes any *open*(2) of this device check "
+"to see that the device is on-line and not reporting any out of paper or "
+"other errors. This is the correct setting for most versions of *lpd*."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta opción es muy parecida a la de antes, *-a*. Hace que cualquier "
+"*open*(2) a este dispositivo mire si el dispositivo está enchufado y no "
+"informa de falta de papel o de otros errores. Esto es el establecimiento "
+"correcto para la mayoría de versiones de *lpd*."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:45
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:47
-msgid "This option adds extra (\"careful\") error checking. When this option is on, the printer driver will ensure that the printer is on-line and not reporting any out of paper or other errors before sending data. This is particularly useful for printers that normally appear to accept data when turned off."
-msgstr "Esta opción añade comprobaciones de error extra (la ce es de \"Cuidadoso\"). Cuando esta opción está a \"on\", o sea, activada, el controlador de impresora se asegurará de que la impresora esté enchufada y encendida y no informe de falta de papel o de otros errores antes de enviar datos. Esto es particularmente útil para impresoras que normalmente van y aceptan datos cuando están apagadas."
+msgid ""
+"This option adds extra (\"careful\") error checking. When this option is on, "
+"the printer driver will ensure that the printer is on-line and not reporting "
+"any out of paper or other errors before sending data. This is particularly "
+"useful for printers that normally appear to accept data when turned off."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta opción añade comprobaciones de error extra (la ce es de \"Cuidadoso\"). "
+"Cuando esta opción está a \"on\", o sea, activada, el controlador de "
+"impresora se asegurará de que la impresora esté enchufada y encendida y no "
+"informe de falta de papel o de otros errores antes de enviar datos. Esto es "
+"particularmente útil para impresoras que normalmente van y aceptan datos "
+"cuando están apagadas."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:49
-msgid "*NOTE*: This option is obsolete because it's the default in 2.1.131 kernel or later."
+msgid ""
+"*NOTE*: This option is obsolete because it's the default in 2.1.131 kernel "
+"or later."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:52
-msgid "This option returns the current printer status, both as a decimal number from 0..255, and as a list of active flags. When this option is specified, *-q* off, turning off the display of the current IRQ, is implied."
-msgstr "Esta opción devuelve el estado actual de la impresora, tanto como un número en base diez desde 0 a 255, como una lista de opciones activas. Cuando se especifica esta opción, se entiende *-q* off, o sea, que se desactiva el mostrar la IRQ actual."
+msgid ""
+"This option returns the current printer status, both as a decimal number "
+"from 0..255, and as a list of active flags. When this option is specified, *-"
+"q* off, turning off the display of the current IRQ, is implied."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta opción devuelve el estado actual de la impresora, tanto como un número "
+"en base diez desde 0 a 255, como una lista de opciones activas. Cuando se "
+"especifica esta opción, se entiende *-q* off, o sea, que se desactiva el "
+"mostrar la IRQ actual."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:55
-msgid "This option resets the port. It requires a Linux kernel version of 1.1.80 or later."
-msgstr "Esta opción pone el puerto en su estado inicial. Requiere un núcleo de Linux versión 1.1.80 ó superior."
+msgid ""
+"This option resets the port. It requires a Linux kernel version of 1.1.80 or "
+"later."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta opción pone el puerto en su estado inicial. Requiere un núcleo de Linux "
+"versión 1.1.80 ó superior."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:56
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:67
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*-o*, *-C*, and *-s* all require a Linux kernel version of 1.1.76 or later.\n"
-msgid "*-o*, *-C*, and *-s* all require a Linux kernel version of 1.1.76 or later."
-msgstr "*-o*, *-C* y *-s* requieren todos un núcleo de Linux con número de versión 1.1.76 ó posterior.\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*-o*, *-C*, and *-s* all require a Linux kernel version of 1.1.76 or "
+#| "later.\n"
+msgid ""
+"*-o*, *-C*, and *-s* all require a Linux kernel version of 1.1.76 or later."
+msgstr ""
+"*-o*, *-C* y *-s* requieren todos un núcleo de Linux con número de versión "
+"1.1.76 ó posterior.\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:69
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:49
-msgid "The *umount* command detaches the mentioned filesystem(s) from the file hierarchy. A filesystem is specified by giving the directory where it has been mounted. Giving the special device on which the filesystem lives may also work, but is obsolete, mainly because it will fail in case this device was mounted on more than one directory."
+msgid ""
+"The *umount* command detaches the mentioned filesystem(s) from the file "
+"hierarchy. A filesystem is specified by giving the directory where it has "
+"been mounted. Giving the special device on which the filesystem lives may "
+"also work, but is obsolete, mainly because it will fail in case this device "
+"was mounted on more than one directory."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:51
-msgid "Note that a filesystem cannot be unmounted when it is 'busy' - for example, when there are open files on it, or when some process has its working directory there, or when a swap file on it is in use. The offending process could even be *umount* itself - it opens libc, and libc in its turn may open for example locale files. A lazy unmount avoids this problem, but it may introduce other issues. See *--lazy* description below."
+msgid ""
+"Note that a filesystem cannot be unmounted when it is 'busy' - for example, "
+"when there are open files on it, or when some process has its working "
+"directory there, or when a swap file on it is in use. The offending process "
+"could even be *umount* itself - it opens libc, and libc in its turn may open "
+"for example locale files. A lazy unmount avoids this problem, but it may "
+"introduce other issues. See *--lazy* description below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:56
-msgid "All of the filesystems described in _/proc/self/mountinfo_ (or in deprecated _/etc/mtab_) are unmounted, except the proc, devfs, devpts, sysfs, rpc_pipefs and nfsd filesystems. This list of the filesystems may be replaced by *--types* umount option."
+msgid ""
+"All of the filesystems described in _/proc/self/mountinfo_ (or in deprecated "
+"_/etc/mtab_) are unmounted, except the proc, devfs, devpts, sysfs, "
+"rpc_pipefs and nfsd filesystems. This list of the filesystems may be "
+"replaced by *--types* umount option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:59
-msgid "Unmount all mountpoints in the current mount namespace for the specified filesystem. The filesystem can be specified by one of the mountpoints or the device name (or UUID, etc.). When this option is used together with *--recursive*, then all nested mounts within the filesystem are recursively unmounted. This option is only supported on systems where _/etc/mtab_ is a symlink to _/proc/mounts_."
+msgid ""
+"Unmount all mountpoints in the current mount namespace for the specified "
+"filesystem. The filesystem can be specified by one of the mountpoints or the "
+"device name (or UUID, etc.). When this option is used together with *--"
+"recursive*, then all nested mounts within the filesystem are recursively "
+"unmounted. This option is only supported on systems where _/etc/mtab_ is a "
+"symlink to _/proc/mounts_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:62
-msgid "Do not canonicalize paths. The paths canonicalization is based on *stat*(2) and *readlink*(2) system calls. These system calls may hang in some cases (for example on NFS if server is not available). The option has to be used with canonical path to the mount point."
+msgid ""
+"Do not canonicalize paths. The paths canonicalization is based on *stat*(2) "
+"and *readlink*(2) system calls. These system calls may hang in some cases "
+"(for example on NFS if server is not available). The option has to be used "
+"with canonical path to the mount point."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:66
-msgid "For more details about this option see the *mount*(8) man page. Note that *umount* does not pass this option to the **/sbin/umount.**__type__ helpers."
+msgid ""
+"For more details about this option see the *mount*(8) man page. Note that "
+"*umount* does not pass this option to the **/sbin/umount.**__type__ helpers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:69
-msgid "When the unmounted device was a loop device, also free this loop device. This option is unnecessary for devices initialized by *mount*(8), in this case \"autoclear\" functionality is enabled by default."
+msgid ""
+"When the unmounted device was a loop device, also free this loop device. "
+"This option is unnecessary for devices initialized by *mount*(8), in this "
+"case \"autoclear\" functionality is enabled by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:72
-msgid "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call or umount helper execution; this 'fakes' unmounting the filesystem. It can be used to remove entries from the deprecated _/etc/mtab_ that were unmounted earlier with the *-n* option."
+msgid ""
+"Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call or umount "
+"helper execution; this 'fakes' unmounting the filesystem. It can be used to "
+"remove entries from the deprecated _/etc/mtab_ that were unmounted earlier "
+"with the *-n* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:77
-msgid "Note that this option does not guarantee that umount command does not hang. It's strongly recommended to use absolute paths without symlinks to avoid unwanted *readlink*(2) and *stat*(2) system calls on unreachable NFS in *umount*."
+msgid ""
+"Note that this option does not guarantee that umount command does not hang. "
+"It's strongly recommended to use absolute paths without symlinks to avoid "
+"unwanted *readlink*(2) and *stat*(2) system calls on unreachable NFS in "
+"*umount*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:80
-msgid "Do not call the **/sbin/umount.**__filesystem__ helper even if it exists. By default such a helper program is called if it exists."
+msgid ""
+"Do not call the **/sbin/umount.**__filesystem__ helper even if it exists. By "
+"default such a helper program is called if it exists."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:83
-msgid "Lazy unmount. Detach the filesystem from the file hierarchy now, and clean up all references to this filesystem as soon as it is not busy anymore."
+msgid ""
+"Lazy unmount. Detach the filesystem from the file hierarchy now, and clean "
+"up all references to this filesystem as soon as it is not busy anymore."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:85
-msgid "A system reboot would be expected in near future if you're going to use this option for network filesystem or local filesystem with submounts. The recommended use-case for *umount -l* is to prevent hangs on shutdown due to an unreachable network share where a normal *umount* will hang due to a downed server or a network partition. Remounts of the share will not be possible."
+msgid ""
+"A system reboot would be expected in near future if you're going to use this "
+"option for network filesystem or local filesystem with submounts. The "
+"recommended use-case for *umount -l* is to prevent hangs on shutdown due to "
+"an unreachable network share where a normal *umount* will hang due to a "
+"downed server or a network partition. Remounts of the share will not be "
+"possible."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:88
-msgid "Perform *umount* in the mount namespace specified by _ns_. _ns_ is either PID of process running in that namespace or special file representing that namespace."
+msgid ""
+"Perform *umount* in the mount namespace specified by _ns_. _ns_ is either "
+"PID of process running in that namespace or special file representing that "
+"namespace."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:90
-msgid "*umount* switches to the namespace when it reads _/etc/fstab_, writes _/etc/mtab_ (or writes to _/run/mount_) and calls *umount*(2) system call, otherwise it runs in the original namespace. It means that the target mount namespace does not have to contain any libraries or other requirements necessary to execute *umount*(2) command."
+msgid ""
+"*umount* switches to the namespace when it reads _/etc/fstab_, writes _/etc/"
+"mtab_ (or writes to _/run/mount_) and calls *umount*(2) system call, "
+"otherwise it runs in the original namespace. It means that the target mount "
+"namespace does not have to contain any libraries or other requirements "
+"necessary to execute *umount*(2) command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:98
-msgid "Unmount only the filesystems that have the specified option set in _/etc/fstab_. More than one option may be specified in a comma-separated list. Each option can be prefixed with *no* to indicate that no action should be taken for this option."
+msgid ""
+"Unmount only the filesystems that have the specified option set in _/etc/"
+"fstab_. More than one option may be specified in a comma-separated list. "
+"Each option can be prefixed with *no* to indicate that no action should be "
+"taken for this option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:104
-msgid "Recursively unmount each specified directory. Recursion for each directory will stop if any unmount operation in the chain fails for any reason. The relationship between mountpoints is determined by _/proc/self/mountinfo_ entries. The filesystem must be specified by mountpoint path; a recursive unmount by device name (or UUID) is unsupported. Since version 2.37 it umounts also all over-mounted filesystems (more filesystems on the same mountpoint)."
+msgid ""
+"Recursively unmount each specified directory. Recursion for each directory "
+"will stop if any unmount operation in the chain fails for any reason. The "
+"relationship between mountpoints is determined by _/proc/self/mountinfo_ "
+"entries. The filesystem must be specified by mountpoint path; a recursive "
+"unmount by device name (or UUID) is unsupported. Since version 2.37 it "
+"umounts also all over-mounted filesystems (more filesystems on the same "
+"mountpoint)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:110
-msgid "Indicate that the actions should only be taken on filesystems of the specified _type_. More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with *no* to indicate that no action should be taken for all of the mentioned types. Note that *umount* reads information about mounted filesystems from kernel (_/proc/mounts_) and filesystem names may be different than filesystem names used in the _/etc/fstab_ (e.g., \"nfs4\" vs. \"nfs\")."
+msgid ""
+"Indicate that the actions should only be taken on filesystems of the "
+"specified _type_. More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated "
+"list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with *no* to indicate "
+"that no action should be taken for all of the mentioned types. Note that "
+"*umount* reads information about mounted filesystems from kernel (_/proc/"
+"mounts_) and filesystem names may be different than filesystem names used in "
+"the _/etc/fstab_ (e.g., \"nfs4\" vs. \"nfs\")."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:119
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Normally, only the superuser can mount filesystems. However, when I<fstab> contains the B<user> option on a line, anybody can mount the corresponding filesystem."
-msgid "Normally, only the superuser can umount filesystems. However, when _fstab_ contains the *user* option on a line, anybody can umount the corresponding filesystem. For more details see *mount*(8) man page."
-msgstr "Normalmente, sólo el superusuario puede montar sistemas de ficheros. Sin embargo, cuando I<fstab> contiene la opción B<user> en una línea, entonces cualquiera puede montar el sistema de ficheros correspondiente."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Normally, only the superuser can mount filesystems. However, when "
+#| "I<fstab> contains the B<user> option on a line, anybody can mount the "
+#| "corresponding filesystem."
+msgid ""
+"Normally, only the superuser can umount filesystems. However, when _fstab_ "
+"contains the *user* option on a line, anybody can umount the corresponding "
+"filesystem. For more details see *mount*(8) man page."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalmente, sólo el superusuario puede montar sistemas de ficheros. Sin "
+"embargo, cuando I<fstab> contiene la opción B<user> en una línea, entonces "
+"cualquiera puede montar el sistema de ficheros correspondiente."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:121
-msgid "Since version 2.34 the *umount* command can be used to perform umount operation also for fuse filesystems if kernel mount table contains user's ID. In this case _fstab_ *user=* mount option is not required."
+msgid ""
+"Since version 2.34 the *umount* command can be used to perform umount "
+"operation also for fuse filesystems if kernel mount table contains user's "
+"ID. In this case _fstab_ *user=* mount option is not required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:123
-msgid "Since version 2.35 *umount* command does not exit when user permissions are inadequate by internal *libmount* security rules. It drops suid permissions and continue as regular non-root user. This can be used to support use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
+msgid ""
+"Since version 2.35 *umount* command does not exit when user permissions are "
+"inadequate by internal *libmount* security rules. It drops suid permissions "
+"and continue as regular non-root user. This can be used to support use-cases "
+"where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse filesystems, user "
+"namespaces, etc)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:127
-msgid "The *umount* command will automatically detach loop device previously initialized by *mount*(8) command independently of _/etc/mtab_."
+msgid ""
+"The *umount* command will automatically detach loop device previously "
+"initialized by *mount*(8) command independently of _/etc/mtab_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:129
-msgid "In this case the device is initialized with \"autoclear\" flag (see *losetup*(8) output for more details), otherwise it's necessary to use the option *--detach-loop* or call *losetup -d* _device_. The autoclear feature is supported since Linux 2.6.25."
+msgid ""
+"In this case the device is initialized with \"autoclear\" flag (see "
+"*losetup*(8) output for more details), otherwise it's necessary to use the "
+"option *--detach-loop* or call *losetup -d* _device_. The autoclear feature "
+"is supported since Linux 2.6.25."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:131
-msgid "Note that since Linux v3.7 kernel uses \"lazy device destruction\". The system just marks the loop device by autoclear flag and destroys it later. If you need to wait for a complete removal of the loop device, call *udevadm settle* after *umount*."
+msgid ""
+"Note that since Linux v3.7 kernel uses \"lazy device destruction\". The "
+"system just marks the loop device by autoclear flag and destroys it later. "
+"If you need to wait for a complete removal of the loop device, call *udevadm "
+"settle* after *umount*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:161
-msgid "The command *umount -a* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or 64 (some failed, some succeeded)."
+msgid ""
+"The command *umount -a* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or 64 "
+"(some failed, some succeeded)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:164
-msgid "failed to execute external /sbin/umount.<type> mount helper (since util-linux v2.41)"
+msgid ""
+"failed to execute external /sbin/umount.<type> mount helper (since util-"
+"linux v2.41)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:171
-msgid "**umount.**__suffix__ {__directory__|_device_} [*-flnrv*] [*-N* _namespace_] [*-t* _type_._subtype_]"
+msgid ""
+"**umount.**__suffix__ {__directory__|_device_} [*-flnrv*] [*-N* _namespace_] "
+"[*-t* _type_._subtype_]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:174
-msgid "where _suffix_ is the filesystem type (or the value from a *uhelper=* or *helper=* marker in the mtab file). The *-t* option can be used for filesystems that have subtype support. For example:"
+msgid ""
+"where _suffix_ is the filesystem type (or the value from a *uhelper=* or "
+"*helper=* marker in the mtab file). The *-t* option can be used for "
+"filesystems that have subtype support. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:180
-msgid "A **uhelper=**__something__ marker (unprivileged helper) can appear in the _/etc/mtab_ file when ordinary users need to be able to unmount a mountpoint that is not defined in _/etc/fstab_ (for example for a device that was mounted by *udisks*(1))."
+msgid ""
+"A **uhelper=**__something__ marker (unprivileged helper) can appear in the _/"
+"etc/mtab_ file when ordinary users need to be able to unmount a mountpoint "
+"that is not defined in _/etc/fstab_ (for example for a device that was "
+"mounted by *udisks*(1))."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:182
-msgid "A **helper=**__type__ marker in the _mtab_ file will redirect all unmount requests to the **/sbin/umount.**__type__ helper independently of UID."
+msgid ""
+"A **helper=**__type__ marker in the _mtab_ file will redirect all unmount "
+"requests to the **/sbin/umount.**__type__ helper independently of UID."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:184
-msgid "Note that _/etc/mtab_ is currently deprecated and *helper=* and other userspace mount options are maintained by *libmount*."
+msgid ""
+"Note that _/etc/mtab_ is currently deprecated and *helper=* and other "
+"userspace mount options are maintained by *libmount*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:186
-msgid "The exit status value of the helper is returned as the exit status of *umount*(8). The value 126 is used if the mount helper program is found, but the execl() failed."
+msgid ""
+"The exit status value of the helper is returned as the exit status of "
+"*umount*(8). The value 126 is used if the mount helper program is found, but "
+"the execl() failed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:199
-msgid "table of mounted filesystems (deprecated and usually replaced by symlink to _/proc/mounts_)"
+msgid ""
+"table of mounted filesystems (deprecated and usually replaced by symlink to "
+"_/proc/mounts_)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:205
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Check to prevent fsck of mounted filesystem added by E<.MT quinlan@\\:yggdrasil.\\:com> Daniel Quinlan E<.ME .>"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Check to prevent fsck of mounted filesystem added by E<.MT quinlan@\\:"
+#| "yggdrasil.\\:com> Daniel Quinlan E<.ME .>"
msgid "table of mounted filesystems generated by kernel."
-msgstr "Comprobación para impedir fsck de sistemas de ficheros montados añadida por E<.MT quinlan@\\:yggdrasil.\\:com> Daniel Quinlan E<.ME .>"
+msgstr ""
+"Comprobación para impedir fsck de sistemas de ficheros montados añadida por "
+"E<.MT quinlan@\\:yggdrasil.\\:com> Daniel Quinlan E<.ME .>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:209
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:20
-msgid "The *unshare* command creates new namespaces (as specified by the command-line options described below) and then executes the specified _program_. If _program_ is not given, then \"${SHELL}\" is run (default: _/bin/sh_)."
+msgid ""
+"The *unshare* command creates new namespaces (as specified by the command-"
+"line options described below) and then executes the specified _program_. If "
+"_program_ is not given, then \"${SHELL}\" is run (default: _/bin/sh_)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:22
-msgid "By default, a new namespace persists only as long as it has member processes. A new namespace can be made persistent even when it has no member processes by bind mounting /proc/_pid_/ns/_type_ files to a filesystem path. A namespace that has been made persistent in this way can subsequently be entered with *nsenter*(1) even after the _program_ terminates (except PID namespaces where a permanently running init process is required). Once a persistent namespace is no longer needed, it can be unpersisted by using *umount*(8) to remove the bind mount. See the *EXAMPLES* section for more details."
+msgid ""
+"By default, a new namespace persists only as long as it has member "
+"processes. A new namespace can be made persistent even when it has no member "
+"processes by bind mounting /proc/_pid_/ns/_type_ files to a filesystem path. "
+"A namespace that has been made persistent in this way can subsequently be "
+"entered with *nsenter*(1) even after the _program_ terminates (except PID "
+"namespaces where a permanently running init process is required). Once a "
+"persistent namespace is no longer needed, it can be unpersisted by using "
+"*umount*(8) to remove the bind mount. See the *EXAMPLES* section for more "
+"details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:24
-msgid "*unshare* since util-linux version 2.36 uses _/proc/[pid]/ns/pid_for_children_ and _/proc/[pid]/ns/time_for_children_ files for persistent PID and TIME namespaces. This change requires Linux kernel 4.17 or newer."
+msgid ""
+"*unshare* since util-linux version 2.36 uses _/proc/[pid]/ns/"
+"pid_for_children_ and _/proc/[pid]/ns/time_for_children_ files for "
+"persistent PID and TIME namespaces. This change requires Linux kernel 4.17 "
+"or newer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:29
-msgid "Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the system, except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared (with *mount --make-shared*; see _/proc/self/mountinfo_ or *findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* for the *shared* flags). For further details, see *mount_namespaces*(7)."
+msgid ""
+"Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the system, "
+"except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared (with *mount --"
+"make-shared*; see _/proc/self/mountinfo_ or *findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* for the "
+"*shared* flags). For further details, see *mount_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:31
-msgid "*unshare* since util-linux version 2.27 automatically sets propagation to *private* in a new mount namespace to make sure that the new namespace is really unshared. It's possible to disable this feature with option *--propagation unchanged*. Note that *private* is the kernel default."
+msgid ""
+"*unshare* since util-linux version 2.27 automatically sets propagation to "
+"*private* in a new mount namespace to make sure that the new namespace is "
+"really unshared. It's possible to disable this feature with option *--"
+"propagation unchanged*. Note that *private* is the kernel default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:43
-msgid "Children will have a distinct set of PID-to-process mappings from their parent. For further details, see *pid_namespaces*(7)."
+msgid ""
+"Children will have a distinct set of PID-to-process mappings from their "
+"parent. For further details, see *pid_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:57
-msgid "Create a new IPC namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
+msgid ""
+"Create a new IPC namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
+"made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:60
-msgid "Create a new mount namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_. Note that _file_ must be located on a mount whose propagation type is not *shared* (or an error results). Use the command *findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* when not sure about the current setting. See also the examples below."
+msgid ""
+"Create a new mount namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
+"made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_. Note that _file_ must be "
+"located on a mount whose propagation type is not *shared* (or an error "
+"results). Use the command *findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* when not sure about the "
+"current setting. See also the examples below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:63
-msgid "Create a new network namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
+msgid ""
+"Create a new network namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace "
+"is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:66
-msgid "Create a new PID namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_. (Creation of a persistent PID namespace will fail if the *--fork* option is not also specified.)"
+msgid ""
+"Create a new PID namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
+"made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_. (Creation of a "
+"persistent PID namespace will fail if the *--fork* option is not also "
+"specified.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:71
-msgid "Create a new UTS namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
+msgid ""
+"Create a new UTS namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
+"made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:74
-msgid "Create a new user namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
+msgid ""
+"Create a new user namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
+"made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:77
-msgid "Create a new cgroup namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
+msgid ""
+"Create a new cgroup namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
+"made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:80
-msgid "Create a new time namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_. The *--monotonic* and *--boottime* options can be used to specify the corresponding offset in the time namespace."
+msgid ""
+"Create a new time namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
+"made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_. The *--monotonic* and *--"
+"boottime* options can be used to specify the corresponding offset in the "
+"time namespace."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:83
-msgid "Fork the specified _program_ as a child process of *unshare* rather than running it directly. This is useful when creating a new PID namespace. Note that when *unshare* is waiting for the child process, then it ignores *SIGINT* and *SIGTERM* and does not forward any signals to the child. It is necessary to send signals to the child process."
+msgid ""
+"Fork the specified _program_ as a child process of *unshare* rather than "
+"running it directly. This is useful when creating a new PID namespace. Note "
+"that when *unshare* is waiting for the child process, then it ignores "
+"*SIGINT* and *SIGTERM* and does not forward any signals to the child. It is "
+"necessary to send signals to the child process."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:89
-msgid "When *unshare* terminates, have _signame_ be sent to the forked child process. Combined with *--pid* this allows for an easy and reliable killing of the entire process tree below *unshare*. If not given, _signame_ defaults to *SIGKILL*. This option implies *--fork*."
+msgid ""
+"When *unshare* terminates, have _signame_ be sent to the forked child "
+"process. Combined with *--pid* this allows for an easy and reliable killing "
+"of the entire process tree below *unshare*. If not given, _signame_ defaults "
+"to *SIGKILL*. This option implies *--fork*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:92
-msgid "Just before running the program, mount the proc filesystem at _mountpoint_ (default is _/proc_). This is useful when creating a new PID namespace. It also implies creating a new mount namespace since the _/proc_ mount would otherwise mess up existing programs on the system. The new proc filesystem is explicitly mounted as private (with *MS_PRIVATE*|*MS_REC*)."
+msgid ""
+"Just before running the program, mount the proc filesystem at _mountpoint_ "
+"(default is _/proc_). This is useful when creating a new PID namespace. It "
+"also implies creating a new mount namespace since the _/proc_ mount would "
+"otherwise mess up existing programs on the system. The new proc filesystem "
+"is explicitly mounted as private (with *MS_PRIVATE*|*MS_REC*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:95
-msgid "Just before running the program, mount the binfmt_misc filesystem at _mountpoint_ (default is /proc/sys/fs/binfmt_misc). It also implies creating a new mount namespace since the binfmt_misc mount would otherwise mess up existing programs on the system. The new binfmt_misc filesystem is explicitly mounted as private (with *MS_PRIVATE*|*MS_REC*)."
+msgid ""
+"Just before running the program, mount the binfmt_misc filesystem at "
+"_mountpoint_ (default is /proc/sys/fs/binfmt_misc). It also implies "
+"creating a new mount namespace since the binfmt_misc mount would otherwise "
+"mess up existing programs on the system. The new binfmt_misc filesystem is "
+"explicitly mounted as private (with *MS_PRIVATE*|*MS_REC*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:98
-msgid "Run the program only after the current effective user ID has been mapped to _uid_. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes precedence. This option implies *--user*."
+msgid ""
+"Run the program only after the current effective user ID has been mapped to "
+"_uid_. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes "
+"precedence. This option implies *--user*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:101
-msgid "Run the program only after the block of user IDs of size _count_ beginning at _outeruid_ has been mapped to the block of user IDs beginning at _inneruid_. This mapping is created with **newuidmap**(1) if *unshare* was run unprivileged. If the range of user IDs overlaps with the mapping specified by *--map-user*, then a \"hole\" will be removed from the mapping. This may result in the highest user ID of the mapping not being mapped. Use *--map-users* multiple times to map more than one block of user IDs. The special value *auto* will map the first block of user IDs owned by the effective user from _/etc/subuid_ to a block starting at user ID 0. The special value *subids* will identity map the same block. The special value *all* will create a pass-through map for every user ID available in the parent namespace. This option implies *--user*."
+msgid ""
+"Run the program only after the block of user IDs of size _count_ beginning "
+"at _outeruid_ has been mapped to the block of user IDs beginning at "
+"_inneruid_. This mapping is created with **newuidmap**(1) if *unshare* was "
+"run unprivileged. If the range of user IDs overlaps with the mapping "
+"specified by *--map-user*, then a \"hole\" will be removed from the mapping. "
+"This may result in the highest user ID of the mapping not being mapped. Use "
+"*--map-users* multiple times to map more than one block of user IDs. The "
+"special value *auto* will map the first block of user IDs owned by the "
+"effective user from _/etc/subuid_ to a block starting at user ID 0. The "
+"special value *subids* will identity map the same block. The special value "
+"*all* will create a pass-through map for every user ID available in the "
+"parent namespace. This option implies *--user*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:103
-msgid "Before util-linux version 2.39, this option expected a comma-separated argument of the form _outeruid_**,**_inneruid_**,**_count_ but that format is now deprecated for consistency with the ordering used in _/proc/[pid]/uid_map_ and the _X-mount.idmap_ mount option."
+msgid ""
+"Before util-linux version 2.39, this option expected a comma-separated "
+"argument of the form _outeruid_**,**_inneruid_**,**_count_ but that format "
+"is now deprecated for consistency with the ordering used in _/proc/[pid]/"
+"uid_map_ and the _X-mount.idmap_ mount option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:106
-msgid "Run the program only after the current effective group ID has been mapped to _gid_. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes precedence. This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and *--user*."
+msgid ""
+"Run the program only after the current effective group ID has been mapped to "
+"_gid_. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes "
+"precedence. This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and *--user*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:109
-msgid "Run the program only after the block of group IDs of size _count_ beginning at _outergid_ has been mapped to the block of group IDs beginning at _innergid_. This mapping is created with **newgidmap**(1) if *unshare* was run unprivileged. If the range of group IDs overlaps with the mapping specified by *--map-group*, then a \"hole\" will be removed from the mapping. This may result in the highest group ID of the mapping not being mapped. Use *--map-groups* multiple times to map more than one block of group IDs. The special value *auto* will map the first block of user IDs owned by the effective user from _/etc/subgid_ to a block starting at group ID 0. The special value *subids* will identity map the same block. The special value *all* will create a pass-through map for every group ID available in the parent namespace. This option implies *--user*."
+msgid ""
+"Run the program only after the block of group IDs of size _count_ beginning "
+"at _outergid_ has been mapped to the block of group IDs beginning at "
+"_innergid_. This mapping is created with **newgidmap**(1) if *unshare* was "
+"run unprivileged. If the range of group IDs overlaps with the mapping "
+"specified by *--map-group*, then a \"hole\" will be removed from the "
+"mapping. This may result in the highest group ID of the mapping not being "
+"mapped. Use *--map-groups* multiple times to map more than one block of "
+"group IDs. The special value *auto* will map the first block of user IDs "
+"owned by the effective user from _/etc/subgid_ to a block starting at group "
+"ID 0. The special value *subids* will identity map the same block. The "
+"special value *all* will create a pass-through map for every group ID "
+"available in the parent namespace. This option implies *--user*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:111
-msgid "Before util-linux version 2.39, this option expected a comma-separated argument of the form _outergid_**,**_innergid_**,**_count_ but that format is now deprecated for consistency with the ordering used in _/proc/[pid]/gid_map_ and the _X-mount.idmap_ mount option."
+msgid ""
+"Before util-linux version 2.39, this option expected a comma-separated "
+"argument of the form _outergid_**,**_innergid_**,**_count_ but that format "
+"is now deprecated for consistency with the ordering used in _/proc/[pid]/"
+"gid_map_ and the _X-mount.idmap_ mount option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:114
-msgid "Map the first block of user IDs owned by the effective user from _/etc/subuid_ to a block starting at user ID 0. In the same manner, also map the first block of group IDs owned by the effective group from _/etc/subgid_ to a block starting at group ID 0. This option is intended to handle the common case where the first block of subordinate user and group IDs can map the whole user and group ID space. This option is equivalent to specifying *--map-users=auto* and *--map-groups=auto*."
+msgid ""
+"Map the first block of user IDs owned by the effective user from _/etc/"
+"subuid_ to a block starting at user ID 0. In the same manner, also map the "
+"first block of group IDs owned by the effective group from _/etc/subgid_ to "
+"a block starting at group ID 0. This option is intended to handle the common "
+"case where the first block of subordinate user and group IDs can map the "
+"whole user and group ID space. This option is equivalent to specifying *--"
+"map-users=auto* and *--map-groups=auto*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:117
-msgid "Identity map the first block of user IDs owned by the effective user from _/etc/subuid_. In the same manner, also identity map the first block of group IDs owned by the effective group from _/etc/subgid_. This option is equivalent to specifying *--map-users=subids* and *--map-groups=subids*."
+msgid ""
+"Identity map the first block of user IDs owned by the effective user from _/"
+"etc/subuid_. In the same manner, also identity map the first block of group "
+"IDs owned by the effective group from _/etc/subgid_. This option is "
+"equivalent to specifying *--map-users=subids* and *--map-groups=subids*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:120
-msgid "Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have been mapped to the superuser UID and GID in the newly created user namespace. This makes it possible to conveniently gain capabilities needed to manage various aspects of the newly created namespaces (such as configuring interfaces in the network namespace or mounting filesystems in the mount namespace) even when run unprivileged. As a mere convenience feature, it does not support more sophisticated use cases, such as mapping multiple ranges of UIDs and GIDs. This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and *--user*. This option is equivalent to *--map-user=0 --map-group=0*."
+msgid ""
+"Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have "
+"been mapped to the superuser UID and GID in the newly created user "
+"namespace. This makes it possible to conveniently gain capabilities needed "
+"to manage various aspects of the newly created namespaces (such as "
+"configuring interfaces in the network namespace or mounting filesystems in "
+"the mount namespace) even when run unprivileged. As a mere convenience "
+"feature, it does not support more sophisticated use cases, such as mapping "
+"multiple ranges of UIDs and GIDs. This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and "
+"*--user*. This option is equivalent to *--map-user=0 --map-group=0*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:123
-msgid "Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have been mapped to the same UID and GID in the newly created user namespace. This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and *--user*. This option is equivalent to *--map-user=$(id -ru) --map-group=$(id -rg)*."
+msgid ""
+"Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have "
+"been mapped to the same UID and GID in the newly created user namespace. "
+"This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and *--user*. This option is "
+"equivalent to *--map-user=$(id -ru) --map-group=$(id -rg)*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:126
-msgid "Recursively set the mount propagation flag in the new mount namespace. The default is to set the propagation to _private_. It is possible to disable this feature with the argument *unchanged*. The option is silently ignored when the mount namespace (*--mount*) is not requested."
+msgid ""
+"Recursively set the mount propagation flag in the new mount namespace. The "
+"default is to set the propagation to _private_. It is possible to disable "
+"this feature with the argument *unchanged*. The option is silently ignored "
+"when the mount namespace (*--mount*) is not requested."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:131
-msgid "To be able to call *setgroups*(2), the calling process must at least have *CAP_SETGID*. But since Linux 3.19 a further restriction applies: the kernel gives permission to call *setgroups*(2) only after the GID map (**/proc/**__pid__*/gid_map*) has been set. The GID map is writable by root when *setgroups*(2) is enabled (i.e., *allow*, the default), and the GID map becomes writable by unprivileged processes when *setgroups*(2) is permanently disabled (with *deny*)."
+msgid ""
+"To be able to call *setgroups*(2), the calling process must at least have "
+"*CAP_SETGID*. But since Linux 3.19 a further restriction applies: the kernel "
+"gives permission to call *setgroups*(2) only after the GID map (**/proc/"
+"**__pid__*/gid_map*) has been set. The GID map is writable by root when "
+"*setgroups*(2) is enabled (i.e., *allow*, the default), and the GID map "
+"becomes writable by unprivileged processes when *setgroups*(2) is "
+"permanently disabled (with *deny*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:143
-msgid "Set the group ID which will be used in the entered namespace and drop supplementary groups."
+msgid ""
+"Set the group ID which will be used in the entered namespace and drop "
+"supplementary groups."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:147
-msgid "Load binfmt_misc definition in the namespace (implies *--mount-binfmt*). The __string__ argument is ``:name:type:offset:magic:mask:interpreter:flags``. For more details about new binary type registration see https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/admin-guide/binfmt-misc.rst. To manage the F flag in ``flags`` with *--root* parameter, binfmt_misc is mounted twice, once before the chroot to load the interpreter from the caller filesystem and once after to make it available from the chroot userspace."
+msgid ""
+"Load binfmt_misc definition in the namespace (implies *--mount-binfmt*). The "
+"__string__ argument is ``:name:type:offset:magic:mask:interpreter:flags``. "
+"For more details about new binary type registration see https://www.kernel."
+"org/doc/Documentation/admin-guide/binfmt-misc.rst. To manage the F flag in "
+"``flags`` with *--root* parameter, binfmt_misc is mounted twice, once before "
+"the chroot to load the interpreter from the caller filesystem and once after "
+"to make it available from the chroot userspace."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:150
-msgid "Set the offset of *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* which will be used in the entered time namespace. This option requires unsharing a time namespace with *--time*."
+msgid ""
+"Set the offset of *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* which will be used in the entered time "
+"namespace. This option requires unsharing a time namespace with *--time*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:153
-msgid "Set the offset of *CLOCK_BOOTTIME* which will be used in the entered time namespace. This option requires unsharing a time namespace with *--time*."
+msgid ""
+"Set the offset of *CLOCK_BOOTTIME* which will be used in the entered time "
+"namespace. This option requires unsharing a time namespace with *--time*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:159
-msgid "The proc and sysfs filesystems mounting as root in a user namespace have to be restricted so that a less privileged user cannot get more access to sensitive files that a more privileged user made unavailable. In short the rule for proc and sysfs is as close to a bind mount as possible."
+msgid ""
+"The proc and sysfs filesystems mounting as root in a user namespace have to "
+"be restricted so that a less privileged user cannot get more access to "
+"sensitive files that a more privileged user made unavailable. In short the "
+"rule for proc and sysfs is as close to a bind mount as possible."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:163
-msgid "The following command creates a PID namespace, using *--fork* to ensure that the executed command is performed in a child process that (being the first process in the namespace) has PID 1. The *--mount-proc* option ensures that a new mount namespace is also simultaneously created and that a new *proc*(5) filesystem is mounted that contains information corresponding to the new PID namespace. When the *readlink*(1) command terminates, the new namespaces are automatically torn down."
+msgid ""
+"The following command creates a PID namespace, using *--fork* to ensure that "
+"the executed command is performed in a child process that (being the first "
+"process in the namespace) has PID 1. The *--mount-proc* option ensures that "
+"a new mount namespace is also simultaneously created and that a new "
+"*proc*(5) filesystem is mounted that contains information corresponding to "
+"the new PID namespace. When the *readlink*(1) command terminates, the new "
+"namespaces are automatically torn down."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:170
-msgid "As an unprivileged user, create a new user namespace where the user's credentials are mapped to the root IDs inside the namespace:"
+msgid ""
+"As an unprivileged user, create a new user namespace where the user's "
+"credentials are mapped to the root IDs inside the namespace:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:183
-msgid "As an unprivileged user, create a user namespace where the first 65536 IDs are all mapped, and the user's credentials are mapped to the root IDs inside the namespace. The map is determined by the subordinate IDs assigned in *subuid*(5) and *subgid*(5). Demonstrate this mapping by creating a file with user ID 1 and group ID 1. For brevity, only the user ID mappings are shown:"
+msgid ""
+"As an unprivileged user, create a user namespace where the first 65536 IDs "
+"are all mapped, and the user's credentials are mapped to the root IDs inside "
+"the namespace. The map is determined by the subordinate IDs assigned in "
+"*subuid*(5) and *subgid*(5). Demonstrate this mapping by creating a file "
+"with user ID 1 and group ID 1. For brevity, only the user ID mappings are "
+"shown:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:204
-msgid "The first of the following commands creates a new persistent UTS namespace and modifies the hostname as seen in that namespace. The namespace is then entered with *nsenter*(1) in order to display the modified hostname; this step demonstrates that the UTS namespace continues to exist even though the namespace had no member processes after the *unshare* command terminated. The namespace is then destroyed by removing the bind mount."
+msgid ""
+"The first of the following commands creates a new persistent UTS namespace "
+"and modifies the hostname as seen in that namespace. The namespace is then "
+"entered with *nsenter*(1) in order to display the modified hostname; this "
+"step demonstrates that the UTS namespace continues to exist even though the "
+"namespace had no member processes after the *unshare* command terminated. "
+"The namespace is then destroyed by removing the bind mount."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:214
-msgid "The following commands establish a persistent mount namespace referenced by the bind mount _/root/namespaces/mnt_. In order to ensure that the creation of that bind mount succeeds, the parent directory (_/root/namespaces_) is made a bind mount whose propagation type is not *shared*."
+msgid ""
+"The following commands establish a persistent mount namespace referenced by "
+"the bind mount _/root/namespaces/mnt_. In order to ensure that the creation "
+"of that bind mount succeeds, the parent directory (_/root/namespaces_) is "
+"made a bind mount whose propagation type is not *shared*."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:223
-msgid "The following commands demonstrate the use of the *--kill-child* option when creating a PID namespace, in order to ensure that when *unshare* is killed, all of the processes within the PID namespace are killed."
+msgid ""
+"The following commands demonstrate the use of the *--kill-child* option when "
+"creating a PID namespace, in order to ensure that when *unshare* is killed, "
+"all of the processes within the PID namespace are killed."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:242
-msgid "The *pidof*(1) command prints no output, because the *sleep* processes have been killed. More precisely, when the *sleep* process that has PID 1 in the namespace (i.e., the namespace's init process) was killed, this caused all other processes in the namespace to be killed. By contrast, a similar series of commands where the *--kill-child* option is not used shows that when *unshare* terminates, the processes in the PID namespace are not killed:"
+msgid ""
+"The *pidof*(1) command prints no output, because the *sleep* processes have "
+"been killed. More precisely, when the *sleep* process that has PID 1 in the "
+"namespace (i.e., the namespace's init process) was killed, this caused all "
+"other processes in the namespace to be killed. By contrast, a similar series "
+"of commands where the *--kill-child* option is not used shows that when "
+"*unshare* terminates, the processes in the PID namespace are not killed:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:258
-msgid "The following example demonstrates the creation of a time namespace where the boottime clock is set to a point several years in the past:"
+msgid ""
+"The following example demonstrates the creation of a time namespace where "
+"the boottime clock is set to a point several years in the past:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:267
-msgid "The following example execute a chroot into the directory /chroot/powerpc/jessie and install the interpreter /bin/qemu-ppc-static to execute the powerpc binaries."
+msgid ""
+"The following example execute a chroot into the directory /chroot/powerpc/"
+"jessie and install the interpreter /bin/qemu-ppc-static to execute the "
+"powerpc binaries."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:274
-msgid "is the name of the new file created below ``/proc/sys/fs/binfmt_misc`` to register the interpreter"
+msgid ""
+"is the name of the new file created below ``/proc/sys/fs/binfmt_misc`` to "
+"register the interpreter"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:276
-msgid "is the magic number to recognize the file to interpret (in this case, the ELF header for PPC32)"
+msgid ""
+"is the magic number to recognize the file to interpret (in this case, the "
+"ELF header for PPC32)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:279
-msgid "the file is open by the kernel with credential and security tokens of the file itself and loaded as soon as we register it."
+msgid ""
+"the file is open by the kernel with credential and security tokens of the "
+"file itself and loaded as soon as we register it."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:284
-msgid "mailto:dottedmag@dottedmag.net[Mikhail Gusarov], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgstr "mailto:dottedmag@dottedmag.net[Mikhail Gusarov], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid ""
+"mailto:dottedmag@dottedmag.net[Mikhail Gusarov], mailto:kzak@redhat."
+"com[Karel Zak]"
+msgstr ""
+"mailto:dottedmag@dottedmag.net[Mikhail Gusarov], mailto:kzak@redhat."
+"com[Karel Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:293
#| "*unshare*(2),\n"
#| "*namespaces*(7),\n"
#| "*mount*(8)\n"
-msgid "*newuidmap*(1), *newgidmap*(1), *clone*(2), *unshare*(2), *namespaces*(7), *mount*(8)"
+msgid ""
+"*newuidmap*(1), *newgidmap*(1), *clone*(2), *unshare*(2), *namespaces*(7), "
+"*mount*(8)"
msgstr ""
"*clone*(2),\n"
"*unshare*(2),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:20
-msgid "Show hardware watchdog status. The default device is _/dev/watchdog_. If more than one device is specified then the output is separated by one blank line."
+msgid ""
+"Show hardware watchdog status. The default device is _/dev/watchdog_. If "
+"more than one device is specified then the output is separated by one blank "
+"line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:22
-msgid "If the device is already used or user has no permissions to read from the device, then *wdctl* reads data from sysfs. In this case information about supported features (flags) might be missing."
+msgid ""
+"If the device is already used or user has no permissions to read from the "
+"device, then *wdctl* reads data from sysfs. In this case information about "
+"supported features (flags) might be missing."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:24
-msgid "Note that the number of supported watchdog features is hardware specific."
+msgid ""
+"Note that the number of supported watchdog features is hardware specific."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:41
-msgid "Define the output columns to use in table of watchdog flags. If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get list of all supported columns."
+msgid ""
+"Define the output columns to use in table of watchdog flags. If no output "
+"arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get "
+"list of all supported columns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:44
-msgid "Print all wanted information on one line in key=\"value\" output format."
+msgid ""
+"Print all wanted information on one line in key=\"value\" output format."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:50
-msgid "Set the watchdog pre-timeout in seconds. A watchdog pre-timeout is a notification generated by the watchdog before the watchdog reset might occur in the event the watchdog has not been serviced. This notification is handled by the kernel and can be configured to take an action using sysfs or by *--setpregovernor*."
+msgid ""
+"Set the watchdog pre-timeout in seconds. A watchdog pre-timeout is a "
+"notification generated by the watchdog before the watchdog reset might occur "
+"in the event the watchdog has not been serviced. This notification is "
+"handled by the kernel and can be configured to take an action using sysfs or "
+"by *--setpregovernor*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:53
-msgid "Set pre-timeout governor name. For available governors see default **wdctl** output."
+msgid ""
+"Set pre-timeout governor name. For available governors see default **wdctl** "
+"output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:72
-msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:lennart@poettering.net[Lennart Poettering]"
-msgstr "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:lennart@poettering.net[Lennart Poettering]"
+msgid ""
+"mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:lennart@poettering.net[Lennart "
+"Poettering]"
+msgstr ""
+"mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:lennart@poettering.net[Lennart "
+"Poettering]"
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:2
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:30
-msgid "*zramctl* [*-f* | _zramdev_] [*-s* _size_] [*-t* _number_] [*-a* _algorithm_]"
+msgid ""
+"*zramctl* [*-f* | _zramdev_] [*-s* _size_] [*-t* _number_] [*-a* _algorithm_]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:34
-msgid "*zramctl* is used to quickly set up zram device parameters, to reset zram devices, and to query the status of used zram devices."
+msgid ""
+"*zramctl* is used to quickly set up zram device parameters, to reset zram "
+"devices, and to query the status of used zram devices."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:38
-msgid "Note that _zramdev_ node specified on command line has to already exist. The command *zramctl* creates a new _/dev/zram<N>_ nodes only when *--find* option specified. It's possible (and common) that after system boot _/dev/zram<N>_ nodes are not created yet."
+msgid ""
+"Note that _zramdev_ node specified on command line has to already exist. The "
+"command *zramctl* creates a new _/dev/zram<N>_ nodes only when *--find* "
+"option specified. It's possible (and common) that after system boot _/dev/"
+"zram<N>_ nodes are not created yet."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:43
-msgid "Set the compression algorithm to be used for compressing data in the zram device."
+msgid ""
+"Set the compression algorithm to be used for compressing data in the zram "
+"device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:45
-msgid "The *list of supported algorithms could be inaccurate* as it depends on the current kernel configuration. A basic overview can be obtained by using the command \"cat /sys/block/zram0/comp_algorithm\"; however, please note that this list might also be incomplete. This is due to the fact that ZRAM utilizes the Crypto API, and if certain algorithms were built as modules, it becomes impossible to enumerate all of them."
+msgid ""
+"The *list of supported algorithms could be inaccurate* as it depends on the "
+"current kernel configuration. A basic overview can be obtained by using the "
+"command \"cat /sys/block/zram0/comp_algorithm\"; however, please note that "
+"this list might also be incomplete. This is due to the fact that ZRAM "
+"utilizes the Crypto API, and if certain algorithms were built as modules, it "
+"becomes impossible to enumerate all of them."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:48
-msgid "Find the first unused zram device. If a *--size* argument is present, then initialize the device."
+msgid ""
+"Find the first unused zram device. If a *--size* argument is present, then "
+"initialize the device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:54
-msgid "Define the status output columns to be used. If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns."
+msgid ""
+"Define the status output columns to be used. If no output arrangement is "
+"specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
+"supported columns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:56
-msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _+list_ (e.g., *zramctl -o+COMP-RATIO*)."
+msgid ""
+"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
+"format _+list_ (e.g., *zramctl -o+COMP-RATIO*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:59
-msgid "Set the algorithm parameters, for example, *level=9 dict=/etc/dictionary* to set compression level and pre-trained dictionary. Parameters are algorithm specific."
+msgid ""
+"Set the algorithm parameters, for example, *level=9 dict=/etc/dictionary* to "
+"set compression level and pre-trained dictionary. Parameters are algorithm "
+"specific."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:68
-msgid "Reset the options of the specified zram device(s). Zram device settings can be changed only after a reset."
+msgid ""
+"Reset the options of the specified zram device(s). Zram device settings can "
+"be changed only after a reset."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:71
-msgid "Create a zram device of the specified _size_. Zram devices are aligned to memory pages; when the requested _size_ is not a multiple of the page size, it will be rounded up to the next multiple. When not otherwise specified, the unit of the _size_ parameter is bytes."
+msgid ""
+"Create a zram device of the specified _size_. Zram devices are aligned to "
+"memory pages; when the requested _size_ is not a multiple of the page size, "
+"it will be rounded up to the next multiple. When not otherwise specified, "
+"the unit of the _size_ parameter is bytes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:73
-msgid "The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
+msgid ""
+"The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB "
+"(=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB "
+"(the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the "
+"suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and "
+"YB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:76
-msgid "Set the maximum number of compression streams that can be used for the device. The default is use all CPUs and one stream for kernels older than 4.6."
+msgid ""
+"Set the maximum number of compression streams that can be used for the "
+"device. The default is use all CPUs and one stream for kernels older than "
+"4.6."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:82
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The exit status returned by B<mkfs> is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The exit status returned by B<mkfs> is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
msgid "*zramctl* returns 0 on success, nonzero on failure."
-msgstr "El código de salida devuelto por B<mkfs> es 0 si acaba con éxito y 1 si acaba en fallo."
+msgstr ""
+"El código de salida devuelto por B<mkfs> es 0 si acaba con éxito y 1 si "
+"acaba en fallo."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:85
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:91
-msgid "The following commands set up a zram device with a size of one gigabyte and use it as swap device."
+msgid ""
+"The following commands set up a zram device with a size of one gigabyte and "
+"use it as swap device."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:106
-msgid "mailto:nefelim4ag@gmail.com[Timofey Titovets], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgstr "mailto:nefelim4ag@gmail.com[Timofey Titovets], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid ""
+"mailto:nefelim4ag@gmail.com[Timofey Titovets], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel "
+"Zak]"
+msgstr ""
+"mailto:nefelim4ag@gmail.com[Timofey Titovets], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel "
+"Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:110
-msgid "link:https://docs.kernel.org/admin-guide/blockdev/zram.html[Linux kernel documentation]"
+msgid ""
+"link:https://docs.kernel.org/admin-guide/blockdev/zram.html[Linux kernel "
+"documentation]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:20
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*agetty* opens a tty port, prompts for a login name and invokes the /bin/login command. It is normally invoked by *init*(8).\n"
-msgid "*agetty* opens a tty port, prompts for a login name and invokes the /bin/login command. It is normally invoked by *init*(8)."
-msgstr "*agetty* abre un puerto tty, pide un nombre de entrada y ejecuta la orden /bin/login. Es llamado normalmente por *init*(8).\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*agetty* opens a tty port, prompts for a login name and invokes the /bin/"
+#| "login command. It is normally invoked by *init*(8).\n"
+msgid ""
+"*agetty* opens a tty port, prompts for a login name and invokes the /bin/"
+"login command. It is normally invoked by *init*(8)."
+msgstr ""
+"*agetty* abre un puerto tty, pide un nombre de entrada y ejecuta la orden /"
+"bin/login. Es llamado normalmente por *init*(8).\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:22
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*agetty* has several _non-standard_ features that are useful for hardwired and for dial-in lines:\n"
-msgid "*agetty* has several _non-standard_ features that are useful for hardwired and for dial-in lines:"
-msgstr "*agetty* tiene algunas características _no-estandares_ que son útiles para líneas de cable y para líneas telefónicas:\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*agetty* has several _non-standard_ features that are useful for "
+#| "hardwired and for dial-in lines:\n"
+msgid ""
+"*agetty* has several _non-standard_ features that are useful for hardwired "
+"and for dial-in lines:"
+msgstr ""
+"*agetty* tiene algunas características _no-estandares_ que son útiles para "
+"líneas de cable y para líneas telefónicas:\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:24
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Adapts the tty settings to parity bits and to erase, kill, end-of-line and uppercase characters when it reads a login name. The program can handle 7-bit characters with even, odd, none or space parity, and 8-bit characters with no parity. The following special characters are recognized: @ and Control-U (kill); #, DEL and back space (erase); carriage return and line feed (end of line)."
-msgid "Adapts the tty settings to parity bits and to erase, kill, end-of-line and uppercase characters when it reads a login name. The program can handle 7-bit characters with even, odd, none or space parity, and 8-bit characters with no parity. The following special characters are recognized: Control-U (kill); DEL and backspace (erase); carriage return and line feed (end of line). See also the *--erase-chars* and *--kill-chars* options."
-msgstr "Adapta los parámetros de la tty en bits de paridad y en los caracteres de borrado(erase), cierre(kill), fin-de-línea y mayúsculas cuando lee el nombre de entrada. El programa puede manejar caracteres de 7-bit con paridad par, impar, ninguna o espacio , y caracteres de 8-bit sin paridad. Los siguientes caracteres especiales son reconocidos: @ y Control-U (kill); #, DEL y borrado (erase); retorno de carro y salto de línea (end of line)."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Adapts the tty settings to parity bits and to erase, kill, end-of-line "
+#| "and uppercase characters when it reads a login name. The program can "
+#| "handle 7-bit characters with even, odd, none or space parity, and 8-bit "
+#| "characters with no parity. The following special characters are "
+#| "recognized: @ and Control-U (kill); #, DEL and back space (erase); "
+#| "carriage return and line feed (end of line)."
+msgid ""
+"Adapts the tty settings to parity bits and to erase, kill, end-of-line and "
+"uppercase characters when it reads a login name. The program can handle 7-"
+"bit characters with even, odd, none or space parity, and 8-bit characters "
+"with no parity. The following special characters are recognized: Control-U "
+"(kill); DEL and backspace (erase); carriage return and line feed (end of "
+"line). See also the *--erase-chars* and *--kill-chars* options."
+msgstr ""
+"Adapta los parámetros de la tty en bits de paridad y en los caracteres de "
+"borrado(erase), cierre(kill), fin-de-línea y mayúsculas cuando lee el nombre "
+"de entrada. El programa puede manejar caracteres de 7-bit con paridad par, "
+"impar, ninguna o espacio , y caracteres de 8-bit sin paridad. Los siguientes "
+"caracteres especiales son reconocidos: @ y Control-U (kill); #, DEL y "
+"borrado (erase); retorno de carro y salto de línea (end of line)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:25
-msgid "Optionally deduces the baud rate from the CONNECT messages produced by Hayes(tm)-compatible modems."
-msgstr "Opcionalmente deduce el ratio de baudios de los mensajes de CONNECT producidos por los módems compatibles Hayes(tm)."
+msgid ""
+"Optionally deduces the baud rate from the CONNECT messages produced by "
+"Hayes(tm)-compatible modems."
+msgstr ""
+"Opcionalmente deduce el ratio de baudios de los mensajes de CONNECT "
+"producidos por los módems compatibles Hayes(tm)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:26
-msgid "Optionally does not hang up when it is given an already opened line (useful for call-back applications)."
-msgstr "Opcionalmente no cuelga cuando se le da una línea ya abierta (útil para aplicaciones con llamada de respuesta)."
+msgid ""
+"Optionally does not hang up when it is given an already opened line (useful "
+"for call-back applications)."
+msgstr ""
+"Opcionalmente no cuelga cuando se le da una línea ya abierta (útil para "
+"aplicaciones con llamada de respuesta)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:27
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:28
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Optionally displays an alternative issue file instead of I</etc/issue>."
-msgid "Optionally displays an alternative issue files or directories instead of _/etc/issue_ or _/etc/issue.d_."
-msgstr "Opcionalmente muestra un fichero issue alternativo en vez de I</etc/issue>."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Optionally displays an alternative issue file instead of I</etc/issue>."
+msgid ""
+"Optionally displays an alternative issue files or directories instead of _/"
+"etc/issue_ or _/etc/issue.d_."
+msgstr ""
+"Opcionalmente muestra un fichero issue alternativo en vez de I</etc/issue>."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:29
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:30
-msgid "Optionally invokes a non-standard login program instead of _/bin/login_."
-msgstr "Opcionalmente invoca un programa de acceso no estándar en vez de _/bin/login_."
+msgid ""
+"Optionally invokes a non-standard login program instead of _/bin/login_."
+msgstr ""
+"Opcionalmente invoca un programa de acceso no estándar en vez de _/bin/"
+"login_."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:31
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:32
msgid "Optionally forces the line to be local with no need for carrier detect."
-msgstr "Opcionalmente fuerza a la línea a ser local sin necesidad de detectar la portadora."
+msgstr ""
+"Opcionalmente fuerza a la línea a ser local sin necesidad de detectar la "
+"portadora."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:34
-msgid "This program does not use the _/etc/gettydefs_ (System V) or _/etc/gettytab_ (SunOS 4) files."
-msgstr "Este programa no utiliza los ficheros _/etc/gettydefs_ (Sistema V) o _/etc/gettytab_ (SunOS 4)."
+msgid ""
+"This program does not use the _/etc/gettydefs_ (System V) or _/etc/gettytab_ "
+"(SunOS 4) files."
+msgstr ""
+"Este programa no utiliza los ficheros _/etc/gettydefs_ (Sistema V) o _/etc/"
+"gettytab_ (SunOS 4)."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:37
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:39
-msgid "A path name relative to the _/dev_ directory. If a \"-\" is specified, *agetty* assumes that its standard input is already connected to a tty port and that a connection to a remote user has already been established."
-msgstr "Un nombre de path relativo al directorio _/dev_. Si se especifica un \"-\", _agetty_ asume que su entrada estándar ya está conectada con un puerto tty y que la conexión con un usuario remoto ya ha sido establecida."
+msgid ""
+"A path name relative to the _/dev_ directory. If a \"-\" is specified, "
+"*agetty* assumes that its standard input is already connected to a tty port "
+"and that a connection to a remote user has already been established."
+msgstr ""
+"Un nombre de path relativo al directorio _/dev_. Si se especifica un \"-\", "
+"_agetty_ asume que su entrada estándar ya está conectada con un puerto tty y "
+"que la conexión con un usuario remoto ya ha sido establecida."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:41
msgid "Under System V, a \"-\" _port_ argument should be preceded by a \"--\"."
-msgstr "Bajo Sistema V, un argumento \"-\" _puerto_ debe ir precedido por un \"--\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Bajo Sistema V, un argumento \"-\" _puerto_ debe ir precedido por un \"--\"."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:42
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:44
-msgid "A comma-separated list of one or more baud rates. Each time *agetty* receives a BREAK character it advances through the list, which is treated as if it were circular."
-msgstr "Una lista, separada por comas, de uno o más ratios de baudios. Cada vez que *agetty* recibe un caracter de BREAK avanza a través de la lista , la cual se trata como si fuera circular."
+msgid ""
+"A comma-separated list of one or more baud rates. Each time *agetty* "
+"receives a BREAK character it advances through the list, which is treated as "
+"if it were circular."
+msgstr ""
+"Una lista, separada por comas, de uno o más ratios de baudios. Cada vez que "
+"*agetty* recibe un caracter de BREAK avanza a través de la lista , la cual "
+"se trata como si fuera circular."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:46
-msgid "Baud rates should be specified in descending order, so that the null character (Ctrl-@) can also be used for baud-rate switching."
-msgstr "Los ratios de baudios se deberían especificar en orden descendente, para que el caracter nulo (Ctrl-@) pueda también ser usado para ir cambiando de ratio de baudios."
+msgid ""
+"Baud rates should be specified in descending order, so that the null "
+"character (Ctrl-@) can also be used for baud-rate switching."
+msgstr ""
+"Los ratios de baudios se deberían especificar en orden descendente, para que "
+"el caracter nulo (Ctrl-@) pueda también ser usado para ir cambiando de ratio "
+"de baudios."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:48
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:50
-msgid "The default for *serial terminals* is keep the current baud rate (see *--keep-baud*) and if unsuccessful then default to '9600'."
+msgid ""
+"The default for *serial terminals* is keep the current baud rate (see *--"
+"keep-baud*) and if unsuccessful then default to '9600'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:53
-msgid "The value to be used for the *TERM* environment variable. This overrides whatever *init*(1) may have set, and is inherited by login and the shell."
-msgstr "El valor para ser usado por la variable de entorno *TERM*. Esto reemplaza cualquier otro valor que *init*(1) pueda haber establecido, y es heredado por login y por el shell."
+msgid ""
+"The value to be used for the *TERM* environment variable. This overrides "
+"whatever *init*(1) may have set, and is inherited by login and the shell."
+msgstr ""
+"El valor para ser usado por la variable de entorno *TERM*. Esto reemplaza "
+"cualquier otro valor que *init*(1) pueda haber establecido, y es heredado "
+"por login y por el shell."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:55
-msgid "The default is 'vt100', or 'linux' for Linux on a virtual terminal, or 'hurd' for GNU Hurd on a virtual terminal."
+msgid ""
+"The default is 'vt100', or 'linux' for Linux on a virtual terminal, or "
+"'hurd' for GNU Hurd on a virtual terminal."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:63
-msgid "Automatically log in the specified user without asking for a username or password. Using this option causes an *-f* _username_ option and argument to be added to the */bin/login* command line. See *--login-options*, which can be used to modify this option's behavior."
+msgid ""
+"Automatically log in the specified user without asking for a username or "
+"password. Using this option causes an *-f* _username_ option and argument to "
+"be added to the */bin/login* command line. See *--login-options*, which can "
+"be used to modify this option's behavior."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:65
-msgid "Note that *--autologin* may affect the way in which *getty* initializes the serial line, because on auto-login *agetty* does not read from the line and it has no opportunity optimize the line setting."
+msgid ""
+"Note that *--autologin* may affect the way in which *getty* initializes the "
+"serial line, because on auto-login *agetty* does not read from the line and "
+"it has no opportunity optimize the line setting."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:68
-msgid "Do not reset terminal cflags (control modes). See *termios*(3) for more details."
+msgid ""
+"Do not reset terminal cflags (control modes). See *termios*(3) for more "
+"details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:71
-msgid "Typically the *login*(1) command is given a remote hostname when called by something such as *telnetd*(8). This option allows *agetty* to pass what it is using for a hostname to *login*(1) for use in *utmp*(5). See *--host*, *login*(1), and *utmp*(5)."
+msgid ""
+"Typically the *login*(1) command is given a remote hostname when called by "
+"something such as *telnetd*(8). This option allows *agetty* to pass what it "
+"is using for a hostname to *login*(1) for use in *utmp*(5). See *--host*, "
+"*login*(1), and *utmp*(5)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:73
-msgid "If the *--host* _fakehost_ option is given, then an *-h* _fakehost_ option and argument are added to the _/bin/login_ command line."
+msgid ""
+"If the *--host* _fakehost_ option is given, then an *-h* _fakehost_ option "
+"and argument are added to the _/bin/login_ command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:75
-msgid "If the *--nohostname* option is given, then an *-H* option is added to the */bin/login* command line."
+msgid ""
+"If the *--nohostname* option is given, then an *-H* option is added to the */"
+"bin/login* command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:80
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Display the contents of I<issue_file> instead of I</etc/issue>. This allows custom messages to be displayed on different terminals. The -i option will override this option."
-msgid "Specifies a \":\" delimited list of files and directories to be displayed instead of _/etc/issue_ (or other). All specified files and directories are displayed, missing or empty files are silently ignored. If the specified path is a directory then display all files with __.issue__ file extension in version-sort order from the directory. This allows custom messages to be displayed on different terminals. The *--noissue* option will override this option."
-msgstr "Muestra el contenido del fichero I<fichero_issue> en vez de I</etc/issue>. Esto permite que se muestren distintos mensajes en terminales diferentes. La opción -i reemplazará a esta opción."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Display the contents of I<issue_file> instead of I</etc/issue>. This "
+#| "allows custom messages to be displayed on different terminals. The -i "
+#| "option will override this option."
+msgid ""
+"Specifies a \":\" delimited list of files and directories to be displayed "
+"instead of _/etc/issue_ (or other). All specified files and directories are "
+"displayed, missing or empty files are silently ignored. If the specified "
+"path is a directory then display all files with __.issue__ file extension in "
+"version-sort order from the directory. This allows custom messages to be "
+"displayed on different terminals. The *--noissue* option will override this "
+"option."
+msgstr ""
+"Muestra el contenido del fichero I<fichero_issue> en vez de I</etc/issue>. "
+"Esto permite que se muestren distintos mensajes en terminales diferentes. "
+"La opción -i reemplazará a esta opción."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:81
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:83
-msgid "Display the current issue file (or other) on the current terminal and exit. Use this option to review the current setting, it is not designed for any other purpose. Note that output may use some default or incomplete information as proper output depends on terminal and *agetty* command line."
+msgid ""
+"Display the current issue file (or other) on the current terminal and exit. "
+"Use this option to review the current setting, it is not designed for any "
+"other purpose. Note that output may use some default or incomplete "
+"information as proper output depends on terminal and *agetty* command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:86
-msgid "Enable hardware (RTS/CTS) flow control. It is left up to the application to disable software (XON/XOFF) flow protocol where appropriate."
-msgstr "Activar el control de flujo por hardware (RTS/CTS). Se deja a la aplicación el desactivar el protocolo de flujo por software (XON/XOFF) cuando sea adecuado."
+msgid ""
+"Enable hardware (RTS/CTS) flow control. It is left up to the application to "
+"disable software (XON/XOFF) flow protocol where appropriate."
+msgstr ""
+"Activar el control de flujo por hardware (RTS/CTS). Se deja a la aplicación "
+"el desactivar el protocolo de flujo por software (XON/XOFF) cuando sea "
+"adecuado."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:87
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:89
-msgid "Write the specified _fakehost_ into the utmp file. Normally, no login host is given, since *agetty* is used for local hardwired connections and consoles. However, this option can be useful for identifying terminal concentrators and the like."
+msgid ""
+"Write the specified _fakehost_ into the utmp file. Normally, no login host "
+"is given, since *agetty* is used for local hardwired connections and "
+"consoles. However, this option can be useful for identifying terminal "
+"concentrators and the like."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:92
-msgid "Do not display the contents of _/etc/issue_ (or other) before writing the login prompt. Terminals or communications hardware may become confused when receiving lots of text at the wrong baud rate; dial-up scripts may fail if the login prompt is preceded by too much text."
-msgstr "No muestra el contenido de _/etc/issue_ (u otro) antes de escribir el mensaje de login. Los terminales o el hardware de comunicaciones, pueden volverse confusos cuando reciben montones de texto a un ratio erróneo de baudios; los ficheros de lotes de marcación pueden fallar si la petición de mensaje de login va precedido de demasiado texto."
+msgid ""
+"Do not display the contents of _/etc/issue_ (or other) before writing the "
+"login prompt. Terminals or communications hardware may become confused when "
+"receiving lots of text at the wrong baud rate; dial-up scripts may fail if "
+"the login prompt is preceded by too much text."
+msgstr ""
+"No muestra el contenido de _/etc/issue_ (u otro) antes de escribir el "
+"mensaje de login. Los terminales o el hardware de comunicaciones, pueden "
+"volverse confusos cuando reciben montones de texto a un ratio erróneo de "
+"baudios; los ficheros de lotes de marcación pueden fallar si la petición de "
+"mensaje de login va precedido de demasiado texto."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:93
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:95
-msgid "Set an initial string to be sent to the tty or modem before sending anything else. This may be used to initialize a modem. Non-printable characters may be sent by writing their octal code preceded by a backslash (\\). For example, to send a linefeed character (ASCII 10, octal 012), write \\12."
-msgstr "Establece una cadena de inicio para ser enviada al tty o al módem antes de enviar nada más. Esto puede ser usado para inicializar un módem. Los caracteres no imprimibles pueden ser enviados escribiendo su código octal precedido por la contrabarra (\\). Por ejemplo, para enviar un caracter de salto de línea (ASCII 10, octal 012) se escribe\\012."
+msgid ""
+"Set an initial string to be sent to the tty or modem before sending anything "
+"else. This may be used to initialize a modem. Non-printable characters may "
+"be sent by writing their octal code preceded by a backslash (\\). For "
+"example, to send a linefeed character (ASCII 10, octal 012), write \\12."
+msgstr ""
+"Establece una cadena de inicio para ser enviada al tty o al módem antes de "
+"enviar nada más. Esto puede ser usado para inicializar un módem. Los "
+"caracteres no imprimibles pueden ser enviados escribiendo su código octal "
+"precedido por la contrabarra (\\). Por ejemplo, para enviar un caracter de "
+"salto de línea (ASCII 10, octal 012) se escribe\\012."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:96
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:98
-msgid "Do not clear the screen before prompting for the login name. By default the screen is cleared."
+msgid ""
+"Do not clear the screen before prompting for the login name. By default the "
+"screen is cleared."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:101
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Invoke the specified I<login_program> instead of /bin/login. This allows the use of a non-standard login program (for example, one that asks for a dial-up password or that uses a different password file)."
-msgid "Invoke the specified _login_program_ instead of /bin/login. This allows the use of a non-standard login program. Such a program could, for example, ask for a dial-up password or use a different password file. See *--login-options*."
-msgstr "Invoca el programa I<programa_login> en vez de /bin/login. Esto permite el uso de un programa de login no estándar (por ejemplo, uno que pida un password al conectar por módem o que utilice un fichero de claves distinto)."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Invoke the specified I<login_program> instead of /bin/login. This allows "
+#| "the use of a non-standard login program (for example, one that asks for a "
+#| "dial-up password or that uses a different password file)."
+msgid ""
+"Invoke the specified _login_program_ instead of /bin/login. This allows the "
+"use of a non-standard login program. Such a program could, for example, ask "
+"for a dial-up password or use a different password file. See *--login-"
+"options*."
+msgstr ""
+"Invoca el programa I<programa_login> en vez de /bin/login. Esto permite el "
+"uso de un programa de login no estándar (por ejemplo, uno que pida un "
+"password al conectar por módem o que utilice un fichero de claves distinto)."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:102
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:104
-msgid "Control the CLOCAL line flag. The optional _mode_ argument is *auto*, *always* or *never*. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, then the default is *always*. If the *--local-line* option is not given at all, then the default is *auto*."
+msgid ""
+"Control the CLOCAL line flag. The optional _mode_ argument is *auto*, "
+"*always* or *never*. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, then the default is "
+"*always*. If the *--local-line* option is not given at all, then the default "
+"is *auto*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:107
-msgid "Forces the line to be a local line with no need for carrier detect. This can be useful when you have a locally attached terminal where the serial line does not set the carrier-detect signal."
-msgstr "Fuerza a la línea a ser local sin necesidad de detectar la portadora. Esto puede ser útil cuando se tiene una terminal conectada localmente donde la línea serie no establece la señal de detección de portadora."
+msgid ""
+"Forces the line to be a local line with no need for carrier detect. This can "
+"be useful when you have a locally attached terminal where the serial line "
+"does not set the carrier-detect signal."
+msgstr ""
+"Fuerza a la línea a ser local sin necesidad de detectar la portadora. Esto "
+"puede ser útil cuando se tiene una terminal conectada localmente donde la "
+"línea serie no establece la señal de detección de portadora."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:107
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:109
-msgid "Explicitly clears the CLOCAL flag from the line setting and the carrier-detect signal is expected on the line."
+msgid ""
+"Explicitly clears the CLOCAL flag from the line setting and the carrier-"
+"detect signal is expected on the line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:111
-msgid "The *agetty* default. Does not modify the CLOCAL setting and follows the setting enabled by the kernel."
+msgid ""
+"The *agetty* default. Does not modify the CLOCAL setting and follows the "
+"setting enabled by the kernel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:114
-msgid "Try to extract the baud rate from the CONNECT status message produced by Hayes(tm)-compatible modems. These status messages are of the form: \"<junk><speed><junk>\". *agetty* assumes that the modem emits its status message at the same speed as specified with (the first) _baud_rate_ value on the command line."
-msgstr "Intenta extraer el ratio de baudios del mensaje de estatus de CONNECT que producen los módems compatibles Hayes(tm). Estos mensajes de estatus son de la forma: \"<vacío><velocidad><vacío>\". *agetty* asume que el módem emite su mensaje de estatus a la misma velocidad que la especificada con (el primero) el valor _ratio_baudios_ en la línea de órdenes."
+msgid ""
+"Try to extract the baud rate from the CONNECT status message produced by "
+"Hayes(tm)-compatible modems. These status messages are of the form: "
+"\"<junk><speed><junk>\". *agetty* assumes that the modem emits its status "
+"message at the same speed as specified with (the first) _baud_rate_ value on "
+"the command line."
+msgstr ""
+"Intenta extraer el ratio de baudios del mensaje de estatus de CONNECT que "
+"producen los módems compatibles Hayes(tm). Estos mensajes de estatus son de "
+"la forma: \"<vacío><velocidad><vacío>\". *agetty* asume que el módem emite "
+"su mensaje de estatus a la misma velocidad que la especificada con (el "
+"primero) el valor _ratio_baudios_ en la línea de órdenes."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:116
-msgid "Since the *--extract-baud* feature may fail on heavily-loaded systems, you still should enable BREAK processing by enumerating all expected baud rates on the command line."
-msgstr "Ya que la opción *--extract-baud* puede fallar en sistemas fuertemente cargados, se debería habilitar el procesado a través de BREAK enumerando todos los ratios de baudios esperados en la línea de órdenes."
+msgid ""
+"Since the *--extract-baud* feature may fail on heavily-loaded systems, you "
+"still should enable BREAK processing by enumerating all expected baud rates "
+"on the command line."
+msgstr ""
+"Ya que la opción *--extract-baud* puede fallar en sistemas fuertemente "
+"cargados, se debería habilitar el procesado a través de BREAK enumerando "
+"todos los ratios de baudios esperados en la línea de órdenes."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:117
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:122
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Do not prompt the user for a login name. This can be used in connection with -l option to invoke a non-standard login process such as a BBS system. Note that with the -n option, B<agetty> gets no input from user who logs in and therefore won't be able to figure out parity, character size, and newline processing of the connection. It defaults to space parity, 7 bit characters, and ASCII CR (13) end-of-line character. Beware that the program that B<agetty> starts (usually /bin/login) is run as root."
-msgid "Do not prompt the user for a login name. This can be used in connection with the *--login-program* option to invoke a non-standard login process such as a BBS system. Note that with the *--skip-login* option, *agetty* gets no input from the user who logs in and therefore will not be able to figure out parity, character size, and newline processing of the connection. It defaults to space parity, 7 bit characters, and ASCII CR (13) end-of-line character. Beware that the program that *agetty* starts (usually /bin/login) is run as root."
-msgstr "No preguntar al usuario por un nombre de login. Esto puede ser usado en conexión con la opción -l para invocar un proceso de login no-estándar como un sistema BBS. Se debe notar que con la opción -n, B<agetty> no obtiene ninguna entrada del usuario que accede y por lo tanto no podrá deducir la paridad, tamaño de caracter, y procesado de nueva línea. Por defecto cae en paridad espacio, caracteres de 7 bit, y el caracter ASCII CR (13) como fin-de-línea. Hay que tener en cuenta que el programa que B<agetty> arranca (normalmente /bin/login) se ejecuta como root."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Do not prompt the user for a login name. This can be used in connection "
+#| "with -l option to invoke a non-standard login process such as a BBS "
+#| "system. Note that with the -n option, B<agetty> gets no input from user "
+#| "who logs in and therefore won't be able to figure out parity, character "
+#| "size, and newline processing of the connection. It defaults to space "
+#| "parity, 7 bit characters, and ASCII CR (13) end-of-line character. "
+#| "Beware that the program that B<agetty> starts (usually /bin/login) is "
+#| "run as root."
+msgid ""
+"Do not prompt the user for a login name. This can be used in connection with "
+"the *--login-program* option to invoke a non-standard login process such as "
+"a BBS system. Note that with the *--skip-login* option, *agetty* gets no "
+"input from the user who logs in and therefore will not be able to figure out "
+"parity, character size, and newline processing of the connection. It "
+"defaults to space parity, 7 bit characters, and ASCII CR (13) end-of-line "
+"character. Beware that the program that *agetty* starts (usually /bin/login) "
+"is run as root."
+msgstr ""
+"No preguntar al usuario por un nombre de login. Esto puede ser usado en "
+"conexión con la opción -l para invocar un proceso de login no-estándar como "
+"un sistema BBS. Se debe notar que con la opción -n, B<agetty> no obtiene "
+"ninguna entrada del usuario que accede y por lo tanto no podrá deducir la "
+"paridad, tamaño de caracter, y procesado de nueva línea. Por defecto cae en "
+"paridad espacio, caracteres de 7 bit, y el caracter ASCII CR (13) como fin-"
+"de-línea. Hay que tener en cuenta que el programa que B<agetty> arranca "
+"(normalmente /bin/login) se ejecuta como root."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:123
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:128
-msgid "Options and arguments that are passed to *login*(1). Where \\u is replaced by the login name. For example:"
+msgid ""
+"Options and arguments that are passed to *login*(1). Where \\u is replaced "
+"by the login name. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:137
-msgid "Wait for any key before dropping to the login prompt. Can be combined with *--autologin* to save memory by lazily spawning shells."
+msgid ""
+"Wait for any key before dropping to the login prompt. Can be combined with "
+"*--autologin* to save memory by lazily spawning shells."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:146
-msgid "Try to keep the existing baud rate. The baud rates from the command line are used when *agetty* receives a BREAK character. If another baud rates specified then the original baud rate is also saved to the end of the wanted baud rates list. This can be used to return to the original baud rate after unexpected BREAKs."
+msgid ""
+"Try to keep the existing baud rate. The baud rates from the command line are "
+"used when *agetty* receives a BREAK character. If another baud rates "
+"specified then the original baud rate is also saved to the end of the wanted "
+"baud rates list. This can be used to return to the original baud rate after "
+"unexpected BREAKs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:149
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Terminate if no user name could be read within I<timeout> seconds. This option should probably not be used with hard-wired lines."
-msgid "Terminate if no user name could be read within _timeout_ seconds. Use of this option with hardwired terminal lines is not recommended."
-msgstr "Termina si no se puede leer un nombre de usuario en I<tiempo_límite> segundos. Esta opción no debería ser usada en líneas de cable físico."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Terminate if no user name could be read within I<timeout> seconds. This "
+#| "option should probably not be used with hard-wired lines."
+msgid ""
+"Terminate if no user name could be read within _timeout_ seconds. Use of "
+"this option with hardwired terminal lines is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+"Termina si no se puede leer un nombre de usuario en I<tiempo_límite> "
+"segundos. Esta opción no debería ser usada en líneas de cable físico."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:150
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:152
-msgid "Turn on support for detecting an uppercase-only terminal. This setting will detect a login name containing only capitals as indicating an uppercase-only terminal and turn on some upper-to-lower case conversions. Note that this has no support for any Unicode characters."
+msgid ""
+"Turn on support for detecting an uppercase-only terminal. This setting will "
+"detect a login name containing only capitals as indicating an uppercase-only "
+"terminal and turn on some upper-to-lower case conversions. Note that this "
+"has no support for any Unicode characters."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:155
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Wait for the user or the modem to send a carriage-return or a linefeed character before sending the I</etc/issue> (or other) file and the login prompt. Very useful in connection with the -I option."
-msgid "Wait for the user or the modem to send a carriage-return or a linefeed character before sending the _/etc/issue_ file (or others) and the login prompt. This is useful with the *--init-string* option."
-msgstr "Espera a que o el usuario o el módem envíen un caracter de retorno de carro o de nueva línea antes de mostrar el fichero I</etc/issue> (u otro) y el mensaje de login. Muy útil en conexión con la opción -I."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Wait for the user or the modem to send a carriage-return or a linefeed "
+#| "character before sending the I</etc/issue> (or other) file and the login "
+#| "prompt. Very useful in connection with the -I option."
+msgid ""
+"Wait for the user or the modem to send a carriage-return or a linefeed "
+"character before sending the _/etc/issue_ file (or others) and the login "
+"prompt. This is useful with the *--init-string* option."
+msgstr ""
+"Espera a que o el usuario o el módem envíen un caracter de retorno de carro "
+"o de nueva línea antes de mostrar el fichero I</etc/issue> (u otro) y el "
+"mensaje de login. Muy útil en conexión con la opción -I."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:156
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:161
-msgid "By default the hostname will be printed. With this option enabled, no hostname at all will be shown. This setting is also possible to able by LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT option in the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see below for more details)."
+msgid ""
+"By default the hostname will be printed. With this option enabled, no "
+"hostname at all will be shown. This setting is also possible to able by "
+"LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT option in the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see "
+"below for more details)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:164
-msgid "By default the hostname is only printed until the first dot. With this option enabled, the fully qualified hostname by *gethostname*(3P) or (if not found) by *getaddrinfo*(3) is shown."
+msgid ""
+"By default the hostname is only printed until the first dot. With this "
+"option enabled, the fully qualified hostname by *gethostname*(3P) or (if not "
+"found) by *getaddrinfo*(3) is shown."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:167
-msgid "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as a backspace (\"ignore the previous character\") when the user types the login name. The default additional 'erase' has been '#', but since util-linux 2.23 no additional erase characters are enabled by default."
+msgid ""
+"This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as a "
+"backspace (\"ignore the previous character\") when the user types the login "
+"name. The default additional 'erase' has been '#', but since util-linux 2.23 "
+"no additional erase characters are enabled by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:170
-msgid "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as a kill (\"ignore all previous characters\") when the user types the login name. The default additional 'kill' has been '@', but since util-linux 2.23 no additional kill characters are enabled by default."
+msgid ""
+"This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as a "
+"kill (\"ignore all previous characters\") when the user types the login "
+"name. The default additional 'kill' has been '@', but since util-linux 2.23 "
+"no additional kill characters are enabled by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:182
-msgid "Ask all running *agetty* instances to reload and update their displayed prompts, if the user has not yet commenced logging in. After doing so the command will exit. This feature might be unsupported on systems without Linux *inotify*(7)."
+msgid ""
+"Ask all running *agetty* instances to reload and update their displayed "
+"prompts, if the user has not yet commenced logging in. After doing so the "
+"command will exit. This feature might be unsupported on systems without "
+"Linux *inotify*(7)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:189
-msgid "*agetty* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see *login.defs*(5)). Note that the configuration file could be distributed with another package (usually shadow-utils). The following configuration items are relevant for *agetty*:"
+msgid ""
+"*agetty* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see *login."
+"defs*(5)). Note that the configuration file could be distributed with "
+"another package (usually shadow-utils). The following configuration items "
+"are relevant for *agetty*:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:193
-msgid "Tell *agetty* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: prompt. This is an alternative to the *--nohostname* command line option. The default value is _no_."
+msgid ""
+"Tell *agetty* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: "
+"prompt. This is an alternative to the *--nohostname* command line option. "
+"The default value is _no_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:197
-msgid "This section shows examples for the process field of an entry in the _/etc/inittab_ file. You'll have to prepend appropriate values for the other fields. See *inittab*(5) for more details."
-msgstr "Esta sección muestra ejemplos para el campo de proceso de una entrada en el fichero _/etc/inittab_. Tendrá que introducir valores apropiados para los otros campos. Ver *inittab*(5) para más detalles."
+msgid ""
+"This section shows examples for the process field of an entry in the _/etc/"
+"inittab_ file. You'll have to prepend appropriate values for the other "
+"fields. See *inittab*(5) for more details."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta sección muestra ejemplos para el campo de proceso de una entrada en el "
+"fichero _/etc/inittab_. Tendrá que introducir valores apropiados para los "
+"otros campos. Ver *inittab*(5) para más detalles."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:199
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:205
-msgid "For a directly connected terminal without proper carrier-detect wiring (try this if your terminal just sleeps instead of giving you a password: prompt):"
-msgstr "Para un terminal conectada directamente sin cableado apropiado para detectar portadora (pruebe esto si su terminal solo se queda esperando en vez de mostrarle un mensaje password):"
+msgid ""
+"For a directly connected terminal without proper carrier-detect wiring (try "
+"this if your terminal just sleeps instead of giving you a password: prompt):"
+msgstr ""
+"Para un terminal conectada directamente sin cableado apropiado para detectar "
+"portadora (pruebe esto si su terminal solo se queda esperando en vez de "
+"mostrarle un mensaje password):"
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:208
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:211
msgid "For an old-style dial-in line with a 9600/2400/1200 baud modem:"
-msgstr "Para una línea al estilo antiguo con un módem de 9600/2400/1200 baudios:"
+msgstr ""
+"Para una línea al estilo antiguo con un módem de 9600/2400/1200 baudios:"
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:214
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:217
-msgid "For a Hayes modem with a fixed 115200 bps interface to the machine (the example init string turns off modem echo and result codes, makes modem/computer DCD track modem/modem DCD, makes a DTR drop cause a disconnection, and turns on auto-answer after 1 ring):"
-msgstr "Para un módem Hayes con un interfaz fijo a 115200 bps con la máquina: (la cadena de inicialización de ejemplo desconecta el eco y los códigos de retorno, hace que el DCD modem/ordenador siga al DCD modem/modem, provoca que una caída de DTR cause una desconexión y activa la auto-respuesta tras 1 tono.)"
+msgid ""
+"For a Hayes modem with a fixed 115200 bps interface to the machine (the "
+"example init string turns off modem echo and result codes, makes modem/"
+"computer DCD track modem/modem DCD, makes a DTR drop cause a disconnection, "
+"and turns on auto-answer after 1 ring):"
+msgstr ""
+"Para un módem Hayes con un interfaz fijo a 115200 bps con la máquina: (la "
+"cadena de inicialización de ejemplo desconecta el eco y los códigos de "
+"retorno, hace que el DCD modem/ordenador siga al DCD modem/modem, provoca "
+"que una caída de DTR cause una desconexión y activa la auto-respuesta tras 1 "
+"tono.)"
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:220
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*/sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\015' 115200 ttyS1*\n"
-msgid "*/sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\015' 115200 ttyS1*"
-msgstr "*/sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\015' 115200 ttyS1*\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*/sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\015' 115200 "
+#| "ttyS1*\n"
+msgid ""
+"*/sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\015' 115200 ttyS1*"
+msgstr ""
+"*/sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\015' 115200 ttyS1*\n"
#. type: Title ==
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:222
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:225
-msgid "If you use the *--login-program* and *--login-options* options, be aware that a malicious user may try to enter lognames with embedded options, which then get passed to the used login program. *agetty* does check for a leading \"-\" and makes sure the logname gets passed as one parameter (so embedded spaces will not create yet another parameter), but depending on how the login binary parses the command line that might not be sufficient. Check that the used login program cannot be abused this way."
+msgid ""
+"If you use the *--login-program* and *--login-options* options, be aware "
+"that a malicious user may try to enter lognames with embedded options, which "
+"then get passed to the used login program. *agetty* does check for a leading "
+"\"-\" and makes sure the logname gets passed as one parameter (so embedded "
+"spaces will not create yet another parameter), but depending on how the "
+"login binary parses the command line that might not be sufficient. Check "
+"that the used login program cannot be abused this way."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:227
-msgid "Some programs use \"--\" to indicate that the rest of the command line should not be interpreted as options. Use this feature if available by passing \"--\" before the username gets passed by \\u."
+msgid ""
+"Some programs use \"--\" to indicate that the rest of the command line "
+"should not be interpreted as options. Use this feature if available by "
+"passing \"--\" before the username gets passed by \\u."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:231
-msgid "The default issue file is _/etc/issue_. If the file exists, then *agetty* also checks for _/etc/issue.d_ directory. The directory is optional extension to the default issue file and content of the directory is printed after _/etc/issue_ content. If the _/etc/issue_ does not exist, then the directory is ignored. All files *with .issue extension* from the directory are printed in version-sort order. The directory can be used to maintain 3rd-party messages independently on the primary system _/etc/issue_ file."
+msgid ""
+"The default issue file is _/etc/issue_. If the file exists, then *agetty* "
+"also checks for _/etc/issue.d_ directory. The directory is optional "
+"extension to the default issue file and content of the directory is printed "
+"after _/etc/issue_ content. If the _/etc/issue_ does not exist, then the "
+"directory is ignored. All files *with .issue extension* from the directory "
+"are printed in version-sort order. The directory can be used to maintain 3rd-"
+"party messages independently on the primary system _/etc/issue_ file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:233
-msgid "Since version 2.35, additional locations for the issue file and directory are supported. *agetty* checks for the files _/run/issue_ and _/run/issue.d_, and then for _/usr/lib/issue_ and _/usr/lib/issue.d_. The directory _/etc_ is expected for host-specific configuration, _/run_ is expected for generated content, and _/usr/lib_ is used for static configuration maintained by the distribution."
+msgid ""
+"Since version 2.35, additional locations for the issue file and directory "
+"are supported. *agetty* checks for the files _/run/issue_ and _/run/issue."
+"d_, and then for _/usr/lib/issue_ and _/usr/lib/issue.d_. The directory _/"
+"etc_ is expected for host-specific configuration, _/run_ is expected for "
+"generated content, and _/usr/lib_ is used for static configuration "
+"maintained by the distribution."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:235
-msgid "Note that in versions 2.35 to 2.40, the additional locations were only read if the default _/etc/issue_ file did not exist. However, since version 2.41, the additional locations are always read, regardless of the existence of the _/etc/issue_ file. This change allows for the generation of issue files by default."
+msgid ""
+"Note that in versions 2.35 to 2.40, the additional locations were only read "
+"if the default _/etc/issue_ file did not exist. However, since version 2.41, "
+"the additional locations are always read, regardless of the existence of the "
+"_/etc/issue_ file. This change allows for the generation of issue files by "
+"default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:237
-msgid "The default paths maybe completely overridden by *--issue-file* option. In this case specified path has to be file or directory and all the default issue file and directory locations are ignored."
+msgid ""
+"The default paths maybe completely overridden by *--issue-file* option. In "
+"this case specified path has to be file or directory and all the default "
+"issue file and directory locations are ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:239
-msgid "The issue file feature can be completely disabled by *--noissue* option."
+msgid ""
+"The issue file feature can be completely disabled by *--noissue* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:241
-msgid "It is possible to review the current issue file by *agetty --show-issue* on the current terminal."
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to review the current issue file by *agetty --show-issue* on "
+"the current terminal."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:243
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The issue-file (I</etc/issue> or the file set with the -f option) may contain certain escape codes to display the system name, date and time etc. All escape codes consist of a backslash (\\e) immediately followed by one of the letters explained below."
-msgid "The issue files may contain certain escape codes to display the system name, date, time et cetera. All escape codes consist of a backslash (\\) immediately followed by one of the characters listed below."
-msgstr "EL fichero issue (I</etc/issue> o el fichero establecido con la opción -f) puede contener ciertos códigos de escape para mostrar el nombre del sistema, la fecha y hora etc. Todos los códigos de escape consisten en una contrabarra (\\e) inmediatamente seguida por una de las letras explicadas más abajo."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The issue-file (I</etc/issue> or the file set with the -f option) may "
+#| "contain certain escape codes to display the system name, date and time "
+#| "etc. All escape codes consist of a backslash (\\e) immediately followed "
+#| "by one of the letters explained below."
+msgid ""
+"The issue files may contain certain escape codes to display the system name, "
+"date, time et cetera. All escape codes consist of a backslash (\\) "
+"immediately followed by one of the characters listed below."
+msgstr ""
+"EL fichero issue (I</etc/issue> o el fichero establecido con la opción -f) "
+"puede contener ciertos códigos de escape para mostrar el nombre del sistema, "
+"la fecha y hora etc. Todos los códigos de escape consisten en una "
+"contrabarra (\\e) inmediatamente seguida por una de las letras explicadas "
+"más abajo."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:244
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:246
-msgid "Insert the IPv4 address of the specified network interface (for example: \\4\\{eth0}). If the _interface_ argument is not specified, then select the first fully configured (UP, non-LOCALBACK, RUNNING) interface. If no configured interface is found, fall back to the IP address of the machine's hostname."
+msgid ""
+"Insert the IPv4 address of the specified network interface (for example: "
+"\\4\\{eth0}). If the _interface_ argument is not specified, then select the "
+"first fully configured (UP, non-LOCALBACK, RUNNING) interface. If no "
+"configured interface is found, fall back to the IP address of the machine's "
+"hostname."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:258
-msgid "Translate the human-readable _name_ to an escape sequence and insert it (for example: \\e{red}Alert text.\\e{reset}). If the _name_ argument is not specified, then insert \\033. The currently supported names are: black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, magenta, red, reset, reverse, yellow and white. All unknown names are silently ignored."
+msgid ""
+"Translate the human-readable _name_ to an escape sequence and insert it (for "
+"example: \\e{red}Alert text.\\e{reset}). If the _name_ argument is not "
+"specified, then insert \\033. The currently supported names are: black, "
+"blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, "
+"lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, "
+"magenta, red, reset, reverse, yellow and white. All unknown names are "
+"silently ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:261
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Insert the system name, the name of the operating system."
-msgid "Insert the system name (the name of the operating system). Same as 'uname -s'. See also the \\S escape code."
+msgid ""
+"Insert the system name (the name of the operating system). Same as 'uname -"
+"s'. See also the \\S escape code."
msgstr "Inserta el nombre del sistema, el nombre del sistema operativo."
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:264
-msgid "Insert the VARIABLE data from _/etc/os-release_. If this file does not exist then fall back to _/usr/lib/os-release_. If the VARIABLE argument is not specified, then use PRETTY_NAME from the file or the system name (see \\s). This escape code can be used to keep _/etc/issue_ distribution and release independent. Note that \\S{ANSI_COLOR} is converted to the real terminal escape sequence."
+msgid ""
+"Insert the VARIABLE data from _/etc/os-release_. If this file does not exist "
+"then fall back to _/usr/lib/os-release_. If the VARIABLE argument is not "
+"specified, then use PRETTY_NAME from the file or the system name (see \\s). "
+"This escape code can be used to keep _/etc/issue_ distribution and release "
+"independent. Note that \\S{ANSI_COLOR} is converted to the real terminal "
+"escape sequence."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:273
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Insert the nodename of the machine, also known as the hostname."
-msgid "Insert the nodename of the machine, also known as the hostname. Same as *uname -n*."
-msgstr "Inserta el nombre de nodo de la máquina, también conocido como el nombre de host."
+msgid ""
+"Insert the nodename of the machine, also known as the hostname. Same as "
+"*uname -n*."
+msgstr ""
+"Inserta el nombre de nodo de la máquina, también conocido como el nombre de "
+"host."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:274
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:291
-msgid "Insert the string \"1 user\" or \"<n> users\" where <n> is the number of current users logged in."
-msgstr "Inserta la cadena \"1 user\" o \"<n> users\" donde <n> es el número de usuarios conectados en ese momento."
+msgid ""
+"Insert the string \"1 user\" or \"<n> users\" where <n> is the number of "
+"current users logged in."
+msgstr ""
+"Inserta la cadena \"1 user\" o \"<n> users\" donde <n> es el número de "
+"usuarios conectados en ese momento."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:292
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:327
-msgid "*agetty* supports configuration via systemd credentials (see https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS/). *agetty* reads the following systemd credentials:"
+msgid ""
+"*agetty* supports configuration via systemd credentials (see https://systemd."
+"io/CREDENTIALS/). *agetty* reads the following systemd credentials:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:331
-msgid "If set, configures *agetty* to automatically log in the specified user without asking for a username or password, similarly to the *--autologin* option."
+msgid ""
+"If set, configures *agetty* to automatically log in the specified user "
+"without asking for a username or password, similarly to the *--autologin* "
+"option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:335
-msgid "The baud-rate detection feature (the *--extract-baud* option) requires that *agetty* be scheduled soon enough after completion of a dial-in call (within 30 ms with modems that talk at 2400 baud). For robustness, always use the *--extract-baud* option in combination with a multiple baud rate command-line argument, so that BREAK processing is enabled."
-msgstr "La característica de detección del ratio de baudios (la opción *--extract-baud*) requiere que *agetty* sea programado lo bastante pronto después de que se complete una llamada entrante (dentro de unos 30 ms con módems que hablen a 2400 baudios). Por robustez, se debe usar siempre la opción *--extract-baud* en combinación con una línea de órdenes con múltiples ratios de baudios, por lo que estará activo el procesado de BREAK."
+msgid ""
+"The baud-rate detection feature (the *--extract-baud* option) requires that "
+"*agetty* be scheduled soon enough after completion of a dial-in call (within "
+"30 ms with modems that talk at 2400 baud). For robustness, always use the *--"
+"extract-baud* option in combination with a multiple baud rate command-line "
+"argument, so that BREAK processing is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+"La característica de detección del ratio de baudios (la opción *--extract-"
+"baud*) requiere que *agetty* sea programado lo bastante pronto después de "
+"que se complete una llamada entrante (dentro de unos 30 ms con módems que "
+"hablen a 2400 baudios). Por robustez, se debe usar siempre la opción *--"
+"extract-baud* en combinación con una línea de órdenes con múltiples ratios "
+"de baudios, por lo que estará activo el procesado de BREAK."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:337
-msgid "The text in the _/etc/issue_ file (or other) and the login prompt are always output with 7-bit characters and space parity."
-msgstr "EL texto en el fichero _/etc/issue_ (u otro) y el mensaje de login siempre se muestran con caracteres de 7-bit y paridad espacio."
+msgid ""
+"The text in the _/etc/issue_ file (or other) and the login prompt are always "
+"output with 7-bit characters and space parity."
+msgstr ""
+"EL texto en el fichero _/etc/issue_ (u otro) y el mensaje de login siempre "
+"se muestran con caracteres de 7-bit y paridad espacio."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:339
-msgid "The baud-rate detection feature (the *--extract-baud* option) requires that the modem emits its status message _after_ raising the DCD line."
-msgstr "La característica de detección del ratio de baudios (la opción *--extract-baud*) requieres que el modem emita su mensaje de estado _después_ de levantar la línea DCD."
+msgid ""
+"The baud-rate detection feature (the *--extract-baud* option) requires that "
+"the modem emits its status message _after_ raising the DCD line."
+msgstr ""
+"La característica de detección del ratio de baudios (la opción *--extract-"
+"baud*) requieres que el modem emita su mensaje de estado _después_ de "
+"levantar la línea DCD."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:343
-msgid "Depending on how the program was configured, all diagnostics are written to the console device or reported via the *syslog*(3) facility. Error messages are produced if the _port_ argument does not specify a terminal device; if there is no utmp entry for the current process (System V only); and so on."
-msgstr "Dependiendo de como fuera configurado el programa, todos los diagnósticos se escribirán en el dispositivo de consola o se reportarán a través del servicio de *syslog*(3). Se producirán mensajes de error si el argumento _puerto_ no especifica un dispositivo de terminal; si no hay una entrada en el utmp para el proceso actual (solo Sistema V); y por el estilo."
+msgid ""
+"Depending on how the program was configured, all diagnostics are written to "
+"the console device or reported via the *syslog*(3) facility. Error messages "
+"are produced if the _port_ argument does not specify a terminal device; if "
+"there is no utmp entry for the current process (System V only); and so on."
+msgstr ""
+"Dependiendo de como fuera configurado el programa, todos los diagnósticos se "
+"escribirán en el dispositivo de consola o se reportarán a través del "
+"servicio de *syslog*(3). Se producirán mensajes de error si el argumento "
+"_puerto_ no especifica un dispositivo de terminal; si no hay una entrada en "
+"el utmp para el proceso actual (solo Sistema V); y por el estilo."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:348
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:350
-msgid "The original *agetty* for serial terminals was written by mailto:wietse@wzv.win.tue.nl[W.Z. Venema] and ported to Linux by mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]."
+msgid ""
+"The original *agetty* for serial terminals was written by mailto:wietse@wzv."
+"win.tue.nl[W.Z. Venema] and ported to Linux by mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter "
+"Orbaek]."
msgstr ""
#
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:54
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The *mesg* utility is invoked by a user to control write access others have to the terminal device associated with standard error output. If write access is allowed, then programs such as *talk*(1) and *write*(1) may display messages on the terminal."
-msgstr "B<Mesg> controla el acceso a tu terminal por otros. Generalmente es usado para permitir o negar a otros usuarios la escritura en el terminal (vea B<write>(1))."
+msgid ""
+"The *mesg* utility is invoked by a user to control write access others have "
+"to the terminal device associated with standard error output. If write "
+"access is allowed, then programs such as *talk*(1) and *write*(1) may "
+"display messages on the terminal."
+msgstr ""
+"B<Mesg> controla el acceso a tu terminal por otros. Generalmente es usado "
+"para permitir o negar a otros usuarios la escritura en el terminal (vea "
+"B<write>(1))."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:58
-msgid "Traditionally, write access is allowed by default. However, as users become more conscious of various security risks, there is a trend to remove write access by default, at least for the primary login shell."
+msgid ""
+"Traditionally, write access is allowed by default. However, as users become "
+"more conscious of various security risks, there is a trend to remove write "
+"access by default, at least for the primary login shell."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:62
-msgid "The initial permissions for the terminal are set by *login*(1) according to TTYPERM and TTYGROUP from /etc/login.defs. The default is mode _0620_ if a tty group is used, and _0600_ without the group. The default tty group name is \"tty\"."
+msgid ""
+"The initial permissions for the terminal are set by *login*(1) according to "
+"TTYPERM and TTYGROUP from /etc/login.defs. The default is mode _0620_ if a "
+"tty group is used, and _0600_ without the group. The default tty group name "
+"is \"tty\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:65
-msgid "To ensure that your ttys are set in a portable and independent manner from system settings, *mesg* should be executed in your login scripts."
+msgid ""
+"To ensure that your ttys are set in a portable and independent manner from "
+"system settings, *mesg* should be executed in your login scripts."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:72
-msgid "*mesg* modifies the write permissions for a group on the current terminal device. Since version 2.41, *mesg* can no longer be compiled to make the terminal writable for _others_ and strictly modifies only _group_ permissions. The usual setup is to use a \"tty\" group and add relevant users to this group. Alternatively, a less secure solution is to set utilities like *write*(1) or *wall*(1) to setgid for the \"tty\" group."
+msgid ""
+"*mesg* modifies the write permissions for a group on the current terminal "
+"device. Since version 2.41, *mesg* can no longer be compiled to make the "
+"terminal writable for _others_ and strictly modifies only _group_ "
+"permissions. The usual setup is to use a \"tty\" group and add relevant "
+"users to this group. Alternatively, a less secure solution is to set "
+"utilities like *write*(1) or *wall*(1) to setgid for the \"tty\" group."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:74
-msgid "The *mesg* utility silently exits with error status 2 if not executed on a terminal. In this case executing *mesg* is pointless. The command line option *--verbose* forces *mesg* to print a warning in this situation. This behaviour has been introduced in version 2.33."
+msgid ""
+"The *mesg* utility silently exits with error status 2 if not executed on a "
+"terminal. In this case executing *mesg* is pointless. The command line "
+"option *--verbose* forces *mesg* to print a warning in this situation. This "
+"behaviour has been introduced in version 2.33."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:84
-msgid "If no arguments are given, *mesg* shows the current message status on standard error output."
-msgstr "Si no se indica ninguna opción, *mesg* imprimirá el estado actual del terminal."
+msgid ""
+"If no arguments are given, *mesg* shows the current message status on "
+"standard error output."
+msgstr ""
+"Si no se indica ninguna opción, *mesg* imprimirá el estado actual del "
+"terminal."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:96
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:112
-msgid "*mesg* (I) appears in the UNIX Programmer's Manual. It used to invert the current state with no argument before Version 7 AT&T UNIX."
+msgid ""
+"*mesg* (I) appears in the UNIX Programmer's Manual. It used to invert the "
+"current state with no argument before Version 7 AT&T UNIX."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:55
-msgid "*script* makes a typescript of everything on your terminal session. The terminal data are stored in raw form to the log file and information about timing to another (optional) structured log file. The timing log file is necessary to replay the session later by *scriptreplay*(1) and to store additional information about the session."
+msgid ""
+"*script* makes a typescript of everything on your terminal session. The "
+"terminal data are stored in raw form to the log file and information about "
+"timing to another (optional) structured log file. The timing log file is "
+"necessary to replay the session later by *scriptreplay*(1) and to store "
+"additional information about the session."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:57
-msgid "Since version 2.35, *script* supports multiple streams and allows the logging of input and output to separate files or all the one file. This version also supports a new timing file which records additional information. The command *scriptreplay --summary* then provides all the information."
+msgid ""
+"Since version 2.35, *script* supports multiple streams and allows the "
+"logging of input and output to separate files or all the one file. This "
+"version also supports a new timing file which records additional "
+"information. The command *scriptreplay --summary* then provides all the "
+"information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:59
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "If the argument E<.Ar file> is given, E<.Nm> saves all dialogue in E<.Ar file>. If no file name is given, the typescript is saved in the file E<.Pa typescript>."
-msgid "If the argument _file_ or option *--log-out* _file_ is given, *script* saves the dialogue in this _file_. If no filename is given, the dialogue is saved in the file _typescript_."
-msgstr "Si aparece el argumento E<.Ar fichero,> E<.Nm> guarda todo el diálogo en E<.Ar fichero>. Si no se especifica ningún nombre de fichero, la transcripción es guardada en el fichero E<.Pa typescript>."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If the argument E<.Ar file> is given, E<.Nm> saves all dialogue in E<.Ar "
+#| "file>. If no file name is given, the typescript is saved in the file E<."
+#| "Pa typescript>."
+msgid ""
+"If the argument _file_ or option *--log-out* _file_ is given, *script* saves "
+"the dialogue in this _file_. If no filename is given, the dialogue is saved "
+"in the file _typescript_."
+msgstr ""
+"Si aparece el argumento E<.Ar fichero,> E<.Nm> guarda todo el diálogo en E<."
+"Ar fichero>. Si no se especifica ningún nombre de fichero, la transcripción "
+"es guardada en el fichero E<.Pa typescript>."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:61
-msgid "Note that logging input using *--log-in* or *--log-io* may record security-sensitive information as the log file contains all terminal session input (e.g., passwords) independently of the terminal echo flag setting."
+msgid ""
+"Note that logging input using *--log-in* or *--log-io* may record security-"
+"sensitive information as the log file contains all terminal session input (e."
+"g., passwords) independently of the terminal echo flag setting."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:65
-msgid "Below, the _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
+msgid ""
+"Below, the _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes "
+"KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB "
+"(the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or "
+"the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB "
+"and YB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:68
-msgid "Append the output to _file_ or to _typescript_, retaining the prior contents."
-msgstr "Añade la salida al final de _fichero_ o _typescript_, manteniendo los contenidos anteriores."
+msgid ""
+"Append the output to _file_ or to _typescript_, retaining the prior contents."
+msgstr ""
+"Añade la salida al final de _fichero_ o _typescript_, manteniendo los "
+"contenidos anteriores."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:71
-msgid "Run the _command_ rather than an interactive shell. This makes it easy for a script to capture the output of a program that behaves differently when its stdout is not a tty."
+msgid ""
+"Run the _command_ rather than an interactive shell. This makes it easy for a "
+"script to capture the output of a program that behaves differently when its "
+"stdout is not a tty."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:74
-msgid "This option controls the *ECHO* flag for the slave end of the session's pseudoterminal. The supported modes are _always_, _never_, or _auto_."
+msgid ""
+"This option controls the *ECHO* flag for the slave end of the session's "
+"pseudoterminal. The supported modes are _always_, _never_, or _auto_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:76
-msgid "The default is _auto_ -- in this case, *ECHO* enabled for the pseudoterminal slave; if the current standard input is a terminal, *ECHO* is disabled for it to prevent double echo; if the current standard input is not a terminal (for example pipe: *echo date | script*) then keeping *ECHO* enabled for the pseudoterminal slave enables the standard input data to be viewed on screen while being recorded to session log simultaneously."
+msgid ""
+"The default is _auto_ -- in this case, *ECHO* enabled for the pseudoterminal "
+"slave; if the current standard input is a terminal, *ECHO* is disabled for "
+"it to prevent double echo; if the current standard input is not a terminal "
+"(for example pipe: *echo date | script*) then keeping *ECHO* enabled for the "
+"pseudoterminal slave enables the standard input data to be viewed on screen "
+"while being recorded to session log simultaneously."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:78
-msgid "Note that 'never' mode affects content of the session output log, because users input is not repeated on output."
+msgid ""
+"Note that 'never' mode affects content of the session output log, because "
+"users input is not repeated on output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:81
-msgid "Return the exit status of the child process. Uses the same format as bash termination on signal termination (i.e., exit status is 128 {plus} the signal number). The exit status of the child process is always stored in the type script file too."
+msgid ""
+"Return the exit status of the child process. Uses the same format as bash "
+"termination on signal termination (i.e., exit status is 128 {plus} the "
+"signal number). The exit status of the child process is always stored in the "
+"type script file too."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:85
-msgid "Flush output after each write. This is nice for telecooperation: one person does *mkfifo* _foo_; *script -f* _foo_, and another can supervise in real-time what is being done using *cat* _foo_. Note that flush has an impact on performance; it's possible to use *SIGUSR1* to flush logs on demand."
+msgid ""
+"Flush output after each write. This is nice for telecooperation: one person "
+"does *mkfifo* _foo_; *script -f* _foo_, and another can supervise in real-"
+"time what is being done using *cat* _foo_. Note that flush has an impact on "
+"performance; it's possible to use *SIGUSR1* to flush logs on demand."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:88
-msgid "Allow the default output file _typescript_ to be a hard or symbolic link. The command will follow a symbolic link."
+msgid ""
+"Allow the default output file _typescript_ to be a hard or symbolic link. "
+"The command will follow a symbolic link."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:91
-msgid "Log input and output to the same _file_. Note, this option makes sense only if *--log-timing* is also specified, otherwise it's impossible to separate output and input streams from the log _file_."
+msgid ""
+"Log input and output to the same _file_. Note, this option makes sense only "
+"if *--log-timing* is also specified, otherwise it's impossible to separate "
+"output and input streams from the log _file_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:94
-msgid "Log input to the _file_. The log output is disabled if only *--log-in* specified."
+msgid ""
+"Log input to the _file_. The log output is disabled if only *--log-in* "
+"specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:96
-msgid "Use this logging functionality carefully as it logs all input, including input when terminal has disabled echo flag (for example, password inputs)."
+msgid ""
+"Use this logging functionality carefully as it logs all input, including "
+"input when terminal has disabled echo flag (for example, password inputs)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:99
-msgid "Log output to the _file_. The default is to log output to the file with name _typescript_ if the option *--log-out* or *--log-in* is not given. The log output is disabled if only *--log-in* specified."
+msgid ""
+"Log output to the _file_. The default is to log output to the file with name "
+"_typescript_ if the option *--log-out* or *--log-in* is not given. The log "
+"output is disabled if only *--log-in* specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:102
-msgid "Log timing information to the _file_. Two timing file formats are supported now. The classic format is used when only one stream (input or output) logging is enabled. The multi-stream format is used on *--log-io* or when *--log-in* and *--log-out* are used together. See also *--logging-format*."
+msgid ""
+"Log timing information to the _file_. Two timing file formats are supported "
+"now. The classic format is used when only one stream (input or output) "
+"logging is enabled. The multi-stream format is used on *--log-io* or when *--"
+"log-in* and *--log-out* are used together. See also *--logging-format*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:105
-msgid "Force use of _advanced_ or _classic_ timing log format. The default is the classic format to log only output and the advanced format when input as well as output logging is requested."
+msgid ""
+"Force use of _advanced_ or _classic_ timing log format. The default is the "
+"classic format to log only output and the advanced format when input as well "
+"as output logging is requested."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:108
-msgid "The timing log contains two fields, separated by a space. The first field indicates how much time elapsed since the previous output. The second field indicates how many characters were output this time."
+msgid ""
+"The timing log contains two fields, separated by a space. The first field "
+"indicates how much time elapsed since the previous output. The second field "
+"indicates how many characters were output this time."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:111
-msgid "The first field is an entry type identifier ('I'nput, 'O'utput, 'H'eader, 'S'ignal). The second field is how much time elapsed since the previous entry, and the rest of the entry is type-specific data."
+msgid ""
+"The first field is an entry type identifier ('I'nput, 'O'utput, 'H'eader, "
+"'S'ignal). The second field is how much time elapsed since the previous "
+"entry, and the rest of the entry is type-specific data."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:114
-msgid "Limit the size of the typescript and timing files to _size_ and stop the child process after this size is exceeded. The calculated file size does not include the start and done messages that the *script* command prepends and appends to the child process output. Due to buffering, the resulting output file might be larger than the specified value."
+msgid ""
+"Limit the size of the typescript and timing files to _size_ and stop the "
+"child process after this size is exceeded. The calculated file size does not "
+"include the start and done messages that the *script* command prepends and "
+"appends to the child process output. Due to buffering, the resulting output "
+"file might be larger than the specified value."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:120
-msgid "Output timing data to standard error, or to _file_ when given. This option is deprecated in favour of *--log-timing* where the _file_ argument is not optional."
+msgid ""
+"Output timing data to standard error, or to _file_ when given. This option "
+"is deprecated in favour of *--log-timing* where the _file_ argument is not "
+"optional."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:126
-msgid "Upon receiving *SIGUSR1*, *script* immediately flushes the output files."
+msgid ""
+"Upon receiving *SIGUSR1*, *script* immediately flushes the output files."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:133
-msgid "If the variable *SHELL* exists, the shell forked by *script* will be that shell. If *SHELL* is not set, the Bourne shell is assumed. (Most shells set this variable automatically)."
-msgstr "Si la variable *SHELL* existe, el shell ejecutado por *script* será ese shell. Si *SHELL* no está definida, se asume el Bourne shell. (Muchos shells activan esta variable automáticamente)."
+msgid ""
+"If the variable *SHELL* exists, the shell forked by *script* will be that "
+"shell. If *SHELL* is not set, the Bourne shell is assumed. (Most shells set "
+"this variable automatically)."
+msgstr ""
+"Si la variable *SHELL* existe, el shell ejecutado por *script* será ese "
+"shell. Si *SHELL* no está definida, se asume el Bourne shell. (Muchos shells "
+"activan esta variable automáticamente)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:137
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The script ends when the forked shell exits (a E<.Em control-D> to exit the Bourne shell E<.Pf ( Xr sh 1>), and E<.Em exit>, E<.Em logout> or E<.Em control-d> (if E<.Em ignoreeof> is not set) for the C-shell, E<.Xr csh 1>)."
-msgid "The script ends when the forked shell exits (a _control-D_ for the Bourne shell (*sh*(1p)), and _exit_, _logout_ or _control-d_ (if _ignoreeof_ is not set) for the C-shell, *csh*(1))."
-msgstr "script finaliza cuando el shell hijo termina (un E<.Em control-D> para salir del Bourne shell E<.Pf ( Xr sh 1>), y E<.Em exit>, E<.Em logout> o E<.Em control-d> (si E<.Em ignoreeof> no está activado) para el C-shell, E<.Xr csh 1>)."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The script ends when the forked shell exits (a E<.Em control-D> to exit "
+#| "the Bourne shell E<.Pf ( Xr sh 1>), and E<.Em exit>, E<.Em logout> or E<."
+#| "Em control-d> (if E<.Em ignoreeof> is not set) for the C-shell, E<.Xr csh "
+#| "1>)."
+msgid ""
+"The script ends when the forked shell exits (a _control-D_ for the Bourne "
+"shell (*sh*(1p)), and _exit_, _logout_ or _control-d_ (if _ignoreeof_ is not "
+"set) for the C-shell, *csh*(1))."
+msgstr ""
+"script finaliza cuando el shell hijo termina (un E<.Em control-D> para salir "
+"del Bourne shell E<.Pf ( Xr sh 1>), y E<.Em exit>, E<.Em logout> o E<.Em "
+"control-d> (si E<.Em ignoreeof> no está activado) para el C-shell, E<.Xr csh "
+"1>)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:139
-msgid "Certain interactive commands, such as *vi*(1), create garbage in the typescript file. *script* works best with commands that do not manipulate the screen, the results are meant to emulate a hardcopy terminal."
-msgstr "Algunas órdenes interactivas, como *vi*(1), crean basura en el fichero de transcripción. *script* funciona mejor con órdenes que no manipulan la pantalla, los resultados deben ser interpretados como una copia directa del terminal."
+msgid ""
+"Certain interactive commands, such as *vi*(1), create garbage in the "
+"typescript file. *script* works best with commands that do not manipulate "
+"the screen, the results are meant to emulate a hardcopy terminal."
+msgstr ""
+"Algunas órdenes interactivas, como *vi*(1), crean basura en el fichero de "
+"transcripción. *script* funciona mejor con órdenes que no manipulan la "
+"pantalla, los resultados deben ser interpretados como una copia directa del "
+"terminal."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:141
-msgid "It is not recommended to run *script* in non-interactive shells. The inner shell of *script* is always interactive, and this could lead to unexpected results. If you use *script* in the shell initialization file, you have to avoid entering an infinite loop. You can use for example the *.profile* file, which is read by login shells only:"
+msgid ""
+"It is not recommended to run *script* in non-interactive shells. The inner "
+"shell of *script* is always interactive, and this could lead to unexpected "
+"results. If you use *script* in the shell initialization file, you have to "
+"avoid entering an infinite loop. You can use for example the *.profile* "
+"file, which is read by login shells only:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:150
-msgid "You should also avoid use of *script* in command pipes, as *script* can read more input than you would expect."
+msgid ""
+"You should also avoid use of *script* in command pipes, as *script* can read "
+"more input than you would expect."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:158
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*script* places _everything_ in the log file, including linefeeds and backspaces. This is not what the naive user expects.\n"
-msgid "*script* places _everything_ in the log file, including linefeeds and backspaces. This is not what the naive user expects."
-msgstr "*script* pone _todo_ en el fichero de salida, incluyendo saltos de línea y caracteres de borrado. Esto no es lo que un usuario novato espera.\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*script* places _everything_ in the log file, including linefeeds and "
+#| "backspaces. This is not what the naive user expects.\n"
+msgid ""
+"*script* places _everything_ in the log file, including linefeeds and "
+"backspaces. This is not what the naive user expects."
+msgstr ""
+"*script* pone _todo_ en el fichero de salida, incluyendo saltos de línea y "
+"caracteres de borrado. Esto no es lo que un usuario novato espera.\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:160
-msgid "*script* is primarily designed for interactive terminal sessions. When stdin is not a terminal (for example: *echo foo | script*), then the session can hang, because the interactive shell within the script session misses EOF and *script* has no clue when to close the session. See the *NOTES* section for more information."
+msgid ""
+"*script* is primarily designed for interactive terminal sessions. When stdin "
+"is not a terminal (for example: *echo foo | script*), then the session can "
+"hang, because the interactive shell within the script session misses EOF and "
+"*script* has no clue when to close the session. See the *NOTES* section for "
+"more information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#| "*csh*(1) (for the _history_ mechanism),\n"
#| "*scriptreplay*(1),\n"
#| "*scriptlive*(1)\n"
-msgid "*csh*(1) (for the _history_ mechanism), *scriptreplay*(1), *scriptlive*(1)"
+msgid ""
+"*csh*(1) (for the _history_ mechanism), *scriptreplay*(1), *scriptlive*(1)"
msgstr ""
"*csh*(1) (para el mecanismo de _history_),\n"
"*scriptreplay*(1),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:21
-msgid "This program re-runs a typescript, using stdin typescript and timing information to ensure that input happens in the same rhythm as it originally appeared when the script was recorded."
+msgid ""
+"This program re-runs a typescript, using stdin typescript and timing "
+"information to ensure that input happens in the same rhythm as it originally "
+"appeared when the script was recorded."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:23
-msgid "The *session is executed* in a newly created pseudoterminal with the user's $SHELL (or defaults to _/bin/bash_)."
+msgid ""
+"The *session is executed* in a newly created pseudoterminal with the user's "
+"$SHELL (or defaults to _/bin/bash_)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:28
-msgid "*Be careful!* The typescript may contain arbitrary commands. It is recommended to use *\"scriptreplay --stream in --log-in typescript\"* (or with *--log-io* instead of *--log-in*) to verify the typescript before it is executed with *scriptlive*."
+msgid ""
+"*Be careful!* The typescript may contain arbitrary commands. It is "
+"recommended to use *\"scriptreplay --stream in --log-in typescript\"* (or "
+"with *--log-io* instead of *--log-in*) to verify the typescript before it is "
+"executed with *scriptlive*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:32
-msgid "The timing information is what *script*(1) outputs to the file specified by *--log-timing*. The typescript has to contain stdin information, and is what *script*(1) outputs to the file specified by *--log-in* or *--log-io*."
+msgid ""
+"The timing information is what *script*(1) outputs to the file specified by "
+"*--log-timing*. The typescript has to contain stdin information, and is what "
+"*script*(1) outputs to the file specified by *--log-in* or *--log-io*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:44
-msgid "This option controls the *ECHO* flag for the slave end of the session's pseudoterminal. The supported modes are *always*, *never*, and *auto*."
+msgid ""
+"This option controls the *ECHO* flag for the slave end of the session's "
+"pseudoterminal. The supported modes are *always*, *never*, and *auto*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:47
-msgid "The default is *auto* -- in which case *ECHO* is enabled. This default behavior is subject to change."
+msgid ""
+"The default is *auto* -- in which case *ECHO* is enabled. This default "
+"behavior is subject to change."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:51 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:49
-msgid "File containing *script*'s timing output. This option replaces the _timingfile_ positional argument."
+msgid ""
+"File containing *script*'s timing output. This option replaces the "
+"_timingfile_ positional argument."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:55
-msgid "An alias for *-t*; maintained for compatibility with the *script*(1) command-line options."
+msgid ""
+"An alias for *-t*; maintained for compatibility with the *script*(1) "
+"command-line options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:58 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:64
-msgid "Speed up the replay displaying this _number_ of times. The argument is a floating-point number. It's called divisor because it divides the timings by this factor. This option overrides old-style arguments."
+msgid ""
+"Speed up the replay displaying this _number_ of times. The argument is a "
+"floating-point number. It's called divisor because it divides the timings by "
+"this factor. This option overrides old-style arguments."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:61 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:67
-msgid "Set the maximum delay between updates to _number_ of seconds. The argument is a floating-point number. This can be used to avoid long pauses in the typescript replay."
+msgid ""
+"Set the maximum delay between updates to _number_ of seconds. The argument "
+"is a floating-point number. This can be used to avoid long pauses in the "
+"typescript replay."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:86 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:117
-msgid "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+msgid ""
+"This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO "
+"warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:21
-msgid "This program replays a typescript, using timing information to ensure that output happens in the same rhythm as it originally appeared when the script was recorded."
+msgid ""
+"This program replays a typescript, using timing information to ensure that "
+"output happens in the same rhythm as it originally appeared when the script "
+"was recorded."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:23
-msgid "The replay simply displays the information again; the programs that were run when the typescript was being recorded are *not run again*. Since the same information is simply being displayed, *scriptreplay* is only guaranteed to work properly if run on the same type of terminal the typescript was recorded on. Otherwise, any escape characters in the typescript may be interpreted differently by the terminal to which *scriptreplay* is sending its output."
+msgid ""
+"The replay simply displays the information again; the programs that were run "
+"when the typescript was being recorded are *not run again*. Since the same "
+"information is simply being displayed, *scriptreplay* is only guaranteed to "
+"work properly if run on the same type of terminal the typescript was "
+"recorded on. Otherwise, any escape characters in the typescript may be "
+"interpreted differently by the terminal to which *scriptreplay* is sending "
+"its output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:25
-msgid "The timing information is what *script*(1) outputs to file specified by *--log-timing*."
+msgid ""
+"The timing information is what *script*(1) outputs to file specified by *--"
+"log-timing*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:29
-msgid "By default, the _typescript_ to display is assumed to be named *typescript*, but other filenames may be specified, as the second parameter or with option *--log-out*."
+msgid ""
+"By default, the _typescript_ to display is assumed to be named *typescript*, "
+"but other filenames may be specified, as the second parameter or with option "
+"*--log-out*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:31
-msgid "If the third parameter or *--divisor* is specified, it is used as a speed-up multiplier. For example, a speed-up of 2 makes *scriptreplay* go twice as fast, and a speed-down of 0.1 makes it go ten times slower than the original session."
+msgid ""
+"If the third parameter or *--divisor* is specified, it is used as a speed-up "
+"multiplier. For example, a speed-up of 2 makes *scriptreplay* go twice as "
+"fast, and a speed-down of 0.1 makes it go ten times slower than the original "
+"session."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:34
-msgid "During the replay, you can interactively speed up, slow down, or pause the playback using the Up, Down, and Space keys."
+msgid ""
+"During the replay, you can interactively speed up, slow down, or pause the "
+"playback using the Up, Down, and Space keys."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:52
-msgid "This is an alias for *-t*, maintained for compatibility with *script*(1) command-line options."
+msgid ""
+"This is an alias for *-t*, maintained for compatibility with *script*(1) "
+"command-line options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:61
-msgid "Specifies how to handle the CR (carriage return, 0x0D) character from log files. The default mode is *auto*, in which case CR is replaced with a line break for the stdin log, because otherwise *scriptreplay* would overwrite the same line. The other modes are *never* and *always*."
+msgid ""
+"Specifies how to handle the CR (carriage return, 0x0D) character from log "
+"files. The default mode is *auto*, in which case CR is replaced with a line "
+"break for the stdin log, because otherwise *scriptreplay* would overwrite "
+"the same line. The other modes are *never* and *always*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:72
-msgid "Display details about the session recorded in the specified timing file and exit. The session must have been recorded using the *advanced* format (see *script*(1) option *--logging-format* for more details)."
+msgid ""
+"Display details about the session recorded in the specified timing file and "
+"exit. The session must have been recorded using the *advanced* format (see "
+"*script*(1) option *--logging-format* for more details)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:78
-msgid "Forces *scriptreplay* to print only the specified stream. The supported stream types are *in*, *out*, *signal*, and *info*. This option is recommended for multi-stream logs (created with *--log-io*) in order to print only the desired data."
+msgid ""
+"Forces *scriptreplay* to print only the specified stream. The supported "
+"stream types are *in*, *out*, *signal*, and *info*. This option is "
+"recommended for multi-stream logs (created with *--log-io*) in order to "
+"print only the desired data."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:98
-msgid "*Space*: Toggles pause and unpause. Press this key to pause the playback, and press it again to resume."
+msgid ""
+"*Space*: Toggles pause and unpause. Press this key to pause the playback, "
+"and press it again to resume."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:99
-msgid "*Up Arrow*: Increases the playback speed. Each press of this key will make the script replay faster by x0.1."
+msgid ""
+"*Up Arrow*: Increases the playback speed. Each press of this key will make "
+"the script replay faster by x0.1."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:100
-msgid "*Down Arrow*: Decreases the playback speed. Each press of this key will slow down the script replay by x0.1."
+msgid ""
+"*Down Arrow*: Decreases the playback speed. Each press of this key will slow "
+"down the script replay by x0.1."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:104
-msgid "The original *scriptreplay* program was written by mailto:joey@kitenet.net[Joey Hess]. The program was re-written in C by mailto:jay@gnu.org[James Youngman] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid ""
+"The original *scriptreplay* program was written by mailto:joey@kitenet."
+"net[Joey Hess]. The program was re-written in C by mailto:jay@gnu.org[James "
+"Youngman] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:33
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "B<setterm> writes to standard output a character string that will invoke the specified terminal capabilities. Where possibile I<terminfo> is consulted to find the string to use. Some options however do not correspond to a B<terminfo>(5) capability. In this case, if the terminal type is \"con\", or \"linux\" the string that invokes the specified capabilities on the PC Minix virtual console driver is output. Options that are not implemented by the terminal are ignored."
-msgid "*setterm* writes to standard output a character string that will invoke the specified terminal capabilities. Where possible, _terminfo_ is consulted to find the string to use. Some options (marked \"virtual consoles only\" below) do not correspond to a *terminfo*(5) capability. In these cases, if the terminal type is \"con\" or \"linux\", the string that invokes the specified capability on the PC Minix virtual console is output. Options that are not implemented by the terminal are ignored."
-msgstr "B<setterm> escribe en la salida estándar una cadena de caracteres que activará las capacidades especificadas de la terminal. Donde sea posible, se consultará a I<terminfo> para encontrar la cadena a emplear. Sin embargo, algunas opciones no corresponden a una capacidad de B<terminfo>(5). En ese caso, si el tipo de terminal es \"con\" o \"linux\", se saca por la salida la cadena que active las capacidades especificadas en el controlador de consola virtual de Minix de PC. Las opciones que la terminal no tenga implementadas no son tenidas en consideración."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "B<setterm> writes to standard output a character string that will invoke "
+#| "the specified terminal capabilities. Where possibile I<terminfo> is "
+#| "consulted to find the string to use. Some options however do not "
+#| "correspond to a B<terminfo>(5) capability. In this case, if the "
+#| "terminal type is \"con\", or \"linux\" the string that invokes the "
+#| "specified capabilities on the PC Minix virtual console driver is output. "
+#| "Options that are not implemented by the terminal are ignored."
+msgid ""
+"*setterm* writes to standard output a character string that will invoke the "
+"specified terminal capabilities. Where possible, _terminfo_ is consulted to "
+"find the string to use. Some options (marked \"virtual consoles only\" "
+"below) do not correspond to a *terminfo*(5) capability. In these cases, if "
+"the terminal type is \"con\" or \"linux\", the string that invokes the "
+"specified capability on the PC Minix virtual console is output. Options that "
+"are not implemented by the terminal are ignored."
+msgstr ""
+"B<setterm> escribe en la salida estándar una cadena de caracteres que "
+"activará las capacidades especificadas de la terminal. Donde sea posible, se "
+"consultará a I<terminfo> para encontrar la cadena a emplear. Sin embargo, "
+"algunas opciones no corresponden a una capacidad de B<terminfo>(5). En ese "
+"caso, si el tipo de terminal es \"con\" o \"linux\", se saca por la salida "
+"la cadena que active las capacidades especificadas en el controlador de "
+"consola virtual de Minix de PC. Las opciones que la terminal no tenga "
+"implementadas no son tenidas en consideración."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:37
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:39
-msgid "Below, an _8-color_ can be *black*, *red*, *green*, *yellow*, *blue*, *magenta*, *cyan*, or *white*."
+msgid ""
+"Below, an _8-color_ can be *black*, *red*, *green*, *yellow*, *blue*, "
+"*magenta*, *cyan*, or *white*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:41
-msgid "A _16-color_ can be an _8-color_, or *grey*, or *bright* followed by *red*, *green*, *yellow*, *blue*, *magenta*, *cyan*, or *white*."
+msgid ""
+"A _16-color_ can be an _8-color_, or *grey*, or *bright* followed by *red*, "
+"*green*, *yellow*, *blue*, *magenta*, *cyan*, or *white*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:43
-msgid "The various color options may be set independently, at least on virtual consoles, though the results of setting multiple modes (for example, *--underline* and *--half-bright*) are hardware-dependent."
+msgid ""
+"The various color options may be set independently, at least on virtual "
+"consoles, though the results of setting multiple modes (for example, *--"
+"underline* and *--half-bright*) are hardware-dependent."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:45
-msgid "The optional arguments are recommended with '=' (equals sign) and not space between the option and the argument. For example --option=argument. *setterm* can interpret the next non-option argument as an optional argument too."
+msgid ""
+"The optional arguments are recommended with '=' (equals sign) and not space "
+"between the option and the argument. For example --option=argument. "
+"*setterm* can interpret the next non-option argument as an optional argument "
+"too."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:48
-msgid "Sets Cursor Key Application Mode on or off. When on, ESC O A, ESC O B, etc. will be sent for the cursor keys instead of ESC [ A, ESC [ B, etc. See the _vi and Cursor-Keys_ section of the _Text-Terminal-HOWTO_ for how this can cause problems for *vi* users. Virtual consoles only."
+msgid ""
+"Sets Cursor Key Application Mode on or off. When on, ESC O A, ESC O B, etc. "
+"will be sent for the cursor keys instead of ESC [ A, ESC [ B, etc. See the "
+"_vi and Cursor-Keys_ section of the _Text-Terminal-HOWTO_ for how this can "
+"cause problems for *vi* users. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:51
-msgid "Like *--dump*, but appends to the snapshot file instead of overwriting it. Only works if no *--dump* options are given."
+msgid ""
+"Like *--dump*, but appends to the snapshot file instead of overwriting it. "
+"Only works if no *--dump* options are given."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:57
-msgid "Sets the interval of inactivity, in minutes, after which the screen will be automatically blanked (using APM if available). Without an argument, it gets the blank status (returns which vt was blanked, or zero for an unblanked vt). Virtual consoles only."
+msgid ""
+"Sets the interval of inactivity, in minutes, after which the screen will be "
+"automatically blanked (using APM if available). Without an argument, it gets "
+"the blank status (returns which vt was blanked, or zero for an unblanked "
+"vt). Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:64
-msgid "Sets the bell frequency in Hertz. Without an argument, it defaults to *0*. Virtual consoles only."
+msgid ""
+"Sets the bell frequency in Hertz. Without an argument, it defaults to *0*. "
+"Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:67
-msgid "Sets the bell duration in milliseconds. Without an argument, it defaults to *0*. Virtual consoles only."
+msgid ""
+"Sets the bell duration in milliseconds. Without an argument, it defaults to "
+"*0*. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:70
-msgid "Turns blink mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--blink off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
+msgid ""
+"Turns blink mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--blink off* turns "
+"off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:73
-msgid "Turns bold (extra bright) mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--bold off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
+msgid ""
+"Turns bold (extra bright) mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--"
+"bold off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:76
-msgid "Without an argument or with the argument *all*, the entire screen is cleared and the cursor is set to the home position, just like *clear*(1) does. With the argument *rest*, the screen is cleared from the current cursor position to the end."
+msgid ""
+"Without an argument or with the argument *all*, the entire screen is cleared "
+"and the cursor is set to the home position, just like *clear*(1) does. With "
+"the argument *rest*, the screen is cleared from the current cursor position "
+"to the end."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:79
-msgid "Clears tab stops from the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range *1*-*160*. Without arguments, it clears all tab stops. Virtual consoles only."
+msgid ""
+"Clears tab stops from the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range "
+"*1*-*160*. Without arguments, it clears all tab stops. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:85
msgid "Sets the terminal's rendering options to the default values."
-msgstr "Pone las opciones de vídeo de la terminal a los valores predeterminados."
+msgstr ""
+"Pone las opciones de vídeo de la terminal a los valores predeterminados."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:86
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:88
-msgid "Writes a snapshot of the virtual console with the given number to the file specified with the *--file* option, overwriting its contents; the default is _screen.dump_. Without an argument, it dumps the current virtual console. This overrides *--append*."
+msgid ""
+"Writes a snapshot of the virtual console with the given number to the file "
+"specified with the *--file* option, overwriting its contents; the default is "
+"_screen.dump_. Without an argument, it dumps the current virtual console. "
+"This overrides *--append*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:91
-msgid "Sets the snapshot file name for any *--dump* or *--append* options on the same command line. If this option is not present, the default is _screen.dump_ in the current directory. A path name that exceeds the system maximum will be truncated, see *PATH_MAX* from _linux/limits.h_ for the value."
+msgid ""
+"Sets the snapshot file name for any *--dump* or *--append* options on the "
+"same command line. If this option is not present, the default is _screen."
+"dump_ in the current directory. A path name that exceeds the system maximum "
+"will be truncated, see *PATH_MAX* from _linux/limits.h_ for the value."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:97
-msgid "Turns dim (half-brightness) mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--half-bright off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
+msgid ""
+"Turns dim (half-brightness) mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--"
+"half-bright off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, "
+"reverse)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:103
-msgid "Displays the terminal initialization string, which typically sets the terminal's rendering options, and other attributes to the default values."
-msgstr "Muestra la cadena de iniciación de la terminal, que típicamente pone las opciones de vídeo de la terminal y otros atributos a sus valores predeterminados."
+msgid ""
+"Displays the terminal initialization string, which typically sets the "
+"terminal's rendering options, and other attributes to the default values."
+msgstr ""
+"Muestra la cadena de iniciación de la terminal, que típicamente pone las "
+"opciones de vídeo de la terminal y otros atributos a sus valores "
+"predeterminados."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:104
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:112
-msgid "Enables or disables the sending of kernel *printk*() messages to the console. Virtual consoles only."
+msgid ""
+"Enables or disables the sending of kernel *printk*() messages to the "
+"console. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:115
-msgid "Sets the console logging level for kernel *printk()* messages. All messages strictly more important than this will be printed, so a logging level of *0* has the same effect as *--msg on* and a logging level of *8* will print all kernel messages. *klogd*(8) may be a more convenient interface to the logging of kernel messages."
+msgid ""
+"Sets the console logging level for kernel *printk()* messages. All messages "
+"strictly more important than this will be printed, so a logging level of *0* "
+"has the same effect as *--msg on* and a logging level of *8* will print all "
+"kernel messages. *klogd*(8) may be a more convenient interface to the "
+"logging of kernel messages."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:120
-msgid "Sets the VESA powerdown interval in minutes. Without an argument, it defaults to *0* (disable powerdown). If the console is blanked or the monitor is in suspend mode, then the monitor will go into vsync suspend mode or powerdown mode respectively after this period of time has elapsed."
+msgid ""
+"Sets the VESA powerdown interval in minutes. Without an argument, it "
+"defaults to *0* (disable powerdown). If the console is blanked or the "
+"monitor is in suspend mode, then the monitor will go into vsync suspend mode "
+"or powerdown mode respectively after this period of time has elapsed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:135
-msgid "Clears all tab stops, then sets a regular tab stop pattern, with one tab every specified number of positions. Without an argument, it defaults to *8*. Virtual consoles only."
+msgid ""
+"Clears all tab stops, then sets a regular tab stop pattern, with one tab "
+"every specified number of positions. Without an argument, it defaults to "
+"*8*. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:141
-msgid "Displays the terminal reset string, which typically resets the terminal to its power-on state."
-msgstr "Muestra la cadena de puesta a cero de la terminal, que normalmente pone la terminal en el estado en que está recién encendida."
+msgid ""
+"Displays the terminal reset string, which typically resets the terminal to "
+"its power-on state."
+msgstr ""
+"Muestra la cadena de puesta a cero de la terminal, que normalmente pone la "
+"terminal en el estado en que está recién encendida."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:142
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:144
-msgid "Reset terminal size by assessing maximum row and column. This is useful when actual geometry and kernel terminal driver are not in sync. Most notable use case is with serial consoles, that do not use *ioctl*(2) but just byte streams and breaks."
+msgid ""
+"Reset terminal size by assessing maximum row and column. This is useful when "
+"actual geometry and kernel terminal driver are not in sync. Most notable use "
+"case is with serial consoles, that do not use *ioctl*(2) but just byte "
+"streams and breaks."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:147
-msgid "Turns reverse video mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--reverse off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
+msgid ""
+"Turns reverse video mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--reverse "
+"off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:150
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "stores the terminal's current rendering options as the default values."
-msgid "Stores the terminal's current rendering options (foreground and background colors) as the values to be used at reset-to-default. Virtual consoles only."
-msgstr "guarda las opciones actuales de vídeo de la terminal como los valores predeterminados."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "stores the terminal's current rendering options as the default values."
+msgid ""
+"Stores the terminal's current rendering options (foreground and background "
+"colors) as the values to be used at reset-to-default. Virtual consoles only."
+msgstr ""
+"guarda las opciones actuales de vídeo de la terminal como los valores "
+"predeterminados."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:151
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:153
-msgid "Sets tab stops at the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range *1*-*160*. Without arguments, it shows the current tab stop settings."
+msgid ""
+"Sets tab stops at the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range *1*-"
+"*160*. Without arguments, it shows the current tab stop settings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "can be used to override the TERM environment variable."
msgid "Overrides the *TERM* environment variable."
-msgstr "se puede emplear para sustituir el valor de la variable de entorno TERM."
+msgstr ""
+"se puede emplear para sustituir el valor de la variable de entorno TERM."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:157
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:168
-msgid "Use of *setterm* in combination with stdout redirection can have unexpected results, as some options operate on stdin. To prevent problems, always redirect both stdin and stdout to the same device."
+msgid ""
+"Use of *setterm* in combination with stdout redirection can have unexpected "
+"results, as some options operate on stdin. To prevent problems, always "
+"redirect both stdin and stdout to the same device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:172
-msgid "Since version 2.25 *setterm* has support for long options with two hyphens, for example *--help*, beside the historical long options with a single hyphen, for example *-help*. In scripts it is better to use the backward-compatible single hyphen rather than the double hyphen. Currently there are no plans nor good reasons to discontinue single-hyphen compatibility."
+msgid ""
+"Since version 2.25 *setterm* has support for long options with two hyphens, "
+"for example *--help*, beside the historical long options with a single "
+"hyphen, for example *-help*. In scripts it is better to use the backward-"
+"compatible single hyphen rather than the double hyphen. Currently there are "
+"no plans nor good reasons to discontinue single-hyphen compatibility."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:176
msgid "Differences between the Minix and Linux versions are not documented."
-msgstr "Las diferencias entre las versiones de Minix y de Linux no están documentadas."
+msgstr ""
+"Las diferencias entre las versiones de Minix y de Linux no están "
+"documentadas."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:183
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:51
#, fuzzy
msgid "*wall* [*-n*] [*-t* _timeout_] [*-g* _group_] [_message_ | _file_]"
-msgstr "*wall* [*-n*] [*-t* _timeout_] [*-g* _grupo_] [_mensaje_ | _fichero_]\n"
+msgstr ""
+"*wall* [*-n*] [*-t* _timeout_] [*-g* _grupo_] [_mensaje_ | _fichero_]\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:55
-msgid "*wall* displays a _message_, or the contents of a _file_, or otherwise its standard input, on the terminals of all currently logged in users. The command will wrap lines that are longer than 79 characters. Short lines are whitespace padded to have 79 characters. The command will always put a carriage return and new line at the end of each line."
+msgid ""
+"*wall* displays a _message_, or the contents of a _file_, or otherwise its "
+"standard input, on the terminals of all currently logged in users. The "
+"command will wrap lines that are longer than 79 characters. Short lines are "
+"whitespace padded to have 79 characters. The command will always put a "
+"carriage return and new line at the end of each line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:57
-msgid "Only the superuser can write on the terminals of users who have chosen to deny messages or are using a program which automatically denies messages."
+msgid ""
+"Only the superuser can write on the terminals of users who have chosen to "
+"deny messages or are using a program which automatically denies messages."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:59
-msgid "Reading from a _file_ is refused when the invoker is not superuser and the program is set-user-ID or set-group-ID."
+msgid ""
+"Reading from a _file_ is refused when the invoker is not superuser and the "
+"program is set-user-ID or set-group-ID."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:67
-msgid "Abandon the write attempt to the terminals after _timeout_ seconds. This _timeout_ must be a positive integer. The default value is 300 seconds, which is a legacy from the time when people ran terminals over modem lines."
+msgid ""
+"Abandon the write attempt to the terminals after _timeout_ seconds. This "
+"_timeout_ must be a positive integer. The default value is 300 seconds, "
+"which is a legacy from the time when people ran terminals over modem lines."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:70
-msgid "Limit printing message to members of group defined as a _group_ argument. The argument can be group name or GID."
+msgid ""
+"Limit printing message to members of group defined as a _group_ argument. "
+"The argument can be group name or GID."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:76
-msgid "Some sessions, such as *wdm*(1x), that have in the beginning of *utmp*(5) ut_type data a ':' character will not get the message from *wall*. This is done to avoid write errors."
+msgid ""
+"Some sessions, such as *wdm*(1x), that have in the beginning of *utmp*(5) "
+"ut_type data a ':' character will not get the message from *wall*. This is "
+"done to avoid write errors."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:57
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*write* allows you to communicate with other users, by copying lines from your terminal to theirs.\n"
-msgid "*write* allows you to communicate with other users, by copying lines from your terminal to theirs."
-msgstr "*write* le permite comunicarse con otro usuario, copiando líneas de su terminal a la de él.\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*write* allows you to communicate with other users, by copying lines from "
+#| "your terminal to theirs.\n"
+msgid ""
+"*write* allows you to communicate with other users, by copying lines from "
+"your terminal to theirs."
+msgstr ""
+"*write* le permite comunicarse con otro usuario, copiando líneas de su "
+"terminal a la de él.\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:59
-msgid "When you run the *write* command, the user you are writing to gets a message of the form:"
-msgstr "Cuando Ud. llama a la orden *write*, el usuario al que Ud. vaya a escribir recibe un mensaje de la forma:"
+msgid ""
+"When you run the *write* command, the user you are writing to gets a message "
+"of the form:"
+msgstr ""
+"Cuando Ud. llama a la orden *write*, el usuario al que Ud. vaya a escribir "
+"recibe un mensaje de la forma:"
#. type: delimited block .
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:62
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:65
-msgid "Any further lines you enter will be copied to the specified user's terminal. If the other user wants to reply, they must run *write* as well."
-msgstr "Cualesquiera líneas posteriores que Ud. escriba se copiarán a la terminal del usuario especificado. Si éste quiere responder, debe ejecutar también *write*."
+msgid ""
+"Any further lines you enter will be copied to the specified user's terminal. "
+"If the other user wants to reply, they must run *write* as well."
+msgstr ""
+"Cualesquiera líneas posteriores que Ud. escriba se copiarán a la terminal "
+"del usuario especificado. Si éste quiere responder, debe ejecutar también "
+"*write*."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:67
-msgid "When you are done, type an end-of-file or interrupt character. The other user will see the message *EOF* indicating that the conversation is over."
-msgstr "Cuando haya acabado, teclee un carácter de Fin-De-Fichero o de interrupción. El otro usuario verá el mensaje *EOF* indicando (End Of File) que la conversación se ha terminado."
+msgid ""
+"When you are done, type an end-of-file or interrupt character. The other "
+"user will see the message *EOF* indicating that the conversation is over."
+msgstr ""
+"Cuando haya acabado, teclee un carácter de Fin-De-Fichero o de interrupción. "
+"El otro usuario verá el mensaje *EOF* indicando (End Of File) que la "
+"conversación se ha terminado."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:69
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "You can prevent people (other than the super-user) from writing to you with the B<mesg>(1) command. Some commands, for example B<nroff>(1) and B<pr>(1), may disallow writing automatically, so that your output isn't overwritten."
-msgid "You can prevent people (other than the superuser) from writing to you with the *mesg*(1) command. Some commands, for example *nroff*(1) and *pr*(1), may automatically disallow writing, so that the output they produce isn't overwritten."
-msgstr "Ud. puede evitar que la gente (distinta del súper-usuario) le escriba en la terminal mediante la orden B<mesg>(1). Algunas órdenes, por ejemplo B<nroff>(1) y B<pr>(1), pueden automáticamente evitar esta escritura, de forma que su salida no se mezcle con ella y así no se vea sobrescrita."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "You can prevent people (other than the super-user) from writing to you "
+#| "with the B<mesg>(1) command. Some commands, for example B<nroff>(1) "
+#| "and B<pr>(1), may disallow writing automatically, so that your output "
+#| "isn't overwritten."
+msgid ""
+"You can prevent people (other than the superuser) from writing to you with "
+"the *mesg*(1) command. Some commands, for example *nroff*(1) and *pr*(1), "
+"may automatically disallow writing, so that the output they produce isn't "
+"overwritten."
+msgstr ""
+"Ud. puede evitar que la gente (distinta del súper-usuario) le escriba en la "
+"terminal mediante la orden B<mesg>(1). Algunas órdenes, por ejemplo "
+"B<nroff>(1) y B<pr>(1), pueden automáticamente evitar esta escritura, de "
+"forma que su salida no se mezcle con ella y así no se vea sobrescrita."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:71
-msgid "If the user you want to write to is logged in on more than one terminal, you can specify which terminal to write to by giving the terminal name as the second operand to the *write* command. Alternatively, you can let *write* select one of the terminals - it will pick the one with the shortest idle time. This is so that if the user is logged in at work and also dialed up from home, the message will go to the right place."
-msgstr "Si el usuario al que Ud. quiere escribir está en el sistema en más de una terminal, puede especificar en qué terminal escribir especificando el nombre de la terminal como el segundo argumento de la orden *write*. Alternativamente, puede dejar que *write* seleccione una de las terminales; cogerá la que tenga un tiempo de inactividad más corto. Esto es así para que si el usuario, por ejemplo, está en el sistema desde una terminal en el trabajo y también conectado desde casa, el mensaje vaya al sitio correcto."
+msgid ""
+"If the user you want to write to is logged in on more than one terminal, you "
+"can specify which terminal to write to by giving the terminal name as the "
+"second operand to the *write* command. Alternatively, you can let *write* "
+"select one of the terminals - it will pick the one with the shortest idle "
+"time. This is so that if the user is logged in at work and also dialed up "
+"from home, the message will go to the right place."
+msgstr ""
+"Si el usuario al que Ud. quiere escribir está en el sistema en más de una "
+"terminal, puede especificar en qué terminal escribir especificando el nombre "
+"de la terminal como el segundo argumento de la orden *write*. "
+"Alternativamente, puede dejar que *write* seleccione una de las terminales; "
+"cogerá la que tenga un tiempo de inactividad más corto. Esto es así para que "
+"si el usuario, por ejemplo, está en el sistema desde una terminal en el "
+"trabajo y también conectado desde casa, el mensaje vaya al sitio correcto."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:73
-msgid "The traditional protocol for writing to someone is that the string _-o_, either at the end of a line or on a line by itself, means that it's the other person's turn to talk. The string _oo_ means that the person believes the conversation to be over."
-msgstr "El protocolo tradicional para escribir a alguien es que la cadena _-o_, bien al final de una línea o en una línea sola, significa que es el turno de hablar de la otra persona. La `o' es por `over'; o sea, `cambio'. La cadena _oo_ (por `over and out'; o sea, `cambio y corto') significa que la persona cree que la conversación ha terminado."
+msgid ""
+"The traditional protocol for writing to someone is that the string _-o_, "
+"either at the end of a line or on a line by itself, means that it's the "
+"other person's turn to talk. The string _oo_ means that the person believes "
+"the conversation to be over."
+msgstr ""
+"El protocolo tradicional para escribir a alguien es que la cadena _-o_, bien "
+"al final de una línea o en una línea sola, significa que es el turno de "
+"hablar de la otra persona. La `o' es por `over'; o sea, `cambio'. La cadena "
+"_oo_ (por `over and out'; o sea, `cambio y corto') significa que la persona "
+"cree que la conversación ha terminado."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:81
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:57
-msgid "*col* filters out reverse (and half-reverse) line feeds so the output is in the correct order, with only forward and half-forward line feeds. It also replaces any whitespace characters with tabs where possible. This can be useful in processing the output of *nroff*(1) and *tbl*(1)."
+msgid ""
+"*col* filters out reverse (and half-reverse) line feeds so the output is in "
+"the correct order, with only forward and half-forward line feeds. It also "
+"replaces any whitespace characters with tabs where possible. This can be "
+"useful in processing the output of *nroff*(1) and *tbl*(1)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:59
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*colrm* removes selected columns from a file. Input is taken from standard input. Output is sent to standard output.\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*colrm* removes selected columns from a file. Input is taken from "
+#| "standard input. Output is sent to standard output.\n"
msgid "*col* reads from standard input and writes to standard output."
-msgstr "*colrm* elimina las columnas seleccionadas de un fichero. La entrada se obtiene de la entrada estándar. La salida se manda a la salida estándar.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"*colrm* elimina las columnas seleccionadas de un fichero. La entrada se "
+"obtiene de la entrada estándar. La salida se manda a la salida estándar.\n"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:62
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:64
-msgid "Do not output any backspaces, printing only the last character written to each column position."
+msgid ""
+"Do not output any backspaces, printing only the last character written to "
+"each column position."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:67
-msgid "Permit half-forward line feeds. Normally characters destined for a half-line boundary are printed on the following line."
+msgid ""
+"Permit half-forward line feeds. Normally characters destined for a half-line "
+"boundary are printed on the following line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:73
-msgid "Buffer at least _number_ lines in memory. By default, 128 lines are buffered."
+msgid ""
+"Buffer at least _number_ lines in memory. By default, 128 lines are buffered."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:76
-msgid "Force unknown control sequences to be passed through unchanged. Normally *col* will filter out any control sequences other than those recognized and interpreted by itself, which are listed below."
+msgid ""
+"Force unknown control sequences to be passed through unchanged. Normally "
+"*col* will filter out any control sequences other than those recognized and "
+"interpreted by itself, which are listed below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:89
-msgid "The *col* utility conforms to the Single UNIX Specification, Version 2. The *-l* option is an extension to the standard."
+msgid ""
+"The *col* utility conforms to the Single UNIX Specification, Version 2. The "
+"*-l* option is an extension to the standard."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:93
-msgid "The control sequences for carriage motion that *col* understands and their decimal values are listed in the following table:"
+msgid ""
+"The control sequences for carriage motion that *col* understands and their "
+"decimal values are listed in the following table:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:120
-msgid "*col* keeps track of the character set as characters are read and makes sure the character set is correct when they are output."
+msgid ""
+"*col* keeps track of the character set as characters are read and makes sure "
+"the character set is correct when they are output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:122
-msgid "If the input attempts to back up to the last flushed line, *col* will display a warning message."
+msgid ""
+"If the input attempts to back up to the last flushed line, *col* will "
+"display a warning message."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:55
-msgid "*colcrt* provides virtual half-line and reverse line feed sequences for terminals without such capability, and on which overstriking is destructive. Half-line characters and underlining (changed to dashing `-') are placed on new lines in between the normal output lines."
+msgid ""
+"*colcrt* provides virtual half-line and reverse line feed sequences for "
+"terminals without such capability, and on which overstriking is destructive. "
+"Half-line characters and underlining (changed to dashing `-') are placed on "
+"new lines in between the normal output lines."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:60
-msgid "Suppress all underlining. This option is especially useful for previewing _allboxed_ tables from *tbl*(1)."
+msgid ""
+"Suppress all underlining. This option is especially useful for previewing "
+"_allboxed_ tables from *tbl*(1)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:63
-msgid "Causes all half-lines to be printed, effectively double spacing the output. Normally, a minimal space output format is used which will suppress empty lines. The program never suppresses two consecutive empty lines, however. The *-2* option is useful for sending output to the line printer when the output contains superscripts and subscripts which would otherwise be partially invisible."
+msgid ""
+"Causes all half-lines to be printed, effectively double spacing the output. "
+"Normally, a minimal space output format is used which will suppress empty "
+"lines. The program never suppresses two consecutive empty lines, however. "
+"The *-2* option is useful for sending output to the line printer when the "
+"output contains superscripts and subscripts which would otherwise be "
+"partially invisible."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:73
-msgid "Should fold underlines onto blanks even with the *-* option so that a true underline character would show."
+msgid ""
+"Should fold underlines onto blanks even with the *-* option so that a true "
+"underline character would show."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:78
-msgid "General overstriking is lost; as a special case '|' overstruck with '-' or underline becomes '{plus}'."
+msgid ""
+"General overstriking is lost; as a special case '|' overstruck with '-' or "
+"underline becomes '{plus}'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:82
-msgid "Some provision should be made for processing superscripts and subscripts in documents which are already double-spaced."
+msgid ""
+"Some provision should be made for processing superscripts and subscripts in "
+"documents which are already double-spaced."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:54
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*colrm* removes selected columns from a file. Input is taken from standard input. Output is sent to standard output.\n"
-msgid "*colrm* removes selected columns from a file. Input is taken from standard input. Output is sent to standard output."
-msgstr "*colrm* elimina las columnas seleccionadas de un fichero. La entrada se obtiene de la entrada estándar. La salida se manda a la salida estándar.\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*colrm* removes selected columns from a file. Input is taken from "
+#| "standard input. Output is sent to standard output.\n"
+msgid ""
+"*colrm* removes selected columns from a file. Input is taken from standard "
+"input. Output is sent to standard output."
+msgstr ""
+"*colrm* elimina las columnas seleccionadas de un fichero. La entrada se "
+"obtiene de la entrada estándar. La salida se manda a la salida estándar.\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:56
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "If called with one parameter the columns of each line will be removed starting with the specified column. If called with two parameters the columns from the first column to the last column will be removed."
-msgid "If called with one parameter the columns of each line will be removed starting with the specified _first_ column. If called with two parameters the columns from the _first_ column to the _last_ column will be removed."
-msgstr "Si se llama con un único parámetro, las columnas de cada línea se eliminarán comenzando en la columna especificada. Si se llama con dos parámetros, se eliminarán las columnas entre las especificadas, incluidas éstas."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "If called with one parameter the columns of each line will be removed "
+#| "starting with the specified column. If called with two parameters the "
+#| "columns from the first column to the last column will be removed."
+msgid ""
+"If called with one parameter the columns of each line will be removed "
+"starting with the specified _first_ column. If called with two parameters "
+"the columns from the _first_ column to the _last_ column will be removed."
+msgstr ""
+"Si se llama con un único parámetro, las columnas de cada línea se eliminarán "
+"comenzando en la columna especificada. Si se llama con dos parámetros, se "
+"eliminarán las columnas entre las especificadas, incluidas éstas."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:58
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:54
-msgid "The *column* utility formats its input into multiple columns. It supports three modes:"
+msgid ""
+"The *column* utility formats its input into multiple columns. It supports "
+"three modes:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:63
-msgid "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. This mode is enabled with the *-t, --table* option. Output is aligned to the terminal width in interactive mode and 80 columns in non-interactive mode (see *--output-width* for more details). Custom formatting can be applied by using various *--table-\\** options."
+msgid ""
+"Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. This "
+"mode is enabled with the *-t, --table* option. Output is aligned to the "
+"terminal width in interactive mode and 80 columns in non-interactive mode "
+"(see *--output-width* for more details). Custom formatting can be applied by "
+"using various *--table-\\** options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:65
-msgid "Input is taken from _file_, or otherwise from standard input. Empty lines are ignored and all invalid multibyte sequences are encoded with the x<hex> convention."
+msgid ""
+"Input is taken from _file_, or otherwise from standard input. Empty lines "
+"are ignored and all invalid multibyte sequences are encoded with the x<hex> "
+"convention."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:74
-msgid "The argument _columns_ for *--table-\\** options is a comma separated list of user supplied names, defined with *--table-column _name1_,_name2_,...*, indices of columns, as they appear in the input, beginning with 1, or names, defined by a *--table-columns* attribute. It's possible to mix names and indices. The special placeholder '0' (e.g. -R0) may be used to specify all columns and '-1' (e.g. -R -1) to specify the last visible column. It's possible to use ranges like '1-5' when addressing columns by indices."
+msgid ""
+"The argument _columns_ for *--table-\\** options is a comma separated list "
+"of user supplied names, defined with *--table-column _name1_,_name2_,...*, "
+"indices of columns, as they appear in the input, beginning with 1, or names, "
+"defined by a *--table-columns* attribute. It's possible to mix names and "
+"indices. The special placeholder '0' (e.g. -R0) may be used to specify all "
+"columns and '-1' (e.g. -R -1) to specify the last visible column. It's "
+"possible to use ranges like '1-5' when addressing columns by indices."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:77
-msgid "Use JSON output format to print the table. The option *--table-columns* is required and the option *--table-name* is recommended."
+msgid ""
+"Use JSON output format to print the table. The option *--table-columns* is "
+"required and the option *--table-name* is recommended."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:80
-msgid "Output is formatted to a width specified as a number of characters. The original name of this option is *--columns*; this name is deprecated since v2.30. Note that input longer than _width_ is not truncated by default. The default is the terminal width and 80 columns in non-interactive mode. The column headers are never truncated."
+msgid ""
+"Output is formatted to a width specified as a number of characters. The "
+"original name of this option is *--columns*; this name is deprecated since "
+"v2.30. Note that input longer than _width_ is not truncated by default. The "
+"default is the terminal width and 80 columns in non-interactive mode. The "
+"column headers are never truncated."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:82
-msgid "The placeholder \"unlimited\" (or 0) can be used to prevent restricting output width. This is recommended for example when redirecting output to a file."
+msgid ""
+"The placeholder \"unlimited\" (or 0) can be used to prevent restricting "
+"output width. This is recommended for example when redirecting output to a "
+"file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:85
-msgid "Omit printing the header. This option allows the use of user supplied column names on the command line, but keeps the header hidden when printing the table."
+msgid ""
+"Omit printing the header. This option allows the use of user supplied column "
+"names on the command line, but keeps the header hidden when printing the "
+"table."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:94
-msgid "When not in table mode, use whitespaces instead of tabulators to align the columns. This option specifies the minimum number of whitespaces that separate two columns."
+msgid ""
+"When not in table mode, use whitespaces instead of tabulators to align the "
+"columns. This option specifies the minimum number of whitespaces that "
+"separate two columns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:97
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. Columns are delimited with whitespace, by default, or with the characters supplied using the E<.Fl s> option. Useful for pretty-printing displays."
-msgid "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. Columns are by default delimited with whitespace, or with characters supplied using the *--output-separator* option. Table output is useful for pretty-printing."
-msgstr "Determina el número de columnas que contiene la entrada y crea una tabla. Las columnas se delimitan, por defecto, con espacios en blanco, o con los caracteres que se suministren usando la opción E<.Fl s.> De uso adecuado para dispositivos de visualización de buena calidad."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. "
+#| "Columns are delimited with whitespace, by default, or with the characters "
+#| "supplied using the E<.Fl s> option. Useful for pretty-printing displays."
+msgid ""
+"Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. "
+"Columns are by default delimited with whitespace, or with characters "
+"supplied using the *--output-separator* option. Table output is useful for "
+"pretty-printing."
+msgstr ""
+"Determina el número de columnas que contiene la entrada y crea una tabla. "
+"Las columnas se delimitan, por defecto, con espacios en blanco, o con los "
+"caracteres que se suministren usando la opción E<.Fl s.> De uso adecuado "
+"para dispositivos de visualización de buena calidad."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:98
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:104
-msgid "Define a column with a comma separated list of column attributes. This option can be used more than once, every use defines a single column. Attributes replace some of *--table-* options. For example, *--table-column name=FOO,right* defines a column where text is aligned to right. The option is mutually exclusive to *--table-columns*."
+msgid ""
+"Define a column with a comma separated list of column attributes. This "
+"option can be used more than once, every use defines a single column. "
+"Attributes replace some of *--table-* options. For example, *--table-column "
+"name=FOO,right* defines a column where text is aligned to right. The option "
+"is mutually exclusive to *--table-columns*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:116
-msgid "Column width. It's used only as a hint. To force it, specify the *strictwidth* attribute as well."
+msgid ""
+"Column width. It's used only as a hint. To force it, specify the "
+"*strictwidth* attribute as well."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:120
-msgid "Ignore unusually long cell width. See *--table-noextreme* for more details."
+msgid ""
+"Ignore unusually long cell width. See *--table-noextreme* for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:122
-msgid "Allow using a multi-line cell for long text if necessary. See *--table-wrap* for more details."
+msgid ""
+"Allow using a multi-line cell for long text if necessary. See *--table-wrap* "
+"for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:126
-msgid "Define column type for JSON output. Supported types are string, number and boolean."
+msgid ""
+"Define column type for JSON output. Supported types are string, number and "
+"boolean."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:130
-msgid "Specify column names with a comma separated list. The names are used for the table header and column addressing in option arguments. See also *--table-column*."
+msgid ""
+"Specify column names with a comma separated list. The names are used for the "
+"table header and column addressing in option arguments. See also *--table-"
+"column*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:133
-msgid "Specify maximum number of input columns. The last column will contain all remaining line data if the limit is smaller than the number of the columns in the input data."
+msgid ""
+"Specify maximum number of input columns. The last column will contain all "
+"remaining line data if the limit is smaller than the number of the columns "
+"in the input data."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:139
-msgid "Specify columns where text can be truncated when necessary, otherwise very long table entries may be printed on multiple lines."
+msgid ""
+"Specify columns where text can be truncated when necessary, otherwise very "
+"long table entries may be printed on multiple lines."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:142
-msgid "Specify columns where is possible to ignore unusually long (longer than average) cells when calculate column width. The option has impact to the width calculation and table formatting, but the printed text is not affected."
+msgid ""
+"Specify columns where is possible to ignore unusually long (longer than "
+"average) cells when calculate column width. The option has impact to the "
+"width calculation and table formatting, but the printed text is not affected."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:153
-msgid "Don't print specified columns. The special placeholder '-' may be used to hide all unnamed columns (see *--table-columns*)."
+msgid ""
+"Don't print specified columns. The special placeholder '-' may be used to "
+"hide all unnamed columns (see *--table-columns*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:165
-msgid "Preserve whitespace-only lines in the input. The default is to ignore all empty lines. This option's original name was *--table-empty-lines*, but has since been deprecated because it gives the false impression that the option only applies to table mode."
+msgid ""
+"Preserve whitespace-only lines in the input. The default is to ignore all "
+"empty lines. This option's original name was *--table-empty-lines*, but has "
+"since been deprecated because it gives the false impression that the option "
+"only applies to table mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:168
-msgid "Specify the column to use for a tree-like output. Note that the circular dependencies and other anomalies in child and parent relation are silently ignored."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the column to use for a tree-like output. Note that the circular "
+"dependencies and other anomalies in child and parent relation are silently "
+"ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:171
-msgid "Specify the column that contains each line's unique child IDs for a child-parent relation."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the column that contains each line's unique child IDs for a child-"
+"parent relation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:174
-msgid "Specify the column that contains each line's parent IDs for a child-parent relation."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the column that contains each line's parent IDs for a child-parent "
+"relation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:183
-msgid "The environment variable *COLUMNS* is used to determine the size of the screen if no other information is available."
-msgstr "La variable de entorno *COLUMNS* se usa para determinar el tamaño de la pantalla si no existe otra información disponible."
+msgid ""
+"The environment variable *COLUMNS* is used to determine the size of the "
+"screen if no other information is available."
+msgstr ""
+"La variable de entorno *COLUMNS* se usa para determinar el tamaño de la "
+"pantalla si no existe otra información disponible."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:187
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:211
-msgid "Historical versions of this tool indicated that \"rows are filled before columns\" by default, and that the *-x* option reverses this. This wording did not reflect the actual behavior, and it has since been corrected (see above). Other implementations of *column* may continue to use the older documentation, but the behavior should be identical in any case."
+msgid ""
+"Historical versions of this tool indicated that \"rows are filled before "
+"columns\" by default, and that the *-x* option reverses this. This wording "
+"did not reflect the actual behavior, and it has since been corrected (see "
+"above). Other implementations of *column* may continue to use the older "
+"documentation, but the behavior should be identical in any case."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:48
-msgid "hexdump - display file contents in hexadecimal, decimal, octal, or ascii"
+msgid ""
+"hexdump - display file contents in hexadecimal, decimal, octal, or ascii"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:58
-msgid "The *hexdump* utility is a filter which displays the specified files, or standard input if no files are specified, in a user-specified format."
+msgid ""
+"The *hexdump* utility is a filter which displays the specified files, or "
+"standard input if no files are specified, in a user-specified format."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:62
-msgid "Below, the _length_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
+msgid ""
+"Below, the _length_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the "
+"multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
+"TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
+"meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on "
+"for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:65
-msgid "_One-byte octal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by sixteen space-separated, three-column, zero-filled bytes of input data, in octal, per line."
+msgid ""
+"_One-byte octal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed "
+"by sixteen space-separated, three-column, zero-filled bytes of input data, "
+"in octal, per line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:68
-msgid "_One-byte hexadecimal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by sixteen space-separated, two-column, zero-filled bytes of input data, in hexadecimal, per line."
+msgid ""
+"_One-byte hexadecimal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, "
+"followed by sixteen space-separated, two-column, zero-filled bytes of input "
+"data, in hexadecimal, per line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:71
-msgid "_One-byte character display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by sixteen space-separated, three-column, space-filled characters of input data per line."
+msgid ""
+"_One-byte character display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, "
+"followed by sixteen space-separated, three-column, space-filled characters "
+"of input data per line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} and {underscore} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:74
-msgid "_Canonical hex{plus}ASCII display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by sixteen space-separated, two-column, hexadecimal bytes, followed by the same sixteen bytes in *%{underscore}p* format enclosed in *|* characters. Invoking the program as *hd* implies this option."
+msgid ""
+"_Canonical hex{plus}ASCII display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, "
+"followed by sixteen space-separated, two-column, hexadecimal bytes, followed "
+"by the same sixteen bytes in *%{underscore}p* format enclosed in *|* "
+"characters. Invoking the program as *hd* implies this option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:78
-msgid "_Two-byte decimal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by eight space-separated, five-column, zero-filled, two-byte units of input data, in unsigned decimal, per line."
+msgid ""
+"_Two-byte decimal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, "
+"followed by eight space-separated, five-column, zero-filled, two-byte units "
+"of input data, in unsigned decimal, per line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:84
-msgid "Specify a file that contains one or more newline-separated format strings. Empty lines and lines whose first non-blank character is a hash mark (#) are ignored."
+msgid ""
+"Specify a file that contains one or more newline-separated format strings. "
+"Empty lines and lines whose first non-blank character is a hash mark (#) are "
+"ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:87
-msgid "Accept color units for the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* output. See also the *Colors* subsection and the *COLORS* section below."
+msgid ""
+"Accept color units for the output. The optional argument _when_ can be "
+"*auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults "
+"to *auto*. The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see "
+"the *--help* output. See also the *Colors* subsection and the *COLORS* "
+"section below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:93
-msgid "_Two-byte octal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by eight space-separated, six-column, zero-filled, two-byte quantities of input data, in octal, per line."
+msgid ""
+"_Two-byte octal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed "
+"by eight space-separated, six-column, zero-filled, two-byte quantities of "
+"input data, in octal, per line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:99
-msgid "The *-v* option causes *hexdump* to display all input data. Without the *-v* option, any number of groups of output lines which would be identical to the immediately preceding group of output lines (except for the input offsets), are replaced with a line comprised of a single asterisk."
+msgid ""
+"The *-v* option causes *hexdump* to display all input data. Without the *-v* "
+"option, any number of groups of output lines which would be identical to the "
+"immediately preceding group of output lines (except for the input offsets), "
+"are replaced with a line comprised of a single asterisk."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:102
-msgid "_Two-byte hexadecimal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by eight space-separated, four-column, zero-filled, two-byte quantities of input data, in hexadecimal, per line."
+msgid ""
+"_Two-byte hexadecimal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, "
+"followed by eight space-separated, four-column, zero-filled, two-byte "
+"quantities of input data, in hexadecimal, per line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:106
-msgid "For each input file, *hexdump* sequentially copies the input to standard output, transforming the data according to the format strings specified by the *-e* and *-f* options, in the order that they were specified."
+msgid ""
+"For each input file, *hexdump* sequentially copies the input to standard "
+"output, transforming the data according to the format strings specified by "
+"the *-e* and *-f* options, in the order that they were specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:110
-msgid "A format string contains any number of format units, separated by whitespace. A format unit contains up to three items: an iteration count, a byte count, and a format."
+msgid ""
+"A format string contains any number of format units, separated by "
+"whitespace. A format unit contains up to three items: an iteration count, a "
+"byte count, and a format."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:112
-msgid "The iteration count is an optional positive integer, which defaults to one. Each format is applied iteration count times."
+msgid ""
+"The iteration count is an optional positive integer, which defaults to one. "
+"Each format is applied iteration count times."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:114
-msgid "The byte count is an optional positive integer. If specified it defines the number of bytes to be interpreted by each iteration of the format."
+msgid ""
+"The byte count is an optional positive integer. If specified it defines the "
+"number of bytes to be interpreted by each iteration of the format."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:116
-msgid "If an iteration count and/or a byte count is specified, a single slash must be placed after the iteration count and/or before the byte count to disambiguate them. Any whitespace before or after the slash is ignored."
+msgid ""
+"If an iteration count and/or a byte count is specified, a single slash must "
+"be placed after the iteration count and/or before the byte count to "
+"disambiguate them. Any whitespace before or after the slash is ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:118
-msgid "The format is required and must be surrounded by double quote (\" \") marks. It is interpreted as a fprintf-style format string (see *fprintf*(3)), with the following exceptions:"
+msgid ""
+"The format is required and must be surrounded by double quote (\" \") marks. "
+"It is interpreted as a fprintf-style format string (see *fprintf*(3)), with "
+"the following exceptions:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:124
-msgid "A byte count or field precision _is_ required for each *s* conversion character (unlike the *fprintf*(3) default which prints the entire string if the precision is unspecified)."
+msgid ""
+"A byte count or field precision _is_ required for each *s* conversion "
+"character (unlike the *fprintf*(3) default which prints the entire string if "
+"the precision is unspecified)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:127
-msgid "The conversion characters *h*, *l*, *n*, *p*, and *q* are not supported."
+msgid ""
+"The conversion characters *h*, *l*, *n*, *p*, and *q* are not supported."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:130
-msgid "The single character escape sequences described in the C standard are supported:"
+msgid ""
+"The single character escape sequences described in the C standard are "
+"supported:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Table
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:147
-msgid "The *hexdump* utility also supports the following additional conversion strings."
+msgid ""
+"The *hexdump* utility also supports the following additional conversion "
+"strings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:150
-msgid "Display the input offset, cumulative across input files, of the next byte to be displayed. The appended characters *d*, *o*, and *x* specify the display base as decimal, octal or hexadecimal respectively."
+msgid ""
+"Display the input offset, cumulative across input files, of the next byte to "
+"be displayed. The appended characters *d*, *o*, and *x* specify the display "
+"base as decimal, octal or hexadecimal respectively."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:153
-msgid "Almost identical to the *_a* conversion string except that it is only performed once, when all of the input data has been processed."
+msgid ""
+"Almost identical to the *_a* conversion string except that it is only "
+"performed once, when all of the input data has been processed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:156
-msgid "Output characters in the default character set. Non-printing characters are displayed in three-character, zero-padded octal, except for those representable by standard escape notation (see above), which are displayed as two-character strings."
+msgid ""
+"Output characters in the default character set. Non-printing characters are "
+"displayed in three-character, zero-padded octal, except for those "
+"representable by standard escape notation (see above), which are displayed "
+"as two-character strings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:159
-msgid "Output characters in the default character set. Non-printing characters are displayed as a single '*.*'."
+msgid ""
+"Output characters in the default character set. Non-printing characters are "
+"displayed as a single '*.*'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:162
-msgid "Output US ASCII characters, with the exception that control characters are displayed using the following, lower-case, names. Characters greater than 0xff, hexadecimal, are displayed as hexadecimal strings."
+msgid ""
+"Output US ASCII characters, with the exception that control characters are "
+"displayed using the following, lower-case, names. Characters greater than "
+"0xff, hexadecimal, are displayed as hexadecimal strings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Table
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:177
-msgid "When put at the end of a format specifier, *hexdump* highlights the respective string with the color specified. Conditions, if present, are evaluated prior to highlighting."
+msgid ""
+"When put at the end of a format specifier, *hexdump* highlights the "
+"respective string with the color specified. Conditions, if present, are "
+"evaluated prior to highlighting."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:186
-msgid "Negate the condition. Please note that it only makes sense to negate a unit if both a value/string and an offset are specified. In that case the respective output string will be highlighted if and only if the value/string does not match the one at the offset."
+msgid ""
+"Negate the condition. Please note that it only makes sense to negate a unit "
+"if both a value/string and an offset are specified. In that case the "
+"respective output string will be highlighted if and only if the value/string "
+"does not match the one at the offset."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:192
-msgid "A value to be matched specified in hexadecimal, or octal base, or as a string. Please note that the usual C escape sequences are not interpreted by *hexdump* inside the color_units."
+msgid ""
+"A value to be matched specified in hexadecimal, or octal base, or as a "
+"string. Please note that the usual C escape sequences are not interpreted by "
+"*hexdump* inside the color_units."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:195
-msgid "An offset or an offset range at which to check for a match. Please note that lone OFFSET_START uses the same value as END offset."
+msgid ""
+"An offset or an offset range at which to check for a match. Please note that "
+"lone OFFSET_START uses the same value as END offset."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:199
-msgid "The default and supported byte counts for the conversion characters are as follows:"
+msgid ""
+"The default and supported byte counts for the conversion characters are as "
+"follows:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:210
-msgid "The amount of data interpreted by each format string is the sum of the data required by each format unit, which is the iteration count times the byte count, or the iteration count times the number of bytes required by the format if the byte count is not specified."
+msgid ""
+"The amount of data interpreted by each format string is the sum of the data "
+"required by each format unit, which is the iteration count times the byte "
+"count, or the iteration count times the number of bytes required by the "
+"format if the byte count is not specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:212
-msgid "The input is manipulated in _blocks_, where a block is defined as the largest amount of data specified by any format string. Format strings interpreting less than an input block's worth of data, whose last format unit both interprets some number of bytes and does not have a specified iteration count, have the iteration count incremented until the entire input block has been processed or there is not enough data remaining in the block to satisfy the format string."
+msgid ""
+"The input is manipulated in _blocks_, where a block is defined as the "
+"largest amount of data specified by any format string. Format strings "
+"interpreting less than an input block's worth of data, whose last format "
+"unit both interprets some number of bytes and does not have a specified "
+"iteration count, have the iteration count incremented until the entire input "
+"block has been processed or there is not enough data remaining in the block "
+"to satisfy the format string."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:214
-msgid "If, either as a result of user specification or *hexdump* modifying the iteration count as described above, an iteration count is greater than one, no trailing whitespace characters are output during the last iteration."
+msgid ""
+"If, either as a result of user specification or *hexdump* modifying the "
+"iteration count as described above, an iteration count is greater than one, "
+"no trailing whitespace characters are output during the last iteration."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:216
-msgid "It is an error to specify a byte count as well as multiple conversion characters or strings unless all but one of the conversion characters or strings is *_a* or *_A*."
+msgid ""
+"It is an error to specify a byte count as well as multiple conversion "
+"characters or strings unless all but one of the conversion characters or "
+"strings is *_a* or *_A*."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:218
-msgid "If, as a result of the specification of the *-n* option or end-of-file being reached, input data only partially satisfies a format string, the input block is zero-padded sufficiently to display all available data (i.e., any format units overlapping the end of data will display some number of the zero bytes)."
+msgid ""
+"If, as a result of the specification of the *-n* option or end-of-file being "
+"reached, input data only partially satisfies a format string, the input "
+"block is zero-padded sufficiently to display all available data (i.e., any "
+"format units overlapping the end of data will display some number of the "
+"zero bytes)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:221
-msgid "Further output by such format strings is replaced by an equivalent number of spaces. An equivalent number of spaces is defined as the number of spaces output by an *s* conversion character with the same field width and precision as the original conversion character or conversion string but with any '*{plus}*', ' ', '*#*' conversion flag characters removed, and referencing a NULL string."
+msgid ""
+"Further output by such format strings is replaced by an equivalent number of "
+"spaces. An equivalent number of spaces is defined as the number of spaces "
+"output by an *s* conversion character with the same field width and "
+"precision as the original conversion character or conversion string but with "
+"any '*{plus}*', ' ', '*#*' conversion flag characters removed, and "
+"referencing a NULL string."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:223
-msgid "If no format strings are specified, the default display is very similar to the *-x* output format (the *-x* option causes more space to be used between format units than in the default output)."
+msgid ""
+"If no format strings are specified, the default display is very similar to "
+"the *-x* output format (the *-x* option causes more space to be used between "
+"format units than in the default output)."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:231
-msgid "The *hexdump* utility is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") compatible."
+msgid ""
+"The *hexdump* utility is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") "
+"compatible."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:250
-msgid "MBR Boot Signature example: Highlight the addresses cyan and the bytes at offsets 510 and 511 green if their value is 0xAA55, red otherwise."
+msgid ""
+"MBR Boot Signature example: Highlight the addresses cyan and the bytes at "
+"offsets 510 and 511 green if their value is 0xAA55, red otherwise."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:25
-msgid "The utility *line* copies one line (up to a newline) from standard input to standard output. It always prints at least a newline and returns an exit status of 1 on EOF or read error."
+msgid ""
+"The utility *line* copies one line (up to a newline) from standard input to "
+"standard output. It always prints at least a newline and returns an exit "
+"status of 1 on EOF or read error."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:57
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*more* is a filter for paging through text one screenful at a time. This version is especially primitive. Users should realize that *less*(1) provides *more*(1) emulation plus extensive enhancements.\n"
-msgid "*more* is a filter for paging through text one screenful at a time. This version is especially primitive. Users should realize that *less*(1) provides *more*(1) emulation plus extensive enhancements."
-msgstr "*more* es un filtro para paginar texto, mostrando una pantalla cada vez. Esta versión es especialmente primitiva. Los usuarios deben tener en cuenta que *less*(1) (\"menos\") provee *more*(1) (\"más\") emulación y muchas más mejoras.\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*more* is a filter for paging through text one screenful at a time. This "
+#| "version is especially primitive. Users should realize that *less*(1) "
+#| "provides *more*(1) emulation plus extensive enhancements.\n"
+msgid ""
+"*more* is a filter for paging through text one screenful at a time. This "
+"version is especially primitive. Users should realize that *less*(1) "
+"provides *more*(1) emulation plus extensive enhancements."
+msgstr ""
+"*more* es un filtro para paginar texto, mostrando una pantalla cada vez. "
+"Esta versión es especialmente primitiva. Los usuarios deben tener en cuenta "
+"que *less*(1) (\"menos\") provee *more*(1) (\"más\") emulación y muchas más "
+"mejoras.\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:61
-msgid "Options are also taken from the environment variable *MORE* (make sure to precede them with a dash (*-*)) but command-line options will override those."
-msgstr "Estas, también se toman de la variable de entorno *MORE* (asegúrate de precederla con un guión (*-*)). Ten en cuenta que las opciones de la línea de órdenes toman precedencia sobre esta variable."
+msgid ""
+"Options are also taken from the environment variable *MORE* (make sure to "
+"precede them with a dash (*-*)) but command-line options will override those."
+msgstr ""
+"Estas, también se toman de la variable de entorno *MORE* (asegúrate de "
+"precederla con un guión (*-*)). Ten en cuenta que las opciones de la línea "
+"de órdenes toman precedencia sobre esta variable."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:62
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:64
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "E<.Nm more> will prompt the user with the message \"[Press space to continue, 'q' to quit.]\" and will display \"[Press 'h' for instructions.]\" instead of ringing the bell when an illegal key is pressed."
-msgid "Prompt with \"[Press space to continue, 'q' to quit.]\", and display \"[Press 'h' for instructions.]\" instead of ringing the bell when an illegal key is pressed."
-msgstr "Muestra el mensaje \"[Press space to continue, 'q' to quit.]\" (pulsa espacio para continuar, 'q' para salir) en vez de emitir un pitido cuando se pulse una tecla ilegal."
+#| msgid ""
+#| "E<.Nm more> will prompt the user with the message \"[Press space to "
+#| "continue, 'q' to quit.]\" and will display \"[Press 'h' for "
+#| "instructions.]\" instead of ringing the bell when an illegal key is "
+#| "pressed."
+msgid ""
+"Prompt with \"[Press space to continue, 'q' to quit.]\", and display "
+"\"[Press 'h' for instructions.]\" instead of ringing the bell when an "
+"illegal key is pressed."
+msgstr ""
+"Muestra el mensaje \"[Press space to continue, 'q' to quit.]\" (pulsa "
+"espacio para continuar, 'q' para salir) en vez de emitir un pitido cuando se "
+"pulse una tecla ilegal."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:65
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:67
msgid "Do not pause after any line containing a *^L* (form feed)."
-msgstr "No hace pausa después de ninguna línea que contenga *^L* (salto de página)."
+msgstr ""
+"No hace pausa después de ninguna línea que contenga *^L* (salto de página)."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:68
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:70
-msgid "Exit on End-Of-File, enabled by default if POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable is not set or if not executed on terminal."
+msgid ""
+"Exit on End-Of-File, enabled by default if POSIXLY_CORRECT environment "
+"variable is not set or if not executed on terminal."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:73
-msgid "Count logical lines, rather than screen lines (i.e., long lines are not folded)."
-msgstr "Cuenta líneas lógicas en vez de líneas de pantalla (o sea, las líneas largas no se doblan)."
+msgid ""
+"Count logical lines, rather than screen lines (i.e., long lines are not "
+"folded)."
+msgstr ""
+"Cuenta líneas lógicas en vez de líneas de pantalla (o sea, las líneas largas "
+"no se doblan)."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:74
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:76
-msgid "Do not scroll. Instead, clear the whole screen and then display the text. Notice that this option is switched on automatically if the executable is named *page*."
-msgstr "No realiza desplazamiento. En vez de ello, limpia toda la pantalla y luego muestra el texto. Obsérvese que esta opción se activa automáticamente si el nombre del ejecutable es *page*."
+msgid ""
+"Do not scroll. Instead, clear the whole screen and then display the text. "
+"Notice that this option is switched on automatically if the executable is "
+"named *page*."
+msgstr ""
+"No realiza desplazamiento. En vez de ello, limpia toda la pantalla y luego "
+"muestra el texto. Obsérvese que esta opción se activa automáticamente si el "
+"nombre del ejecutable es *page*."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:77
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:79
-msgid "Do not scroll. Instead, paint each screen from the top, clearing the remainder of each line as it is displayed."
-msgstr "No realizar desplazamiento. En vez del mismo, dibujar cada pantalla desde arriba, limpiando el resto de la línea según se van mostrando."
+msgid ""
+"Do not scroll. Instead, paint each screen from the top, clearing the "
+"remainder of each line as it is displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"No realizar desplazamiento. En vez del mismo, dibujar cada pantalla desde "
+"arriba, limpiando el resto de la línea según se van mostrando."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:80
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:85
-msgid "Suppress underlining. This option is silently ignored as backwards compatibility."
-msgstr "Suprime el subrayado. Esta opción se ignora silenciosamente por compatibilidad hacia atrás."
+msgid ""
+"Suppress underlining. This option is silently ignored as backwards "
+"compatibility."
+msgstr ""
+"Suprime el subrayado. Esta opción se ignora silenciosamente por "
+"compatibilidad hacia atrás."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:86
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:88
-msgid "Specify the _number_ of lines per screenful. The _number_ argument is a positive decimal integer. The *--lines* option shall override any values obtained from any other source, such as number of lines reported by terminal."
-msgstr "Especifica el _número de líneas por pantalla. El argumento _número_ es un número entero positivo en decimal. La opción *--lines* anulará los valores obtenidos de cualquier otra fuente, tales como el número de líneas que se muestran por terminal."
+msgid ""
+"Specify the _number_ of lines per screenful. The _number_ argument is a "
+"positive decimal integer. The *--lines* option shall override any values "
+"obtained from any other source, such as number of lines reported by terminal."
+msgstr ""
+"Especifica el _número de líneas por pantalla. El argumento _número_ es un "
+"número entero positivo en decimal. La opción *--lines* anulará los valores "
+"obtenidos de cualquier otra fuente, tales como el número de líneas que se "
+"muestran por terminal."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:89 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:36
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:91
msgid "A numeric option means the same as *--lines* option argument."
-msgstr "Una opción numérica tiene el mismo significado que el argumento de la opción *--lines*."
+msgstr ""
+"Una opción numérica tiene el mismo significado que el argumento de la opción "
+"*--lines*."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:92 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:30
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:97
msgid "The _string_ to be searched in each file before starting to display it."
-msgstr "La _cadena_ que se buscará en cada fichero antes de empezar a mostrarlo."
+msgstr ""
+"La _cadena_ que se buscará en cada fichero antes de empezar a mostrarlo."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:103
-msgid "Interactive commands for *more* are based on *vi*(1). Some commands may be preceded by a decimal number, called k in the descriptions below. In the following descriptions, *^X* means *control-X*."
-msgstr "Las órdenes interactivas para *more* están basadas en las respectivas de *vi*(1). Algunos de ellos se pueden preceder por un número decimal, que llamaremos \"k\" en las descripciones siguientes. En lo que sigue, *^X* significa *control-X*."
+msgid ""
+"Interactive commands for *more* are based on *vi*(1). Some commands may be "
+"preceded by a decimal number, called k in the descriptions below. In the "
+"following descriptions, *^X* means *control-X*."
+msgstr ""
+"Las órdenes interactivas para *more* están basadas en las respectivas de "
+"*vi*(1). Algunos de ellos se pueden preceder por un número decimal, que "
+"llamaremos \"k\" en las descripciones siguientes. En lo que sigue, *^X* "
+"significa *control-X*."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:104
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:106
-msgid "Help; display a summary of these commands. If you forget all other commands, remember this one."
-msgstr "Ayuda: muestra un resumen para estas órdenes. Si olvidas todos los otros, recuerda éste."
+msgid ""
+"Help; display a summary of these commands. If you forget all other commands, "
+"remember this one."
+msgstr ""
+"Ayuda: muestra un resumen para estas órdenes. Si olvidas todos los otros, "
+"recuerda éste."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:107
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:109
msgid "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to current screen size."
-msgstr "Muestra las próximas k líneas de texto. Por defecto, el tamaño (en líneas) de la pantalla actual."
+msgstr ""
+"Muestra las próximas k líneas de texto. Por defecto, el tamaño (en líneas) "
+"de la pantalla actual."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:110
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:112
-msgid "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to current screen size. Argument becomes new default."
-msgstr "Muestra las próximas k líneas de texto. Por defecto el tamaño (en líneas) de la pantalla actual. El argumento se transforma en el nuevo valor por defecto."
+msgid ""
+"Display next k lines of text. Defaults to current screen size. Argument "
+"becomes new default."
+msgstr ""
+"Muestra las próximas k líneas de texto. Por defecto el tamaño (en líneas) de "
+"la pantalla actual. El argumento se transforma en el nuevo valor por defecto."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:113
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:115
-msgid "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to 1. Argument becomes new default."
-msgstr "Muestra las próximas k líneas de texto. Por defecto una. El argumento se transforma en el nuevo valor por defecto."
+msgid ""
+"Display next k lines of text. Defaults to 1. Argument becomes new default."
+msgstr ""
+"Muestra las próximas k líneas de texto. Por defecto una. El argumento se "
+"transforma en el nuevo valor por defecto."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:116
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:118
-msgid "Scroll k lines. Default is current scroll size, initially 11. Argument becomes new default."
-msgstr "Avanzar k líneas. Por defecto es el tamaño actual de desplazamiento, inicialmente 11. El argumento se convierte en el nuevo valor por defecto."
+msgid ""
+"Scroll k lines. Default is current scroll size, initially 11. Argument "
+"becomes new default."
+msgstr ""
+"Avanzar k líneas. Por defecto es el tamaño actual de desplazamiento, "
+"inicialmente 11. El argumento se convierte en el nuevo valor por defecto."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:119
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:130
-msgid "Skip backwards k screenfuls of text. Defaults to 1. Only works with files, not pipes."
-msgstr "Retroceder k pantallas de texto. Por defecto 1. Solo funciona con ficheros, no con tuberías."
+msgid ""
+"Skip backwards k screenfuls of text. Defaults to 1. Only works with files, "
+"not pipes."
+msgstr ""
+"Retroceder k pantallas de texto. Por defecto 1. Solo funciona con ficheros, "
+"no con tuberías."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:131
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:139
msgid "Search for kth occurrence of regular expression. Defaults to 1."
-msgstr "Buscar la ocurrencia k-ésima de una expresión regular. Por defecto una."
+msgstr ""
+"Buscar la ocurrencia k-ésima de una expresión regular. Por defecto una."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:142
msgid "Search for kth occurrence of last regular expression. Defaults to 1."
-msgstr "Busca la ocurrencia k-ésima de la última expresión regular. Por defecto 1."
+msgstr ""
+"Busca la ocurrencia k-ésima de la última expresión regular. Por defecto 1."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:143
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:148
-msgid "Start up an editor at current line. The editor is taken from the environment variable *VISUAL* if defined, or *EDITOR* if *VISUAL* is not defined, or defaults to *vi*(1) if neither *VISUAL* nor *EDITOR* is defined."
-msgstr "Arranca un editor en la línea actual. El editor se toma de la variable de entorno *VISUAL* si está definida, o *EDITOR* si *VISUAL* no está definida, o *vi*(1) si ninguna de las dos variables está definida."
+msgid ""
+"Start up an editor at current line. The editor is taken from the environment "
+"variable *VISUAL* if defined, or *EDITOR* if *VISUAL* is not defined, or "
+"defaults to *vi*(1) if neither *VISUAL* nor *EDITOR* is defined."
+msgstr ""
+"Arranca un editor en la línea actual. El editor se toma de la variable de "
+"entorno *VISUAL* si está definida, o *EDITOR* si *VISUAL* no está definida, "
+"o *vi*(1) si ninguna de las dos variables está definida."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:149
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:167
-msgid "The *more* command respects the following environment variables, if they exist:"
+msgid ""
+"The *more* command respects the following environment variables, if they "
+"exist:"
msgstr "Si existen, *more* usa las siguientes variables de entorno:"
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:170
msgid "This variable may be set with favored options to *more*."
-msgstr "A ésta variable se le pueden asignar las opciones favoritas para *more*."
+msgstr ""
+"A ésta variable se le pueden asignar las opciones favoritas para *more*."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:173
msgid "Current shell in use (normally set by the shell at login time)."
-msgstr "La shell en uso (normalmente está asignada por el propio intérprete al entrar en el sistema)."
+msgstr ""
+"La shell en uso (normalmente está asignada por el propio intérprete al "
+"entrar en el sistema)."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:174 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:133
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:176
-msgid "The terminal type used by *more* to get the terminal characteristics necessary to manipulate the screen."
-msgstr "Tipo de terminal usado por *more* para obtener las características del terminal necesarias para manejar la pantalla."
+msgid ""
+"The terminal type used by *more* to get the terminal characteristics "
+"necessary to manipulate the screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Tipo de terminal usado por *more* para obtener las características del "
+"terminal necesarias para manejar la pantalla."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:177
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:179
msgid "The editor the user prefers. Invoked when command key _v_ is pressed."
-msgstr "Editor preferido del usuario. Invocado cuando se pulsa la tecla de orden _v_."
+msgstr ""
+"Editor preferido del usuario. Invocado cuando se pulsa la tecla de orden _v_."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:182
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:189
-msgid "The *more* command appeared in 3.0BSD. This man page documents *more* version 5.19 (Berkeley 6/29/88), which is currently in use in the Linux community. Documentation was produced using several other versions of the man page, and extensive inspection of the source code."
-msgstr "La orden *more* apareció en 3.0BSD. Esta página del manual documenta la versión 5.19 (Berkeley 6/29/88) de *more*, que es la que se usa corrientemente en la comunidad Linux. La documentación fue creada usando diferentes versiones de la página del manual, y una inspección exhaustiva del código fuente."
+msgid ""
+"The *more* command appeared in 3.0BSD. This man page documents *more* "
+"version 5.19 (Berkeley 6/29/88), which is currently in use in the Linux "
+"community. Documentation was produced using several other versions of the "
+"man page, and extensive inspection of the source code."
+msgstr ""
+"La orden *more* apareció en 3.0BSD. Esta página del manual documenta la "
+"versión 5.19 (Berkeley 6/29/88) de *more*, que es la que se usa "
+"corrientemente en la comunidad Linux. La documentación fue creada usando "
+"diferentes versiones de la página del manual, y una inspección exhaustiva "
+"del código fuente."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:193
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:195
msgid "Modified by Geoff Peck, UCB to add underlining, single spacing."
-msgstr "Modificado por Geoff Peck, UCB para añadir subrayado, espaciado simple."
+msgstr ""
+"Modificado por Geoff Peck, UCB para añadir subrayado, espaciado simple."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:197
msgid "Modified by John Foderaro, UCB to add -c and MORE environment variable."
-msgstr "Modificado por John Foderaro, UCB para añadir -c y la variable de entorno MORE."
+msgstr ""
+"Modificado por John Foderaro, UCB para añadir -c y la variable de entorno "
+"MORE."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:202
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:21
-msgid "*pg* displays a text file on a CRT one screenful at once. After each page, a prompt is displayed. The user may then either press the newline key to view the next page or one of the keys described below."
+msgid ""
+"*pg* displays a text file on a CRT one screenful at once. After each page, a "
+"prompt is displayed. The user may then either press the newline key to view "
+"the next page or one of the keys described below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:23
-msgid "If no filename is given on the command line, *pg* reads from standard input. If standard output is not a terminal, *pg* acts like *cat*(1) but precedes each file with its name if there is more than one."
+msgid ""
+"If no filename is given on the command line, *pg* reads from standard input. "
+"If standard output is not a terminal, *pg* acts like *cat*(1) but precedes "
+"each file with its name if there is more than one."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:25
-msgid "If input comes from a pipe, *pg* stores the data in a buffer file while reading, to make navigation possible."
+msgid ""
+"If input comes from a pipe, *pg* stores the data in a buffer file while "
+"reading, to make navigation possible."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:35
-msgid "Start at the line containing the Basic Regular Expression _pattern_ given."
+msgid ""
+"Start at the line containing the Basic Regular Expression _pattern_ given."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:38
-msgid "The number of lines per page. By default, this is the number of CRT lines minus one."
+msgid ""
+"The number of lines per page. By default, this is the number of CRT lines "
+"minus one."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:41
-msgid "Clear the screen before a page is displayed, if the terminfo entry for the terminal provides this capability."
+msgid ""
+"Clear the screen before a page is displayed, if the terminfo entry for the "
+"terminal provides this capability."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:50
-msgid "Without this option, commands must be terminated by a newline character."
+msgid ""
+"Without this option, commands must be terminated by a newline character."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:55
-msgid "Instead of the normal prompt _:_, _string_ is displayed. If _string_ contains *%d*, its first occurrence is replaced by the number of the current page."
+msgid ""
+"Instead of the normal prompt _:_, _string_ is displayed. If _string_ "
+"contains *%d*, its first occurrence is replaced by the number of the current "
+"page."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:61
-msgid "Print messages in _standout_ mode, if the terminfo entry for the terminal provides this capability."
+msgid ""
+"Print messages in _standout_ mode, if the terminfo entry for the terminal "
+"provides this capability."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:67
-msgid "The following commands may be entered at the prompt. Commands preceded by _i_ in this document accept a number as argument, positive or negative. If this argument starts with *+* or *-*, it is interpreted relative to the current position in the input file, otherwise relative to the beginning."
+msgid ""
+"The following commands may be entered at the prompt. Commands preceded by "
+"_i_ in this document accept a number as argument, positive or negative. If "
+"this argument starts with *+* or *-*, it is interpreted relative to the "
+"current position in the input file, otherwise relative to the beginning."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:73
-msgid "Display the next halfpage. If _i_ is given, it is always interpreted relative to the current position."
+msgid ""
+"Display the next halfpage. If _i_ is given, it is always interpreted "
+"relative to the current position."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:79
-msgid "Skip a page forward. _i_ must be a positive number and is always interpreted relative to the current position."
+msgid ""
+"Skip a page forward. _i_ must be a positive number and is always interpreted "
+"relative to the current position."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:91
-msgid "Search forward until the first or the _i_-th occurrence of the Basic Regular Expression _pattern_ is found. The search starts after the current page and stops at the end of the file. No wrap-around is performed. _i_ must be a positive number."
+msgid ""
+"Search forward until the first or the _i_-th occurrence of the Basic Regular "
+"Expression _pattern_ is found. The search starts after the current page and "
+"stops at the end of the file. No wrap-around is performed. _i_ must be a "
+"positive number."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:94
-msgid "Search backward until the first or the _i_-th occurrence of the Basic Regular Expression _pattern_ is found. The search starts before the current page and stops at the beginning of the file. No wrap-around is performed. _i_ must be a positive number."
+msgid ""
+"Search backward until the first or the _i_-th occurrence of the Basic "
+"Regular Expression _pattern_ is found. The search starts before the current "
+"page and stops at the beginning of the file. No wrap-around is performed. "
+"_i_ must be a positive number."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:96
-msgid "The search commands accept an added letter. If *t* is given, the line containing the pattern is displayed at the top of the screen, which is the default. *m* selects the middle and *b* the bottom of the screen. The selected position is used in following searches, too."
+msgid ""
+"The search commands accept an added letter. If *t* is given, the line "
+"containing the pattern is displayed at the top of the screen, which is the "
+"default. *m* selects the middle and *b* the bottom of the screen. The "
+"selected position is used in following searches, too."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:116
-msgid "If the user presses the interrupt or quit key while *pg* reads from the input file or writes on the terminal, *pg* will immediately display the prompt. In all other situations these keys will terminate *pg*."
+msgid ""
+"If the user presses the interrupt or quit key while *pg* reads from the "
+"input file or writes on the terminal, *pg* will immediately display the "
+"prompt. In all other situations these keys will terminate *pg*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#| "*locale*(7),\n"
#| "*regex*(7),\n"
#| "*term*(7)\n"
-msgid "*cat*(1), *more*(1), *sh*(1p), *terminfo*(5), *locale*(7), *regex*(7), *term*(7)"
+msgid ""
+"*cat*(1), *more*(1), *sh*(1p), *terminfo*(5), *locale*(7), *regex*(7), "
+"*term*(7)"
msgstr ""
"*cat*(1),\n"
"*more*(1),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:54
-msgid "The *rev* utility copies the specified files to standard output, reversing the order of characters in every line. If no files are specified, standard input is read."
-msgstr "La utilidad *rev* copia los ficheros especificados a la salida estándar, invirtiendo el orden de los caracteres de cada línea. Si no se especifican ficheros, se lee de la entrada estándar."
+msgid ""
+"The *rev* utility copies the specified files to standard output, reversing "
+"the order of characters in every line. If no files are specified, standard "
+"input is read."
+msgstr ""
+"La utilidad *rev* copia los ficheros especificados a la salida estándar, "
+"invirtiendo el orden de los caracteres de cada línea. Si no se especifican "
+"ficheros, se lee de la entrada estándar."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:56
-msgid "This utility is a line-oriented tool and it uses in-memory allocated buffer for a whole wide-char line. If the input file is huge and without line breaks then allocating the memory for the file may be unsuccessful."
+msgid ""
+"This utility is a line-oriented tool and it uses in-memory allocated buffer "
+"for a whole wide-char line. If the input file is huge and without line "
+"breaks then allocating the memory for the file may be unsuccessful."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:61
+#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:59
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#| msgid "*-z*, *--zero*"
msgid "*-0*, *--zero*"
msgstr "*-z*, *--zero*"
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:63
+#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:61
msgid "_Zero termination_. Use the byte '\\0' as line separator."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:54
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*ul* reads the named files (or standard input if none are given) and translates occurrences of underscores to the sequence which indicates underlining for the terminal in use, as specified by the environment variable *TERM*. The _terminfo_ database is read to determine the appropriate sequences for underlining. If the terminal is incapable of underlining but is capable of a standout mode, then that is used instead. If the terminal can overstrike, or handles underlining automatically, *ul* degenerates to *cat*(1). If the terminal cannot underline, underlining is ignored.\n"
-msgid "*ul* reads the named files (or standard input if none are given) and translates occurrences of underscores to the sequence which indicates underlining for the terminal in use, as specified by the environment variable *TERM*. The _terminfo_ database is read to determine the appropriate sequences for underlining. If the terminal is incapable of underlining but is capable of a standout mode, then that is used instead. If the terminal can overstrike, or handles underlining automatically, *ul* degenerates to *cat*(1). If the terminal cannot underline, underlining is ignored."
-msgstr "*ul* lee los ficheros dados (o la entrada estándar si no se da ninguno) y traduce caracteres subrayados a la secuencia que indique el subrayado para la terminal en uso, según se especifique en la variable de entorno *TERM*. La base de datos _terminfo_ se lee para determinar las secuencias apropiadas para el subrayado. Si la terminal es incapaz de subrayar, pero tiene otra forma de resaltado, se usa ese en su lugar. Si la terminal puede sobre-escribir, o maneja automáticamente el subrayado, *ul* degenera a *cat*(1). Si la terminal no puede hacer el subrayado ni nada parecido, el subrayado no se realiza.\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*ul* reads the named files (or standard input if none are given) and "
+#| "translates occurrences of underscores to the sequence which indicates "
+#| "underlining for the terminal in use, as specified by the environment "
+#| "variable *TERM*. The _terminfo_ database is read to determine the "
+#| "appropriate sequences for underlining. If the terminal is incapable of "
+#| "underlining but is capable of a standout mode, then that is used instead. "
+#| "If the terminal can overstrike, or handles underlining automatically, "
+#| "*ul* degenerates to *cat*(1). If the terminal cannot underline, "
+#| "underlining is ignored.\n"
+msgid ""
+"*ul* reads the named files (or standard input if none are given) and "
+"translates occurrences of underscores to the sequence which indicates "
+"underlining for the terminal in use, as specified by the environment "
+"variable *TERM*. The _terminfo_ database is read to determine the "
+"appropriate sequences for underlining. If the terminal is incapable of "
+"underlining but is capable of a standout mode, then that is used instead. If "
+"the terminal can overstrike, or handles underlining automatically, *ul* "
+"degenerates to *cat*(1). If the terminal cannot underline, underlining is "
+"ignored."
+msgstr ""
+"*ul* lee los ficheros dados (o la entrada estándar si no se da ninguno) y "
+"traduce caracteres subrayados a la secuencia que indique el subrayado para "
+"la terminal en uso, según se especifique en la variable de entorno *TERM*. "
+"La base de datos _terminfo_ se lee para determinar las secuencias apropiadas "
+"para el subrayado. Si la terminal es incapaz de subrayar, pero tiene otra "
+"forma de resaltado, se usa ese en su lugar. Si la terminal puede sobre-"
+"escribir, o maneja automáticamente el subrayado, *ul* degenera a *cat*(1). "
+"Si la terminal no puede hacer el subrayado ni nada parecido, el subrayado no "
+"se realiza.\n"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:57
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:59
-msgid "Underlining is indicated by a separate line containing appropriate dashes `-'; this is useful when you want to look at the underlining which is present in an *nroff* output stream on a crt-terminal."
-msgstr "El subrayado se indica por una línea separada que contiene guiones `-' según sea apropiado; esto es útil cuando quiere ver los subrayados presentes en un flujo de salida de *nroff* en una terminal CRT."
+msgid ""
+"Underlining is indicated by a separate line containing appropriate dashes "
+"`-'; this is useful when you want to look at the underlining which is "
+"present in an *nroff* output stream on a crt-terminal."
+msgstr ""
+"El subrayado se indica por una línea separada que contiene guiones `-' según "
+"sea apropiado; esto es útil cuando quiere ver los subrayados presentes en un "
+"flujo de salida de *nroff* en una terminal CRT."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:60
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:62
-msgid "Override the environment variable *TERM* with the specified _terminal_ type."
+msgid ""
+"Override the environment variable *TERM* with the specified _terminal_ type."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:71
-msgid "The *TERM* variable is used to relate a tty device with its device capability description (see *terminfo*(5)). *TERM* is set at login time, either by the default terminal type specified in _/etc/ttys_ or as set during the login process by the user in their _login_ file (see *setenv*(3))."
-msgstr "La variable *TERM* se emplea para referirse a un dispositivo tty con su descripción de capacidades del dispositivo (vea *terminfo*(5)). *TERM* se establece cuando se entra en el sistema, bien con el valor de tipo de terminal predeterminado especificado en _/etc/ttys_ o con el puesto durante el proceso de entrada por el usuario en su fichero _login_ o similar (vea *setenv*(3))."
+msgid ""
+"The *TERM* variable is used to relate a tty device with its device "
+"capability description (see *terminfo*(5)). *TERM* is set at login time, "
+"either by the default terminal type specified in _/etc/ttys_ or as set "
+"during the login process by the user in their _login_ file (see *setenv*(3))."
+msgstr ""
+"La variable *TERM* se emplea para referirse a un dispositivo tty con su "
+"descripción de capacidades del dispositivo (vea *terminfo*(5)). *TERM* se "
+"establece cuando se entra en el sistema, bien con el valor de tipo de "
+"terminal predeterminado especificado en _/etc/ttys_ o con el puesto durante "
+"el proceso de entrada por el usuario en su fichero _login_ o similar (vea "
+"*setenv*(3))."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:75
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:79
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*nroff* usually outputs a series of backspaces and underlines intermixed with the text to indicate underlining. No attempt is made to optimize the backward motion.\n"
-msgid "*nroff* usually outputs a series of backspaces and underlines intermixed with the text to indicate underlining. No attempt is made to optimize the backward motion."
-msgstr "*nroff* usualmente saca una serie de espacios-atrás y sub-rayas entremezclados con el texto para indicar el subrayado. No se ha hecho ningún intento para mejorar el movimiento hacia atrás.\n"
+#| msgid ""
+#| "*nroff* usually outputs a series of backspaces and underlines intermixed "
+#| "with the text to indicate underlining. No attempt is made to optimize the "
+#| "backward motion.\n"
+msgid ""
+"*nroff* usually outputs a series of backspaces and underlines intermixed "
+"with the text to indicate underlining. No attempt is made to optimize the "
+"backward motion."
+msgstr ""
+"*nroff* usualmente saca una serie de espacios-atrás y sub-rayas "
+"entremezclados con el texto para indicar el subrayado. No se ha hecho ningún "
+"intento para mejorar el movimiento hacia atrás.\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:88
#| "*nroff*(1),\n"
#| "*setenv*(3),\n"
#| "*terminfo*(5)\n"
-msgid "*colcrt*(1), *login*(1), *man*(1), *nroff*(1), *setenv*(3), *terminfo*(5)"
+msgid ""
+"*colcrt*(1), *login*(1), *man*(1), *nroff*(1), *setenv*(3), *terminfo*(5)"
msgstr ""
"*colcrt*(1), \n"
"*login*(1),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/bits.1.adoc:33
-msgid "The *bits* utility converts bit masks into various formats. It supports combining multiple masks together using bitwise operations."
+msgid ""
+"The *bits* utility converts bit masks into various formats. It supports "
+"combining multiple masks together using bitwise operations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/bits.1.adoc:39
-msgid "A set of bits specified as a hexadecimal mask value (e.g. _0xeec2_) or as a comma-separated list of bit IDs."
+msgid ""
+"A set of bits specified as a hexadecimal mask value (e.g. _0xeec2_) or as a "
+"comma-separated list of bit IDs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/bits.1.adoc:42
-msgid "If no argument is specified, the sets of bits will be read from standard input; one group per line."
+msgid ""
+"If no argument is specified, the sets of bits will be read from standard "
+"input; one group per line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/bits.1.adoc:44
-msgid "Consecutive ids can be compressed as ranges (e.g. _5,6,7,8,9,10_ -> _5-10_)."
+msgid ""
+"Consecutive ids can be compressed as ranges (e.g. _5,6,7,8,9,10_ -> _5-10_)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/bits.1.adoc:48
-msgid "Optionally, if an argument starts with a comma, it will be parsed as a single hexadecimal mask split in 32bit groups (e.g. _,00014000,00000000,00020000_ -> _17,78,80_)."
+msgid ""
+"Optionally, if an argument starts with a comma, it will be parsed as a "
+"single hexadecimal mask split in 32bit groups (e.g. "
+"_,00014000,00000000,00020000_ -> _17,78,80_)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/bits.1.adoc:52
-msgid "By default all groups will be OR'ed together. If a group has one of the following prefixes, it will be combined with the resulting mask using a different binary operation:"
+msgid ""
+"By default all groups will be OR'ed together. If a group has one of the "
+"following prefixes, it will be combined with the resulting mask using a "
+"different binary operation:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/bits.1.adoc:57
-msgid "The group will be combined with a binary AND operation. I.e. all bits that are set to 1 in the group AND the combined groups so far will be preserved to 1. All other bits will be reset to 0."
+msgid ""
+"The group will be combined with a binary AND operation. I.e. all bits that "
+"are set to 1 in the group AND the combined groups so far will be preserved "
+"to 1. All other bits will be reset to 0."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/bits.1.adoc:63
-msgid "The group will be combined with a binary XOR operation. I.e. all bits that are set to 1 in the group AND to 0 the combined groups so far (or the other way around) will be set to 1. Bits that are both to 1 or both to 0 will be reset to 0."
+msgid ""
+"The group will be combined with a binary XOR operation. I.e. all bits that "
+"are set to 1 in the group AND to 0 the combined groups so far (or the other "
+"way around) will be set to 1. Bits that are both to 1 or both to 0 will be "
+"reset to 0."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/bits.1.adoc:67
-msgid "All bits set to 1 in the group will be cleared (reset to 0) in the combined groups so far."
+msgid ""
+"All bits set to 1 in the group will be cleared (reset to 0) in the combined "
+"groups so far."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
-#: ../text-utils/bits.1.adoc:72
+#: ../text-utils/bits.1.adoc:70
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-w* __<NUM>__, *--width* __<NUM>__"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
-#: ../text-utils/bits.1.adoc:75
-msgid "Maximum number of bits in the masks handled by *bits* (default __8192__). Any bit larger than this number will be truncated."
+#: ../text-utils/bits.1.adoc:73
+msgid ""
+"Maximum number of bits in the masks handled by *bits* (default __8192__). "
+"Any bit larger than this number will be truncated."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/bits.1.adoc:80
-msgid "One of the following conversion modes can be specified. If not specified, it defaults to *-m*, *--mask*."
+msgid ""
+"One of the following conversion modes can be specified. If not specified, it "
+"defaults to *-m*, *--mask*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/bits.1.adoc:87
-msgid "Print the combined args as a hexadecimal mask value in 32bit comma separated groups."
+msgid ""
+"Print the combined args as a hexadecimal mask value in 32bit comma separated "
+"groups."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/bits.1.adoc:94
-msgid "Print the combined args as a list of bit IDs. Consecutive IDs are compressed as ranges."
+msgid ""
+"Print the combined args as a list of bit IDs. Consecutive IDs are compressed "
+"as ranges."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../liblastlog2/man/lastlog2.3.adoc:21
-msgid "*lastlog2* reports the last login of a given user or of all users who did ever login on a system."
+msgid ""
+"*lastlog2* reports the last login of a given user or of all users who did "
+"ever login on a system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../liblastlog2/man/lastlog2.3.adoc:27
-msgid "It's using sqlite3 as database backend. Data is only collected via a PAM module, so that all tools can make use of it, without modifying existing packages. The output is as compatible as possible with the old lastlog implementation. By default the database will be written as `/var/lib/lastlog/lastlog2.db`. The size of the database depends on the amount of users, not how big the biggest UID is."
+msgid ""
+"It's using sqlite3 as database backend. Data is only collected via a PAM "
+"module, so that all tools can make use of it, without modifying existing "
+"packages. The output is as compatible as possible with the old lastlog "
+"implementation. By default the database will be written as _/var/lib/"
+"lastlog/lastlog2.db_. The size of the database depends on the amount of "
+"users, not how big the biggest UID is."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_rename_user.3.adoc:47
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_update_login_time.3.adoc:48
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_write_entry.3.adoc:51
-msgid "Thorsten Kukuk (kukuk@suse.de)"
+msgid "mailto:kukuk@suse.de[Thorsten Kukuk]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../liblastlog2/man/lastlog2.3.adoc:44
-msgid "*lastlog2*(3), *ll2_new_context(3), *ll2_unref_context(3), *ll2_write_entry*(3), *ll2_read_all*(3), *ll2_read_entry*(3), *ll2_update_login_time*(3), *ll2_remove_entry*(3), *ll2_rename_user*(3), *ll2_import_lastlog*(3)"
+msgid ""
+"*lastlog2*(3), *ll2_new_context*(3), *ll2_unref_context*(3), "
+"*ll2_write_entry*(3), *ll2_read_all*(3), *ll2_read_entry*(3), "
+"*ll2_update_login_time*(3), *ll2_remove_entry*(3), *ll2_rename_user*(3), "
+"*ll2_import_lastlog*(3)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =
#. type: Plain text
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_import_lastlog.3.adoc:28
-msgid "Imports all entries from _lastlog_file_ file (lastlog(8)) into lastlog2 database defined with _context_. If _context_ is NULL, the default database, defined in _LL2_DEFAULT_DATABASE_, will be taken."
+msgid ""
+"Imports all entries from _lastlog_file_ file (lastlog(8)) into lastlog2 "
+"database defined with _context_. If _context_ is NULL, the default "
+"database, defined in _LL2_DEFAULT_DATABASE_, will be taken."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_rename_user.3.adoc:43
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_update_login_time.3.adoc:44
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_write_entry.3.adoc:47
-msgid "Returns 0 on success, -ENOMEM or -1 on other failure. _error_ contains an error string if the return value is -1. _error_ is not guaranteed to contain an error string, could also be NULL. _error_ should be freed by the caller."
+msgid ""
+"Returns 0 on success, -ENOMEM or -1 on other failure. _error_ contains an "
+"error string if the return value is -1. _error_ is not guaranteed to "
+"contain an error string, could also be NULL. _error_ should be freed by the "
+"caller."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_import_lastlog.3.adoc:58
-msgid "*lastlog2*(3), *ll2_new_context(3), *ll2_unref_context(3), *ll2_read_all*(3), *ll2_write_entry*(3), *ll2_read_entry*(3), *ll2_update_login_time*(3), *ll2_rename_user*(3), *ll2_remove_entry*(3)"
+msgid ""
+"*lastlog2*(3), *ll2_new_context*(3), *ll2_unref_context*(3), "
+"*ll2_read_all*(3), *ll2_write_entry*(3), *ll2_read_entry*(3), "
+"*ll2_update_login_time*(3), *ll2_rename_user*(3), *ll2_remove_entry*(3)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =
#. type: Plain text
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_read_all.3.adoc:13
-msgid "ll2_read_all - Reads all entries from database and calls the callback function for each entry."
+msgid ""
+"ll2_read_all - Reads all entries from database and calls the callback "
+"function for each entry."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_read_all.3.adoc:27
-msgid "Reads all entries from database, defined in _context_, and calls callback function _callback_ for each entry. If _context_ is NULL, the default database, defined in _LL2_DEFAULT_DATABASE_, will be taken."
+msgid ""
+"Reads all entries from database, defined in _context_, and calls callback "
+"function _callback_ for each entry. If _context_ is NULL, the default "
+"database, defined in _LL2_DEFAULT_DATABASE_, will be taken."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#. type: Plain text
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_read_all.3.adoc:51
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_read_entry.3.adoc:47
-msgid "Returns 0 on success, -ENOMEM or -1 on other failure. _error_ contains an error string if the return value is -1. _error_ is not guaranteed to contain an error string, could also be NULL. _error_ should be freed by the caller. If lastlog2 database does not exist at all, the errno ENOENT is set and can be checked."
+msgid ""
+"Returns 0 on success, -ENOMEM or -1 on other failure. _error_ contains an "
+"error string if the return value is -1. _error_ is not guaranteed to "
+"contain an error string, could also be NULL. _error_ should be freed by the "
+"caller. If lastlog2 database does not exist at all, the errno ENOENT is set "
+"and can be checked."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_read_all.3.adoc:67
-msgid "*lastlog2*(3), *ll2_new_context(3), *ll2_unref_context(3), *ll2_write_entry*(3), *ll2_read_entry*(3), *ll2_update_login_time*(3), *ll2_remove_entry*(3), *ll2_rename_user*(3), *ll2_import_lastlog*(3)"
+msgid ""
+"*lastlog2*(3), *ll2_new_context*(3), *ll2_unref_context*(3), "
+"*ll2_write_entry*(3), *ll2_read_entry*(3), *ll2_update_login_time*(3), "
+"*ll2_remove_entry*(3), *ll2_rename_user*(3), *ll2_import_lastlog*(3)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =
#. type: Plain text
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_read_entry.3.adoc:27
-msgid "Reads the first entry from database, defined in _context_, for user _user_. If _context_ is NULL, the default database, defined in _LL2_DEFAULT_DATABASE_, will be taken."
+msgid ""
+"Reads the first entry from database, defined in _context_, for user _user_. "
+"If _context_ is NULL, the default database, defined in "
+"_LL2_DEFAULT_DATABASE_, will be taken."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#. type: Plain text
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_read_entry.3.adoc:49
-msgid "The evaluated values are returned by _ll_time_, _tty_, _rhost_ and _pam_service_."
+msgid ""
+"The evaluated values are returned by _ll_time_, _tty_, _rhost_ and "
+"_pam_service_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_read_entry.3.adoc:65
-msgid "*lastlog2*(3), *ll2_new_context(3), *ll2_unref_context(3), *ll2_read_all*(3), *ll2_write_entry*(3), *ll2_update_login_time*(3), *ll2_remove_entry*(3), *ll2_rename_user*(3), *ll2_import_lastlog*(3)"
+msgid ""
+"*lastlog2*(3), *ll2_new_context*(3), *ll2_unref_context*(3), "
+"*ll2_read_all*(3), *ll2_write_entry*(3), *ll2_update_login_time*(3), "
+"*ll2_remove_entry*(3), *ll2_rename_user*(3), *ll2_import_lastlog*(3)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =
#. type: Plain text
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_remove_entry.3.adoc:26
-msgid "Removes all database entries, defined in _context_, with the user name _user_. If _context_ is NULL, the default database, defined in _LL2_DEFAULT_DATABASE_, will be taken."
+msgid ""
+"Removes all database entries, defined in _context_, with the user name "
+"_user_. If _context_ is NULL, the default database, defined in "
+"_LL2_DEFAULT_DATABASE_, will be taken."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#. type: Plain text
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_remove_entry.3.adoc:56
-msgid "*lastlog2*(3), *ll2_new_context(3), *ll2_unref_context(3), *ll2_read_all*(3), *ll2_write_entry*(3), *ll2_read_entry*(3), *ll2_update_login_time*(3), *ll2_rename_user*(3), *ll2_import_lastlog*(3)"
+msgid ""
+"*lastlog2*(3), *ll2_new_context*(3), *ll2_unref_context*(3), "
+"*ll2_read_all*(3), *ll2_write_entry*(3), *ll2_read_entry*(3), "
+"*ll2_update_login_time*(3), *ll2_rename_user*(3), *ll2_import_lastlog*(3)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =
#. type: Plain text
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_rename_user.3.adoc:28
-msgid "Changes user name from _user_ to _newname_ of one entry in database, which is defined by _context_. All other entries with the user _user_ will be deleted. If _context_ is NULL, the default database, defined in _LL2_DEFAULT_DATABASE_, will be taken."
+msgid ""
+"Changes user name from _user_ to _newname_ of one entry in database, which "
+"is defined by _context_. All other entries with the user _user_ will be "
+"deleted. If _context_ is NULL, the default database, defined in "
+"_LL2_DEFAULT_DATABASE_, will be taken."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#. type: Plain text
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_rename_user.3.adoc:59
-msgid "*lastlog2*(3), *ll2_new_context(3), *ll2_unref_context(3), *ll2_read_all*(3), *ll2_write_entry*(3), *ll2_read_entry*(3), *ll2_remove_entry*(3), *ll2_update_login_time*(3), *ll2_import_lastlog*(3)"
+msgid ""
+"*lastlog2*(3), *ll2_new_context*(3), *ll2_unref_context*(3), "
+"*ll2_read_all*(3), *ll2_write_entry*(3), *ll2_read_entry*(3), "
+"*ll2_remove_entry*(3), *ll2_update_login_time*(3), *ll2_import_lastlog*(3)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =
#. type: Plain text
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_update_login_time.3.adoc:29
-msgid "Writes a *new* entry to database, defined in _context_, for user _user_. Time is set by _ll_time_ whereas the other values are taken from an already existing entry. If _context_ is NULL, the default database, defined in _LL2_DEFAULT_DATABASE_, will be taken."
+msgid ""
+"Writes a *new* entry to database, defined in _context_, for user _user_. "
+"Time is set by _ll_time_ whereas the other values are taken from an already "
+"existing entry. If _context_ is NULL, the default database, defined in "
+"_LL2_DEFAULT_DATABASE_, will be taken."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#. type: Plain text
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_update_login_time.3.adoc:60
-msgid "*lastlog2*(3), *ll2_new_context(3), *ll2_unref_context(3), *ll2_read_all*(3), *ll2_write_entry*(3), *ll2_read_entry*(3), *ll2_remove_entry*(3), *ll2_rename_user*(3), *ll2_import_lastlog*(3)"
+msgid ""
+"*lastlog2*(3), *ll2_new_context*(3), *ll2_unref_context*(3), "
+"*ll2_read_all*(3), *ll2_write_entry*(3), *ll2_read_entry*(3), "
+"*ll2_remove_entry*(3), *ll2_rename_user*(3), *ll2_import_lastlog*(3)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =
#. type: Plain text
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_write_entry.3.adoc:28
-msgid "Writes a new entry into database, which is defined in _context_. If _context_ is NULL, the default database, defined in _LL2_DEFAULT_DATABASE_, will be taken."
+msgid ""
+"Writes a new entry into database, which is defined in _context_. If "
+"_context_ is NULL, the default database, defined in _LL2_DEFAULT_DATABASE_, "
+"will be taken."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#. type: Plain text
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_write_entry.3.adoc:40
-msgid "_pam_service_ is the service or instance name which has generated the entry (optional)."
+msgid ""
+"_pam_service_ is the service or instance name which has generated the entry "
+"(optional)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../liblastlog2/man/ll2_write_entry.3.adoc:63
-msgid "*lastlog2*(3), *ll2_new_context(3), *ll2_unref_context(3), *ll2_read_all*(3), *ll2_read_entry*(3), *ll2_update_login_time*(3), *ll2_remove_entry*(3), *ll2_rename_user*(3), *ll2_import_lastlog*(3)"
+msgid ""
+"*lastlog2*(3), *ll2_new_context*(3), *ll2_unref_context*(3), "
+"*ll2_read_all*(3), *ll2_read_entry*(3), *ll2_update_login_time*(3), "
+"*ll2_remove_entry*(3), *ll2_rename_user*(3), *ll2_import_lastlog*(3)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =
#. type: Plain text
#: ../pam_lastlog2/man/pam_lastlog2.8.adoc:17
-msgid "*pam_lastlog2.so* [debug] [silent] [silent_if=<services>] [database=<file>]"
+msgid ""
+"*pam_lastlog2.so* [debug] [silent] [silent_if=<services>] [database=<file>]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../pam_lastlog2/man/pam_lastlog2.8.adoc:21
-msgid "pam_lastlog2 is a PAM module to display a line of information about the last login of the user. The module uses the /var/lib/lastlog/lastlog2.db database file to store all information."
+msgid ""
+"pam_lastlog2 is a PAM module to display a line of information about the last "
+"login of the user. The module uses the /var/lib/lastlog/lastlog2.db database "
+"file to store all information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../pam_lastlog2/man/pam_lastlog2.8.adoc:23
-msgid "Compared to pam_lastlog this PAM module is Y2038 safe and uses sqlite3 to store the information."
+msgid ""
+"Compared to pam_lastlog this PAM module is Y2038 safe and uses sqlite3 to "
+"store the information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../pam_lastlog2/man/pam_lastlog2.8.adoc:31
-msgid "Avoid all messages except errors and don't inform the user about any previous login, only update the /var/lib/lastlog/lastlog2.db database."
+msgid ""
+"Avoid all messages except errors and don't inform the user about any "
+"previous login, only update the /var/lib/lastlog/lastlog2.db database."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../pam_lastlog2/man/pam_lastlog2.8.adoc:34
-msgid "The argument *services* is a comma separated list of PAM services. If a service is listed here, the last login message will not be shown."
+msgid ""
+"The argument *services* is a comma separated list of PAM services. If a "
+"service is listed here, the last login message will not be shown."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../pam_lastlog2/man/pam_lastlog2.8.adoc:41
-msgid "The *session* module type is provided for displaying the information about the last login and updating the lastlog file."
+msgid ""
+"The *session* module type is provided for displaying the information about "
+"the last login and updating the lastlog file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../pam_lastlog2/man/pam_lastlog2.8.adoc:49
-msgid "Internal service module error. This includes error reading from or writing to the database."
+msgid ""
+"Internal service module error. This includes error reading from or writing "
+"to the database."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../pam_lastlog2/man/pam_lastlog2.8.adoc:58
-msgid "Add the following line to e.g. /etc/pam.d/login to display the last login time of a user:"
+msgid ""
+"Add the following line to e.g. /etc/pam.d/login to display the last login "
+"time of a user:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../pam_lastlog2/man/pam_lastlog2.8.adoc:63
-msgid "It is up to the administrator to decide if the user can login (optional/required) when pam_lastlog2 has returned an error."
+msgid ""
+"It is up to the administrator to decide if the user can login (optional/"
+"required) when pam_lastlog2 has returned an error."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#~ msgstr "B<-f>, B<--force>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you may be able to look it up with \"cat /proc/cpuinfo\"."
-#~ msgid "If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you may be able to look it up with *cat /proc/cpuinfo* (or you may not - the contents of this file depend on architecture and kernel version)."
-#~ msgstr "Si no conoce el tamaño de página que usa su máquina, podría ser que lo averiguara con \"cat /proc/cpuinfo\"."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you may be able "
+#~| "to look it up with \"cat /proc/cpuinfo\"."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you may be able "
+#~ "to look it up with *cat /proc/cpuinfo* (or you may not - the contents of "
+#~ "this file depend on architecture and kernel version)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si no conoce el tamaño de página que usa su máquina, podría ser que lo "
+#~ "averiguara con \"cat /proc/cpuinfo\"."
#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "SFDISK_DEBUG=all"
#~ msgstr "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG=all"
#~ msgid "Display full user names and domain names in the output."
-#~ msgstr "Muestra el nombre de usuario completo y el nombre de dominio en la salida."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Muestra el nombre de usuario completo y el nombre de dominio en la salida."
#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "*--help*"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "lists all mounted file systems (of type I<type>) - see below."
-#~ msgid "The command prints all mounted filesystems in the tree-like format by default."
-#~ msgstr "lista todos los sistemas de ficheros montados (del tipo I<tipo>) --vea más adelante--."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The command prints all mounted filesystems in the tree-like format by "
+#~ "default."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "lista todos los sistemas de ficheros montados (del tipo I<tipo>) --vea "
+#~ "más adelante--."
#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all"
#~ msgstr "B<getopt> [options] B<-o>|B<--options> optstring [options] [B<-->] parameters"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Output a small usage guide and exit succesfully. No other output is generated."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Output a small usage guide and exit succesfully. No other output is "
+#~| "generated."
#~ msgid "Display help text and exit. No other output is generated."
-#~ msgstr "Genera como salida una guia de uso y termina correctamente. No se genera ninguna otra salida."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Genera como salida una guia de uso y termina correctamente. No se genera "
+#~ "ninguna otra salida."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Output version information and exit succesfully. No other output is generated."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Output version information and exit succesfully. No other output is "
+#~| "generated."
#~ msgid "Display version information and exit. No other output is generated."
-#~ msgstr "Genera información sobre la versión y finaliza satisfactoriamente. No se genera ninguna otra salida."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Genera información sobre la versión y finaliza satisfactoriamente. No se "
+#~ "genera ninguna otra salida."
#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ msgid "*flock*(2)\n"
#~ msgstr "*flock*(2)\n"
-#~ msgid "Each filesystem is described on a separate line. Fields on each line are separated by tabs or spaces. Lines starting with '#' are comments. Blank lines are ignored."
-#~ msgstr "Cada linea representa un sistema de ficheros. Los campos de dicha línea están separados por tabulaciones o espacios. Las líneas que comienzan por \"#\" se consideran comentarios y se ignoran al igual que las líneas en blanco."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Each filesystem is described on a separate line. Fields on each line are "
+#~ "separated by tabs or spaces. Lines starting with '#' are comments. Blank "
+#~ "lines are ignored."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Cada linea representa un sistema de ficheros. Los campos de dicha línea "
+#~ "están separados por tabulaciones o espacios. Las líneas que comienzan por "
+#~ "\"#\" se consideran comentarios y se ignoran al igual que las líneas en "
+#~ "blanco."
#~ msgid "use default options: rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser, and async."
-#~ msgstr "emplea las opciones por defecto: rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser y async."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "emplea las opciones por defecto: rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser y "
+#~ "async."
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
#~| msgid "*MORE*"
#~ msgstr "B<mount -t>I< tipo dispositivo dir>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's not obvious, this ``fakes'' mounting the file system. This option is useful in conjunction with the B<-v> flag to determine what the B<mount> command is trying to do. It can also be used to add entries for devices that were mounted earlier with the -n option."
-#~ msgid "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's not obvious, this \"fakes\" mounting the filesystem. This option is useful in conjunction with the *-v* flag to determine what the *mount* command is trying to do. It can also be used to add entries for devices that were mounted earlier with the *-n* option. The *-f* option checks for an existing record in _/etc/mtab_ and fails when the record already exists (with a regular non-fake mount, this check is done by the kernel)."
-#~ msgstr "Causa que todo se haga excepto la llamada al sistema real; en otras palabras, esto no monta el sistema de ficheros, es un ``engaño'' (fake). Esta opción es útil en conjunción con la otra opción B<-v> para determinar lo que la orden B<mount> está intentando hacer. También se puede emplear para añadir entradas para dispositivos que fueron montados anteriormente con la opción -n."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's "
+#~| "not obvious, this ``fakes'' mounting the file system. This option is "
+#~| "useful in conjunction with the B<-v> flag to determine what the B<mount> "
+#~| "command is trying to do. It can also be used to add entries for devices "
+#~| "that were mounted earlier with the -n option."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's "
+#~ "not obvious, this \"fakes\" mounting the filesystem. This option is "
+#~ "useful in conjunction with the *-v* flag to determine what the *mount* "
+#~ "command is trying to do. It can also be used to add entries for devices "
+#~ "that were mounted earlier with the *-n* option. The *-f* option checks "
+#~ "for an existing record in _/etc/mtab_ and fails when the record already "
+#~ "exists (with a regular non-fake mount, this check is done by the kernel)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Causa que todo se haga excepto la llamada al sistema real; en otras "
+#~ "palabras, esto no monta el sistema de ficheros, es un ``engaño'' (fake). "
+#~ "Esta opción es útil en conjunción con la otra opción B<-v> para "
+#~ "determinar lo que la orden B<mount> está intentando hacer. También se "
+#~ "puede emplear para añadir entradas para dispositivos que fueron montados "
+#~ "anteriormente con la opción -n."
#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "*ro*"
#~ msgstr "*Rellena las columnas antes que las filas*"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. Columns are delimited with whitespace, by default, or with the characters supplied using the E<.Fl s> option. Useful for pretty-printing displays."
-#~ msgid "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. This mode is enabled by option *-t, --table* and columns formatting is possible to modify by *--table-** options. Use this mode if not sure."
-#~ msgstr "Determina el número de columnas que contiene la entrada y crea una tabla. Las columnas se delimitan, por defecto, con espacios en blanco, o con los caracteres que se suministren usando la opción E<.Fl s.> De uso adecuado para dispositivos de visualización de buena calidad."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. "
+#~| "Columns are delimited with whitespace, by default, or with the "
+#~| "characters supplied using the E<.Fl s> option. Useful for pretty-"
+#~| "printing displays."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. "
+#~ "This mode is enabled by option *-t, --table* and columns formatting is "
+#~ "possible to modify by *--table-** options. Use this mode if not sure."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Determina el número de columnas que contiene la entrada y crea una "
+#~ "tabla. Las columnas se delimitan, por defecto, con espacios en blanco, o "
+#~ "con los caracteres que se suministren usando la opción E<.Fl s.> De uso "
+#~ "adecuado para dispositivos de visualización de buena calidad."
#~ msgid "more - file perusal filter for crt viewing"
#~ msgstr "more - filtro de ficheros para visualización en terminales"
#~ msgstr "util-linux 2.37.2"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "The value to be used for the TERM environment variable. This overrides whatever init(8) may have set, and is inherited by login and the shell."
-#~ msgid "The value to be used for the B<TERM> environment variable. This overrides whatever B<init>(1) may have set, and is inherited by login and the shell."
-#~ msgstr "El valor para ser usado por la variable de entorno TERM. Esto reemplaza cualquier otro valor que init(8) pueda haber establecido, y es heredado por login y por el shell."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "The value to be used for the TERM environment variable. This overrides "
+#~| "whatever init(8) may have set, and is inherited by login and the shell."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The value to be used for the B<TERM> environment variable. This overrides "
+#~ "whatever B<init>(1) may have set, and is inherited by login and the shell."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "El valor para ser usado por la variable de entorno TERM. Esto reemplaza "
+#~ "cualquier otro valor que init(8) pueda haber establecido, y es heredado "
+#~ "por login y por el shell."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-k>, B<--kibibytes>"
#~ msgstr "B<--help>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "This section shows examples for the process field of an entry in the I</etc/inittab> file. You'll have to prepend appropriate values for the other fields. See I<inittab(5)> for more details."
-#~ msgid "This section shows examples for the process field of an entry in the I</etc/inittab> file. You\\(cqll have to prepend appropriate values for the other fields. See B<inittab>(5) for more details."
-#~ msgstr "Esta sección muestra ejemplos para el campo de proceso de una entrada en el fichero I</etc/inittab>. Tendrá que introducir valores apropiados para los otros campos. Ver I<inittab(5)> para más detalles."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "This section shows examples for the process field of an entry in the I</"
+#~| "etc/inittab> file. You'll have to prepend appropriate values for the "
+#~| "other fields. See I<inittab(5)> for more details."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This section shows examples for the process field of an entry in the I</"
+#~ "etc/inittab> file. You\\(cqll have to prepend appropriate values for the "
+#~ "other fields. See B<inittab>(5) for more details."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Esta sección muestra ejemplos para el campo de proceso de una entrada en "
+#~ "el fichero I</etc/inittab>. Tendrá que introducir valores apropiados "
+#~ "para los otros campos. Ver I<inittab(5)> para más detalles."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "B</sbin/agetty\\ --wait-cr\\ --init-string\\ 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\015'\\ 115200\\ ttyS1>"
-#~ msgid "B</sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string \\(aqATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\(rs015\\(aq 115200 ttyS1>"
-#~ msgstr "B</sbin/agetty\\ --wait-cr\\ --init-string\\ 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\015'\\ 115200\\ ttyS1>"
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "B</sbin/agetty\\ --wait-cr\\ --init-string\\ 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\015'\\ "
+#~| "115200\\ ttyS1>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B</sbin/agetty --wait-cr --init-string \\(aqATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\(rs015\\(aq "
+#~ "115200 ttyS1>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B</sbin/agetty\\ --wait-cr\\ --init-string\\ 'ATE0Q1&D2&C1S0=1\\015'\\ "
+#~ "115200\\ ttyS1>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "The issue-file (I</etc/issue> or the file set with the -f option) may contain certain escape codes to display the system name, date and time etc. All escape codes consist of a backslash (\\e) immediately followed by one of the letters explained below."
-#~ msgid "The issue files may contain certain escape codes to display the system name, date, time et cetera. All escape codes consist of a backslash (\\(rs) immediately followed by one of the characters listed below."
-#~ msgstr "EL fichero issue (I</etc/issue> o el fichero establecido con la opción -f) puede contener ciertos códigos de escape para mostrar el nombre del sistema, la fecha y hora etc. Todos los códigos de escape consisten en una contrabarra (\\e) inmediatemente seguida por una de las letras explicadas más abajo."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "The issue-file (I</etc/issue> or the file set with the -f option) may "
+#~| "contain certain escape codes to display the system name, date and time "
+#~| "etc. All escape codes consist of a backslash (\\e) immediately followed "
+#~| "by one of the letters explained below."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The issue files may contain certain escape codes to display the system "
+#~ "name, date, time et cetera. All escape codes consist of a backslash "
+#~ "(\\(rs) immediately followed by one of the characters listed below."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "EL fichero issue (I</etc/issue> o el fichero establecido con la opción -"
+#~ "f) puede contener ciertos códigos de escape para mostrar el nombre del "
+#~ "sistema, la fecha y hora etc. Todos los códigos de escape consisten en "
+#~ "una contrabarra (\\e) inmediatemente seguida por una de las letras "
+#~ "explicadas más abajo."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Insert the system name, the name of the operating system."
-#~ msgid "Insert the system name (the name of the operating system). Same as \\(aquname -s\\(aq. See also the \\(rsS escape code."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Insert the system name (the name of the operating system). Same as "
+#~ "\\(aquname -s\\(aq. See also the \\(rsS escape code."
#~ msgstr "Inserta el nombre del sistema, el nombre del sistema operativo."
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "util-linux"
#~ msgstr "util-linux"
-#~ msgid "B<agetty> opens a tty port, prompts for a login name and invokes the /bin/login command. It is normally invoked by B<init>(8)."
-#~ msgstr "B<agetty> abre un puerto tty, pide un nombre de entrada y ejecuta la orden /bin/login. Es llamado normalmente por I<init>(8)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<agetty> opens a tty port, prompts for a login name and invokes the /bin/"
+#~ "login command. It is normally invoked by B<init>(8)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<agetty> abre un puerto tty, pide un nombre de entrada y ejecuta la "
+#~ "orden /bin/login. Es llamado normalmente por I<init>(8)."
#~ msgid "\\(bu"
#~ msgstr "\\(bu"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Adapts the tty settings to parity bits and to erase, kill, end-of-line and uppercase characters when it reads a login name. The program can handle 7-bit characters with even, odd, none or space parity, and 8-bit characters with no parity. The following special characters are recognized: @ and Control-U (kill); #, DEL and back space (erase); carriage return and line feed (end of line)."
-#~ msgid "Adapts the tty settings to parity bits and to erase, kill, end-of-line and uppercase characters when it reads a login name. The program can handle 7-bit characters with even, odd, none or space parity, and 8-bit characters with no parity. The following special characters are recognized: Control-U (kill); DEL and backspace (erase); carriage return and line feed (end of line). See also the B<--erase-chars> and B<--kill-chars> options."
-#~ msgstr "Adapta los parámetros de la tty en bits de paridad y en los caracteres de borrado(erase), cierre(kill), fin-de-línea y mayusculas cuando lee el nombre de entrada. El programa puede manejar caracteres de 7-bit con paridad par, impar, nínguna o espacio , y caracteres de 8-bit sin paridad. Los siguientes caracteres especiales son reconocidos: @ y Control-U (kill); #, DEL y borrado (erase); retorno de carro y salto de línea (end of line)."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Adapts the tty settings to parity bits and to erase, kill, end-of-line "
+#~| "and uppercase characters when it reads a login name. The program can "
+#~| "handle 7-bit characters with even, odd, none or space parity, and 8-bit "
+#~| "characters with no parity. The following special characters are "
+#~| "recognized: @ and Control-U (kill); #, DEL and back space (erase); "
+#~| "carriage return and line feed (end of line)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Adapts the tty settings to parity bits and to erase, kill, end-of-line "
+#~ "and uppercase characters when it reads a login name. The program can "
+#~ "handle 7-bit characters with even, odd, none or space parity, and 8-bit "
+#~ "characters with no parity. The following special characters are "
+#~ "recognized: Control-U (kill); DEL and backspace (erase); carriage return "
+#~ "and line feed (end of line). See also the B<--erase-chars> and B<--kill-"
+#~ "chars> options."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Adapta los parámetros de la tty en bits de paridad y en los caracteres de "
+#~ "borrado(erase), cierre(kill), fin-de-línea y mayusculas cuando lee el "
+#~ "nombre de entrada. El programa puede manejar caracteres de 7-bit con "
+#~ "paridad par, impar, nínguna o espacio , y caracteres de 8-bit sin "
+#~ "paridad. Los siguientes caracteres especiales son reconocidos: @ y "
+#~ "Control-U (kill); #, DEL y borrado (erase); retorno de carro y salto de "
+#~ "línea (end of line)."
-#~ msgid "A path name relative to the I</dev> directory. If a \"-\" is specified, B<agetty> assumes that its standard input is already connected to a tty port and that a connection to a remote user has already been established."
-#~ msgstr "Un nombre de path relativo al directorio I</dev>. Si se especifica un \"-\", B<agetty> asume que su entrada estandar ya está conectada con un puerto tty y que la conexión con un usuario remoto ya ha sido establecida."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "A path name relative to the I</dev> directory. If a \"-\" is specified, "
+#~ "B<agetty> assumes that its standard input is already connected to a tty "
+#~ "port and that a connection to a remote user has already been established."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Un nombre de path relativo al directorio I</dev>. Si se especifica un \"-"
+#~ "\", B<agetty> asume que su entrada estandar ya está conectada con un "
+#~ "puerto tty y que la conexión con un usuario remoto ya ha sido establecida."
-#~ msgid "A comma-separated list of one or more baud rates. Each time B<agetty> receives a BREAK character it advances through the list, which is treated as if it were circular."
-#~ msgstr "Una lista, separada por comas, de uno o más ratios de baudios. Cada vez que B<agetty> recive un caracter de BREAK avanza a través de la lista , la cual se trata como si fuera circular."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "A comma-separated list of one or more baud rates. Each time B<agetty> "
+#~ "receives a BREAK character it advances through the list, which is treated "
+#~ "as if it were circular."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Una lista, separada por comas, de uno o más ratios de baudios. Cada vez "
+#~ "que B<agetty> recive un caracter de BREAK avanza a través de la lista , "
+#~ "la cual se trata como si fuera circular."
-#~ msgid "Enable hardware (RTS/CTS) flow control. It is left up to the application to disable software (XON/XOFF) flow protocol where appropriate."
-#~ msgstr "Activar el control de flujo por hardware (RTS/CTS). Se deja a la aplicación el desactivar el protocolo de flujo por software (XON/XOFF) cuando sea adecuado."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Enable hardware (RTS/CTS) flow control. It is left up to the application "
+#~ "to disable software (XON/XOFF) flow protocol where appropriate."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Activar el control de flujo por hardware (RTS/CTS). Se deja a la "
+#~ "aplicación el desactivar el protocolo de flujo por software (XON/XOFF) "
+#~ "cuando sea adecuado."
-#~ msgid "Do not display the contents of I</etc/issue> (or other) before writing the login prompt. Terminals or communications hardware may become confused when receiving lots of text at the wrong baud rate; dial-up scripts may fail if the login prompt is preceded by too much text."
-#~ msgstr "No muestra el contenido de I</etc/issue> (u otro) antes de escribir el mensaje de login. Los terminales o el hardware de comunicaciones, pueden volverse confusos cuando reciben montones de texto a un ratio erroneo de baudios; los archivos de lotes de marcación pueden fallar si la petición de mensaje de login va precedido de demasiado texto."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Do not display the contents of I</etc/issue> (or other) before writing "
+#~ "the login prompt. Terminals or communications hardware may become "
+#~ "confused when receiving lots of text at the wrong baud rate; dial-up "
+#~ "scripts may fail if the login prompt is preceded by too much text."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "No muestra el contenido de I</etc/issue> (u otro) antes de escribir el "
+#~ "mensaje de login. Los terminales o el hardware de comunicaciones, pueden "
+#~ "volverse confusos cuando reciben montones de texto a un ratio erroneo de "
+#~ "baudios; los archivos de lotes de marcación pueden fallar si la petición "
+#~ "de mensaje de login va precedido de demasiado texto."
-#~ msgid "Set an initial string to be sent to the tty or modem before sending anything else. This may be used to initialize a modem. Non-printable characters may be sent by writing their octal code preceded by a backslash (\\e). For example, to send a linefeed character (ASCII 10, octal 012), write \\e012."
-#~ msgstr "Establece una cadena de inicio para ser enviada al tty o al modem antes de enviar nada más. Esto puede ser usado para inicializar un modem. Los caracteres no imprimibles pueden ser enviados escribiendo su código octal precedido por la contrabarra (\\e). Por ejemplo, para enviar un caracter de salto de línea (ASCII 10, octal 012) se escribe\\e012."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Set an initial string to be sent to the tty or modem before sending "
+#~ "anything else. This may be used to initialize a modem. Non-printable "
+#~ "characters may be sent by writing their octal code preceded by a "
+#~ "backslash (\\e). For example, to send a linefeed character (ASCII 10, "
+#~ "octal 012), write \\e012."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Establece una cadena de inicio para ser enviada al tty o al modem antes "
+#~ "de enviar nada más. Esto puede ser usado para inicializar un modem. Los "
+#~ "caracteres no imprimibles pueden ser enviados escribiendo su código octal "
+#~ "precedido por la contrabarra (\\e). Por ejemplo, para enviar un caracter "
+#~ "de salto de línea (ASCII 10, octal 012) se escribe\\e012."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Invoke the specified I<login_program> instead of /bin/login. This allows the use of a non-standard login program (for example, one that asks for a dial-up password or that uses a different password file)."
-#~ msgid "Invoke the specified I<login_program> instead of /bin/login. This allows the use of a non-standard login program. Such a program could, for example, ask for a dial-up password or use a different password file. See B<--login-options>."
-#~ msgstr "Invoca el programa I<programa_login> en vez de /bin/login. Esto permite el uso de un programa de login no estandar (por ejemplo, uno que pida un password al conectar por modem o que utilice un fichero de claves distinto)."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Invoke the specified I<login_program> instead of /bin/login. This "
+#~| "allows the use of a non-standard login program (for example, one that "
+#~| "asks for a dial-up password or that uses a different password file)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Invoke the specified I<login_program> instead of /bin/login. This allows "
+#~ "the use of a non-standard login program. Such a program could, for "
+#~ "example, ask for a dial-up password or use a different password file. See "
+#~ "B<--login-options>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Invoca el programa I<programa_login> en vez de /bin/login. Esto permite "
+#~ "el uso de un programa de login no estandar (por ejemplo, uno que pida un "
+#~ "password al conectar por modem o que utilice un fichero de claves "
+#~ "distinto)."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Force the line to be a local line with no need for carrier detect. This can be useful when you have a locally attached terminal where the serial line does not set the carrier detect signal."
-#~ msgid "Forces the line to be a local line with no need for carrier detect. This can be useful when you have a locally attached terminal where the serial line does not set the carrier-detect signal."
-#~ msgstr "Fuerza a la línea a ser local sin necesidad de detectar la portadora. Esto puede ser útil cuando se tiene una terminal conectada localmente donde la línea serie no establece la señal de detección de portadora."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Force the line to be a local line with no need for carrier detect. This "
+#~| "can be useful when you have a locally attached terminal where the serial "
+#~| "line does not set the carrier detect signal."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Forces the line to be a local line with no need for carrier detect. This "
+#~ "can be useful when you have a locally attached terminal where the serial "
+#~ "line does not set the carrier-detect signal."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Fuerza a la línea a ser local sin necesidad de detectar la portadora. "
+#~ "Esto puede ser útil cuando se tiene una terminal conectada localmente "
+#~ "donde la línea serie no establece la señal de detección de portadora."
-#~ msgid "Try to extract the baud rate from the CONNECT status message produced by Hayes(tm)-compatible modems. These status messages are of the form: \"E<lt>junkE<gt>E<lt>speedE<gt>E<lt>junkE<gt>\". B<agetty> assumes that the modem emits its status message at the same speed as specified with (the first) I<baud_rate> value on the command line."
-#~ msgstr "Intenta extraer el ratio de baudios del mensaje de estatus de CONNECT que producen los modems compatibles Hayes(tm). Estos mensajes de estatus son de la forma: \"E<lt>vacíoE<gt>E<lt>velocidadE<gt>E<lt>vacíoE<gt>\". B<agetty> asume que el modem emite su mensaje de estatus a la misma velocidad que la especificada con (el primero) el valor I<ratio_baudios> en la línea de órdenes."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Try to extract the baud rate from the CONNECT status message produced by "
+#~ "Hayes(tm)-compatible modems. These status messages are of the form: "
+#~ "\"E<lt>junkE<gt>E<lt>speedE<gt>E<lt>junkE<gt>\". B<agetty> assumes that "
+#~ "the modem emits its status message at the same speed as specified with "
+#~ "(the first) I<baud_rate> value on the command line."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Intenta extraer el ratio de baudios del mensaje de estatus de CONNECT que "
+#~ "producen los modems compatibles Hayes(tm). Estos mensajes de estatus son "
+#~ "de la forma: \"E<lt>vacíoE<gt>E<lt>velocidadE<gt>E<lt>vacíoE<gt>\". "
+#~ "B<agetty> asume que el modem emite su mensaje de estatus a la misma "
+#~ "velocidad que la especificada con (el primero) el valor I<ratio_baudios> "
+#~ "en la línea de órdenes."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Do not prompt the user for a login name. This can be used in connection with -l option to invoke a non-standard login process such as a BBS system. Note that with the -n option, B<agetty> gets no input from user who logs in and therefore won't be able to figure out parity, character size, and newline processing of the connection. It defaults to space parity, 7 bit characters, and ASCII CR (13) end-of-line character. Beware that the program that B<agetty> starts (usually /bin/login) is run as root."
-#~ msgid "Do not prompt the user for a login name. This can be used in connection with the B<--login-program> option to invoke a non-standard login process such as a BBS system. Note that with the B<--skip-login> option, B<agetty> gets no input from the user who logs in and therefore will not be able to figure out parity, character size, and newline processing of the connection. It defaults to space parity, 7 bit characters, and ASCII CR (13) end-of-line character. Beware that the program that B<agetty> starts (usually /bin/login) is run as root."
-#~ msgstr "No preguntar al usuario por un nombre de login. Esto puede ser usado en conexión con la opción -l para invocar un proceso de login no-estandar como un sistema BBS. Se debe notar que con la opción -n, B<agetty> no obtiene ninguna entrada del usuario que accede y por lo tanto no podrá deducir la paridad, tamaño de caracter, y procesado de nueva línea. Por defecto cae en paridad espacio, caracteres de 7 bit, y el caracter ASCII CR (13) como fin-de-línea. Hay que tener en cuenta que el programa que B<agetty> arranca (normalmente /bin/login) se ejecuta como root."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Do not prompt the user for a login name. This can be used in connection "
+#~| "with -l option to invoke a non-standard login process such as a BBS "
+#~| "system. Note that with the -n option, B<agetty> gets no input from user "
+#~| "who logs in and therefore won't be able to figure out parity, character "
+#~| "size, and newline processing of the connection. It defaults to space "
+#~| "parity, 7 bit characters, and ASCII CR (13) end-of-line character. "
+#~| "Beware that the program that B<agetty> starts (usually /bin/login) is "
+#~| "run as root."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Do not prompt the user for a login name. This can be used in connection "
+#~ "with the B<--login-program> option to invoke a non-standard login process "
+#~ "such as a BBS system. Note that with the B<--skip-login> option, "
+#~ "B<agetty> gets no input from the user who logs in and therefore will not "
+#~ "be able to figure out parity, character size, and newline processing of "
+#~ "the connection. It defaults to space parity, 7 bit characters, and ASCII "
+#~ "CR (13) end-of-line character. Beware that the program that B<agetty> "
+#~ "starts (usually /bin/login) is run as root."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "No preguntar al usuario por un nombre de login. Esto puede ser usado en "
+#~ "conexión con la opción -l para invocar un proceso de login no-estandar "
+#~ "como un sistema BBS. Se debe notar que con la opción -n, B<agetty> no "
+#~ "obtiene ninguna entrada del usuario que accede y por lo tanto no podrá "
+#~ "deducir la paridad, tamaño de caracter, y procesado de nueva línea. Por "
+#~ "defecto cae en paridad espacio, caracteres de 7 bit, y el caracter ASCII "
+#~ "CR (13) como fin-de-línea. Hay que tener en cuenta que el programa que "
+#~ "B<agetty> arranca (normalmente /bin/login) se ejecuta como root."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Terminate if no user name could be read within I<timeout> seconds. This option should probably not be used with hard-wired lines."
-#~ msgid "Terminate if no user name could be read within I<timeout> seconds. Use of this option with hardwired terminal lines is not recommended."
-#~ msgstr "Termina si no se puede leer un nombre de usuario en I<tiempo_límite> segundos. Esta opción no debería ser usada en líneas de cable físico."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Terminate if no user name could be read within I<timeout> seconds. This "
+#~| "option should probably not be used with hard-wired lines."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Terminate if no user name could be read within I<timeout> seconds. Use "
+#~ "of this option with hardwired terminal lines is not recommended."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Termina si no se puede leer un nombre de usuario en I<tiempo_límite> "
+#~ "segundos. Esta opción no debería ser usada en líneas de cable físico."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Wait for the user or the modem to send a carriage-return or a linefeed character before sending the I</etc/issue> (or other) file and the login prompt. Very useful in connection with the -I option."
-#~ msgid "Wait for the user or the modem to send a carriage-return or a linefeed character before sending the I</etc/issue> file (or others) and the login prompt. This is useful with the B<--init-string> option."
-#~ msgstr "Espera a que o el usuario o el modem envíen un caracter de retorno de carro o de nueva línea antes de mostrar el fichero I</etc/issue> (u otro) y el mensaje de login. Muy útil en conexión con la opción -I."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Wait for the user or the modem to send a carriage-return or a linefeed "
+#~| "character before sending the I</etc/issue> (or other) file and the login "
+#~| "prompt. Very useful in connection with the -I option."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Wait for the user or the modem to send a carriage-return or a linefeed "
+#~ "character before sending the I</etc/issue> file (or others) and the "
+#~ "login prompt. This is useful with the B<--init-string> option."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Espera a que o el usuario o el modem envíen un caracter de retorno de "
+#~ "carro o de nueva línea antes de mostrar el fichero I</etc/issue> (u "
+#~ "otro) y el mensaje de login. Muy útil en conexión con la opción -I."
#~ msgid "B</sbin/agetty\\ 9600\\ ttyS1>"
#~ msgstr "B</sbin/agetty\\ 9600\\ ttyS1>"
#~ msgid "B</sbin/agetty\\ --local-line\\ 9600\\ ttyS1\\ vt100>"
#~ msgstr "B</sbin/agetty\\ --local-line\\ 9600\\ ttyS1\\ vt100>"
-#~ msgid "B</sbin/agetty\\ --extract-baud\\ --timeout\\ 60\\ ttyS1\\ 9600,2400,1200>"
-#~ msgstr "B</sbin/agetty\\ --extract-baud\\ --timeout\\ 60\\ ttyS1\\ 9600,2400,1200>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B</sbin/agetty\\ --extract-baud\\ --timeout\\ 60\\ ttyS1\\ 9600,2400,1200>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B</sbin/agetty\\ --extract-baud\\ --timeout\\ 60\\ ttyS1\\ 9600,2400,1200>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Insert the architecture identifier of the machine, eg. i486"
-#~ msgid "Insert the architecture identifier of the machine. Same as 'uname -m'."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Insert the architecture identifier of the machine. Same as 'uname -m'."
#~ msgstr "Inserta el identificador de la arquitectura de la máquina, ej. i486"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Insert the nodename of the machine, also known as the hostname."
-#~ msgid "Insert the nodename of the machine, also known as the hostname. Same as 'uname -n'."
-#~ msgstr "Inserta el nombre de nodo de la máquina, también conocido como el nombre de host."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Insert the nodename of the machine, also known as the hostname. Same as "
+#~ "'uname -n'."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Inserta el nombre de nodo de la máquina, también conocido como el nombre "
+#~ "de host."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Insert the domainname of the machine."
#~ msgid "An example. On my system, the following I</etc/issue> file:"
#~ msgstr "Ejemplo: En mi sistema, el siguiente fichero I</etc/issue>:"
-#~ msgid "The baud-rate detection feature (the B<--extract-baud> option) requires that B<agetty> be scheduled soon enough after completion of a dial-in call (within 30 ms with modems that talk at 2400 baud). For robustness, always use the B<--extract-baud> option in combination with a multiple baud rate command-line argument, so that BREAK processing is enabled."
-#~ msgstr "La característica de detección del ratio de baudios (la opción I<--extract-baud>) requiere que B<agetty> sea programado lo bastante pronto después de que se complete una llamada entrante (dentro de unos 30 ms con modems que hablen a 2400 baudios). Por robustez, se debe usar siempre la opción I<--extract-baud> en combinación con una línea de órdenes con múltiples ratios de baudios, por lo que estará activo el procesado de BREAK."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The baud-rate detection feature (the B<--extract-baud> option) requires "
+#~ "that B<agetty> be scheduled soon enough after completion of a dial-in "
+#~ "call (within 30 ms with modems that talk at 2400 baud). For robustness, "
+#~ "always use the B<--extract-baud> option in combination with a multiple "
+#~ "baud rate command-line argument, so that BREAK processing is enabled."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La característica de detección del ratio de baudios (la opción I<--"
+#~ "extract-baud>) requiere que B<agetty> sea programado lo bastante pronto "
+#~ "después de que se complete una llamada entrante (dentro de unos 30 ms con "
+#~ "modems que hablen a 2400 baudios). Por robustez, se debe usar siempre la "
+#~ "opción I<--extract-baud> en combinación con una línea de órdenes con "
+#~ "múltiples ratios de baudios, por lo que estará activo el procesado de "
+#~ "BREAK."
-#~ msgid "Depending on how the program was configured, all diagnostics are written to the console device or reported via the B<syslog>(3) facility. Error messages are produced if the I<port> argument does not specify a terminal device; if there is no utmp entry for the current process (System V only); and so on."
-#~ msgstr "Dependiendo de como fuera configurado el programa, todos los diagnósticos se escribirán en el dispositivo de consola o se reportarán a través del servicio de B<syslog>(3). Se producirán mensajes de error si el argumento I<puerto> no especifica un dispositivo de terminal; si no hay una entrada en el utmp para el proceso actual (solo Sistema V); y por el estilo."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Depending on how the program was configured, all diagnostics are written "
+#~ "to the console device or reported via the B<syslog>(3) facility. Error "
+#~ "messages are produced if the I<port> argument does not specify a terminal "
+#~ "device; if there is no utmp entry for the current process (System V "
+#~ "only); and so on."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Dependiendo de como fuera configurado el programa, todos los diagnósticos "
+#~ "se escribirán en el dispositivo de consola o se reportarán a través del "
+#~ "servicio de B<syslog>(3). Se producirán mensajes de error si el "
+#~ "argumento I<puerto> no especifica un dispositivo de terminal; si no hay "
+#~ "una entrada en el utmp para el proceso actual (solo Sistema V); y por el "
+#~ "estilo."
#~ msgid "E<.UR werner@suse.de> Werner Fink E<.UE>"
#~ msgstr "E<.UR werner@suse.de> Werner Fink E<.UE>"
#~ msgid "September 2011"
#~ msgstr "Septiembre de 2011"
-#~ msgid "B<colrm> removes selected columns from a file. Input is taken from standard input. Output is sent to standard output."
-#~ msgstr "B<colrm> elimina las columnas seleccionadas de un fichero. La entrada se obtiene de la entrada estándar. La salida se manda a la salida estándar."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<colrm> removes selected columns from a file. Input is taken from "
+#~ "standard input. Output is sent to standard output."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<colrm> elimina las columnas seleccionadas de un fichero. La entrada se "
+#~ "obtiene de la entrada estándar. La salida se manda a la salida estándar."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "If called with one parameter the columns of each line will be removed starting with the specified column. If called with two parameters the columns from the first column to the last column will be removed."
-#~ msgid "If called with one parameter the columns of each line will be removed starting with the specified I<first> column. If called with two parameters the columns from the I<first> column to the I<last> column will be removed."
-#~ msgstr "Si se llama con un único parámetro, las columnas de cada línea se eliminarán comenzando en la columna especificada. Si se llama con dos parámetros, se eliminarán las columnas entre las especificadas, incluídas éstas."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "If called with one parameter the columns of each line will be removed "
+#~| "starting with the specified column. If called with two parameters the "
+#~| "columns from the first column to the last column will be removed."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If called with one parameter the columns of each line will be removed "
+#~ "starting with the specified I<first> column. If called with two "
+#~ "parameters the columns from the I<first> column to the I<last> column "
+#~ "will be removed."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si se llama con un único parámetro, las columnas de cada línea se "
+#~ "eliminarán comenzando en la columna especificada. Si se llama con dos "
+#~ "parámetros, se eliminarán las columnas entre las especificadas, incluídas "
+#~ "éstas."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<printf \"a:b:c\\en1::3\\en\" | column -t -s ':'>\n"
#~ msgstr "B<printf \"a:b:c\\en1::3\\en\" | column -t -s ':'>\n"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "B<sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE,OPTIONS,PASS,FREQ --table-right PASS,FREQ>\n"
-#~ msgid "sed \\(aqs/#.*//\\(aq /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE,OPTIONS,PASS,FREQ --table-right PASS,FREQ\n"
-#~ msgstr "B<sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE,OPTIONS,PASS,FREQ --table-right PASS,FREQ>\n"
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "B<sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,"
+#~| "TARGET,TYPE,OPTIONS,PASS,FREQ --table-right PASS,FREQ>\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "sed \\(aqs/#.*//\\(aq /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,"
+#~ "TARGET,TYPE,OPTIONS,PASS,FREQ --table-right PASS,FREQ\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,"
+#~ "TYPE,OPTIONS,PASS,FREQ --table-right PASS,FREQ>\n"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "B<sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE --table-hide ->\n"
-#~ msgid "sed \\(aqs/#.*//\\(aq /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE --table-hide -\n"
-#~ msgstr "B<sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE --table-hide ->\n"
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "B<sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,"
+#~| "TARGET,TYPE --table-hide ->\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "sed \\(aqs/#.*//\\(aq /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,"
+#~ "TARGET,TYPE --table-hide -\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,"
+#~ "TYPE --table-hide ->\n"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
-#~| "B<echo -e '1 0 A\\en2 1 AA\\en3 1 AB\\en4 2 AAA\\en5 2 AAB' | column --tree-id 1 --tree-parent 2 --tree 3>\n"
+#~| "B<echo -e '1 0 A\\en2 1 AA\\en3 1 AB\\en4 2 AAA\\en5 2 AAB' | column --"
+#~| "tree-id 1 --tree-parent 2 --tree 3>\n"
#~| "1 0 A\n"
#~| "2 1 |-AA\n"
#~| "4 2 | |-AAA\n"
#~| "5 2 | `-AAB\n"
#~| "3 1 `-AB\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "echo -e \\(aq1 0 A\\(rsn2 1 AA\\(rsn3 1 AB\\(rsn4 2 AAA\\(rsn5 2 AAB\\(aq | column --tree-id 1 --tree-parent 2 --tree 3\n"
+#~ "echo -e \\(aq1 0 A\\(rsn2 1 AA\\(rsn3 1 AB\\(rsn4 2 AAA\\(rsn5 2 AAB\\(aq "
+#~ "| column --tree-id 1 --tree-parent 2 --tree 3\n"
#~ "1 0 A\n"
#~ "2 1 |-AA\n"
#~ "4 2 | |-AAA\n"
#~ "5 2 | `-AAB\n"
#~ "3 1 `-AB\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "B<echo -e '1 0 A\\en2 1 AA\\en3 1 AB\\en4 2 AAA\\en5 2 AAB' | column --tree-id 1 --tree-parent 2 --tree 3>\n"
+#~ "B<echo -e '1 0 A\\en2 1 AA\\en3 1 AB\\en4 2 AAA\\en5 2 AAB' | column --"
+#~ "tree-id 1 --tree-parent 2 --tree 3>\n"
#~ "1 0 A\n"
#~ "2 1 |-AA\n"
#~ "4 2 | |-AAA\n"
#~ msgstr "B<column> [opciones] [I<fichero>...]"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. Columns are delimited with whitespace, by default, or with the characters supplied using the E<.Fl s> option. Useful for pretty-printing displays."
-#~ msgid "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. This mode is enabled by option B<-t, --table> and columns formatting is possible to modify by B<--table-*> options. Use this mode if not sure."
-#~ msgstr "Determina el número de columnas que contiene la entrada y crea una tabla. Las columnas se delimitan, por defecto, con espacios en blanco, o con los caracteres que se suministren usando la opción E<.Fl s.> De uso adecuado para dispositivos de visualización de buena calidad."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. "
+#~| "Columns are delimited with whitespace, by default, or with the "
+#~| "characters supplied using the E<.Fl s> option. Useful for pretty-"
+#~| "printing displays."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. "
+#~ "This mode is enabled by option B<-t, --table> and columns formatting is "
+#~ "possible to modify by B<--table-*> options. Use this mode if not sure."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Determina el número de columnas que contiene la entrada y crea una "
+#~ "tabla. Las columnas se delimitan, por defecto, con espacios en blanco, o "
+#~ "con los caracteres que se suministren usando la opción E<.Fl s.> De uso "
+#~ "adecuado para dispositivos de visualización de buena calidad."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. Columns are delimited with whitespace, by default, or with the characters supplied using the E<.Fl s> option. Useful for pretty-printing displays."
-#~ msgid "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. Columns are delimited with whitespace, by default, or with the characters supplied using the B<--output-separator> option. Table output is useful for pretty-printing."
-#~ msgstr "Determina el número de columnas que contiene la entrada y crea una tabla. Las columnas se delimitan, por defecto, con espacios en blanco, o con los caracteres que se suministren usando la opción E<.Fl s.> De uso adecuado para dispositivos de visualización de buena calidad."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. "
+#~| "Columns are delimited with whitespace, by default, or with the "
+#~| "characters supplied using the E<.Fl s> option. Useful for pretty-"
+#~| "printing displays."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. "
+#~ "Columns are delimited with whitespace, by default, or with the characters "
+#~ "supplied using the B<--output-separator> option. Table output is useful "
+#~ "for pretty-printing."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Determina el número de columnas que contiene la entrada y crea una "
+#~ "tabla. Las columnas se delimitan, por defecto, con espacios en blanco, o "
+#~ "con los caracteres que se suministren usando la opción E<.Fl s.> De uso "
+#~ "adecuado para dispositivos de visualización de buena calidad."
#~ msgid "B<-L, --table-empty-lines>"
#~ msgstr "B<-L, --table-empty-lines>"
#~ msgid "B<ctrlaltdel> B<hard>|B<soft>"
#~ msgstr "B<ctrlaltdel> B<hard>|B<soft>"
-#~ msgid "Based on examination of the I<linux/kernel/reboot.c> code, it is clear that there are two supported functions that the E<lt>Ctrl-Alt-DelE<gt> sequence can perform."
-#~ msgstr "En base al examen del código fuente de I<linux/kernel/reboot.c>, se obervan claramente dos funciones que la secuencia E<lt>Ctrl-Alt-SuprE<gt>puede ejecutar."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Based on examination of the I<linux/kernel/reboot.c> code, it is clear "
+#~ "that there are two supported functions that the E<lt>Ctrl-Alt-DelE<gt> "
+#~ "sequence can perform."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "En base al examen del código fuente de I<linux/kernel/reboot.c>, se "
+#~ "obervan claramente dos funciones que la secuencia E<lt>Ctrl-Alt-"
+#~ "SuprE<gt>puede ejecutar."
-#~ msgid "The B<ctrlaltdel> command is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded from"
-#~ msgstr "La orden B<ctrlaldel> forma parte del paquete util-linux. Puede descargarse desde:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The B<ctrlaltdel> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
+#~ "downloaded from"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La orden B<ctrlaldel> forma parte del paquete util-linux. Puede "
+#~ "descargarse desde:"
#~ msgid "October 2015"
#~ msgstr "Octubre de 2015"
-#~ msgid "Immediately reboot the computer without calling B<sync>(2) and without any other preparation. This is the default."
-#~ msgstr "Reinicia de inmediato el equipo sin invocan B<sync>(2) nin ningún otro preámbulo. Este es el comportamiento por defecto."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Immediately reboot the computer without calling B<sync>(2) and without "
+#~ "any other preparation. This is the default."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Reinicia de inmediato el equipo sin invocan B<sync>(2) nin ningún otro "
+#~ "preámbulo. Este es el comportamiento por defecto."
-#~ msgid "Make the kernel send the SIGINT (interrupt) signal to the B<init> process (this is always the process with PID 1). If this option is used, the B<init>(8) program must support this feature. Since there are now several B<init>(8) programs in the Linux community, please consult the documentation for the version that you are currently using."
-#~ msgstr "Ordena al núcleo emitir la señal SIGINT (interrupción) al proceso B<init> que siempre tiene un PID de 1. Si se emplea esta opción, el programa B<init>(8) debe implementarla. Dado que existen varias versiones del programa B<init>(8), deberá consultar la documentación de la suya."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Make the kernel send the SIGINT (interrupt) signal to the B<init> process "
+#~ "(this is always the process with PID 1). If this option is used, the "
+#~ "B<init>(8) program must support this feature. Since there are now "
+#~ "several B<init>(8) programs in the Linux community, please consult the "
+#~ "documentation for the version that you are currently using."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ordena al núcleo emitir la señal SIGINT (interrupción) al proceso B<init> "
+#~ "que siempre tiene un PID de 1. Si se emplea esta opción, el programa "
+#~ "B<init>(8) debe implementarla. Dado que existen varias versiones del "
+#~ "programa B<init>(8), deberá consultar la documentación de la suya."
-#~ msgid "The ctrlaltdel command is part of the util-linux package and is available from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
-#~ msgstr "La orden ctrlaltdel forma parte del paquete util-linux, se puede descargar en: E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-linux/> archivos del núcleo de Linux E<.UE .>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The ctrlaltdel command is part of the util-linux package and is available "
+#~ "from E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/util-"
+#~ "linux/> Linux Kernel Archive E<.UE .>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La orden ctrlaltdel forma parte del paquete util-linux, se puede "
+#~ "descargar en: E<.UR https://\\:www.kernel.org\\:/pub\\:/linux\\:/utils\\:/"
+#~ "util-linux/> archivos del núcleo de Linux E<.UE .>"
#~ msgid "FDISK"
#~ msgstr "FDISK"
#~ msgstr "B<fdisk -l> [I<dispositivo>...]"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Hard disks can be divided into one or more logical disks called I<partitions>. This division is described in the I<partition table> found in sector 0 of the disk."
-#~ msgid "Block devices can be divided into one or more logical disks called I<partitions>. This division is recorded in the I<partition table>, usually found in sector 0 of the disk. (In the BSD world one talks about `disk slices\\(aq and a `disklabel\\(aq.)"
-#~ msgstr "Los discos duros pueden dividirse en uno o más discos lógicos llamados las I<particiones>. Esta división se describe en la I<tabla de particiones> y se encuentra en el sector número 0 del disco."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Hard disks can be divided into one or more logical disks called "
+#~| "I<partitions>. This division is described in the I<partition table> "
+#~| "found in sector 0 of the disk."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Block devices can be divided into one or more logical disks called "
+#~ "I<partitions>. This division is recorded in the I<partition table>, "
+#~ "usually found in sector 0 of the disk. (In the BSD world one talks about "
+#~ "`disk slices\\(aq and a `disklabel\\(aq.)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Los discos duros pueden dividirse en uno o más discos lógicos llamados "
+#~ "las I<particiones>. Esta división se describe en la I<tabla de "
+#~ "particiones> y se encuentra en el sector número 0 del disco."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "The I<partition> is a I<device> name followed by a partition number. For example, B</dev/hda1> is the first partition on the first IDE hard disk in the system. IDE disks can have up to 63 partitions, SCSI disks up to 15. See also I</usr/src/linux/Documentation/devices.txt>."
-#~ msgid "The I<partition> is a device name followed by a partition number. For example, I</dev/sda1> is the first partition on the first hard disk in the system. See also Linux kernel documentation (the I<Documentation/admin-guide/devices.txt> file)."
-#~ msgstr "La I<partición> es un nombre de I<dispositivo> seguido por un número de partición. Por ejemplo, B</dev/hda1> es la primera partición del primer disco duro IDE en el sistema. Los discos IDE pueden tener hasta 63 particiones, los SCSI hasta 15. Vea también I</usr/src/linux/Documentation/devices.txt>."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "The I<partition> is a I<device> name followed by a partition number. "
+#~| "For example, B</dev/hda1> is the first partition on the first IDE hard "
+#~| "disk in the system. IDE disks can have up to 63 partitions, SCSI disks "
+#~| "up to 15. See also I</usr/src/linux/Documentation/devices.txt>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The I<partition> is a device name followed by a partition number. For "
+#~ "example, I</dev/sda1> is the first partition on the first hard disk in "
+#~ "the system. See also Linux kernel documentation (the I<Documentation/"
+#~ "admin-guide/devices.txt> file)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La I<partición> es un nombre de I<dispositivo> seguido por un número de "
+#~ "partición. Por ejemplo, B</dev/hda1> es la primera partición del primer "
+#~ "disco duro IDE en el sistema. Los discos IDE pueden tener hasta 63 "
+#~ "particiones, los SCSI hasta 15. Vea también I</usr/src/linux/"
+#~ "Documentation/devices.txt>."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "A DOS type partition table can describe an unlimited number of partitions. In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 partitions (called `primary'). One of these may be an extended partition; this is a box holding logical partitions, with descriptors found in a linked list of sectors, each preceding the corresponding logical partitions. The four primary partitions, present or not, get numbers 1-4. Logical partitions start numbering from 5."
-#~ msgid "A DOS-type partition table can describe an unlimited number of partitions. In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 partitions (called `primary\\(aq). One of these may be an extended partition; this is a box holding logical partitions, with descriptors found in a linked list of sectors, each preceding the corresponding logical partitions. The four primary partitions, present or not, get numbers 1-4. Logical partitions are numbered starting from 5."
-#~ msgstr "Una tabla de partición tipo DOS puede describir un número ilimitado de particiones. En el sector 0 hay sitio para la descripción de 4 particiones (llamadas `primarias'). Una de éstas puede ser una partición extendida; ésta es como una caja que aloja particiones lógicas, con descriptores que se encuentran en una lista enlazada de sectores, cada uno de los cuales precede a las particiones lógicas correspondientes. Las cuatro particiones primarias, presentes o no, cogen los números del 1 al 4. Las particiones lógicas empiezan con el número 5."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "A DOS type partition table can describe an unlimited number of "
+#~| "partitions. In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 "
+#~| "partitions (called `primary'). One of these may be an extended "
+#~| "partition; this is a box holding logical partitions, with descriptors "
+#~| "found in a linked list of sectors, each preceding the corresponding "
+#~| "logical partitions. The four primary partitions, present or not, get "
+#~| "numbers 1-4. Logical partitions start numbering from 5."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "A DOS-type partition table can describe an unlimited number of "
+#~ "partitions. In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 partitions "
+#~ "(called `primary\\(aq). One of these may be an extended partition; this "
+#~ "is a box holding logical partitions, with descriptors found in a linked "
+#~ "list of sectors, each preceding the corresponding logical partitions. The "
+#~ "four primary partitions, present or not, get numbers 1-4. Logical "
+#~ "partitions are numbered starting from 5."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Una tabla de partición tipo DOS puede describir un número ilimitado de "
+#~ "particiones. En el sector 0 hay sitio para la descripción de 4 "
+#~ "particiones (llamadas `primarias'). Una de éstas puede ser una partición "
+#~ "extendida; ésta es como una caja que aloja particiones lógicas, con "
+#~ "descriptores que se encuentran en una lista enlazada de sectores, cada "
+#~ "uno de los cuales precede a las particiones lógicas correspondientes. "
+#~ "Las cuatro particiones primarias, presentes o no, cogen los números del 1 "
+#~ "al 4. Las particiones lógicas empiezan con el número 5."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "In a DOS type partition table the starting offset and the size of each partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given in 32 bits) and as a Cylinders/Heads/Sectors triple (given in 10+8+6 bits). The former is OK - with 512-byte sectors this will work up to 2 TB. The latter has two different problems. First of all, these C/H/S fields can be filled only when the number of heads and the number of sectors per track are known. Secondly, even if we know what these numbers should be, the 24 bits that are available do not suffice. DOS uses C/H/S only, Windows uses both, Linux never uses C/H/S."
-#~ msgid "In a DOS-type partition table the starting offset and the size of each partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given in 32 bits), and as a B<Cylinders/Heads/Sectors> triple (given in 10+8+6 bits). The former is OK \\(em with 512-byte sectors this will work up to 2 TB. The latter has two problems. First, these C/H/S fields can be filled only when the number of heads and the number of sectors per track are known. And second, even if we know what these numbers should be, the 24 bits that are available do not suffice. DOS uses C/H/S only, Windows uses both, Linux never uses C/H/S. The B<C/H/S addressing is deprecated> and may be unsupported in some later B<fdisk> version."
-#~ msgstr "En una tabla de particiones de tipo DOS el sitio de comienzo y el tamaño de cada partición se guarda de dos formas: como un número absoluto de sectores (dados en 32 bits) y como una tripleta Cilindros/Cabezas/Sectores (C/H/S) (dados en 10+8+6 bits). La primera forma está bien: con sectores de 512 bytes, esto funcionará hasta 2 TB. La última forma tiene dos problemas diferentes. Lo primero, estos campos C/H/S pueden llenarse sólo cuando el número de cabezas y el de sectores por pista se conocen. En segundo lugar, incluso si conocemos cuáles deberían ser estos números, los 24 bits disponibles no bastan. DOS emplea solamente la forma C/H/S, Windows usa ambas, Linux nunca utiliza C/H/S."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "In a DOS type partition table the starting offset and the size of each "
+#~| "partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given "
+#~| "in 32 bits) and as a Cylinders/Heads/Sectors triple (given in 10+8+6 "
+#~| "bits). The former is OK - with 512-byte sectors this will work up to 2 "
+#~| "TB. The latter has two different problems. First of all, these C/H/S "
+#~| "fields can be filled only when the number of heads and the number of "
+#~| "sectors per track are known. Secondly, even if we know what these "
+#~| "numbers should be, the 24 bits that are available do not suffice. DOS "
+#~| "uses C/H/S only, Windows uses both, Linux never uses C/H/S."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In a DOS-type partition table the starting offset and the size of each "
+#~ "partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given "
+#~ "in 32 bits), and as a B<Cylinders/Heads/Sectors> triple (given in 10+8+6 "
+#~ "bits). The former is OK \\(em with 512-byte sectors this will work up to "
+#~ "2 TB. The latter has two problems. First, these C/H/S fields can be "
+#~ "filled only when the number of heads and the number of sectors per track "
+#~ "are known. And second, even if we know what these numbers should be, the "
+#~ "24 bits that are available do not suffice. DOS uses C/H/S only, Windows "
+#~ "uses both, Linux never uses C/H/S. The B<C/H/S addressing is deprecated> "
+#~ "and may be unsupported in some later B<fdisk> version."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "En una tabla de particiones de tipo DOS el sitio de comienzo y el tamaño "
+#~ "de cada partición se guarda de dos formas: como un número absoluto de "
+#~ "sectores (dados en 32 bits) y como una tripleta Cilindros/Cabezas/"
+#~ "Sectores (C/H/S) (dados en 10+8+6 bits). La primera forma está bien: con "
+#~ "sectores de 512 bytes, esto funcionará hasta 2 TB. La última forma tiene "
+#~ "dos problemas diferentes. Lo primero, estos campos C/H/S pueden llenarse "
+#~ "sólo cuando el número de cabezas y el de sectores por pista se conocen. "
+#~ "En segundo lugar, incluso si conocemos cuáles deberían ser estos números, "
+#~ "los 24 bits disponibles no bastan. DOS emplea solamente la forma C/H/S, "
+#~ "Windows usa ambas, Linux nunca utiliza C/H/S."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "A BSD/SUN type disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should be a `whole disk' partition. Do not start a partition that actually uses its first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that will destroy the disklabel."
-#~ msgid "A BSD/Sun disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should be a `whole disk\\(aq partition. Do not start a partition that actually uses its first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that will destroy the disklabel. Note that a B<BSD label> is usually nested within a DOS partition."
-#~ msgstr "Una etiqueta de disco BSD/Sun puede describir 8 particiones, la tercera de las cuales debería ser una partición del `disco entero'. No haga comenzar una partición que realmente use su primer sector (como una partición de trasiego) en el cilindro 0, pues eso destruiría la etiqueta de disco."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "A BSD/SUN type disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which "
+#~| "should be a `whole disk' partition. Do not start a partition that "
+#~| "actually uses its first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, "
+#~| "since that will destroy the disklabel."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "A BSD/Sun disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should "
+#~ "be a `whole disk\\(aq partition. Do not start a partition that actually "
+#~ "uses its first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that "
+#~ "will destroy the disklabel. Note that a B<BSD label> is usually nested "
+#~ "within a DOS partition."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Una etiqueta de disco BSD/Sun puede describir 8 particiones, la tercera "
+#~ "de las cuales debería ser una partición del `disco entero'. No haga "
+#~ "comenzar una partición que realmente use su primer sector (como una "
+#~ "partición de trasiego) en el cilindro 0, pues eso destruiría la etiqueta "
+#~ "de disco."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "DOS 6.x WARNING"
#~ msgstr "AVISO EN DOS 6.x"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first sector of the data area of the partition, and treats this information as more reliable than the information in the partition table. DOS FORMAT expects DOS FDISK to clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a partition whenever a size change occurs. DOS FORMAT will look at this extra information even if the /U flag is given -- we consider this a bug in DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK."
-#~ msgid "The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first sector of the data area of the partition, and treats this information as more reliable than the information in the partition table. DOS FORMAT expects DOS FDISK to clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a partition whenever a size change occurs. DOS FORMAT will look at this extra information even if the /U flag is given \\(em we consider this a bug in DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK."
-#~ msgstr "La orden FORMAT de DOS 6.x busca cierta información en el primer sector del área de datos de la partición, y trata esta información como más fiable que la de la tabla de particiones. El FORMAT de DOS espera que su FDISK borre los primeros 512 bytes del área de datos de una partición cada vez que tenga lugar un cambio de tamaño. El FORMAT de DOS mirará esta información extra incluso si se da la opción /U; nosotros consideramos esto como un fallo del FORMAT y del FDISK de DOS."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first "
+#~| "sector of the data area of the partition, and treats this information as "
+#~| "more reliable than the information in the partition table. DOS FORMAT "
+#~| "expects DOS FDISK to clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a "
+#~| "partition whenever a size change occurs. DOS FORMAT will look at this "
+#~| "extra information even if the /U flag is given -- we consider this a bug "
+#~| "in DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first sector "
+#~ "of the data area of the partition, and treats this information as more "
+#~ "reliable than the information in the partition table. DOS FORMAT expects "
+#~ "DOS FDISK to clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a partition "
+#~ "whenever a size change occurs. DOS FORMAT will look at this extra "
+#~ "information even if the /U flag is given \\(em we consider this a bug in "
+#~ "DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La orden FORMAT de DOS 6.x busca cierta información en el primer sector "
+#~ "del área de datos de la partición, y trata esta información como más "
+#~ "fiable que la de la tabla de particiones. El FORMAT de DOS espera que su "
+#~ "FDISK borre los primeros 512 bytes del área de datos de una partición "
+#~ "cada vez que tenga lugar un cambio de tamaño. El FORMAT de DOS mirará "
+#~ "esta información extra incluso si se da la opción /U; nosotros "
+#~ "consideramos esto como un fallo del FORMAT y del FDISK de DOS."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "The bottom line is that if you use cfdisk or fdisk to change the size of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use B<dd> to zero the first 512 bytes of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to format the partition. For example, if you were using cfdisk to make a DOS partition table entry for /dev/hda1, then (after exiting fdisk or cfdisk and rebooting Linux so that the partition table information is valid) you would use the command \"dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hda1 bs=512 count=1\" to zero the first 512 bytes of the partition."
-#~ msgid "The bottom line is that if you use B<fdisk> or B<cfdisk> to change the size of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use B<dd>(1) to B<zero the first 512 bytes> of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to format the partition. For example, if you were using B<fdisk> to make a DOS partition table entry for I</dev/sda1>, then (after exiting B<fdisk> and rebooting Linux so that the partition table information is valid) you would use the command B<dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1> to zero the first 512 bytes of the partition."
-#~ msgstr "La moraleja de esto es que si Ud. emplea cfdisk o fdisk para cambiar el tamaño de una entrada de la tabla de particiones de DOS, entonces también debería utilizar B<dd> para poner a cero los primeros 512 bytes de esa partición antes de emplear el FORMAT de DOS para formatear la partición. Por ejemplo, si Ud. ha estado usando cfdisk para crear una entrada en la tabla de particiones de DOS para /dev/hda1, entonces (tras salir de cfdisk o fdisk y rearrancar Linux para que la información de la tabla de particiones sea válida) Ud. debería emplear la orden \"dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hda1 bs=512 count=1\" para poner a cero los primeros 512 bytes de la partición."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "The bottom line is that if you use cfdisk or fdisk to change the size of "
+#~| "a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use B<dd> to zero the "
+#~| "first 512 bytes of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to format the "
+#~| "partition. For example, if you were using cfdisk to make a DOS "
+#~| "partition table entry for /dev/hda1, then (after exiting fdisk or cfdisk "
+#~| "and rebooting Linux so that the partition table information is valid) "
+#~| "you would use the command \"dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/hda1 bs=512 "
+#~| "count=1\" to zero the first 512 bytes of the partition."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The bottom line is that if you use B<fdisk> or B<cfdisk> to change the "
+#~ "size of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use B<dd>(1) to "
+#~ "B<zero the first 512 bytes> of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to "
+#~ "format the partition. For example, if you were using B<fdisk> to make a "
+#~ "DOS partition table entry for I</dev/sda1>, then (after exiting B<fdisk> "
+#~ "and rebooting Linux so that the partition table information is valid) you "
+#~ "would use the command B<dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1> to "
+#~ "zero the first 512 bytes of the partition."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La moraleja de esto es que si Ud. emplea cfdisk o fdisk para cambiar el "
+#~ "tamaño de una entrada de la tabla de particiones de DOS, entonces también "
+#~ "debería utilizar B<dd> para poner a cero los primeros 512 bytes de esa "
+#~ "partición antes de emplear el FORMAT de DOS para formatear la partición. "
+#~ "Por ejemplo, si Ud. ha estado usando cfdisk para crear una entrada en la "
+#~ "tabla de particiones de DOS para /dev/hda1, entonces (tras salir de "
+#~ "cfdisk o fdisk y rearrancar Linux para que la información de la tabla de "
+#~ "particiones sea válida) Ud. debería emplear la orden \"dd if=/dev/zero "
+#~ "of=/dev/hda1 bs=512 count=1\" para poner a cero los primeros 512 bytes de "
+#~ "la partición."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is the only system on the disk. However, if the disk has to be shared with other operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an fdisk from another operating system make at least one partition. When Linux boots it looks at the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) geometry is required for good cooperation with other systems."
-#~ msgid "Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is the only system on the disk. However, if the disk has to be shared with other operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an B<fdisk> from another operating system make at least one partition. When Linux boots it looks at the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) geometry is required for good cooperation with other systems."
-#~ msgstr "Usualmente todo marcha bien sin hacer nada más, y no hay problemas si Linux es el único sistema en el disco. Sin embargo, si el disco tiene que compartirse con otros sistemas operativos, a menudo es una buena idea dejar que un fdisk de otro sistema operativo haga al menos una partición. Cuando Linux arranca mira la tabla de particiones, e intenta deducir qué (falsa) geometría se requiere para la buena cooperación con otros sistemas."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is "
+#~| "the only system on the disk. However, if the disk has to be shared with "
+#~| "other operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an fdisk from "
+#~| "another operating system make at least one partition. When Linux boots "
+#~| "it looks at the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) "
+#~| "geometry is required for good cooperation with other systems."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is "
+#~ "the only system on the disk. However, if the disk has to be shared with "
+#~ "other operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an B<fdisk> from "
+#~ "another operating system make at least one partition. When Linux boots it "
+#~ "looks at the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) geometry is "
+#~ "required for good cooperation with other systems."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Usualmente todo marcha bien sin hacer nada más, y no hay problemas si "
+#~ "Linux es el único sistema en el disco. Sin embargo, si el disco tiene que "
+#~ "compartirse con otros sistemas operativos, a menudo es una buena idea "
+#~ "dejar que un fdisk de otro sistema operativo haga al menos una partición. "
+#~ "Cuando Linux arranca mira la tabla de particiones, e intenta deducir qué "
+#~ "(falsa) geometría se requiere para la buena cooperación con otros "
+#~ "sistemas."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table program. For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK program and Linux partitions with the Linux fdisk or Linux cfdisk programs."
-#~ msgid "For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table program. For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK program and Linux partitions with the Linux B<fdisk> or Linux B<cfdisk>(8) programs."
-#~ msgstr "Para los mejores resultados, Ud. siempre debería emplear un programa de tabla de particiones específico del S.O. Por ejemplo, debería crear particiones DOS con el programa FDISK de DOS y particiones de Linux con uno de los programas de Linux fdisk o cfdisk."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table "
+#~| "program. For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK "
+#~| "program and Linux partitions with the Linux fdisk or Linux cfdisk "
+#~| "programs."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table "
+#~ "program. For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK "
+#~ "program and Linux partitions with the Linux B<fdisk> or Linux "
+#~ "B<cfdisk>(8) programs."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Para los mejores resultados, Ud. siempre debería emplear un programa de "
+#~ "tabla de particiones específico del S.O. Por ejemplo, debería crear "
+#~ "particiones DOS con el programa FDISK de DOS y particiones de Linux con "
+#~ "uno de los programas de Linux fdisk o cfdisk."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "FDISK_DEBUG=all"
#~ msgstr "LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE=E<lt>modoE<gt>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "B<fdisk> (in the first form of invocation) is a menu driven program for creation and manipulation of partition tables. It understands DOS type partition tables and BSD or SUN type disklabels."
-#~ msgid "B<fdisk> is a dialog-driven program for creation and manipulation of partition tables. It understands GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI and BSD partition tables."
-#~ msgstr "B<fdisk> (en la primera forma de llamarse) es un programa guiado por menús para la creación y manipulación de tablas de partición. Entiende las tablas de partición tipo DOS y las etiquetas de disco de tipo BSD o Sun."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "B<fdisk> (in the first form of invocation) is a menu driven program for "
+#~| "creation and manipulation of partition tables. It understands DOS type "
+#~| "partition tables and BSD or SUN type disklabels."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<fdisk> is a dialog-driven program for creation and manipulation of "
+#~ "partition tables. It understands GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI and BSD partition "
+#~ "tables."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<fdisk> (en la primera forma de llamarse) es un programa guiado por "
+#~ "menús para la creación y manipulación de tablas de partición. Entiende "
+#~ "las tablas de partición tipo DOS y las etiquetas de disco de tipo BSD o "
+#~ "Sun."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "If possible, B<fdisk> will obtain the disk geometry automatically. This is not necessarily the physical disk geometry (indeed, modern disks do not really have anything like a physical geometry, certainly not something that can be described in simplistic Cylinders/Heads/Sectors form), but is the disk geometry that MS-DOS uses for the partition table."
-#~ msgid "B<fdisk> usually obtains the disk geometry automatically. This is not necessarily the physical disk geometry (indeed, modern disks do not really have anything like a physical geometry, certainly not something that can be described in the simplistic Cylinders/Heads/Sectors form), but it is the disk geometry that MS-DOS uses for the partition table."
-#~ msgstr "Si es posible, B<fdisk> obtendrá la geometría del disco automáticamente. Ésta no es necesariamente la geometría física del disco (de hecho, los discos modernos no tienen realmente nada como una geometría física, ciertamente no algo que pueda describirse de forma tan simplista como la forma Cilindros/Cabezas/Sectores), pero es la geometría del disco que MS-DOS emplea para la tabla de particiones."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "If possible, B<fdisk> will obtain the disk geometry automatically. This "
+#~| "is not necessarily the physical disk geometry (indeed, modern disks do "
+#~| "not really have anything like a physical geometry, certainly not "
+#~| "something that can be described in simplistic Cylinders/Heads/Sectors "
+#~| "form), but is the disk geometry that MS-DOS uses for the partition table."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<fdisk> usually obtains the disk geometry automatically. This is not "
+#~ "necessarily the physical disk geometry (indeed, modern disks do not "
+#~ "really have anything like a physical geometry, certainly not something "
+#~ "that can be described in the simplistic Cylinders/Heads/Sectors form), "
+#~ "but it is the disk geometry that MS-DOS uses for the partition table."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si es posible, B<fdisk> obtendrá la geometría del disco automáticamente. "
+#~ "Ésta no es necesariamente la geometría física del disco (de hecho, los "
+#~ "discos modernos no tienen realmente nada como una geometría física, "
+#~ "ciertamente no algo que pueda describirse de forma tan simplista como la "
+#~ "forma Cilindros/Cabezas/Sectores), pero es la geometría del disco que MS-"
+#~ "DOS emplea para la tabla de particiones."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Whenever a partition table is printed out, a consistency check is performed on the partition table entries. This check verifies that the physical and logical start and end points are identical, and that the partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for the first partition)."
-#~ msgid "Whenever a partition table is printed out in DOS mode, a consistency check is performed on the partition table entries. This check verifies that the physical and logical start and end points are identical, and that each partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for the first partition)."
-#~ msgstr "Cada vez que una tabla de particiones se muestra en la salida, se realiza una comprobación de consistencia en las entradas de la tabla de particiones. Esta comprobación verifica que los puntos de inicio y final físicos y lógicos son idénticos, y que la partición empieza y acaba en un límite de cilindro (excepto para la primera partición)."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Whenever a partition table is printed out, a consistency check is "
+#~| "performed on the partition table entries. This check verifies that the "
+#~| "physical and logical start and end points are identical, and that the "
+#~| "partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for the first "
+#~| "partition)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Whenever a partition table is printed out in DOS mode, a consistency "
+#~ "check is performed on the partition table entries. This check verifies "
+#~ "that the physical and logical start and end points are identical, and "
+#~ "that each partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for "
+#~ "the first partition)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Cada vez que una tabla de particiones se muestra en la salida, se realiza "
+#~ "una comprobación de consistencia en las entradas de la tabla de "
+#~ "particiones. Esta comprobación verifica que los puntos de inicio y final "
+#~ "físicos y lógicos son idénticos, y que la partición empieza y acaba en un "
+#~ "límite de cilindro (excepto para la primera partición)."
-#~ msgid "Some versions of MS-DOS create a first partition which does not begin on a cylinder boundary, but on sector 2 of the first cylinder. Partitions beginning in cylinder 1 cannot begin on a cylinder boundary, but this is unlikely to cause difficulty unless you have OS/2 on your machine."
-#~ msgstr "Algunas versiones de MS-DOS crean una primera partición que no empieza en un límite de cilindro, sino en el sector 2 del primer cilindro. Las particiones que comienzan en el cilindro 1 no pueden comenzar en un límite de cilindro, pero esto es muy poco probable que cause la menor dificultad a menos que tenga OS72 en su máquina."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Some versions of MS-DOS create a first partition which does not begin on "
+#~ "a cylinder boundary, but on sector 2 of the first cylinder. Partitions "
+#~ "beginning in cylinder 1 cannot begin on a cylinder boundary, but this is "
+#~ "unlikely to cause difficulty unless you have OS/2 on your machine."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Algunas versiones de MS-DOS crean una primera partición que no empieza en "
+#~ "un límite de cilindro, sino en el sector 2 del primer cilindro. Las "
+#~ "particiones que comienzan en el cilindro 1 no pueden comenzar en un "
+#~ "límite de cilindro, pero esto es muy poco probable que cause la menor "
+#~ "dificultad a menos que tenga OS72 en su máquina."
#~ msgid "E<.MT kzak@redhat.com> Karel Zak E<.ME>"
#~ msgstr "E<.MT kzak@redhat.com> Karel Zak E<.ME>"
#~ msgstr "Junio de 2015"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "The program assumes the file system is quiescent. B<fsck.minix> should not be used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing to it (and remember that the kernel can write to it when it searches for files)."
-#~ msgid "The program assumes the filesystem is quiescent. B<fsck.minix> should not be used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing to it. Remember that the kernel can write to device when it searches for files."
-#~ msgstr "El programa supone que el sistema de ficheros está inactivo. B<fsck.minix> no debería emplearse en un dispositivo montado a menos que Ud. esté seguro de que nadie está escribiendo en él (y recuerde que el núcleo puede escribir en él cuando busca ficheros)."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "The program assumes the file system is quiescent. B<fsck.minix> should "
+#~| "not be used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing "
+#~| "to it (and remember that the kernel can write to it when it searches for "
+#~| "files)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The program assumes the filesystem is quiescent. B<fsck.minix> should "
+#~ "not be used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing "
+#~ "to it. Remember that the kernel can write to device when it searches for "
+#~ "files."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "El programa supone que el sistema de ficheros está inactivo. B<fsck."
+#~ "minix> no debería emplearse en un dispositivo montado a menos que Ud. "
+#~ "esté seguro de que nadie está escribiendo en él (y recuerde que el núcleo "
+#~ "puede escribir en él cuando busca ficheros)."
#~ msgid "/dev/hda[1\\(en63]"
#~ msgstr "/dev/hda[1\\(en63]"
#~ msgstr "/dev/sdb[1\\(en15]"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "If the file system was changed (i.e., repaired), then B<fsck.minix> will print \"FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED\" and will B<sync>(2) three times before exiting. Since Linux does not currently have raw devices, there is I<no> need to reboot at this time (versus a system which I<does> have raw devices)."
-#~ msgid "If the filesystem was changed, i.e., repaired, then B<fsck.minix> will print \"FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED\" and will B<sync>(2) three times before exiting. There is I<no> need to reboot after check."
-#~ msgstr "Si el sistema de ficheros sufrió algún cambio (esto es, fue reparado), entonces B<fsck.minix> mostrará la frase \"FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED\" (\"el sistema de ficheros ha cambiado\") y hará un B<sync>(2) tres veces antes de salir. Puesto que Linux actualmente no tiene dispositivos \"crudos\", I<no> hay necesidad de rearrancar en este momento (lo contrario de un sistema que I<sí> tenga dispositivos \"crudos\")."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "If the file system was changed (i.e., repaired), then B<fsck.minix> will "
+#~| "print \"FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED\" and will B<sync>(2) three times "
+#~| "before exiting. Since Linux does not currently have raw devices, there "
+#~| "is I<no> need to reboot at this time (versus a system which I<does> have "
+#~| "raw devices)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If the filesystem was changed, i.e., repaired, then B<fsck.minix> will "
+#~ "print \"FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED\" and will B<sync>(2) three times before "
+#~ "exiting. There is I<no> need to reboot after check."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si el sistema de ficheros sufrió algún cambio (esto es, fue reparado), "
+#~ "entonces B<fsck.minix> mostrará la frase \"FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED\" "
+#~ "(\"el sistema de ficheros ha cambiado\") y hará un B<sync>(2) tres veces "
+#~ "antes de salir. Puesto que Linux actualmente no tiene dispositivos "
+#~ "\"crudos\", I<no> hay necesidad de rearrancar en este momento (lo "
+#~ "contrario de un sistema que I<sí> tenga dispositivos \"crudos\")."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "B<fsck.minix> should B<not> be used on a mounted filesystem. Using B<fsck.minix> on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the possibility that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously damage a perfectly good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run B<fsck.minix> on a mounted filesystem (i.e., the root filesystem), make sure nothing is writing to the disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" waiting for deletion."
-#~ msgid "B<fsck.minix> should B<not> be used on a mounted filesystem. Using B<fsck.minix> on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the possibility that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously damage a perfectly good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run B<fsck.minix> on a mounted filesystem, such as the root filesystem, make sure nothing is writing to the disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" waiting for deletion."
-#~ msgstr "B<fsck.minix> B<no> debería emplearse en un sistema de ficheros montado. Usar B<fsck.minix> en un sistema de ficheros montado es muy peligroso, debido a la posibilidad de que ficheros borrados estén todavía en uso, ¡y se puede dañar seriamente un sistema de ficheros en perfecto estado! Si Ud. tiene la absoluta necesidad de ejecutar B<fsck.minix> en un sistema de ficheros montado (i.e., el sistema de ficheros raíz), asegúrese de que nada está escribiendo en el disco, y que no hay ficheros \"zombis\" esperando su borrado."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "B<fsck.minix> should B<not> be used on a mounted filesystem. Using "
+#~| "B<fsck.minix> on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the "
+#~| "possibility that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously "
+#~| "damage a perfectly good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run B<fsck."
+#~| "minix> on a mounted filesystem (i.e., the root filesystem), make sure "
+#~| "nothing is writing to the disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" "
+#~| "waiting for deletion."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<fsck.minix> should B<not> be used on a mounted filesystem. Using "
+#~ "B<fsck.minix> on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the "
+#~ "possibility that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously damage "
+#~ "a perfectly good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run B<fsck.minix> "
+#~ "on a mounted filesystem, such as the root filesystem, make sure nothing "
+#~ "is writing to the disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" waiting for "
+#~ "deletion."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<fsck.minix> B<no> debería emplearse en un sistema de ficheros montado. "
+#~ "Usar B<fsck.minix> en un sistema de ficheros montado es muy peligroso, "
+#~ "debido a la posibilidad de que ficheros borrados estén todavía en uso, ¡y "
+#~ "se puede dañar seriamente un sistema de ficheros en perfecto estado! Si "
+#~ "Ud. tiene la absoluta necesidad de ejecutar B<fsck.minix> en un sistema "
+#~ "de ficheros montado (i.e., el sistema de ficheros raíz), asegúrese de que "
+#~ "nada está escribiendo en el disco, y que no hay ficheros \"zombis\" "
+#~ "esperando su borrado."
-#~ msgid "Perform automatic repairs. This option implies B<--repair> and serves to answer all of the questions asked with the default. Note that this can be extremely dangerous in the case of extensive filesystem damage."
-#~ msgstr "Efectúa reparaciones automáticas. Esta opción implica B<-r> y sirve para contestar todas las preguntas con la respuesta predeterminada. Observe que esto puede ser extremadamente peligroso en el caso de daños extensos en el sistema de ficheros."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Perform automatic repairs. This option implies B<--repair> and serves to "
+#~ "answer all of the questions asked with the default. Note that this can "
+#~ "be extremely dangerous in the case of extensive filesystem damage."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Efectúa reparaciones automáticas. Esta opción implica B<-r> y sirve para "
+#~ "contestar todas las preguntas con la respuesta predeterminada. Observe "
+#~ "que esto puede ser extremadamente peligroso en el caso de daños extensos "
+#~ "en el sistema de ficheros."
-#~ msgid "Force a filesystem check even if the filesystem was marked as valid. Marking is done by the kernel when the filesystem is unmounted."
-#~ msgstr "Fuerza la comprobación del sistema de ficheros incluso si el sistema de ficheros fue marcado como válido. Esta marca la hace el núcleo cuando el sistema de ficheros se desmonta."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Force a filesystem check even if the filesystem was marked as valid. "
+#~ "Marking is done by the kernel when the filesystem is unmounted."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Fuerza la comprobación del sistema de ficheros incluso si el sistema de "
+#~ "ficheros fue marcado como válido. Esta marca la hace el núcleo cuando el "
+#~ "sistema de ficheros se desmonta."
-#~ msgid "There are numerous diagnostic messages. The ones mentioned here are the most commonly seen in normal usage."
-#~ msgstr "Hay numerosos mensajes de diagnóstico. Los mencionados aquí son los más comúnmente vistos en el uso normal."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "There are numerous diagnostic messages. The ones mentioned here are the "
+#~ "most commonly seen in normal usage."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Hay numerosos mensajes de diagnóstico. Los mencionados aquí son los más "
+#~ "comúnmente vistos en el uso normal."
-#~ msgid "If the device does not exist, B<fsck.minix> will print \"unable to read super block\". If the device exists, but is not a MINIX filesystem, B<fsck.minix> will print \"bad magic number in super-block\"."
-#~ msgstr "Si el dispositivo no existe, B<fsck.minix> mostrará \"unable to read super block\" (\"incapaz de leer el súper-bloque\"). Si el dispositivo existe pero no es un sistema de ficheros MINIX, B<fsck.minix> imprimirá \"bad magic number in super-block\" (\"mal numéro mágico en el súper-bloque\")."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If the device does not exist, B<fsck.minix> will print \"unable to read "
+#~ "super block\". If the device exists, but is not a MINIX filesystem, "
+#~ "B<fsck.minix> will print \"bad magic number in super-block\"."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si el dispositivo no existe, B<fsck.minix> mostrará \"unable to read "
+#~ "super block\" (\"incapaz de leer el súper-bloque\"). Si el dispositivo "
+#~ "existe pero no es un sistema de ficheros MINIX, B<fsck.minix> imprimirá "
+#~ "\"bad magic number in super-block\" (\"mal numéro mágico en el súper-"
+#~ "bloque\")."
#~ msgid "E<.MT torvalds@\\:cs.\\:helsinki.\\:fi> Linus Torvalds E<.ME>"
#~ msgstr "E<.MT torvalds@\\:cs.\\:helsinki.\\:fi> Linus Torvalds E<.ME>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Added support for file system valid flag: Dr. Wettstein (greg%wind.uucp@plains.nodak.edu)"
-#~ msgid "Added support for filesystem valid flag: E<.MT greg%\\:wind.\\:uucp@\\:plains.\\:nodak.\\:edu> Dr.\\& Wettstein E<.ME .>"
-#~ msgstr "Añadió soporte para la bandera de sistema de fichero válido: Dr. Wettstein (greg%wind.uucp@plains.nodak.edu)."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Added support for file system valid flag: Dr. Wettstein (greg%wind."
+#~| "uucp@plains.nodak.edu)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Added support for filesystem valid flag: E<.MT greg%\\:wind.\\:uucp@\\:"
+#~ "plains.\\:nodak.\\:edu> Dr.\\& Wettstein E<.ME .>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Añadió soporte para la bandera de sistema de fichero válido: Dr. "
+#~ "Wettstein (greg%wind.uucp@plains.nodak.edu)."
-#~ msgid "Check to prevent fsck of mounted filesystem added by E<.MT quinlan@\\:yggdrasil.\\:com> Daniel Quinlan E<.ME .>"
-#~ msgstr "Comprobación para impedir fsck de sistemas de ficheros montados añadida por E<.MT quinlan@\\:yggdrasil.\\:com> Daniel Quinlan E<.ME .>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Check to prevent fsck of mounted filesystem added by E<.MT quinlan@\\:"
+#~ "yggdrasil.\\:com> Daniel Quinlan E<.ME .>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Comprobación para impedir fsck de sistemas de ficheros montados añadida "
+#~ "por E<.MT quinlan@\\:yggdrasil.\\:com> Daniel Quinlan E<.ME .>"
-#~ msgid "Minix v2 fs support by E<.MT schwab@\\:issan.\\:informatik.\\:uni-dortmund.\\:de> Andreas Schwab E<.ME ,> updated by E<.MT janl@\\:math.\\:uio.\\:no> Nicolai Langfeldt E<.ME .>"
-#~ msgstr "Soporte del sistema de ficheros de Minix versión 2 por E<.MT schwab@\\:issan.\\:informatik.\\:uni-dortmund.\\:de> Andreas Schwab E<.ME ,> actualizado por E<.MT janl@\\:math.\\:uio.\\:no> Nicolai Langfeldt E<.ME .>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Minix v2 fs support by E<.MT schwab@\\:issan.\\:informatik.\\:uni-"
+#~ "dortmund.\\:de> Andreas Schwab E<.ME ,> updated by E<.MT janl@\\:math.\\:"
+#~ "uio.\\:no> Nicolai Langfeldt E<.ME .>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Soporte del sistema de ficheros de Minix versión 2 por E<.MT schwab@\\:"
+#~ "issan.\\:informatik.\\:uni-dortmund.\\:de> Andreas Schwab E<.ME ,> "
+#~ "actualizado por E<.MT janl@\\:math.\\:uio.\\:no> Nicolai Langfeldt E<.ME ."
+#~ ">"
-#~ msgid "Portability patch by E<.MT rmk@\\:ecs.\\:soton.\\:ac.\\:uk> Russell King E<.ME .>"
-#~ msgstr "Parche de transportabilidad por E<.MT rmk@\\:ecs.\\:soton.\\:ac.\\:uk> Russell King E<.ME .>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Portability patch by E<.MT rmk@\\:ecs.\\:soton.\\:ac.\\:uk> Russell King "
+#~ "E<.ME .>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Parche de transportabilidad por E<.MT rmk@\\:ecs.\\:soton.\\:ac.\\:uk> "
+#~ "Russell King E<.ME .>"
#~ msgid "FSTAB"
#~ msgstr "FSTAB"
-#~ msgid "Each filesystem is described on a separate line. Fields on each line are separated by tabs or spaces. Lines starting with \\(aq#\\(aq are comments. Blank lines are ignored."
-#~ msgstr "Cada linea representa un sistema de archivos. Los campos de dicha línea están separados por tabulaciones o espacios. Las líneas que comienzan por \\(aq#\\(aq se consideran comentarios y se ignoran al igual que las líneas en blanco."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Each filesystem is described on a separate line. Fields on each line are "
+#~ "separated by tabs or spaces. Lines starting with \\(aq#\\(aq are "
+#~ "comments. Blank lines are ignored."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Cada linea representa un sistema de archivos. Los campos de dicha línea "
+#~ "están separados por tabulaciones o espacios. Las líneas que comienzan por "
+#~ "\\(aq#\\(aq se consideran comentarios y se ignoran al igual que las "
+#~ "líneas en blanco."
-#~ msgid "For ordinary mounts, it will hold (a link to) a block special device node (as created by B<mknod>(2)) for the device to be mounted, like I</dev/cdrom> or I</dev/sdb7>. For NFS mounts, this field is I<E<lt>hostE<gt>:E<lt>dirE<gt>>, e.g., I<knuth.aeb.nl:/>. For filesystems with no storage, any string can be used, and will show up in B<df>(1) output, for example. Typical usage is I<proc> for B<procfs>; I<mem>, I<none>, or I<tmpfs> for B<tmpfs>. Other special filesystems, like B<udev> and B<sysfs>, are typically not listed in B<fstab>."
-#~ msgstr "Para los montajes más habituales, contendrá (un enlace a) un nodo de dispositivo especial de bloque (creado por B<mknod>(2)) para el dispositivo que se va a montar, por ejemplo: '/dev/cdrom' o '/dev/sdb7' . Para NFS, este campo es E<lt>hostE<gt>:E<lt>dirE<gt>, por ejemplo, 'knuth.aeb.nl:/'. Para sistemas de archivos sin almacenamiento, se puede usar cualquier cadena y se mostrará en la salida B<df>(1), por ejemplo. El uso típico es I<proc> para B<procfs>; I<mem>, I<none> o I<tmpfs> para B<tmpfs>. Otros sistemas de archivos especiales, como B<udev> y B<sysfs>, normalmente no se enumeran en B<fstab>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "For ordinary mounts, it will hold (a link to) a block special device node "
+#~ "(as created by B<mknod>(2)) for the device to be mounted, like I</dev/"
+#~ "cdrom> or I</dev/sdb7>. For NFS mounts, this field is I<E<lt>hostE<gt>:"
+#~ "E<lt>dirE<gt>>, e.g., I<knuth.aeb.nl:/>. For filesystems with no storage, "
+#~ "any string can be used, and will show up in B<df>(1) output, for example. "
+#~ "Typical usage is I<proc> for B<procfs>; I<mem>, I<none>, or I<tmpfs> for "
+#~ "B<tmpfs>. Other special filesystems, like B<udev> and B<sysfs>, are "
+#~ "typically not listed in B<fstab>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Para los montajes más habituales, contendrá (un enlace a) un nodo de "
+#~ "dispositivo especial de bloque (creado por B<mknod>(2)) para el "
+#~ "dispositivo que se va a montar, por ejemplo: '/dev/cdrom' o '/dev/sdb7' . "
+#~ "Para NFS, este campo es E<lt>hostE<gt>:E<lt>dirE<gt>, por ejemplo, 'knuth."
+#~ "aeb.nl:/'. Para sistemas de archivos sin almacenamiento, se puede usar "
+#~ "cualquier cadena y se mostrará en la salida B<df>(1), por ejemplo. El uso "
+#~ "típico es I<proc> para B<procfs>; I<mem>, I<none> o I<tmpfs> para "
+#~ "B<tmpfs>. Otros sistemas de archivos especiales, como B<udev> y B<sysfs>, "
+#~ "normalmente no se enumeran en B<fstab>."
-#~ msgid "LABEL=E<lt>labelE<gt> or UUID=E<lt>uuidE<gt> may be given instead of a device name. This is the recommended method, as device names are often a coincidence of hardware detection order, and can change when other disks are added or removed. For example, \\(aqLABEL=Boot\\(aq or \\(aqUUID=3e6be9de-8139-11d1-9106-a43f08d823a6\\(aq. (Use a filesystem-specific tool like B<e2label>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8), or B<fatlabel>(8) to set LABELs on filesystems)."
-#~ msgstr "En lugar de indicar un nombre de dispositivo, puede indicarse LABEL=E<lt>labelE<gt> o UUID=E<lt>uuidE<gt>. Esta es una mejor práctica ya que los nombres de dispositivo suelen depender del orden de detección del hardware y puede sufrir modificaciones cuando se añade o elimina algún disco. Por ejemplo LABEL=Boot' o `UUID=3e6be9de\\%-8139\\%-11d1\\%-9106\\%-a43f08d823a6'. (Emplea una herramienta específica como B<e2label>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8), o B<fatlabel>(8) para definir el valor de LABEL)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "LABEL=E<lt>labelE<gt> or UUID=E<lt>uuidE<gt> may be given instead of a "
+#~ "device name. This is the recommended method, as device names are often a "
+#~ "coincidence of hardware detection order, and can change when other disks "
+#~ "are added or removed. For example, \\(aqLABEL=Boot\\(aq or "
+#~ "\\(aqUUID=3e6be9de-8139-11d1-9106-a43f08d823a6\\(aq. (Use a filesystem-"
+#~ "specific tool like B<e2label>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8), or B<fatlabel>(8) to "
+#~ "set LABELs on filesystems)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "En lugar de indicar un nombre de dispositivo, puede indicarse "
+#~ "LABEL=E<lt>labelE<gt> o UUID=E<lt>uuidE<gt>. Esta es una mejor práctica "
+#~ "ya que los nombres de dispositivo suelen depender del orden de detección "
+#~ "del hardware y puede sufrir modificaciones cuando se añade o elimina "
+#~ "algún disco. Por ejemplo LABEL=Boot' o `UUID=3e6be9de\\%-8139\\%-11d1\\"
+#~ "%-9106\\%-a43f08d823a6'. (Emplea una herramienta específica como "
+#~ "B<e2label>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8), o B<fatlabel>(8) para definir el valor "
+#~ "de LABEL)."
-#~ msgid "It\\(cqs also possible to use B<PARTUUID=> and B<PARTLABEL=>. These partitions identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT)."
-#~ msgstr "También pueden usarse los identificadores de particiones B<PARTUUID=> y B<PARTLABEL=> cuyo soporte está incluido por ejemplo en la tabla de particiones GUID (GPT)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "It\\(cqs also possible to use B<PARTUUID=> and B<PARTLABEL=>. These "
+#~ "partitions identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table "
+#~ "(GPT)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "También pueden usarse los identificadores de particiones B<PARTUUID=> y "
+#~ "B<PARTLABEL=> cuyo soporte está incluido por ejemplo en la tabla de "
+#~ "particiones GUID (GPT)."
-#~ msgid "This field describes the mount point (target) for the filesystem. For swap partitions, this field should be specified as `none\\(aq. If the name of the mount point contains spaces or tabs these can be escaped as `\\(rs040\\(aq and \\(aq\\(rs011\\(aq respectively."
-#~ msgstr "Este segundo campo define el punto de montaje (objetivo o target) del sistema. En el caso de las particiones swap puede aparecer como 'none'. Si el nombre del punto de montaje contiene espacios o tabulaciones, deberán escaparse por como \\(rs040\\(aq and \\(aq\\(rs011\\(aq respectivamente."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This field describes the mount point (target) for the filesystem. For "
+#~ "swap partitions, this field should be specified as `none\\(aq. If the "
+#~ "name of the mount point contains spaces or tabs these can be escaped as "
+#~ "`\\(rs040\\(aq and \\(aq\\(rs011\\(aq respectively."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Este segundo campo define el punto de montaje (objetivo o target) del "
+#~ "sistema. En el caso de las particiones swap puede aparecer como 'none'. "
+#~ "Si el nombre del punto de montaje contiene espacios o tabulaciones, "
+#~ "deberán escaparse por como \\(rs040\\(aq and \\(aq\\(rs011\\(aq "
+#~ "respectivamente."
-#~ msgid "B<mount>(8) and B<umount>(8) support filesystem I<subtypes>. The subtype is defined by \\(aq.subtype\\(aq suffix. For example \\(aqfuse.sshfs\\(aq. It\\(cqs recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the first fstab field (for example \\(aqsshfs#example.com\\(aq is deprecated)."
-#~ msgstr "B<mount>(8) y B<umount>(8) admiten el uso de I<subtipos> al definir sistemas de archivo. El subtipo se define mediante el sufijo \\(aq.subtype\\(aq. Por ejemplo, \\(aqfuse.sshfs\\(aq. Se recomienda usar esto en lugar de agregar cualquier prefijo al primer campo fstab (por ejemplo, \\(aqsshfs#example.com\\(aq que está en desuso)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<mount>(8) and B<umount>(8) support filesystem I<subtypes>. The subtype "
+#~ "is defined by \\(aq.subtype\\(aq suffix. For example \\(aqfuse."
+#~ "sshfs\\(aq. It\\(cqs recommended to use subtype notation rather than add "
+#~ "any prefix to the first fstab field (for example \\(aqsshfs#example."
+#~ "com\\(aq is deprecated)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<mount>(8) y B<umount>(8) admiten el uso de I<subtipos> al definir "
+#~ "sistemas de archivo. El subtipo se define mediante el sufijo \\(aq."
+#~ "subtype\\(aq. Por ejemplo, \\(aqfuse.sshfs\\(aq. Se recomienda usar esto "
+#~ "en lugar de agregar cualquier prefijo al primer campo fstab (por ejemplo, "
+#~ "\\(aqsshfs#example.com\\(aq que está en desuso)."
#~ msgid "do not mount when B<mount -a> is given (e.g., at boot time)"
-#~ msgstr "no se monta cuando se ejecuta B<mount -a> (por ejemplo durante el inicio)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "no se monta cuando se ejecuta B<mount -a> (por ejemplo durante el inicio)"
-#~ msgid "This field is used by B<dump>(8) to determine which filesystems need to be dumped. Defaults to zero (don\\(cqt dump) if not present."
-#~ msgstr "Empleado por B<dump>(8) para definir qué sistemas de archivos deben ser volcados. Si no existe, se considera el valor cero (no volcar)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This field is used by B<dump>(8) to determine which filesystems need to "
+#~ "be dumped. Defaults to zero (don\\(cqt dump) if not present."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Empleado por B<dump>(8) para definir qué sistemas de archivos deben ser "
+#~ "volcados. Si no existe, se considera el valor cero (no volcar)."
-#~ msgid "B<fstab> is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded from"
-#~ msgstr "B<fstab> forma parte del aquete util-linux que puede descargarse desde"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<fstab> is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded from"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<fstab> forma parte del aquete util-linux que puede descargarse desde"
#~ msgid "February 2015"
#~ msgstr "Febrero 2015"
#~ msgid "File Formats"
#~ msgstr "Fomatos de archivo"
-#~ msgid "The file B<fstab> contains descriptive information about the filesystems the system can mount. B<fstab> is only read by programs, and not written; it is the duty of the system administrator to properly create and maintain this file. The order of records in B<fstab> is important because B<fsck>(8), B<mount>(8), and B<umount>(8) sequentially iterate through B<fstab> doing their thing."
-#~ msgstr "El fichero B<fstab> contiene información que describe los diversos sistemas de ficheros que el sistema es capaz de gestionar. Las distintas aplicaciones podrán leer su contenido pero no modificarlo. Es tarea del administrador del sistema su creación y mantenimiento. El orden de los registros en B<fstab> es importante ya que B<fsck>(8), B<mount>(8) y B<umount>(8) leen B<fstab> secuencialmente durante su ejecución."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The file B<fstab> contains descriptive information about the filesystems "
+#~ "the system can mount. B<fstab> is only read by programs, and not "
+#~ "written; it is the duty of the system administrator to properly create "
+#~ "and maintain this file. The order of records in B<fstab> is important "
+#~ "because B<fsck>(8), B<mount>(8), and B<umount>(8) sequentially iterate "
+#~ "through B<fstab> doing their thing."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "El fichero B<fstab> contiene información que describe los diversos "
+#~ "sistemas de ficheros que el sistema es capaz de gestionar. Las distintas "
+#~ "aplicaciones podrán leer su contenido pero no modificarlo. Es tarea del "
+#~ "administrador del sistema su creación y mantenimiento. El orden de los "
+#~ "registros en B<fstab> es importante ya que B<fsck>(8), B<mount>(8) y "
+#~ "B<umount>(8) leen B<fstab> secuencialmente durante su ejecución."
#~ msgid "LABEL=t-home2 /home ext4 defaults,auto_da_alloc 0 2"
#~ msgstr "LABEL=t-home2 /home ext4 defaults,auto_da_alloc 0 2"
#~ msgid "B<The first field> (I<fs_spec>)."
#~ msgstr "B<Primer campo> (I<fs_spec>)."
-#~ msgid "See B<mount>(8), B<blkid>(8) or B<lsblk>(8) for more details about device identifiers."
-#~ msgstr "Consulte B<mount>(8), B<blkid>(8) o B<lsblk>(8) para mayor información acerca de los identificadores de dispositivos."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "See B<mount>(8), B<blkid>(8) or B<lsblk>(8) for more details about "
+#~ "device identifiers."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Consulte B<mount>(8), B<blkid>(8) o B<lsblk>(8) para mayor información "
+#~ "acerca de los identificadores de dispositivos."
#~ msgid "B<The second field> (I<fs_file>)."
#~ msgstr "B<segundo campo>(I<fs_file>)."
#~ msgid "B<The third field> (I<fs_vfstype>)."
#~ msgstr "B<Tercer campo> (I<fs_vfstype>)."
-#~ msgid "This field describes the type of the filesystem. Linux supports many filesystem types: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, and many more. For more details, see B<mount>(8)."
-#~ msgstr "Este campo define el tipo de sistema de archivos. Linux incluye soporte para muchos de ellos: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs y cifs, entre otros muchos. Consulte B<mount>(8) para más detalles."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This field describes the type of the filesystem. Linux supports many "
+#~ "filesystem types: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, "
+#~ "sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, and many more. For more "
+#~ "details, see B<mount>(8)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Este campo define el tipo de sistema de archivos. Linux incluye soporte "
+#~ "para muchos de ellos: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, "
+#~ "sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs y cifs, entre otros muchos. "
+#~ "Consulte B<mount>(8) para más detalles."
-#~ msgid "An entry I<swap> denotes a file or partition to be used for swapping, cf.\\& B<swapon>(8). An entry I<none> is useful for bind or move mounts."
-#~ msgstr "Una entrada I<swap> definirá un archivo o partición para el uso como intercambio de datos. Consulte B<swapon>(8). Una entrada I<none> es util para anclar o mover puntos de montaje."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "An entry I<swap> denotes a file or partition to be used for swapping, cf."
+#~ "\\& B<swapon>(8). An entry I<none> is useful for bind or move mounts."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Una entrada I<swap> definirá un archivo o partición para el uso como "
+#~ "intercambio de datos. Consulte B<swapon>(8). Una entrada I<none> es util "
+#~ "para anclar o mover puntos de montaje."
#~ msgid "B<The fourth field> (I<fs_mntops>)."
#~ msgstr "B<Cuarto campo>(I<fs_mntops>)."
-#~ msgid "It is formatted as a comma-separated list of options. It contains at least the type of mount (B<ro> or B<rw>), plus any additional options appropriate to the filesystem type (including performance-tuning options). For details, see B<mount>(8) or B<swapon>(8)."
-#~ msgstr "Consiste en una lista de opciones separadas por comas. Contiene al menos el tipo de montaje (B<ro> o B<rw>), junto con cualquier opción adicional apropiada para el tipo de sistema de archivos (incluidas las opciones de ajuste de rendimiento). Para obtener más información, consulte B<mount>(8) o B<swapon>(8)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "It is formatted as a comma-separated list of options. It contains at "
+#~ "least the type of mount (B<ro> or B<rw>), plus any additional options "
+#~ "appropriate to the filesystem type (including performance-tuning "
+#~ "options). For details, see B<mount>(8) or B<swapon>(8)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Consiste en una lista de opciones separadas por comas. Contiene al menos "
+#~ "el tipo de montaje (B<ro> o B<rw>), junto con cualquier opción adicional "
+#~ "apropiada para el tipo de sistema de archivos (incluidas las opciones de "
+#~ "ajuste de rendimiento). Para obtener más información, consulte "
+#~ "B<mount>(8) o B<swapon>(8)."
#~ msgid "B<The fifth field> (I<fs_freq>)."
#~ msgstr "B<Quinto campo> (I<fs_freq>)."
#~ msgid "B<The sixth field> (I<fs_passno>)."
#~ msgstr "B<Sexto campo> (I<fs_passno>)."
-#~ msgid "This field is used by B<fsck>(8) to determine the order in which filesystem checks are done at boot time. The root filesystem should be specified with a I<fs_passno> of 1. Other filesystems should have a I<fs_passno> of 2. Filesystems within a drive will be checked sequentially, but filesystems on different drives will be checked at the same time to utilize parallelism available in the hardware. Defaults to zero (don't fsck) if not present."
-#~ msgstr "B<fsck>(8) utiliza este campo para determinar el orden en el que se realizan las comprobaciones del sistema de archivos en el momento del arranque. El sistema de archivos raíz debería contener un valor para I<fs_passno> de 1. El resto de sistemas de archivos deberían tener I<fs_passno> de 2. Los sistemas de archivos dentro de una unidad se verificarán secuencialmente, pero los sistemas de archivos en diferentes unidades se verificarán al mismo tiempo para aprovechar las opción del paralelismo disponible en el hardware. El valor predeterminado es cero (no comprobar) si no existe este campo."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This field is used by B<fsck>(8) to determine the order in which "
+#~ "filesystem checks are done at boot time. The root filesystem should be "
+#~ "specified with a I<fs_passno> of 1. Other filesystems should have a "
+#~ "I<fs_passno> of 2. Filesystems within a drive will be checked "
+#~ "sequentially, but filesystems on different drives will be checked at the "
+#~ "same time to utilize parallelism available in the hardware. Defaults to "
+#~ "zero (don't fsck) if not present."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<fsck>(8) utiliza este campo para determinar el orden en el que se "
+#~ "realizan las comprobaciones del sistema de archivos en el momento del "
+#~ "arranque. El sistema de archivos raíz debería contener un valor para "
+#~ "I<fs_passno> de 1. El resto de sistemas de archivos deberían tener "
+#~ "I<fs_passno> de 2. Los sistemas de archivos dentro de una unidad se "
+#~ "verificarán secuencialmente, pero los sistemas de archivos en diferentes "
+#~ "unidades se verificarán al mismo tiempo para aprovechar las opción del "
+#~ "paralelismo disponible en el hardware. El valor predeterminado es cero "
+#~ "(no comprobar) si no existe este campo."
-#~ msgid "The proper way to read records from B<fstab> is to use the routines B<getmntent>(3) or B<libmount>."
-#~ msgstr "La forma apropiada de leer los registros de B<fstab> es usando las rutinas B<getmntent>(3) o B<libmount>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The proper way to read records from B<fstab> is to use the routines "
+#~ "B<getmntent>(3) or B<libmount>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La forma apropiada de leer los registros de B<fstab> es usando las "
+#~ "rutinas B<getmntent>(3) o B<libmount>."
-#~ msgid "This man page is part of the util-linux package and is available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
-#~ msgstr "Esta página de manual forma parte del paquete util-linux. Se puede descargar en https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This man page is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
+#~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Esta página de manual forma parte del paquete util-linux. Se puede "
+#~ "descargar en https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
-#~ msgid "Note that B<mount>(8) uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation of the UUID should be based on lower case characters. But when specifying the volume ID of FAT or NTFS file systems upper case characters are used (e.g UUID=\"A40D-85E7\" or UUID=\"61DB7756DB7779B3\")."
-#~ msgstr "Observe que B<mount>(8) emplea UUIDs como cadenas. Estas cadenas deben estar formadas por minúsculas. Sin embargo, cuando se define el nombre de sistemas de archivo FAT o NTFS se emplea mayúsculas (por ejemplo:UUID=\"A40D-85E7\" o UUID=\"61DB7756DB7779B3\")."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Note that B<mount>(8) uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation "
+#~ "of the UUID should be based on lower case characters. But when "
+#~ "specifying the volume ID of FAT or NTFS file systems upper case "
+#~ "characters are used (e.g UUID=\"A40D-85E7\" or UUID=\"61DB7756DB7779B3\")."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Observe que B<mount>(8) emplea UUIDs como cadenas. Estas cadenas deben "
+#~ "estar formadas por minúsculas. Sin embargo, cuando se define el nombre de "
+#~ "sistemas de archivo FAT o NTFS se emplea mayúsculas (por ejemplo:"
+#~ "UUID=\"A40D-85E7\" o UUID=\"61DB7756DB7779B3\")."
#~ msgid "GETOPT"
#~ msgstr "GETOPT"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "The parameters B<getopt> is called with can be divided into two parts: options which modify the way getopt will parse (I<options> and I<-o|--options optstring> in the B<SYNOPSIS),> and the parameters which are to be parsed (I<parameters> in the B<SYNOPSIS).> The second part will start at the first non-option parameter that is not an option argument, or after the first occurence of `B<-->'. If no `B<-o>' or `B<--options>' option is found in the first part, the first parameter of the second part is used as the short options string."
-#~ msgid "The parameters B<getopt> is called with can be divided into two parts: options which modify the way B<getopt> will do the parsing (the I<options> and the I<optstring> in the B<SYNOPSIS>), and the parameters which are to be parsed (I<parameters> in the B<SYNOPSIS>). The second part will start at the first non-option parameter that is not an option argument, or after the first occurrence of \\(aqB<-->\\(aq. If no \\(aqB<-o>\\(aq or \\(aqB<--options>\\(aq option is found in the first part, the first parameter of the second part is used as the short options string."
-#~ msgstr "Los parámetros con los que se llama a B<getopt> se pueden dividir en dos partes: opciones que modifican la manera en la que getopt analizará (I<options> y I<-o|--options optstring> en la B<SINOPSIS),> y los parámetros que deben ser analizados (I<parameters> en la B<SINOPSIS).> La segunda parte comenzará en el primer parámetro que no sea una opción, o después de la primera aparición de `B<-->'. Si las opciones `B<-o>' o `B<--options>' no se encuentran en la primera parte, el primer parámetro de la segunda parte se interpreta como la cadena de opciones cortas."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "The parameters B<getopt> is called with can be divided into two parts: "
+#~| "options which modify the way getopt will parse (I<options> and I<-o|--"
+#~| "options optstring> in the B<SYNOPSIS),> and the parameters which are to "
+#~| "be parsed (I<parameters> in the B<SYNOPSIS).> The second part will start "
+#~| "at the first non-option parameter that is not an option argument, or "
+#~| "after the first occurence of `B<-->'. If no `B<-o>' or `B<--options>' "
+#~| "option is found in the first part, the first parameter of the second "
+#~| "part is used as the short options string."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The parameters B<getopt> is called with can be divided into two parts: "
+#~ "options which modify the way B<getopt> will do the parsing (the "
+#~ "I<options> and the I<optstring> in the B<SYNOPSIS>), and the parameters "
+#~ "which are to be parsed (I<parameters> in the B<SYNOPSIS>). The second "
+#~ "part will start at the first non-option parameter that is not an option "
+#~ "argument, or after the first occurrence of \\(aqB<-->\\(aq. If no \\(aqB<-"
+#~ "o>\\(aq or \\(aqB<--options>\\(aq option is found in the first part, the "
+#~ "first parameter of the second part is used as the short options string."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Los parámetros con los que se llama a B<getopt> se pueden dividir en dos "
+#~ "partes: opciones que modifican la manera en la que getopt analizará "
+#~ "(I<options> y I<-o|--options optstring> en la B<SINOPSIS),> y los "
+#~ "parámetros que deben ser analizados (I<parameters> en la B<SINOPSIS).> La "
+#~ "segunda parte comenzará en el primer parámetro que no sea una opción, o "
+#~ "después de la primera aparición de `B<-->'. Si las opciones `B<-o>' o "
+#~ "`B<--options>' no se encuentran en la primera parte, el primer parámetro "
+#~ "de la segunda parte se interpreta como la cadena de opciones cortas."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "If the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, or if its first parameter is not an option (does not start with a `B<->', this is the first format in the B<SYNOPSIS),> B<getopt> will generate output that is compatible with that of other versions of B<getopt>(1). It will still do parameter shuffling and recognize optional arguments (see section B<COMPATIBILITY> for more information)."
-#~ msgid "If the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, or if the first I<parameter> is not an option (does not start with a \\(aqB<->\\(aq, the first format in the B<SYNOPSIS>), B<getopt> will generate output that is compatible with that of other versions of B<getopt>(1). It will still do parameter shuffling and recognize optional arguments (see section B<COMPATIBILITY> for more information)."
-#~ msgstr "Si la variable de entorno B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> está definida, o si su primer parámetro no es una opción (no comienza por un `B<->', entonces se toma el primer formato descrito en la B<SINOPSIS),> B<getopt> generará una salida compatible con esta u otras versiones de B<getopt>(1). Todavía se realizará el reordenamiento de parámetros y el reconocimiento de argumentos opcionales (ver la sección B<COMPATIBILIDADES> para más información)."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "If the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, or if its first "
+#~| "parameter is not an option (does not start with a `B<->', this is the "
+#~| "first format in the B<SYNOPSIS),> B<getopt> will generate output that is "
+#~| "compatible with that of other versions of B<getopt>(1). It will still "
+#~| "do parameter shuffling and recognize optional arguments (see section "
+#~| "B<COMPATIBILITY> for more information)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, or if the first "
+#~ "I<parameter> is not an option (does not start with a \\(aqB<->\\(aq, the "
+#~ "first format in the B<SYNOPSIS>), B<getopt> will generate output that is "
+#~ "compatible with that of other versions of B<getopt>(1). It will still do "
+#~ "parameter shuffling and recognize optional arguments (see section "
+#~ "B<COMPATIBILITY> for more information)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si la variable de entorno B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> está definida, o si su "
+#~ "primer parámetro no es una opción (no comienza por un `B<->', entonces se "
+#~ "toma el primer formato descrito en la B<SINOPSIS),> B<getopt> generará "
+#~ "una salida compatible con esta u otras versiones de B<getopt>(1). "
+#~ "Todavía se realizará el reordenamiento de parámetros y el reconocimiento "
+#~ "de argumentos opcionales (ver la sección B<COMPATIBILIDADES> para más "
+#~ "información)."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Allow long options to start with a single 'B<->'."
#~ msgstr "Permitir que las opciones largas comiencen con un solo \"B<->\"."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is not found, the first parameter of B<getopt> that does not start with a 'B<->' (and is not an option argument) is used as the short options string. Each short option character in I<shortopts> may be followed by one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional argument. The first character of shortopts may be 'B<+>' or 'B<->' to influence the way options are parsed and output is generated (see section B<SCANNING MODES> for details)."
-#~ msgid "The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is not found, the first parameter of B<getopt> that does not start with a \\(aqB<->\\(aq (and is not an option argument) is used as the short options string. Each short option character in I<shortopts> may be followed by one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional argument. The first character of shortopts may be \\(aqB<+>\\(aq or \\(aqB<->\\(aq to influence the way options are parsed and output is generated (see section B<SCANNING MODES> for details)."
-#~ msgstr "Las opciones cortas (un solo carácter) para ser analizadas. Si esta opción no se encuentra, el primer parámetro de B<getopt> que no comience por un `B<->' (y no sea un argumento opcional) es usado como la cadena de opciones cortas. Cada carácter de una opción corta en I<shortopts> puede ir secundada por dos puntos (:) para indicar que es un argumento requerido, y por doble dos puntos (::) para indicar que es un argumento opcional. El primer carácter de shortopts puede ser `B<+>' o `B<->' para influenciar sobre la manera en que las opciones son pasadas y la salida es generada (ver la sección B<MODOS DE EXPLORACIÓN> para más detalles)."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is "
+#~| "not found, the first parameter of B<getopt> that does not start with a "
+#~| "'B<->' (and is not an option argument) is used as the short options "
+#~| "string. Each short option character in I<shortopts> may be followed by "
+#~| "one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to "
+#~| "indicate it has an optional argument. The first character of shortopts "
+#~| "may be 'B<+>' or 'B<->' to influence the way options are parsed and "
+#~| "output is generated (see section B<SCANNING MODES> for details)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is not "
+#~ "found, the first parameter of B<getopt> that does not start with a "
+#~ "\\(aqB<->\\(aq (and is not an option argument) is used as the short "
+#~ "options string. Each short option character in I<shortopts> may be "
+#~ "followed by one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two "
+#~ "colons to indicate it has an optional argument. The first character of "
+#~ "shortopts may be \\(aqB<+>\\(aq or \\(aqB<->\\(aq to influence the way "
+#~ "options are parsed and output is generated (see section B<SCANNING MODES> "
+#~ "for details)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Las opciones cortas (un solo carácter) para ser analizadas. Si esta "
+#~ "opción no se encuentra, el primer parámetro de B<getopt> que no comience "
+#~ "por un `B<->' (y no sea un argumento opcional) es usado como la cadena de "
+#~ "opciones cortas. Cada carácter de una opción corta en I<shortopts> puede "
+#~ "ir secundada por dos puntos (:) para indicar que es un argumento "
+#~ "requerido, y por doble dos puntos (::) para indicar que es un argumento "
+#~ "opcional. El primer carácter de shortopts puede ser `B<+>' o `B<->' para "
+#~ "influenciar sobre la manera en que las opciones son pasadas y la salida "
+#~ "es generada (ver la sección B<MODOS DE EXPLORACIÓN> para más detalles)."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Disable error reporting by getopt(3)."
#~ msgstr "Deshabilita la salida de errores por parte de getopt(3)."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Set quoting conventions to those of shell. If no -s argument is found, the E<.SM BASH> conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently `B<sh>' `B<bash>', `B<csh>', and `B<tcsh>'."
-#~ msgid "Set quoting conventions to those of I<shell>. If the B<-s> option is not given, the BASH conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently \\(aqB<sh>\\(aq \\(aqB<bash>\\(aq, \\(aqB<csh>\\(aq, and \\(aqB<tcsh>\\(aq."
-#~ msgstr "Establece las convenciones de entrecomillado para cada tipo de shell. Si el argumento -s no se encuentra, se utilizan las convenciones de E<.SM BASH>. Actualmente los argumentos válidos son `B<sh>' `B<bash>', `B<csh>', y `B<tcsh>'."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Set quoting conventions to those of shell. If no -s argument is found, "
+#~| "the E<.SM BASH> conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently "
+#~| "`B<sh>' `B<bash>', `B<csh>', and `B<tcsh>'."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Set quoting conventions to those of I<shell>. If the B<-s> option is not "
+#~ "given, the BASH conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently "
+#~ "\\(aqB<sh>\\(aq \\(aqB<bash>\\(aq, \\(aqB<csh>\\(aq, and "
+#~ "\\(aqB<tcsh>\\(aq."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Establece las convenciones de entrecomillado para cada tipo de shell. Si "
+#~ "el argumento -s no se encuentra, se utilizan las convenciones de E<.SM "
+#~ "BASH>. Actualmente los argumentos válidos son `B<sh>' `B<bash>', "
+#~ "`B<csh>', y `B<tcsh>'."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Test if your B<getopt>(1) is this enhanced version or an old version. This generates no output, and sets the error status to 4. Other implementations of B<getopt>(1), and this version if the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, will return 'B<-->' and error status 0."
-#~ msgid "Test if your B<getopt>(1) is this enhanced version or an old version. This generates no output, and sets the error status to 4. Other implementations of B<getopt>(1), and this version if the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, will return \\(aqB<-->\\(aq and error status 0."
-#~ msgstr "Prueba si su B<getopt>(1) es esta versión mejorada o una versión antigua. No genera ningún tipo de salida y devuelve un código de error 4. Otras implementaciones de B<getopt>(1), y esta versión si la variable de entorno B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> está definida, retornan \"B<-->\" y un código de error 0."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Test if your B<getopt>(1) is this enhanced version or an old version. "
+#~| "This generates no output, and sets the error status to 4. Other "
+#~| "implementations of B<getopt>(1), and this version if the environment "
+#~| "variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, will return 'B<-->' and error "
+#~| "status 0."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Test if your B<getopt>(1) is this enhanced version or an old version. "
+#~ "This generates no output, and sets the error status to 4. Other "
+#~ "implementations of B<getopt>(1), and this version if the environment "
+#~ "variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, will return \\(aqB<-->\\(aq and "
+#~ "error status 0."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Prueba si su B<getopt>(1) es esta versión mejorada o una versión "
+#~ "antigua. No genera ningún tipo de salida y devuelve un código de error 4. "
+#~ "Otras implementaciones de B<getopt>(1), y esta versión si la variable de "
+#~ "entorno B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> está definida, retornan \"B<-->\" y un "
+#~ "código de error 0."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "A simple short option is a 'B<->' followed by a short option character. If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the option character or as the next parameter (i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional argument, it must be written directly after the option character if present."
-#~ msgid "A simple short option is a \\(aqB<->\\(aq followed by a short option character. If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the option character or as the next parameter (i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional argument, it must be written directly after the option character if present."
-#~ msgstr "Una opción corta es un \"B<->\" seguido por un carácter de una opción corta. Si la opción tiene un argumento requerido, deberá aparecer justo después del carácter de la opción o como el siguiente parámetro (por ejemplo, separados por espacios en blanco en la línea de órdenes). Si la opción tiene un argumento opcional, deberá aparecer justo después del carácter de la opción si es que existe."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "A simple short option is a 'B<->' followed by a short option character. "
+#~| "If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after "
+#~| "the option character or as the next parameter (i.e., separated by "
+#~| "whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional "
+#~| "argument, it must be written directly after the option character if "
+#~| "present."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "A simple short option is a \\(aqB<->\\(aq followed by a short option "
+#~ "character. If the option has a required argument, it may be written "
+#~ "directly after the option character or as the next parameter (i.e., "
+#~ "separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an "
+#~ "optional argument, it must be written directly after the option character "
+#~ "if present."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Una opción corta es un \"B<->\" seguido por un carácter de una opción "
+#~ "corta. Si la opción tiene un argumento requerido, deberá aparecer justo "
+#~ "después del carácter de la opción o como el siguiente parámetro (por "
+#~ "ejemplo, separados por espacios en blanco en la línea de órdenes). Si la "
+#~ "opción tiene un argumento opcional, deberá aparecer justo después del "
+#~ "carácter de la opción si es que existe."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "It is possible to specify several short options after one 'B<->', as long as all (except possibly the last) do not have required or optional arguments."
-#~ msgid "It is possible to specify several short options after one \\(aqB<->\\(aq, as long as all (except possibly the last) do not have required or optional arguments."
-#~ msgstr "Es posible especificar varias opciones cortas después de un \"B<->\", siempre y cuando todas (exceptuando posiblemente la última) no necesite argumentos requeridos o opcionales."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "It is possible to specify several short options after one 'B<->', as "
+#~| "long as all (except possibly the last) do not have required or optional "
+#~| "arguments."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "It is possible to specify several short options after one \\(aqB<->\\(aq, "
+#~ "as long as all (except possibly the last) do not have required or "
+#~ "optional arguments."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Es posible especificar varias opciones cortas después de un \"B<->\", "
+#~ "siempre y cuando todas (exceptuando posiblemente la última) no necesite "
+#~ "argumentos requeridos o opcionales."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "A long option normally begins with 'B<-->' followed by the long option name. If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the long option name, separated by 'B<=>', or as the next argument (i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional argument, it must be written directly after the long option name, separated by 'B<=>', if present (if you add the 'B<=>' but nothing behind it, it is interpreted as if no argument was present; this is a slight bug, see the B<BUGS>). Long options may be abbreviated, as long as the abbreviation is not ambiguous."
-#~ msgid "A long option normally begins with \\(aqB<-->\\(aq followed by the long option name. If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the long option name, separated by \\(aqB<=>\\(aq, or as the next argument (i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional argument, it must be written directly after the long option name, separated by \\(aqB<=>\\(aq, if present (if you add the \\(aqB<=>\\(aq but nothing behind it, it is interpreted as if no argument was present; this is a slight bug, see the B<BUGS>). Long options may be abbreviated, as long as the abbreviation is not ambiguous."
-#~ msgstr "Una opción larga normalmente comienza por \"B<-->\" seguido por el nombre de la opción.Si la opción tiene un argumento requerido, deberá aparecer justo después del nombre de la opción, separado por un \"B<=>\", o como el siguiente argumento (por ejemplo separado por espacios en blanco en la línea de órdenes).Si la opción tiene un argumento opcional, deberá aparecer justo después del nombre de la opción, separado por \"B<=>\", si es que existe, (si se añade el `B<=>' pero nada detrás de el, se interpretará como si no existiera ningún argumento; este es un ligero fallo, véase la sección B<FALLOS>). Las opciones largas pueden ser abreviadas, siempre y cuando la abreviación no sea ambigua."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "A long option normally begins with 'B<-->' followed by the long option "
+#~| "name. If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly "
+#~| "after the long option name, separated by 'B<=>', or as the next argument "
+#~| "(i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has "
+#~| "an optional argument, it must be written directly after the long option "
+#~| "name, separated by 'B<=>', if present (if you add the 'B<=>' but nothing "
+#~| "behind it, it is interpreted as if no argument was present; this is a "
+#~| "slight bug, see the B<BUGS>). Long options may be abbreviated, as long "
+#~| "as the abbreviation is not ambiguous."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "A long option normally begins with \\(aqB<-->\\(aq followed by the long "
+#~ "option name. If the option has a required argument, it may be written "
+#~ "directly after the long option name, separated by \\(aqB<=>\\(aq, or as "
+#~ "the next argument (i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line). If "
+#~ "the option has an optional argument, it must be written directly after "
+#~ "the long option name, separated by \\(aqB<=>\\(aq, if present (if you add "
+#~ "the \\(aqB<=>\\(aq but nothing behind it, it is interpreted as if no "
+#~ "argument was present; this is a slight bug, see the B<BUGS>). Long "
+#~ "options may be abbreviated, as long as the abbreviation is not ambiguous."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Una opción larga normalmente comienza por \"B<-->\" seguido por el nombre "
+#~ "de la opción.Si la opción tiene un argumento requerido, deberá aparecer "
+#~ "justo después del nombre de la opción, separado por un \"B<=>\", o como "
+#~ "el siguiente argumento (por ejemplo separado por espacios en blanco en la "
+#~ "línea de órdenes).Si la opción tiene un argumento opcional, deberá "
+#~ "aparecer justo después del nombre de la opción, separado por \"B<=>\", si "
+#~ "es que existe, (si se añade el `B<=>' pero nada detrás de el, se "
+#~ "interpretará como si no existiera ningún argumento; este es un ligero "
+#~ "fallo, véase la sección B<FALLOS>). Las opciones largas pueden ser "
+#~ "abreviadas, siempre y cuando la abreviación no sea ambigua."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Each parameter not starting with a 'B<->', and not a required argument of a previous option, is a non-option parameter. Each parameter after a 'B<-->' parameter is always interpreted as a non-option parameter. If the environment variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set, or if the short option string started with a 'B<+>', all remaining parameters are interpreted as non-option parameters as soon as the first non-option parameter is found."
-#~ msgid "Each parameter not starting with a \\(aqB<->\\(aq, and not a required argument of a previous option, is a non-option parameter. Each parameter after a \\(aqB<-->\\(aq parameter is always interpreted as a non-option parameter. If the environment variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set, or if the short option string started with a \\(aqB<+>\\(aq, all remaining parameters are interpreted as non-option parameters as soon as the first non-option parameter is found."
-#~ msgstr "Cualquier parámetro que no comience por un \"B<->\", y no sea un argumento requerido de una opción previa, será interpretado como un parámetro libre. Cualquier parámetro después de un \"B<-->\" aislado será interpretado como un parámetro libre. Si la variable de entorno B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> está definida, o si el carácter de una opción corta comienza por un \"B<+>\", los restantes parámetros son interpretados como parámetros libres tan pronto como sea encontrado el primero de los parámetros libres."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Each parameter not starting with a 'B<->', and not a required argument "
+#~| "of a previous option, is a non-option parameter. Each parameter after a "
+#~| "'B<-->' parameter is always interpreted as a non-option parameter. If "
+#~| "the environment variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set, or if the short "
+#~| "option string started with a 'B<+>', all remaining parameters are "
+#~| "interpreted as non-option parameters as soon as the first non-option "
+#~| "parameter is found."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Each parameter not starting with a \\(aqB<->\\(aq, and not a required "
+#~ "argument of a previous option, is a non-option parameter. Each parameter "
+#~ "after a \\(aqB<-->\\(aq parameter is always interpreted as a non-option "
+#~ "parameter. If the environment variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set, or if "
+#~ "the short option string started with a \\(aqB<+>\\(aq, all remaining "
+#~ "parameters are interpreted as non-option parameters as soon as the first "
+#~ "non-option parameter is found."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Cualquier parámetro que no comience por un \"B<->\", y no sea un "
+#~ "argumento requerido de una opción previa, será interpretado como un "
+#~ "parámetro libre. Cualquier parámetro después de un \"B<-->\" aislado será "
+#~ "interpretado como un parámetro libre. Si la variable de entorno "
+#~ "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> está definida, o si el carácter de una opción corta "
+#~ "comienza por un \"B<+>\", los restantes parámetros son interpretados como "
+#~ "parámetros libres tan pronto como sea encontrado el primero de los "
+#~ "parámetros libres."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "For a short option, a single 'B<->' and the option character are generated as one parameter. If the option has an argument, the next parameter will be the argument. If the option takes an optional argument, but none was found, the next parameter will be generated but be empty in quoting mode, but no second parameter will be generated in unquoted (compatible) mode. Note that many other B<getopt>(1) implementations do not support optional arguments."
-#~ msgid "For a short option, a single \\(aqB<->\\(aq and the option character are generated as one parameter. If the option has an argument, the next parameter will be the argument. If the option takes an optional argument, but none was found, the next parameter will be generated but be empty in quoting mode, but no second parameter will be generated in unquoted (compatible) mode. Note that many other B<getopt>(1) implementations do not support optional arguments."
-#~ msgstr "Para una opción corta, la salida consta de un simple \"B<->\" y el carácter de la opción. Si la opción tiene un argumento, el siguiente parámetro se tomará como el argumento. Si la opción necesita de un argumento opcional, pero no se ha encontrado ninguno, el siguiente parámetro se generará pero se encontrará vacío en el formato entrecomillado, y no se generará ese segundo parámetro en el formato no entrecomillado (compatible). Nótese que la mayoría de las otras implementaciones de B<getopt>(1) no soportan argumentos opcionales."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "For a short option, a single 'B<->' and the option character are "
+#~| "generated as one parameter. If the option has an argument, the next "
+#~| "parameter will be the argument. If the option takes an optional "
+#~| "argument, but none was found, the next parameter will be generated but "
+#~| "be empty in quoting mode, but no second parameter will be generated in "
+#~| "unquoted (compatible) mode. Note that many other B<getopt>(1) "
+#~| "implementations do not support optional arguments."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "For a short option, a single \\(aqB<->\\(aq and the option character are "
+#~ "generated as one parameter. If the option has an argument, the next "
+#~ "parameter will be the argument. If the option takes an optional argument, "
+#~ "but none was found, the next parameter will be generated but be empty in "
+#~ "quoting mode, but no second parameter will be generated in unquoted "
+#~ "(compatible) mode. Note that many other B<getopt>(1) implementations do "
+#~ "not support optional arguments."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Para una opción corta, la salida consta de un simple \"B<->\" y el "
+#~ "carácter de la opción. Si la opción tiene un argumento, el siguiente "
+#~ "parámetro se tomará como el argumento. Si la opción necesita de un "
+#~ "argumento opcional, pero no se ha encontrado ninguno, el siguiente "
+#~ "parámetro se generará pero se encontrará vacío en el formato "
+#~ "entrecomillado, y no se generará ese segundo parámetro en el formato no "
+#~ "entrecomillado (compatible). Nótese que la mayoría de las otras "
+#~ "implementaciones de B<getopt>(1) no soportan argumentos opcionales."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "If several short options were specified after a single 'B<->', each will be present in the output as a separate parameter."
-#~ msgid "If several short options were specified after a single \\(aqB<->\\(aq, each will be present in the output as a separate parameter."
-#~ msgstr "Si se especificaran más de una opción después de un \"B<->\", cada una se presentaría en la salida como un parámetro independiente."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "If several short options were specified after a single 'B<->', each will "
+#~| "be present in the output as a separate parameter."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If several short options were specified after a single \\(aqB<->\\(aq, "
+#~ "each will be present in the output as a separate parameter."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si se especificaran más de una opción después de un \"B<->\", cada una se "
+#~ "presentaría en la salida como un parámetro independiente."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "For a long option, 'B<-->' and the full option name are generated as one parameter. This is done regardless whether the option was abbreviated or specified with a single 'B<->' in the input. Arguments are handled as with short options."
-#~ msgid "For a long option, \\(aqB<-->\\(aq and the full option name are generated as one parameter. This is done regardless whether the option was abbreviated or specified with a single \\(aqB<->\\(aq in the input. Arguments are handled as with short options."
-#~ msgstr "Para una opción larga, se generará el \"B<-->\" y el nombre completo de la opción como un único parámetro. Esto se hace indistintamente de que la opción estuviera abreviada o fuera especificada con un \"B<->\" en la entrada. Los argumentos se manejan como con las opciones cortas."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "For a long option, 'B<-->' and the full option name are generated as one "
+#~| "parameter. This is done regardless whether the option was abbreviated "
+#~| "or specified with a single 'B<->' in the input. Arguments are handled "
+#~| "as with short options."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "For a long option, \\(aqB<-->\\(aq and the full option name are generated "
+#~ "as one parameter. This is done regardless whether the option was "
+#~ "abbreviated or specified with a single \\(aqB<->\\(aq in the input. "
+#~ "Arguments are handled as with short options."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Para una opción larga, se generará el \"B<-->\" y el nombre completo de "
+#~ "la opción como un único parámetro. Esto se hace indistintamente de que la "
+#~ "opción estuviera abreviada o fuera especificada con un \"B<->\" en la "
+#~ "entrada. Los argumentos se manejan como con las opciones cortas."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Normally, no non-option parameters output is generated until all options and their arguments have been generated. Then 'B<-->' is generated as a single parameter, and after it the non-option parameters in the order they were found, each as a separate parameter. Only if the first character of the short options string was a 'B<->', non-option parameter output is generated at the place they are found in the input (this is not supported if the first format of the B<SYNOPSIS> is used; in that case all preceding occurrences of 'B<->' and 'B<+>' are ignored)."
-#~ msgid "Normally, no non-option parameters output is generated until all options and their arguments have been generated. Then \\(aqB<-->\\(aq is generated as a single parameter, and after it the non-option parameters in the order they were found, each as a separate parameter. Only if the first character of the short options string was a \\(aqB<->\\(aq, non-option parameter output is generated at the place they are found in the input (this is not supported if the first format of the B<SYNOPSIS> is used; in that case all preceding occurrences of \\(aqB<->\\(aq and \\(aqB<+>\\(aq are ignored)."
-#~ msgstr "Normalmente, la salida de los parámetros libres no se generará hasta que todas las opciones y sus argumentos hayan sido generadas. Entonces se generará un \"B<-->\" como si fuera un solo parámetro , y después los parámetros libres en el orden en que se encontraron, cada uno como un parámetro independiente. Solo si el primer carácter de la cadena de opciones cortas fuera un solo \"B<->\", la salida de los parámetros libres se generaría en el lugar en que fueron encontrados en la entrada (esto no está soportado si se usa el primer formato que aparece en la B<SINOPSIS> ; en este caso todas las ocurrencias anteriores de \"B<->\" y \"B<+>\" son ignoradas)."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Normally, no non-option parameters output is generated until all options "
+#~| "and their arguments have been generated. Then 'B<-->' is generated as a "
+#~| "single parameter, and after it the non-option parameters in the order "
+#~| "they were found, each as a separate parameter. Only if the first "
+#~| "character of the short options string was a 'B<->', non-option parameter "
+#~| "output is generated at the place they are found in the input (this is "
+#~| "not supported if the first format of the B<SYNOPSIS> is used; in that "
+#~| "case all preceding occurrences of 'B<->' and 'B<+>' are ignored)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Normally, no non-option parameters output is generated until all options "
+#~ "and their arguments have been generated. Then \\(aqB<-->\\(aq is "
+#~ "generated as a single parameter, and after it the non-option parameters "
+#~ "in the order they were found, each as a separate parameter. Only if the "
+#~ "first character of the short options string was a \\(aqB<->\\(aq, non-"
+#~ "option parameter output is generated at the place they are found in the "
+#~ "input (this is not supported if the first format of the B<SYNOPSIS> is "
+#~ "used; in that case all preceding occurrences of \\(aqB<->\\(aq and "
+#~ "\\(aqB<+>\\(aq are ignored)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Normalmente, la salida de los parámetros libres no se generará hasta que "
+#~ "todas las opciones y sus argumentos hayan sido generadas. Entonces se "
+#~ "generará un \"B<-->\" como si fuera un solo parámetro , y después los "
+#~ "parámetros libres en el orden en que se encontraron, cada uno como un "
+#~ "parámetro independiente. Solo si el primer carácter de la cadena de "
+#~ "opciones cortas fuera un solo \"B<->\", la salida de los parámetros "
+#~ "libres se generaría en el lugar en que fueron encontrados en la entrada "
+#~ "(esto no está soportado si se usa el primer formato que aparece en la "
+#~ "B<SINOPSIS> ; en este caso todas las ocurrencias anteriores de \"B<->\" y "
+#~ "\"B<+>\" son ignoradas)."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "In compatible mode, whitespace or 'special' characters in arguments or non-option parameters are not handled correctly. As the output is fed to the shell script, the script does not know how it is supposed to break the output into separate parameters. To circumvent this problem, this implementation offers quoting. The idea is that output is generated with quotes around each parameter. When this output is once again fed to the shell (usually by a shell B<eval> command), it is split correctly into separate parameters."
-#~ msgid "In compatibility mode, whitespace or \\(aqspecial\\(aq characters in arguments or non-option parameters are not handled correctly. As the output is fed to the shell script, the script does not know how it is supposed to break the output into separate parameters. To circumvent this problem, this implementation offers quoting. The idea is that output is generated with quotes around each parameter. When this output is once again fed to the shell (usually by a shell B<eval> command), it is split correctly into separate parameters."
-#~ msgstr "En el modo compatible, los espacios en blanco o caracteres `especiales' en los argumentos o parámetros libres no son tratados correctamente. Dado que la salida alimenta al archivo de órdenes de la shell, este programa no sabe como se supone que la entrada es troceada en los diferentes parámetros. Para solventar el problema, esta implementación ofrece el entrecomillado. La idea es que la salida es generada con comillas encerrando a cada parámetro. Cuando esta salida alimenta al shell (típicamente por la orden B<eval> del intérprete), se particiona correctamente en los diferentes parámetros."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "In compatible mode, whitespace or 'special' characters in arguments or "
+#~| "non-option parameters are not handled correctly. As the output is fed "
+#~| "to the shell script, the script does not know how it is supposed to "
+#~| "break the output into separate parameters. To circumvent this problem, "
+#~| "this implementation offers quoting. The idea is that output is "
+#~| "generated with quotes around each parameter. When this output is once "
+#~| "again fed to the shell (usually by a shell B<eval> command), it is split "
+#~| "correctly into separate parameters."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In compatibility mode, whitespace or \\(aqspecial\\(aq characters in "
+#~ "arguments or non-option parameters are not handled correctly. As the "
+#~ "output is fed to the shell script, the script does not know how it is "
+#~ "supposed to break the output into separate parameters. To circumvent this "
+#~ "problem, this implementation offers quoting. The idea is that output is "
+#~ "generated with quotes around each parameter. When this output is once "
+#~ "again fed to the shell (usually by a shell B<eval> command), it is split "
+#~ "correctly into separate parameters."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "En el modo compatible, los espacios en blanco o caracteres `especiales' "
+#~ "en los argumentos o parámetros libres no son tratados correctamente. Dado "
+#~ "que la salida alimenta al archivo de órdenes de la shell, este programa "
+#~ "no sabe como se supone que la entrada es troceada en los diferentes "
+#~ "parámetros. Para solventar el problema, esta implementación ofrece el "
+#~ "entrecomillado. La idea es que la salida es generada con comillas "
+#~ "encerrando a cada parámetro. Cuando esta salida alimenta al shell "
+#~ "(típicamente por la orden B<eval> del intérprete), se particiona "
+#~ "correctamente en los diferentes parámetros."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Quoting is not enabled if the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, if the first form of the B<SYNOPSIS> is used, or if the option 'B<-u>' is found."
-#~ msgid "Quoting is not enabled if the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> is set, if the first form of the B<SYNOPSIS> is used, or if the option \\(aqB<-u>\\(aq is found."
-#~ msgstr "El entrecomillado no se encontrará activado si la variable de entorno B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> está definida, si se usa la primera forma de la B<SINOPSIS>, o si la opción \"B<-u>\" es encontrada."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Quoting is not enabled if the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> "
+#~| "is set, if the first form of the B<SYNOPSIS> is used, or if the option "
+#~| "'B<-u>' is found."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Quoting is not enabled if the environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> "
+#~ "is set, if the first form of the B<SYNOPSIS> is used, or if the option "
+#~ "\\(aqB<-u>\\(aq is found."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "El entrecomillado no se encontrará activado si la variable de entorno "
+#~ "B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> está definida, si se usa la primera forma de la "
+#~ "B<SINOPSIS>, o si la opción \"B<-u>\" es encontrada."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Different shells use different quoting conventions. You can use the 'B<-s>' option to select the shell you are using. The following shells are currently supported: 'B<sh>', 'B<bash>', 'B<csh>' and 'B<tcsh>'. Actually, only two 'flavors' are distinguished: sh-like quoting conventions and csh-like quoting conventions. Chances are that if you use another shell script language, one of these flavors can still be used."
-#~ msgid "Different shells use different quoting conventions. You can use the \\(aqB<-s>\\(aq option to select the shell you are using. The following shells are currently supported: \\(aqB<sh>\\(aq, \\(aqB<bash>\\(aq, \\(aqB<csh>\\(aq and \\(aqB<tcsh>\\(aq. Actually, only two \\(aqflavors\\(aq are distinguished: sh-like quoting conventions and csh-like quoting conventions. Chances are that if you use another shell script language, one of these flavors can still be used."
-#~ msgstr "Cada tipo de shell usa convenciones de entrecomillado diferentes. Pero puede usarse la opción \"B<-s>\" para seleccionar el shell que esté usando. Actualmente son soportados los siguientes: \"B<sh>\", \"B<bash>\", \"B<csh>\" y \"B<tcsh>\". Actualmente, solo se distinguen dos \"tipos\": las convenciones de entrecomillado del tipo sh y las del tipo csh. Probablemente si usa algún otro lenguaje de shell, uno de estos dos tipos pueda servirle."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Different shells use different quoting conventions. You can use the 'B<-"
+#~| "s>' option to select the shell you are using. The following shells are "
+#~| "currently supported: 'B<sh>', 'B<bash>', 'B<csh>' and 'B<tcsh>'. "
+#~| "Actually, only two 'flavors' are distinguished: sh-like quoting "
+#~| "conventions and csh-like quoting conventions. Chances are that if you "
+#~| "use another shell script language, one of these flavors can still be "
+#~| "used."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Different shells use different quoting conventions. You can use the "
+#~ "\\(aqB<-s>\\(aq option to select the shell you are using. The following "
+#~ "shells are currently supported: \\(aqB<sh>\\(aq, \\(aqB<bash>\\(aq, "
+#~ "\\(aqB<csh>\\(aq and \\(aqB<tcsh>\\(aq. Actually, only two "
+#~ "\\(aqflavors\\(aq are distinguished: sh-like quoting conventions and csh-"
+#~ "like quoting conventions. Chances are that if you use another shell "
+#~ "script language, one of these flavors can still be used."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Cada tipo de shell usa convenciones de entrecomillado diferentes. Pero "
+#~ "puede usarse la opción \"B<-s>\" para seleccionar el shell que esté "
+#~ "usando. Actualmente son soportados los siguientes: \"B<sh>\", "
+#~ "\"B<bash>\", \"B<csh>\" y \"B<tcsh>\". Actualmente, solo se distinguen "
+#~ "dos \"tipos\": las convenciones de entrecomillado del tipo sh y las del "
+#~ "tipo csh. Probablemente si usa algún otro lenguaje de shell, uno de estos "
+#~ "dos tipos pueda servirle."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "The first character of the short options string may be a 'B<->' or a 'B<+>' to indicate a special scanning mode. If the first calling form in the B<SYNOPSIS> is used they are ignored; the environment variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is still examined, though."
-#~ msgid "The first character of the short options string may be a \\(aqB<->\\(aq or a \\(aqB<+>\\(aq to indicate a special scanning mode. If the first calling form in the B<SYNOPSIS> is used they are ignored; the environment variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is still examined, though."
-#~ msgstr "El primer carácter de la cadena de opciones cortas debe ser un \"B<->\" o un \"B<+>\" para indicar el modo de exploración especial. Si se una la primera forma que aparece en la B<SINOPSIS> son ignoradas; aun así, la variable de entorno B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> es examinada, téngase en cuenta."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "The first character of the short options string may be a 'B<->' or a "
+#~| "'B<+>' to indicate a special scanning mode. If the first calling form "
+#~| "in the B<SYNOPSIS> is used they are ignored; the environment variable "
+#~| "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is still examined, though."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The first character of the short options string may be a \\(aqB<->\\(aq "
+#~ "or a \\(aqB<+>\\(aq to indicate a special scanning mode. If the first "
+#~ "calling form in the B<SYNOPSIS> is used they are ignored; the environment "
+#~ "variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is still examined, though."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "El primer carácter de la cadena de opciones cortas debe ser un \"B<->\" o "
+#~ "un \"B<+>\" para indicar el modo de exploración especial. Si se una la "
+#~ "primera forma que aparece en la B<SINOPSIS> son ignoradas; aun así, la "
+#~ "variable de entorno B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> es examinada, téngase en cuenta."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "If the first character is 'B<+>', or if the environment variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set, parsing stops as soon as the first non-option parameter (i.e., a parameter that does not start with a 'B<->') is found that is not an option argument. The remaining parameters are all interpreted as non-option parameters."
-#~ msgid "If the first character is \\(aqB<+>\\(aq, or if the environment variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set, parsing stops as soon as the first non-option parameter (i.e., a parameter that does not start with a \\(aqB<->\\(aq) is found that is not an option argument. The remaining parameters are all interpreted as non-option parameters."
-#~ msgstr "Si el primer carácter es \"B<+>\", o si la variable de entorno B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> está definida, el análisis finaliza tan pronto como en primer parámetro libre (por ejemplo un parámetro que no comience por un \"B<->\") es encontrado y no es un argumento de alguna opción. Los restantes parámetros son interpretados como parámetros libres."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "If the first character is 'B<+>', or if the environment variable "
+#~| "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set, parsing stops as soon as the first non-option "
+#~| "parameter (i.e., a parameter that does not start with a 'B<->') is "
+#~| "found that is not an option argument. The remaining parameters are all "
+#~| "interpreted as non-option parameters."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If the first character is \\(aqB<+>\\(aq, or if the environment variable "
+#~ "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set, parsing stops as soon as the first non-option "
+#~ "parameter (i.e., a parameter that does not start with a \\(aqB<->\\(aq) "
+#~ "is found that is not an option argument. The remaining parameters are all "
+#~ "interpreted as non-option parameters."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si el primer carácter es \"B<+>\", o si la variable de entorno "
+#~ "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> está definida, el análisis finaliza tan pronto como en "
+#~ "primer parámetro libre (por ejemplo un parámetro que no comience por un "
+#~ "\"B<->\") es encontrado y no es un argumento de alguna opción. Los "
+#~ "restantes parámetros son interpretados como parámetros libres."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "If the first character is a 'B<->', non-option parameters are outputted at the place where they are found; in normal operation, they are all collected at the end of output after a 'B<-->' parameter has been generated. Note that this 'B<-->' parameter is still generated, but it will always be the last parameter in this mode."
-#~ msgid "If the first character is a \\(aqB<->\\(aq, non-option parameters are outputted at the place where they are found; in normal operation, they are all collected at the end of output after a \\(aqB<-->\\(aq parameter has been generated. Note that this \\(aqB<-->\\(aq parameter is still generated, but it will always be the last parameter in this mode."
-#~ msgstr "Si el primer carácter es un \"B<->\", la salida de los parámetros libres se realiza en el orden en que son encontrados; en el modo normal, se agrupan al final de la salida después de generar un parámetro consistente en un único \"B<-->\". Nótese que este parámetro \"B<-->\" se genera igualmente, pero siempre será el último parámetro en este modo de exploración."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "If the first character is a 'B<->', non-option parameters are outputted "
+#~| "at the place where they are found; in normal operation, they are all "
+#~| "collected at the end of output after a 'B<-->' parameter has been "
+#~| "generated. Note that this 'B<-->' parameter is still generated, but it "
+#~| "will always be the last parameter in this mode."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If the first character is a \\(aqB<->\\(aq, non-option parameters are "
+#~ "outputted at the place where they are found; in normal operation, they "
+#~ "are all collected at the end of output after a \\(aqB<-->\\(aq parameter "
+#~ "has been generated. Note that this \\(aqB<-->\\(aq parameter is still "
+#~ "generated, but it will always be the last parameter in this mode."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si el primer carácter es un \"B<->\", la salida de los parámetros libres "
+#~ "se realiza en el orden en que son encontrados; en el modo normal, se "
+#~ "agrupan al final de la salida después de generar un parámetro consistente "
+#~ "en un único \"B<-->\". Nótese que este parámetro \"B<-->\" se genera "
+#~ "igualmente, pero siempre será el último parámetro en este modo de "
+#~ "exploración."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "The environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> forces B<getopt> into compatibility mode. Setting both this environment variable and B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> offers 100% compatibility for 'difficult' programs. Usually, though, neither is needed."
-#~ msgid "The environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> forces B<getopt> into compatibility mode. Setting both this environment variable and B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> offers 100% compatibility for \\(aqdifficult\\(aq programs. Usually, though, neither is needed."
-#~ msgstr "La variable de entorno B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> fuerza a B<getopt> a entrar en el modo compatible. Definiendo al mismo tiempo esta variable de entorno y B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> se ofrece una compatibilidad al 100% para programas \"problemáticos\". Aunque normalmente no es necesario."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "The environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> forces B<getopt> into "
+#~| "compatibility mode. Setting both this environment variable and "
+#~| "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> offers 100% compatibility for 'difficult' programs. "
+#~| "Usually, though, neither is needed."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The environment variable B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> forces B<getopt> into "
+#~ "compatibility mode. Setting both this environment variable and "
+#~ "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> offers 100% compatibility for \\(aqdifficult\\(aq "
+#~ "programs. Usually, though, neither is needed."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La variable de entorno B<GETOPT_COMPATIBLE> fuerza a B<getopt> a entrar "
+#~ "en el modo compatible. Definiendo al mismo tiempo esta variable de "
+#~ "entorno y B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> se ofrece una compatibilidad al 100% para "
+#~ "programas \"problemáticos\". Aunque normalmente no es necesario."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "In compatibility mode, leading 'B<->' and 'B<+>' characters in the short options string are ignored."
-#~ msgid "In compatibility mode, leading \\(aqB<->\\(aq and \\(aqB<+>\\(aq characters in the short options string are ignored."
-#~ msgstr "En el modo compatible, los primeros caracteres \"B<->\" y \"B<+>\" en la cadena de opciones cortas son ignorados."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "In compatibility mode, leading 'B<->' and 'B<+>' characters in the short "
+#~| "options string are ignored."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In compatibility mode, leading \\(aqB<->\\(aq and \\(aqB<+>\\(aq "
+#~ "characters in the short options string are ignored."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "En el modo compatible, los primeros caracteres \"B<->\" y \"B<+>\" en la "
+#~ "cadena de opciones cortas son ignorados."
#~ msgid "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT>"
#~ msgstr "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "This environment variable is examined by the B<getopt>(3) routines. If it is set, parsing stops as soon as a parameter is found that is not an option or an option argument. All remaining parameters are also interpreted as non-option parameters, regardless whether they start with a 'B<->'."
-#~ msgid "This environment variable is examined by the B<getopt>(3) routines. If it is set, parsing stops as soon as a parameter is found that is not an option or an option argument. All remaining parameters are also interpreted as non-option parameters, regardless whether they start with a \\(aqB<->\\(aq."
-#~ msgstr "Esta variable de entorno es examinada por las rutinas de B<getopt>(3). Si está definida, el análisis finaliza tan pronto como se encuentre un parámetro que no es una opción o un argumento de una opción. Los restantes parámetros son interpretados como parámetros libres, aunque comiencen por un `B<->'."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "This environment variable is examined by the B<getopt>(3) routines. If "
+#~| "it is set, parsing stops as soon as a parameter is found that is not an "
+#~| "option or an option argument. All remaining parameters are also "
+#~| "interpreted as non-option parameters, regardless whether they start with "
+#~| "a 'B<->'."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This environment variable is examined by the B<getopt>(3) routines. If it "
+#~ "is set, parsing stops as soon as a parameter is found that is not an "
+#~ "option or an option argument. All remaining parameters are also "
+#~ "interpreted as non-option parameters, regardless whether they start with "
+#~ "a \\(aqB<->\\(aq."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Esta variable de entorno es examinada por las rutinas de B<getopt>(3). Si "
+#~ "está definida, el análisis finaliza tan pronto como se encuentre un "
+#~ "parámetro que no es una opción o un argumento de una opción. Los "
+#~ "restantes parámetros son interpretados como parámetros libres, aunque "
+#~ "comiencen por un `B<->'."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "GETOPT_COMPATIBLE"
#~ msgstr "Diciembre de 2014"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "B<getopt> is used to break up (I<parse>) options in command lines for easy parsing by shell procedures, and to check for legal options. It uses the E<.SM GNU> B<getopt>(3) routines to do this."
-#~ msgid "B<getopt> is used to break up (I<parse>) options in command lines for easy parsing by shell procedures, and to check for valid options. It uses the E<.SM GNU> B<getopt>(3) routines to do this."
-#~ msgstr "B<getopt> se usa para partir (I<analizar>) las opciones de las líneas de órdenes para un fácil análisis por parte de los procedimientos del shell, y para identificar las opciones legales. Usa las rutinas B<getopt>(3) de E<.SM GNU> para hacerlo."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "B<getopt> is used to break up (I<parse>) options in command lines for "
+#~| "easy parsing by shell procedures, and to check for legal options. It "
+#~| "uses the E<.SM GNU> B<getopt>(3) routines to do this."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<getopt> is used to break up (I<parse>) options in command lines for "
+#~ "easy parsing by shell procedures, and to check for valid options. It "
+#~ "uses the E<.SM GNU> B<getopt>(3) routines to do this."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<getopt> se usa para partir (I<analizar>) las opciones de las líneas de "
+#~ "órdenes para un fácil análisis por parte de los procedimientos del shell, "
+#~ "y para identificar las opciones legales. Usa las rutinas B<getopt>(3) "
+#~ "de E<.SM GNU> para hacerlo."
-#~ msgid "Traditional implementations of B<getopt>(1) are unable to cope with whitespace and other (shell-specific) special characters in arguments and non-option parameters. To solve this problem, this implementation can generate quoted output which must once again be interpreted by the shell (usually by using the B<eval> command). This has the effect of preserving those characters, but you must call B<getopt> in a way that is no longer compatible with other versions (the second or third format in the B<SYNOPSIS>). To determine whether this enhanced version of B<getopt>(1) is installed, a special test option (B<-T>) can be used."
-#~ msgstr "Las implementaciones tradicionales de B<getopt>(1) son incapaces de soportar los espacios en blanco y otros caracteres especiales (específicos del shell) en argumentos y parámetros libres. Para resolver este problema, esta implementación puede generar salida entrecomillada ( B<N. del T.> quoted ) que puede ser, a su vez, tratada por el shell (típicamente usando la orden B<eval> ). Esto tiene el efecto de preservar dichos caracteres, pero debe llamarse a B<getopt> de una manera no compatible con otras versiones (el segundo y tercer formato en la B<SINOPSIS>). Para determinar cuando esta versión mejorada de B<getopt>(1) está instalada, puede usarse la opción (B<-T>) que realiza dicha prueba."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Traditional implementations of B<getopt>(1) are unable to cope with "
+#~ "whitespace and other (shell-specific) special characters in arguments "
+#~ "and non-option parameters. To solve this problem, this implementation "
+#~ "can generate quoted output which must once again be interpreted by the "
+#~ "shell (usually by using the B<eval> command). This has the effect of "
+#~ "preserving those characters, but you must call B<getopt> in a way that is "
+#~ "no longer compatible with other versions (the second or third format in "
+#~ "the B<SYNOPSIS>). To determine whether this enhanced version of "
+#~ "B<getopt>(1) is installed, a special test option (B<-T>) can be used."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Las implementaciones tradicionales de B<getopt>(1) son incapaces de "
+#~ "soportar los espacios en blanco y otros caracteres especiales "
+#~ "(específicos del shell) en argumentos y parámetros libres. Para resolver "
+#~ "este problema, esta implementación puede generar salida entrecomillada "
+#~ "( B<N. del T.> quoted ) que puede ser, a su vez, tratada por el shell "
+#~ "(típicamente usando la orden B<eval> ). Esto tiene el efecto de preservar "
+#~ "dichos caracteres, pero debe llamarse a B<getopt> de una manera no "
+#~ "compatible con otras versiones (el segundo y tercer formato en la "
+#~ "B<SINOPSIS>). Para determinar cuando esta versión mejorada de "
+#~ "B<getopt>(1) está instalada, puede usarse la opción (B<-T>) que realiza "
+#~ "dicha prueba."
#~ msgid "B<-a>,B< --alternative>"
#~ msgstr "B<-a>,B< --alternative>"
#~ msgstr "B<-h>,B< --help>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Output a small usage guide and exit succesfully. No other output is generated."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Output a small usage guide and exit succesfully. No other output is "
+#~| "generated."
#~ msgid "Display help text and exit. No other output is generated."
-#~ msgstr "Genera como salida una guia de uso y termina correctamente. No se genera ninguna otra salida."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Genera como salida una guia de uso y termina correctamente. No se genera "
+#~ "ninguna otra salida."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "-l, --longoptions longopts"
#~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --longoptions >I<longopts>"
#~ msgstr "-l, --longoptions longopts"
-#~ msgid "The long (multi-character) options to be recognized. More than one option name may be specified at once, by separating the names with commas. This option may be given more than once, the I<longopts> are cumulative. Each long option name in I<longopts> may be followed by one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional argument."
-#~ msgstr "Las opciones largas (más de un carácter) para ser analizadas. Pueden especificarse más de una opción al mismo tiempo, separándolas con comas. Esta opción puede darse más de una vez, ya que I<longopts> es acumulativa. Cada nombre de opción larga en I<longopts> puede ir secundado por dos puntos (:) para indicar que es un argumento requerido, y por doble dos puntos (::) para indicar que es un argumento opcional."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The long (multi-character) options to be recognized. More than one "
+#~ "option name may be specified at once, by separating the names with "
+#~ "commas. This option may be given more than once, the I<longopts> are "
+#~ "cumulative. Each long option name in I<longopts> may be followed by one "
+#~ "colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to "
+#~ "indicate it has an optional argument."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Las opciones largas (más de un carácter) para ser analizadas. Pueden "
+#~ "especificarse más de una opción al mismo tiempo, separándolas con comas. "
+#~ "Esta opción puede darse más de una vez, ya que I<longopts> es "
+#~ "acumulativa. Cada nombre de opción larga en I<longopts> puede ir "
+#~ "secundado por dos puntos (:) para indicar que es un argumento requerido, "
+#~ "y por doble dos puntos (::) para indicar que es un argumento opcional."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "-n, --name progname"
#~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --name >I<progname>"
#~ msgstr "-n, --name progname"
-#~ msgid "The name that will be used by the B<getopt>(3) routines when it reports errors. Note that errors of B<getopt>(1) are still reported as coming from getopt."
-#~ msgstr "El nombre que será usado por las rutinas B<getopt>(3) cuando generen algún error. Nótese que los errores de B<getopt>(1) son todavía generados tal y como se obtienen de getopt."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The name that will be used by the B<getopt>(3) routines when it reports "
+#~ "errors. Note that errors of B<getopt>(1) are still reported as coming "
+#~ "from getopt."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "El nombre que será usado por las rutinas B<getopt>(3) cuando generen "
+#~ "algún error. Nótese que los errores de B<getopt>(1) son todavía "
+#~ "generados tal y como se obtienen de getopt."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "-o, --options shortopts"
#~ msgid "B<-Q>,B< --quiet-output>"
#~ msgstr "B<-Q>,B< --quiet-output>"
-#~ msgid "Do not generate normal output. Errors are still reported by B<getopt>(3), unless you also use B<-q>."
-#~ msgstr "No genera la salida normal. B<getopt>(3) sigue generando errores a menos que no se use B<-q>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Do not generate normal output. Errors are still reported by "
+#~ "B<getopt>(3), unless you also use B<-q>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "No genera la salida normal. B<getopt>(3) sigue generando errores a menos "
+#~ "que no se use B<-q>."
#~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --shell >I<shell>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>,B< --shell >I<shell>"
#~ msgid "B<-u>,B< --unquoted>"
#~ msgstr "B<-u>,B< --unquoted>"
-#~ msgid "Do not quote the output. Note that whitespace and special (shell-dependent) characters can cause havoc in this mode (like they do with other B<getopt>(1) implementations)."
-#~ msgstr "No produce salida entrecomillada. Nótese que los espacios en blanco y los caracteres especiales (dependientes del shell) pueden causar estragos en este modo (tal y como se producen en otras implementaciones de B<getopt>(1))."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Do not quote the output. Note that whitespace and special (shell-"
+#~ "dependent) characters can cause havoc in this mode (like they do with "
+#~ "other B<getopt>(1) implementations)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "No produce salida entrecomillada. Nótese que los espacios en blanco y los "
+#~ "caracteres especiales (dependientes del shell) pueden causar estragos en "
+#~ "este modo (tal y como se producen en otras implementaciones de "
+#~ "B<getopt>(1))."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Output version information and exit succesfully. No other output is generated."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Output version information and exit succesfully. No other output is "
+#~| "generated."
#~ msgid "Display version information and exit. No other output is generated."
-#~ msgstr "Genera información sobre la versión y finaliza satisfactoriamente. No se genera ninguna otra salida."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Genera información sobre la versión y finaliza satisfactoriamente. No se "
+#~ "genera ninguna otra salida."
-#~ msgid "This section specifies the format of the second part of the parameters of B<getopt> (the I<parameters> in the B<SYNOPSIS>). The next section (B<OUTPUT>) describes the output that is generated. These parameters were typically the parameters a shell function was called with. Care must be taken that each parameter the shell function was called with corresponds to exactly one parameter in the parameter list of B<getopt> (see the B<EXAMPLES>). All parsing is done by the GNU B<getopt>(3) routines."
-#~ msgstr "Esta sección especifica el formato de la segunda parte de los parámetros de B<getopt> (los I<parameters> en la B<SINOPSIS>). La siguiente sección (B<SALIDA>) describe la salida que se genera. Estos parámetros serán los que típicamente se usen al llamar a un programa del shell. Debe tenerse cuidado de que cada parámetro con el que se llamó al archivo de órdenes del shell corresponda exactamente con un parámetro de la lista de parámetros de B<getopt> (véase los B<EJEMPLOS>). Todo el análisis es llevado a cabo por las rutinas B<getopt>(3) de GNU."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This section specifies the format of the second part of the parameters of "
+#~ "B<getopt> (the I<parameters> in the B<SYNOPSIS>). The next section "
+#~ "(B<OUTPUT>) describes the output that is generated. These parameters "
+#~ "were typically the parameters a shell function was called with. Care "
+#~ "must be taken that each parameter the shell function was called with "
+#~ "corresponds to exactly one parameter in the parameter list of B<getopt> "
+#~ "(see the B<EXAMPLES>). All parsing is done by the GNU B<getopt>(3) "
+#~ "routines."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Esta sección especifica el formato de la segunda parte de los parámetros "
+#~ "de B<getopt> (los I<parameters> en la B<SINOPSIS>). La siguiente sección "
+#~ "(B<SALIDA>) describe la salida que se genera. Estos parámetros serán los "
+#~ "que típicamente se usen al llamar a un programa del shell. Debe tenerse "
+#~ "cuidado de que cada parámetro con el que se llamó al archivo de órdenes "
+#~ "del shell corresponda exactamente con un parámetro de la lista de "
+#~ "parámetros de B<getopt> (véase los B<EJEMPLOS>). Todo el análisis es "
+#~ "llevado a cabo por las rutinas B<getopt>(3) de GNU."
-#~ msgid "The parameters are parsed from left to right. Each parameter is classified as a short option, a long option, an argument to an option, or a non-option parameter."
-#~ msgstr "Los parámetros son pasados de izquierda a derecha. Cada parámetro es clasificado como una opción corta, una opción larga, un argumento de una opción, o un parámetro libre."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The parameters are parsed from left to right. Each parameter is "
+#~ "classified as a short option, a long option, an argument to an option, or "
+#~ "a non-option parameter."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Los parámetros son pasados de izquierda a derecha. Cada parámetro es "
+#~ "clasificado como una opción corta, una opción larga, un argumento de una "
+#~ "opción, o un parámetro libre."
-#~ msgid "Output is generated for each element described in the previous section. Output is done in the same order as the elements are specified in the input, except for non-option parameters. Output can be done in I<compatible> (I<unquoted>) mode, or in such way that whitespace and other special characters within arguments and non-option parameters are preserved (see B<QUOTING>). When the output is processed in the shell script, it will seem to be composed of distinct elements that can be processed one by one (by using the shift command in most shell languages). This is imperfect in unquoted mode, as elements can be split at unexpected places if they contain whitespace or special characters."
-#~ msgstr "Se genera una salida por cada elemento descrito en la sección anterior. Se realiza en el mismo orden en el que los elementos son especificados en la entrada, exceptuando los parámetros libres. La salida puede generarse en modo I<compatible> ( sin entrecomillado ) , o en un modo en el que los espacios en blanco y otros caracteres especiales entre argumentos y parámetros libres son preservados (véase B<ENTRECOMILLADO>). Cuando la salida es procesada en un archivo de órdenes de la shell , aparecerá compuesta por distintos elementos que pueden ser tratados uno a uno (usando la orden shift existente el la mayoría de los lenguajes de shell). Esto no funciona completamente en el modo sin entrecomillado, ya que los elementos pueden ser divididos por lugares inesperados si contienen espacios en blanco o caracteres especiales."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Output is generated for each element described in the previous section. "
+#~ "Output is done in the same order as the elements are specified in the "
+#~ "input, except for non-option parameters. Output can be done in "
+#~ "I<compatible> (I<unquoted>) mode, or in such way that whitespace and "
+#~ "other special characters within arguments and non-option parameters are "
+#~ "preserved (see B<QUOTING>). When the output is processed in the shell "
+#~ "script, it will seem to be composed of distinct elements that can be "
+#~ "processed one by one (by using the shift command in most shell "
+#~ "languages). This is imperfect in unquoted mode, as elements can be split "
+#~ "at unexpected places if they contain whitespace or special characters."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Se genera una salida por cada elemento descrito en la sección anterior. "
+#~ "Se realiza en el mismo orden en el que los elementos son especificados en "
+#~ "la entrada, exceptuando los parámetros libres. La salida puede generarse "
+#~ "en modo I<compatible> ( sin entrecomillado ) , o en un modo en el que "
+#~ "los espacios en blanco y otros caracteres especiales entre argumentos y "
+#~ "parámetros libres son preservados (véase B<ENTRECOMILLADO>). Cuando la "
+#~ "salida es procesada en un archivo de órdenes de la shell , aparecerá "
+#~ "compuesta por distintos elementos que pueden ser tratados uno a uno "
+#~ "(usando la orden shift existente el la mayoría de los lenguajes de "
+#~ "shell). Esto no funciona completamente en el modo sin entrecomillado, ya "
+#~ "que los elementos pueden ser divididos por lugares inesperados si "
+#~ "contienen espacios en blanco o caracteres especiales."
-#~ msgid "This version of B<getopt>(1) is written to be as compatible as possible to other versions. Usually you can just replace them with this version without any modifications, and with some advantages."
-#~ msgstr "Esta versión de B<getopt>(1) ha sido escrita para ser tan compatible como sea posible con otras versiones. Normalmente solo debe reemplazar aquellas por esta nueva versión sin ningún otro cambio, y con algunas ventajas."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This version of B<getopt>(1) is written to be as compatible as possible "
+#~ "to other versions. Usually you can just replace them with this version "
+#~ "without any modifications, and with some advantages."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Esta versión de B<getopt>(1) ha sido escrita para ser tan compatible "
+#~ "como sea posible con otras versiones. Normalmente solo debe reemplazar "
+#~ "aquellas por esta nueva versión sin ningún otro cambio, y con algunas "
+#~ "ventajas."
-#~ msgid "If the first character of the first parameter of getopt is not a 'B<->', B<getopt> goes into compatibility mode. It will interpret its first parameter as the string of short options, and all other arguments will be parsed. It will still do parameter shuffling (i.e., all non-option parameters are output at the end), unless the environment variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set."
-#~ msgstr "Si el primer carácter del primer parámetro de getopt no es un \"B<->\", getopt entra en el modo compatible. Entonces su primer parámetro será interpretado como la cadena de opciones cortas, y los restantes argumentos serán analizados. Sigue manteniéndose el reordenamiento de parámetros (por ejemplo los parámetros libres aparecen al final de la salida), a menos que la variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> esté definida."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If the first character of the first parameter of getopt is not a 'B<->', "
+#~ "B<getopt> goes into compatibility mode. It will interpret its first "
+#~ "parameter as the string of short options, and all other arguments will be "
+#~ "parsed. It will still do parameter shuffling (i.e., all non-option "
+#~ "parameters are output at the end), unless the environment variable "
+#~ "B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> is set."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si el primer carácter del primer parámetro de getopt no es un \"B<->\", "
+#~ "getopt entra en el modo compatible. Entonces su primer parámetro será "
+#~ "interpretado como la cadena de opciones cortas, y los restantes "
+#~ "argumentos serán analizados. Sigue manteniéndose el reordenamiento de "
+#~ "parámetros (por ejemplo los parámetros libres aparecen al final de la "
+#~ "salida), a menos que la variable B<POSIXLY_CORRECT> esté definida."
-#~ msgid "B<getopt> returns error code B<0> for successful parsing, B<1> if B<getopt>(3) returns errors, B<2> if it does not understand its own parameters, B<3> if an internal error occurs like out-of-memory, and B<4> if it is called with B<-T>."
-#~ msgstr "B<getopt> devuelve un código de error B<0> si el análisis ha sido satisfactorio, B<1> si B<getopt>(3) retorna errores, B<2> si no es capaz de entender sus propios parámetros, B<3> si un error interno ha ocurrido (como falta de memoria), y B<4> si es llamado con B<-T>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<getopt> returns error code B<0> for successful parsing, B<1> if "
+#~ "B<getopt>(3) returns errors, B<2> if it does not understand its own "
+#~ "parameters, B<3> if an internal error occurs like out-of-memory, and B<4> "
+#~ "if it is called with B<-T>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<getopt> devuelve un código de error B<0> si el análisis ha sido "
+#~ "satisfactorio, B<1> si B<getopt>(3) retorna errores, B<2> si no es capaz "
+#~ "de entender sus propios parámetros, B<3> si un error interno ha ocurrido "
+#~ "(como falta de memoria), y B<4> si es llamado con B<-T>."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the B<getopt>(1) distribution, and are optionally installed in B</usr/local/lib/getopt> or B</usr/lib/getopt>."
-#~ msgid "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the B<getopt>(1) distribution, and are installed in I</usr/share/doc/util-linux/getopt/> directory."
-#~ msgstr "Se ofrecen programas de ejemplo para (ba)sh y (t)csh con la distribución de B<getopt>(1), y se encontrarán instalados opcionalmente en B</usr/local/lib/getopt> o B</usr/lib/getopt>."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the "
+#~| "B<getopt>(1) distribution, and are optionally installed in B</usr/local/"
+#~| "lib/getopt> or B</usr/lib/getopt>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the B<getopt>(1) "
+#~ "distribution, and are installed in I</usr/share/doc/util-linux/getopt/> "
+#~ "directory."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Se ofrecen programas de ejemplo para (ba)sh y (t)csh con la distribución "
+#~ "de B<getopt>(1), y se encontrarán instalados opcionalmente en B</usr/"
+#~ "local/lib/getopt> o B</usr/lib/getopt>."
-#~ msgid "B<getopt>(3) can parse long options with optional arguments that are given an empty optional argument (but cannot do this for short options). This B<getopt>(1) treats optional arguments that are empty as if they were not present."
-#~ msgstr "B<getopt>(3) puede analizar opciones largas con argumentos opcionales dados como un argumento opcional vacío (pero no puede hacerlo con opciones cortas). Este B<getopt>(1) trata a los argumentos opcionales vacíos como si no estuvieran presentes."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<getopt>(3) can parse long options with optional arguments that are "
+#~ "given an empty optional argument (but cannot do this for short options). "
+#~ "This B<getopt>(1) treats optional arguments that are empty as if they "
+#~ "were not present."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<getopt>(3) puede analizar opciones largas con argumentos opcionales "
+#~ "dados como un argumento opcional vacío (pero no puede hacerlo con "
+#~ "opciones cortas). Este B<getopt>(1) trata a los argumentos opcionales "
+#~ "vacíos como si no estuvieran presentes."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the B<getopt>(1) distribution, and are optionally installed in B</usr/local/lib/getopt> or B</usr/lib/getopt>."
-#~ msgid "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the B<getopt>(1) distribution, and are installed in I</usr/share/doc/util-linux/examples/> directory."
-#~ msgstr "Se ofrecen programas de ejemplo para (ba)sh y (t)csh con la distribución de B<getopt>(1), y se encontrarán instalados opcionalmente en B</usr/local/lib/getopt> o B</usr/lib/getopt>."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the "
+#~| "B<getopt>(1) distribution, and are optionally installed in B</usr/local/"
+#~| "lib/getopt> or B</usr/lib/getopt>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the B<getopt>(1) "
+#~ "distribution, and are installed in I</usr/share/doc/util-linux/examples/> "
+#~ "directory."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Se ofrecen programas de ejemplo para (ba)sh y (t)csh con la distribución "
+#~ "de B<getopt>(1), y se encontrarán instalados opcionalmente en B</usr/"
+#~ "local/lib/getopt> o B</usr/lib/getopt>."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the B<getopt>(1) distribution, and are optionally installed in B</usr/local/lib/getopt> or B</usr/lib/getopt>."
-#~ msgid "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the B<getopt>(1) distribution, and are installed in I</usr/share/doc/packages/util-linux/getopt/> directory."
-#~ msgstr "Se ofrecen programas de ejemplo para (ba)sh y (t)csh con la distribución de B<getopt>(1), y se encontrarán instalados opcionalmente en B</usr/local/lib/getopt> o B</usr/lib/getopt>."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the "
+#~| "B<getopt>(1) distribution, and are optionally installed in B</usr/local/"
+#~| "lib/getopt> or B</usr/lib/getopt>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the B<getopt>(1) "
+#~ "distribution, and are installed in I</usr/share/doc/packages/util-linux/"
+#~ "getopt/> directory."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Se ofrecen programas de ejemplo para (ba)sh y (t)csh con la distribución "
+#~ "de B<getopt>(1), y se encontrarán instalados opcionalmente en B</usr/"
+#~ "local/lib/getopt> o B</usr/lib/getopt>."
#~ msgid "HWCLOCK"
#~ msgstr "HWCLOCK"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Print out standard output the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value. This is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in the Hardware Clock refers. For example, if you are using the convention that the year counter in your Hardware Clock contains the number of full years since 1952, then the kernel's Hardware Counter epoch value must be 1952."
-#~ msgid "They are used to read and set the kernel\\(cqs Hardware Clock epoch value. Epoch is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in the Hardware Clock refers. For example, if the machine\\(cqs BIOS sets the year counter in the Hardware Clock to contain the number of full years since 1952, then the kernel\\(cqs Hardware Clock epoch value must be 1952."
-#~ msgstr "Muestra en la salida estándar el valor de la época del Reloj del Hardware del núcleo. Esto es el número de años en la Era al que se refiere el año cero del Reloj del Hardware. Por ejemplo, si Ud. emplea el convenio de que el contador de años en su Reloj del Hardware contiene el número de años completos desde 1952, entonces el valor de la época del contador de años del Reloj del Hardware debe ser 1952."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Print out standard output the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value. This "
+#~| "is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in the "
+#~| "Hardware Clock refers. For example, if you are using the convention "
+#~| "that the year counter in your Hardware Clock contains the number of full "
+#~| "years since 1952, then the kernel's Hardware Counter epoch value must be "
+#~| "1952."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "They are used to read and set the kernel\\(cqs Hardware Clock epoch "
+#~ "value. Epoch is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in "
+#~ "the Hardware Clock refers. For example, if the machine\\(cqs BIOS sets "
+#~ "the year counter in the Hardware Clock to contain the number of full "
+#~ "years since 1952, then the kernel\\(cqs Hardware Clock epoch value must "
+#~ "be 1952."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Muestra en la salida estándar el valor de la época del Reloj del Hardware "
+#~ "del núcleo. Esto es el número de años en la Era al que se refiere el año "
+#~ "cero del Reloj del Hardware. Por ejemplo, si Ud. emplea el convenio de "
+#~ "que el contador de años en su Reloj del Hardware contiene el número de "
+#~ "años completos desde 1952, entonces el valor de la época del contador de "
+#~ "años del Reloj del Hardware debe ser 1952."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<hwclock\\ --set\\ --date='16:45'>"
#~ msgstr "B<hwclock\\ --predict\\ --date='2525-08-14\\ 07:11:05'>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "The System Time is the time that matters. The Hardware Clock's basic purpose in a Linux system is to keep time when Linux is not running. You initialize the System Time to the time from the Hardware Clock when Linux starts up, and then never use the Hardware Clock again. Note that in DOS, for which ISA was designed, the Hardware Clock is the only real time clock."
-#~ msgid "The System Time is the time that matters. The Hardware Clock\\(cqs basic purpose is to keep time when Linux is not running so that the System Clock can be initialized from it at boot. Note that in DOS, for which ISA was designed, the Hardware Clock is the only real time clock."
-#~ msgstr "El Tiempo del Sistema es el que tiene importancia. El propósito básico del Reloj del Hardware en un sistema Linux es mantener la hora mientras que Linux no está ejecutándose. Ud. inicia el Tiempo del Sistema al tiempo del Reloj del Hardware cuando Linux arranca, y ya no utiliza nunca más el Reloj del Hardware. Observe que en DOS, para quien se diseñó ISA, el Reloj del Hardware es el único reloj de tiempo real."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "The System Time is the time that matters. The Hardware Clock's basic "
+#~| "purpose in a Linux system is to keep time when Linux is not running. "
+#~| "You initialize the System Time to the time from the Hardware Clock when "
+#~| "Linux starts up, and then never use the Hardware Clock again. Note that "
+#~| "in DOS, for which ISA was designed, the Hardware Clock is the only real "
+#~| "time clock."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The System Time is the time that matters. The Hardware Clock\\(cqs basic "
+#~ "purpose is to keep time when Linux is not running so that the System "
+#~ "Clock can be initialized from it at boot. Note that in DOS, for which ISA "
+#~ "was designed, the Hardware Clock is the only real time clock."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "El Tiempo del Sistema es el que tiene importancia. El propósito básico "
+#~ "del Reloj del Hardware en un sistema Linux es mantener la hora mientras "
+#~ "que Linux no está ejecutándose. Ud. inicia el Tiempo del Sistema al "
+#~ "tiempo del Reloj del Hardware cuando Linux arranca, y ya no utiliza nunca "
+#~ "más el Reloj del Hardware. Observe que en DOS, para quien se diseñó ISA, "
+#~ "el Reloj del Hardware es el único reloj de tiempo real."
#~ msgid "B<TZ>"
#~ msgstr "B<TZ>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Written by Bryan Henderson, September 1996 (bryanh@giraffe-data.com), based on work done on the B<\\%clock>(8) program by Charles Hedrick, Rob Hooft, and Harald Koenig. See the source code for complete history and credits."
-#~ msgid "September 1996, based on work done on the B<clock>(8) program by Charles Hedrick, Rob Hooft, and Harald Koenig. See the source code for complete history and credits."
-#~ msgstr "Escrito por Bryan Henderson, en Septiembre de 1996 (bryanh@giraffe-data.com), basándose en el trabajo hecho en el programa B<\\%clock>(8) de Charles Hedrick, Rob Hooft y Harald König. Mire el código fuente para la historia completa y los créditos."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Written by Bryan Henderson, September 1996 (bryanh@giraffe-data.com), "
+#~| "based on work done on the B<\\%clock>(8) program by Charles Hedrick, "
+#~| "Rob Hooft, and Harald Koenig. See the source code for complete history "
+#~| "and credits."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "September 1996, based on work done on the B<clock>(8) program by Charles "
+#~ "Hedrick, Rob Hooft, and Harald Koenig. See the source code for complete "
+#~ "history and credits."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Escrito por Bryan Henderson, en Septiembre de 1996 (bryanh@giraffe-data."
+#~ "com), basándose en el trabajo hecho en el programa B<\\%clock>(8) de "
+#~ "Charles Hedrick, Rob Hooft y Harald König. Mire el código fuente para la "
+#~ "historia completa y los créditos."
#~ msgid "July 2017"
#~ msgstr "Julio 2017"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic drift since the last time the clock was set or adjusted. See discussion below."
-#~ msgid "Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic drift since the last time the clock was set or adjusted. See the discussion below, under B<The Adjust Function>."
-#~ msgstr "Añade o sustrae tiempo del Reloj del Hardware para tener en cuenta el desvío sistemático desde la última vez que el reloj se puso o se ajustó. Vea la discusión al respecto más adelante."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic "
+#~| "drift since the last time the clock was set or adjusted. See discussion "
+#~| "below."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic "
+#~ "drift since the last time the clock was set or adjusted. See the "
+#~ "discussion below, under B<The Adjust Function>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Añade o sustrae tiempo del Reloj del Hardware para tener en cuenta el "
+#~ "desvío sistemático desde la última vez que el reloj se puso o se ajustó. "
+#~ "Vea la discusión al respecto más adelante."
#~ msgid "B<--getepoch>"
#~ msgstr "B<--getepoch>"
#~ msgstr "B<hwclock\\ --setepoch\\ --epoch=1952>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "This epoch value is used whenever hwclock reads or sets the Hardware Clock."
-#~ msgid "This epoch value is used whenever B<\\%hwclock> reads or sets the Hardware Clock on an Alpha machine. For ISA machines the kernel uses the fixed Hardware Clock epoch of 1900."
-#~ msgstr "Este valor de la época se emplea cada vez que hwclock lee o pone el Reloj del Hardware."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "This epoch value is used whenever hwclock reads or sets the Hardware "
+#~| "Clock."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This epoch value is used whenever B<\\%hwclock> reads or sets the "
+#~ "Hardware Clock on an Alpha machine. For ISA machines the kernel uses the "
+#~ "fixed Hardware Clock epoch of 1900."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Este valor de la época se emplea cada vez que hwclock lee o pone el Reloj "
+#~ "del Hardware."
#~ msgid "B<-r>,B<\\ --show>"
#~ msgstr "B<-r>,B<\\ --show>"
#~ msgstr "B<-l>,B<\\ --localtime>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "On an ISA system, this clock is specified as part of the ISA standard. The control program can read or set this clock to a whole second, but the control program can also detect the edges of the 1 second clock ticks, so the clock actually has virtually infinite precision."
-#~ msgid "On an ISA compatible system, this clock is specified as part of the ISA standard. A control program can read or set this clock only to a whole second, but it can also detect the edges of the 1 second clock ticks, so the clock actually has virtually infinite precision."
-#~ msgstr "En un sistema ISA, este reloj está especificado como parte del estándar ISA. El programa de control puede leer o poner este reloj a un segundo entero, pero el programa de control también puede detectar los límites de los pulsos del reloj de 1 segundo, así que el reloj realmente tiene una precisión virtualmente infinita."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "On an ISA system, this clock is specified as part of the ISA standard. "
+#~| "The control program can read or set this clock to a whole second, but "
+#~| "the control program can also detect the edges of the 1 second clock "
+#~| "ticks, so the clock actually has virtually infinite precision."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "On an ISA compatible system, this clock is specified as part of the ISA "
+#~ "standard. A control program can read or set this clock only to a whole "
+#~ "second, but it can also detect the edges of the 1 second clock ticks, so "
+#~ "the clock actually has virtually infinite precision."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "En un sistema ISA, este reloj está especificado como parte del estándar "
+#~ "ISA. El programa de control puede leer o poner este reloj a un segundo "
+#~ "entero, pero el programa de control también puede detectar los límites de "
+#~ "los pulsos del reloj de 1 segundo, así que el reloj realmente tiene una "
+#~ "precisión virtualmente infinita."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "This clock is commonly called the hardware clock, the real time clock, the RTC, the BIOS clock, and the CMOS clock. Hardware Clock, in its capitalized form, was coined for use by I<hwclock> because all of the other names are inappropriate to the point of being misleading."
-#~ msgid "This clock is commonly called the hardware clock, the real time clock, the RTC, the BIOS clock, and the CMOS clock. Hardware Clock, in its capitalized form, was coined for use by B<\\%hwclock>. The Linux kernel also refers to it as the persistent clock."
-#~ msgstr "Este reloj se llama comúnmente el Reloj del Hardware, el reloj de tiempo real, el RTC, el reloj de la BIOS, y el reloj CMOS. El Reloj del Hardware, en esta forma con las iniciales en mayúsculas, se acuñó para el uso en I<hwclock> porque todos los otros nombres son inapropiados hasta el punto de llevar a confusión."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "This clock is commonly called the hardware clock, the real time clock, "
+#~| "the RTC, the BIOS clock, and the CMOS clock. Hardware Clock, in its "
+#~| "capitalized form, was coined for use by I<hwclock> because all of the "
+#~| "other names are inappropriate to the point of being misleading."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This clock is commonly called the hardware clock, the real time clock, "
+#~ "the RTC, the BIOS clock, and the CMOS clock. Hardware Clock, in its "
+#~ "capitalized form, was coined for use by B<\\%hwclock>. The Linux kernel "
+#~ "also refers to it as the persistent clock."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Este reloj se llama comúnmente el Reloj del Hardware, el reloj de tiempo "
+#~ "real, el RTC, el reloj de la BIOS, y el reloj CMOS. El Reloj del "
+#~ "Hardware, en esta forma con las iniciales en mayúsculas, se acuñó para el "
+#~ "uso en I<hwclock> porque todos los otros nombres son inapropiados hasta "
+#~ "el punto de llevar a confusión."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "B<The System Time:> This is the time kept by a clock inside the Linux kernel and driven by a timer interrupt. (On an ISA machine, the timer interrupt is part of the ISA standard). It has meaning only while Linux is running on the machine. The System Time is the number of seconds since 00:00:00 January 1, 1970 UTC (or more succinctly, the number of seconds since 1969). The System Time is not an integer, though. It has virtually infinite precision."
-#~ msgid "B<The System Clock:> This clock is part of the Linux kernel and is driven by a timer interrupt. (On an ISA machine, the timer interrupt is part of the ISA standard.) It has meaning only while Linux is running on the machine. The System Time is the number of seconds since 00:00:00 January 1, 1970 UTC (or more succinctly, the number of seconds since 1969 UTC). The System Time is not an integer, though. It has virtually infinite precision."
-#~ msgstr "B<El Tiempo del Sistema:> Esto es el tiempo mantenido por un reloj de dentro del núcleo Linux y controlado por un interruptor de temporización. (En una máquina ISA, el interruptor de temporización es parte del estándar ISA.) Sólo tiene sentido mientras Linux está ejecutándose en la máquina. El Tiempo del Sistema es el número de segundos desde las 00:00:00 horas del 1 de Enero de 1970, UTC (o más sucintamente, el número de segundos desde 1969). El Tiempo del Sistema no es un entero, sin embargo. Tiene precisión virtualmente infinita."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "B<The System Time:> This is the time kept by a clock inside the Linux "
+#~| "kernel and driven by a timer interrupt. (On an ISA machine, the timer "
+#~| "interrupt is part of the ISA standard). It has meaning only while Linux "
+#~| "is running on the machine. The System Time is the number of seconds "
+#~| "since 00:00:00 January 1, 1970 UTC (or more succinctly, the number of "
+#~| "seconds since 1969). The System Time is not an integer, though. It has "
+#~| "virtually infinite precision."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<The System Clock:> This clock is part of the Linux kernel and is driven "
+#~ "by a timer interrupt. (On an ISA machine, the timer interrupt is part of "
+#~ "the ISA standard.) It has meaning only while Linux is running on the "
+#~ "machine. The System Time is the number of seconds since 00:00:00 January "
+#~ "1, 1970 UTC (or more succinctly, the number of seconds since 1969 UTC). "
+#~ "The System Time is not an integer, though. It has virtually infinite "
+#~ "precision."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<El Tiempo del Sistema:> Esto es el tiempo mantenido por un reloj de "
+#~ "dentro del núcleo Linux y controlado por un interruptor de temporización. "
+#~ "(En una máquina ISA, el interruptor de temporización es parte del "
+#~ "estándar ISA.) Sólo tiene sentido mientras Linux está ejecutándose en la "
+#~ "máquina. El Tiempo del Sistema es el número de segundos desde las "
+#~ "00:00:00 horas del 1 de Enero de 1970, UTC (o más sucintamente, el número "
+#~ "de segundos desde 1969). El Tiempo del Sistema no es un entero, sin "
+#~ "embargo. Tiene precisión virtualmente infinita."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "It is important that the System Time not have any discontinuities such as would happen if you used the I<date(1L)> program to set it while the system is running. You can, however, do whatever you want to the Hardware Clock while the system is running, and the next time Linux starts up, it will do so with the adjusted time from the Hardware Clock. You can also use the program I<adjtimex(8)> to smoothly adjust the System Time while the system runs."
-#~ msgid "It is important that the System Time not have any discontinuities such as would happen if you used the B<\\%date>(1) program to set it while the system is running. You can, however, do whatever you want to the Hardware Clock while the system is running, and the next time Linux starts up, it will do so with the adjusted time from the Hardware Clock. Note: currently this is not possible on most systems because B<\\%hwclock\\ --systohc> is called at shutdown."
-#~ msgstr "Es importante que el Tiempo del Sistema no tenga discontinuidades como las que podrían ocurrir si Ud. empleara el programa I<date>(1) para ponerlo en hora mientras el sistema esté en ejecución. Sin embargo, Ud. puede hacer lo que quiera con el Reloj del Hardware mientras el sistema esté ejecutándose, y la siguiente vez que Linux arrancara, lo haría con la nueva hora ajustada del Reloj del Hardware. También puede emplear el programa I<adjtimex(8)> para ajustar suavemente el Tiempo del Sistema mientras que el sistema está ejecutándose."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "It is important that the System Time not have any discontinuities such "
+#~| "as would happen if you used the I<date(1L)> program to set it while the "
+#~| "system is running. You can, however, do whatever you want to the "
+#~| "Hardware Clock while the system is running, and the next time Linux "
+#~| "starts up, it will do so with the adjusted time from the Hardware "
+#~| "Clock. You can also use the program I<adjtimex(8)> to smoothly adjust "
+#~| "the System Time while the system runs."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "It is important that the System Time not have any discontinuities such as "
+#~ "would happen if you used the B<\\%date>(1) program to set it while the "
+#~ "system is running. You can, however, do whatever you want to the "
+#~ "Hardware Clock while the system is running, and the next time Linux "
+#~ "starts up, it will do so with the adjusted time from the Hardware Clock. "
+#~ "Note: currently this is not possible on most systems because B<\\"
+#~ "%hwclock\\ --systohc> is called at shutdown."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Es importante que el Tiempo del Sistema no tenga discontinuidades como "
+#~ "las que podrían ocurrir si Ud. empleara el programa I<date>(1) para "
+#~ "ponerlo en hora mientras el sistema esté en ejecución. Sin embargo, Ud. "
+#~ "puede hacer lo que quiera con el Reloj del Hardware mientras el sistema "
+#~ "esté ejecutándose, y la siguiente vez que Linux arrancara, lo haría con "
+#~ "la nueva hora ajustada del Reloj del Hardware. También puede emplear el "
+#~ "programa I<adjtimex(8)> para ajustar suavemente el Tiempo del Sistema "
+#~ "mientras que el sistema está ejecutándose."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "I<hwclock > Uses many different ways to get and set Hardware Clock values. The most normal way is to do I/O to the device special file /dev/rtc, which is presumed to be driven by the rtc device driver. However, this method is not always available. For one thing, the rtc driver is a relatively recent addition to Linux. Older systems don't have it."
-#~ msgid "B<\\%hwclock> uses many different ways to get and set Hardware Clock values. The most normal way is to do I/O to the rtc device special file, which is presumed to be driven by the rtc device driver. Also, Linux systems using the rtc framework with udev, are capable of supporting multiple Hardware Clocks. This may bring about the need to override the default rtc device by specifying one with the B<--rtc> option."
-#~ msgstr "I<hwclock> utiliza muchas formas diferentes de obtener y poner valores en el Reloj del Hardware. La forma más normal es hacer E/S en el fichero especial de dispositivo /dev/rtc, que se supone controlado por el controlador del dispositivo rtc. Sin embargo, este método no está siempre disponible. Por una cosa: el controlador rtc es una adición relativamente reciente a Linux. Sistemas más antiguos no lo tienen."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "I<hwclock > Uses many different ways to get and set Hardware Clock "
+#~| "values. The most normal way is to do I/O to the device special file /"
+#~| "dev/rtc, which is presumed to be driven by the rtc device driver. "
+#~| "However, this method is not always available. For one thing, the rtc "
+#~| "driver is a relatively recent addition to Linux. Older systems don't "
+#~| "have it."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<\\%hwclock> uses many different ways to get and set Hardware Clock "
+#~ "values. The most normal way is to do I/O to the rtc device special file, "
+#~ "which is presumed to be driven by the rtc device driver. Also, Linux "
+#~ "systems using the rtc framework with udev, are capable of supporting "
+#~ "multiple Hardware Clocks. This may bring about the need to override the "
+#~ "default rtc device by specifying one with the B<--rtc> option."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "I<hwclock> utiliza muchas formas diferentes de obtener y poner valores en "
+#~ "el Reloj del Hardware. La forma más normal es hacer E/S en el fichero "
+#~ "especial de dispositivo /dev/rtc, que se supone controlado por el "
+#~ "controlador del dispositivo rtc. Sin embargo, este método no está siempre "
+#~ "disponible. Por una cosa: el controlador rtc es una adición relativamente "
+#~ "reciente a Linux. Sistemas más antiguos no lo tienen."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "On older systems, the method of accessing the Hardware Clock depends on the system hardware."
-#~ msgid "However, this method is not always available as older systems do not have an rtc driver. On these systems, the method of accessing the Hardware Clock depends on the system hardware."
-#~ msgstr "En sistemas más viejos, el método de acceder al Reloj del Hardware depende del hardware del sistema."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "On older systems, the method of accessing the Hardware Clock depends on "
+#~| "the system hardware."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "However, this method is not always available as older systems do not have "
+#~ "an rtc driver. On these systems, the method of accessing the Hardware "
+#~ "Clock depends on the system hardware."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "En sistemas más viejos, el método de acceder al Reloj del Hardware "
+#~ "depende del hardware del sistema."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "On an ISA system, I<hwclock> can directly access the \"CMOS memory\" registers that constitute the clock, by doing I/O to Ports 0x70 and 0x71. It can only do this if running with superuser effective userid."
-#~ msgid "On an ISA compatible system, B<\\%hwclock> can directly access the \"CMOS memory\" registers that constitute the clock, by doing I/O to Ports 0x70 and 0x71. It does this with actual I/O instructions and consequently can only do it if running with superuser effective userid. This method may be used by specifying the B<\\%--directisa> option."
-#~ msgstr "En un sistema ISA, I<hwclock> puede acceder directamente a los registros de la \"memoria CMOS\" que constituye el reloj, haciendo E/S a los puertos 0x70 y 0x71. Esto sólo lo puede hacer si se ejecuta con el UID efectivo 0 (esto es, con privilegios de súper-usuario)."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "On an ISA system, I<hwclock> can directly access the \"CMOS memory\" "
+#~| "registers that constitute the clock, by doing I/O to Ports 0x70 and "
+#~| "0x71. It can only do this if running with superuser effective userid."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "On an ISA compatible system, B<\\%hwclock> can directly access the \"CMOS "
+#~ "memory\" registers that constitute the clock, by doing I/O to Ports 0x70 "
+#~ "and 0x71. It does this with actual I/O instructions and consequently can "
+#~ "only do it if running with superuser effective userid. This method may "
+#~ "be used by specifying the B<\\%--directisa> option."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "En un sistema ISA, I<hwclock> puede acceder directamente a los registros "
+#~ "de la \"memoria CMOS\" que constituye el reloj, haciendo E/S a los "
+#~ "puertos 0x70 y 0x71. Esto sólo lo puede hacer si se ejecuta con el UID "
+#~ "efectivo 0 (esto es, con privilegios de súper-usuario)."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "This is a really poor method of accessing the clock, for all the reasons that user space programs are generally not supposed to do direct I/O and disable interrupts. Hwclock provides it because it is the only method available with older Linux kernels for ISA machines."
-#~ msgid "This is a really poor method of accessing the clock, for all the reasons that userspace programs are generally not supposed to do direct I/O and disable interrupts. B<\\%hwclock> provides it for testing, troubleshooting, and because it may be the only method available on ISA systems which do not have a working rtc device driver."
-#~ msgstr "Esto es realmente un pobre método de acceder al reloj, por la razón de que los programas en el espacio de usuario se supone generalmente que no deben hacer E/S directa y deshabilitar interrupciones. Hwclock lo proporciona porque es el único método disponible con núcleos Linux más antiguos para máquinas ISA."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "This is a really poor method of accessing the clock, for all the reasons "
+#~| "that user space programs are generally not supposed to do direct I/O and "
+#~| "disable interrupts. Hwclock provides it because it is the only method "
+#~| "available with older Linux kernels for ISA machines."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This is a really poor method of accessing the clock, for all the reasons "
+#~ "that userspace programs are generally not supposed to do direct I/O and "
+#~ "disable interrupts. B<\\%hwclock> provides it for testing, "
+#~ "troubleshooting, and because it may be the only method available on ISA "
+#~ "systems which do not have a working rtc device driver."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Esto es realmente un pobre método de acceder al reloj, por la razón de "
+#~ "que los programas en el espacio de usuario se supone generalmente que no "
+#~ "deben hacer E/S directa y deshabilitar interrupciones. Hwclock lo "
+#~ "proporciona porque es el único método disponible con núcleos Linux más "
+#~ "antiguos para máquinas ISA."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its inaccuracy is completely predictable -- it gains or loses the same amount of time every day. This is called systematic drift. I<Hwclock's> \"adjust\" function lets you make systematic corrections to correct the systematic drift."
-#~ msgid "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of time every day. This is called systematic drift. B<\\%hwclock>'s B<\\%--adjust> function lets you apply systematic drift corrections to the Hardware Clock."
-#~ msgstr "El Reloj del Hardware no es usualmente muy preciso. Sin embargo, mucha de su imprecisión es completamente predecible; gana o pierde la misma cantidad de tiempo cada día. Esto se llama desviación sistemática. La función de \"ajuste\" de I<hwclock> le permite hacer correcciones sistemáticas para corregir la desviación sistemática."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its "
+#~| "inaccuracy is completely predictable -- it gains or loses the same "
+#~| "amount of time every day. This is called systematic drift. "
+#~| "I<Hwclock's> \"adjust\" function lets you make systematic corrections to "
+#~| "correct the systematic drift."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its "
+#~ "inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount "
+#~ "of time every day. This is called systematic drift. B<\\%hwclock>'s B<\\"
+#~ "%--adjust> function lets you apply systematic drift corrections to the "
+#~ "Hardware Clock."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "El Reloj del Hardware no es usualmente muy preciso. Sin embargo, mucha de "
+#~ "su imprecisión es completamente predecible; gana o pierde la misma "
+#~ "cantidad de tiempo cada día. Esto se llama desviación sistemática. La "
+#~ "función de \"ajuste\" de I<hwclock> le permite hacer correcciones "
+#~ "sistemáticas para corregir la desviación sistemática."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "It works like this: I<Hwclock> keeps a file, I</etc/adjtime,> that keeps some historical information. This is called the adjtime file."
-#~ msgid "It works like this: B<\\%hwclock> keeps a file, I</etc/adjtime>, that keeps some historical information. This is called the adjtime file."
-#~ msgstr "Funciona así: I<Hwclock> mantiene un fichero, I</etc/adjtime,> que mantiene alguna información histórica. Este fichero se llama el fichero adjtime."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "It works like this: I<Hwclock> keeps a file, I</etc/adjtime,> that keeps "
+#~| "some historical information. This is called the adjtime file."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "It works like this: B<\\%hwclock> keeps a file, I</etc/adjtime>, that "
+#~ "keeps some historical information. This is called the adjtime file."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Funciona así: I<Hwclock> mantiene un fichero, I</etc/adjtime,> que "
+#~ "mantiene alguna información histórica. Este fichero se llama el fichero "
+#~ "adjtime."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Suppose you start with no adjtime file. You issue a I<hwclock --set> command to set the Hardware Clock to the true current time. I<Hwclock> creates the adjtime file and records in it the current time as the last time the clock was calibrated. 5 days later, the clock has gained 10 seconds, so you issue another I<hwclock --set> command to set it back 10 seconds. I<Hwclock> updates the adjtime file to show the current time as the last time the clock was calibrated, and records 2 seconds per day as the systematic drift rate. 24 hours go by, and then you issue a I<hwclock --adjust> command. I<Hwclock> consults the adjtime file and sees that the clock gains 2 seconds per day when left alone and that it has been left alone for exactly one day. So it subtracts 2 seconds from the Hardware Clock. It then records the current time as the last time the clock was adjusted. Another 24 hours goes by and you issue another I<hwclock --adjust.> I<Hwclock> does the same thing: subtracts 2 seconds and updates the adjtime file with the current time as the last time the clock was adjusted."
-#~ msgid "Suppose you start with no adjtime file. You issue a B<\\%hwclock\\ --set> command to set the Hardware Clock to the true current time. B<\\%hwclock> creates the adjtime file and records in it the current time as the last time the clock was calibrated. Five days later, the clock has gained 10 seconds, so you issue a B<\\%hwclock\\ --set\\ --update-drift> command to set it back 10 seconds. B<\\%hwclock> updates the adjtime file to show the current time as the last time the clock was calibrated, and records 2 seconds per day as the systematic drift rate. 24 hours go by, and then you issue a B<\\%hwclock\\ --adjust> command. B<\\%hwclock> consults the adjtime file and sees that the clock gains 2 seconds per day when left alone and that it has been left alone for exactly one day. So it subtracts 2 seconds from the Hardware Clock. It then records the current time as the last time the clock was adjusted. Another 24 hours go by and you issue another B<\\%hwclock\\ --adjust>. B<\\%hwclock> does the same thing: subtracts 2 seconds and updates the adjtime file with the current time as the last time the clock was adjusted."
-#~ msgstr "Suponga que Ud. empieza sin fichero adjtime. Ud. da una orden I<hwclock --set> para poner el Reloj del Hardware a la hora verdadera actual. I<Hwclock> crea el fichero adjtime y graba en él la hora actual como la última vez que el reloj se calibró. 5 días más tarde, el reloj ha ganado 10 segundos, así que Ud. da otra orden I<hwclock --set> para ponerlo con 10 segundos menos. I<Hwclock> ajusta el fichero adjtime para mostrar la hora actual como la última vez que el reloj se calibró, y graba dos segundos por día como la velocidad de desviación sistemática. Pasan 24 horas, y entonces Ud. da una orden I<hwclock --adjust. Hwclock> consulta el fichero adjtime y ve que el reloj gana 2 segundos por día cuando se le deja solo, y que se le ha dejado solo exactamente un día. Así que sustrae 2 segundos del Reloj del Hardware. Entonces graba la hora actual como la última vez que se ajustó el reloj. Otras 24 horas pasan y Ud. da otra orden I<hwclock --adjust>. I<Hwclock> hace lo mismo: sustrae 2 segundos y actualiza el fichero adjtime con la hora actual como la última vez que el reloj se ajustó."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Suppose you start with no adjtime file. You issue a I<hwclock --set> "
+#~| "command to set the Hardware Clock to the true current time. I<Hwclock> "
+#~| "creates the adjtime file and records in it the current time as the last "
+#~| "time the clock was calibrated. 5 days later, the clock has gained 10 "
+#~| "seconds, so you issue another I<hwclock --set> command to set it back 10 "
+#~| "seconds. I<Hwclock> updates the adjtime file to show the current time "
+#~| "as the last time the clock was calibrated, and records 2 seconds per day "
+#~| "as the systematic drift rate. 24 hours go by, and then you issue a "
+#~| "I<hwclock --adjust> command. I<Hwclock> consults the adjtime file and "
+#~| "sees that the clock gains 2 seconds per day when left alone and that it "
+#~| "has been left alone for exactly one day. So it subtracts 2 seconds from "
+#~| "the Hardware Clock. It then records the current time as the last time "
+#~| "the clock was adjusted. Another 24 hours goes by and you issue another "
+#~| "I<hwclock --adjust.> I<Hwclock> does the same thing: subtracts 2 seconds "
+#~| "and updates the adjtime file with the current time as the last time the "
+#~| "clock was adjusted."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Suppose you start with no adjtime file. You issue a B<\\%hwclock\\ --"
+#~ "set> command to set the Hardware Clock to the true current time. B<\\"
+#~ "%hwclock> creates the adjtime file and records in it the current time as "
+#~ "the last time the clock was calibrated. Five days later, the clock has "
+#~ "gained 10 seconds, so you issue a B<\\%hwclock\\ --set\\ --update-drift> "
+#~ "command to set it back 10 seconds. B<\\%hwclock> updates the adjtime "
+#~ "file to show the current time as the last time the clock was calibrated, "
+#~ "and records 2 seconds per day as the systematic drift rate. 24 hours go "
+#~ "by, and then you issue a B<\\%hwclock\\ --adjust> command. B<\\%hwclock> "
+#~ "consults the adjtime file and sees that the clock gains 2 seconds per day "
+#~ "when left alone and that it has been left alone for exactly one day. So "
+#~ "it subtracts 2 seconds from the Hardware Clock. It then records the "
+#~ "current time as the last time the clock was adjusted. Another 24 hours "
+#~ "go by and you issue another B<\\%hwclock\\ --adjust>. B<\\%hwclock> does "
+#~ "the same thing: subtracts 2 seconds and updates the adjtime file with the "
+#~ "current time as the last time the clock was adjusted."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Suponga que Ud. empieza sin fichero adjtime. Ud. da una orden I<hwclock --"
+#~ "set> para poner el Reloj del Hardware a la hora verdadera actual. "
+#~ "I<Hwclock> crea el fichero adjtime y graba en él la hora actual como la "
+#~ "última vez que el reloj se calibró. 5 días más tarde, el reloj ha ganado "
+#~ "10 segundos, así que Ud. da otra orden I<hwclock --set> para ponerlo con "
+#~ "10 segundos menos. I<Hwclock> ajusta el fichero adjtime para mostrar la "
+#~ "hora actual como la última vez que el reloj se calibró, y graba dos "
+#~ "segundos por día como la velocidad de desviación sistemática. Pasan 24 "
+#~ "horas, y entonces Ud. da una orden I<hwclock --adjust. Hwclock> consulta "
+#~ "el fichero adjtime y ve que el reloj gana 2 segundos por día cuando se le "
+#~ "deja solo, y que se le ha dejado solo exactamente un día. Así que sustrae "
+#~ "2 segundos del Reloj del Hardware. Entonces graba la hora actual como la "
+#~ "última vez que se ajustó el reloj. Otras 24 horas pasan y Ud. da otra "
+#~ "orden I<hwclock --adjust>. I<Hwclock> hace lo mismo: sustrae 2 segundos "
+#~ "y actualiza el fichero adjtime con la hora actual como la última vez que "
+#~ "el reloj se ajustó."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "A small amount of error creeps in any time I<hwclock> sets the clock, so it refrains from making an adjustment that would be less than 1 second. Later on, when you request an adjustment again, the accumulated drift will be more than a second and I<hwclock> will do the adjustment then."
-#~ msgid "A small amount of error creeps in when the Hardware Clock is set, so B<\\%--adjust> refrains from making any adjustment that is less than 1 second. Later on, when you request an adjustment again, the accumulated drift will be more than 1 second and B<\\%--adjust> will make the adjustment including any fractional amount."
-#~ msgstr "Se arrastra una pequeña cantidad de error en cualquier momento en que I<hwclock> pone el reloj en hora, de forma que rehúsa hacer un ajuste que vaya a ser de menos de 1 segundo. Más tarde, cuando Ud. pida un ajuste de nuevo, la desviación acumulada será de más de un segundo y I<hwclock> hará el ajuste entonces."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "A small amount of error creeps in any time I<hwclock> sets the clock, so "
+#~| "it refrains from making an adjustment that would be less than 1 second. "
+#~| "Later on, when you request an adjustment again, the accumulated drift "
+#~| "will be more than a second and I<hwclock> will do the adjustment then."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "A small amount of error creeps in when the Hardware Clock is set, so B<\\"
+#~ "%--adjust> refrains from making any adjustment that is less than 1 "
+#~ "second. Later on, when you request an adjustment again, the accumulated "
+#~ "drift will be more than 1 second and B<\\%--adjust> will make the "
+#~ "adjustment including any fractional amount."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Se arrastra una pequeña cantidad de error en cualquier momento en que "
+#~ "I<hwclock> pone el reloj en hora, de forma que rehúsa hacer un ajuste que "
+#~ "vaya a ser de menos de 1 segundo. Más tarde, cuando Ud. pida un ajuste de "
+#~ "nuevo, la desviación acumulada será de más de un segundo y I<hwclock> "
+#~ "hará el ajuste entonces."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Line 1: 3 numbers: 1) systematic drift rate in seconds per day, floating point decimal; 2) Resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration, decimal integer; 3) zero (for compatibility with I<clock> )."
-#~ msgid "Line 1: Three numbers, separated by blanks: 1) the systematic drift rate in seconds per day, floating point decimal; 2) the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration, decimal integer; 3) zero (for compatibility with B<\\%clock>(8)) as a floating point decimal."
-#~ msgstr "Línea 1: 3 números: 1) velocidad de desviación sistemática en segundos por día, número en base diez en coma flotante; 2) número resultante de segundos desde 1969 UTC del más reciente ajuste o calibración, entero en base diez; 3) cero (por compatibilidad con I<clock> )."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Line 1: 3 numbers: 1) systematic drift rate in seconds per day, floating "
+#~| "point decimal; 2) Resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most "
+#~| "recent adjustment or calibration, decimal integer; 3) zero (for "
+#~| "compatibility with I<clock> )."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Line 1: Three numbers, separated by blanks: 1) the systematic drift rate "
+#~ "in seconds per day, floating point decimal; 2) the resulting number of "
+#~ "seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration, decimal "
+#~ "integer; 3) zero (for compatibility with B<\\%clock>(8)) as a floating "
+#~ "point decimal."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Línea 1: 3 números: 1) velocidad de desviación sistemática en segundos "
+#~ "por día, número en base diez en coma flotante; 2) número resultante de "
+#~ "segundos desde 1969 UTC del más reciente ajuste o calibración, entero en "
+#~ "base diez; 3) cero (por compatibilidad con I<clock> )."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "You can use an adjtime file that was previously used with the I<clock> program with I<hwclock.>"
-#~ msgid "You can use an adjtime file that was previously used with the B<\\%clock>(8) program with B<\\%hwclock>."
-#~ msgstr "Ud. puede emplear con I<hwclock> un fichero adjtime que fuera usado previamente con el programa I<clock>."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "You can use an adjtime file that was previously used with the I<clock> "
+#~| "program with I<hwclock.>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You can use an adjtime file that was previously used with the B<\\"
+#~ "%clock>(8) program with B<\\%hwclock>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ud. puede emplear con I<hwclock> un fichero adjtime que fuera usado "
+#~ "previamente con el programa I<clock>."
#~ msgid "B<\\%adjtimex\\ --tick>I<\\ value\\ >B<--frequency>I<\\ value>"
#~ msgstr "B<\\%adjtimex\\ --tick>I<\\ valor\\ >B<--frequency>I<\\ valor>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Set the Hardware Clock to the time given by the B<--date> option."
-#~ msgid "Immediately use B<hwclock> to set the correct time, adding the B<\\%--update-drift> option."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Immediately use B<hwclock> to set the correct time, adding the B<\\%--"
+#~ "update-drift> option."
#~ msgstr "Pone el Reloj del Hardware a la hora dada por la opción B<--date>."
#~ msgid "I</usr/share/zoneinfo>"
#~ msgid "LAST"
#~ msgstr "LAST"
-#~ msgid "When catching a B<SIGINT> signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually control-C) or a SIGQUIT signal, B<last> will show how far it has searched through the file; in the case of the B<SIGINT> signal B<last> will then terminate."
-#~ msgstr "Si B<last> recibe una señal B<SIGINT> (creada por una solicitud de interrupción, generalmente con Control-C) o SIGQUIT; se mostrará en qué punto estaba el análisis. En el caso de haber recibido la señal B<SIGINT>, el proceso finalizará."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "When catching a B<SIGINT> signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually "
+#~ "control-C) or a SIGQUIT signal, B<last> will show how far it has searched "
+#~ "through the file; in the case of the B<SIGINT> signal B<last> will then "
+#~ "terminate."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si B<last> recibe una señal B<SIGINT> (creada por una solicitud de "
+#~ "interrupción, generalmente con Control-C) o SIGQUIT; se mostrará en qué "
+#~ "punto estaba el análisis. En el caso de haber recibido la señal "
+#~ "B<SIGINT>, el proceso finalizará."
-#~ msgid "Like B<--dns ,> but displays the host\\(cqs IP number instead of the name."
-#~ msgstr "Igual que B<--dns>, pero muestra la dirección IP del equipo en lugar de su nombre."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Like B<--dns ,> but displays the host\\(cqs IP number instead of the name."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Igual que B<--dns>, pero muestra la dirección IP del equipo en lugar de "
+#~ "su nombre."
#~ msgid "YYYYMMDDhhmmss"
#~ msgstr "AAAAMMDDhhmmss"
#~ msgid "October 2013"
#~ msgstr "Octubre de 2013"
-#~ msgid "B<last> searches back through the I</var/log/wtmp> file (or the file designated by the B<-f> option) and displays a list of all users logged in (and out) since that file was created. One or more I<usernames> and/or I<ttys> can be given, in which case B<last> will show only the entries matching those arguments. Names of I<ttys> can be abbreviated, thus B<last 0> is the same as B<last tty0>."
-#~ msgstr "B<last> analiza el contenido del archivo I</var/log/wtmp> (o el que se haya indicada mediante la opción B<-f>) y muestra un listado con los usuarios conectados (y desconectados) desde la creación de dicho archivo. Es posible indicar uno o más I<nombres_de_usuario> y/o I<ttys>, en cuyo caso sólo se mostrarán las entradas que coincidan con éstos patrones. También cabe la posibilidad de abreviar los nombres de los I<ttys>, por ejemplo B<last0> es lo mismo que B<last tty0>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<last> searches back through the I</var/log/wtmp> file (or the file "
+#~ "designated by the B<-f> option) and displays a list of all users logged "
+#~ "in (and out) since that file was created. One or more I<usernames> and/"
+#~ "or I<ttys> can be given, in which case B<last> will show only the entries "
+#~ "matching those arguments. Names of I<ttys> can be abbreviated, thus "
+#~ "B<last 0> is the same as B<last tty0>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<last> analiza el contenido del archivo I</var/log/wtmp> (o el que se "
+#~ "haya indicada mediante la opción B<-f>) y muestra un listado con los "
+#~ "usuarios conectados (y desconectados) desde la creación de dicho archivo. "
+#~ "Es posible indicar uno o más I<nombres_de_usuario> y/o I<ttys>, en cuyo "
+#~ "caso sólo se mostrarán las entradas que coincidan con éstos patrones. "
+#~ "También cabe la posibilidad de abreviar los nombres de los I<ttys>, por "
+#~ "ejemplo B<last0> es lo mismo que B<last tty0>."
-#~ msgid "The pseudo user B<reboot> logs in each time the system is rebooted. Thus B<last reboot> will show a log of all the reboots since the log file was created."
-#~ msgstr "El pseudo-usuario B<reboot> accede al sistema cada vez que se reinicia el equipo, por lo tanto B<las reboot> mostrará una lista de todos los reinicios desde la creación del archivo."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The pseudo user B<reboot> logs in each time the system is rebooted. Thus "
+#~ "B<last reboot> will show a log of all the reboots since the log file was "
+#~ "created."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "El pseudo-usuario B<reboot> accede al sistema cada vez que se reinicia el "
+#~ "equipo, por lo tanto B<las reboot> mostrará una lista de todos los "
+#~ "reinicios desde la creación del archivo."
#~ msgid "B<-a>,B< --hostlast>"
#~ msgstr "B<-a>,B< --hostlast>"
-#~ msgid "Display the hostname in the last column. Useful in combination with the B<--dns> option."
-#~ msgstr "Muestra el nombre del equipo en la última columna. Suele usarse en conjunción con la opción B<--dns>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Display the hostname in the last column. Useful in combination with the "
+#~ "B<--dns> option."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Muestra el nombre del equipo en la última columna. Suele usarse en "
+#~ "conjunción con la opción B<--dns>."
#~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --dns>"
#~ msgstr "B<-d>,B< --dns>"
-#~ msgid "For non-local logins, Linux stores not only the host name of the remote host, but its IP number as well. This option translates the IP number back into a hostname."
-#~ msgstr "Para el caso de accesos desde otros equipos, Linux no sólo guarda el nombre del equipo remoto sino también su dirección IP. Esta opción convierte esa dirección IP en un nombre de equipo."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "For non-local logins, Linux stores not only the host name of the remote "
+#~ "host, but its IP number as well. This option translates the IP number "
+#~ "back into a hostname."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Para el caso de accesos desde otros equipos, Linux no sólo guarda el "
+#~ "nombre del equipo remoto sino también su dirección IP. Esta opción "
+#~ "convierte esa dirección IP en un nombre de equipo."
#~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --file >I<file>"
#~ msgstr "B<-f>,B< --file >I<archivo>"
-#~ msgid "Tell B<last> to use a specific I<file> instead of I</var/log/wtmp>. The B<--file> option can be given multiple times, and all of the specified files will be processed."
-#~ msgstr "Indica a B<last> que debe usar el archivo indicado en lugar de I</var/log/wtmp>. Es posible indicar varios archivos usando varias veces la opción B<--file>, se procesarán así todos los archivos indicados."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Tell B<last> to use a specific I<file> instead of I</var/log/wtmp>. The "
+#~ "B<--file> option can be given multiple times, and all of the specified "
+#~ "files will be processed."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Indica a B<last> que debe usar el archivo indicado en lugar de I</var/log/"
+#~ "wtmp>. Es posible indicar varios archivos usando varias veces la opción "
+#~ "B<--file>, se procesarán así todos los archivos indicados."
#~ msgid "B<-F>,B< --fulltimes>"
#~ msgstr "B<-F>,B< --fulltimes>"
#~ msgid "B<-p>,B< --present >I<time>"
#~ msgstr "B<-p>,B< --present >I<fecha_y_hora>"
-#~ msgid "Display the users who were present at the specified time. This is like using the options B<--since> and B<--until> together with the same I<time>."
-#~ msgstr "Muestra los usuario conectados en la fecha y hora indicados. Coincide con el uso de B<--since> y B<--until> indicando en ambos el mismo momento."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Display the users who were present at the specified time. This is like "
+#~ "using the options B<--since> and B<--until> together with the same "
+#~ "I<time>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Muestra los usuario conectados en la fecha y hora indicados. Coincide con "
+#~ "el uso de B<--since> y B<--until> indicando en ambos el mismo momento."
#~ msgid "B<-R>,B< --nohostname>"
#~ msgstr "B<-R>,B< --nohostname>"
#~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --since >I<time>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>,B< --since >I<fecha_y_hora>"
-#~ msgid "Display the state of logins since the specified I<time>. This is useful, e.g., to easily determine who was logged in at a particular time. The option is often combined with B<--until>."
-#~ msgstr "Muestra la situación de los accesos a partir del la I<fecha_y_hora> indicados. Esto suele ser útil para ver quien accedió al sistema en un instante determinado. Esta opción suele combinarse con B<--until>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Display the state of logins since the specified I<time>. This is useful, "
+#~ "e.g., to easily determine who was logged in at a particular time. The "
+#~ "option is often combined with B<--until>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Muestra la situación de los accesos a partir del la I<fecha_y_hora> "
+#~ "indicados. Esto suele ser útil para ver quien accedió al sistema en un "
+#~ "instante determinado. Esta opción suele combinarse con B<--until>."
#~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --until >I<time>"
#~ msgstr "B<-t>,B< --until >I<fecha_y_hora>"
#~ msgid "B<--time-format>I< format>"
#~ msgstr "B<--time-format>I< formato>"
-#~ msgid "Define the output timestamp I<format> to be one of I<notime>, I<short>, I<full>, or I<iso>. The I<notime> variant will not print any timestamps at all, I<short> is the default, and I<full> is the same as the B<--fulltimes> option. The I<iso> variant will display the timestamp in ISO-8601 format. The ISO format contains timezone information, making it preferable when printouts are investigated outside of the system."
-#~ msgstr "Define el formato de fecha y hora que se mostrará. Puede ser I<notime>, I<short>, I<full> o I<iso>. La opción I<notime> no mostrará ninguna información de este tipo, I<short> es la opción por defecto y I<full> es lo mismo que B<--fulltime>. La opción B<iso> mostrará la fecha y hora en formato ISO-8601 que contiene información sobre la zona horaria resultando especialmente útil cuando se investigan accesos desde otros equipos."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Define the output timestamp I<format> to be one of I<notime>, I<short>, "
+#~ "I<full>, or I<iso>. The I<notime> variant will not print any timestamps "
+#~ "at all, I<short> is the default, and I<full> is the same as the B<--"
+#~ "fulltimes> option. The I<iso> variant will display the timestamp in "
+#~ "ISO-8601 format. The ISO format contains timezone information, making it "
+#~ "preferable when printouts are investigated outside of the system."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Define el formato de fecha y hora que se mostrará. Puede ser I<notime>, "
+#~ "I<short>, I<full> o I<iso>. La opción I<notime> no mostrará ninguna "
+#~ "información de este tipo, I<short> es la opción por defecto y I<full> es "
+#~ "lo mismo que B<--fulltime>. La opción B<iso> mostrará la fecha y hora en "
+#~ "formato ISO-8601 que contiene información sobre la zona horaria "
+#~ "resultando especialmente útil cuando se investigan accesos desde otros "
+#~ "equipos."
#~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --fullnames>"
#~ msgstr "B<-w>,B< --fullnames>"
#~ msgid "/var/log/btmp"
#~ msgstr "/var/log/btmp"
-#~ msgid "The files I<wtmp> and I<btmp> might not be found. The system only logs information in these files if they are present. This is a local configuration issue. If you want the files to be used, they can be created with a simple B<touch>(1) command (for example, I<touch /var/log/wtmp>)."
-#~ msgstr "Es posible que los archivos I<wtmp> y I<btmp> no se encuentren en el equipo. Observe que el mismo sólo registrará información en estos archivos si existen, esto sería un error en la configuración que se subsanaría simplemente creándolos con la orden B<touch>(1), es decir ejecutando I<touch /var/log/wtmp>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The files I<wtmp> and I<btmp> might not be found. The system only logs "
+#~ "information in these files if they are present. This is a local "
+#~ "configuration issue. If you want the files to be used, they can be "
+#~ "created with a simple B<touch>(1) command (for example, I<touch /var/log/"
+#~ "wtmp>)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Es posible que los archivos I<wtmp> y I<btmp> no se encuentren en el "
+#~ "equipo. Observe que el mismo sólo registrará información en estos "
+#~ "archivos si existen, esto sería un error en la configuración que se "
+#~ "subsanaría simplemente creándolos con la orden B<touch>(1), es decir "
+#~ "ejecutando I<touch /var/log/wtmp>."
#~ msgid "LOGIN"
#~ msgstr "LOGIN"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "If an argument is not given, B<login> prompts for the username."
-#~ msgid "B<login> is used when signing onto a system. If no argument is given, B<login> prompts for the username."
-#~ msgstr "Si no se da ningún argumento, B<login> pregunta por el nombre de usuario."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<login> is used when signing onto a system. If no argument is given, "
+#~ "B<login> prompts for the username."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si no se da ningún argumento, B<login> pregunta por el nombre de usuario."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "The user's shell is then started. If no shell is specified for the user in B</etc/passwd>, then B</bin/sh> is used. If there is no directory specified in I</etc/passwd>, then I</> is used (the home directory is checked for the I<.hushlogin> file described above)."
-#~ msgid "Then the user's shell is started. If no shell is specified for the user in I</etc\\:/passwd>, then I</bin\\:/sh> is used. If there is no directory specified in I</etc\\:/passwd>, then I</> is used (the home directory is checked for the I<.hushlogin> file described below)."
-#~ msgstr "A continuación, se inicia el shell del usuario. Si no se especifica ninguno para el usuario en B</etc/passwd>, entonces se usará B</bin/sh>. Si no hay un directorio especificado en I</etc/passwd>, entonces se usará I</> (el directorio del usuario se analizará en busca del fichero I<.hushlogin> descrito más abajo)."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "The user's shell is then started. If no shell is specified for the user "
+#~| "in B</etc/passwd>, then B</bin/sh> is used. If there is no directory "
+#~| "specified in I</etc/passwd>, then I</> is used (the home directory is "
+#~| "checked for the I<.hushlogin> file described above)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Then the user's shell is started. If no shell is specified for the user "
+#~ "in I</etc\\:/passwd>, then I</bin\\:/sh> is used. If there is no "
+#~ "directory specified in I</etc\\:/passwd>, then I</> is used (the home "
+#~ "directory is checked for the I<.hushlogin> file described below)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "A continuación, se inicia el shell del usuario. Si no se especifica "
+#~ "ninguno para el usuario en B</etc/passwd>, entonces se usará B</bin/sh>. "
+#~ "Si no hay un directorio especificado en I</etc/passwd>, entonces se usará "
+#~ "I</> (el directorio del usuario se analizará en busca del fichero I<."
+#~ "hushlogin> descrito más abajo)."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "If the file I<.hushlogin> exists, then a \"quiet\" login is performed (this disables the checking of the checking of mail and the printing of the last login time and message of the day). Otherwise, if I</var/log/lastlog> exists, the last login time is printed (and the current login is recorded)."
-#~ msgid "If the file I<.hushlogin> exists, then a \"quiet\" login is performed (this disables the checking of mail and the printing of the last login time and message of the day). Otherwise, if I</var\\:/log\\:/lastlog> exists, the last login time is printed (and the current login is recorded)."
-#~ msgstr "Si el fichero I<.hushlogin> existe, entonces se realiza un ingreso \"reservado\" (esto deshabilita la comprobación del correo y la escritura de la hora del último ingreso así como el mensaje del día). Por otro lado, si existe I</var/log/lastlog>, la hora del último ingreso se imprime (y el ingreso actual es registrado)."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "If the file I<.hushlogin> exists, then a \"quiet\" login is performed "
+#~| "(this disables the checking of the checking of mail and the printing of "
+#~| "the last login time and message of the day). Otherwise, if I</var/log/"
+#~| "lastlog> exists, the last login time is printed (and the current login "
+#~| "is recorded)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If the file I<.hushlogin> exists, then a \"quiet\" login is performed "
+#~ "(this disables the checking of mail and the printing of the last login "
+#~ "time and message of the day). Otherwise, if I</var\\:/log\\:/lastlog> "
+#~ "exists, the last login time is printed (and the current login is "
+#~ "recorded)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si el fichero I<.hushlogin> existe, entonces se realiza un ingreso "
+#~ "\"reservado\" (esto deshabilita la comprobación del correo y la escritura "
+#~ "de la hora del último ingreso así como el mensaje del día). Por otro "
+#~ "lado, si existe I</var/log/lastlog>, la hora del último ingreso se "
+#~ "imprime (y el ingreso actual es registrado)."
-#~ msgid "Used by B<getty>(8) to tell B<login> not to destroy the environment."
-#~ msgstr "Usado por B<getty>(8) para indicar a B<login> que no destruya el entorno."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Used by B<getty>(8) to tell B<login> not to destroy the environment."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Usado por B<getty>(8) para indicar a B<login> que no destruya el entorno."
-#~ msgid "Used by other servers (i.e., B<telnetd>(8)) to pass the name of the remote host to B<login> so that it may be placed in utmp and wtmp. Only the superuser may use this option."
-#~ msgstr "Usado por otros servidores (por ejemplo, B<telnetd>(8)) para pasar el nombre del host remoto a B<login> de tal manera que pueda ser puesto en utmp y wtmp. Solo el superusuario podrá usar esta opción."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Used by other servers (i.e., B<telnetd>(8)) to pass the name of the "
+#~ "remote host to B<login> so that it may be placed in utmp and wtmp. Only "
+#~ "the superuser may use this option."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Usado por otros servidores (por ejemplo, B<telnetd>(8)) para pasar el "
+#~ "nombre del host remoto a B<login> de tal manera que pueda ser puesto en "
+#~ "utmp y wtmp. Solo el superusuario podrá usar esta opción."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "I</var/run/utmp>\n"
#~ "I</etc/hushlogins>\n"
#~ "I<.hushlogin>\n"
-#~ msgid "The undocumented BSD B<-r> option is not supported. This may be required by some B<rlogind>(8) programs."
-#~ msgstr "La opción no documentada B<-r> de BSD no está soportada. Esta podría ser requerida por algún programa B<rlogind>(8)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The undocumented BSD B<-r> option is not supported. This may be required "
+#~ "by some B<rlogind>(8) programs."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La opción no documentada B<-r> de BSD no está soportada. Esta podría ser "
+#~ "requerida por algún programa B<rlogind>(8)"
-#~ msgid "Derived from BSD login 5.40 (5/9/89) by E<.MT glad@\\:daimi.\\:dk> Michael Glad E<.ME> for HP-UX"
-#~ msgstr "Derivado de login 5.40 de BSD (5/9/89) por E<.MT glad@\\:daimi.\\:dk> Michael Glad E<.ME> para HP-UX"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Derived from BSD login 5.40 (5/9/89) by E<.MT glad@\\:daimi.\\:dk> "
+#~ "Michael Glad E<.ME> for HP-UX"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Derivado de login 5.40 de BSD (5/9/89) por E<.MT glad@\\:daimi.\\:dk> "
+#~ "Michael Glad E<.ME> para HP-UX"
-#~ msgid "Ported to Linux 0.12: E<.MT poe@\\:daimi.\\:aau.\\:dk> Peter Orbaek E<.ME>"
-#~ msgstr "Portado a Linux 0.12: E<.MT poe@\\:daimi.\\:aau.\\:dk> Peter Orbaek E<.ME>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Ported to Linux 0.12: E<.MT poe@\\:daimi.\\:aau.\\:dk> Peter Orbaek E<.ME>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Portado a Linux 0.12: E<.MT poe@\\:daimi.\\:aau.\\:dk> Peter Orbaek E<.ME>"
-#~ msgid "B<mail>(1), B<passwd>(1), B<passwd>(5), B<utmp>(5), B<environ>(7), B<getty>(8), B<init>(8), B<lastlog>(8) B<shutdown>(8)"
-#~ msgstr "B<mail>(1), B<passwd>(1), B<passwd>(5), B<utmp>(5), B<environ>(7), B<getty>(8), B<init>(8), B<lastlog>(8) B<shutdown>(8)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<mail>(1), B<passwd>(1), B<passwd>(5), B<utmp>(5), B<environ>(7), "
+#~ "B<getty>(8), B<init>(8), B<lastlog>(8) B<shutdown>(8)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<mail>(1), B<passwd>(1), B<passwd>(5), B<utmp>(5), B<environ>(7), "
+#~ "B<getty>(8), B<init>(8), B<lastlog>(8) B<shutdown>(8)"
#~ msgid "LOOK"
#~ msgstr "LOOK"
#~ msgstr "B<look> [opciones] I<cadena >[I<fichero>]"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "The E<.Nm look> utility displays any lines in E<.Ar file> which contain E<.Ar string> as a prefix. As E<.Nm look> performs a binary search, the lines in E<.Ar file> must be sorted."
-#~ msgid "The B<look> utility displays any lines in I<file> which contain I<string>. As B<look> performs a binary search, the lines in I<file> must be sorted (where B<sort>(1) was given the same options B<-d >and/orB< -f >that B<look> is invoked with)."
-#~ msgstr "La utilidad E<.Nm look> muestra las líneas del fichero E<.Ar file> que contienen E<.Ar string> como prefijo. Dado que E<.Nm look> realiza una búsqueda binaria, las líneas en E<.Ar file> deben estar ordenadas."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "The E<.Nm look> utility displays any lines in E<.Ar file> which contain "
+#~| "E<.Ar string> as a prefix. As E<.Nm look> performs a binary search, the "
+#~| "lines in E<.Ar file> must be sorted."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The B<look> utility displays any lines in I<file> which contain "
+#~ "I<string>. As B<look> performs a binary search, the lines in I<file> "
+#~ "must be sorted (where B<sort>(1) was given the same options B<-d >and/"
+#~ "orB< -f >that B<look> is invoked with)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La utilidad E<.Nm look> muestra las líneas del fichero E<.Ar file> que "
+#~ "contienen E<.Ar string> como prefijo. Dado que E<.Nm look> realiza una "
+#~ "búsqueda binaria, las líneas en E<.Ar file> deben estar ordenadas."
#~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --alphanum>"
#~ msgstr "B<-d>,B< --alphanum>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Dictionary character set and order, i.e. only alphanumeric characters are compared."
-#~ msgid "Use normal dictionary character set and order, i.e., only blanks and alphanumeric characters are compared. This is on by default if no file is specified."
-#~ msgstr "Diccionario de conjunto de caracteres y orden, por ejemplo, sólo comparar caracteres alfanuméricos."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Dictionary character set and order, i.e. only alphanumeric characters "
+#~| "are compared."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Use normal dictionary character set and order, i.e., only blanks and "
+#~ "alphanumeric characters are compared. This is on by default if no file "
+#~ "is specified."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Diccionario de conjunto de caracteres y orden, por ejemplo, sólo comparar "
+#~ "caracteres alfanuméricos."
#~ msgid "B<-f>,B< --ignore-case>"
#~ msgstr "B<-f>,B< --ignore-case>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Ignore the case of alphabetic characters."
-#~ msgid "Ignore the case of alphabetic characters. This is on by default if no file is specified."
-#~ msgstr "Tomar mayúsculas y minúsculas como iguales en caracteres alfabéticos."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Ignore the case of alphabetic characters. This is on by default if no "
+#~ "file is specified."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Tomar mayúsculas y minúsculas como iguales en caracteres alfabéticos."
#~ msgid "B</usr/share/dict/words>"
#~ msgstr "B</usr/share/dict/words>"
#~ msgstr "B<E<gt>1>"
#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "The B<mesg> utility is invoked by a user to control write access others have to the terminal device associated with standard error output. If write access is allowed, then programs such as B<talk>(1) and B<write>(1) may display messages on the terminal."
-#~ msgstr "B<Mesg> controla el acceso a tu terminal por otros. Generalmente es usado para permitir o negar a otros usuarios la escritura en el terminal (vea B<write>(1))."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The B<mesg> utility is invoked by a user to control write access others "
+#~ "have to the terminal device associated with standard error output. If "
+#~ "write access is allowed, then programs such as B<talk>(1) and "
+#~ "B<write>(1) may display messages on the terminal."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<Mesg> controla el acceso a tu terminal por otros. Generalmente es usado "
+#~ "para permitir o negar a otros usuarios la escritura en el terminal (vea "
+#~ "B<write>(1))."
#~ msgid "B<\\ 0>"
#~ msgstr "B<\\ 0>"
#~ msgid "MKFS"
#~ msgstr "MKFS"
-#~ msgid "The manual page was shamelessly adapted from Remy Card\\(cqs version for the ext2 filesystem."
-#~ msgstr "Esta página del manual fue adaptada sin ningún rubor de la versión de Remy Card para el sistema de ficheros ext2."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The manual page was shamelessly adapted from Remy Card\\(cqs version for "
+#~ "the ext2 filesystem."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Esta página del manual fue adaptada sin ningún rubor de la versión de "
+#~ "Remy Card para el sistema de ficheros ext2."
-#~ msgid "The B<mkfs> command is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded from"
-#~ msgstr "La orden B<mkfs> forma parte del paquete util-linux y puede descargarse en"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The B<mkfs> command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
+#~ "downloaded from"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La orden B<mkfs> forma parte del paquete util-linux y puede descargarse en"
-#~ msgid "B<mkfs> [options] [B<-t> I<type>] [I<fs-options>]I< device >[I<size>]"
-#~ msgstr "B<mkfs> [opciones] [B<-t> I<tipo>] [I<fs-options>]I< dispositivo >[I<tamaño>]"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<mkfs> [options] [B<-t> I<type>] [I<fs-options>]I< device >[I<size>]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<mkfs> [opciones] [B<-t> I<tipo>] [I<fs-options>]I< dispositivo "
+#~ ">[I<tamaño>]"
-#~ msgid "B<mkfs> is used to build a Linux filesystem on a device, usually a hard disk partition. The I<device> argument is either the device name (e.g., I</dev/hda1>, I</dev/sdb2>), or a regular file that shall contain the filesystem. The I<size> argument is the number of blocks to be used for the filesystem."
-#~ msgstr "B<mkfs> se emplea para construir un sistema de ficheros de Linux sobre un dispositivo, generalmente una partición de un disco duro. I<dispositivo> es el nombre del dispositivo (como por ejemplo /dev/hda1 o /dev/sdb2) o un archivo que contenga un sistema de ficheros. I<tamaño> es el cantidad de bloques que el sistema de ficheros empleará."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<mkfs> is used to build a Linux filesystem on a device, usually a hard "
+#~ "disk partition. The I<device> argument is either the device name (e.g., "
+#~ "I</dev/hda1>, I</dev/sdb2>), or a regular file that shall contain the "
+#~ "filesystem. The I<size> argument is the number of blocks to be used for "
+#~ "the filesystem."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<mkfs> se emplea para construir un sistema de ficheros de Linux sobre un "
+#~ "dispositivo, generalmente una partición de un disco duro. I<dispositivo> "
+#~ "es el nombre del dispositivo (como por ejemplo /dev/hda1 o /dev/sdb2) o "
+#~ "un archivo que contenga un sistema de ficheros. I<tamaño> es el cantidad "
+#~ "de bloques que el sistema de ficheros empleará."
-#~ msgid "In actuality, B<mkfs> is simply a front-end for the various filesystem builders (B<mkfs.>I<fstype>) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific builder is searched for via your PATH environment setting only. Please see the filesystem-specific builder manual pages for further details."
-#~ msgstr "B<mkfs> es simplemente un frontend para los diversos constructores de sistemas de ficheros (B<mkfs>.I<tipo-sf>) disponibles en Linux. El constructor específico del sistema de ficheros sólo se buscará en los directorios definidos en el PATH. Consulte la correspondiente página de manual para cada constructor en concreto."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "In actuality, B<mkfs> is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
+#~ "builders (B<mkfs.>I<fstype>) available under Linux. The filesystem-"
+#~ "specific builder is searched for via your PATH environment setting only. "
+#~ "Please see the filesystem-specific builder manual pages for further "
+#~ "details."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<mkfs> es simplemente un frontend para los diversos constructores de "
+#~ "sistemas de ficheros (B<mkfs>.I<tipo-sf>) disponibles en Linux. El "
+#~ "constructor específico del sistema de ficheros sólo se buscará en los "
+#~ "directorios definidos en el PATH. Consulte la correspondiente página de "
+#~ "manual para cada constructor en concreto."
#~ msgid "B<-t>,B< --type >I<type>"
#~ msgstr "B<-t>,B< --type >I<tipo>"
-#~ msgid "Specify the I<type> of filesystem to be built. If not specified, the default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
-#~ msgstr "Especifica el tipo del sistema de ficheros a construir. Si no se define ninguno en concreto, se utlizará ext2 por defecto."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Specify the I<type> of filesystem to be built. If not specified, the "
+#~ "default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Especifica el tipo del sistema de ficheros a construir. Si no se define "
+#~ "ninguno en concreto, se utlizará ext2 por defecto."
#~ msgid "B<-V>,B< --verbose>"
#~ msgstr "B<-V>,B< --verbose>"
-#~ msgid "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are executed. Specifying this option more than once inhibits execution of any filesystem-specific commands. This is really only useful for testing."
-#~ msgstr "Produce una salida más prolija, incluyendo todas las órdenes específicas del sistema de ficheros concreto que se ejecutan. Especificar esta opción más de una vez inhibe la ejecución de cualquier orden de un sistema de ficheros específico. Esto es realmente sólo útil para la realización de pruebas."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that "
+#~ "are executed. Specifying this option more than once inhibits execution "
+#~ "of any filesystem-specific commands. This is really only useful for "
+#~ "testing."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Produce una salida más prolija, incluyendo todas las órdenes específicas "
+#~ "del sistema de ficheros concreto que se ejecutan. Especificar esta "
+#~ "opción más de una vez inhibe la ejecución de cualquier orden de un "
+#~ "sistema de ficheros específico. Esto es realmente sólo útil para la "
+#~ "realización de pruebas."
-#~ msgid "Display version information and exit. (Option B<-V> will display version information only when it is the only parameter, otherwise it will work as B<--verbose>.)"
-#~ msgstr "Muestra información acerca de la versión y termina. La opción B<-V> mostrará información sólo si es el único parámetro que definimos, sino hará lo mismo que B<--verbose>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Display version information and exit. (Option B<-V> will display version "
+#~ "information only when it is the only parameter, otherwise it will work as "
+#~ "B<--verbose>.)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Muestra información acerca de la versión y termina. La opción B<-V> "
+#~ "mostrará información sólo si es el único parámetro que definimos, sino "
+#~ "hará lo mismo que B<--verbose>."
-#~ msgid "All generic options must precede and not be combined with filesystem-specific options. Some filesystem-specific programs do not automatically detect the device size and require the I<size> parameter to be specified."
-#~ msgstr "Todas las opciones genéricas deben ir antes y no combinadas con las específicas del sistema de ficheros. Algunos programas específicos de un sistema de ficheros no detectan automáticamente el tamaño del dispositivo y requieren que se dé el parámetro I<tamaño>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "All generic options must precede and not be combined with filesystem-"
+#~ "specific options. Some filesystem-specific programs do not automatically "
+#~ "detect the device size and require the I<size> parameter to be specified."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Todas las opciones genéricas deben ir antes y no combinadas con las "
+#~ "específicas del sistema de ficheros. Algunos programas específicos de un "
+#~ "sistema de ficheros no detectan automáticamente el tamaño del dispositivo "
+#~ "y requieren que se dé el parámetro I<tamaño>."
#~ msgid "David Engel (david@ods.com)"
#~ msgstr "David Engel (david@ods.com)"
#~ msgid "Ron Sommeling (sommel@sci.kun.nl)"
#~ msgstr "Ron Sommeling (sommel@sci.kun.nl)"
-#~ msgid "The mkfs command is part of the util-linux package and is available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
-#~ msgstr "La orden mkfs forma parte del paquete util-linux y puede descargarse en https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The mkfs command is part of the util-linux package and is available from "
+#~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La orden mkfs forma parte del paquete util-linux y puede descargarse en "
+#~ "https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/."
#~ msgid "MKFS.MINIX"
#~ msgstr "MKFS.MINIX"
#~ "/dev/sdb[1\\(en8] (segundo disco SCSI)\n"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "The I<size-in-blocks> parameter is the desired size of the file system, in blocks. This information can be determined from the B<fdisk>(8) or B<cfdisk>(8) program. If omitted it will be determined automaticaly. Only block counts strictly greater than 10 and strictly less than 65536 are allowed."
-#~ msgid "The I<size-in-blocks> parameter is the desired size of the file system, in blocks. It is present only for backwards compatibility. If omitted the size will be determined automatically. Only block counts strictly greater than 10 and strictly less than 65536 are allowed."
-#~ msgstr "El parámetro I<tamañoenbloques> es el tamaño deseado del sistema de ficheros, en bloques. Esta información puede determinarse con el programa B<fdisk>(8) o B<cfdisk>(8). Si se omite, se determinará automáticamente. Sólo se permiten números de bloques estrictamente mayores de 10 y estrictamente menores de 65536."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "The I<size-in-blocks> parameter is the desired size of the file system, "
+#~| "in blocks. This information can be determined from the B<fdisk>(8) or "
+#~| "B<cfdisk>(8) program. If omitted it will be determined automaticaly. "
+#~| "Only block counts strictly greater than 10 and strictly less than 65536 "
+#~| "are allowed."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The I<size-in-blocks> parameter is the desired size of the file system, "
+#~ "in blocks. It is present only for backwards compatibility. If omitted "
+#~ "the size will be determined automatically. Only block counts strictly "
+#~ "greater than 10 and strictly less than 65536 are allowed."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "El parámetro I<tamañoenbloques> es el tamaño deseado del sistema de "
+#~ "ficheros, en bloques. Esta información puede determinarse con el programa "
+#~ "B<fdisk>(8) o B<cfdisk>(8). Si se omite, se determinará "
+#~ "automáticamente. Sólo se permiten números de bloques estrictamente "
+#~ "mayores de 10 y estrictamente menores de 65536."
-#~ msgid "Check the device for bad blocks before creating the filesystem. If any are found, the count is printed."
-#~ msgstr "Antes de crear el sistema de ficheros se miran los bloques malos del dispositivo. Si se encuentran algunos, se muestran cuántos."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Check the device for bad blocks before creating the filesystem. If any "
+#~ "are found, the count is printed."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Antes de crear el sistema de ficheros se miran los bloques malos del "
+#~ "dispositivo. Si se encuentran algunos, se muestran cuántos."
-#~ msgid "Read the list of bad blocks from I<filename>. The file has one bad-block number per line. The count of bad blocks read is printed."
-#~ msgstr "Lee la lista de bloques malos de I<nombrefichero>. El fichero tendrá un número de bloque malo en cada renglón. Se muestra el número de bloques malos."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Read the list of bad blocks from I<filename>. The file has one bad-block "
+#~ "number per line. The count of bad blocks read is printed."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Lee la lista de bloques malos de I<nombrefichero>. El fichero tendrá un "
+#~ "número de bloque malo en cada renglón. Se muestra el número de bloques "
+#~ "malos."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Make a Minix version 2 filesystem."
#~ msgstr "MKSWAP"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you may be able to look it up with \"cat /proc/cpuinfo\"."
-#~ msgid "If you don\\(cqt know the page size that your machine uses, you may be able to look it up with B<cat /proc/cpuinfo> (or you may not - the contents of this file depend on architecture and kernel version)."
-#~ msgstr "Si no conoce el tamaño de página que usa su máquina, podría ser que lo averiguara con \"cat /proc/cpuinfo\"."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you may be able "
+#~| "to look it up with \"cat /proc/cpuinfo\"."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you don\\(cqt know the page size that your machine uses, you may be "
+#~ "able to look it up with B<cat /proc/cpuinfo> (or you may not - the "
+#~ "contents of this file depend on architecture and kernel version)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si no conoce el tamaño de página que usa su máquina, podría ser que lo "
+#~ "averiguara con \"cat /proc/cpuinfo\"."
#~ msgid "March 2009"
#~ msgstr "Marzo 2009"
#~ msgstr "B<-v>,B< --swapversion 1>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "To setup a swap file, it is necessary to create that file before running B<mkswap .> A sequence of commands similar to the following is reasonable for this purpose:"
-#~ msgid "To set up a swap file, it is necessary to create that file before initializing it with B<mkswap>, e.g.\\& using a command like"
-#~ msgstr "Para establecer un fichero para el trasiego, es necesario crear dicho fichero antes de ejecutar B<mkswap>. Para este propósito, sería razonable una secuencia de órdenes similar a la siguiente:"
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "To setup a swap file, it is necessary to create that file before running "
+#~| "B<mkswap .> A sequence of commands similar to the following is "
+#~| "reasonable for this purpose:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To set up a swap file, it is necessary to create that file before "
+#~ "initializing it with B<mkswap>, e.g.\\& using a command like"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Para establecer un fichero para el trasiego, es necesario crear dicho "
+#~ "fichero antes de ejecutar B<mkswap>. Para este propósito, sería "
+#~ "razonable una secuencia de órdenes similar a la siguiente:"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "E<.Nm more> will prompt the user with the message \"[Press space to continue, 'q' to quit.]\" and will display \"[Press 'h' for instructions.]\" instead of ringing the bell when an illegal key is pressed."
-#~ msgid "Prompt with \"[Press space to continue, \\(aqq\\(aq to quit.]\", and display \"[Press \\(aqh\\(aq for instructions.]\" instead of ringing the bell when an illegal key is pressed."
-#~ msgstr "E<.Nm more> mostrará el mensaje \"[Press space to continue, 'q' to quit.]\" (pulsa espacio para continuar, 'q' para salir) y en vez de emitir un pitido cada vez que se pulse una tecla ilegal mostrará \"[Press 'h' for instructions.]\" ((Pulsa 'h' para obtener instrucciones)."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "E<.Nm more> will prompt the user with the message \"[Press space to "
+#~| "continue, 'q' to quit.]\" and will display \"[Press 'h' for "
+#~| "instructions.]\" instead of ringing the bell when an illegal key is "
+#~| "pressed."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Prompt with \"[Press space to continue, \\(aqq\\(aq to quit.]\", and "
+#~ "display \"[Press \\(aqh\\(aq for instructions.]\" instead of ringing the "
+#~ "bell when an illegal key is pressed."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "E<.Nm more> mostrará el mensaje \"[Press space to continue, 'q' to "
+#~ "quit.]\" (pulsa espacio para continuar, 'q' para salir) y en vez de "
+#~ "emitir un pitido cada vez que se pulse una tecla ilegal mostrará \"[Press "
+#~ "'h' for instructions.]\" ((Pulsa 'h' para obtener instrucciones)."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<+/>I<string>"
#~ msgid "March 2020"
#~ msgstr "Marzo 2020"
-#~ msgid "B<more> is a filter for paging through text one screenful at a time. This version is especially primitive. Users should realize that B<less>(1) provides B<more>(1) emulation plus extensive enhancements."
-#~ msgstr "B<more> es un filtro para paginar texto, mostrando una pantalla cada vez. Esta versión es especialmente primitiva. Los usarios deben tener en cuenta que B<less>(1) (\"menos\") provee B<more>(1) (\"más\") emulación y muchas más mejoras."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<more> is a filter for paging through text one screenful at a time. "
+#~ "This version is especially primitive. Users should realize that "
+#~ "B<less>(1) provides B<more>(1) emulation plus extensive enhancements."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<more> es un filtro para paginar texto, mostrando una pantalla cada vez. "
+#~ "Esta versión es especialmente primitiva. Los usarios deben tener en "
+#~ "cuenta que B<less>(1) (\"menos\") provee B<more>(1) (\"más\") emulación y "
+#~ "muchas más mejoras."
-#~ msgid "Options are also taken from the environment variable B<MORE> (make sure to precede them with a dash (B<->)) but command-line options will override those."
-#~ msgstr "Estas, también se toman de la variable de entorno B<MORE> (asegúrate de precederla con un guión (B<->)). Ten en cuenta que las opciones de la línea de órdenes toman precedencia sobre esta variable."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Options are also taken from the environment variable B<MORE> (make sure "
+#~ "to precede them with a dash (B<->)) but command-line options will "
+#~ "override those."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Estas, también se toman de la variable de entorno B<MORE> (asegúrate de "
+#~ "precederla con un guión (B<->)). Ten en cuenta que las opciones de la "
+#~ "línea de órdenes toman precedencia sobre esta variable."
#~ msgid "B<-d>,B< --silent>"
#~ msgstr "B<-d>,B< --silent>"
#~ msgstr "B<-p>,B< --print-over>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Do not scroll. Instead, clear the whole screen and then display the text."
-#~ msgid "Do not scroll. Instead, clear the whole screen and then display the text. Notice that this option is switched on automatically if the executable is named B<page>."
-#~ msgstr "No realizar desplazamiento. En vez del desplazamiento, limpiar toda la pantalla y después mostrar todo el texto."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Do not scroll. Instead, clear the whole screen and then display the "
+#~| "text."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Do not scroll. Instead, clear the whole screen and then display the "
+#~ "text. Notice that this option is switched on automatically if the "
+#~ "executable is named B<page>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "No realizar desplazamiento. En vez del desplazamiento, limpiar toda la "
+#~ "pantalla y después mostrar todo el texto."
#~ msgid "B<-c>,B< --clean-print>"
#~ msgstr "B<-c>,B< --clean-print>"
-#~ msgid "Do not scroll. Instead, paint each screen from the top, clearing the remainder of each line as it is displayed."
-#~ msgstr "No realizar desplazamiento. En vez del mismo, dibujar cada pantalla desde arriba, limpiando el resto de la línea según se van mostrando."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Do not scroll. Instead, paint each screen from the top, clearing the "
+#~ "remainder of each line as it is displayed."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "No realizar desplazamiento. En vez del mismo, dibujar cada pantalla desde "
+#~ "arriba, limpiando el resto de la línea según se van mostrando."
#~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --squeeze>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>,B< --squeeze>"
#~ msgid "B<+/>I<string>"
#~ msgstr "B<+/>I<cadena>"
-#~ msgid "Interactive commands for B<more> are based on B<vi>(1). Some commands may be preceded by a decimal number, called k in the descriptions below. In the following descriptions, B<^X> means B<control-X>."
-#~ msgstr "Las órdenes interactivas para B<more> están basadas en las respectivas de B<vi>(1). Algunos de ellos se pueden preceder por un número decimal, que llamaremos \"k\" en las descripciones siguientes. En lo que sigue, B<^X> significa B<control-X>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Interactive commands for B<more> are based on B<vi>(1). Some commands "
+#~ "may be preceded by a decimal number, called k in the descriptions below. "
+#~ "In the following descriptions, B<^X> means B<control-X>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Las órdenes interactivas para B<more> están basadas en las respectivas de "
+#~ "B<vi>(1). Algunos de ellos se pueden preceder por un número decimal, que "
+#~ "llamaremos \"k\" en las descripciones siguientes. En lo que sigue, B<^X> "
+#~ "significa B<control-X>."
#~ msgid "B<h>\\ orB<\\ ?>"
#~ msgstr "B<h>\\ oB<\\ ?>"
-#~ msgid "Help; display a summary of these commands. If you forget all other commands, remember this one."
-#~ msgstr "Ayuda: muestra un resumen para estas órdenes. Si olvidas todos los otros, recuerda éste."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Help; display a summary of these commands. If you forget all other "
+#~ "commands, remember this one."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ayuda: muestra un resumen para estas órdenes. Si olvidas todos los "
+#~ "otros, recuerda éste."
#~ msgid "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to current screen size."
-#~ msgstr "Muestra las próximas k líneas de texto. Por defecto, el tamaño (en líneas) de la pantalla actual."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Muestra las próximas k líneas de texto. Por defecto, el tamaño (en "
+#~ "líneas) de la pantalla actual."
-#~ msgid "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to current screen size. Argument becomes new default."
-#~ msgstr "Muestra las próximas k líneas de texto. Por defecto el tamaño (en líneas) de la pantalla actual. El argumento se transforma en el nuevo valor por defecto."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to current screen size. Argument "
+#~ "becomes new default."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Muestra las próximas k líneas de texto. Por defecto el tamaño (en líneas) "
+#~ "de la pantalla actual. El argumento se transforma en el nuevo valor por "
+#~ "defecto."
-#~ msgid "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to 1. Argument becomes new default."
-#~ msgstr "Muestra las próximas k líneas de texto. Por defecto una. El argumento se transforma en el nuevo valor por defecto."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to 1. Argument becomes new "
+#~ "default."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Muestra las próximas k líneas de texto. Por defecto una. El argumento se "
+#~ "transforma en el nuevo valor por defecto."
#~ msgid "B<d>\\ orB<\\ \\&^D>"
#~ msgstr "B<d>\\ oB<\\ \\&^D>"
-#~ msgid "Scroll k lines. Default is current scroll size, initially 11. Argument becomes new default."
-#~ msgstr "Avanzar k líneas. Por defecto es el tamaño actual de desplazamiento, inicialmente 11. El argumento se convierte en el nuevo valor por defecto."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Scroll k lines. Default is current scroll size, initially 11. Argument "
+#~ "becomes new default."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Avanzar k líneas. Por defecto es el tamaño actual de desplazamiento, "
+#~ "inicialmente 11. El argumento se convierte en el nuevo valor por defecto."
#~ msgid "Skip forward k lines of text. Defaults to 1."
#~ msgstr "Avanzar k líneas de texto. Por defecto 1."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Skip backwards k screenfuls of text. Defaults to 1."
-#~ msgid "Skip backwards k screenfuls of text. Defaults to 1. Only works with files, not pipes."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Skip backwards k screenfuls of text. Defaults to 1. Only works with "
+#~ "files, not pipes."
#~ msgstr "Retroceder k pantallas de texto. Por defecto 1."
#~ msgid "B<'>"
#~ msgstr "B<\\&/patrón>"
#~ msgid "Search for kth occurrence of regular expression. Defaults to 1."
-#~ msgstr "Buscar la ocurrencia k-ésima de una expresión regular. Por defecto una."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Buscar la ocurrencia k-ésima de una expresión regular. Por defecto una."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Search for kth occurrence of regular expression. Defaults to 1."
-#~ msgid "Search for kth occurrence of last regular expression. Defaults to 1."
-#~ msgstr "Buscar la ocurrencia k-ésima de una expresión regular. Por defecto una."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Search for kth occurrence of last regular expression. Defaults to 1."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Buscar la ocurrencia k-ésima de una expresión regular. Por defecto una."
#~ msgid "B<!command>\\ orB<\\ :!command>"
#~ msgstr "B<!orden>\\ orB<\\ :!orden>"
#~ msgid "B<\\&.>"
#~ msgstr "B<\\&.>"
-#~ msgid "The B<more> command appeared in 3.0BSD. This man page documents B<more> version 5.19 (Berkeley 6/29/88), which is currently in use in the Linux community. Documentation was produced using several other versions of the man page, and extensive inspection of the source code."
-#~ msgstr "La orden B<more> apareció en 3.0BSD. Esta página del manual documenta la versión 5.19 (Berkeley 6/29/88) de B<more>, que es la que se usa corrientemente en la comunidad Linux. La documentación fue creada usando diferentes versiones de la página del manual, y una inspección exhaustiva del código fuente."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The B<more> command appeared in 3.0BSD. This man page documents B<more> "
+#~ "version 5.19 (Berkeley 6/29/88), which is currently in use in the Linux "
+#~ "community. Documentation was produced using several other versions of "
+#~ "the man page, and extensive inspection of the source code."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La orden B<more> apareció en 3.0BSD. Esta página del manual documenta la "
+#~ "versión 5.19 (Berkeley 6/29/88) de B<more>, que es la que se usa "
+#~ "corrientemente en la comunidad Linux. La documentación fue creada usando "
+#~ "diferentes versiones de la página del manual, y una inspección exhaustiva "
+#~ "del código fuente."
#~ msgid "Eric Shienbrood, UC Berkeley"
#~ msgstr "Eric Shienbrood, UC Berkeley"
#~ msgid "Modified by Geoff Peck, UCB to add underlining, single spacing"
-#~ msgstr "Modificado por Geoff Peck, UCB para añadir subrayado, espaciado simple"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Modificado por Geoff Peck, UCB para añadir subrayado, espaciado simple"
-#~ msgid "Modified by John Foderaro, UCB to add -c and MORE environment variable"
-#~ msgstr "Modificado por John Foderaro, UCB para añadir -c y la variable de entorno MORE"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Modified by John Foderaro, UCB to add -c and MORE environment variable"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Modificado por John Foderaro, UCB para añadir -c y la variable de entorno "
+#~ "MORE"
#~ msgid "MOUNT"
#~ msgstr "MOUNT"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore mount options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support this option. This option exists for support of the Linux autofs-based automounter."
-#~ msgid "Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore mount options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support this option. Currently it\\(cqs supported by the B<mount.nfs> mount helper only."
-#~ msgstr "Tolera opciones de montaje medio malas en vez de fallar. Esto hará que se pasen por alto opciones de montaje no admitidas por un tipo de sistema de ficheros. No todos los sistemas de ficheros admiten esta opción. Esta opción existe para dar soporte al automontador de Linux basado en autofs."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore "
+#~| "mount options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems "
+#~| "support this option. This option exists for support of the Linux autofs-"
+#~| "based automounter."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore mount "
+#~ "options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support "
+#~ "this option. Currently it\\(cqs supported by the B<mount.nfs> mount "
+#~ "helper only."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Tolera opciones de montaje medio malas en vez de fallar. Esto hará que se "
+#~ "pasen por alto opciones de montaje no admitidas por un tipo de sistema de "
+#~ "ficheros. No todos los sistemas de ficheros admiten esta opción. Esta "
+#~ "opción existe para dar soporte al automontador de Linux basado en autofs."
#~ msgid "B<auto>"
#~ msgstr "B<auto>"
#~| msgid ""
#~| "B<mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\e>\n"
#~| "B<\\ \\ 'context=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:c127,c456\",noexec'>\n"
-#~ msgid "mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\(rs \\(aqcontext=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:c127,c456\",noexec\\(aq"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\(rs \\(aqcontext=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:"
+#~ "s0:c127,c456\",noexec\\(aq"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "B<mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\e>\n"
#~ "B<\\ \\ 'context=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:c127,c456\",noexec'>\n"
-#~ msgid "Use the default options: B<rw>, B<suid>, B<dev>, B<exec>, B<auto>, B<nouser>, and B<async>."
-#~ msgstr "Emplear las opciones predeterminadas: B<rw>, B<suid>, B<dev>, B<exec>, B<auto>, B<nouser> y B<async>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Use the default options: B<rw>, B<suid>, B<dev>, B<exec>, B<auto>, "
+#~ "B<nouser>, and B<async>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Emplear las opciones predeterminadas: B<rw>, B<suid>, B<dev>, B<exec>, "
+#~ "B<auto>, B<nouser> y B<async>."
#~ msgid "B<dev>"
#~ msgstr "B<dev>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system. This option implies the options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
-#~ msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if one of that user\\(cqs groups matches the group of the device. This option implies the options B<nosuid> and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line B<group,dev,suid>)."
-#~ msgstr "Permitir a un usuario ordinario montar el sistema de ficheros. Esta opción implica las opciones B<noexec>, B<nosuid> y B<nodev> (a menos que se sustituyan por otras subsiguientes, como en la línea de opciones B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system. This option implies "
+#~| "the options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by "
+#~| "subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if one of that user\\(cqs "
+#~ "groups matches the group of the device. This option implies the options "
+#~ "B<nosuid> and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in "
+#~ "the option line B<group,dev,suid>)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Permitir a un usuario ordinario montar el sistema de ficheros. Esta "
+#~ "opción implica las opciones B<noexec>, B<nosuid> y B<nodev> (a menos que "
+#~ "se sustituyan por otras subsiguientes, como en la línea de opciones "
+#~ "B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
#~ msgid "B<ro>"
#~ msgstr "B<ro>"
#~ msgstr "B<xfs>(5)"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Prefix (of length at most 30) used before '/' when following a symbolic link."
-#~ msgid "Prefix (of length at most 30) used before \\(aq/\\(aq when following a symbolic link."
-#~ msgstr "Prefijo (de como mucho 30 de longitud) empleado antes de `/' cuando se sigue un enlace simbólico."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Prefix (of length at most 30) used before '/' when following a symbolic "
+#~| "link."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Prefix (of length at most 30) used before \\(aq/\\(aq when following a "
+#~ "symbolic link."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Prefijo (de como mucho 30 de longitud) empleado antes de `/' cuando se "
+#~ "sigue un enlace simbólico."
#~ msgid "B<root=>I<value>"
#~ msgstr "B<root=>I<valor>"
#~ msgstr "B<part=>I<n>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower case ASCII, drops a trailing `;1', and converts `;' to `.'. With B<map=off> no name translation is done. See B<norock>. (Default: B<map=normal>.)"
-#~ msgid "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower case ASCII, drops a trailing \\(aq;1\\(aq, and converts \\(aq;\\(aq to \\(aq.\\(aq. With B<map=off> no name translation is done. See B<norock>. (Default: B<map=normal>.) B<map=acorn> is like B<map=normal> but also apply Acorn extensions if present."
-#~ msgstr "Para volúmenes que no son Rock Ridge, la traducción de nombres \"normal\" convierte las letras mayúsculas a minúsculas ASCII, quita un `;1' del final, y convierte `;' a `.'. Con B<map=off> no se realiza ninguna traducción de nombre. Vea B<norock>. (Por omisión: B<map=normal>.)"
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower "
+#~| "case ASCII, drops a trailing `;1', and converts `;' to `.'. With "
+#~| "B<map=off> no name translation is done. See B<norock>. (Default: "
+#~| "B<map=normal>.)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower "
+#~ "case ASCII, drops a trailing \\(aq;1\\(aq, and converts \\(aq;\\(aq to "
+#~ "\\(aq.\\(aq. With B<map=off> no name translation is done. See B<norock>. "
+#~ "(Default: B<map=normal>.) B<map=acorn> is like B<map=normal> but also "
+#~ "apply Acorn extensions if present."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Para volúmenes que no son Rock Ridge, la traducción de nombres \"normal\" "
+#~ "convierte las letras mayúsculas a minúsculas ASCII, quita un `;1' del "
+#~ "final, y convierte `;' a `.'. Con B<map=off> no se realiza ninguna "
+#~ "traducción de nombre. Vea B<norock>. (Por omisión: B<map=normal>.)"
#~ msgid "B<session=>I<x>"
#~ msgstr "B<session=>I<x>"
#~ msgstr "B<barrier=none> / B<barrier=flush>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
-#~ msgid "If B<mode=> is set the permissions of all non-directory inodes read from the filesystem will be set to the given mode. The value is given in octal."
-#~ msgstr "Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en curso. El valor se da en octal."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). "
+#~| "The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in "
+#~| "octal."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If B<mode=> is set the permissions of all non-directory inodes read from "
+#~ "the filesystem will be set to the given mode. The value is given in octal."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están "
+#~ "presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en "
+#~ "curso. El valor se da en octal."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
-#~ msgid "If B<dmode=> is set the permissions of all directory inodes read from the filesystem will be set to the given dmode. The value is given in octal."
-#~ msgstr "Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en curso. El valor se da en octal."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). "
+#~| "The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in "
+#~| "octal."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If B<dmode=> is set the permissions of all directory inodes read from the "
+#~ "filesystem will be set to the given dmode. The value is given in octal."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están "
+#~ "presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en "
+#~ "curso. El valor se da en octal."
#~ msgid "B<bs=>"
#~ msgstr "B<bs=>"
#~ msgstr "B<hp>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Translate unhandled Unicode characters to special escaped sequences. This lets you backup and restore filenames that are created with any Unicode characters. Without this option, a '?' is used when no translation is possible. The escape character is ':' because it is otherwise invalid on the vfat filesystem. The escape sequence that gets used, where u is the Unicode character, is: ':', (u & 0x3f), ((uE<gt>E<gt>6) & 0x3f), (uE<gt>E<gt>12)."
-#~ msgid "Translate unhandled Unicode characters to special escaped sequences. This lets you backup and restore filenames that are created with any Unicode characters. Without this option, a \\(aq?\\(aq is used when no translation is possible. The escape character is \\(aq:\\(aq because it is otherwise invalid on the vfat filesystem. The escape sequence that gets used, where u is the Unicode character, is: \\(aq:\\(aq, (u & 0x3f), ((uE<gt>E<gt>6) & 0x3f), (uE<gt>E<gt>12)."
-#~ msgstr "Traduce caracteres Unicode no manejados a secuencias de escape especiales. Esto le permite hacer copias de respaldo y restaurar ficheros cuyos nombres se han creado con caracteres Unicode. Sin esta opción, se emplea un `?' cuando no hay traducción posible. El carácter de escape es `:' porque es ilegal en el sistema de ficheros vfat. La secuencia de escape que se usa, donde u es el carácter Unicode, es: ':', (u & 0x3f), ((uE<gt>E<gt>6) & 0x3f), (uE<gt>E<gt>12)."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Translate unhandled Unicode characters to special escaped sequences. "
+#~| "This lets you backup and restore filenames that are created with any "
+#~| "Unicode characters. Without this option, a '?' is used when no "
+#~| "translation is possible. The escape character is ':' because it is "
+#~| "otherwise invalid on the vfat filesystem. The escape sequence that gets "
+#~| "used, where u is the Unicode character, is: ':', (u & 0x3f), "
+#~| "((uE<gt>E<gt>6) & 0x3f), (uE<gt>E<gt>12)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Translate unhandled Unicode characters to special escaped sequences. This "
+#~ "lets you backup and restore filenames that are created with any Unicode "
+#~ "characters. Without this option, a \\(aq?\\(aq is used when no "
+#~ "translation is possible. The escape character is \\(aq:\\(aq because it "
+#~ "is otherwise invalid on the vfat filesystem. The escape sequence that "
+#~ "gets used, where u is the Unicode character, is: \\(aq:\\(aq, (u & 0x3f), "
+#~ "((uE<gt>E<gt>6) & 0x3f), (uE<gt>E<gt>12)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Traduce caracteres Unicode no manejados a secuencias de escape "
+#~ "especiales. Esto le permite hacer copias de respaldo y restaurar ficheros "
+#~ "cuyos nombres se han creado con caracteres Unicode. Sin esta opción, se "
+#~ "emplea un `?' cuando no hay traducción posible. El carácter de escape es "
+#~ "`:' porque es ilegal en el sistema de ficheros vfat. La secuencia de "
+#~ "escape que se usa, donde u es el carácter Unicode, es: ':', (u & 0x3f), "
+#~ "((uE<gt>E<gt>6) & 0x3f), (uE<gt>E<gt>12)."
#~ msgid "B<32>"
#~ msgstr "B<32>"
#~ msgstr "B<64>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Some Linux file systems don't support B<-o sync> (the ext2fs I<does> support synchronous updates (a la BSD) when mounted with the B<sync> option)."
-#~ msgid "Some Linux filesystems don\\(cqt support B<-o sync> and B<-o dirsync> (the ext2, ext3, ext4, fat and vfat filesystems I<do> support synchronous updates (a la BSD) when mounted with the B<sync> option)."
-#~ msgstr "Algunos sistemas de ficheros de Linux no admiten B<-o sync> (el ext2fs I<sí> soporta actualizaciones síncronas (al estilo BSD) cuando se monta con la opción B<sync>)."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Some Linux file systems don't support B<-o sync> (the ext2fs I<does> "
+#~| "support synchronous updates (a la BSD) when mounted with the B<sync> "
+#~| "option)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Some Linux filesystems don\\(cqt support B<-o sync> and B<-o dirsync> "
+#~ "(the ext2, ext3, ext4, fat and vfat filesystems I<do> support synchronous "
+#~ "updates (a la BSD) when mounted with the B<sync> option)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Algunos sistemas de ficheros de Linux no admiten B<-o sync> (el ext2fs "
+#~ "I<sí> soporta actualizaciones síncronas (al estilo BSD) cuando se monta "
+#~ "con la opción B<sync>)."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "The B<-o remount> may not be able to change mount parameters (all I<ext2fs>-specific parameters, except B<sb>, are changeable with a remount, for example, but you can't change B<gid> or B<umask> for the I<fatfs>)."
-#~ msgid "The B<-o remount> may not be able to change mount parameters (all I<ext2fs>-specific parameters, except B<sb>, are changeable with a remount, for example, but you can\\(cqt change B<gid> or B<umask> for the I<fatfs>)."
-#~ msgstr "La opción B<-o remount> puede no ser capaz de cambiar parámetros de montaje (todos los parámetros específicos de I<ext2fs>, excepto B<sb>, se pueden cambiar con un remount, por ejemplo, pero no se pueden cambiar B<gid> o B<umask> para el I<fatfs>)."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "The B<-o remount> may not be able to change mount parameters (all "
+#~| "I<ext2fs>-specific parameters, except B<sb>, are changeable with a "
+#~| "remount, for example, but you can't change B<gid> or B<umask> for the "
+#~| "I<fatfs>)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The B<-o remount> may not be able to change mount parameters (all "
+#~ "I<ext2fs>-specific parameters, except B<sb>, are changeable with a "
+#~ "remount, for example, but you can\\(cqt change B<gid> or B<umask> for the "
+#~ "I<fatfs>)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La opción B<-o remount> puede no ser capaz de cambiar parámetros de "
+#~ "montaje (todos los parámetros específicos de I<ext2fs>, excepto B<sb>, se "
+#~ "pueden cambiar con un remount, por ejemplo, pero no se pueden cambiar "
+#~ "B<gid> o B<umask> para el I<fatfs>)."
#~ msgid "August 2015"
#~ msgstr "Agosto 2015"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "B<mount [-fnrsvw] [-t >I<vfstype>B<] [-o >I<options>B<] >I<device dir>"
-#~ msgid "B<mount> [B<-fnrsvw>] [B<-t> I<fstype>B<]> [B<-o> I<options>] I<device mountpoint>"
-#~ msgstr "B<mount [-fnrsvw] [-t >I<tipo-sfv>B<] [-o >I<opciones>B<] >I<dispositivo dir>"
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "B<mount [-fnrsvw] [-t >I<vfstype>B<] [-o >I<options>B<] >I<device dir>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<mount> [B<-fnrsvw>] [B<-t> I<fstype>B<]> [B<-o> I<options>] I<device "
+#~ "mountpoint>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<mount [-fnrsvw] [-t >I<tipo-sfv>B<] [-o >I<opciones>B<] >I<dispositivo "
+#~ "dir>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the file hierarchy, rooted at B</>. These files can be spread out over several devices. The B<mount> command serves to attach the file system found on some device to the big file tree. Conversely, the B<umount>(8) command will detach it again."
-#~ msgid "All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the file hierarchy, rooted at I</>. These files can be spread out over several devices. The B<mount> command serves to attach the filesystem found on some device to the big file tree. Conversely, the B<umount>(8) command will detach it again. The filesystem is used to control how data is stored on the device or provided in a virtual way by network or other services."
-#~ msgstr "Todos los ficheros accesibles en un sistema Unix están dispuestos en un gran árbol, la jerarquía de ficheros, con la raíz en B</>. Estos ficheros pueden estar distribuidos sobre varios dispositivos. La orden B<mount> sirve para pegar el sistema de ficheros encontrado en algún dispositivo al gran árbol de ficheros. De modo análogo pero al revés, la orden B<umount>(8) lo despegará de él de nuevo."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the "
+#~| "file hierarchy, rooted at B</>. These files can be spread out over "
+#~| "several devices. The B<mount> command serves to attach the file system "
+#~| "found on some device to the big file tree. Conversely, the B<umount>(8) "
+#~| "command will detach it again."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the "
+#~ "file hierarchy, rooted at I</>. These files can be spread out over "
+#~ "several devices. The B<mount> command serves to attach the filesystem "
+#~ "found on some device to the big file tree. Conversely, the B<umount>(8) "
+#~ "command will detach it again. The filesystem is used to control how data "
+#~ "is stored on the device or provided in a virtual way by network or other "
+#~ "services."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Todos los ficheros accesibles en un sistema Unix están dispuestos en un "
+#~ "gran árbol, la jerarquía de ficheros, con la raíz en B</>. Estos "
+#~ "ficheros pueden estar distribuidos sobre varios dispositivos. La orden "
+#~ "B<mount> sirve para pegar el sistema de ficheros encontrado en algún "
+#~ "dispositivo al gran árbol de ficheros. De modo análogo pero al revés, la "
+#~ "orden B<umount>(8) lo despegará de él de nuevo."
#~ msgid "B<mount -t>I< type device dir>"
#~ msgstr "B<mount -t>I< tipo dispositivo dir>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "This tells the kernel to attach the file system found on I<device> (which is of type I<type>) at the directory I<dir>. The previous contents (if any) and owner and mode of I<dir> become invisible, and as long as this file system remains mounted, the pathname I<dir> refers to the root of the file system on I<device>."
-#~ msgid "This tells the kernel to attach the filesystem found on I<device> (which is of type I<type>) at the directory I<dir>. The option B<-t >I<type> is optional. The B<mount> command is usually able to detect a filesystem. The root permissions are necessary to mount a filesystem by default. See section \"Non-superuser mounts\" below for more details. The previous contents (if any) and owner and mode of I<dir> become invisible, and as long as this filesystem remains mounted, the pathname I<dir> refers to the root of the filesystem on I<device>."
-#~ msgstr "Esto le dice al núcleo que anexe el sistema de ficheros que encuentre en I<dispositivo> (que es del tipo I<tipo>) al directorio I<dir>. Los contenidos anteriores (si había), así como el propietario y permisos de I<dir> se vuelven invisibles (están ocultos, tapados), y mientras este sistema de ficheros permanezca montado, el nombre de camino I<dir>, también llamado I<punto de montaje>, se refiere a la raíz del sistema de ficheros en I<dispositivo>."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "This tells the kernel to attach the file system found on I<device> "
+#~| "(which is of type I<type>) at the directory I<dir>. The previous "
+#~| "contents (if any) and owner and mode of I<dir> become invisible, and as "
+#~| "long as this file system remains mounted, the pathname I<dir> refers to "
+#~| "the root of the file system on I<device>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This tells the kernel to attach the filesystem found on I<device> (which "
+#~ "is of type I<type>) at the directory I<dir>. The option B<-t >I<type> "
+#~ "is optional. The B<mount> command is usually able to detect a "
+#~ "filesystem. The root permissions are necessary to mount a filesystem by "
+#~ "default. See section \"Non-superuser mounts\" below for more details. "
+#~ "The previous contents (if any) and owner and mode of I<dir> become "
+#~ "invisible, and as long as this filesystem remains mounted, the pathname "
+#~ "I<dir> refers to the root of the filesystem on I<device>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Esto le dice al núcleo que anexe el sistema de ficheros que encuentre en "
+#~ "I<dispositivo> (que es del tipo I<tipo>) al directorio I<dir>. Los "
+#~ "contenidos anteriores (si había), así como el propietario y permisos de "
+#~ "I<dir> se vuelven invisibles (están ocultos, tapados), y mientras este "
+#~ "sistema de ficheros permanezca montado, el nombre de camino I<dir>, "
+#~ "también llamado I<punto de montaje>, se refiere a la raíz del sistema de "
+#~ "ficheros en I<dispositivo>."
#~ msgid "B<mount >[B<-l>] [B<-t >I<type\\/>]"
#~ msgstr "B<mount >[B<-l>] [B<-t >I<tipo\\/>]"
-#~ msgid "Most devices are indicated by a filename (of a block special device), like I</dev/sda1>, but there are other possibilities. For example, in the case of an NFS mount, I<device> may look like I<knuth.cwi.nl:/dir>."
-#~ msgstr "La mayoría de dispositivos se indican mediante un nombre de fichero (de un dispositivo especial de bloques), como I</dev/sda1>, pero hay otras posibilidades. Por ejemplo, en el caso de un montaje por NFS, I<dispositivo> puede ser algo como I<knuth.cwi.nl:/dir>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Most devices are indicated by a filename (of a block special device), "
+#~ "like I</dev/sda1>, but there are other possibilities. For example, in "
+#~ "the case of an NFS mount, I<device> may look like I<knuth.cwi.nl:/dir>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La mayoría de dispositivos se indican mediante un nombre de fichero (de "
+#~ "un dispositivo especial de bloques), como I</dev/sda1>, pero hay otras "
+#~ "posibilidades. Por ejemplo, en el caso de un montaje por NFS, "
+#~ "I<dispositivo> puede ser algo como I<knuth.cwi.nl:/dir>."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "The I<proc> file system is not associated with a special device, and when mounting it, an arbitrary keyword, such as I<proc> can be used instead of a device specification. (The customary choice I<none> is less fortunate: the error message `none busy' from B<umount> can be confusing.)"
-#~ msgid "The I<proc> filesystem is not associated with a special device, and when mounting it, an arbitrary keyword\\(emfor example, I<proc>\\(emcan be used instead of a device specification. (The customary choice I<none> is less fortunate: the error message `none already mounted' from B<mount> can be confusing.)"
-#~ msgstr "El sistema de ficheros I<proc> no está asociado a ningún dispositivo o fichero especial, y cuando se monte, se puede emplear una palabra arbitraria, como I<proc>, en vez de una especificación de dispositivo. (La elección personal I<none> es menos afortunada: el mensaje de error `none busy' (nadie [está] ocupado) de B<umount> puede confundir.)"
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "The I<proc> file system is not associated with a special device, and "
+#~| "when mounting it, an arbitrary keyword, such as I<proc> can be used "
+#~| "instead of a device specification. (The customary choice I<none> is "
+#~| "less fortunate: the error message `none busy' from B<umount> can be "
+#~| "confusing.)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The I<proc> filesystem is not associated with a special device, and when "
+#~ "mounting it, an arbitrary keyword\\(emfor example, I<proc>\\(emcan be "
+#~ "used instead of a device specification. (The customary choice I<none> is "
+#~ "less fortunate: the error message `none already mounted' from B<mount> "
+#~ "can be confusing.)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "El sistema de ficheros I<proc> no está asociado a ningún dispositivo o "
+#~ "fichero especial, y cuando se monte, se puede emplear una palabra "
+#~ "arbitraria, como I<proc>, en vez de una especificación de dispositivo. "
+#~ "(La elección personal I<none> es menos afortunada: el mensaje de error "
+#~ "`none busy' (nadie [está] ocupado) de B<umount> puede confundir.)"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "The file I</etc/fstab> (see B<fstab>(5)), may contain lines describing what devices are usually mounted where, using which options. This file is used in three ways:"
-#~ msgid "The file I</etc/fstab> (see B<fstab>(5)), may contain lines describing what devices are usually mounted where, using which options. The default location of the B<fstab>(5) file can be overridden with the B<--fstab>I< path> command-line option (see below for more details)."
-#~ msgstr "El fichero I</etc/fstab> (vea B<fstab>(5)), puede contener renglones que describan qué dispositivos se montan usualmente dónde, empleando cuáles opciones. Este fichero se emplea de tres formas:"
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "The file I</etc/fstab> (see B<fstab>(5)), may contain lines describing "
+#~| "what devices are usually mounted where, using which options. This file "
+#~| "is used in three ways:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The file I</etc/fstab> (see B<fstab>(5)), may contain lines describing "
+#~ "what devices are usually mounted where, using which options. The default "
+#~ "location of the B<fstab>(5) file can be overridden with the B<--fstab>I< "
+#~ "path> command-line option (see below for more details)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "El fichero I</etc/fstab> (vea B<fstab>(5)), puede contener renglones que "
+#~ "describan qué dispositivos se montan usualmente dónde, empleando cuáles "
+#~ "opciones. Este fichero se emplea de tres formas:"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "(usually given in a bootscript) causes all file systems mentioned in I<fstab> (of the proper type) to be mounted as indicated, except for those whose line contains the B<noauto> keyword. Adding the B<-F> option will make mount fork, so that the filesystems are mounted simultaneously."
-#~ msgid "(usually given in a bootscript) causes all filesystems mentioned in I<fstab> (of the proper type and/or having or not having the proper options) to be mounted as indicated, except for those whose line contains the B<noauto> keyword. Adding the B<-F> option will make B<mount> fork, so that the filesystems are mounted in parallel."
-#~ msgstr "(usualmente dado en un guión de arranque) hace que todos los sistemas de ficheros mencionados en I<fstab> (del tipo adecuado) se monten como se indique, excepto aquéllos cuya línea contenga la palabra clave B<noauto>. Añadir la opción B<-F> hará que B<mount> se bifurque, de forma que los sistemas de ficheros se monten simultáneamente, en paralelo."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "(usually given in a bootscript) causes all file systems mentioned in "
+#~| "I<fstab> (of the proper type) to be mounted as indicated, except for "
+#~| "those whose line contains the B<noauto> keyword. Adding the B<-F> option "
+#~| "will make mount fork, so that the filesystems are mounted simultaneously."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "(usually given in a bootscript) causes all filesystems mentioned in "
+#~ "I<fstab> (of the proper type and/or having or not having the proper "
+#~ "options) to be mounted as indicated, except for those whose line "
+#~ "contains the B<noauto> keyword. Adding the B<-F> option will make "
+#~ "B<mount> fork, so that the filesystems are mounted in parallel."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "(usualmente dado en un guión de arranque) hace que todos los sistemas de "
+#~ "ficheros mencionados en I<fstab> (del tipo adecuado) se monten como se "
+#~ "indique, excepto aquéllos cuya línea contenga la palabra clave "
+#~ "B<noauto>. Añadir la opción B<-F> hará que B<mount> se bifurque, de "
+#~ "forma que los sistemas de ficheros se monten simultáneamente, en paralelo."
#~ msgid "B<mount>I< device>|I<dir >B<-o>I< options>"
#~ msgstr "B<mount>I< dispositivo>|I<directorio >B<-o>I< opciones>"
-#~ msgid "Normally, only the superuser can mount filesystems. However, when I<fstab> contains the B<user> option on a line, anybody can mount the corresponding filesystem."
-#~ msgstr "Normalmente, sólo el superusuario puede montar sistemas de ficheros. Sin embargo, cuando I<fstab> contiene la opción B<user> en una línea, entonces cualquiera puede montar el distema de ficheros correspondiente."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Normally, only the superuser can mount filesystems. However, when "
+#~ "I<fstab> contains the B<user> option on a line, anybody can mount the "
+#~ "corresponding filesystem."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Normalmente, sólo el superusuario puede montar sistemas de ficheros. Sin "
+#~ "embargo, cuando I<fstab> contiene la opción B<user> en una línea, "
+#~ "entonces cualquiera puede montar el distema de ficheros correspondiente."
#~ msgid "B<mount --make-private --make-unbindable /dev/sda1 /foo>\n"
#~ msgstr "B<mount --make-private --make-unbindable /dev/sda1 /foo>\n"
#~ msgstr "B<-F>,B< --fork>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "(Used in conjunction with B<-a>.) Fork off a new incarnation of mount for each device. This will do the mounts on different devices or different NFS servers in parallel. This has the advantage that it is faster; also NFS timeouts go in parallel. A disadvantage is that the mounts are done in undefined order. Thus, you cannot use this option if you want to mount both I</usr> and I</usr/spool>."
-#~ msgid "(Used in conjunction with B<-a>.) Fork off a new incarnation of B<mount> for each device. This will do the mounts on different devices or different NFS servers in parallel. This has the advantage that it is faster; also NFS timeouts proceed in parallel. A disadvantage is that the order of the mount operations is undefined. Thus, you cannot use this option if you want to mount both I</usr> and I</usr/spool>."
-#~ msgstr "(Empleado en conjunción con B<-a>.) Bifurca una nueva encarnación de B<mount> para cada dispositivo. Esto efectuará los montajes en diferentes dispositivos o servidores de NFS en paralelo. Esto tiene la ventaja de que es más rápido; también las esperas en NFS van en paralelo. Una desventaja es que los montajes se hacen en un orden no definido. Así, Ud. no puede emplear esta opción si quiere montar tanto I</usr> como I</usr/spool>."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "(Used in conjunction with B<-a>.) Fork off a new incarnation of mount "
+#~| "for each device. This will do the mounts on different devices or "
+#~| "different NFS servers in parallel. This has the advantage that it is "
+#~| "faster; also NFS timeouts go in parallel. A disadvantage is that the "
+#~| "mounts are done in undefined order. Thus, you cannot use this option if "
+#~| "you want to mount both I</usr> and I</usr/spool>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "(Used in conjunction with B<-a>.) Fork off a new incarnation of B<mount> "
+#~ "for each device. This will do the mounts on different devices or "
+#~ "different NFS servers in parallel. This has the advantage that it is "
+#~ "faster; also NFS timeouts proceed in parallel. A disadvantage is that "
+#~ "the order of the mount operations is undefined. Thus, you cannot use "
+#~ "this option if you want to mount both I</usr> and I</usr/spool>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "(Empleado en conjunción con B<-a>.) Bifurca una nueva encarnación de "
+#~ "B<mount> para cada dispositivo. Esto efectuará los montajes en "
+#~ "diferentes dispositivos o servidores de NFS en paralelo. Esto tiene la "
+#~ "ventaja de que es más rápido; también las esperas en NFS van en paralelo. "
+#~ "Una desventaja es que los montajes se hacen en un orden no definido. Así, "
+#~ "Ud. no puede emplear esta opción si quiere montar tanto I</usr> como I</"
+#~ "usr/spool>."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's not obvious, this ``fakes'' mounting the file system. This option is useful in conjunction with the B<-v> flag to determine what the B<mount> command is trying to do. It can also be used to add entries for devices that were mounted earlier with the -n option."
-#~ msgid "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's not obvious, this ``fakes'' mounting the filesystem. This option is useful in conjunction with the B<-v> flag to determine what the B<mount> command is trying to do. It can also be used to add entries for devices that were mounted earlier with the B<-n> option. The B<-f> option checks for an existing record in I</etc/mtab> and fails when the record already exists (with a regular non-fake mount, this check is done by the kernel)."
-#~ msgstr "Causa que todo se haga excepto la llamada al sistema real; en otras palabras, esto no monta el sistema de ficheros, es un ``engaño'' (fake). Esta opción es útil en conjunción con la otra opción B<-v> para determinar lo que la orden B<mount> está intentando hacer. También se puede emplear para añadir entradas para dispositivos que fueron montados anteriormente con la opción -n."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's "
+#~| "not obvious, this ``fakes'' mounting the file system. This option is "
+#~| "useful in conjunction with the B<-v> flag to determine what the B<mount> "
+#~| "command is trying to do. It can also be used to add entries for devices "
+#~| "that were mounted earlier with the -n option."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's "
+#~ "not obvious, this ``fakes'' mounting the filesystem. This option is "
+#~ "useful in conjunction with the B<-v> flag to determine what the B<mount> "
+#~ "command is trying to do. It can also be used to add entries for devices "
+#~ "that were mounted earlier with the B<-n> option. The B<-f> option checks "
+#~ "for an existing record in I</etc/mtab> and fails when the record already "
+#~ "exists (with a regular non-fake mount, this check is done by the kernel)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Causa que todo se haga excepto la llamada al sistema real; en otras "
+#~ "palabras, esto no monta el sistema de ficheros, es un ``engaño'' (fake). "
+#~ "Esta opción es útil en conjunción con la otra opción B<-v> para "
+#~ "determinar lo que la orden B<mount> está intentando hacer. También se "
+#~ "puede emplear para añadir entradas para dispositivos que fueron montados "
+#~ "anteriormente con la opción -n."
#~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --show-labels>"
#~ msgstr "B<-l>,B< --show-labels>"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>,B< --no-mtab>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Mount without writing in I</etc/mtab>. This is necessary for example when I</etc> is on a read-only file system."
-#~ msgid "Mount without writing in I</etc/mtab>. This is necessary for example when I</etc> is on a read-only filesystem."
-#~ msgstr "Monta sin escribir en I</etc/mtab>. Esto es necesario por ejemplo cuando I</etc> está en un sistema de ficheros de lectura exclusiva."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Mount without writing in I</etc/mtab>. This is necessary for example "
+#~| "when I</etc> is on a read-only file system."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Mount without writing in I</etc/mtab>. This is necessary for example "
+#~ "when I</etc> is on a read-only filesystem."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Monta sin escribir en I</etc/mtab>. Esto es necesario por ejemplo cuando "
+#~ "I</etc> está en un sistema de ficheros de lectura exclusiva."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-V>,B< --version>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Mount the file system read-only. A synonym is B<-o ro>."
#~ msgid "Mount the filesystem read-only. A synonym is B<-o ro>."
-#~ msgstr "Monta el sistema de ficheros de lectura exclusiva. Un sinónimo es B<-o ro>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Monta el sistema de ficheros de lectura exclusiva. Un sinónimo es B<-o "
+#~ "ro>."
#~ msgid "B<--source>I< device>"
#~ msgstr "B<--source>I< dispositivo>"
#~ msgstr "B<-t>,B< --types >I<tipo-sf>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list. The list of file system types can be prefixed with B<no> to specify the file system types on which no action should be taken. (This can be meaningful with the B<-a> option.)"
-#~ msgid "More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list, for the B<-t> option as well as in an I</etc/fstab> entry. The list of filesystem types for the B<-t> option can be prefixed with B<no> to specify the filesystem types on which no action should be taken. The prefix B<no> has no effect when specified in an I</etc/fstab> entry."
-#~ msgstr "Se puede especificar más de un tipo en una lista de tipos separados por comas. La lista de los tipos de sistemas de ficheros puede prefijarse por B<no> para especificar los tipos de sistemas de ficheros sobre los que no se deberá tomar ninguna opción. (Esto puede tener sentido con la opción B<-a>.)"
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list. The list "
+#~| "of file system types can be prefixed with B<no> to specify the file "
+#~| "system types on which no action should be taken. (This can be "
+#~| "meaningful with the B<-a> option.)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list, for the B<-"
+#~ "t> option as well as in an I</etc/fstab> entry. The list of filesystem "
+#~ "types for the B<-t> option can be prefixed with B<no> to specify the "
+#~ "filesystem types on which no action should be taken. The prefix B<no> "
+#~ "has no effect when specified in an I</etc/fstab> entry."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Se puede especificar más de un tipo en una lista de tipos separados por "
+#~ "comas. La lista de los tipos de sistemas de ficheros puede prefijarse por "
+#~ "B<no> para especificar los tipos de sistemas de ficheros sobre los que no "
+#~ "se deberá tomar ninguna opción. (Esto puede tener sentido con la opción "
+#~ "B<-a>.)"
#~ msgid "B<-w>,B< --rw>,B< --read-write>"
#~ msgstr "B<-w>,B< --rw>,B< --read-write>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "All I/O to the file system should be done asynchronously."
-#~ msgid "All I/O to the filesystem should be done asynchronously. (See also the B<sync> option.)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "All I/O to the filesystem should be done asynchronously. (See also the "
+#~ "B<sync> option.)"
#~ msgstr "Toda la E/S al sistema de ficheros debería hacerse asíncronamente."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Do not update inode access times on this file system (e.g, for faster access on the news spool to speed up news servers)."
-#~ msgid "Do not update inode access times on this filesystem (e.g.\\& for faster access on the news spool to speed up news servers). This works for all inode types (directories too), so it implies B<\\%nodiratime>."
-#~ msgstr "No actualizar los tiempos de acceso a nodo-í en este sistema de ficheros (p.ej., para un acceso más rápido en el directorio de `spool' de las noticias o grupos de discusión (`news') para hacer más rápido un servidor de noticias)."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Do not update inode access times on this file system (e.g, for faster "
+#~| "access on the news spool to speed up news servers)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Do not update inode access times on this filesystem (e.g.\\& for faster "
+#~ "access on the news spool to speed up news servers). This works for all "
+#~ "inode types (directories too), so it implies B<\\%nodiratime>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "No actualizar los tiempos de acceso a nodo-í en este sistema de ficheros "
+#~ "(p.ej., para un acceso más rápido en el directorio de `spool' de las "
+#~ "noticias o grupos de discusión (`news') para hacer más rápido un servidor "
+#~ "de noticias)."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Do not update inode access times on this file system (e.g, for faster access on the news spool to speed up news servers)."
-#~ msgid "Do not update directory inode access times on this filesystem. (This option is implied when B<noatime> is set.)"
-#~ msgstr "No actualizar los tiempos de acceso a nodo-í en este sistema de ficheros (p.ej., para un acceso más rápido en el directorio de `spool' de las noticias o grupos de discusión (`news') para hacer más rápido un servidor de noticias)."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Do not update inode access times on this file system (e.g, for faster "
+#~| "access on the news spool to speed up news servers)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Do not update directory inode access times on this filesystem. (This "
+#~ "option is implied when B<noatime> is set.)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "No actualizar los tiempos de acceso a nodo-í en este sistema de ficheros "
+#~ "(p.ej., para un acceso más rápido en el directorio de `spool' de las "
+#~ "noticias o grupos de discusión (`news') para hacer más rápido un servidor "
+#~ "de noticias)."
#~ msgid "-"
#~ msgstr "-"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system. This option implies the options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
-#~ msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if that user is the owner of the device. This option implies the options B<nosuid> and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line B<owner,dev,suid>)."
-#~ msgstr "Permitir a un usuario ordinario montar el sistema de ficheros. Esta opción implica las opciones B<noexec>, B<nosuid> y B<nodev> (a menos que se sustituyan por otras subsiguientes, como en la línea de opciones B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system. This option implies "
+#~| "the options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by "
+#~| "subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if that user is the owner "
+#~ "of the device. This option implies the options B<nosuid> and B<nodev> "
+#~ "(unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line B<owner,"
+#~ "dev,suid>)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Permitir a un usuario ordinario montar el sistema de ficheros. Esta "
+#~ "opción implica las opciones B<noexec>, B<nosuid> y B<nodev> (a menos que "
+#~ "se sustituyan por otras subsiguientes, como en la línea de opciones "
+#~ "B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Attempt to remount an already-mounted file system. This is commonly used to change the mount flags for a file system, especially to make a readonly file system writeable."
-#~ msgid "Attempt to remount an already-mounted filesystem. This is commonly used to change the mount flags for a filesystem, especially to make a readonly filesystem writable. It does not change device or mount point."
-#~ msgstr "Intentar re-montar un sistema de ficheros ya montado. Esto se emplea comúnmente para cambiar las opciones de montaje en un sistema de ficheros, especialmente para que se pueda escribir en un sistema de ficheros que estaba de lectura exclusiva."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Attempt to remount an already-mounted file system. This is commonly "
+#~| "used to change the mount flags for a file system, especially to make a "
+#~| "readonly file system writeable."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Attempt to remount an already-mounted filesystem. This is commonly used "
+#~ "to change the mount flags for a filesystem, especially to make a readonly "
+#~ "filesystem writable. It does not change device or mount point."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Intentar re-montar un sistema de ficheros ya montado. Esto se emplea "
+#~ "comúnmente para cambiar las opciones de montaje en un sistema de "
+#~ "ficheros, especialmente para que se pueda escribir en un sistema de "
+#~ "ficheros que estaba de lectura exclusiva."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system. This option implies the options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
-#~ msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. The name of the mounting user is written to the I<mtab> file (or to the private libmount file in I</run/mount> on systems without a regular I<mtab>) so that this same user can unmount the filesystem again. This option implies the options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
-#~ msgstr "Permitir a un usuario ordinario montar el sistema de ficheros. Esta opción implica las opciones B<noexec>, B<nosuid> y B<nodev> (a menos que se sustituyan por otras subsiguientes, como en la línea de opciones B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system. This option implies "
+#~| "the options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by "
+#~| "subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. The name of the mounting "
+#~ "user is written to the I<mtab> file (or to the private libmount file in "
+#~ "I</run/mount> on systems without a regular I<mtab>) so that this same "
+#~ "user can unmount the filesystem again. This option implies the options "
+#~ "B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent "
+#~ "options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Permitir a un usuario ordinario montar el sistema de ficheros. Esta "
+#~ "opción implica las opciones B<noexec>, B<nosuid> y B<nodev> (a menos que "
+#~ "se sustituyan por otras subsiguientes, como en la línea de opciones "
+#~ "B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Forbid an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user to mount the file system. This is the default."
-#~ msgid "Forbid an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. This is the default; it does not imply any other options."
-#~ msgstr "Prohibir a un usuario ordinario (esto es, distinto de root) montar el sistema de ficheros. Esto es lo predeterminado."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Forbid an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user to mount the file system. This "
+#~| "is the default."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Forbid an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. This is the default; it "
+#~ "does not imply any other options."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Prohibir a un usuario ordinario (esto es, distinto de root) montar el "
+#~ "sistema de ficheros. Esto es lo predeterminado."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system. This option implies the options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
-#~ msgid "Allow any user to mount and to unmount the filesystem, even when some other ordinary user mounted it. This option implies the options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line B<users,exec,dev,suid>)."
-#~ msgstr "Permitir a un usuario ordinario montar el sistema de ficheros. Esta opción implica las opciones B<noexec>, B<nosuid> y B<nodev> (a menos que se sustituyan por otras subsiguientes, como en la línea de opciones B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Allow an ordinary user to mount the file system. This option implies "
+#~| "the options B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by "
+#~| "subsequent options, as in the option line B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Allow any user to mount and to unmount the filesystem, even when some "
+#~ "other ordinary user mounted it. This option implies the options "
+#~ "B<noexec>, B<nosuid>, and B<nodev> (unless overridden by subsequent "
+#~ "options, as in the option line B<users,exec,dev,suid>)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Permitir a un usuario ordinario montar el sistema de ficheros. Esta "
+#~ "opción implica las opciones B<noexec>, B<nosuid> y B<nodev> (a menos que "
+#~ "se sustituyan por otras subsiguientes, como en la línea de opciones "
+#~ "B<user,exec,dev,suid>)."
#~ msgid "B<X-*>"
#~ msgstr "B<X-*>"
#~ msgid "B<X-mount.mkdir>[B<=>I<mode>B<]>"
#~ msgstr "B<X-mount.mkdir>[B<=>I<modo>B<]>"
-#~ msgid "The following options apply only to certain filesystems. We sort them by filesystem. All options follow the B<-o> flag."
-#~ msgstr "Las siguientes opciones se aplican solamente a ciertos sistemas de ficheros. Las hemos clasificado por sistemas de ficheros. Todas siguen a la bandera B<-o>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The following options apply only to certain filesystems. We sort them by "
+#~ "filesystem. All options follow the B<-o> flag."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Las siguientes opciones se aplican solamente a ciertos sistemas de "
+#~ "ficheros. Las hemos clasificado por sistemas de ficheros. Todas siguen a "
+#~ "la bandera B<-o>."
#~ msgid "B<uid=>\\,I<value> and B<gid=>\\,I<value>"
#~ msgstr "B<uid=>\\,I<valor> y B<gid=>\\,I<valor>"
#~ msgid "B<setuid=>\\,I<value> and B<setgid=>\\,I<value>"
#~ msgstr "B<setuid=>\\,I<valor> y B<setgid=>\\,I<valor>"
-#~ msgid "Set the mode of all files to I<value> & 0777 disregarding the original permissions. Add search permission to directories that have read permission. The value is given in octal."
-#~ msgstr "Establece el modo de todos los ficheros a I<valor> & 0777 descartando los permisos originales. Añade permiso de paso a los directorios que lo tengan de lectura. El valor se da en octal."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Set the mode of all files to I<value> & 0777 disregarding the original "
+#~ "permissions. Add search permission to directories that have read "
+#~ "permission. The value is given in octal."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Establece el modo de todos los ficheros a I<valor> & 0777 descartando los "
+#~ "permisos originales. Añade permiso de paso a los directorios que lo "
+#~ "tengan de lectura. El valor se da en octal."
-#~ msgid "Set UID and GID of the root of the filesystem to the UID and GID of the mount point upon the first sync or umount, and then clear this option. Strange..."
-#~ msgstr "Poner el UID y GID de la raíz del sistema de ficheros al UID y GID del punto de montaje a partir del primer sync o umount, y luego borrar esta opción. Extraño..."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Set UID and GID of the root of the filesystem to the UID and GID of the "
+#~ "mount point upon the first sync or umount, and then clear this option. "
+#~ "Strange..."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Poner el UID y GID de la raíz del sistema de ficheros al UID y GID del "
+#~ "punto de montaje a partir del primer sync o umount, y luego borrar esta "
+#~ "opción. Extraño..."
#~ msgid "Give blocksize. Allowed values are 512, 1024, 2048, 4096."
-#~ msgstr "Para dar el tamaño de bloque. Los valores permitidos son 512, 1024, 2048 y 4096."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Para dar el tamaño de bloque. Los valores permitidos son 512, 1024, 2048 "
+#~ "y 4096."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Set blocksize (default 512)."
#~ msgid "Set blocksize (default 512). This option is obsolete."
#~ msgstr "Establece el tamaño de bloque (el predeterminado es 512)."
-#~ msgid "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the UID and GID of the current process.)"
-#~ msgstr "Establece el propietario y grupo de todos los ficheros. (Por omisión: el UID y GID del proceso en curso.)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the UID and GID of the "
+#~ "current process.)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Establece el propietario y grupo de todos los ficheros. (Por omisión: el "
+#~ "UID y GID del proceso en curso.)"
-#~ msgid "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
-#~ msgstr "Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en curso. El valor se da en octal."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). "
+#~ "The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in "
+#~ "octal."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están "
+#~ "presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en "
+#~ "curso. El valor se da en octal."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
-#~ msgid "Set the umask applied to directories only. The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
-#~ msgstr "Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en curso. El valor se da en octal."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). "
+#~| "The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in "
+#~| "octal."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Set the umask applied to directories only. The default is the umask of "
+#~ "the current process. The value is given in octal."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están "
+#~ "presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en "
+#~ "curso. El valor se da en octal."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
-#~ msgid "Set the umask applied to regular files only. The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
-#~ msgstr "Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en curso. El valor se da en octal."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are B<not> present). "
+#~| "The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in "
+#~| "octal."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Set the umask applied to regular files only. The default is the umask of "
+#~ "the current process. The value is given in octal."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Establece la umask (la máscara de bits de los permisos que B<no> están "
+#~ "presentes). El valor predeterminado es el de la umask del proceso en "
+#~ "curso. El valor se da en octal."
-#~ msgid "Upper and lower case are accepted and equivalent, long name parts are truncated (e.g.\\& I<verylongname.foobar> becomes I<verylong.foo>), leading and embedded spaces are accepted in each name part (name and extension)."
-#~ msgstr "Se aceptan y tratan por igual las letras mayúsculas y las minúsculas, las partes con nombres largos se truncan (p.ej.\\&: I<nombremuylargo.fuubar> se convierte en I<nombremu.fuu>), se aceptan en cada parte del nombre (nombre y extensión) espacios iniciales y por medio."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Upper and lower case are accepted and equivalent, long name parts are "
+#~ "truncated (e.g.\\& I<verylongname.foobar> becomes I<verylong.foo>), "
+#~ "leading and embedded spaces are accepted in each name part (name and "
+#~ "extension)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Se aceptan y tratan por igual las letras mayúsculas y las minúsculas, las "
+#~ "partes con nombres largos se truncan (p.ej.\\&: I<nombremuylargo.fuubar> "
+#~ "se convierte en I<nombremu.fuu>), se aceptan en cada parte del nombre "
+#~ "(nombre y extensión) espacios iniciales y por medio."
-#~ msgid "Like \"relaxed\", but many special characters (*, ?, E<lt>, spaces, etc.) are rejected. This is the default."
-#~ msgstr "Como \"relaxed\", pero se rechazan muchos caracteres especiales (*, ?, E<lt>, espacios, etc.). Esto es el comportamiento predeterminado."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Like \"relaxed\", but many special characters (*, ?, E<lt>, spaces, etc.) "
+#~ "are rejected. This is the default."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Como \"relaxed\", pero se rechazan muchos caracteres especiales (*, ?, "
+#~ "E<lt>, espacios, etc.). Esto es el comportamiento predeterminado."
-#~ msgid "Turn on the I<debug> flag. A version string and a list of filesystem parameters will be printed (these data are also printed if the parameters appear to be inconsistent)."
-#~ msgstr "Activa la bandera I<debug>. Se mostrarán una cadena de versión y una lista de parámetros del sistema de ficheros (estos datos también se muestran si los parámetros resultan ser inconsistentes)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Turn on the I<debug> flag. A version string and a list of filesystem "
+#~ "parameters will be printed (these data are also printed if the parameters "
+#~ "appear to be inconsistent)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Activa la bandera I<debug>. Se mostrarán una cadena de versión y una "
+#~ "lista de parámetros del sistema de ficheros (estos datos también se "
+#~ "muestran si los parámetros resultan ser inconsistentes)."
-#~ msgid "Specify a 12, 16 or 32 bit fat. This overrides the automatic FAT type detection routine. Use with caution!"
-#~ msgstr "Especifica una FAT de 12 ó de 16 bits. Esto sustituye a la rutina de detección automática de tipo de FAT. ¡Utilice esta opción con cuidado!"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Specify a 12, 16 or 32 bit fat. This overrides the automatic FAT type "
+#~ "detection routine. Use with caution!"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Especifica una FAT de 12 ó de 16 bits. Esto sustituye a la rutina de "
+#~ "detección automática de tipo de FAT. ¡Utilice esta opción con cuidado!"
-#~ msgid "Turn on the I<quiet> flag. Attempts to chown or chmod files do not return errors, although they fail. Use with caution!"
-#~ msgstr "Activa la bandera I<quiet>. Intentos de hacer chown o chmod en ficheros no devuelven errores, aunque fallen. ¡Utilice esta opción con cuidado!"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Turn on the I<quiet> flag. Attempts to chown or chmod files do not "
+#~ "return errors, although they fail. Use with caution!"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Activa la bandera I<quiet>. Intentos de hacer chown o chmod en ficheros "
+#~ "no devuelven errores, aunque fallen. ¡Utilice esta opción con cuidado!"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the uid and gid of the current process.)"
-#~ msgid "Set the umask used for all directories, all regular files, or all files and directories. Defaults to the umask of the current process."
-#~ msgstr "Establece el propietario y grupo de todos los ficheros. (Por omisión: el UID y GID del proceso en curso.)"
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the uid and gid of the "
+#~| "current process.)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Set the umask used for all directories, all regular files, or all files "
+#~ "and directories. Defaults to the umask of the current process."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Establece el propietario y grupo de todos los ficheros. (Por omisión: el "
+#~ "UID y GID del proceso en curso.)"
-#~ msgid "Convert all files names to lower case, or leave them. (Default: B<case=lower>.)"
-#~ msgstr "Convierte todos los nombres de ficheros a minúsculas (lower) o los deja tal cual (asis). (Por omisión: B<case=lower>.)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Convert all files names to lower case, or leave them. (Default: "
+#~ "B<case=lower>.)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Convierte todos los nombres de ficheros a minúsculas (lower) o los deja "
+#~ "tal cual (asis). (Por omisión: B<case=lower>.)"
-#~ msgid "Normal I<iso9660> filenames appear in an 8.3 format (i.e., DOS-like restrictions on filename length), and in addition all characters are in upper case. Also there is no field for file ownership, protection, number of links, provision for block/character devices, etc."
-#~ msgstr "Los nombres de fichero normales I<iso9660> aparecen en un formato 8.3 (esto es, con restricciones en la longitud de los nombres de fichero como en DOS), y además todos los caracteres están en mayúsculas. Asimismo no hay nada previsto para dueños de ficheros, protecciones, número de enlaces, provisión para dispositivos de caracteres o bloques, etc."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Normal I<iso9660> filenames appear in an 8.3 format (i.e., DOS-like "
+#~ "restrictions on filename length), and in addition all characters are in "
+#~ "upper case. Also there is no field for file ownership, protection, "
+#~ "number of links, provision for block/character devices, etc."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Los nombres de fichero normales I<iso9660> aparecen en un formato 8.3 "
+#~ "(esto es, con restricciones en la longitud de los nombres de fichero como "
+#~ "en DOS), y además todos los caracteres están en mayúsculas. Asimismo no "
+#~ "hay nada previsto para dueños de ficheros, protecciones, número de "
+#~ "enlaces, provisión para dispositivos de caracteres o bloques, etc."
-#~ msgid "Rock Ridge is an extension to iso9660 that provides all of these UNIX-like features. Basically there are extensions to each directory record that supply all of the additional information, and when Rock Ridge is in use, the filesystem is indistinguishable from a normal UNIX filesystem (except that it is read-only, of course)."
-#~ msgstr "Rock Ridge es una extensión a iso9660 que proporciona todas estas características típicas de UNIX. Básicamente hay extensiones en cada registro de directorio que proporcionan toda la información adicional, y cuando Rock Ridge está en uso, el sistema de ficheros es indistinguible de un sistema de ficheros UNIX normal (de lectura exclusiva, por supuesto)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Rock Ridge is an extension to iso9660 that provides all of these UNIX-"
+#~ "like features. Basically there are extensions to each directory record "
+#~ "that supply all of the additional information, and when Rock Ridge is in "
+#~ "use, the filesystem is indistinguishable from a normal UNIX filesystem "
+#~ "(except that it is read-only, of course)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Rock Ridge es una extensión a iso9660 que proporciona todas estas "
+#~ "características típicas de UNIX. Básicamente hay extensiones en cada "
+#~ "registro de directorio que proporcionan toda la información adicional, y "
+#~ "cuando Rock Ridge está en uso, el sistema de ficheros es indistinguible "
+#~ "de un sistema de ficheros UNIX normal (de lectura exclusiva, por "
+#~ "supuesto)."
-#~ msgid "Disable the use of Rock Ridge extensions, even if available. Cf.\\& B<map>."
-#~ msgstr "Desactiva el uso de las extensiones Rock Ridge, incluso si están disponibles. Cf.\\& B<map>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Disable the use of Rock Ridge extensions, even if available. Cf.\\& "
+#~ "B<map>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Desactiva el uso de las extensiones Rock Ridge, incluso si están "
+#~ "disponibles. Cf.\\& B<map>."
-#~ msgid "Disable the use of Microsoft Joliet extensions, even if available. Cf.\\& B<map>."
-#~ msgstr "Desactiva el uso de las extensiones Microsoft Joliet, incluso si están disponibles. Cf.\\& B<map>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Disable the use of Microsoft Joliet extensions, even if available. Cf."
+#~ "\\& B<map>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Desactiva el uso de las extensiones Microsoft Joliet, incluso si están "
+#~ "disponibles. Cf.\\& B<map>."
-#~ msgid "With B<check=relaxed>, a filename is first converted to lower case before doing the lookup. This is probably only meaningful together with B<norock> and B<map=normal>. (Default: B<check=strict>.)"
-#~ msgstr "Con B<check=relaxed>, un nombre de fichero se convierte primero a minúsculas antes de que se efectúe la búsqueda. Esto probablemente sólo tiene sentido en conjunción con B<norock> y B<map=normal>. (Por omisión: B<check=strict>.)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "With B<check=relaxed>, a filename is first converted to lower case before "
+#~ "doing the lookup. This is probably only meaningful together with "
+#~ "B<norock> and B<map=normal>. (Default: B<check=strict>.)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Con B<check=relaxed>, un nombre de fichero se convierte primero a "
+#~ "minúsculas antes de que se efectúe la búsqueda. Esto probablemente sólo "
+#~ "tiene sentido en conjunción con B<norock> y B<map=normal>. (Por omisión: "
+#~ "B<check=strict>.)"
-#~ msgid "Give all files in the filesystem the indicated user or group id, possibly overriding the information found in the Rock Ridge extensions. (Default: B<uid=0,gid=0>.)"
-#~ msgstr "Da a todos los ficheros en el sistema de ficheros los IDs indicados de usuario o grupo, posiblemente sustituyendo la información encontrada en las extensiones Rock Ridge. (Por omisión: B<uid=0,gid=0>.)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Give all files in the filesystem the indicated user or group id, possibly "
+#~ "overriding the information found in the Rock Ridge extensions. (Default: "
+#~ "B<uid=0,gid=0>.)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Da a todos los ficheros en el sistema de ficheros los IDs indicados de "
+#~ "usuario o grupo, posiblemente sustituyendo la información encontrada en "
+#~ "las extensiones Rock Ridge. (Por omisión: B<uid=0,gid=0>.)"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, give all files the indicated mode. (Default: read permission for everybody.) Since Linux 2.1.37 one no longer needs to specify the mode in decimal. (Octal is indicated by a leading 0.)"
-#~ msgid "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, give all files the indicated mode. (Default: read and execute permission for everybody.) Octal mode values require a leading 0."
-#~ msgstr "Para volúmenes que no son Rock Ridge, da a todos los ficheros el modo (permisos) indicado. (El predeterminado: permiso de lectura para todo el mundo.) Desde Linux 2.1.37 uno ya no necesita más especificar el modo en base diez. (La base ocho se indica mediante un 0 inicial.)"
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, give all files the indicated mode. "
+#~| "(Default: read permission for everybody.) Since Linux 2.1.37 one no "
+#~| "longer needs to specify the mode in decimal. (Octal is indicated by a "
+#~| "leading 0.)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, give all files the indicated mode. (Default: "
+#~ "read and execute permission for everybody.) Octal mode values require a "
+#~ "leading 0."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Para volúmenes que no son Rock Ridge, da a todos los ficheros el modo "
+#~ "(permisos) indicado. (El predeterminado: permiso de lectura para todo el "
+#~ "mundo.) Desde Linux 2.1.37 uno ya no necesita más especificar el modo en "
+#~ "base diez. (La base ocho se indica mediante un 0 inicial.)"
-#~ msgid "Set the block size to the indicated value. (Default: B<block=1024>.)"
-#~ msgstr "Establece el tamaño de bloque al valor indicado. (Por omisión: B<block=1024>.)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Set the block size to the indicated value. (Default: B<block=1024>.)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Establece el tamaño de bloque al valor indicado. (Por omisión: "
+#~ "B<block=1024>.)"
-#~ msgid "If the high byte of the file length contains other garbage, set this mount option to ignore the high order bits of the file length. This implies that a file cannot be larger than 16\\ MB."
-#~ msgstr "Si el byte alto de la longitud de fichero contiene otra basura, active esta opción de montaje para no hacer caso de los bits de orden alto de la longitud de fichero. Esto implica que un fichero no puede ser mayor de 16 MB."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If the high byte of the file length contains other garbage, set this "
+#~ "mount option to ignore the high order bits of the file length. This "
+#~ "implies that a file cannot be larger than 16\\ MB."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si el byte alto de la longitud de fichero contiene otra basura, active "
+#~ "esta opción de montaje para no hacer caso de los bits de orden alto de la "
+#~ "longitud de fichero. Esto implica que un fichero no puede ser mayor de 16 "
+#~ "MB."
-#~ msgid "Define the behavior when an error is encountered. (Either ignore errors and just mark the filesystem erroneous and continue, or remount the filesystem read-only, or panic and halt the system.)"
-#~ msgstr "Define el comportamiento cuando se encuentra un error. (O bien no hace caso de errores y simplemente marca el sistema de ficheros como erróneo y continúa, o bien re-monta el sistema de ficheros como de lectura exclusiva, o bien se produce un pánico y se para el sistema.)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Define the behavior when an error is encountered. (Either ignore errors "
+#~ "and just mark the filesystem erroneous and continue, or remount the "
+#~ "filesystem read-only, or panic and halt the system.)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Define el comportamiento cuando se encuentra un error. (O bien no hace "
+#~ "caso de errores y simplemente marca el sistema de ficheros como erróneo y "
+#~ "continúa, o bien re-monta el sistema de ficheros como de lectura "
+#~ "exclusiva, o bien se produce un pánico y se para el sistema.)"
-#~ msgid "See mount options for fat. If the I<msdos> filesystem detects an inconsistency, it reports an error and sets the file system read-only. The filesystem can be made writable again by remounting it."
-#~ msgstr "Vea las opciones de montaje para fat. Si el sistema de ficheros I<msdos> detecta una inconsistencia, informa del error y pone el sistema de ficheros de lectura exclusiva. El sistema de ficheros se puede hacer de nuevo de lectura y escritura re-montándolo."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "See mount options for fat. If the I<msdos> filesystem detects an "
+#~ "inconsistency, it reports an error and sets the file system read-only. "
+#~ "The filesystem can be made writable again by remounting it."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Vea las opciones de montaje para fat. Si el sistema de ficheros I<msdos> "
+#~ "detecta una inconsistencia, informa del error y pone el sistema de "
+#~ "ficheros de lectura exclusiva. El sistema de ficheros se puede hacer de "
+#~ "nuevo de lectura y escritura re-montándolo."
-#~ msgid "Just like I<nfs>, the I<ncpfs> implementation expects a binary argument (a I<struct ncp_mount_data>) to the mount system call. This argument is constructed by B<ncpmount>(8) and the current version of B<mount> (2.12) does not know anything about ncpfs."
-#~ msgstr "Justo como I<nfs>, la implementación I<ncpfs> espera un argumento binario (una I<struct ncp_mount_data>) para la llamada al sistema mount. Este argumento se construye mediante B<ncpmount>(8) y la versión actual de B<mount> (2.12) no conoce nada sobre ncpfs."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Just like I<nfs>, the I<ncpfs> implementation expects a binary argument "
+#~ "(a I<struct ncp_mount_data>) to the mount system call. This argument is "
+#~ "constructed by B<ncpmount>(8) and the current version of B<mount> (2.12) "
+#~ "does not know anything about ncpfs."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Justo como I<nfs>, la implementación I<ncpfs> espera un argumento binario "
+#~ "(una I<struct ncp_mount_data>) para la llamada al sistema mount. Este "
+#~ "argumento se construye mediante B<ncpmount>(8) y la versión actual de "
+#~ "B<mount> (2.12) no conoce nada sobre ncpfs."
#~ msgid "B<uid=>\\,I<value>, B<gid=>\\,I<value> and B<umask=>\\,I<value>"
#~ msgstr "B<uid=>\\,I<valor>, B<gid=>\\,I<valor> y B<umask=>\\,I<valor>"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Update inode access time for each access. This is the default."
#~ msgid "Check data CRC-32 checksums. This is the default."
-#~ msgstr "Actualizar el tiempo de acceso al nodo-í para cada acceso. Esto es lo predeterminado."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Actualizar el tiempo de acceso al nodo-í para cada acceso. Esto es lo "
+#~ "predeterminado."
#~ msgid "B<no_chk_data_crc>."
#~ msgstr "B<no_chk_data_crc>."
-#~ msgid "See mount options for msdos. The B<dotsOK> option is explicitly killed by I<umsdos>."
-#~ msgstr "Vea las opciones de montaje para msdos. La opción B<dotsOK> está explícitamente muerta en I<umsdos>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "See mount options for msdos. The B<dotsOK> option is explicitly killed "
+#~ "by I<umsdos>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Vea las opciones de montaje para msdos. La opción B<dotsOK> está "
+#~ "explícitamente muerta en I<umsdos>."
-#~ msgid "First of all, the mount options for I<fat> are recognized. The B<dotsOK> option is explicitly killed by I<vfat>. Furthermore, there are"
-#~ msgstr "Antes de nada, las opciones de montaje para I<fat> se reconocen todas. La opción B<dotsOK> está explícitamente anulada en I<vfat>. Además de todo eso, están"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "First of all, the mount options for I<fat> are recognized. The B<dotsOK> "
+#~ "option is explicitly killed by I<vfat>. Furthermore, there are"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Antes de nada, las opciones de montaje para I<fat> se reconocen todas. "
+#~ "La opción B<dotsOK> está explícitamente anulada en I<vfat>. Además de "
+#~ "todo eso, están"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Allow two files with names that only differ in case."
-#~ msgid "Allow two files with names that only differ in case. This option is obsolete."
-#~ msgstr "Permite la coexistencia de dos ficheros cuyos nombres sólo se diferencien en la caja tipográfica."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Allow two files with names that only differ in case. This option is "
+#~ "obsolete."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Permite la coexistencia de dos ficheros cuyos nombres sólo se diferencien "
+#~ "en la caja tipográfica."
-#~ msgid "First try to make a short name without sequence number, before trying I<name\\s+3~\\s0num.ext>."
-#~ msgstr "Trata primero de construir un nombre corto sin número de secuencia, antes de intentar I<nombre\\s+3~\\s0num.ext>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "First try to make a short name without sequence number, before trying "
+#~ "I<name\\s+3~\\s0num.ext>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Trata primero de construir un nombre corto sin número de secuencia, antes "
+#~ "de intentar I<nombre\\s+3~\\s0num.ext>."
-#~ msgid "B<devuid=>\\,I<uid> and B<devgid=>\\,I<gid> and B<devmode=>\\,I<mode>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<devuid=>\\,I<uid> and B<devgid=>\\,I<gid> and B<devmode=>\\,I<mode>"
#~ msgstr "B<devuid=>\\,I<UID> y B<devgid=>\\,I<GID> y B<devmode=>\\,I<modo>"
-#~ msgid "B<busuid=>\\,I<uid> and B<busgid=>\\,I<gid> and B<busmode=>\\,I<mode>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<busuid=>\\,I<uid> and B<busgid=>\\,I<gid> and B<busmode=>\\,I<mode>"
#~ msgstr "B<busuid=>\\,I<UID> y B<busgid=>\\,I<GID> y B<busmode=>\\,I<modo>"
-#~ msgid "B<listuid=>\\,I<uid> and B<listgid=>\\,I<gid> and B<listmode=>\\,I<mode>"
-#~ msgstr "B<listuid=>\\,I<UID> y B<listgid=>\\,I<GID> y B<listmode=>\\,I<modo>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<listuid=>\\,I<uid> and B<listgid=>\\,I<gid> and B<listmode=>\\,I<mode>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<listuid=>\\,I<UID> y B<listgid=>\\,I<GID> y B<listmode=>\\,I<modo>"
#~ msgid "B<verity.hashdevice=>\\,I<path>"
#~ msgstr "B<verity.hashdevice=>\\,I<camino>"
#~ msgid "B<verity.roothashsig=>\\,I<path>"
#~ msgstr "B<verity.roothashsig=>\\,I<camino>"
-#~ msgid "One further possible type is a mount via the loop device. For example, the command"
-#~ msgstr "Un posible tipo más es un montaje a través del dispositivo de bucle. Por ejemplo, la orden"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "One further possible type is a mount via the loop device. For example, "
+#~ "the command"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Un posible tipo más es un montaje a través del dispositivo de bucle. Por "
+#~ "ejemplo, la orden"
#~ msgid "I</etc/mtab\\s+3~\\s0>"
#~ msgstr "I</etc/mtab\\s+3~\\s0>"
#~ msgid "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
#~ msgstr "Karel Zak E<lt>kzak@redhat.comE<gt>\n"
-#~ msgid "B<lsblk>(1), B<mount>(2), B<umount>(2), B<filesystems>(5), B<fstab>(5), B<nfs>(5), B<xfs>(5), B<mount_namespaces>(7) B<xattr>(7) B<e2label>(8), B<findmnt>(8), B<losetup>(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<mountd>(8), B<nfsd>(8), B<swapon>(8), B<tune2fs>(8), B<umount>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8)"
-#~ msgstr "B<lsblk>(1), B<mount>(2), B<umount>(2), B<filesystems>(5), B<fstab>(5), B<nfs>(5), B<xfs>(5), B<mount_namespaces>(7) B<xattr>(7) B<e2label>(8), B<findmnt>(8), B<losetup>(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<mountd>(8), B<nfsd>(8), B<swapon>(8), B<tune2fs>(8), B<umount>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<lsblk>(1), B<mount>(2), B<umount>(2), B<filesystems>(5), B<fstab>(5), "
+#~ "B<nfs>(5), B<xfs>(5), B<mount_namespaces>(7) B<xattr>(7) B<e2label>(8), "
+#~ "B<findmnt>(8), B<losetup>(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<mountd>(8), B<nfsd>(8), "
+#~ "B<swapon>(8), B<tune2fs>(8), B<umount>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<lsblk>(1), B<mount>(2), B<umount>(2), B<filesystems>(5), B<fstab>(5), "
+#~ "B<nfs>(5), B<xfs>(5), B<mount_namespaces>(7) B<xattr>(7) B<e2label>(8), "
+#~ "B<findmnt>(8), B<losetup>(8), B<mke2fs>(8), B<mountd>(8), B<nfsd>(8), "
+#~ "B<swapon>(8), B<tune2fs>(8), B<umount>(8), B<xfs_admin>(8)"
#~ msgid "NAMEI"
#~ msgstr "NAMEI"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Show the mode bits of each file type in the style of ls(1), for example 'rwxr-xr-x'."
-#~ msgid "Show the mode bits of each file type in the style of B<ls>(1), for example \\(aqrwxr-xr-x\\(aq."
-#~ msgstr "Mostrar los bits de modo para cada tipo de fichero en el estilo de ls(1), por ejemplo 'rwxr-xr-x'."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Show the mode bits of each file type in the style of ls(1), for example "
+#~| "'rwxr-xr-x'."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Show the mode bits of each file type in the style of B<ls>(1), for "
+#~ "example \\(aqrwxr-xr-x\\(aq."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Mostrar los bits de modo para cada tipo de fichero en el estilo de ls(1), "
+#~ "por ejemplo 'rwxr-xr-x'."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Show mount point directories with a 'D', rather than a 'd'."
-#~ msgid "Show mountpoint directories with a \\(aqD\\(aq rather than a \\(aqd\\(aq."
-#~ msgstr "Mostrar directorios que son puntos de montaje con una 'D', en vez de con una 'd'."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Show mountpoint directories with a \\(aqD\\(aq rather than a \\(aqd\\(aq."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Mostrar directorios que son puntos de montaje con una 'D', en vez de con "
+#~ "una 'd'."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "I<Namei> uses its arguments as pathnames to any type of Unix file (symlinks, files, directories, and so forth). I<Namei> then follows each pathname until a terminal point is found (a file, directory, char device, etc). If it finds a symbolic link, we show the link, and start following it, indenting the output to show the context."
-#~ msgid "B<namei> interprets its arguments as pathnames to any type of Unix file (symlinks, files, directories, and so forth). B<namei> then follows each pathname until an endpoint is found (a file, a directory, a device node, etc). If it finds a symbolic link, it shows the link, and starts following it, indenting the output to show the context."
-#~ msgstr "I<Namei> usa sus argumentos como trayectorias hacia cualquier tipo de fichero Unix (enlaces simbólicos, ficheros, directorios, y el resto). I<Namei> a continuación sigue cada trayectoria hasta encontrar un punto terminal (un fichero, directorio, dispositivo de caracteres, etc). Si encuentra un enlace simbólico, se muestra el enlace y se comienza a seguirlo, indentando la salida para mostrar el contexto."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "I<Namei> uses its arguments as pathnames to any type of Unix file "
+#~| "(symlinks, files, directories, and so forth). I<Namei> then follows "
+#~| "each pathname until a terminal point is found (a file, directory, char "
+#~| "device, etc). If it finds a symbolic link, we show the link, and start "
+#~| "following it, indenting the output to show the context."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<namei> interprets its arguments as pathnames to any type of Unix file "
+#~ "(symlinks, files, directories, and so forth). B<namei> then follows each "
+#~ "pathname until an endpoint is found (a file, a directory, a device node, "
+#~ "etc). If it finds a symbolic link, it shows the link, and starts "
+#~ "following it, indenting the output to show the context."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "I<Namei> usa sus argumentos como trayectorias hacia cualquier tipo de "
+#~ "fichero Unix (enlaces simbólicos, ficheros, directorios, y el resto). "
+#~ "I<Namei> a continuación sigue cada trayectoria hasta encontrar un punto "
+#~ "terminal (un fichero, directorio, dispositivo de caracteres, etc). Si "
+#~ "encuentra un enlace simbólico, se muestra el enlace y se comienza a "
+#~ "seguirlo, indentando la salida para mostrar el contexto."
#~ msgid "B<-l>,B< --long>"
#~ msgstr "B<-l>,B< --long>"
#~ msgstr "RENICE"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "E<.Nm Renice> alters the scheduling priority of one or more running processes. The following E<.Ar who> parameters are interpreted as process ID's, process group ID's, or user names. E<.Nm Renice Ns 'ing> a process group causes all processes in the process group to have their scheduling priority altered. E<.Nm Renice Ns 'ing> a user causes all processes owned by the user to have their scheduling priority altered. By default, the processes to be affected are specified by their process ID's."
-#~ msgid "B<renice> alters the scheduling priority of one or more running processes. The first argument is the I<priority> value to be used. The other arguments are interpreted as process IDs (by default), process group IDs, user IDs, or user names. B<renice>\\(aqing a process group causes all processes in the process group to have their scheduling priority altered. B<renice>\\(aqing a user causes all processes owned by the user to have their scheduling priority altered."
-#~ msgstr "E<.Nm Renice> altera la prioridad de planificación de uno o más procesos en ejecución. Los siguientes parámetros E<.Ar quién> son interpretados como ID's de proceso, ID's de grupo de proceso, o nombres de usuario. Aplicar E<.Nm renice> a un grupo de procesos provoca que todos los procesos del grupo de procesos vean alterada su prioridad de planificación. Aplicar E<.Nm renice> a un usuario hace que todos sus procesos vean la prioridad de planificación alterada. Por defecto, los procesos se especifican a partir de su ID de proceso."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "E<.Nm Renice> alters the scheduling priority of one or more running "
+#~| "processes. The following E<.Ar who> parameters are interpreted as "
+#~| "process ID's, process group ID's, or user names. E<.Nm Renice Ns 'ing> "
+#~| "a process group causes all processes in the process group to have their "
+#~| "scheduling priority altered. E<.Nm Renice Ns 'ing> a user causes all "
+#~| "processes owned by the user to have their scheduling priority altered. "
+#~| "By default, the processes to be affected are specified by their process "
+#~| "ID's."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<renice> alters the scheduling priority of one or more running "
+#~ "processes. The first argument is the I<priority> value to be used. The "
+#~ "other arguments are interpreted as process IDs (by default), process "
+#~ "group IDs, user IDs, or user names. B<renice>\\(aqing a process group "
+#~ "causes all processes in the process group to have their scheduling "
+#~ "priority altered. B<renice>\\(aqing a user causes all processes owned by "
+#~ "the user to have their scheduling priority altered."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "E<.Nm Renice> altera la prioridad de planificación de uno o más procesos "
+#~ "en ejecución. Los siguientes parámetros E<.Ar quién> son interpretados "
+#~ "como ID's de proceso, ID's de grupo de proceso, o nombres de usuario. "
+#~ "Aplicar E<.Nm renice> a un grupo de procesos provoca que todos los "
+#~ "procesos del grupo de procesos vean alterada su prioridad de "
+#~ "planificación. Aplicar E<.Nm renice> a un usuario hace que todos sus "
+#~ "procesos vean la prioridad de planificación alterada. Por defecto, los "
+#~ "procesos se especifican a partir de su ID de proceso."
#~ msgid "B<-n>,B< --priority >I<priority>"
#~ msgstr "B<-n>,B< --priority >I<prioridad>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Users other than the super-user may only alter the priority of processes they own, and can only monotonically increase their ``nice value'' within the range 0 to E<.Dv PRIO_MAX> (20). (This prevents overriding administrative fiats.) The super-user may alter the priority of any process and set the priority to any value in the range E<.Dv PRIO_MIN> (\\-20) to E<.Dv PRIO_MAX>. Useful priorities are: 20 (the affected processes will run only when nothing else in the system wants to), 0 (the ``base'' scheduling priority), anything negative (to make things go very fast)."
-#~ msgid "The superuser may alter the priority of any process and set the priority to any value in the range -20 to 19. Useful priorities are: 19 (the affected processes will run only when nothing else in the system wants to), 0 (the ``base'' scheduling priority), anything negative (to make things go very fast)."
-#~ msgstr "Cada usuario, excepto el superusuario, sólo podrá alterar la prioridad de sus procesos y solo podrá incrementar su ``valor nice'' entre el rango 0 a E<.Dv PRIO_MAX> (20). (Esto evita saltarse los mandatos administrativos.) El superusuario podrá modificar la prioridad de cualquier proceso y poner la prioridad en cualquier valor en el rango E<.Dv PRIO_MIN> (\\-20) a E<.Dv PRIO_MAX>. Prioridades útiles son: 20 (los procesos afectados solo correrán cuando ningún otro lo desee en el sistema), 0 (la prioridad de planificación ``base''), cualquier cosa negativa (para hacer que las cosas vayan rápidas)."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Users other than the super-user may only alter the priority of processes "
+#~| "they own, and can only monotonically increase their ``nice value'' "
+#~| "within the range 0 to E<.Dv PRIO_MAX> (20). (This prevents overriding "
+#~| "administrative fiats.) The super-user may alter the priority of any "
+#~| "process and set the priority to any value in the range E<.Dv PRIO_MIN> "
+#~| "(\\-20) to E<.Dv PRIO_MAX>. Useful priorities are: 20 (the affected "
+#~| "processes will run only when nothing else in the system wants to), 0 "
+#~| "(the ``base'' scheduling priority), anything negative (to make things go "
+#~| "very fast)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The superuser may alter the priority of any process and set the priority "
+#~ "to any value in the range -20 to 19. Useful priorities are: 19 (the "
+#~ "affected processes will run only when nothing else in the system wants "
+#~ "to), 0 (the ``base'' scheduling priority), anything negative (to make "
+#~ "things go very fast)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Cada usuario, excepto el superusuario, sólo podrá alterar la prioridad de "
+#~ "sus procesos y solo podrá incrementar su ``valor nice'' entre el rango 0 "
+#~ "a E<.Dv PRIO_MAX> (20). (Esto evita saltarse los mandatos "
+#~ "administrativos.) El superusuario podrá modificar la prioridad de "
+#~ "cualquier proceso y poner la prioridad en cualquier valor en el rango E<."
+#~ "Dv PRIO_MIN> (\\-20) a E<.Dv PRIO_MAX>. Prioridades útiles son: 20 (los "
+#~ "procesos afectados solo correrán cuando ningún otro lo desee en el "
+#~ "sistema), 0 (la prioridad de planificación ``base''), cualquier cosa "
+#~ "negativa (para hacer que las cosas vayan rápidas)."
#~ msgid "REV"
#~ msgstr "REV"
#~ msgid "B<tac>(1)"
#~ msgstr "B<tac>(1)"
-#~ msgid "The B<rev> utility copies the specified files to standard output, reversing the order of characters in every line. If no files are specified, standard input is read."
-#~ msgstr "La utilidad B<rev> copia los ficheros especificados a la salida estándar, invirtiendo el orden de los caracteres de cada línea. Si no se especifican ficheros, se lee de la entrada estándar."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The B<rev> utility copies the specified files to standard output, "
+#~ "reversing the order of characters in every line. If no files are "
+#~ "specified, standard input is read."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La utilidad B<rev> copia los ficheros especificados a la salida estándar, "
+#~ "invirtiendo el orden de los caracteres de cada línea. Si no se "
+#~ "especifican ficheros, se lee de la entrada estándar."
#~ msgid "SCRIPT"
#~ msgstr "SCRIPT"
#~ msgstr "Octubre de 2019"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "If the argument E<.Ar file> is given, E<.Nm> saves all dialogue in E<.Ar file>. If no file name is given, the typescript is saved in the file E<.Pa typescript>."
-#~ msgid "If the argument I<file> or option B<--log-out> I<file> is given, B<script> saves the dialogue in this I<file>. If no filename is given, the dialogue is saved in the file I<typescript>."
-#~ msgstr "Si aparece el argumento E<.Ar fichero,> E<.Nm> guarda todo el diálogo en E<.Ar fichero>. Si no se especifica ningún nombre de fichero, la transcripción es guardada en el fichero E<.Pa typescript>."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "If the argument E<.Ar file> is given, E<.Nm> saves all dialogue in E<.Ar "
+#~| "file>. If no file name is given, the typescript is saved in the file E<."
+#~| "Pa typescript>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If the argument I<file> or option B<--log-out> I<file> is given, "
+#~ "B<script> saves the dialogue in this I<file>. If no filename is given, "
+#~ "the dialogue is saved in the file I<typescript>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si aparece el argumento E<.Ar fichero,> E<.Nm> guarda todo el diálogo en "
+#~ "E<.Ar fichero>. Si no se especifica ningún nombre de fichero, la "
+#~ "transcripción es guardada en el fichero E<.Pa typescript>."
-#~ msgid "If the variable B<SHELL> exists, the shell forked by B<script> will be that shell. If B<SHELL> is not set, the Bourne shell is assumed. (Most shells set this variable automatically)."
-#~ msgstr "Si la variable B<SHELL> existe, el shell ejecutado por B<script> será ese shell. Si B<SHELL> no está definida, se asume el Bourne shell. (Muchos shells activan esta variable automáticamente)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If the variable B<SHELL> exists, the shell forked by B<script> will be "
+#~ "that shell. If B<SHELL> is not set, the Bourne shell is assumed. (Most "
+#~ "shells set this variable automatically)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si la variable B<SHELL> existe, el shell ejecutado por B<script> será ese "
+#~ "shell. Si B<SHELL> no está definida, se asume el Bourne shell. (Muchos "
+#~ "shells activan esta variable automáticamente)."
-#~ msgid "Certain interactive commands, such as B<vi>(1), create garbage in the typescript file. B<script> works best with commands that do not manipulate the screen, the results are meant to emulate a hardcopy terminal."
-#~ msgstr "Algunas órdenes interactivas, como B<vi>(1), crean basura en el fichero de transcripción. B<script> funciona mejor con órdenes que no manipulan la pantalla, los resultados deben ser interpretados como una copia directa del terminal."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Certain interactive commands, such as B<vi>(1), create garbage in the "
+#~ "typescript file. B<script> works best with commands that do not "
+#~ "manipulate the screen, the results are meant to emulate a hardcopy "
+#~ "terminal."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Algunas órdenes interactivas, como B<vi>(1), crean basura en el fichero "
+#~ "de transcripción. B<script> funciona mejor con órdenes que no manipulan "
+#~ "la pantalla, los resultados deben ser interpretados como una copia "
+#~ "directa del terminal."
-#~ msgid "B<script> places I<everything> in the log file, including linefeeds and backspaces. This is not what the naive user expects."
-#~ msgstr "B<script> pone I<todo> en el fichero de salida, incluyendo saltos de línea y caracteres de borrado. Esto no es lo que un usuario novato espera."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<script> places I<everything> in the log file, including linefeeds and "
+#~ "backspaces. This is not what the naive user expects."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<script> pone I<todo> en el fichero de salida, incluyendo saltos de "
+#~ "línea y caracteres de borrado. Esto no es lo que un usuario novato "
+#~ "espera."
#~ msgid "SETSID"
#~ msgstr "SETSID"
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "sets the terminal's rendering options to the default values."
#~ msgid "Sets the terminal\\(cqs rendering options to the default values."
-#~ msgstr "pone las opciones de vídeo de la terminal a los valores predeterminados."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "pone las opciones de vídeo de la terminal a los valores predeterminados."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Displays the terminal initialization string, which typically sets the terminal's rendering options, and other attributes to the default values."
-#~ msgid "Displays the terminal initialization string, which typically sets the terminal\\(cqs rendering options, and other attributes to the default values."
-#~ msgstr "Muestra la cadena de iniciación de la terminal, que típicamente pone las opciones de vídeo de la terminal y otros atributos a sus valores predeterminados."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Displays the terminal initialization string, which typically sets the "
+#~| "terminal's rendering options, and other attributes to the default values."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Displays the terminal initialization string, which typically sets the "
+#~ "terminal\\(cqs rendering options, and other attributes to the default "
+#~ "values."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Muestra la cadena de iniciación de la terminal, que típicamente pone las "
+#~ "opciones de vídeo de la terminal y otros atributos a sus valores "
+#~ "predeterminados."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "stores the terminal's current rendering options as the default values."
-#~ msgid "Stores the terminal\\(cqs current rendering options (foreground and background colors) as the values to be used at reset-to-default. Virtual consoles only."
-#~ msgstr "guarda las opciones actuales de vídeo de la terminal como los valores predeterminados."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "stores the terminal's current rendering options as the default values."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Stores the terminal\\(cqs current rendering options (foreground and "
+#~ "background colors) as the values to be used at reset-to-default. Virtual "
+#~ "consoles only."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "guarda las opciones actuales de vídeo de la terminal como los valores "
+#~ "predeterminados."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "can be used to override the TERM environment variable."
#~ msgid "Overrides the B<TERM> environment variable."
-#~ msgstr "se puede emplear para sustituir el valor de la variable de entorno TERM."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "se puede emplear para sustituir el valor de la variable de entorno TERM."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "July 2014"
#~ msgstr "Julio 2014"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "B<setterm> writes to standard output a character string that will invoke the specified terminal capabilities. Where possibile I<terminfo> is consulted to find the string to use. Some options however do not correspond to a B<terminfo>(5) capability. In this case, if the terminal type is \"con\", or \"linux\" the string that invokes the specified capabilities on the PC Minix virtual console driver is output. Options that are not implemented by the terminal are ignored."
-#~ msgid "B<setterm> writes to standard output a character string that will invoke the specified terminal capabilities. Where possible I<terminfo> is consulted to find the string to use. Some options however (marked \"virtual consoles only\" below) do not correspond to a B<terminfo>(5) capability. In this case, if the terminal type is \"con\" or \"linux\" the string that invokes the specified capabilities on the PC Minix virtual console driver is output. Options that are not implemented by the terminal are ignored."
-#~ msgstr "B<setterm> escribe en la salida estándar una cadena de caracteres que activará las capacidades especificadas de la terminal. Donde sea posible, se consultará a I<terminfo> para encontrar la cadena a emplear. Sin embargo, algunas opciones no corresponden a una capacidad de B<terminfo>(5). En ese caso, si el tipo de terminal es \"con\" o \"linux\", se saca por la salida la cadena que active las capacidades especificadas en el controlador de consola virtual de Minix de PC. Las opciones que la terminal no tenga implementadas no son tenidas en consideración."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "B<setterm> writes to standard output a character string that will invoke "
+#~| "the specified terminal capabilities. Where possibile I<terminfo> is "
+#~| "consulted to find the string to use. Some options however do not "
+#~| "correspond to a B<terminfo>(5) capability. In this case, if the "
+#~| "terminal type is \"con\", or \"linux\" the string that invokes the "
+#~| "specified capabilities on the PC Minix virtual console driver is "
+#~| "output. Options that are not implemented by the terminal are ignored."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<setterm> writes to standard output a character string that will invoke "
+#~ "the specified terminal capabilities. Where possible I<terminfo> is "
+#~ "consulted to find the string to use. Some options however (marked "
+#~ "\"virtual consoles only\" below) do not correspond to a B<terminfo>(5) "
+#~ "capability. In this case, if the terminal type is \"con\" or \"linux\" "
+#~ "the string that invokes the specified capabilities on the PC Minix "
+#~ "virtual console driver is output. Options that are not implemented by "
+#~ "the terminal are ignored."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<setterm> escribe en la salida estándar una cadena de caracteres que "
+#~ "activará las capacidades especificadas de la terminal. Donde sea posible, "
+#~ "se consultará a I<terminfo> para encontrar la cadena a emplear. Sin "
+#~ "embargo, algunas opciones no corresponden a una capacidad de "
+#~ "B<terminfo>(5). En ese caso, si el tipo de terminal es \"con\" o "
+#~ "\"linux\", se saca por la salida la cadena que active las capacidades "
+#~ "especificadas en el controlador de consola virtual de Minix de PC. Las "
+#~ "opciones que la terminal no tenga implementadas no son tenidas en "
+#~ "consideración."
#~ msgid "SU"
#~ msgstr "SU"
#~ msgstr "SULOGIN"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "B<sulogin> looks for the environment variable B<SUSHELL> or B<sushell> to determine what shell to start. If the environment variable is not set, it will try to execute root's shell from I</etc/passwd>. If that fails, it will fall back to I</bin/sh>."
-#~ msgid "B<sulogin> looks for the environment variable B<SUSHELL> or B<sushell> to determine what shell to start. If the environment variable is not set, it will try to execute root\\(cqs shell from I</etc/passwd>. If that fails, it will fall back to I</bin/sh>."
-#~ msgstr "B<sulogin> busca la variable de entorno B<SUSHELL> o B<sushell> para saber que entorno debe comenzar. Si la variable de entorno no está puesta, probará a ejecutar el entorno del root desde I</etc/passwd>. Si falla retrocederá a I</bin/sh>."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "B<sulogin> looks for the environment variable B<SUSHELL> or B<sushell> "
+#~| "to determine what shell to start. If the environment variable is not "
+#~| "set, it will try to execute root's shell from I</etc/passwd>. If that "
+#~| "fails, it will fall back to I</bin/sh>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<sulogin> looks for the environment variable B<SUSHELL> or B<sushell> to "
+#~ "determine what shell to start. If the environment variable is not set, it "
+#~ "will try to execute root\\(cqs shell from I</etc/passwd>. If that fails, "
+#~ "it will fall back to I</bin/sh>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<sulogin> busca la variable de entorno B<SUSHELL> o B<sushell> para "
+#~ "saber que entorno debe comenzar. Si la variable de entorno no está "
+#~ "puesta, probará a ejecutar el entorno del root desde I</etc/passwd>. Si "
+#~ "falla retrocederá a I</bin/sh>."
#~ msgid "Give root password for system maintenance"
#~ msgstr "Introduciendo la clave de root para su mantenimiento"
#~ msgstr "Octubre de 2014"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "B<Swapoff> disables swapping on the specified devices and files, or on all swap entries in I</etc/fstab> when the B<-a> flag is given."
-#~ msgid "B<swapoff> disables swapping on the specified devices and files. When the B<-a> flag is given, swapping is disabled on all known swap devices and files (as found in I</proc/swaps> or I</etc/fstab>)."
-#~ msgstr "B<Swapoff> deshabilita el trasiego en los dispositivos o ficheros especificados, o en todas las entradas de tipo `swap' de I</etc/fstab> cuando se da la opción B<-a>."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "B<Swapoff> disables swapping on the specified devices and files, or on "
+#~| "all swap entries in I</etc/fstab> when the B<-a> flag is given."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<swapoff> disables swapping on the specified devices and files. When "
+#~ "the B<-a> flag is given, swapping is disabled on all known swap devices "
+#~ "and files (as found in I</proc/swaps> or I</etc/fstab>)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<Swapoff> deshabilita el trasiego en los dispositivos o ficheros "
+#~ "especificados, o en todas las entradas de tipo `swap' de I</etc/fstab> "
+#~ "cuando se da la opción B<-a>."
#~ msgid "B<-e>,B< --ifexists>"
#~ msgstr "B<-e>,B< --ifexists>"
#~ msgstr "B<-p>,B< --priority >I<prioridad>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Specify priority for B<swapon>. This option is only available if B<swapon> was compiled under and is used under a 1.3.2 or later kernel. I<priority> is a value between 0 and 32767. See B<swapon>(2) for a full description of swap priorities. Add B<pri=>I<value> to the option field of I</etc/fstab> for use with B<swapon -a>."
-#~ msgid "Specify the priority of the swap device. I<priority> is a value between -1 and 32767. Higher numbers indicate higher priority. See B<swapon>(2) for a full description of swap priorities. Add B<pri=>I<value> to the option field of I</etc/fstab> for use with B<swapon -a>. When no priority is defined, it defaults to -1."
-#~ msgstr "Especifica la prioridad para B<swapon>. Esta opción sólo está disponible si B<swapon> se ha compilado y se está usando bajo un núcleo 1.3.2 ó superior. I<prioridad> es un valor entre 0 y 32767. Vea B<swapon>(2) para una descripción completa de las prioridades de trasiego. Añada B<pri=>I<valor> al campo de opciones de I</etc/fstab> para el empleo con B<swapon -a>."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Specify priority for B<swapon>. This option is only available if "
+#~| "B<swapon> was compiled under and is used under a 1.3.2 or later kernel. "
+#~| "I<priority> is a value between 0 and 32767. See B<swapon>(2) for a full "
+#~| "description of swap priorities. Add B<pri=>I<value> to the option field "
+#~| "of I</etc/fstab> for use with B<swapon -a>."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Specify the priority of the swap device. I<priority> is a value between "
+#~ "-1 and 32767. Higher numbers indicate higher priority. See "
+#~ "B<swapon>(2) for a full description of swap priorities. Add "
+#~ "B<pri=>I<value> to the option field of I</etc/fstab> for use with "
+#~ "B<swapon -a>. When no priority is defined, it defaults to -1."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Especifica la prioridad para B<swapon>. Esta opción sólo está disponible "
+#~ "si B<swapon> se ha compilado y se está usando bajo un núcleo 1.3.2 ó "
+#~ "superior. I<prioridad> es un valor entre 0 y 32767. Vea B<swapon>(2) "
+#~ "para una descripción completa de las prioridades de trasiego. Añada "
+#~ "B<pri=>I<valor> al campo de opciones de I</etc/fstab> para el empleo con "
+#~ "B<swapon -a>."
#~ msgid "B<-s>,B< --summary>"
#~ msgstr "B<-s>,B< --summary>"
#~ msgstr "I</dev/sd??> dispositivos estándar de paginación."
#~ msgid "I</etc/fstab> ascii filesystem description table"
-#~ msgstr "I</etc/fstab> tabla ASCII de descripción estática de los sistemas de ficheros."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "I</etc/fstab> tabla ASCII de descripción estática de los sistemas de "
+#~ "ficheros."
#~ msgid "TUNELP"
#~ msgstr "TUNELP"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "B<tunelp> sets several parameters for the /dev/lpI<?> devices, for better performance (or for any performance at all, if your printer won't work without it...) Without parameters, it tells whether the device is using interrupts, and if so, which one. With parameters, it sets the device characteristics accordingly."
-#~ msgid "B<tunelp> sets several parameters for the /dev/lpI<?> devices, for better performance (or for any performance at all, if your printer won\\(cqt work without it...) Without parameters, it tells whether the device is using interrupts, and if so, which one. With parameters, it sets the device characteristics accordingly."
-#~ msgstr "B<tunelp> establece varios parámetros para los dispositivos /dev/lpI<?>, para mejorar el rendimiento (o para cualquier rendimiento, si su impresora no habrá de funcionar sin esto...). Sin parámetros, dice si el dispositivo está empleando interrupciones, y si es así, cuál. Con parámetros, establece las características del dispositivo de acuerdo con ellos."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "B<tunelp> sets several parameters for the /dev/lpI<?> devices, for "
+#~| "better performance (or for any performance at all, if your printer won't "
+#~| "work without it...) Without parameters, it tells whether the device is "
+#~| "using interrupts, and if so, which one. With parameters, it sets the "
+#~| "device characteristics accordingly."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<tunelp> sets several parameters for the /dev/lpI<?> devices, for better "
+#~ "performance (or for any performance at all, if your printer won\\(cqt "
+#~ "work without it...) Without parameters, it tells whether the device is "
+#~ "using interrupts, and if so, which one. With parameters, it sets the "
+#~ "device characteristics accordingly."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<tunelp> establece varios parámetros para los dispositivos /dev/lpI<?>, "
+#~ "para mejorar el rendimiento (o para cualquier rendimiento, si su "
+#~ "impresora no habrá de funcionar sin esto...). Sin parámetros, dice si el "
+#~ "dispositivo está empleando interrupciones, y si es así, cuál. Con "
+#~ "parámetros, establece las características del dispositivo de acuerdo con "
+#~ "ellos."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "-i I<E<lt>IRQE<gt>> is the IRQ to use for the parallel port in question. If this is set to something non-zero, -t and -c have no effect. If your port does not use interrupts, this option will make printing stop. B<tunelp -i 0> restores non-interrupt driven (polling) action, and your printer should work again. If your parallel port does support interrupts, interrupt-driven printing should be somewhat faster and efficient, and will probably be desireable."
-#~ msgid "specifies the IRQ to use for the parallel port in question. If this is set to something non-zero, B<-t> and B<-c> have no effect. If your port does not use interrupts, this option will make printing stop. The command B<tunelp -i 0> restores non-interrupt driven (polling) action, and your printer should work again. If your parallel port does support interrupts, interrupt-driven printing should be somewhat faster and efficient, and will probably be desirable."
-#~ msgstr "-i I<E<lt>IRQE<gt>> es la línea de interrupciones o IRQ a emplear para el puerto paralelo en cuestión. Si se pone a un número distinto de cero, -t y -c no tienen efecto. Si su puerto no emplea interrupciones, esta opción hará que la impresión se detenga. B<tunelp -i 0> restaura la acción de dirección sin interrupciones (sondeo), y su impresora debería funcionar de nuevo. Si su puerto paralelo sí admite interrupciones, la impresión dirigida por interrupciones debería ser algo más rápida y eficiente, y probablemente será lo más deseable."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "-i I<E<lt>IRQE<gt>> is the IRQ to use for the parallel port in "
+#~| "question. If this is set to something non-zero, -t and -c have no "
+#~| "effect. If your port does not use interrupts, this option will make "
+#~| "printing stop. B<tunelp -i 0> restores non-interrupt driven (polling) "
+#~| "action, and your printer should work again. If your parallel port does "
+#~| "support interrupts, interrupt-driven printing should be somewhat faster "
+#~| "and efficient, and will probably be desireable."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "specifies the IRQ to use for the parallel port in question. If this is "
+#~ "set to something non-zero, B<-t> and B<-c> have no effect. If your port "
+#~ "does not use interrupts, this option will make printing stop. The command "
+#~ "B<tunelp -i 0> restores non-interrupt driven (polling) action, and your "
+#~ "printer should work again. If your parallel port does support interrupts, "
+#~ "interrupt-driven printing should be somewhat faster and efficient, and "
+#~ "will probably be desirable."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "-i I<E<lt>IRQE<gt>> es la línea de interrupciones o IRQ a emplear para el "
+#~ "puerto paralelo en cuestión. Si se pone a un número distinto de cero, -t "
+#~ "y -c no tienen efecto. Si su puerto no emplea interrupciones, esta opción "
+#~ "hará que la impresión se detenga. B<tunelp -i 0> restaura la acción de "
+#~ "dirección sin interrupciones (sondeo), y su impresora debería funcionar "
+#~ "de nuevo. Si su puerto paralelo sí admite interrupciones, la impresión "
+#~ "dirigida por interrupciones debería ser algo más rápida y eficiente, y "
+#~ "probablemente será lo más deseable."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "is the amount of time in jiffies that the driver waits if the printer doesn't take a character for the number of tries dictated by the -c parameter. 10 is the default value. If you want fastest possible printing, and don't care about system load, you may set this to 0. If you don't care how fast your printer goes, or are printing text on a slow printer with a buffer, then 500 (5 seconds) should be fine, and will give you very low system load. This value generally should be lower for printing graphics than text, by a factor of approximately 10, for best performance."
-#~ msgid "is the amount of time in jiffies that the driver waits if the printer doesn\\(cqt take a character for the number of tries dictated by the B<-c> parameter. 10 is the default value. If you want fastest possible printing, and don\\(cqt care about system load, you may set this to 0. If you don\\(cqt care how fast your printer goes, or are printing text on a slow printer with a buffer, then 500 (5 seconds) should be fine, and will give you very low system load. This value generally should be lower for printing graphics than text, by a factor of approximately 10, for best performance."
-#~ msgstr "es la cantidad de tiempo en pulsos de reloj (``jiffies'', consulte el Jargon en el sistema Info si lo tiene instalado) que el controlador espera si la impresora no toma un carácter durante el número de intentos dictados por el parámetro -c. El valor predeterminado es 10. Si quiere la impresión lo más rápida posible, y no le importa cargar el sistema, puede poner este valor a 0. Si por contra no le importa cuánto tarde en imprimir su impresora, o está imprimiendo texto en una impresora lenta con un búfer, entonces un valor de 500 (5 segundos) podría ir bien, y la carga del sistema será mínima. Este valor generalmente debería ser más bajo para imprimir gráficos que para texto, por un factor de 10, para el mejor rendimiento."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "is the amount of time in jiffies that the driver waits if the printer "
+#~| "doesn't take a character for the number of tries dictated by the -c "
+#~| "parameter. 10 is the default value. If you want fastest possible "
+#~| "printing, and don't care about system load, you may set this to 0. If "
+#~| "you don't care how fast your printer goes, or are printing text on a "
+#~| "slow printer with a buffer, then 500 (5 seconds) should be fine, and "
+#~| "will give you very low system load. This value generally should be "
+#~| "lower for printing graphics than text, by a factor of approximately 10, "
+#~| "for best performance."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "is the amount of time in jiffies that the driver waits if the printer "
+#~ "doesn\\(cqt take a character for the number of tries dictated by the B<-"
+#~ "c> parameter. 10 is the default value. If you want fastest possible "
+#~ "printing, and don\\(cqt care about system load, you may set this to 0. If "
+#~ "you don\\(cqt care how fast your printer goes, or are printing text on a "
+#~ "slow printer with a buffer, then 500 (5 seconds) should be fine, and will "
+#~ "give you very low system load. This value generally should be lower for "
+#~ "printing graphics than text, by a factor of approximately 10, for best "
+#~ "performance."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "es la cantidad de tiempo en pulsos de reloj (``jiffies'', consulte el "
+#~ "Jargon en el sistema Info si lo tiene instalado) que el controlador "
+#~ "espera si la impresora no toma un carácter durante el número de intentos "
+#~ "dictados por el parámetro -c. El valor predeterminado es 10. Si quiere la "
+#~ "impresión lo más rápida posible, y no le importa cargar el sistema, puede "
+#~ "poner este valor a 0. Si por contra no le importa cuánto tarde en "
+#~ "imprimir su impresora, o está imprimiendo texto en una impresora lenta "
+#~ "con un búfer, entonces un valor de 500 (5 segundos) podría ir bien, y la "
+#~ "carga del sistema será mínima. Este valor generalmente debería ser más "
+#~ "bajo para imprimir gráficos que para texto, por un factor de 10, para el "
+#~ "mejor rendimiento."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "-c I<E<lt>CHARSE<gt>> is the number of times to try to output a character to the printer before sleeping for -t I<E<lt>TIMEE<gt>>. It is the number of times around a loop that tries to send a character to the printer. 120 appears to be a good value for most printers. 250 is the default, because there are some printers that require a wait this long, but feel free to change this. If you have a very fast printer like an HP laserjet 4, a value of 10 might make more sense. If you have a I<really> old printer, you can increase this farther."
-#~ msgid "is the number of times to try to output a character to the printer before sleeping for B<-t> I<TIME>. It is the number of times around a loop that tries to send a character to the printer. 120 appears to be a good value for most printers in polling mode. 1000 is the default, because there are some printers that become jerky otherwise, but you I<must> set this to \\(aq1\\(aq to handle the maximal CPU efficiency if you are using interrupts. If you have a very fast printer, a value of 10 might make more sense even if in polling mode. If you have a I<really> old printer, you can increase this further."
-#~ msgstr "-c I<E<lt>CARSE<gt>> es el número de veces que hay que intentar sacar un carácter por la impresora antes de dormir durante un tiempo dado por -t I<E<lt>TIEMPOE<gt>>. Es el número de veces que se ejecuta un bucle que intenta enviar un carácter a la impresora. 120 parece ser un buen valor para la mayoría de impresoras. 250 es el valor predeterminado, porque hay algunas impresoras que requieren esperar este tiempo, pero siéntase libre para cambiarlo. Si tiene una impresora muy rápida, como una HP LaserJet 4, un valor de 10 puede tener más sentido. Si tiene una impresora I<realmente> vieja, puede incrementar este valor más."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "-c I<E<lt>CHARSE<gt>> is the number of times to try to output a "
+#~| "character to the printer before sleeping for -t I<E<lt>TIMEE<gt>>. It "
+#~| "is the number of times around a loop that tries to send a character to "
+#~| "the printer. 120 appears to be a good value for most printers. 250 is "
+#~| "the default, because there are some printers that require a wait this "
+#~| "long, but feel free to change this. If you have a very fast printer "
+#~| "like an HP laserjet 4, a value of 10 might make more sense. If you have "
+#~| "a I<really> old printer, you can increase this farther."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "is the number of times to try to output a character to the printer before "
+#~ "sleeping for B<-t> I<TIME>. It is the number of times around a loop that "
+#~ "tries to send a character to the printer. 120 appears to be a good value "
+#~ "for most printers in polling mode. 1000 is the default, because there are "
+#~ "some printers that become jerky otherwise, but you I<must> set this to "
+#~ "\\(aq1\\(aq to handle the maximal CPU efficiency if you are using "
+#~ "interrupts. If you have a very fast printer, a value of 10 might make "
+#~ "more sense even if in polling mode. If you have a I<really> old printer, "
+#~ "you can increase this further."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "-c I<E<lt>CARSE<gt>> es el número de veces que hay que intentar sacar un "
+#~ "carácter por la impresora antes de dormir durante un tiempo dado por -t "
+#~ "I<E<lt>TIEMPOE<gt>>. Es el número de veces que se ejecuta un bucle que "
+#~ "intenta enviar un carácter a la impresora. 120 parece ser un buen valor "
+#~ "para la mayoría de impresoras. 250 es el valor predeterminado, porque hay "
+#~ "algunas impresoras que requieren esperar este tiempo, pero siéntase libre "
+#~ "para cambiarlo. Si tiene una impresora muy rápida, como una HP LaserJet "
+#~ "4, un valor de 10 puede tener más sentido. Si tiene una impresora "
+#~ "I<realmente> vieja, puede incrementar este valor más."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Setting -t I<TIME> to 0 is equivalent to setting -c I<CHARS> to infinity."
-#~ msgid "Setting B<-t> I<TIME> to 0 is equivalent to setting B<-c> I<CHARS> to infinity."
-#~ msgstr "Poner -t I<TIEMPO> a 0 es equivalente a poner -c I<CARSE> a infinito."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Setting -t I<TIME> to 0 is equivalent to setting -c I<CHARS> to infinity."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Setting B<-t> I<TIME> to 0 is equivalent to setting B<-c> I<CHARS> to "
+#~ "infinity."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Poner -t I<TIEMPO> a 0 es equivalente a poner -c I<CARSE> a infinito."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "-w I<E<lt>WAITE<gt>> is the a busy loop counter for the strobe signal. While most printers appear to be able to deal with an extremely short strobe, some printers demand a longer one. Increasing this from the default 0 may make it possible to print with those printers. This may also make it possible to use longer cables."
-#~ msgid "is the number of usec we wait while playing with the strobe signal. While most printers appear to be able to deal with an extremely short strobe, some printers demand a longer one. Increasing this from the default 1 may make it possible to print with those printers. This may also make it possible to use longer cables. It\\(cqs also possible to decrease this value to 0 if your printer is fast enough or your machine is slow enough."
-#~ msgstr "-w I<E<lt>ESPERAE<gt>> es el valor de un contador de bucle ocupado para la señal estroboscópica. Mientras que algunas impresoras parecen ser capaces de lidiar con una señal estroboscópica extremadamente corta, algunas otras impresoras demandan una más grande. Incrementar esto desde el valor predeterminado, que es 0, puede hacer posible imprimir con estas impresoras. Esto también puede hacer posible emplear cables más largos."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "-w I<E<lt>WAITE<gt>> is the a busy loop counter for the strobe signal. "
+#~| "While most printers appear to be able to deal with an extremely short "
+#~| "strobe, some printers demand a longer one. Increasing this from the "
+#~| "default 0 may make it possible to print with those printers. This may "
+#~| "also make it possible to use longer cables."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "is the number of usec we wait while playing with the strobe signal. While "
+#~ "most printers appear to be able to deal with an extremely short strobe, "
+#~ "some printers demand a longer one. Increasing this from the default 1 may "
+#~ "make it possible to print with those printers. This may also make it "
+#~ "possible to use longer cables. It\\(cqs also possible to decrease this "
+#~ "value to 0 if your printer is fast enough or your machine is slow enough."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "-w I<E<lt>ESPERAE<gt>> es el valor de un contador de bucle ocupado para "
+#~ "la señal estroboscópica. Mientras que algunas impresoras parecen ser "
+#~ "capaces de lidiar con una señal estroboscópica extremadamente corta, "
+#~ "algunas otras impresoras demandan una más grande. Incrementar esto desde "
+#~ "el valor predeterminado, que es 0, puede hacer posible imprimir con estas "
+#~ "impresoras. Esto también puede hacer posible emplear cables más largos."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "This is whether to abort on printer error - the default is not to. If you are sitting at your computer, you probably want to be able to see an error and fix it, and have the printer go on printing. On the other hand, if you aren't, you might rather that your printer spooler find out that the printer isn't ready, quit trying, and send you mail about it. The choice is yours."
-#~ msgid "This is whether to abort on printer error - the default is not to. If you are sitting at your computer, you probably want to be able to see an error and fix it, and have the printer go on printing. On the other hand, if you aren\\(cqt, you might rather that your printer spooler find out that the printer isn\\(cqt ready, quit trying, and send you mail about it. The choice is yours."
-#~ msgstr "Esto indica si hay que parar abruptamente el trabajo de impresión en curso si hay un error de la impresora; el valor predeterminado es off; o sea, que no. Si Ud. está sentado enfrente de su computadora, probablemente quiera ser capaz de ver un error y corregirlo, y que la impresora siga trabajando. Por otra parte, si no está cerca del sistema, puede desear mejor que su sistema de impresión encuentre que la impresora no está lista, abandone los intentos de impresión, y le envíe una carta electrónica sobre eso. La elección es suya."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "This is whether to abort on printer error - the default is not to. If "
+#~| "you are sitting at your computer, you probably want to be able to see an "
+#~| "error and fix it, and have the printer go on printing. On the other "
+#~| "hand, if you aren't, you might rather that your printer spooler find out "
+#~| "that the printer isn't ready, quit trying, and send you mail about it. "
+#~| "The choice is yours."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This is whether to abort on printer error - the default is not to. If you "
+#~ "are sitting at your computer, you probably want to be able to see an "
+#~ "error and fix it, and have the printer go on printing. On the other hand, "
+#~ "if you aren\\(cqt, you might rather that your printer spooler find out "
+#~ "that the printer isn\\(cqt ready, quit trying, and send you mail about "
+#~ "it. The choice is yours."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Esto indica si hay que parar abruptamente el trabajo de impresión en "
+#~ "curso si hay un error de la impresora; el valor predeterminado es off; o "
+#~ "sea, que no. Si Ud. está sentado enfrente de su computadora, "
+#~ "probablemente quiera ser capaz de ver un error y corregirlo, y que la "
+#~ "impresora siga trabajando. Por otra parte, si no está cerca del sistema, "
+#~ "puede desear mejor que su sistema de impresión encuentre que la impresora "
+#~ "no está lista, abandone los intentos de impresión, y le envíe una carta "
+#~ "electrónica sobre eso. La elección es suya."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "This option is much like -a. It makes any B<open>(2) of this device check to see that the device is on-line and not reporting any out of paper or other errors. This is the correct setting for most versions of lpd."
-#~ msgid "This option is much like B<-a>. It makes any B<open>(2) of this device check to see that the device is on-line and not reporting any out of paper or other errors. This is the correct setting for most versions of B<lpd>."
-#~ msgstr "Esta opción es muy parecida a la de antes, -a. Hace que cualquier B<open>(2) a este dispositivo mire si el dispositivo está enchufado y no informa de falta de papel o de otros errores. Esto es el establecimiento correcto para la mayoría de versiones de lpd."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "This option is much like -a. It makes any B<open>(2) of this device "
+#~| "check to see that the device is on-line and not reporting any out of "
+#~| "paper or other errors. This is the correct setting for most versions of "
+#~| "lpd."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This option is much like B<-a>. It makes any B<open>(2) of this device "
+#~ "check to see that the device is on-line and not reporting any out of "
+#~ "paper or other errors. This is the correct setting for most versions of "
+#~ "B<lpd>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Esta opción es muy parecida a la de antes, -a. Hace que cualquier "
+#~ "B<open>(2) a este dispositivo mire si el dispositivo está enchufado y no "
+#~ "informa de falta de papel o de otros errores. Esto es el establecimiento "
+#~ "correcto para la mayoría de versiones de lpd."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "This option returns the current printer status, both as a decimal number from 0..255, and as a list of active flags. When this option is specified, -q off, turning off the display of the current IRQ, is implied."
-#~ msgid "This option returns the current printer status, both as a decimal number from 0..255, and as a list of active flags. When this option is specified, B<-q> off, turning off the display of the current IRQ, is implied."
-#~ msgstr "Esta opción devuelve el estado actual de la impresora, tanto como un número en base diez desde 0 a 255, como una lista de opciones activas. Cuando se especifica esta opción, se entiende -q off, o sea, que se desactiva el mostrar la IRQ actual."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "This option returns the current printer status, both as a decimal number "
+#~| "from 0..255, and as a list of active flags. When this option is "
+#~| "specified, -q off, turning off the display of the current IRQ, is "
+#~| "implied."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This option returns the current printer status, both as a decimal number "
+#~ "from 0..255, and as a list of active flags. When this option is "
+#~ "specified, B<-q> off, turning off the display of the current IRQ, is "
+#~ "implied."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Esta opción devuelve el estado actual de la impresora, tanto como un "
+#~ "número en base diez desde 0 a 255, como una lista de opciones activas. "
+#~ "Cuando se especifica esta opción, se entiende -q off, o sea, que se "
+#~ "desactiva el mostrar la IRQ actual."
#~ msgid "B<-r>, B<--reset>"
#~ msgstr "B<-r>, B<--reset>"
#~ msgid "October 2011"
#~ msgstr "Octubre de 2011"
-#~ msgid "This option adds extra (\"careful\") error checking. When this option is on, the printer driver will ensure that the printer is on-line and not reporting any out of paper or other errors before sending data. This is particularly useful for printers that normally appear to accept data when turned off."
-#~ msgstr "Esta opción añade comprobaciones de error extra (la ce es de \"Cuidadoso\"). Cuando esta opción está a \"on\", o sea, activada, el controlador de impresora se asegurará de que la impresora esté enchufada y encendida y no informe de falta de papel o de otros errores antes de enviar datos. Esto es particularmente útil para impresoras que normalmente van y aceptan datos cuando están apagadas."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This option adds extra (\"careful\") error checking. When this option is "
+#~ "on, the printer driver will ensure that the printer is on-line and not "
+#~ "reporting any out of paper or other errors before sending data. This is "
+#~ "particularly useful for printers that normally appear to accept data when "
+#~ "turned off."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Esta opción añade comprobaciones de error extra (la ce es de "
+#~ "\"Cuidadoso\"). Cuando esta opción está a \"on\", o sea, activada, el "
+#~ "controlador de impresora se asegurará de que la impresora esté enchufada "
+#~ "y encendida y no informe de falta de papel o de otros errores antes de "
+#~ "enviar datos. Esto es particularmente útil para impresoras que "
+#~ "normalmente van y aceptan datos cuando están apagadas."
-#~ msgid "This option resets the port. It requires a Linux kernel version of 1.1.80 or later."
-#~ msgstr "Esta opción pone el puerto en su estado inicial. Requiere un núcleo de Linux versión 1.1.80 ó superior."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This option resets the port. It requires a Linux kernel version of "
+#~ "1.1.80 or later."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Esta opción pone el puerto en su estado inicial. Requiere un núcleo de "
+#~ "Linux versión 1.1.80 ó superior."
#~ msgid "I</dev/lp?>"
#~ msgstr "I</dev/lp?>"
#~ msgstr "UL"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Underlining is indicated by a separate line containing appropriate dashes `-'; this is useful when you want to look at the underlining which is present in an B<nroff> output stream on a crt-terminal."
-#~ msgid "Underlining is indicated by a separate line containing appropriate dashes `-\\(aq; this is useful when you want to look at the underlining which is present in an B<nroff> output stream on a crt-terminal."
-#~ msgstr "El subrayado se indica por una línea separada que contiene guiones `-' según sea apropiado; esto es útil cuando quiere ver los subrayados presentes en un flujo de salida de B<nroff> en una terminal CRT."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Underlining is indicated by a separate line containing appropriate "
+#~| "dashes `-'; this is useful when you want to look at the underlining "
+#~| "which is present in an B<nroff> output stream on a crt-terminal."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Underlining is indicated by a separate line containing appropriate dashes "
+#~ "`-\\(aq; this is useful when you want to look at the underlining which is "
+#~ "present in an B<nroff> output stream on a crt-terminal."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "El subrayado se indica por una línea separada que contiene guiones `-' "
+#~ "según sea apropiado; esto es útil cuando quiere ver los subrayados "
+#~ "presentes en un flujo de salida de B<nroff> en una terminal CRT."
-#~ msgid "B<ul> reads the named files (or standard input if none are given) and translates occurrences of underscores to the sequence which indicates underlining for the terminal in use, as specified by the environment variable B<TERM>. The I<terminfo> database is read to determine the appropriate sequences for underlining. If the terminal is incapable of underlining but is capable of a standout mode, then that is used instead. If the terminal can overstrike, or handles underlining automatically, B<ul> degenerates to B<cat>(1). If the terminal cannot underline, underlining is ignored."
-#~ msgstr "B<ul> lee los ficheros dados (o la entrada estándar si no se da ninguno) y traduce caracteres subrayados a la secuencia que indique el subrayado para la terminal en uso, según se especifique en la variable de entorno B<TERM>. La base de datos B<terminfo> se lee para determinar las secuencias apropiadas para el subrayado. Si la terminal es incapaz de subrayar, pero tiene otra forma de resaltado, se usa ese en su lugar. Si la terminal puede sobre-escribir, o maneja automáticamente el subrayado, B< ul> degenera a B<cat>(1). Si la terminal no puede hacer el subrayado ni nada parecido, el subrayado no se realiza."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<ul> reads the named files (or standard input if none are given) and "
+#~ "translates occurrences of underscores to the sequence which indicates "
+#~ "underlining for the terminal in use, as specified by the environment "
+#~ "variable B<TERM>. The I<terminfo> database is read to determine the "
+#~ "appropriate sequences for underlining. If the terminal is incapable of "
+#~ "underlining but is capable of a standout mode, then that is used "
+#~ "instead. If the terminal can overstrike, or handles underlining "
+#~ "automatically, B<ul> degenerates to B<cat>(1). If the terminal cannot "
+#~ "underline, underlining is ignored."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<ul> lee los ficheros dados (o la entrada estándar si no se da ninguno) "
+#~ "y traduce caracteres subrayados a la secuencia que indique el subrayado "
+#~ "para la terminal en uso, según se especifique en la variable de entorno "
+#~ "B<TERM>. La base de datos B<terminfo> se lee para determinar las "
+#~ "secuencias apropiadas para el subrayado. Si la terminal es incapaz de "
+#~ "subrayar, pero tiene otra forma de resaltado, se usa ese en su lugar. Si "
+#~ "la terminal puede sobre-escribir, o maneja automáticamente el subrayado, "
+#~ "B< ul> degenera a B<cat>(1). Si la terminal no puede hacer el subrayado "
+#~ "ni nada parecido, el subrayado no se realiza."
-#~ msgid "The B<TERM> variable is used to relate a tty device with its device capability description (see B<terminfo>(5)). B<TERM> is set at login time, either by the default terminal type specified in I</etc/ttys> or as set during the login process by the user in their B<login> file (see B<setenv>(3))."
-#~ msgstr "La variable B<TERM> se emplea para referirse a un dispositivo tty con su descripción de capacidades del dispositivo (vea B<terminfo>(5)). B<TERM> se establece cuando se entra en el sistema, bien con el valor de tipo de terminal predeterminado especificado en I</etc/ttys> o con el puesto durante el proceso de entrada por el usuario en su fichero B<login> o similar (vea B<setenv>(3))."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The B<TERM> variable is used to relate a tty device with its device "
+#~ "capability description (see B<terminfo>(5)). B<TERM> is set at login "
+#~ "time, either by the default terminal type specified in I</etc/ttys> or as "
+#~ "set during the login process by the user in their B<login> file (see "
+#~ "B<setenv>(3))."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "La variable B<TERM> se emplea para referirse a un dispositivo tty con su "
+#~ "descripción de capacidades del dispositivo (vea B<terminfo>(5)). B<TERM> "
+#~ "se establece cuando se entra en el sistema, bien con el valor de tipo de "
+#~ "terminal predeterminado especificado en I</etc/ttys> o con el puesto "
+#~ "durante el proceso de entrada por el usuario en su fichero B<login> o "
+#~ "similar (vea B<setenv>(3))."
-#~ msgid "B<nroff> usually outputs a series of backspaces and underlines intermixed with the text to indicate underlining. No attempt is made to optimize the backward motion."
-#~ msgstr "B<nroff> usualmente saca una serie de espacios-atrás y sub-rayas entremezclados con el texto para indicar el subrayado. No se ha hecho ningún intento para mejorar el movimiento hacia atrás."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<nroff> usually outputs a series of backspaces and underlines intermixed "
+#~ "with the text to indicate underlining. No attempt is made to optimize "
+#~ "the backward motion."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<nroff> usualmente saca una serie de espacios-atrás y sub-rayas "
+#~ "entremezclados con el texto para indicar el subrayado. No se ha hecho "
+#~ "ningún intento para mejorar el movimiento hacia atrás."
#~ msgid "VIPW"
#~ msgstr "VIPW"
#~ msgstr "B<-u>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Search for unusual entries. A file is said to be unusual if it does not have one entry of each requested type. Thus `B<whereis\\ \\ -m\\ \\ -u\\ \\ *>' asks for those files in the current directory which have no documentation."
-#~ msgid "Only show the command names that have unusual entries. A command is said to be unusual if it does not have just one entry of each explicitly requested type. Thus \\(aqB<whereis -m -u *>\\(aq asks for those files in the current directory which have no documentation file, or more than one."
-#~ msgstr "Busca entradas inusuales. Se dice que un fichero es inusual si no tiene una entrada de cada tipo pedido. Así, `B<whereis\\ \\ -m\\ \\ -u\\ \\ *>' pregunta por aquellos ficheros en el directorio de trabajo que no tengan documentación en el Manual."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Search for unusual entries. A file is said to be unusual if it does not "
+#~| "have one entry of each requested type. Thus `B<whereis\\ \\ -m\\ \\ -"
+#~| "u\\ \\ *>' asks for those files in the current directory which have no "
+#~| "documentation."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Only show the command names that have unusual entries. A command is said "
+#~ "to be unusual if it does not have just one entry of each explicitly "
+#~ "requested type. Thus \\(aqB<whereis -m -u *>\\(aq asks for those files in "
+#~ "the current directory which have no documentation file, or more than one."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Busca entradas inusuales. Se dice que un fichero es inusual si no tiene "
+#~ "una entrada de cada tipo pedido. Así, `B<whereis\\ \\ -m\\ \\ -u\\ \\ "
+#~ "*>' pregunta por aquellos ficheros en el directorio de trabajo que no "
+#~ "tengan documentación en el Manual."
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "B<-B >I<list>"
#~ msgstr "B<-l>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "B<whereis> locates source/binary and manuals sections for specified files. The supplied names are first stripped of leading pathname components and any (single) trailing extension of the form B<.>I<ext,> for example, B<.c>. Prefixes of B<s.> resulting from use of source code control are also dealt with. B<whereis> then attempts to locate the desired program in a list of standard Linux places."
-#~ msgid "B<whereis> locates the binary, source and manual files for the specified command names. The supplied names are first stripped of leading pathname components and any (single) trailing extension of the form B<.>I<ext> (for example: B<.c>) Prefixes of B<s.> resulting from use of source code control are also dealt with. B<whereis> then attempts to locate the desired program in the standard Linux places, and in the places specified by B<$PATH> and B<$MANPATH>."
-#~ msgstr "B<whereis> localiza los fuentes, binarios y páginas del Manual para los programas que se especifiquen. Primero, a los nombres suministrados se les quitan los componentes de la izquierda del camino y cualquier extensión de la derecha (simple) de la forma B<.>I<ext,> por ejemplo, B<.c>. También se manejan los prefijos de la forma B<s.> que resultan del empleo de programas de control del código fuente. B<whereis> entonces intenta localizar los ficheros del programa deseado en una lista de sitios estándares en Linux."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "B<whereis> locates source/binary and manuals sections for specified "
+#~| "files. The supplied names are first stripped of leading pathname "
+#~| "components and any (single) trailing extension of the form B<.>I<ext,> "
+#~| "for example, B<.c>. Prefixes of B<s.> resulting from use of source code "
+#~| "control are also dealt with. B<whereis> then attempts to locate the "
+#~| "desired program in a list of standard Linux places."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "B<whereis> locates the binary, source and manual files for the specified "
+#~ "command names. The supplied names are first stripped of leading pathname "
+#~ "components and any (single) trailing extension of the form B<.>I<ext> "
+#~ "(for example: B<.c>) Prefixes of B<s.> resulting from use of source code "
+#~ "control are also dealt with. B<whereis> then attempts to locate the "
+#~ "desired program in the standard Linux places, and in the places specified "
+#~ "by B<$PATH> and B<$MANPATH>."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "B<whereis> localiza los fuentes, binarios y páginas del Manual para los "
+#~ "programas que se especifiquen. Primero, a los nombres suministrados se "
+#~ "les quitan los componentes de la izquierda del camino y cualquier "
+#~ "extensión de la derecha (simple) de la forma B<.>I<ext,> por ejemplo, B<."
+#~ "c>. También se manejan los prefijos de la forma B<s.> que resultan del "
+#~ "empleo de programas de control del código fuente. B<whereis> entonces "
+#~ "intenta localizar los ficheros del programa deseado en una lista de "
+#~ "sitios estándares en Linux."
#~ msgid "B<-B >I<list>"
#~ msgstr "B<-B >I<lista>"
#~ msgstr "B<-S >I<lista>"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Terminate the last directory list and signals the start of file names, and I<must> be used when any of the B<-B>, B<-M>, or B<-S> options are used."
-#~ msgid "Terminates the directory list and signals the start of filenames. It I<must> be used when any of the B<-B>, B<-M>, or B<-S> options is used."
-#~ msgstr "Termina la última lista de directorios y señala el comienzo de nombres de ficheros, y I<debe> emplearse cuando se use cualquiera de las opciones B<-B>, B<-M>, o B<-S>."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Terminate the last directory list and signals the start of file names, "
+#~| "and I<must> be used when any of the B<-B>, B<-M>, or B<-S> options are "
+#~| "used."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Terminates the directory list and signals the start of filenames. It "
+#~ "I<must> be used when any of the B<-B>, B<-M>, or B<-S> options is used."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Termina la última lista de directorios y señala el comienzo de nombres de "
+#~ "ficheros, y I<debe> emplearse cuando se use cualquiera de las opciones B<-"
+#~ "B>, B<-M>, o B<-S>."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Find all files in B</usr/bin> which are not documented in B</usr/man/man1> with source in B</usr/src>:"
-#~ msgid "To find all files in I</usr/\\:bin> which are not documented in I</usr/\\:man/\\:man1> or have no source in I</usr/\\:src>:"
-#~ msgstr "Encontrar todos los ficheros en B</usr/bin> que no estén documentados en B</usr/man/man1>, con los fuentes en B</usr/src>:"
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Find all files in B</usr/bin> which are not documented in B</usr/man/"
+#~| "man1> with source in B</usr/src>:"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To find all files in I</usr/\\:bin> which are not documented in I</usr/\\:"
+#~ "man/\\:man1> or have no source in I</usr/\\:src>:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Encontrar todos los ficheros en B</usr/bin> que no estén documentados en "
+#~ "B</usr/man/man1>, con los fuentes en B</usr/src>:"
#~ msgid "B<cd /usr/bin>"
#~ msgstr "B<cd /usr/bin>"
#~ msgstr "WRITE"
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "Any further lines you enter will be copied to the specified user's terminal. If the other user wants to reply, they must run B<write> as well."
-#~ msgid "Any further lines you enter will be copied to the specified user\\(cqs terminal. If the other user wants to reply, they must run B<write> as well."
-#~ msgstr "Cualesquiera líneas posteriores que Ud. escriba se copiarán a la terminal del usuario especificado. Si éste quiere responder, debe ejecutar también B<write>."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "Any further lines you enter will be copied to the specified user's "
+#~| "terminal. If the other user wants to reply, they must run B<write> as "
+#~| "well."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Any further lines you enter will be copied to the specified user\\(cqs "
+#~ "terminal. If the other user wants to reply, they must run B<write> as "
+#~ "well."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Cualesquiera líneas posteriores que Ud. escriba se copiarán a la terminal "
+#~ "del usuario especificado. Si éste quiere responder, debe ejecutar también "
+#~ "B<write>."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "You can prevent people (other than the super-user) from writing to you with the B<mesg>(1) command. Some commands, for example B<nroff>(1) and B<pr>(1), may disallow writing automatically, so that your output isn't overwritten."
-#~ msgid "You can prevent people (other than the superuser) from writing to you with the B<mesg>(1) command. Some commands, for example B<nroff>(1) and B<pr>(1), may automatically disallow writing, so that the output they produce isn\\(cqt overwritten."
-#~ msgstr "Ud. puede evitar que la gente (distinta del súper-usuario) le escriba en la terminal mediante la orden B<mesg>(1). Algunas órdenes, por ejemplo B<nroff>(1) y B<pr>(1), pueden automáticamente evitar esta escritura, de forma que su salida no se mezcle con ella y así no se vea sobrescrita."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "You can prevent people (other than the super-user) from writing to you "
+#~| "with the B<mesg>(1) command. Some commands, for example B<nroff>(1) "
+#~| "and B<pr>(1), may disallow writing automatically, so that your output "
+#~| "isn't overwritten."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You can prevent people (other than the superuser) from writing to you "
+#~ "with the B<mesg>(1) command. Some commands, for example B<nroff>(1) and "
+#~ "B<pr>(1), may automatically disallow writing, so that the output they "
+#~ "produce isn\\(cqt overwritten."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ud. puede evitar que la gente (distinta del súper-usuario) le escriba en "
+#~ "la terminal mediante la orden B<mesg>(1). Algunas órdenes, por ejemplo "
+#~ "B<nroff>(1) y B<pr>(1), pueden automáticamente evitar esta escritura, de "
+#~ "forma que su salida no se mezcle con ella y así no se vea sobrescrita."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "The traditional protocol for writing to someone is that the string `-o', either at the end of a line or on a line by itself, means that it's the other person's turn to talk. The string `oo' means that the person believes the conversation to be over."
-#~ msgid "The traditional protocol for writing to someone is that the string I<-o>, either at the end of a line or on a line by itself, means that it\\(cqs the other person\\(cqs turn to talk. The string I<oo> means that the person believes the conversation to be over."
-#~ msgstr "El protocolo tradicional para escribir a alguien es que la cadena `-o', bien al final de una línea o en una línea sola, significa que es el turno de hablar de la otra persona. La `o' es por `over'; o sea, `cambio'. La cadena `oo' (por `over and out'; o sea, `cambio y corto') significa que la persona cree que la conversación ha terminado."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "The traditional protocol for writing to someone is that the string `-o', "
+#~| "either at the end of a line or on a line by itself, means that it's the "
+#~| "other person's turn to talk. The string `oo' means that the person "
+#~| "believes the conversation to be over."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The traditional protocol for writing to someone is that the string I<-o>, "
+#~ "either at the end of a line or on a line by itself, means that it\\(cqs "
+#~ "the other person\\(cqs turn to talk. The string I<oo> means that the "
+#~ "person believes the conversation to be over."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "El protocolo tradicional para escribir a alguien es que la cadena `-o', "
+#~ "bien al final de una línea o en una línea sola, significa que es el turno "
+#~ "de hablar de la otra persona. La `o' es por `over'; o sea, `cambio'. La "
+#~ "cadena `oo' (por `over and out'; o sea, `cambio y corto') significa que "
+#~ "la persona cree que la conversación ha terminado."
#~ msgid "March 1995"
#~ msgstr "12 de Marzo de 1995"
#~ "O sea, en español:\n"
#~ "Mensaje de su-nombre@su-computador en su-tty a las hh:mm ..."
-#~ msgid "When you are done, type an end-of-file or interrupt character. The other user will see the message B<EOF> indicating that the conversation is over."
-#~ msgstr "Cuando haya acabado, teclee un carácter de Fin-De-Fichero o de interrupción. El otro usuario verá el mensaje B<EOF> indicando (End Of File) que la conversación se ha terminado."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "When you are done, type an end-of-file or interrupt character. The other "
+#~ "user will see the message B<EOF> indicating that the conversation is over."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Cuando haya acabado, teclee un carácter de Fin-De-Fichero o de "
+#~ "interrupción. El otro usuario verá el mensaje B<EOF> indicando (End Of "
+#~ "File) que la conversación se ha terminado."
#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "If the user you want to write to is logged in on more than one terminal, you can specify which terminal to write to by specifying the terminal name as the second operand to the B<write> command. Alternatively, you can let B<write> select one of the terminals - it will pick the one with the shortest idle time. This is so that if the user is logged in at work and also dialed up from home, the message will go to the right place."
-#~ msgid "If the user you want to write to is logged in on more than one terminal, you can specify which terminal to write to by giving the terminal name as the second operand to the B<write> command. Alternatively, you can let B<write> select one of the terminals - it will pick the one with the shortest idle time. This is so that if the user is logged in at work and also dialed up from home, the message will go to the right place."
-#~ msgstr "Si el usuario al que Ud. quiere escribir está en el sistema en más de una terminal, puede especificar en qué terminal escribir especificando el nombre de la terminal como el segundo argumento de la orden B<write>. Alternativamente, puede dejar que B<write> seleccione una de las terminales; cogerá la que tenga un tiempo de inactividad más corto. Esto es así para que si el usuario, por ejemplo, está en el sistema desde una terminal en el trabajo y también conectado desde casa, el mensaje vaya al sitio correcto."
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| "If the user you want to write to is logged in on more than one terminal, "
+#~| "you can specify which terminal to write to by specifying the terminal "
+#~| "name as the second operand to the B<write> command. Alternatively, you "
+#~| "can let B<write> select one of the terminals - it will pick the one with "
+#~| "the shortest idle time. This is so that if the user is logged in at "
+#~| "work and also dialed up from home, the message will go to the right "
+#~| "place."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If the user you want to write to is logged in on more than one terminal, "
+#~ "you can specify which terminal to write to by giving the terminal name as "
+#~ "the second operand to the B<write> command. Alternatively, you can let "
+#~ "B<write> select one of the terminals - it will pick the one with the "
+#~ "shortest idle time. This is so that if the user is logged in at work and "
+#~ "also dialed up from home, the message will go to the right place."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si el usuario al que Ud. quiere escribir está en el sistema en más de una "
+#~ "terminal, puede especificar en qué terminal escribir especificando el "
+#~ "nombre de la terminal como el segundo argumento de la orden B<write>. "
+#~ "Alternativamente, puede dejar que B<write> seleccione una de las "
+#~ "terminales; cogerá la que tenga un tiempo de inactividad más corto. Esto "
+#~ "es así para que si el usuario, por ejemplo, está en el sistema desde una "
+#~ "terminal en el trabajo y también conectado desde casa, el mensaje vaya al "
+#~ "sitio correcto."
projects / thirdparty / util-linux.git / commitdiff
